As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2009

                                        1933 Act Registration No. 333-_________

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    Form N-14

                        REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
                             SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

     [  ]     Pre-Effective                      [  ]     Post-Effective
              Amendment No.                               Amendment No.

                         METROPOLITAN SERIES FUND, INC.*
               [Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter]

                 Area Code and Telephone Number: (617) 578-4036

                               501 Boylston Street
                           Boston, Massachusetts 02116
                       -----------------------------------


                             Michael P. Lawlor, Esq.
                              MetLife Advisers, LLC
                               501 Boylston Street
                           Boston, Massachusetts 02116
                     (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

                       -----------------------------------

                                    Copy to:

                               John M. Loder, Esq.
                                Ropes & Gray LLP
                             One International Place
                           Boston, Massachusetts 02110





     The  Registrant  has  registered an indefinite  amount of securities of its
BlackRock  Legacy Large Cap Growth  Portfolio  under the  Securities Act of 1933
pursuant to Section 24(f) of the Investment Company Act of 1940; accordingly, no
fee is payable  herewith.  A Rule 24f-2 Notice for the Registrant's  fiscal year
ended  December 31, 2009 will be filed with the Commission on or about March 31,
2010.

     It is proposed  that this filing  will become  effective  on March 5, 2009
pursuant to Rule 488 under the Securities Act of 1933.





                           MET INVESTORS SERIES TRUST
                                  5 Park Plaza
                                   Suite 1900
                            Irvine, California 92614
                                 March 5, 2009



Dear Contract Owner:

     As a  Contract  Owner of a  variable  annuity or  variable  life  insurance
contract (the "Contract")  issued by First MetLife Investors  Insurance Company,
General  American  Life  Insurance   Company,   MetLife   Insurance  Company  of
Connecticut,   MetLife  Investors  Insurance  Company,   MetLife  Investors  USA
Insurance  Company,  and Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (each an "Insurance
Company"),  you have the right to  instruct  the  Insurance  Company how to vote
certain  shares  of  the  Met/AIM  Capital  Appreciation   Portfolio  (the  "AIM
Portfolio") of Met Investors  Series Trust (the "Trust") at a Special Meeting of
Shareholders  to be held on April 30,  2009.  Although  you are not  directly  a
shareholder  of the  AIM  Portfolio,  some  or all of  your  Contract  value  is
invested, as provided by your Contract, in the AIM Portfolio.  Accordingly,  you
have the right under your Contract to instruct the Insurance Company how to vote
the AIM Portfolio's shares that are attributable to your Contract at the Special
Meeting.  Before the Special  Meeting,  I would like your vote on the  important
proposal described in the accompanying Prospectus/Proxy Statement.

     The Prospectus/Proxy Statement describes the proposed reorganization of the
AIM Portfolio.  If shareholders of the AIM Portfolio approve the reorganization,
all of the assets of the AIM Portfolio would be acquired by the BlackRock Legacy
Large Cap Growth Portfolio (the "BlackRock Portfolio"), a series of Metropolitan
Series Fund,  Inc.,  in exchange for shares of the  BlackRock  Portfolio and the
assumption by the BlackRock  Portfolio of the  liabilities of the AIM Portfolio.
The BlackRock  Portfolio's  investment objective is substantially similar to the
investment objective of the AIM Portfolio,  and BlackRock Portfolio's investment
policies are similar to those of the AIM Portfolio.

     You will  receive  Class A or Class E  shares,  as the case may be,  of the
BlackRock  Portfolio  having an aggregate net asset value equal to the aggregate
net asset value of your AIM  Portfolio's  shares.  Details  about the  BlackRock
Portfolio's investment objective, performance, and management team are contained
in the attached Prospectus/Proxy Statement. For federal income tax purposes, the
transaction is expected to be a non-taxable  event for shareholders and Contract
Owners.

     The Board of Trustees has approved the proposal for the AIM  Portfolio  and
recommends that you vote FOR the proposal.

     I realize that this  Prospectus/Proxy  Statement  will take time to review,
but your vote is very  important.  Please take the time to familiarize  yourself
with the proposal.  If you attend the Special Meeting,  you may give your voting
instructions  in person.  If you do not expect to attend  the  Special  Meeting,
please complete,  date, sign and return the enclosed voting form in the enclosed
postage-paid  envelope.  You may  also  transmit  your  voting  instructions  by
telephone or through the  Internet.  Instructions  on how to complete the voting
instructions  form or vote by  telephone  or through the  Internet  are included
immediately after the Notice of Special Meeting.

     If you have any questions  about the voting  instructions  form please call
the  Trust  at  1-800-848-3854.  If we do  not  receive  your  completed  voting
instructions  form or your telephone or Internet vote within several weeks,  you
may be contacted by Computshare  Fund Services,  our proxy  solicitor,  who will
remind you to pass on your voting instructions.

     Thank you for  taking  this  matter  seriously  and  participating  in this
important process.



                                                Sincerely,

                                                Elizabeth M. Forget
                                                -------------------
                                                /s/ Elizabeth M. Forget
                                                President
                                                Met Investors Series Trust






                           MET INVESTORS SERIES TRUST
                                  5 Park Plaza
                                   Suite 1900
                            Irvine, California 92614

                     Met/AIM Capital Appreciation Portfolio

                    NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                          To Be Held on April 30, 2009

To the Shareholders of Met Investors Series Trust:

     NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN THAT a Special  Meeting of the  Shareholders  of the
Met/AIM  Capital  Appreciation  Portfolio  of Met  Investors  Series  Trust (the
"Trust"),  a Delaware statutory trust, will be held at the offices of the Trust,
1095 Avenue of the Americas,  40th Floor,  New York, New York 10036 on April 30,
2009 at 10:00 a.m.  Eastern  Time and any  adjournments  thereof  (the  "Special
Meeting") for the following purpose:

1.   To  consider  and act upon an  Agreement  and Plan of  Reorganization  (the
     "Plan")  providing for the  acquisition of all of the assets of the Met/AIM
     Capital  Appreciation  Portfolio  (the "AIM  Portfolio")  by the  BlackRock
     Legacy Large Cap Growth Portfolio (the "BlackRock Portfolio"),  a series of
     Metropolitan  Series Fund,  Inc.,  in exchange for shares of the  BlackRock
     Portfolio and the assumption by the BlackRock  Portfolio of the liabilities
     of the AIM  Portfolio.  The Plan also  provides for  distribution  of these
     shares of the BlackRock  Portfolio to  shareholders of the AIM Portfolio in
     liquidation  and subsequent  termination  of the AIM  Portfolio.  A vote in
     favor of the Plan is a vote in favor of the  liquidation and dissolution of
     the AIM Portfolio.

     The Board of  Trustees  has fixed the close of business on January 30, 2009
as the record date for  determination of shareholders  entitled to notice of and
to vote at the Special Meeting. By order of the Board of Trustees


                                                   Richard C. Pearson
                                                   Secretary
March 5, 2009

CONTRACT OWNERS WHO DO NOT EXPECT TO ATTEND THE SPECIAL MEETING ARE REQUESTED TO
COMPLETE, SIGN, DATE AND RETURN THE ACCOMPANYING VOTING INSTRUCTIONS FORM IN THE
ENCLOSED  ENVELOPE,  WHICH NEEDS NO POSTAGE IF MAILED IN THE UNITED  STATES,  OR
FOLLOW THE  INSTRUCTIONS  IN THE  MATERIALS  RELATING TO  TELEPHONE  OR INTERNET
VOTING.  INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PROPER EXECUTION OF THE VOTING  INSTRUCTIONS  FORM
ARE SET FORTH  IMMEDIATELY  FOLLOWING THIS NOTICE. IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THE FORM
BE RETURNED PROMPTLY.






                INSTRUCTIONS FOR SIGNING VOTING INSTRUCTIONS FORM

     The following general rules for signing voting instructions forms may be of
assistance  to you and  avoid the time and  expense  to the  Trust  involved  in
validating your vote if you fail to sign your voting instructions form properly.

1.   Individual  Accounts:   Sign  your  name  exactly  as  it  appears  in  the
     registration on the voting instructions form.

2.   Joint  Accounts:  Either party may sign,  but the name of the party signing
     should conform exactly to the name shown in the  registration on the voting
     instructions form.

3.   All Other  Accounts:  The  capacity  of the  individual  signing the voting
     instructions form should be indicated unless it is reflected in the form of
     registration. For example:





         Registration                                                  Valid Signature

         Corporate Accounts
                                                                 


         (1)      ABC Corp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ABC Corp.

         (2)      ABC Corp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  John Doe, Treasurer

         (3)      ABC Corp.
                  c/o John Doe, Treasurer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .John Doe

         (4)      ABC Corp. Profit Sharing Plan . . . . . . . . . .    John Doe, Trustee

         Trust Accounts

         (1)      ABC Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jane B. Doe, Trustee

         (2)      Jane B. Doe, Trustee
                  u/t/d 12/28/78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jane B. Doe

         Custodial or Estate Accounts

         (1)      John B. Smith, Cust.
                  f/b/o John B. Smith, Jr. UGMA . . . . . . . . . .  . John B. Smith

         (2)      Estate of John B. Smith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .John B. Smith, Jr., Executor






                      INSTRUCTIONS FOR VOTING BY TELEPHONE

Call 1-866-235-4258 and follow the simple instructions. Have your proxy ready.

You do not  need  to  return  your  voting  instructions  form  if you  vote  by
telephone.


                    INSTRUCTIONS FOR VOTING OVER THE INTERNET

To  provide  voting  instructions  via the  Internet  follow the four easy steps
below.

1. Read the accompanying proxy information and voting instructions form.

2. Go to www.proxy-direct.com.

3. Enter the "CONTROL NO." and "SECURITY CODE" from the upper right hand corner
   of  your voting instructions form.

4. Follow the simple online instructions.

You do not need to return your voting instructions form if you vote via the
Internet.




                            ACQUISITION OF ASSETS OF

                     MET/AIM CAPITAL APPRECIATION PORTFOLIO
                                   a series of
                           Met Investors Series Trust
                                  5 Park Plaza
                                   Suite 1900
                            Irvine, California 92614
                                 (800) 848-3854

                        BY AND IN EXCHANGE FOR SHARES OF

                   BLACKROCK LEGACY LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO
                                   a series of
                         Metropolitan Series Fund, Inc.
                               501 Boylston Street
                           Boston, Massachusetts 02116
                                 (800) 638-7732

                           PROSPECTUS/PROXY STATEMENT

                              DATED March 5, 2009


     This  Prospectus/Proxy  Statement is being furnished in connection with the
proposed  Agreement  and  Plan of  Reorganization  (the  "Plan")  which  will be
submitted to  shareholders  of Met  Investors  Series  Trust's  Met/AIM  Capital
Appreciation  Portfolio (the "AIM  Portfolio")  for  consideration  at a Special
Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 30, 2009 at 10:00 a.m.  Eastern time at
the offices of the Met Investors Series Trust, 1095 Avenue of the Americas, 40th
Floor, New York, New York 10036, and any adjournments thereof (the "Meeting").

                                     GENERAL

     Subject to the approval of the AIM Portfolio's  shareholders,  the Board of
Trustees of Met  Investors  Series Trust (the "Trust") has approved the proposed
reorganization  of the AIM Portfolio into the BlackRock  Legacy Large Cap Growth
Portfolio (the "BlackRock  Portfolio"),  a series of  Metropolitan  Series Fund,
Inc. (the "Fund").  The AIM Portfolio and the BlackRock  Portfolio are sometimes
referred to in this Prospectus/Proxy Statement individually as a "Portfolio" and
collectively as the "Portfolios."

     First MetLife Investors Insurance Company,  General American Life Insurance
Company,  MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut,  MetLife Investors Insurance
Company,   MetLife  Investors  USA  Insurance  Company,  and  Metropolitan  Life
Insurance  Company  ("MetLife")  (each an  "Insurance  Company")  are the record
owners of the AIM Portfolio's  shares and at the Meeting will vote the shares of
the AIM Portfolio held in their separate accounts.

     As an owner of a variable  annuity  contract (a  "Contract")  issued by the
Insurance  Company,  you have the right to instruct the Insurance Company how to
vote the shares of the AIM Portfolio that are  attributable  to your Contract at
the Meeting.  Although you are not directly a shareholder  of the AIM Portfolio,
you have this right because some or all of your Contract  value is invested,  as
provided  by  your  Contract,  in the AIM  Portfolio.  For  simplicity,  in this
Prospectus/Proxy Statement:

     o    "Record Holder" of the AIM Portfolio  refers to the Insurance  Company
          which holds the AIM  Portfolio's  shares of record,  unless  indicated
          otherwise in this Prospectus/Proxy Statement;

     o    "shares" refers generally to your shares of beneficial interest in the
          AIM Portfolio; and

     o    "shareholder" or "Contract Owner" refers to you.

     In the  reorganization,  all of the  assets  of the AIM  Portfolio  will be
acquired by the  BlackRock  Portfolio in exchange for Class A and Class E shares
of the BlackRock  Portfolio and the assumption by the BlackRock Portfolio of the
liabilities of the AIM Portfolio (the  "Reorganization").  If the Reorganization
is approved,  shares of the  BlackRock  Portfolio  will be  distributed  to each
Record Holder in  liquidation  of the  Portfolio,  and the AIM Portfolio will be
terminated as a series of the Trust.  You will receive Class A or Class E shares
of the  BlackRock  Portfolio,  depending  on the  class  of  shares  of the  AIM
Portfolio  you  currently  hold.  You will  then  hold  that  number of full and
fractional  shares of the BlackRock  Portfolio which have an aggregate net asset
value  equal  to the  aggregate  net  asset  value  of  your  shares  of the AIM
Portfolio.

     The  BlackRock  Portfolio is a separate  diversified  series of the Fund, a
Maryland  corporation,  which is registered as an open-end management investment
company under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act").
The AIM  Portfolio  is a separate  diversified  series of the Trust,  a Delaware
statutory  trust,  which  is  also an  open-end  management  investment  company
registered  under the 1940 Act.  The  primary  investment  objective  of the AIM
Portfolio  is  substantially  similar  to that of the  BlackRock  Portfolio,  as
follows:



- ------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------
                      Portfolio                                             Investment Objective
                                                     
- ------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------
AIM Portfolio                                           Capital appreciation.
- ------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Portfolio                                     Long-term growth of capital.
- ------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------


     The  principal  investment  strategies  of the AIM Portfolio are similar to
those of the BlackRock Portfolio. Each Portfolio invests its assets primarily in
equity securities.

     Material Differences in the Portfolios' Investment Strategies

     Although each  Portfolio  primarily  invests in a diversified  portfolio of
equity securities,  the BlackRock Portfolio invests primarily in stocks believed
to have long-term growth  potential,  while the AIM Portfolio uses an investment
approach that blends growth and value. The BlackRock Portfolio invests primarily
in large capitalization  equities, while the AIM Portfolio may invest in issuers
with any size of capitalization.

     This  Prospectus/Proxy  Statement  explains concisely the information about
the   BlackRock   Portfolio   that  you  should  know   before   voting  on  the
Reorganization.  Please  read it  carefully  and keep it for  future  reference.
Additional  information  concerning  each  Portfolio and the  Reorganization  is
contained in the documents  described  below,  all of which have been filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"):




- --------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
Information about the AIM Portfolio:                                  How to Obtain this Information:
- ------------------------------------                                  -------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
Prospectus of the Trust relating to the AIM Portfolio, dated April    Copies are available upon request and without
28, 2008, as supplemented                                             charge if you:

Statement of Additional Information of the Trust relating to the      o    Write to the Trust at the address
AIM Portfolio, dated April 28, 2008, as supplemented                       listed on the cover page of this
                                                                           Prospectus/Proxy Statement; or
Annual Report of the Trust relating to the AIM Portfolio for the
year ended December 31, 2008                                          o    Call (800) 848-3854 toll-free.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
Information about the BlackRock Portfolio:                            How to Obtain this Information:
- ------------------------------------------                            -------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
Prospectus of the Fund relating to the BlackRock Portfolio, dated     A copy is available upon request and without
April 28, 2008, as supplemented, which accompanies this               charge if you:
Prospectus/Proxy Statement
                                                                      o    Write to the Fund at the address listed
Statement of Additional Information of the Fund relating to the            on the cover page of this Prospectus/Proxy
BlackRock Portfolio, dated April 28, 2008, as supplemented                 Statement; or

Annual Report of the Fund relating to the BlackRock Portfolio for     o    Call (800) 638-7732 toll-free.
the year ended December 31, 2008
- --------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
Information about the Reorganization:                                 How to Obtain this Information:
- -------------------------------------                                 -------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
Statement of Additional Information, dated March __, 2009, which      A copy is available upon request and without
relates to this Prospectus/Proxy Statement and the Reorganization     charge if you:

                                                                      o    Write to the Fund at the address listed
                                                                           on the cover page of this Prospectus/Proxy
                                                                           Statement; or


                                                                      o    Call (800) 638-7732 toll-free.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------


     You can also obtain copies of any of these documents  without charge on the
EDGAR  database on the SEC's  Internet  site at  http://www.sec.gov.  Copies are
available  for a fee by  electronic  request at the  following  e-mail  address:
publicinfo@sec.gov,  or from the Public  Reference  Branch,  Office of  Consumer
Affairs  and   Information   Services,   Securities  and  Exchange   Commission,
Washington,  D.C. 20549, or the SEC's Chicago  Regional Office located at 175 W.
Jackson Boulevard,  Suite 900, Chicago, IL 60604 and the SEC's New York Regional
Office located at 3 World Financial Center,  Suite 400, New York, NY 10281-1022.
Information on the operation of the Public  Reference  Branch may be obtained by
calling (202) 551-8090.

     Information  relating to the AIM Portfolio  contained in the  Prospectus of
the Trust dated  April 28,  2008 (SEC File No.  811-10183)  is  incorporated  by
reference  into this  document.  (This  means that such  information  is legally
considered to be part of this Prospectus/Proxy  Statement.) Information relating
to the BlackRock  Portfolio  contained in the Prospectus of the Fund dated April
28, 2008 (SEC File No.  811-03618)  also is  incorporated by reference into this
document.  The Statement of Additional Information dated March 5, 2009 relating
to this  Prospectus/Proxy  Statement and the Reorganization,  which includes the
financial  statements  of the Trust  relating to the AIM  Portfolio for the year
ended December 31, 2008, and of the Fund relating to the BlackRock Portfolio for
the year ended  December  31,  2008,  and the pro forma  financials  of the Fund
relating to the BlackRock  Portfolio for the twelve-month  period ended December
31, 2008, is incorporated by reference into this document.


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION HAS NOT DETERMINED  THAT THE INFORMATION
IN THIS PROSPECTUS/PROXY  STATEMENT IS ACCURATE OR ADEQUATE, NOR HAS IT APPROVED
OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES.  ANYONE WHO TELLS YOU OTHERWISE IS COMMITTING A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


    An investment in the BlackRock Portfolio through a Contract:

     o    is not a deposit of, or guaranteed by, any bank

     o    is not  insured by the FDIC,  the Federal  Reserve  Board or any other
          government agency

     o    is not endorsed by any bank or government agency

     o    involves  investment  risk,  including  possible  loss of the purchase
          payment of your original investment




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                                                                                                   Page
                                                                                                                
SUMMARY.............................................................................................................6
         Why is the Reorganization being proposed?..................................................................6
         After the Reorganization, what shares of the BlackRock Portfolio will I own?...............................6
         How will the Reorganization affect me?.....................................................................7
         Will I be able to purchase and redeem shares, change my investment options, annuitize and
         receive distributions the same way?........................................................................8
         How do the Trustees recommend that I vote?.................................................................8
         How do the Portfolios' investment objectives, principal investment strategies and risks compare?...........8
         How do the Portfolios' fees and expenses compare?.........................................................10
         How do the Portfolios' performance records compare?.......................................................13
         Who will be the Adviser, Subadviser and Portfolio Manager of my Portfolio after the
         Reorganization?  What will the advisory and subadvisory fees be after the Reorganization?.................15
         What will be the primary federal tax consequences of the Reorganization?..................................16
RISKS..............................................................................................................17
         Are the risk factors for the Portfolios similar?..........................................................17
         What are the primary risks of investing in each Portfolio?................................................17
INFORMATION ABOUT THE REORGANIZATION...............................................................................20
         Reasons for the Reorganization............................................................................20
         Agreement and Plan of Reorganization......................................................................22
         Federal Income Tax Consequences...........................................................................23
         Pro Forma Capitalization..................................................................................24
         Distribution of Shares....................................................................................26
         Purchase and Redemption Procedures........................................................................26
         Exchange Privileges.......................................................................................27
         Dividend Policy...........................................................................................27
COMPARATIVE INFORMATION ON SHAREHOLDERS' RIGHTS....................................................................27
         Form of Organization......................................................................................28
         Capitalization............................................................................................28
         Shareholder Liability.....................................................................................28
         Shareholder Meetings and Voting Rights....................................................................29
         Liquidation...............................................................................................30
         Liability and Indemnification of Trustees/Directors.......................................................30
VOTING INFORMATION CONCERNING THE MEETING..........................................................................31
         Shareholder Information...................................................................................33
         Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities.......................................................34
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXPERTS...................................................................................34
LEGAL MATTERS......................................................................................................34
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.............................................................................................34
OTHER BUSINESS.....................................................................................................35
EXHIBIT A - FORM OF AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATON...........................................................A-1



                                     SUMMARY

     THIS  SECTION  SUMMARIZES  THE PRIMARY  FEATURES  AND  CONSEQUENCES  OF THE
REORGANIZATION.  IT MAY NOT CONTAIN ALL OF THE INFORMATION  THAT IS IMPORTANT TO
YOU.   TO   UNDERSTAND   THE   REORGANIZATION,   YOU  SHOULD  READ  THIS  ENTIRE
PROSPECTUS/PROXY STATEMENT AND EXHIBIT A.

     This summary is  qualified  in its entirety by reference to the  additional
information  contained  elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus/Proxy   Statement,   the
Prospectuses and Statements of Additional Information relating to the Portfolios
and the form of Agreement and Plan of Reorganization  (previously defined as the
"Plan"), which is attached to this Prospectus/Proxy Statement as Exhibit A.

     Why is the Reorganization being proposed?

     The  Reorganization  is part of a  restructuring  designed to eliminate the
offering  of  overlapping  funds in the  MetLife,  Inc.  families  of funds with
similar investment  objectives and similar  investment  strategies that serve as
funding  vehicles for  insurance  contracts  that are offered by  affiliates  of
MetLife.  The AIM Portfolio is not expected to garner sufficient assets in order
to achieve  economies  of scale.  In  addition,  the advisory fee and total fund
operating   expenses  of  the   BlackRock   Portfolio   immediately   after  the
Reorganization  are  expected  to be less than those of the AIM  Portfolio.  The
Reorganization   may  allow  the  merged   Portfolio   to  achieve   operational
efficiencies. In addition, the performance record of the BlackRock Portfolio for
the one-,  three-,  five-, and ten-year periods ended December 31, 2008 has been
better than that of the AIM Portfolio.  Therefore, the Trustees believe that the
Reorganization   is  in  the  best  interests  of  the  AIM  Portfolio  and  its
shareholders.

......What are the key features of the Reorganization?

     The Plan sets forth the key features of the Reorganization.  For a complete
description of the  Reorganization,  see Exhibit A. The Plan generally  provides
for the following:

     o....the  transfer in-kind of all of the assets of the AIM Portfolio to
          the BlackRock  Portfolio in exchange for Class A and Class E shares of
          the BlackRock Portfolio;

     o    the assumption by the BlackRock Portfolio of all of the liabilities of
          the AIM Portfolio;

     o    the  liquidation of the AIM Portfolio by  distribution  of Class A and
          Class E  shares  of the  BlackRock  Portfolio  to the AIM  Portfolio's
          shareholders; and

     o    the structuring of the Reorganization as a tax-free reorganization for
          federal income tax purposes.

         The Reorganization is expected to be completed on or about May 1, 2009.

    After the Reorganization, what shares of the BlackRock Portfolio will I own?

     If you own Class A shares of the AIM Portfolio, you will own Class A shares
of the BlackRock Portfolio. If you own Class E shares of the AIM Portfolio,  you
will own Class E shares of the BlackRock Portfolio.

     The new shares you receive will have the same total value as your shares of
the AIM  Portfolio as of the close of business on the day  immediately  prior to
the Reorganization.

         How will the Reorganization affect me?

     It is anticipated that the Reorganization will affect you as follows,
although no assurance can be given that the Reorganization will result in any
such benefits:

     o    OPERATING  EFFICIENCIES:  Upon the Reorganization of the AIM Portfolio
          into the BlackRock Portfolio,  operating  efficiencies may be achieved
          by the  BlackRock  Portfolio  because it will have a greater  level of
          assets.  As of December 31, 2008, the AIM Portfolio's total net assets
          were  approximately  $108.3  million while the  BlackRock  Portfolio's
          total net assets were approximately $303.5 million.

     o    COST CONSIDERATIONS: The total operating expenses for the twelve-month
          period  ended   December  31,  2008  were  lower  for  the   BlackRock
          Portfolio's  Class A shares than the AIM  Portfolio's  Class A shares.
          Total  operating  expenses for Class A shares of the AIM Portfolio for
          the  twelve-month  period ended  December  31, 2008 were 0.87%,  while
          total operating expenses for Class A shares of the BlackRock Portfolio
          for  that  same  period  were  0.78%.  Assuming  consummation  of  the
          Reorganization  had occurred on January 1, 2008,  the total  operating
          expenses,  for the  twelve-month  period  ended  December 31, 2008 for
          Class A shares of the BlackRock Portfolio would have been 0.78%.

     o    PERFORMANCE: The performance record of the BlackRock Portfolio for the
          one-, three-,  five-, and ten-year periods ended December 31, 2008 has
          been better than that of the AIM Portfolio.

     The Reorganization  will not affect your Contract rights. The value of your
Contract will remain the same immediately following the Reorganization. The Fund
will sell its shares on a continuous  basis at net asset value only to insurance
companies and to employee  benefit plans that are qualified  plans under federal
tax law.  The  Insurance  Company  will keep the same  separate  accounts.  Your
Contract values will be allocated to the same separate account and that separate
account will invest in the BlackRock Portfolio after the  Reorganization.  After
the  Reorganization  your Contract  values will depend on the performance of the
BlackRock  Portfolio  rather than that of the AIM  Portfolio.  The AIM Portfolio
will pay for the costs of the Meeting, this proxy solicitation and any adjourned
session.  The costs to be paid by the AIM Portfolio  ultimately will be borne by
the Portfolio's  shareholders and are less than the expected savings for the AIM
Portfolio's shareholders due to the operational efficiencies incurred due to the
Reorganization.

     Like the AIM  Portfolio,  the  BlackRock  Portfolio  will  declare  and pay
dividends from net investment  income and will  distribute net realized  capital
gains, if any, to the Insurance  Company  separate  accounts (not to you) once a
year. These dividends and  distributions  will continue to be reinvested by your
Insurance  Company  in  additional  Class A or Class E shares  of the  BlackRock
Portfolio.

     Will I be able to purchase and redeem shares, change my investment options,
annuitize and receive distributions the same way?

     The  Reorganization  will not  affect  your  right to  purchase  and redeem
shares,  to change among the Insurance  Company's  separate account options,  to
annuitize, and to receive distributions as permitted by your Contract. After the
Reorganization,  you  will be able  under  your  current  Contract  to  purchase
additional  Class A and  Class E shares  of the  BlackRock  Portfolio.  For more
information, see "Purchase and Redemption Procedures," "Exchange Privileges" and
"Dividend Policy" below.

     How do the Trustees recommend that I vote?

     The Trustees of the Trust,  including the Trustees who are not  "interested
persons"  (the  "Disinterested  Trustees"),  as such term is defined in the 1940
Act, have  concluded that the  Reorganization  would be in the best interests of
the  AIM  Portfolio  and  its   shareholders,   and  that  the  AIM  Portfolio's
shareholders'  interests will not be diluted as a result of the  Reorganization.
Accordingly,  the  Trustees  have  submitted  the Plan for the  approval  of the
shareholders of the AIM Portfolio.



      THE TRUSTEES RECOMMEND THAT YOU VOTE FOR THE PROPOSED REORGANIZATION


     The Directors of the Fund have approved the Plan on behalf of the BlackRock
Portfolio and its shareholders.

     How  do  the  Portfolios'  investment   objectives,   principal  investment
strategies and risks compare?

     The investment  objective of the AIM Portfolio is substantially  similar to
that of the BlackRock Portfolio,  and the principal investment strategies of the
Portfolios  are  similar.   The  investment   objective  of  each  Portfolio  is
non-fundamental,   which   means   that  it  may  be  changed  by  vote  of  the
Trustees/Directors without shareholder approval.

     The following table compares the AIM Portfolio's and BlackRock  Portfolio's
investment objectives and principal investment  strategies,  as set forth in the
Prospectuses   and  Statements  of  Additional   Information   relating  to  the
Portfolios.





   ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------
                                       AIM Portfolio                                BlackRock Portfolio
   ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------
   ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------
                                                                 
   Investment         Capital appreciation.                            Long term growth of capital.
   Objective
   ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------
   ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------
   Principal          The Portfolio invests principally in common      The Portfolio invests at least 80% of its
   Investment         stocks of domestic and foreign companies the     assets in large capitalization equity
   Strategies         subadviser believes are likely to benefit from   securities.  For this purpose, the subadviser
                      new or innovative products, services or          considers large capitalization securities to
                      processes, as well as those that have            be issued by companies with market
                      experienced above-average, long-term growth in   capitalizations, at time of purchase, of at
                      earnings and have excellent prospects for        least $1 billion.  The Portfolio invests
                      future growth.  The subadviser uses an           primarily in stocks believed by the
                      investment approach that blends growth and       subadviser to have long-term growth
                      value investing.                                 potential.
   ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------
   ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------
                      The Portfolio may invest up to 25% of its        The Portfolio may invest without limitation
                      total assets in foreign securities, including    in foreign equity securities, including in
                      in emerging markets.                             emerging markets.

                      ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------
                      ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------
                      The Portfolio may purchase call options, which   The Portfolio may buy and sell future
                      are derivatives, but not for speculative         contracts on recognized exchanges and may
                      purposes, and may write covered call options     also use options, in both cases as a hedge or
                      on no more than 20% of the value of its net      to enhance returns.
                      assets.
   ------------------ ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------



     The principal  risks of investing in the AIM Portfolio are similar to those
of investing in the BlackRock Portfolio. They include:

     o    Market risk - a  Portfolio's  share price can fall because of weakness
          in the broad market, a particular  industry,  or specific holdings.  A
          Portfolio's  investment  performance may also be harmed by potentially
          rapid changes in the prices of equity securities.


     o    Market  capitalization risk - investments  primarily in issuers in one
          market capitalization category (large, medium or small) carry the risk
          that due to current  market  conditions  that  category  may be out of
          favor; stocks of smaller companies may be affected to a greater extent
          than larger  companies by general  economic  changes and conditions in
          particular industries.


     o    Investment style risk - different  investment styles such as growth or
          value investing tend to shift in or out of favor,  depending on market
          and economic conditions as well as investor sentiment.


     o    Foreign  investment risk - investments in foreign  securities  involve
          risks relating to political,  social and economic developments abroad,
          as well as risks resulting from differences between the regulations to
          which U.S. and foreign issuers are subject.  These risks are increased
          for emerging market securities.

     o    Derivatives  risk - derivatives  may not correlate  perfectly with the
          relevant  assets,  rates  and  indices.  The  use of  derivatives  can
          significantly increase a Portfolio's exposure to market risk or credit
          risk of the counterparty.

     The AIM Portfolio may invest for temporary  defensive  purposes some or all
of the assets in money market securities or utilize other investment  strategies
that may be inconsistent  with the Portfolio's  principal  investment  strategy.
Temporary defensive  instruments  generally include U.S. government  securities,
bank time deposits  denominated in the currency of any major nation,  commercial
paper and repurchase agreements.  The AIM Portfolio's subadviser may also invest
in these types of securities or hold cash while looking for suitable  investment
opportunities or to maintain liquidity.  [The BlackRock Portfolio may hold up to
100% of its  assets  in cash  or  high-quality  debt  securities  for  temporary
defensive purposes. The types of high-quality instruments in which the BlackRock
Portfolio may invest for such purposes include money market securities,  such as
repurchase  agreements,   and  securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by  the  U.S.
Government or its agencies or  instrumentalities,  certificates of deposit, time
deposits and bankers'  acceptances of certain qualified  financial  institutions
and highly-rated  corporate commercial paper.  Although a Portfolio would employ
these  measures only in seeking to avoid  losses,  they could reduce the benefit
from an  upswing  in the  market or  prevent  the  Portfolio  from  meeting  its
investment objectives.

     For a  detailed  discussion  of the  Portfolios'  risks,  see  the  section
entitled "Risks" below.

     The Portfolios have other investment  policies,  practices and restrictions
which,  together with their related risks,  are also set forth in the Prospectus
and Statement of Additional Information of each of the Portfolios.

     Although  the  AIM  Portfolio  and the  BlackRock  Portfolio  have  similar
investment  objectives  and  similar  principal  investment  strategies,  it  is
anticipated  that some of the securities  held by the AIM Portfolio will be sold
in order to comply with the policies and  investment  practices of the BlackRock
Portfolio in connection with the Reorganization.  If such sales occur before the
date of the  Reorganization,  any  transaction  costs  will be  borne by the AIM
Portfolio.  If such  sales  occur  after  the  date of the  Reorganization,  any
transaction costs will be borne by the BlackRock Portfolio.

     How do the Portfolios' fees and expenses compare?

     The AIM  Portfolio  offers two classes of shares:  Class A and Class E. The
BlackRock  Portfolio offers three classes of shares:  Class A, Class B and Class
E. You will not pay any initial or deferred sales charge in connection  with the
Reorganization.

     The  following  tables  allow you to compare the various  fees and expenses
that you may pay for  buying and  holding  Class A and Class E shares of each of
the Portfolios.  The information for "BlackRock Portfolio (Pro Forma)" shows you
what fees and expenses are  estimated  to be assuming the  Reorganization  takes
place.

     The  amounts  for the Class A and Class E shares of the AIM  Portfolio  and
BlackRock Portfolio set forth in the following tables and the examples are based
on the expenses for the AIM Portfolio and the BlackRock Portfolio, respectively,
for the  twelve-month  period ended  December 31, 2008.  The amounts for Class A
shares of the BlackRock  Portfolio (Pro Forma) set forth in the following  table
and in the example are based on what the  expenses  of the  BlackRock  Portfolio
would have been for the  twelve-month  period ended  December 31, 2008,  had the
Reorganization taken place as of January 1, 2008.

     THESE  TABLES DO NOT  REFLECT ANY FEES,  EXPENSES  AND  WITHDRAWAL  CHARGES
IMPOSED BY THE CONTRACTS FOR WHICH THE PORTFOLIOS SERVE AS INVESTMENT  VEHICLES.
IF THOSE FEES AND EXPENSES HAD BEEN INCLUDED, YOUR COSTS WOULD BE HIGHER.

Annual Portfolio  Operating  Expenses (expenses that are deducted from Portfolio
assets)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



- --------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------- ---------------------------------

                                                             AIM Portfolio                  BlackRock Portfolio
- --------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------- ---------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- -----------------
                                                                                              
                                                        Class A          Class E         Class A          Class E
                                                        -------          -------         -------          -------
- --------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- -----------------
- --------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- -----------------
Management Fees (1)                                      0.78%            0.78%           0.73%            0.73%
- --------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- -----------------
- --------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- -----------------
Distribution and 12b-1 Fees                              0.0 %           0.15 %           0.0 %            0.15 %
- --------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- -----------------
- --------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- -----------------
Other Expenses (2)                                       0.09%            0.09%           0.05%            0.05%
- --------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- -----------------
- --------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- -----------------
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (2)            0.87%            1.02%           0.78%            0.93%
- --------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- -----------------





- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            BlackRock Portfolio (ProForma)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------- ----------------------------------
                                                                                             
                                                                 Class A                           Class E
- ---------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------- ----------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------- ----------------------------------
Management Fees                                                   0.73%                             0.73%
- ---------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------- ----------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------- ----------------------------------
Distribution and 12b-1 Fees                                       0.0 %                            0.15 %
- ---------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------- ----------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------- ----------------------------------
Other Expenses                                                    0.05%                             0.05%
- ---------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------- ----------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------- ----------------------------------
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses                         0.78%                             0.93%
- ---------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------- ----------------------------------



     (1)  Met Investors Advisory, LLC, Adviser to the AIM Portfolio,  has agreed
          that any  advisory  fee  waivers  received  from  the AIM  Portfolio's
          subadviser  commencing May 1, 2006 will be passed on the AIM Portfolio
          in the form of a voluntary fee waiver. For purposes of calculating the
          subadviser's  fee, the assets of the AIM  Portfolio  and the assets of
          the Met/AIM  Small Cap Growth  Portfolio of the Trust are  aggregated.
          Including the voluntary fee waiver,  the  management  fee for the year
          ended December 31, 2008 was 0.76%.

     (2)  Each of the AIM Portfolio and the BlackRock  Portfolio  placed certain
          portfolio  trades with brokers that paid a portion of the  Portfolio's
          expenses.  The expense information for each Portfolio does not reflect
          this  reduction  in  expenses.  If  this  reduction  were  shown,  the
          BlackRock  Portfolio's total operating  expenses would have been 0.76%
          for  Class  A  shares  and  0.91%  for  Class  E  shares  and  the AIM
          Portfolio's total operating expenses would have been 0.85% for Class A
          shares and 1.00% for Class E shares.

     The tables  below show  examples of the total  expenses  you would pay on a
$10,000 investment over one-, three-,  five- and ten-year periods.  The examples
are  intended  to help you compare the cost of  investing  in the AIM  Portfolio
versus the BlackRock Portfolio and the BlackRock Portfolio (Pro Forma), assuming
the Reorganization  takes place. The examples assume a 5% average annual return,
that you redeem all of your  shares at the end of each time  period and that you
reinvest  all of your  dividends.  The  following  tables also assume that total
annual  operating  expenses  remain the same. The examples are for  illustration
only, and your actual costs may be higher or lower.

     THE  EXAMPLES  DO NOT  REFLECT THE FEES,  EXPENSES  OR  WITHDRAWAL  CHARGES
IMPOSED BY THE CONTRACTS FOR WHICH THE PORTFOLIOS SERVE AS INVESTMENT  VEHICLES.
IF THOSE FEES AND EXPENSES HAD BEEN INCLUDED, YOUR COSTS WOULD BE HIGHER.

         Examples of Portfolio Expenses



- ------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 AIM Portfolio
- ------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
                                                                                            
                                One Year              Three Years             Five Years              Ten Years
- ------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
- ------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Class A                           $89                    $278                   $482                   $1,073
- ------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
- ------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Class E                           $104                   $325                   $563                   $1,248
- ------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------





- ------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              BlackRock Portfolio
- ------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
                                                                                            
                                One Year              Three Years             Five Years              Ten Years
- ------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
- ------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Class A                           $80                    $249                   $433                   $966
- ------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
- ------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Class E                           $95                    $296                   $515                   $1,143
- ------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------






- ------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        BlackRock Portfolio (Pro Forma)
- ------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
                                                                                            
                                One Year              Three Years             Five Years              Ten Years
- ------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
- ------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Class A                           $80                    $249                   $433                   $966
- ------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
- ------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Class E                           $95                    $296                   $515                   $1,143
- ------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------



     How do the Portfolios' performance records compare?

     The  following  charts show how Class A shares of the AIM Portfolio and the
BlackRock  Portfolio  have  performed  for the last  ten  calendar  years.  Past
performance is not an indication of future results.

     PAST PERFORMANCE DOES NOT REFLECT THE FEES,  EXPENSES OR WITHDRAWAL CHARGES
IMPOSED BY THE CONTRACTS FOR WHICH THE PORTFOLIOS SERVE AS INVESTMENT  VEHICLES.
IF THOSE FEES AND EXPENSES HAD BEEN INCLUDED, PERFORMANCE WOULD BE LOWER.

     Year-by-Year Total Return (%)

     These  charts  should give you a general  idea of the risks of investing in
the AIM Portfolio and the BlackRock  Portfolio by showing how their returns have
varied  from  year-to-year.  These  charts  include  the  effects  of  Portfolio
expenses.  The  historical  performance  shown for the AIM  Portfolio's  Class A
shares prior to May 1, 2006 is the performance of its predecessor  funds managed
by the subadviser using the same investment objective and investment  strategies
as the AIM Portfolio. On July 1, 2005 substantially all of the assets of the AIM
Capital  Appreciation  Portfolio of Travelers Series Fund, Inc. were transferred
to the AIM Capital  Appreciation  Portfolio,  a series of the  Travelers  Series
Trust.  The assets of the AIM Capital  Appreciation  Portfolio of the  Travelers
Series Trust were  transferred  to the AIM  Portfolio on May 1, 2006.  On May 1,
2004, the BlackRock Portfolio changed its subadviser from Fred Alger Management,
Inc.  ("Alger") to State Street  Research & Management  Company  ("State  Street
Research")  and also changed its investment  objective and principal  investment
strategies.  On January 31, 2005, BlackRock Advisors LLC ("BlackRock") succeeded
State Street Research as subadviser to the BlackRock Portfolio.  The performance
information shown for the BlackRock  Portfolio reflects the management of Alger,
State Street and  BlackRock.  The AIM Portfolio and the BlackRock  Portfolio can
also experience  short-term  performance swings as indicated in the high and low
quarter information at the bottom of each chart.





                                              AIM Portfolio
                                                                           
- ------------- ---------- ----------- ----------- --------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- -----------
   32.81%      -17.24%    -23.76%     -23.87%     29.31%     3.58%     8.73%      6.88%     11.92%    -42.64%





     99          00          01          02         03        04         05        06         07         08
- ------------- ---------- ----------- ----------- --------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- -----------


                                  High Quarter: 4th Quarter 1999 +35.92%
                                  Low Quarter: 3rd Quarter 2001 -23.09%







                                           BlackRock Portfolio
                                                                            
- ------------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------
   34.1%       -13.7%      -12.0%     -33.2%      35.2%       8.8%       7.0%      4.1%      18.7%     -36.5%





     99          00          01         02          03         04         05        06         07        08
- ------------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------


                                  High Quarter: 4th Quarter 1999 +21.56%
                                  Low Quarter: 4th Quarter 2008 -23.07%

     The next set of tables lists the average annual total return of the Class A
shares of the AIM Portfolio and the BlackRock Portfolio for the past one-, five-
and ten-year  periods  (through  December 31, 2008);  the average  annual to the
return  of the Class E shares of the  BlackRock  Portfolio  for the past one and
five-year  periods and since  inception  (through  December 31,  2008);  and the
average  total return of the Class E shares of the AIM  Portfolio for the period
since inception (through December 31, 2008). These tables include the effects of
portfolio  expenses and are intended to provide you with some  indication of the
risks of  investing  in each  Portfolio by  comparing  its  performance  with an
appropriate widely recognized index of securities, a description of which can be
found  following  the  table.  An  index  does  not  include  transaction  costs
associated with buying and selling securities or any mutual fund expenses. It is
not possible to invest directly in an index.

         Average Annual Total Return (for the period ended 12/31/08)



- ------------------------------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------
                                                                                            
AIM Portfolio                            1 Year         5 Years          10 Years          Since          Inception
                                                                                         Inception           Date
- ------------------------------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- -----------------
- ------------------------------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- -----------------
Class A                                 - 42.64%        - 4.50%           - 2.66%            -                -
- ------------------------------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- -----------------
- ------------------------------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- -----------------
Class E                                    -               -                 -            -26.44%          4-28-07
- ------------------------------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- -----------------
- ------------------------------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- -----------------
S&P 500 Index                           - 37.00%        - 2.19%           - 1.38%         -24.04%             -
- ------------------------------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- -----------------


- ----------------------------------- -------------- ----------------- ---------------- ---------------- -----------------
BlackRock Portfolio                    1 Year          5 Years          10 Years           Since          Inception
                                                                                         Inception           Date
- ----------------------------------- -------------- ----------------- ---------------- ---------------- -----------------
- ----------------------------------- -------------- ----------------- ---------------- ---------------- -----------------
Class A                               - 36.51%         - 1.78%           - 1.72%             -                -
- ----------------------------------- -------------- ----------------- ---------------- ---------------- -----------------
- ----------------------------------- -------------- ----------------- ---------------- ---------------- -----------------
Class E                               - 36.63%         - 1.94%              -             - 4.24%           5-1-01
- ----------------------------------- -------------- ----------------- ---------------- ---------------- -----------------
- ----------------------------------- -------------- ----------------- ---------------- ---------------- -----------------
S&P 500 Index                         - 37.00%         - 2.19%           - 1.38%          - 2.36%             -
- ----------------------------------- -------------- ----------------- ---------------- ---------------- -----------------
- ----------------------------------- -------------- ----------------- ---------------- ---------------- -----------------
Russell 1000 Growth Index             - 38.44%         - 3.42%           - 4.27%          - 4.51%             -
- ----------------------------------- -------------- ----------------- ---------------- ---------------- -----------------


     The S&P 500 Index is a widely recognized  unmanaged index that measures the
stock performance of 500 large- and medium-sized  companies and is often used to
indicate the  performance  of the overall stock market.  The Russell 1000 Growth
Index is a widely recognized unmanaged index that measures the stock performance
of growth  companies in the Russell  1000 Index,  which is composed of the 1,000
largest U.S. companies based on total market capitalization.

     For a detailed discussion of the manner of calculating total return, please
see  each  Portfolio's  Statement  of  Additional  Information.  Generally,  the
calculations  of total  return  assume the  reinvestment  of all  dividends  and
capital gain  distributions  on the  reinvestment  date and the deduction of all
recurring expenses that were charged to shareholders' accounts.

     Important  information  about the BlackRock  Portfolio is also contained in
management's  discussion of the BlackRock Portfolio's  performance which appears
in the most recent Annual Report of the BlackRock Portfolio.

     Who will be the Adviser,  Subadviser and Portfolio  Manager of my Portfolio
     after the  Reorganization?  What will the advisory and subadvisory  fees be
     after the Reorganization?

     Management of the Portfolios

     The overall management of the AIM Portfolio and the BlackRock  Portfolio is
the  responsibility of, and is supervised by, the Board of Trustees of the Trust
and the Board of Directors of the Fund, respectively.

     Adviser

     MetLife  Advisers,  LLC (the  "Adviser") is the investment  adviser for the
BlackRock  Portfolio.  The Adviser  selects  and pays the fees of the  BlackRock
Portfolio's subadviser and monitors the subadviser's investment program.

         Facts about the Adviser:

          ---------------------------------------------------------------------

          o    The Adviser is an affiliate of MetLife.

          o    The Adviser  manages a family of  investment  portfolios  sold to
               separate  accounts of MetLife and its affiliates to fund variable
               life insurance  contracts and variable  annuity  certificates and
               contracts,  with  assets of  approximately  $26.7  billion  as of
               December 31, 2008.

          o    The  Adviser  is  located  at  501   Boylston   Street,   Boston,
               Massachusetts 02116.

         ----------------------------------------------------------------------

         Subadviser


               BlackRock Advisors,  LLC ("BlackRock" or the "Subadviser") is the
          subadviser to BlackRock Portfolio. Pursuant to a Subadvisory Agreement
          with the Adviser, the Subadviser  continuously furnishes an investment
          program  for the  BlackRock  Portfolio,  makes  day-to-day  investment
          decisions on behalf of the  Portfolio,  and arranges for the execution
          of portfolio transactions.

         Facts about the Subadviser:

         ---------------------------------------------------------------------
          o    BlackRock is a wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock,  Inc., which
               is an affiliate of The PNC  Financial  Services  Group,  Inc. and
               Merrill Lynch & Co.

          o    BlackRock and its global affiliates provide investment management
               services to client  discretionary  accounts with assets  totaling
               approximately $1.31 trillion as of December 31, 2008.

          o    The  Subadviser is located at 40 East 52nd Street,  New York, New
               York 10022.
         ----------------------------------------------------------------------

     Portfolio Management

     The portfolio  managers who are jointly and primarily  responsible  for the
day-to-day  management  of the  BlackRock  Portfolio  are Jeffrey R. Lindsey and
Edward P. Dowd. Messrs.  Lindsey and Dowd led BlackRock's  Fundamental Large Cap
Growth Team consisting of five  investment  professionals.  Messrs.  Lindsey and
Dowd joined  BlackRock in 2005  following a merger  between  BlackRock and State
Street Research, the Portfolio's former subadviser.

          o    Mr. Lindsey joined State Street Research in 2002. From 2003 until
               he joined BlackRock,  Mr. Lindsey was a Managing Director and the
               Chief  Investment   Officer-Growth   at  State  Street  Research,
               responsible for overseeing all of State Street  Research's growth
               and core products.

          o    Prior to joining  BlackRock,  Mr.  Dowd was a Vice  President  at
               State Street Research, which he joined in 2002.

     Advisory Fees

     For its  management and  supervision  of the daily business  affairs of the
BlackRock  Portfolio,  the  Adviser is  entitled  to receive a monthly fee at an
annual rate of a percentage  of the average daily net assets of the Portfolio as
follows:  0.73% for the first $1 billion of the  Portfolio's  average  daily net
assets and 0.65% for amounts over $1 billion.

     Subadvisory Fees

     Under the terms of the Subadvisory Agreement, the Subadviser is paid by the
Adviser for  providing  subadvisory  services to the  BlackRock  Portfolio.  The
BlackRock Portfolio does not pay a fee to the Subadviser.

     What will be the primary federal tax consequences of the Reorganization?

     Prior to and as a condition to the closing of the  Reorganization,  the AIM
Portfolio and the BlackRock Portfolio will have received an opinion from the law
firm of Sullivan & Worcester  LLP that,  while the matter is not  entirely  free
from doubt:  (i) no gain or loss will be  recognized by the AIM Portfolio or the
separate  accounts through which the Insurance  Company owns its shares ("Record
Holders") for federal income tax purposes as a result of receiving shares of the
BlackRock  Portfolio in  connection  with the  Reorganization;  (ii) the holding
period and aggregate tax basis of the shares of the BlackRock Portfolio that are
received  by the  Record  Holders of the AIM  Portfolio  will be the same as the
holding  period  and  aggregate  tax basis of the  shares  of the AIM  Portfolio
previously  held by such Record  Holders,  provided  that such shares of the AIM
Portfolio are held as capital assets;  (iii) the holding period and tax basis of
the assets of the AIM  Portfolio  in the hands of the  BlackRock  Portfolio as a
result  of the  Reorganization  will  be the  same  as in the  hands  of the AIM
Portfolio immediately prior to the Reorganization; and (iv) no gain or loss will
be recognized by the BlackRock  Portfolio  upon the receipt of the assets of the
AIM  Portfolio  in  exchange  for  shares  of the  BlackRock  Portfolio  and the
assumption by the BlackRock Portfolio of the AIM Portfolio's liabilities.

                                      RISKS

     Are the risk factors for the Portfolios similar?

     Yes. The risk factors are similar due to the similar investment  objectives
and  similar  principal  investment  strategies  of the  AIM  Portfolio  and the
BlackRock  Portfolio.  The risks of the  BlackRock  Portfolio  are  described in
greater detail in the Portfolio's Prospectus.

     What are the primary risks of investing in each Portfolio?

     An investment in each  Portfolio is subject to certain  risks.  There is no
assurance that  investment  performance of either  Portfolio will be positive or
that the Portfolios will meet their investment objectives.  The following tables
and  discussions  highlight the primary risks  associated  with an investment in
each of the Portfolios.



- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Each of the Portfolios is subject to Market Risk.
                                      
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM Portfolio                            The Portfolio's assets are principally invested in equity securities.
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Portfolio                      The Portfolio's assets are principally invested in equity securities.

- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------



     A Portfolio's share price can fall because of weakness in the broad market,
a particular industry,  or specific holdings.  The market as a whole can decline
for many reasons,  including disappointing corporate earnings, adverse political
or economic  developments  here or abroad,  changes in investor  psychology,  or
heavy  institutional  selling.  The  prospects  for an industry or a company may
deteriorate.   In  addition,  an  assessment  by  a  Portfolio's  subadviser  of
particular   companies  may  prove  incorrect,   resulting  in  losses  or  poor
performance by those holdings,  even in a rising market.  A Portfolio could also
miss attractive investment  opportunities if its subadviser underweights markets
or industries where there are significant  returns,  and could lose value if the
subadviser  overweights  markets  or  industries  where  there  are  significant
declines.

     Stocks  purchased  in initial  public  offerings  (IPOs) have a tendency to
fluctuate in value significantly  shortly after the IPO relative to the price at
which they were purchased.  These  fluctuations could impact the net asset value
and return earned on a Portfolio's shares.




- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      
                                         Each of the Portfolios is subject to Market Capitalization Risk.

- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM Portfolio                            The Portfolio is invested in stocks of U.S. and foreign companies of
                                         any capitalization.
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Portfolio                      The Portfolio is primarily invested in equity securities of large-cap
                                         companies located in the Untied States.
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------


     Stocks  fall into  three  broad  market  capitalization  categories--large,
medium and small.  Investing primarily in one category carries the risk that due
to current  market  conditions  that category may be out of favor.  Investing in
medium and small  capitalization  companies  may be  subject  to  special  risks
associated  with  narrower  product  lines,  more limited  financial  resources,
smaller management groups, and a more limited trading market for their stocks as
compared with larger companies. Securities of smaller capitalization issuers may
therefore  be  subject  to  greater  price   volatility  and  may  decline  more
significantly in market downturns than securities of larger  companies.  In some
cases,  these  companies  may be  relatively  new issuers  (i.e.,  those  having
continuous  operating  histories of less than three years) which  carries  other
risks in  addition  to the  risks  of  other  medium  and  small  capitalization
companies.  New issuers  may be more  speculative  because  such  companies  are
relatively unseasoned. These companies will often be involved in the development
or marketing of a new product with no  established  market,  which could lead to
significant losses.




- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     
                                         Each of the Portfolios is subject to Investment Style Risk.

- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM Portfolio                            The subadviser uses an investment approach that blends growth and
                                         value investing.
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Portfolio                      The subadviser invests primarily in growth stocks.

- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------


     Different  investment  styles  tend to shift in and out of favor  depending
upon market and economic conditions as well as investor  sentiment.  A Portfolio
may outperform or  underperform  other funds that employ a different  investment
style.  A Portfolio may also employ a combination of styles that impact its risk
characteristics.  Examples of different  investment  styles  include  growth and
value  investing.  Growth stocks may be more volatile than other stocks  because
they are more sensitive to investor  perceptions of the issuing company's growth
of earnings  potential.  Also,  since  growth  companies  usually  invest a high
portion of earnings in their  business,  growth stocks may lack the dividends of
value stocks that can cushion stock prices in a falling market.  Growth oriented
funds will typically underperform when value investing is in favor. Value stocks
are those  which are  undervalued  in  comparison  to their peers due to adverse
business  developments or other factors.  Value investing  carries the risk that
the market will not  recognize a security's  inherent  value for a long time, or
that a stock judged to be undervalued  may actually be  appropriately  priced or
overvalued.  Value  oriented  funds  will  typically  underperform  when  growth
investing is in favor.



- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    
                                       Each of the Portfolios may be subject to Foreign Investment Risk.

- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM Portfolio                          The Portfolio may invest up to 25% of its assets in foreign equity
                                       securities.
- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Portfolio                    The Portfolio may invest without limitation in foreign securities.

- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



     Investments  in foreign  securities  involve  risks  relating to political,
social and economic  developments  abroad,  as well as risks  resulting from the
differences  between  the  regulations  to which U.S.  and  foreign  issuers and
markets are subject:

o    These risks may include the seizure by the  government  of company  assets,
     excessive   taxation,   withholding   taxes  on  dividends   and  interest,
     limitations  on the use or transfer of portfolio  assets,  and political or
     social instability.


o    Enforcing  legal  rights  may be  difficult,  costly  and  slow in  foreign
     countries,  and there may be  special  problems  enforcing  claims  against
     foreign governments.


o    Foreign   companies  may  not  be  subject  to   accounting   standards  or
     governmental  supervision  comparable to U.S.  companies,  and there may be
     less public information about their operations.


o    Foreign markets may be less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets.


o    Foreign  securities  often trade in currencies  other than the U.S. dollar,
     and a Portfolio may directly hold foreign  currencies and purchase and sell
     foreign  currencies.  Changes in  currency  exchange  rates  will  affect a
     Portfolio's  net asset value,  the value of dividends and interest  earned,
     and  gains  and  losses  realized  on the sale of  foreign  securities.  An
     increase  in the  strength  of the U.S.  dollar  relative  to  these  other
     currencies may cause the value of a Portfolio to decline.  Certain  foreign
     currencies  may be  particularly  volatile,  and  foreign  governments  may
     intervene in the currency markets,  causing a decline in value or liquidity
     of a Portfolio's foreign currency or securities holdings.


o    Costs  of  buying,  selling  and  holding  foreign  securities,   including
     brokerage,  tax and custody  costs,  may be higher  than those  involved in
     domestic transactions.

     In addition,  investments in emerging  markets  include all of the risks of
investments in foreign securities and are subject to severe price declines.  The
economic and political  structures of developing  nations, in most cases, do not
compare favorably with the U.S. or other developed  countries in terms of wealth
and stability, and their financial markets often lack liquidity.  Such countries
may have relatively unstable governments, immature economic structures, national
policies restricting investments by foreigners and economies based on only a few
industries.  For  these  reasons,  all of the  risks  of  investing  in  foreign
securities are heightened by investing in emerging market countries. The markets
of  developing  countries  have been more volatile than the markets of developed
countries  with  more  mature  economies.  These  markets  often  have  provided
significantly  higher  or lower  rates of return  than  developed  markets,  and
significantly greater risks, to investors.




- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    
                                       Each of the Portfolios may be subject to Derivatives Risk.

- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM Portfolio                          The Portfolio may invest in derivatives such as call options.
- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Portfolio                    The Portfolio may use futures or options to hedge risk or to enhance returns.

- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     A Portfolio's  investments in derivatives  can  significantly  increase the
Portfolio's  exposure  to  market  risk  or  credit  risk  of the  counterparty.
Derivatives  also involve the risk of mispricing  or improper  valuation and the
risk that changes in the value of the  derivative  may not  correlate  perfectly
with the relevant assets, rates and indices.

                      INFORMATION ABOUT THE REORGANIZATION

Reasons for the Reorganization

     The  Reorganization  is part of a  restructuring  designed to eliminate the
offering  of  overlapping  funds in the  MetLife,  Inc.  families  of funds with
similar investment  objectives and similar  investment  strategies that serve as
funding  vehicles  for  insurance  contracts  that are offered by the  Insurance
Company and its  affiliates.  Reduction in the number of such  portfolios  is an
attempt  to  improve  the  operating   efficiencies  of  the  Trust's  remaining
portfolios.

     At a meeting  held on January 27,  2009,  all of the Trustees of the Trust,
including   the   Disinterested   Trustees,    considered   and   approved   the
Reorganization;  they  determined  that  the  Reorganization  was  in  the  best
interests of the AIM Portfolio and its  shareholders,  and that the interests of
existing  shareholders  of the AIM Portfolio  will not be diluted as a result of
the transactions contemplated by the Reorganization.

     Before  approving the Plan, the Trustees  evaluated  extensive  information
provided by the management of the Trust and reviewed  various  factors about the
Portfolios and the proposed Reorganization. The Trustees noted that the advisory
fee  and  total  operating  expenses  of  the  BlackRock   Portfolio  after  the
Reorganization  were expected to be lower than those of the AIM  Portfolio.  The
Trustees noted that the historical  performance of the BlackRock  Portfolio over
the one-,  three-,  five-,  and  ten-year  periods  ended  December 31, 2008 had
exceeded that of the AIM Portfolio.

     The  Trustees  considered  the  potential  economies of scale that might be
achieved  upon  the  reorganization  of the AIM  Portfolio  into  the  BlackRock
Portfolio  because the BlackRock  Portfolio will have a greater level of assets.
As of December 31, 2008, the AIM Portfolio's total net assets were approximately
$  108.3  million  while  the  BlackRock   Portfolio's  total  net  assets  were
approximately  $303.5  million.  The Trustees  noted that the AIM  Portfolio was
unlikely to garner sufficient assets that would allow it to achieve economies of
scale.

     In addition, the Trustees considered, among other things:

     o    the terms and conditions of the Reorganization;

     o    the fact that the  Reorganization  would not result in the dilution of
          shareholders' interests;

     o    the effect of the  Reorganization on the Contract Owners and the value
          of their Contracts;

     o    the fact  that the AIM  Portfolio  and the  BlackRock  Portfolio  have
          substantially  similar  investment  objectives  and similar  principal
          investment strategies;

     o    the  fact  that  the  BlackRock  Portfolio  will  assume  all  of  the
          liabilities of the AIM Portfolio;

     o    the benefits to shareholders,  including operating efficiencies, which
          may  be  achieved  from  participating  in  the  restructuring  of the
          investment  portfolios to be offered in connection  with the Insurance
          Company's annuity products and to employee benefit plans;

     o    the fact that the AIM  Portfolio  will pay the  costs of the  Meeting,
          this proxy  solicitation and any adjourned session and these costs are
          less than the expected savings to that Portfolio's shareholders due to
          the operational efficiencies as a result of the Reorganization;

     o    the  fact  that  the  Reorganization  is  expected  to  be a  tax-free
          transaction for federal income tax purposes; and

     o    alternatives available to shareholders of the AIM Portfolio, including
          the  ability to exchange  their  shares for shares of other funds that
          are offered as  investment  options  under their  insurance or annuity
          contracts.

     During  their  consideration  of  the  Reorganization,   the  Disinterested
Trustees of the Trust met separately with counsel to the Disinterested  Trustees
regarding the legal issues involved.

     After consideration of the factors noted above, together with other factors
and information  considered to be relevant, and recognizing that there can be no
assurance that any benefits will in fact be realized,  the Trustees of the Trust
concluded that the proposed Reorganization would be in the best interests of the
AIM Portfolio  and its  shareholders.  Consequently,  they approved the Plan and
directed  that the Plan be submitted to  shareholders  of the AIM  Portfolio for
approval.

     The Directors of the Fund have approved the Plan on behalf of the BlackRock
Portfolio and its shareholders.

     Agreement and Plan of Reorganization

     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Plan
(the form of which is attached as Exhibit A to this Prospectus/Proxy Statement).

     The Plan  provides  that all of the  assets  of the AIM  Portfolio  will be
acquired by the  BlackRock  Portfolio  in exchange  for shares of the  BlackRock
Portfolio  and  the  assumption  by  the  BlackRock  Portfolio  of  all  of  the
liabilities  of the AIM Portfolio on or about May 1, 2009, or such other date as
may be agreed upon by the parties (the "Closing  Date").  The AIM Portfolio will
prepare an unaudited  statement of its assets and liabilities as of the close of
regular  trading on the New York Stock  Exchange  ("NYSE"),  normally  4:00 p.m.
Eastern  time,  on the business day  immediately  prior to the Closing Date (the
"Valuation Date").

     Prior to the Closing  Date,  the AIM  Portfolio  will declare a dividend or
dividends which, together with all previous dividends,  shall have the effect of
distributing to the Portfolio's Record Holders all of the Portfolio's investment
company  taxable  income for its taxable  years ending on or after  December 31,
2008  and on or  prior to the  Closing  Date  (computed  without  regard  to any
deduction  for dividends  paid),  and all of the  Portfolio's  net capital gains
realized in each of its taxable  years ending on or after  December 31, 2008 and
on or prior to the Closing Date.

     The  number of full and  fractional  shares of each  class of shares of the
BlackRock  Portfolio to be received by the Record  Holders of the AIM  Portfolio
will be determined by multiplying the number of outstanding shares of each class
of shares of the AIM  Portfolio  by a factor which shall be computed by dividing
the net asset value per share of the  respective  shares of AIM Portfolio by the
net asset  value per share of the  respective  class of shares of the  BlackRock
Portfolio.  These computations will take place as of the Valuation Date. The net
asset value per share of each class will be determined by dividing assets,  less
liabilities,  in each case  attributable  to the respective  class, by the total
number of outstanding shares.

     State Street Bank and Trust  Company,  the custodian  for both  Portfolios,
will compute the value of each Portfolio's  respective  portfolio of securities.
The method of valuation  employed will be  consistent  with the  procedures  set
forth in the  Prospectus  and Statement of Additional  Information  of the Fund,
Rule 22c-1 under the 1940 Act, and with the  interpretations of that Rule by the
SEC's Division of Investment Management.

     As soon after the  Closing  Date as is  conveniently  practicable,  the AIM
Portfolio will liquidate and distribute pro rata to the Record Holders as of the
close of  business  on the Closing  Date the full and  fractional  shares of the
BlackRock  Portfolio  received  by  the  AIM  Portfolio.   The  liquidation  and
distribution  will be accomplished by the establishment of accounts in the names
of the AIM Portfolio's Record Holders on the BlackRock Portfolio's share records
of its transfer  agent.  Each account will  represent  the  respective  pro rata
number of full and fractional  shares of the BlackRock  Portfolio due to the AIM
Portfolio's  Record  Holders.  All  issued  and  outstanding  shares  of the AIM
Portfolio will be canceled.  The shares of the BlackRock  Portfolio to be issued
will have no preemptive or conversion  rights and no share  certificates will be
issued.  After these  distributions  and the winding up of its affairs,  the AIM
Portfolio will be terminated as a series of the Trust.

     The  consummation  of the  Reorganization  is subject to the conditions set
forth in the Plan,  including  approval,  as applicable,  by the AIM Portfolio's
shareholders,  accuracy of various representations and warranties and receipt of
opinions  of   counsel.   Notwithstanding   approval  of  the  AIM   Portfolio's
shareholders,  the Plan may be terminated (a) by the mutual agreement of the AIM
Portfolio and the BlackRock Portfolio; or (b) at or prior to the Closing Date by
either  party  (1)  because  of a  material  breach  by the  other  party of any
representation,  warranty,  covenant or  agreement  contained  in the Plan to be
performed by the other party at or prior to the Closing Date; (2) if a condition
to the  obligation of the  terminating  party has not been met and it reasonably
appears  that it will not or cannot be met; or (3) if the Board of  Directors of
the Fund or the Board of Trustees of the Trust  determines  that the termination
of the Plan is in the best interests of the applicable Portfolio's shareholders.
In addition,  the Plan will automatically  terminate on December 31, 2009 if the
transactions  contemplated in the Plan have not been substantially  completed by
that date, unless a later date is agreed to by both the Trust and the Fund.

     If the  Reorganization is not consummated,  no portion of the expenses will
be borne directly or indirectly by the AIM Portfolio, the BlackRock Portfolio or
their  respective  shareholders.  MetLife or one of its affiliates will pay such
expenses.

     If the AIM Portfolio's shareholders do not approve the Reorganization,  the
Trustees will consider other possible courses of action in the best interests of
shareholders.

     Federal Income Tax Consequences

     The  Reorganization  is intended to qualify for federal income tax purposes
as a tax-free  reorganization  under section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code
of  1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code").  As a  condition  to the  closing  of the
Reorganization,  the AIM Portfolio and the BlackRock  Portfolio  will receive an
opinion from the law firm of Sullivan & Worcester LLP to the effect that, on the
basis of the existing  provisions of the Code, U.S. Treasury  regulations issued
thereunder,  current  administrative rules,  pronouncements and court decisions,
and certain  representations  made by the  Portfolios,  for  federal  income tax
purposes,  upon consummation of the Reorganization,  and while the matter is not
entirely free from doubt:

     (1)  The  transfer  of all of the  assets  of the AIM  Portfolio  solely in
          exchange for shares of the BlackRock  Portfolio and the  assumption by
          the  BlackRock  Portfolio  of the  liabilities  of the  AIM  Portfolio
          followed by the  distribution of the BlackRock  Portfolio's  shares to
          the Record Holders of the AIM Portfolio in dissolution and liquidation
          of the AIM Portfolio,  will constitute a  "reorganization"  within the
          meaning of section  368(a) of the Code,  and the AIM Portfolio and the
          BlackRock Portfolio will each be a "party to a reorganization"  within
          the meaning of section 368(b) of the Code;

     (2)  No gain or loss will be recognized by the BlackRock Portfolio upon the
          receipt of the assets of the AIM Portfolio  solely in exchange for the
          shares of the BlackRock  Portfolio and the assumption by the BlackRock
          Portfolio of the liabilities of the AIM Portfolio;

     (3)  No gain  or  loss  will be  recognized  by the  AIM  Portfolio  on the
          transfer of its assets to the BlackRock  Portfolio in exchange for the
          BlackRock  Portfolio's  shares  and the  assumption  by the  BlackRock
          Portfolio  of the  liabilities  of  the  AIM  Portfolio  or  upon  the
          distribution   (whether  actual  or  constructive)  of  the  BlackRock
          Portfolio's  shares to the AIM Portfolio's  Record Holders in exchange
          for their shares of the AIM Portfolio;

     (4)  No gain  or loss  will be  recognized  by the AIM  Portfolio's  Record
          Holders  upon the exchange of their  shares of the AIM  Portfolio  for
          shares of the BlackRock Portfolio in liquidation of the AIM Portfolio;

     (5)  The  aggregate  tax  basis of the  shares of the  BlackRock  Portfolio
          received by each Record  Holder of the AIM  Portfolio  pursuant to the
          Reorganization  will be the  same as the  aggregate  tax  basis of the
          shares of the AIM  Portfolio  held by such Record  Holder  immediately
          prior to the  Reorganization,  and the holding period of the shares of
          the  BlackRock  Portfolio  received by each  Record  Holder of the AIM
          Portfolio  will include the period  during which the shares of the AIM
          Portfolio  exchanged  therefor were held  (provided that the shares of
          the AIM  Portfolio  were  held as a  capital  asset on the date of the
          Reorganization);

     (6)  The tax  basis of the  assets  of the AIM  Portfolio  acquired  by the
          BlackRock  Portfolio  will be the same as the tax basis of such assets
          to the AIM Portfolio immediately prior to the Reorganization,  and the
          holding period of such assets in the hands of the BlackRock  Portfolio
          will  include the period  during which the assets were held by the AIM
          Portfolio; and

     (7)  The  BlackRock  Portfolio  will  succeed to and take into  account the
          capital loss  carryovers,  if any, of the AIM  Portfolio  described in
          Section  381(c) of the Code.  The  BlackRock  Portfolio  will take any
          capital loss  carryovers  into account  subject to the  conditions and
          limitations  specified in Sections  381,  382, 383 and 384 of the Code
          and the regulations thereunder.

     Opinions of counsel are not binding  upon the Internal  Revenue  Service or
the  courts.  If the  Reorganization  is  consummated  but does not qualify as a
tax-free  reorganization under the Code, each Record Holder of the AIM Portfolio
would  recognize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference  between its tax
basis in its AIM Portfolio shares and the fair market value of the shares of the
BlackRock  Portfolio it received.  However,  assuming  each  Contract that holds
interests in a Record Holder is treated as a variable annuity for federal income
tax purposes,  each Contract  holder would not recognize  taxable income in that
event.

     The  BlackRock  Portfolio's  utilization  after the  Reorganization  of any
pre-Reorganization  realized or built-in  losses of the AIM  Portfolio to offset
gains  realized by the  BlackRock  Portfolio  could be subject to  limitation in
future years.

Pro Forma Capitalization

     The following table sets forth the  capitalization of the AIM Portfolio and
the BlackRock  Portfolio as of December 31, 2008 and the  capitalization  of the
BlackRock  Portfolio on a pro forma basis as of that date,  giving effect to the
proposed  acquisition of assets at net asset value.  The pro forma data reflects
an exchange ratio of approximately 0.40 Class A and 0.40 Class E shares of the
BlackRock Portfolio for each Class A and Class E share of the AIM Portfolio.




         Capitalization of AIM Portfolio, BlackRock Portfolio and BlackRock Portfolio Pro Forma*
       ----------------------- --------------------- ----------------------- --------------------- ------------------------------
                                                                                           
                                                                                                        BlackRock Portfolio
                                                      BlackRock Portfolio                                Pro Forma (After
                                                                ---------
                                  AIM Portfolio                                  Adjustments              Reorganization)
                                  -------------                                  -----------              ---------------
       ----------------------- --------------------- ----------------------- --------------------- ------------------------------
       Net Assets
                      Class A      $97,722,871           $209,248,010               ($87,979)*          $306,882,902
                      Class B           -                 $63,611,194               ($18,231)*          $ 63,592,963
                      Class E      $10,534,843            $30,601,755               ($11,790)*         $ 41,124,808
       ----------------------- --------------------- ----------------------- --------------------- ------------------------------
       ----------------------- --------------------- ----------------------- --------------------- ------------------------------
       Total Net Assets           $108,257,714          $303,460,959                ($118,000)*         $411,600,673
       ----------------------- --------------------- ----------------------- --------------------- ------------------------------
       Net Asset Value Per
       Share
                      Class A          $6.81                 $16.91                                           $16.90
                      Class B           -                    $16.61                                           $16.61
                      Class E          $6.70                 $16.75                                           $16.75
                                                                             --------------------- ------------------------------
       ----------------------- --------------------- ----------------------- --------------------- ------------------------------
       Shares
       Outstanding
                      Class A       14,347.221            12,375,701                (8,567,529)**         18,155,393
                      Class B           -                  3,828,265                      -                3,829,265
                      Class E        1,572,132             1,826,571                 ( 943,324)**          2,455,379
       ----------------------- --------------------- ----------------------- --------------------- ------------------------------
       ----------------------- --------------------- ----------------------- --------------------- ------------------------------
       Total Shares                 15,919,353            18,030,537                (9,510,853)**         24,440,037
       Outstanding
       ----------------------- --------------------- ----------------------- --------------------- ------------------------------


     *   Reflects merger related expenses of $118,000.

     **   Reflects  change in shares  outstanding due to issuance of Class A and
          Class E shares of the BlackRock  Portfolio in exchange for Class A and
          Class E shares of the AIM Portfolio  based upon the net asset value of
          BlackRock Portfolio's Class A and Class E shares at December 31, 2008.

     The table set forth  above  should not be relied upon to reflect the number
of shares to be received in the  Reorganization;  the actual number of shares to
be  received  will  depend  upon  the net  asset  value  and  number  of  shares
outstanding of each Portfolio at the time of the Reorganization.

Distribution of Shares

     All  portfolios of the Fund mainly sell shares to the separate  accounts of
the  Insurance  Company as a funding  vehicle for the  Contracts  offered by the
Insurance Company. Expenses of the BlackRock Portfolio are passed through to the
Insurance  Company's  separate  accounts  and are  ultimately  borne by Contract
Owners.  In addition,  other fees and  expenses  are  assessed by the  Insurance
Company at the separate account level.  (The Contract  Prospectus  describes all
fees and charges relating to a Contract.) The BlackRock Portfolio may also offer
shares to other separate  accounts of other insurers if approved by the Board of
Directors of the Fund.

     MetLife Investors  Distribution  Company ("MID"),  an affiliate of MetLife,
serves as the distributor for the Fund's shares. Under a distribution  agreement
with the Fund, MID serves as the general  distributor of shares of each class of
the Fund's portfolios,  including the BlackRock Portfolio, which are sold at net
asset  value of such  class  without  any sales  charges.  The  offering  of the
BlackRock  Portfolio's shares is continuous.  Shares are offered only to certain
insurance  company  separate  accounts and  qualified  plans.  The  distribution
agreement does not obligate MID to sell a specific number of shares.

     The AIM  Portfolio  currently  offers  Class  A and  Class  E  shares.  The
BlackRock  Portfolio  currently offers Class A, Class B and Class E shares. Each
Class bears its own distribution expenses, if any.

     In the proposed  Reorganization,  shareholders of the AIM Portfolio  owning
Class A shares will receive Class A shares of the BlackRock  Portfolio.  Class A
shares of each  Portfolio  are sold at net asset  value  without  any initial or
deferred  sales  charges  and  are  not  subject  to   distribution-related   or
shareholder servicing-related fees.

     In the proposed  reorganization,  shareholders of the AIM Portfolio  owning
Class E shares will receive Class E shares of the BlackRock  Portfolio.  Class E
shares of each  Portfolio  are sold at net asset  value  without  any initial or
deferred sales charges. A Rule 12b-1 Plan has been adopted for Class E shares of
the   BlackRock    Portfolio   under   which   the   Portfolio   may   pay   for
distribution-related  expenses at an annual  rate of 0.15% of average  daily net
assets attributable to Class E shares.

     In  connection  with the  Reorganization,  no sales  charges  are  imposed.
Certain  sales or other  charges  are  imposed  by the  Contracts  for which the
BlackRock Portfolio serves as an investment vehicle.  More detailed descriptions
of the Class A and Class E shares and the distribution arrangement applicable to
each class of shares are contained in the Prospectus and Statement of Additional
Information relating to the BlackRock Portfolio.

Purchase and Redemption Procedures

     The  Prospectus  for your Contract  describes the  procedures for investing
your  purchase  payments  or  premiums  in shares of each  Portfolio.  No fee is
charged  by either  Portfolio  for  selling  (redeeming)  shares.  The  Contract
Prospectus  describes  whether  the  Insurance  Company  charges  any  fees  for
redeeming  your interest in a Contract.  Each  Portfolio buys or sells shares at
net asset value per share of the Portfolio  for orders  received on a given day,
and the  Insurance  Company  uses  this  value to  calculate  the  value of your
interest in your Contract.

     MID and its  affiliates  place  orders for the  purchase or  redemption  of
shares of each  Portfolio  based  on,  among  other  things,  the  amount of net
Contract  premiums or purchase  payments  transferred to the separate  accounts,
transfers to or from a separate account investment division and benefit payments
to be effected on a given date  pursuant to the terms of the  Contracts.  Orders
are effected at the net asset value per share for the  Portfolio  determined  on
that same date,  without the  imposition  of any sales  commission or redemption
charge.  The Insurance  Company uses this net asset value to calculate the value
of your interest in your Contract.

Exchange Privileges

     The Contract Prospectus indicates whether the Insurance Company charges any
fees for moving your assets from one investment  option to another.  No fees for
exchanges are charged by the Trust or the Fund.

Dividend Policy

     Each Portfolio has the same distribution  policy.  Each Portfolio  declares
and  distributes  its  dividends  from  net  investment  income,  including  any
short-term  capital gains, to the Insurance  Company separate  accounts at least
once a year and not to you, the Contract Owner.  These  distributions are in the
form  of  additional  shares  of  stock  and  not  cash.  The  result  is that a
Portfolio's  investment  performance,  including  the  effect of  dividends,  is
reflected  in the  cash  value  of the  Contracts.  All net  realized  long-  or
short-term  capital gains of each  Portfolio  are also declared and  distributed
once a year and reinvested in the Portfolio.

     Each  Portfolio  has  qualified,  and the  BlackRock  Portfolio  intends to
continue to qualify,  to be treated as a regulated  investment company under the
Code. To remain qualified as a regulated  investment  company,  a Portfolio must
distribute 90% of its taxable and  tax-exempt  income and diversify its holdings
as required by the 1940 Act and the Code.  While so  qualified,  so long as each
Portfolio  distributes all of its net investment  company taxable and tax-exempt
income and any net realized gains to its shareholders of record,  it is expected
that a Portfolio  will not be required  to pay any federal  income  taxes on the
amounts distributed to its shareholders of record.

                 COMPARATIVE INFORMATION ON SHAREHOLDERS' RIGHTS

     The  operations  of the Fund are governed by its Articles of  Incorporation
and  By-Laws,  and  applicable  Maryland  law. The  operations  of the Trust are
governed by its Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, and
Delaware and federal law. The Agreement and  Declaration of Trust is referred to
in this  Prospectus/Proxy  Statement as the "Declaration of Trust." As discussed
below,  certain of the  differences  between  the Trust and the Fund derive from
provisions  of the  Trust's  Declaration  of Trust and  By-Laws  and the  Fund's
Articles of  Incorporation  and  By-Laws.  Shareholders  entitled to instruct an
Insurance  Company  to vote  at the  Meeting  may  obtain  a copy of the  Fund's
Articles of  Incorporation  and By-Laws,  without  charge,  upon written or oral
request to the Fund at the address and  telephone  number set forth on the cover
of this Prospectus/Proxy Statement.

Form of Organization

     As noted above,  the Fund is organized as a Maryland  corporation,  and the
Trust is organized  as a Delaware  statutory  trust.  The Fund and the Trust are
both open-end management  investment companies registered with the SEC under the
1940 Act, and each is  organized  as a "series  company" as that term is used in
Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act. The series of the Fund  consist of the  BlackRock
Portfolio  and other mutual funds of various  asset  classes;  the series of the
Trust  consist of the AIM  Portfolio  and other  mutual  funds of various  asset
classes.  The Fund and the Trust  currently  offer  shares  of their  portfolios
primarily to insurance company separate accounts to serve as investment vehicles
for variable  annuity,  and group annuity  contracts and variable life insurance
policies issued by the Insurance  Company and its affiliates.  The Trust and the
Fund also offer shares of their  portfolios to qualified  pension and retirement
plans.  Each is governed by its  applicable  Declaration of Trust or Articles of
Incorporation,  By-Laws,  and a Board of  Trustees/Directors,  and by applicable
Maryland or Delaware and federal law.

Capitalization

     The  beneficial  interests  in the Trust are  represented  by an  unlimited
number of shares of beneficial  interest,  par value $.001 per share,  of one or
more  series.  The  beneficial  interests  in the Fund are  represented  by 4.75
billion  shares of common  stock with a par value of $0.01 each,  of one or more
series.  Both  the  Declaration  of  Trust  of the  Trust  and the  Articles  of
Incorporation of the Fund permit the  Trustees/Directors to allocate shares into
one  or  more  series,  and  classes  thereof,  with  rights  determined  by the
Trustees/Directors,  all without shareholder approval.  Fractional shares may be
issued by each Portfolio.

     Shares of the AIM Portfolio  are offered in two classes  (Class A and Class
E) and represent an equal proportionate interest in the Portfolio. Shares of the
BlackRock Portfolio are currently offered in three classes (Class A, Class B and
Class E).  Shares of the classes of the BlackRock  Portfolio  represent an equal
pro  rata  interest  in the  Portfolio  and  generally  have  identical  voting,
dividend,  liquidation and other rights,  other than the payment of distribution
fees. Shareholders of each Portfolio are entitled to receive dividends and other
amounts as determined by the Trustees/Directors,  as applicable. Shareholders of
each Portfolio vote separately,  by Portfolio, as to matters, such as changes in
fundamental   investment   restrictions,   that  affect  only  their  particular
Portfolio.  Shareholders of each Portfolio vote by class as to matters,  such as
approval of or amendments  to Rule 12b-1  distribution  plans,  that affect only
their particular class.

Shareholder Liability

     Under Delaware law, shareholders of a Delaware statutory trust are entitled
to the same  limitation  of  personal  liability  extended  to  stockholders  of
Delaware corporations.  To the extent that the Trust or a shareholder is subject
to the  jurisdiction of courts in other states,  it is possible that a court may
not apply  Delaware  law and may thereby  subject  shareholders  of the Trust to
liability. To guard against this risk, the Declaration of Trust of the Trust (a)
provides that any written  obligation of the Trust may contain a statement  that
such  obligation  may only be  enforced  against  the assets of the Trust or the
particular  series  in  question  and the  obligation  is not  binding  upon the
shareholders of the Trust;  however,  the omission of such a disclaimer will not
operate to create personal  liability for any shareholder;  and (b) provides for
indemnification  out of Trust property of any shareholder held personally liable
for the obligations of the Trust. Accordingly,  the risk of a shareholder of the
Trust incurring  financial loss beyond that shareholder's  investment because of
shareholder  liability  is  limited  to  circumstances  in which:  (1) the court
refuses to apply Delaware law; (2) no contractual limitation of liability was in
effect; and (3) the Trust itself is unable to meet its obligations.  In light of
Delaware law, the nature of the Trust's business,  and the nature of its assets,
the risk of personal liability to a shareholder of the Trust is remote.

     Under  Maryland  law,  shareholders  of the  BlackRock  Portfolio  have  no
personal  liability as such for the acts or  obligations of the Portfolio or the
Fund, as the case may be.

Shareholder Meetings and Voting Rights

     Neither  the Fund on behalf  of the  BlackRock  Portfolio  nor the Trust on
behalf of the AIM Portfolio is required to hold annual meetings of shareholders.
However,  in the case of the Trust, a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of
voting upon the question of removal of a Trustee  must be called when  requested
in  writing  by the  holders  of at least 10% of the  outstanding  shares of the
Trust.  In  addition,  both the Trust and the Fund are each  required  to call a
meeting of shareholders  for the purpose of electing  Trustees/Directors  if, at
any time,  less than a majority of the  Trustees/Directors  then holding  office
were elected by shareholders.  Neither the Fund nor the Trust currently  intends
to hold regular shareholder meetings.  The By-Laws of the Fund require an annual
meeting of shareholders only in years in which  shareholder  action is needed on
the election of Directors.  The Fund's By-Laws  permit a special  meeting of the
shareholders  to be called for any purpose by a majority of the  Directors,  the
Chairman of the Board or the  President  of the Fund.  Cumulative  voting is not
permitted  in the election of Directors of the Fund or of Trustees of the Trust.
Like  shareholders  of the Trust,  shareholders  of the Fund are also  entitled,
under the 1940 Act, to vote on certain matters specified in the 1940 Act.

     The  By-Laws of the Fund  provide  that the  holders  of a majority  of the
shares  outstanding  and  entitled  to vote  shall  constitute  a quorum for the
transaction  of business at any regular or special  meeting of the Fund.  Except
when a larger quorum is required by applicable law or the  applicable  governing
documents,  with  respect  to the  Trust,  33  1/3%  of the  shares  issued  and
outstanding   constitutes  a  quorum  for   consideration   of  a  matter  at  a
shareholders'  meeting  but  any  lesser  number  is  sufficient  for  adjourned
sessions.  Approval  of a  matter  by the  shareholders  of the  Fund  generally
requires  the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting at
which a quorum  is  present.  A  Director  of the Fund  must be  elected  by the
affirmative  vote of a plurality of the votes cast by holders of shares entitled
to vote in such election.  For the Trust, when a quorum is present at a meeting,
a majority  (greater  than 50%) of the shares  voted is  sufficient  to act on a
matter  and a  plurality  of the  shares  voted is  required  to elect a Trustee
(unless otherwise specifically required by the applicable governing documents or
other law,  including  the 1940 Act). A Director of the Fund may be removed with
or without cause by the shareholders holding a majority of the votes entitled to
be cast at an  election of  Directors  at a meeting of  shareholders  at which a
quorum is  present.  A  Trustee  of the Trust  may be  removed  at a meeting  of
shareholders,  duly called, by a vote of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of
the Trust,  or with or without  cause by the vote of two-thirds of the number of
Trustees prior to removal.

     Under the Declaration of  Trust/Articles  of Incorporation of the Trust and
the Fund, respectively,  each whole share of beneficial interest or common stock
of a Portfolio is entitled to one vote, and each fractional share is entitled to
a proportionate  vote, in each case  irrespective  of class.  The Declaration of
Trust of the Trust  provides that unless  otherwise  required by applicable  law
(including  the 1940  Act),  the Board of  Trustees  may,  without  obtaining  a
shareholder vote: (1) reorganize the Trust as a corporation or other entity, (2)
merge the Trust into  another  entity,  or merge,  consolidate  or transfer  the
assets and liabilities of a Portfolio or class of shares to another entity,  and
(3) combine the assets and  liabilities  held with respect to two or more series
or classes into assets and  liabilities  held with respect to a single series or
class. The Trustees of the Trust may also terminate the Trust, a Portfolio, or a
class of shares upon written notice to the shareholders.

Liquidation

     In the event of liquidation of the Fund,  the  shareholders  of each of the
Fund's  Portfolios that has been  established  and designated,  including of the
BlackRock Portfolio, shall be entitled to receive, as a group, the excess of the
assets  belonging  to that  Portfolio  over the  liabilities  belonging  to that
Portfolio.  The assets so  distributable  to the  shareholders of any particular
portfolio that has but a single class of outstanding  shares will be distributed
among such  stockholders in proportion to the number of shares of that portfolio
held by them and  recorded  on the books of the Fund.  Any  assets  not  readily
identifiable  as belonging to any  particular  portfolio will be allocated by or
under  the  supervision  of the  Directors  to and  among any one or more of the
portfolios  established and designated.  Any such allocation by the Directors is
conclusive and binding for all purposes.  In the event of the liquidation of the
Trust, the same provisions discussed above would apply.

Liability and Indemnification of Trustees/Directors

     Pursuant to Maryland law and its By-Laws,  the Fund shall indemnify current
and  former  Directors  and  officers  of the Fund to the  extent  permitted  or
required by  Maryland  corporate  law,  provided,  however,  that other than for
Directors and except as  specifically  required by Maryland  corporate  law, the
Fund  is  required  to  indemnify  or  advance   expenses  only  to  the  extent
specifically  approved  by  resolution  of the  Fund's  Board of  Directors.  No
indemnification  or advance  payment of expenses is  provided  to  Directors  or
officers  who engage in willful  misfeasance,  bad faith,  gross  negligence  or
reckless  disregard  of duty.  The By-Laws  also  provide that the Fund will not
advance payment of legal expenses to a Director or officer,  unless the Director
or officer undertakes to repay the advance unless (A) it is determined that such
director or officer is entitled to the indemnification,  and (B)(i) the Director
or officer  provides a security  for the  undertaking,  (ii) the Fund is insured
against  losses  arising  from any  unlawful  advance,  or (iii) a majority of a
quorum of the disinterested non-party Directors, or an independent legal counsel
by written  opinion,  determines that there is reason to believe that the person
ultimately will be found to be entitled to the indemnification.

     Under the  Declaration  of Trust of the  Trust,  a Trustee is liable to any
person in  connection  with the assets or affairs of the Trust or any  Portfolio
only for such Trustee's own willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or
reckless  disregard  of the  duties  involved  in the  conduct  of the office of
Trustee  or the  discharge  of such  Trustee's  functions.  As  provided  in the
Declaration  of Trust,  each Trustee of the Trust is entitled to be  indemnified
against all liabilities  against him or her,  including the costs of litigation,
unless it is  determined  that the  Trustee (1) did not act in good faith in the
reasonable  belief that such Trustee's  action was in or not opposed to the best
interests of the Trust; (2) had acted with willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross
negligence or reckless disregard of such Trustee's duties; and (3) in a criminal
proceeding,  had  reasonable  cause to believe that such  Trustee's  conduct was
unlawful  (collectively,  "disabling conduct"). A determination that the Trustee
did  not  engage  in   disabling   conduct  and  is,   therefore,   entitled  to
indemnification   may  be  based  upon  the   outcome  of  a  court   action  or
administrative  proceeding  or by (a) a vote of a majority  of a quorum of those
Trustees who are neither "interested persons" within the meaning of the 1940 Act
nor parties to the proceeding or (b) an  independent  legal counsel in a written
opinion.  The  Portfolio  may also advance  money for such  litigation  expenses
provided  that the  Trustee  undertakes  to repay  the  Portfolio  if his or her
conduct is later  determined  to  preclude  indemnification  and  certain  other
conditions are met.

     The  foregoing  is  only  a  summary  of  certain  characteristics  of  the
operations  of the  Declaration  of  Trust  of the  Trust  and the  Articles  of
Incorporation of the Fund, their By-Laws and Delaware or Maryland law and is not
a complete  description of those documents or law.  Shareholders should refer to
the provisions of such Declaration of Trust/Articles  of Incorporation,  By-Laws
and Delaware or Maryland law directly for more complete information.

                    VOTING INFORMATION CONCERNING THE MEETING

     This  Prospectus/Proxy  Statement is being sent to  shareholders of the AIM
Portfolio  in  connection  with a  solicitation  of voting  instructions  by the
Trustees  of the  Trust,  to be used at the  Meeting  to be held at  10:00  a.m.
Eastern time,  April 30, 2009, at the offices of the Met Investors Series Trust,
1095 Avenue of the Americas,  40th Floor,  New York, New York 10036,  and at any
adjournments thereof. This  Prospectus/Proxy  Statement,  along with a Notice of
the  Meeting  and  a  voting   instructions  form,  is  first  being  mailed  to
shareholders of the AIM Portfolio on or about March 2, 2009.

     The Board of  Trustees  of the Trust  has  fixed the close of  business  on
January 30,  2009 as the record date (the  "Record  Date") for  determining  the
shareholders of the AIM Portfolio  entitled to receive notice of the Meeting and
to give voting instructions,  and for determining the number of shares for which
such  instructions may be given,  with respect to the Meeting or any adjournment
thereof. The Insurance Company,  through its separate accounts,  owns all of the
shares of the AIM  Portfolio,  and is the Record  Holder of the Portfolio at the
close of business on the Record Date.  The  Insurance  Company is entitled to be
present  and  vote  at the  Meeting  with  respect  to  such  shares  of the AIM
Portfolio.  The Insurance  Company has  undertaken to vote its shares or abstain
from  voting  its shares of the AIM  Portfolio  for the  Contract  Owners of the
Portfolio in accordance with voting instructions received on a timely basis from
those  Contract  Owners.  In  connection  with the  solicitation  of such voting
instructions, the Insurance Company will furnish a copy of this Prospectus/Proxy
Statement to Contract Owners.

     The number of shares as to which voting  instructions  may be given under a
Contract is  determined by the number of full and  fractional  shares of the AIM
Portfolio held in a separate  account with respect to that particular  Contract.
In voting  for the  Reorganization,  each  full  share of the AIM  Portfolio  is
entitled to one vote and any fractional share is entitled to a fractional vote.

     Voting instructions may be revoked by executing and delivering  later-dated
signed voting instructions to the Insurance Company, or by attending the Meeting
in person and instructing the Insurance Company how to vote your shares.  Unless
revoked,  all valid voting  instructions will be voted, or the Insurance Company
will abstain from voting, in accordance with the  specifications  thereon or, in
the  absence  of  such  specifications,   FOR  approval  of  the  Plan  and  the
Reorganization contemplated thereby.

     If you wish to  participate  in the  Meeting,  you may  submit  the  voting
instructions  form  included  with  this  Prospectus/Proxy  Statement,  vote  by
telephone  or through the  Internet or attend in person and provide  your voting
instructions  to  the  Insurance   Company.   Guidelines  on  providing   voting
instructions are immediately after the Notice of Special Meeting.

     If the enclosed voting  instructions form is properly executed and returned
in  time  to be  voted  at  the  Meeting,  the  shares  of  beneficial  interest
represented  by the voting  instructions  form will be voted,  or the  Insurance
Company will abstain from voting, in accordance with the instructions  marked on
the returned voting instructions form.

     o    Voting instructions forms which are properly executed and returned but
          are not marked with voting instructions will be voted FOR the proposed
          Reorganization and FOR any other matters deemed appropriate.

     Interests in Contracts for which no timely voting instructions are received
will be voted,  or the Insurance  Company will abstain from voting,  in the same
proportion  as the  Insurance  Company  votes  shares for which it has  received
voting  instructions from other Contract Owners. The Insurance Company will also
vote,  or abstain from voting,  any shares in its general  account which are not
attributable  to Contracts in the same proportion as it votes shares held in all
of the Insurance  Company's  registered  separate  accounts,  in the  aggregate.
Neither  the  SEC  nor the  Insurance  Company  requires  any  specific  minimum
percentage of Contract Owners to vote in order for the Insurance Company to echo
vote the  remaining  unvoted  votes.  The  Insurance  Company  seeks to obtain a
reasonable  level of turnout given the  particular  voting trend.  The Insurance
Company  may use  various  methods  of  encouraging  Contract  Owners  to  vote,
including  additional  solicitations.  The  practice of echo voting means that a
minority of Contract Owners may, in practice,  determine  whether an item passes
or fails.

     Approval  of the  Reorganization  will  require the  affirmative  vote of a
majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of
the AIM  Portfolio  cast at a  shareholders'  meeting duly called and at which a
quorum is present  (the  presence  in person or by proxy of holders  entitled to
cast at least a majority of the votes at any shareholders' meeting). A vote of a
majority of the outstanding  voting securities is defined in the 1940 Act as the
lesser of (a) 67% or more of the shares of the AIM Portfolio that are present or
represented by proxy at the Meeting,  if more than 50% of the outstanding shares
of the AIM  Portfolio  are present in person or by proxy at the Meeting;  or (b)
more than 50% of the outstanding  shares of the AIM Portfolio.  Abstentions will
be counted for purposes of determining a quorum, but will not be included in the
amount of shares  voted.  As of the Record  Date,  the Record  Holder of the AIM
Portfolio was the Insurance  Company.  Since the  Insurance  Company's  separate
accounts are the legal owners of the AIM Portfolio's  shares,  attendance by the
Insurance  Company at the Meeting will constitute a quorum under the Declaration
of Trust of the Trust.

     Voting  instructions  solicitations  will be made  primarily  by mail,  but
beginning on or about April 13, 2009 voting instructions  solicitations may also
be made by telephone,  through the Internet or personal solicitations  conducted
by officers and  employees of Met  Investors  Advisory,  LLC, its  affiliates or
other  representatives  of the AIM  Portfolio  (who  will not be paid for  their
soliciting  activities).  In  addition,  proxy  solicitations  may  be  made  by
Computershare  Fund  Services,  the  Trust's  proxy  solicitor.   The  costs  of
solicitation  and the  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  preparing  this
Prospectus/Proxy  Statement and its  enclosures  (estimated at $118,000) will be
borne by the AIM Portfolio. Neither the BlackRock Portfolio nor that Portfolio's
shareholders  will  bear any  costs  associated  with the  Meeting,  this  proxy
solicitation or any adjourned session.

     If   shareholders  of  the  AIM  Portfolio  do  not  vote  to  approve  the
Reorganization,  the Trustees of the Trust will consider other possible  courses
of action in the best interests of shareholders.  If sufficient votes to approve
the  Reorganization  are not  received,  the persons named as proxies on a proxy
form sent to the  Record  Holder may  propose  one or more  adjournments  of the
Meeting to permit further  solicitation of voting  instructions.  In determining
whether to adjourn the Meeting,  the following  factors may be  considered:  the
percentage of votes  actually  cast,  the  percentage of negative votes actually
cast, the nature of any further  solicitation and the information to be provided
to  shareholders  with  respect  to  the  reasons  for  the  solicitation.   Any
adjournment  will  require an  affirmative  vote of a majority  of those  shares
represented  at the Meeting in person or by proxy.  The persons named as proxies
will vote upon such adjournment after  consideration of all circumstances  which
may bear upon a decision to adjourn the Meeting.

     A   shareholder   of  the  AIM   Portfolio  who  objects  to  the  proposed
Reorganization will not be entitled under either Delaware law or the Declaration
of Trust, to demand payment for, or an appraisal of, his or her shares. However,
shareholders should be aware that the Reorganization as proposed is not expected
to result in  recognition  of gain or loss to the  Record  Holders  or  Contract
Owners for federal income tax purposes.  In addition,  if the  Reorganization is
consummated, the rights of shareholders to transfer their account balances among
investment  options  available under the Contracts or to make withdrawals  under
the Contracts will not be affected.

     The Trust does not hold annual shareholder  meetings. If the Reorganization
is not approved,  shareholders  wishing to submit proposals to be considered for
inclusion in a proxy statement for a subsequent  shareholder meeting should send
their  written  proposals to the Secretary of the Trust at the address set forth
on the cover of this Prospectus/Proxy Statement so that they will be received by
the Trust in a reasonable period of time prior to that meeting.

     The votes of the  shareholders  of the  BlackRock  Portfolio  are not being
solicited by this  Prospectus/Proxy  Statement and are not required to carry out
the Reorganization.

Shareholder Information

     The Record Holders of the AIM Portfolio at the close of business on January
30, 2009 (previously  defined as the Record Date) will be entitled to be present
and vote at the Meeting with respect to shares of the AIM Portfolio  owned as of
the Record Date. As of the Record Date,  the total number of Class A and Class E
shares of the AIM Portfolio outstanding and entitled to vote were 14,138,832.721
and 1,553,999.069, respectively.

     As of the Record Date, the officers and Trustees/Directors of the Trust and
of the Fund beneficially owned as a group less than 1% of the outstanding shares
of the AIM Portfolio and the BlackRock Portfolio, respectively.

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities

     On the Record Date, to the knowledge of the Trustees and  management of the
Trust, the following separate accounts  collectively owned of record 100% of the
shares of the AIM Portfolio: First MetLife  Investors  Variable Annuity Account
One, MetLife Investors USA Separate Account A, General American Separate Account
29, MetLife of Connecticut Separate Account QPN for Variable Annuities,  MetLife
of Connecticut Separate Account CPPVUL1,  MetLife of Connecticut Fund UL III for
Variable Life  Insurance,  MetLife of  Connecticut  Separate  Account Eleven for
Variable Annuities,  MetLife of Connecticut Fund UL for Variable Life Insurance,
MetLife Investors  Variable Annuity Account One, MetLife Investors Variable Life
Account One, MetLife Investors  Variable Annuity Account Five, MetLife Investors
Variable Life Account Five,  Metropolitan Life Variable Annuity Separate Account
I, Metropolitan Life Variable Annuity Separate Account II, and Metropolitan Life
Separate Account DCVL.

     The Insurance  Companies have advised the Fund and the Trust that as of the
Record Date,  there were no persons owning Contracts which would entitle them to
instruct the Insurance  Companies  with respect to more than 5% of the shares of
the AIM Portfolio or the BlackRock Portfolio, respectively.

     As of  the  date  of  this  Prospectus/Proxy  Statement,  MetLife  and  its
affiliates owned 100% of the outstanding shares of the Trust and the Fund and as
a result  MetLife may be deemed to be a control person with respect to the Trust
and the Fund.

                        FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXPERTS

     The Annual Report of each of the AIM Portfolio and the BlackRock  Portfolio
as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008, and the financial statements and
financial highlights for the periods indicated therein, has been incorporated by
reference in the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus/Proxy Statement
is a part.  The financial  statements  and financial  highlights  for the period
indicated  therein that have been  incorporated by reference in the Registration
Statement of which this  Prospectus/Proxy  Statement is a part have been audited
by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent  registered  public accounting firm, as
stated in their reports,  which are incorporated by reference  herein,  and have
been so  incorporated in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their
authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain  legal matters  concerning  the issuance of shares of the BlackRock
Portfolio will be passed upon by Ropes & Gray LLP.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The Trust and the Fund are each subject to the  informational  requirements
of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 and the 1940  Act,  and in  accordance
therewith  file  reports and other  information  including  proxy  material  and
charter  documents  with the SEC. These items can be inspected and copied at the
Public  Reference  Facilities  maintained  by the  SEC at  100 F  Street,  N.E.,
Washington,  D.C. 20549, and at the SEC's Chicago Regional Office located at 175
W.  Jackson  Boulevard,  Suite  900,  Chicago,  IL 60604  and the SEC's New York
Regional  Office located at 3 World  Financial  Center,  Suite 400, New York, NY
10281-1022.  Copies of such  materials can also be obtained at prescribed  rates
from the Public  Reference  Branch,  Office of Consumer  Affairs and Information
Services, Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. 20549.

                                 OTHER BUSINESS

     The  Trustees of the Trust do not intend to present  any other  business at
the Meeting.  If,  however,  any other matters are properly  brought  before the
Meeting,  the persons named in the accompanying  form of proxy will vote thereon
in accordance with their judgment.

    THE TRUSTEES OF THE TRUST RECOMMEND APPROVAL OF THE PLAN AND ANY UNMARKED
      VOTING INSTRUCTIONS WILL BE VOTED IN FAVOR OF APPROVAL OF THE PLAN.


March 5, 2009




                                                                     Exhibit A


                  FORM OF AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION


     THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF  REORGANIZATION  (the  "Agreement")  dated as of
January 30, 2009, by and between (i) Met Investors Series Trust (the "Trust"), a
Delaware statutory trust established under an Agreement and Declaration of Trust
dated July 27, 2000, as amended and restated (the "Declaration of Trust") and in
effect on the date  hereof on behalf of Met/AIM  Capital  Application  Portfolio
(the "Acquired Fund"),  and (ii) Metropolitan  Series Fund, Inc. (the "Acquiring
Company"),  a Maryland  corporation  formed on November 23,  1982,  on behalf of
BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth Portfolio (the "Acquiring  Fund"), a series of
the Acquiring Company.

     This Agreement is intended to be and is adopted as a plan of reorganization
and  liquidation  within  the  meaning of  Section  368(a) of the United  States
Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended  (the  "Code"),  and any  successor
provision.  The reorganization will consist of the transfer of all of the assets
of the  Acquired  Fund in  exchange  solely  for  shares of common  stock of the
Acquiring  Fund, the assumption by the Acquiring Fund of the  liabilities of the
Acquired Fund and the  distribution  of such shares of the Acquiring Fund to the
shareholders  of the Acquired Fund in liquidation of the Acquired Fund, all upon
the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

     In  consideration  of the  premises  and of the  covenants  and  agreements
hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

1.   TRANSFER  OF  ASSETS  OF  ACQUIRED  FUND  IN  EXCHANGE  FOR  ASSUMPTION  OF
     LIABILITIES AND ACQUIRING SHARES AND LIQUIDATION OF ACQUIRED FUND.

     1.1  Subject to the terms and conditions  herein set forth and on the basis
          of the representations and warranties contained herein:

          (a)  The Trust,  on behalf of the  Acquired  Fund,  will  transfer and
               deliver  to the  Acquiring  Fund,  and the  Acquiring  Fund  will
               acquire,  all the  assets  of the  Acquired  Fund as set forth in
               paragraph 1.2;

          (b)  The  Acquiring  Fund  will  assume  all  of the  Acquired  Fund's
               liabilities  and  obligations  of any  kind  whatsoever,  whether
               absolute,  accrued,  contingent  or otherwise in existence on the
               Closing  Date (as defined in  paragraph  1.2  hereof),  including
               without  limitation  any   indemnification   obligations  of  the
               Acquired  Fund,  including  indemnification  of the  officers and
               directors of the Acquired Fund in  connection  with their actions
               related to this transaction  (collectively,  the  "Obligations");
               and

          (c)  The Acquiring Fund will issue and deliver to the Acquired Fund in
               exchange for such assets the number of full and fractional shares
               of each class of the  Acquiring  Fund  determined by dividing the
               net asset value of the respective class of shares of the Acquired
               Fund,  computed  in the  manner  and as of the  time and date set
               forth in  paragraph  2.1,  by the net asset value of one share of
               the  respective  class of the  Acquiring  Fund,  computed  in the
               manner  and as of the time and date set  forth in  paragraph  2.2
               (with the shares of the Acquiring Fund to be issued and delivered
               in accordance with this subparagraph (c) being referred to herein
               as the "Acquiring Shares").  Holders of Class A or Class E shares
               of the  Acquired  Fund  will  receive  Class A or Class E shares,
               respectively, of the Acquiring Fund. Such transactions shall take
               place  at  the  closing   provided  for  in  paragraph  3.1  (the
               "Closing").

     1.2  The assets of the Acquired Fund to be acquired by the  Acquiring  Fund
          shall  consist  of  all  cash,  securities,   dividends  and  interest
          receivable, receivables for shares sold and all other assets which are
          owned by the Acquired  Fund on the closing date  provided in paragraph
          3.1 (the "Closing Date"),  including any deferred expenses, other than
          unamortized organizational expenses, shown as an asset on the books of
          the Acquired Fund on the Closing Date.

     1.3  As provided  in  paragraph  3.4, as soon after the Closing  Date as is
          conveniently  practicable (the "Liquidation  Date"), the Acquired Fund
          will  liquidate  and  distribute  to its  shareholders  of record (the
          "Acquired Fund Shareholders"),  determined as of the close of business
          on the  Valuation  Date (as defined in paragraph  2.1),  the Acquiring
          Shares  received by the Acquired Fund pursuant to paragraph  1.1. Each
          Acquired Fund Shareholder shall be entitled to receive that proportion
          of each class of  Acquiring  Shares  (consisting,  in the case of each
          Acquired Fund Shareholder,  of Acquiring Shares of the same designated
          class as the shares of the  Acquired  Fund which  such  Acquired  Fund
          Shareholder  holds)  which the  number of shares of that  class of the
          Acquired  Fund held by such  Acquired  Fund  Shareholder  bears to the
          total number of shares of that class of the Acquired Fund  outstanding
          on the Valuation  Date.  Such  liquidation  and  distribution  will be
          accomplished by the transfer of the Acquiring  Shares then credited to
          the account of the Acquired Fund on the books of the Acquiring Fund to
          open accounts on the share records of the Acquiring  Fund in the names
          of the Acquired Fund  Shareholders  and  representing  the  respective
          number of Acquiring Shares due such  shareholders.  The Acquiring Fund
          shall not be obligated to issue  certificates  representing  Acquiring
          Shares in connection with such exchange.

     1.4  With respect to Acquiring Shares  distributable  pursuant to paragraph
          1.3  to  an  Acquired  Fund  Shareholder   holding  a  certificate  or
          certificates for shares of the Acquired Fund, if any, on the Valuation
          Date,  the  Acquiring  Company  will not permit  such  Shareholder  to
          receive Acquiring Share certificates therefor, exchange such Acquiring
          Shares for  shares of other  investment  companies,  effect an account
          transfer of such Acquiring  Shares, or pledge or redeem such Acquiring
          Shares until the  Acquiring  Company has been notified by the Acquired
          Fund or its agent that such Shareholder has surrendered all his or her
          outstanding  certificates for Acquired Fund shares or, in the event of
          lost certificates, posted adequate bond.

     1.5  Any obligation of the Acquired Fund to make filings with  governmental
          authorities  is and shall  remain the  responsibility  of the Acquired
          Fund through the Closing Date and up to and including  such later date
          on which the Acquired Fund is terminated.

     1.6  As promptly as  practicable,  but in any case within 60 days after the
          Closing Date,  the Acquired Fund shall furnish to the Acquiring  Fund,
          in such form as is reasonably  satisfactory  to the Acquiring  Fund, a
          statement of the earnings and profits of the Acquired Fund for federal
          income tax purposes that will be carried over by the Acquiring Fund as
          a result of Section 381 of the Code and  certified by the Treasurer of
          the Acquired Fund.

     1.7  As promptly as possible  after the Closing  Date,  the  Acquired  Fund
          shall be  terminated  pursuant  to the  provisions  of the laws of the
          State of Delaware,  and,  after the Closing  Date,  the Acquired  Fund
          shall  not  conduct  any  business   except  in  connection  with  its
          liquidation.

2.       VALUATION.

     2.1  For the purpose of  paragraph 1, the value of the assets of a class of
          shares of the Acquired Fund shall be the net asset value of such class
          of the Acquired  Fund  computed as of the close of regular  trading on
          the New York Stock  Exchange on the  business day next  preceding  the
          Closing (such time and date being herein called the "Valuation  Date")
          using the valuation procedures as adopted by the Board of Directors of
          the Acquiring Company, and shall be certified by an authorized officer
          of the Trust.

     2.2  For the  purpose of  paragraph  1, the net asset value of a share of a
          class of the Acquiring  Fund shall be the net asset value per share of
          such class computed as of the close of regular trading on the New York
          Stock Exchange on the Valuation Date,  using the valuation  procedures
          as adopted by the Board of Directors of the Acquiring Company.

3.       CLOSING AND CLOSING DATE.

     3.1  The Closing Date shall be on May 1, 2009, or on such other date as the
          parties may agree in writing.  The Closing  shall be held at 9:00 a.m.
          on the Closing  Date at the  offices of  Metropolitan  Life  Insurance
          Company,  located at 1095 Madison  Avenue,  40th Floor,  New York, New
          York  10036,  or at such other time  and/or  place as the  parties may
          agree.

     3.2  The portfolio  securities of the Acquired Fund shall be made available
          by the  Acquired  Fund to State  Street  Bank and  Trust  Company,  as
          custodian for the Acquiring Fund (the "Custodian"), for examination no
          later than five  business days  preceding  the Valuation  Date. On the
          Closing Date,  such portfolio  securities and all the Acquired  Fund's
          cash shall be delivered by the Acquired  Fund to the Custodian for the
          account of the Acquiring  Fund,  such portfolio  securities to be duly
          endorsed in proper form for  transfer in such manner and  condition as
          to constitute  good delivery  thereof in accordance with the custom of
          brokers  or,  in the  case of  portfolio  securities  held in the U.S.
          Treasury  Department's  book-entry  system or by the Depository  Trust
          Company, Participants Trust Company or other third party depositories,
          by transfer to the account of the  Custodian in  accordance  with Rule
          17f-4 or Rule 17f-5, as the case may be, under the Investment  Company
          Act of 1940,  as  amended  (the  "1940  Act") and  accompanied  by all
          necessary  federal and state stock transfer  stamps or a check for the
          appropriate purchase price of such transfer stamps. The cash delivered
          shall be in the form of currency or certified or official bank checks,
          payable  to the  order  of  "State  Street  Bank  and  Trust  Company,
          custodian for BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth Portfolio, a series of
          Metropolitan Series Fund, Inc."

     3.3  In the  event  that on the  Valuation  Date  (a) the  New  York  Stock
          Exchange shall be closed to trading or general  trading  thereon shall
          be  restricted,  or (b)  trading or the  reporting  of trading on said
          Exchange or elsewhere shall be disrupted so that accurate appraisal of
          the value of the net assets of the Acquired Fund or the Acquiring Fund
          is  impracticable,  the  Valuation  Date shall be postponed  until the
          first  business day after the day when  trading  shall have been fully
          resumed  and  reporting  shall have been  restored;  provided  that if
          trading shall not be fully resumed and reporting restored within three
          business days after the original Valuation Date, this Agreement may be
          terminated  by either of the Trust or the  Acquiring  Company upon the
          giving of written notice to the other party.

     3.4  At the Closing,  the Acquired Fund or its transfer agent shall deliver
          to the Acquiring Fund or its designated  agent a list of the names and
          addresses  of  the  Acquired  Fund  Shareholders  and  the  number  of
          outstanding  shares  of  beneficial  interest  of  each  class  of the
          Acquired Fund owned by each Acquired Fund  Shareholder,  all as of the
          close of business on the Valuation Date, certified by the Secretary or
          Assistant  Secretary of the Trust. The Acquiring Company shall provide
          to the Acquired Fund evidence  satisfactory  to the Acquired Fund that
          the  Acquiring  Shares  issuable  pursuant to paragraph  1.1 have been
          credited to the Acquired  Fund's account on the books of the Acquiring
          Fund. On the Liquidation  Date, the Acquiring Company shall provide to
          the Acquired Fund evidence satisfactory to the Acquired Fund that such
          Acquiring  Shares have been  credited pro rata to open accounts in the
          names of the Acquired Fund Shareholders as provided in paragraph 1.3.

     3.5  At the  Closing  each party  shall  deliver to the other such bills of
          sale, instruments of assumption of liabilities,  checks,  assignments,
          stock certificates, receipts or other documents as such other party or
          its counsel may reasonably  request in connection with the transfer of
          assets,  assumption of liabilities  and  liquidation  contemplated  by
          paragraph 1.

4.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

     4.1  The Trust, on behalf of the Acquired Fund, represents and warrants the
          following to the Acquiring Company and to the Acquiring Fund as of the
          date  hereof  and  agrees  to  confirm  the  continuing  accuracy  and
          completeness in all material  respects of the following on the Closing
          Date:

          (a)  The Trust is a statutory trust duly organized,  validly  existing
               and in good standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware and
               has  the  power  to own all of its  property  and  assets  and to
               conduct its business as currently conducted;

          (b)  The Trust is a duly registered investment company classified as a
               management company of the open-end type and its registration with
               the Securities and Exchange  Commission as an investment  company
               under the 1940 Act is in full force and effect,  and the Acquired
               Fund is a separate  series thereof duly  established,  designated
               and existing in accordance with the applicable  provisions of the
               Declaration of Trust of the Trust and the 1940 Act;

          (c)  The Trust is not in  violation  in any  material  respect  of any
               provision  of its  Declaration  of  Trust  or  By-laws  or of any
               agreement,  indenture,   instrument,  contract,  lease  or  other
               undertaking  to  which  the  Trust  is a party  or by  which  the
               Acquired  Fund  is  bound,   and  the  execution,   delivery  and
               performance  of  this  Agreement  will  not  result  in any  such
               violation;

          (d)  The Trust has no material  contracts or other commitments  (other
               than this  Agreement  and such other  contracts as may be entered
               into in the ordinary  course of its business) which if terminated
               may result in material  liability to the  Acquired  Fund or under
               which  (whether or not  terminated)  any  material  payments  for
               periods  subsequent  to the  Closing  Date  will be due  from the
               Acquired Fund;

          (e)  No litigation or administrative proceeding or investigation of or
               before any court or  governmental  body is  presently  pending or
               threatened  against the Acquired  Fund,  any of its properties or
               assets,  or any person whom the Acquired Fund may be obligated to
               indemnify  in  connection  with such  litigation,  proceeding  or
               investigation.  The  Acquired  Fund knows of no facts which might
               form the basis for the  institution of such  proceedings,  and is
               not a party to or subject to any order, decree or judgment of any
               court or governmental body which materially and adversely affects
               its  business  or its  ability  to  consummate  the  transactions
               contemplated hereby;

          (f)  The statement of assets and  liabilities as of December 31, 2008,
               the  statement of operations  for the fiscal year ended  December
               31, 2008,  the  statement of changes in net assets for the fiscal
               year ended  December 31, 2008, and the schedule of investments as
               of December 31, 2008, of the Acquired Fund,  copies of which will
               be furnished  to the  Acquiring  Fund prior to the Closing  Date,
               fairly reflect the financial  condition and results of operations
               of the  Acquired  Fund as of such dates and for the periods  then
               ended in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
               consistently   applied,  and  the  Acquired  Fund  has  no  known
               liabilities of a material amount, contingent or otherwise,  other
               than those shown on the statement of assets  referred to above or
               those  incurred  in the  ordinary  course of its  business  since
               December 31, 2008;

          (g)  Since December 31, 2008,  there has not been any material adverse
               change  in  the  Acquired  Fund's  financial  condition,  assets,
               liabilities  or business  (other than  changes  occurring  in the
               ordinary  course of business),  or any incurrence by the Acquired
               Fund of  indebtedness,  except as  disclosed  in  writing  to the
               Acquiring  Fund.  For  the  purposes  of this  subparagraph  (g),
               distributions  of net investment  income and net realized capital
               gains,  changes in  portfolio  securities,  changes in the market
               value of portfolio  securities or net redemptions shall be deemed
               to be in the ordinary course of business;

          (h)  By the  Closing  Date,  all  federal  and other tax  returns  and
               reports of the Acquired  Fund  required by law to have been filed
               by such date (giving effect to extensions) shall have been filed,
               all federal  and other taxes shown to be due on said  returns and
               reports and any  assessments  received by the Acquired Fund shall
               have been paid so far as due, or  provision  shall have been made
               for the payment  thereof,  and to the best of the Acquired Fund's
               knowledge no such return is currently under audit by the Internal
               Revenue  Service  or any  state or  local  tax  authority  and no
               assessment has been asserted with respect to any such return;

          (i)  For all taxable years and all  applicable  quarters of such years
               from the date of its  inception,  the Acquired  Fund has met, and
               will continue to meet through the Closing Date, the  requirements
               of  Subchapter  M of the  Code,  for  treatment  as a  "regulated
               investment company" within the meaning of Sections 851 and 852 of
               the Code and the  diversification  requirements of Section 817(h)
               of the Code and the regulations thereunder. Neither the Trust nor
               the Acquired Fund has at any time since its inception been liable
               for nor is now liable for any  material  excise tax  pursuant  to
               Sections  852 or  4982  of the  Code.  The  Acquired  Fund  is in
               compliance in all material  respects with applicable  regulations
               of the Internal  Revenue  Service  pertaining to the reporting of
               dividends  and  other  distributions  on and  redemptions  of its
               shares of beneficial  interest and to  withholding  in respect of
               dividends and other  distributions  to  shareholders,  and is not
               liable  for  any  material   penalties  which  could  be  imposed
               thereunder;

          (j)  The  authorized  capital of the Trust  consists  of an  unlimited
               number of shares of  beneficial  interest,  par value  $0.001 per
               share.  The  outstanding  shares of  beneficial  interest  in the
               Acquired  Fund are,  and at the Closing Date will be, Class A and
               Class E  shares,  having  the  characteristics  described  in the
               Acquired  Fund's then  current  prospectus  or  prospectuses  and
               statement of additional  information  or statements of additional
               information  (collectively,  as amended or supplemented from time
               to  time,  the  "Acquired  Fund  Prospectus").   All  issued  and
               outstanding  shares of the Acquired  Fund are, and at the Closing
               Date will be, duly and validly issued and outstanding, fully paid
               and  (except  as set  forth  in the  Acquired  Fund  Prospectus),
               non-assessable  by the Acquired Fund and will have been issued in
               compliance  with all  applicable  registration  or  qualification
               requirements  of federal and state  securities  laws. No options,
               warrants  or  other  rights  to  subscribe  for or  purchase,  or
               securities convertible into, any shares of beneficial interest of
               the Acquired Fund are outstanding and none will be outstanding on
               the Closing Date;

          (k)  The Acquired Fund's  investment  operations from inception to the
               date hereof have been in compliance in all material respects with
               the investment policies and investment  restrictions set forth in
               the Acquired Fund Prospectus,  except as previously  disclosed in
               writing to and accepted by the Acquiring Fund;

          (l)  The  execution,  delivery and  performance  of this Agreement has
               been duly  authorized  by the  Trustees of the Trust,  and,  upon
               approval thereof by the required  majority of the shareholders of
               the Acquired Fund,  this Agreement will  constitute the valid and
               binding obligation of the Acquired Fund enforceable in accordance
               with its terms,  except as the same may be limited by bankruptcy,
               insolvency,  reorganization  or other similar laws  affecting the
               enforcement of creditors'  rights  generally and other  equitable
               principles;

          (m)  The  Acquiring  Shares to be issued to the Acquired Fund pursuant
               to paragraph 1 will not be acquired for the purpose of making any
               distribution thereof other than to the Acquired Fund Shareholders
               as provided in paragraph 1.3;

          (n)  The  information  provided  by the  Acquired  Fund for use in the
               Registration Statement and Prospectus/Proxy Statement referred to
               in  paragraph  5.3 and any  information  provided by the Acquired
               Fund for use in any  governmental  filings in connection with the
               transactions  contemplated  hereby,  including without limitation
               applications for exemption orders or no-action letters,  shall be
               accurate and  complete in all material  respects and shall comply
               with federal securities and other laws and regulations applicable
               thereto;

          (o)  No  consent,  approval,  authorization  or order of any  court or
               governmental  authority is required for the  consummation  by the
               Acquired Fund of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
               except such as may be required  under the Securities Act of 1933,
               as amended (the "1933 Act"), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
               as amended  (the "1934 Act"),  the 1940 Act and state  insurance,
               securities or blue sky laws (which term as used in this Agreement
               shall  include the laws of the District of Columbia and of Puerto
               Rico);

          (p)  At the Closing Date,  the Trust,  on behalf of the Acquired Fund,
               will  have  good  and  marketable  title  to  its  assets  to  be
               transferred  to the Acquiring  Fund pursuant to paragraph 1.1 and
               will have  full  right,  power and  authority  to sell,  assign,
               transfer and deliver the  Investments  (as defined below) and any
               other  assets  and   liabilities  of  the  Acquired  Fund  to  be
               transferred to the Acquiring Fund pursuant to this Agreement.  At
               the Closing Date, subject only to the delivery of the Investments
               and any such other assets and liabilities and payment therefor as
               contemplated by this  Agreement,  the Acquiring Fund will acquire
               good  and   marketable   title   thereto  and  will  acquire  the
               Investments and any such other assets and liabilities  subject to
               no  encumbrances,  liens or  security  interests  whatsoever  and
               without any  restrictions  upon the transfer  thereof,  except as
               previously  disclosed to and accepted by the  Acquiring  Fund. As
               used in this  Agreement,  the term  "Investments"  shall mean the
               Acquired  Fund's   investments  shown  on  the  schedule  of  its
               investments  as of  December  31,  2008,  referred  to in Section
               4.1(f) hereof, as supplemented with such changes in the portfolio
               as the Acquired Fund shall make, and changes resulting from stock
               dividends,  stock splits,  mergers and similar  corporate actions
               through the Closing Date;

          (q)  At the Closing Date, the Acquired Fund will have sold such of its
               assets,  if any, as are  necessary to assure  that,  after giving
               effect to the  acquisition  of the  assets of the  Acquired  Fund
               pursuant to this  Agreement,  the  Acquiring  Fund will remain in
               compliance with such mandatory investment restrictions as are set
               forth in the then  current  prospectus  or  prospectuses  and the
               statement of additional  information  or statements of additional
               information of the Acquiring Fund (collectively,  as from time to
               time amended and supplemented,  the "Acquiring Fund Prospectus"),
               as amended through the Closing Date; and

          (r)  No registration  of any of the Investments  under the 1933 Act or
               under any state  securities or blue sky laws would be required if
               they  were,  as of the time of such  transfer,  the  subject of a
               public  distribution  by  either  of the  Acquiring  Fund  or the
               Acquired  Fund,  except as  previously  disclosed by the Acquired
               Fund to and accepted by the Acquiring Fund.

     4.2  The Acquiring Company, on behalf of the Acquiring Fund, represents and
          warrants the following to the Trust and to the Acquired Fund as of the
          date  hereof  and  agrees  to  confirm  the  continuing  accuracy  and
          completeness in all material  respects of the following on the Closing
          Date:

          (a)  The Acquiring  Company is a corporation  duly organized,  validly
               existing  and in good  standing  under  the laws of the  State of
               Maryland  and has the power to own all of its property and assets
               and to conduct its business as currently conducted;

          (b)  The Acquiring  Company is a duly  registered  investment  company
               classified  as a management  company of the open-end type and its
               registration  with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission as an
               investment  company  under  the  1940  Act is in full  force  and
               effect,  and the Acquiring Fund is a separate series thereof duly
               established,  designated  and  existing  in  accordance  with the
               applicable  provisions  of the Articles of  Incorporation  of the
               Acquiring Company and the 1940 Act;

          (c)  The Acquiring Fund Prospectus  conforms in all material  respects
               to the applicable  requirements of the 1933 Act and the rules and
               regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission  thereunder
               and does not include any untrue  statement of a material  fact or
               omit to state any material fact required to be stated  therein or
               necessary  to  make  the  statements  therein,  in  light  of the
               circumstances  under which they were made,  not  misleading,  and
               there are no material  contracts to which the Acquiring Fund is a
               party  that  are not  referred  to in such  Prospectus  or in the
               registration statement of which it is a part;

          (d)  At the  Closing  Date,  the  Acquiring  Fund  will  have good and
               marketable title to its assets;

          (e)  The Acquiring Company is not in violation in any material respect
               of any provisions of its Articles of  Incorporation or By-laws or
               of any agreement, indenture, instrument, contract, lease or other
               undertaking to which the Acquiring Company is a party or by which
               the  Acquiring  Fund is bound,  and the  execution,  delivery and
               performance  of  this  Agreement  will  not  result  in any  such
               violation;

          (f)  No litigation or administrative proceeding or investigation of or
               before any court or  governmental  body is  presently  pending or
               threatened against the Acquiring Fund or any of its properties or
               assets. The Acquiring Fund knows of no facts which might form the
               basis for the institution of such proceedings, and is not a party
               to or subject to any order,  decree or  judgment  of any court or
               governmental  body which  materially  and  adversely  affects its
               business  or  its   ability  to   consummate   the   transactions
               contemplated hereby;

          (g)  The statement of assets and  liabilities as of December 31, 2008,
               the  statement of operations  for the fiscal year ended  December
               31, 2008,  the  statement of changes in net assets for the fiscal
               year ended  December 31, 2008, and the schedule of investments as
               of December 31, 2008, of the Acquiring Fund, copies of which will
               be  furnished  to the  Acquired  Fund prior to the Closing  Date,
               fairly reflect the financial  condition and results of operations
               of the  Acquiring  Fund as of such dates and for the periods then
               ended in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
               consistently  applied,  and  the  Acquiring  Fund  has  no  known
               liabilities of a material amount, contingent or otherwise,  other
               than those shown on the statement of assets  referred to above or
               those  incurred  in the  ordinary  course of its  business  since
               December 31, 2008;

          (h)  Since December 31, 2008,  there has not been any material adverse
               change  in the  Acquiring  Fund's  financial  condition,  assets,
               liabilities  or business  (other than  changes  occurring  in the
               ordinary course of business),  or any incurrence by the Acquiring
               Fund of indebtedness.  For the purposes of this subparagraph (h),
               changes in portfolio  securities,  changes in the market value of
               portfolio  securities or net redemptions shall be deemed to be in
               the ordinary course of business;

          (i)  By the  Closing  Date,  all  federal  and other tax  returns  and
               reports of the Acquiring  Fund required by law to have been filed
               by such date (giving effect to extensions) shall have been filed,
               all federal  and other taxes shown to be due on said  returns and
               reports and any assessments  received by the Acquiring Fund shall
               have been paid so far as due, or  provision  shall have been made
               for the payment thereof,  and to the best of the Acquiring Fund's
               knowledge no such return is currently under audit by the Internal
               Revenue  Service  or any  state or  local  tax  authority  and no
               assessment has been asserted with respect to any such return;

          (j)  For all taxable years and all  applicable  quarters of such years
               from the date of its  inception,  the Acquiring Fund has met, and
               will continue to meet through the Closing Date, the  requirements
               of  Subchapter  M of the Code for  qualification  as a  regulated
               investment  company within the meaning of Sections 851 and 852 of
               the Code and the  diversification  requirements of Section 817(h)
               of the Code and the regulations thereunder;

          (k)  The authorized  capital of the Acquiring Company consists of 4.75
               billion  shares of common  stock,  par value $0.01 per share,  of
               which 40 million shares are  authorized  for the Acquiring  Fund.
               The outstanding shares of common stock in the Acquiring Fund are,
               and at the  Closing  Date  will be Class A,  Class B and  Class E
               shares,  having the  characteristics  described in the  Acquiring
               Fund  Prospectus.  All  issued  and  outstanding  shares  of  the
               Acquiring  Fund are,  and at the  Closing  Date will be, duly and
               validly  issued and  outstanding,  fully paid and  non-assessable
               (except as set forth in the  Acquiring  Fund  Prospectus)  by the
               Acquiring  Company,  and will have been issued in compliance with
               all applicable  registration  or  qualification  requirements  of
               federal and state securities laws. No options,  warrants or other
               rights to subscribe for or purchase,  or  securities  convertible
               into,  any shares of common  stock in the  Acquiring  Fund of any
               class are outstanding and none will be outstanding on the Closing
               Date (except such rights as the Acquiring  Fund may have pursuant
               to this Agreement);

          (l)  The Acquiring Fund's investment  operations from inception to the
               date hereof have been in compliance in all material respects with
               the investment policies and investment  restrictions set forth in
               the Acquiring Fund Prospectus;

          (m)  The  execution,  delivery and  performance of this Agreement have
               been duly  authorized by all necessary  action on the part of the
               Acquiring Company,  and this Agreement  constitutes the valid and
               binding  obligation  of the  Acquiring  Company and the Acquiring
               Fund enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the same
               may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other
               similar laws  affecting  the  enforcement  of  creditors'  rights
               generally and other equitable principles;

          (n)  The  Acquiring  Shares to be issued and delivered to the Acquired
               Fund pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement will at the Closing
               Date have been duly authorized and, when so issued and delivered,
               will be duly and  validly  issued  Class A or  Class E shares  of
               common stock in the  Acquiring  Fund,  and will be fully paid and
               non-assessable  (except  as  set  forth  in  the  Acquiring  Fund
               Prospectus) by the Acquiring  Company,  and no shareholder of the
               Acquiring  Company will have any preemptive right of subscription
               or purchase in respect thereof;

          (o)  The  information to be furnished by the Acquiring Fund for use in
               the  Registration   Statement  and   Prospectus/Proxy   Statement
               referred to in paragraph 5.3 and any information furnished by the
               Acquiring Fund for use in any governmental  filings in connection
               with the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  including  without
               limitation   applications   for  exemption  orders  or  no-action
               letters,  shall be accurate and complete in all material respects
               and shall  comply  with  federal  securities  and other  laws and
               regulations applicable thereto; and

          (p)  No  consent,  approval,  authorization  or order of any  court or
               governmental  authority is required for the  consummation  by the
               Acquiring  Fund  of  the   transactions   contemplated   by  this
               Agreement,  except  such as may be required  under 1933 Act,  the
               1934 Act, the 1940 Act and state  insurance,  securities  or blue
               sky laws.

5.   COVENANTS OF THE ACQUIRED FUND AND THE ACQUIRING FUND.

     The Acquiring  Company,  on behalf of the Acquiring Fund, and the Trust, on
behalf of the Acquired Fund, each hereby  covenants and agrees with the other as
follows:

     5.1  The  Acquiring  Fund and the  Acquired  Fund  each  will  operate  its
          business  in the  ordinary  course  between  the date  hereof  and the
          Closing  Date,  it being  understood  that  such  ordinary  course  of
          business  will include  regular and customary  periodic  dividends and
          distributions  and  any  trading  activities  in  anticipation  of the
          transactions contemplated hereby.

     5.2  The Acquired Fund will call a meeting of its  shareholders  to be held
          prior to the Closing Date to consider and act upon this  Agreement and
          take all other  reasonable  action  necessary  to obtain the  required
          shareholder approval of the transactions contemplated hereby.

     5.3  In  connection  with the  meeting of the  Acquired  Fund  Shareholders
          referred  to in  paragraph  5.2,  the  Acquired  Fund  will  prepare a
          Prospectus/Proxy  Statement  for such  meeting,  to be  included  in a
          Registration  Statement  on Form N-14 (the  "Registration  Statement")
          which the Acquiring Company will prepare and file for the registration
          under the 1933 Act of the Acquiring  Shares to be  distributed  to the
          Acquired Fund Shareholders pursuant hereto, all in compliance with the
          applicable  requirements  of the 1933 Act,  the 1934 Act, and the 1940
          Act.

     5.4  The  Acquiring  Fund will advise the Acquired  Fund promptly if at any
          time prior to the Closing Date the  Acquiring  Fund becomes aware that
          the assets of the  Acquired  Fund  include  any  securities  which the
          Acquiring Fund is not permitted to acquire.

     5.5  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Acquired Fund and the
          Acquiring Fund will each take, or cause to be taken,  all action,  and
          do or cause to be done,  all things  reasonably  necessary,  proper or
          advisable to cause the conditions to the other party's  obligations to
          consummate the transactions contemplated hereby to be met or fulfilled
          and otherwise to consummate and make effective such transactions.

     5.6  The  Acquiring  Fund will use all  reasonable  efforts  to obtain  the
          approvals  and  authorizations  required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act
          and  such of the  state  securities  or blue  sky  laws as it may deem
          appropriate  in order to  continue  its  operations  after the Closing
          Date.

6. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE ACQUIRED FUND.

   The  obligations  of the  Acquired  Fund  to  consummate  the  transactions
provided for herein shall be subject, at its election, to the performance by the
Acquiring  Company and the Acquiring Fund of all the obligations to be performed
by them hereunder on or before the Closing Date and, in addition thereto, to the
following further conditions:

     6.1  The Acquiring  Company,  on behalf of the Acquiring  Fund,  shall have
          delivered  to the  Trust a  certificate  executed  in its  name by its
          President or Vice President and its Treasurer or Assistant  Treasurer,
          in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the Trust and dated as of the
          Closing Date, to the effect that the representations and warranties of
          the  Acquiring  Company on behalf of the  Acquiring  Fund made in this
          Agreement are true and correct at and as of the Closing  Date,  except
          as they  may be  affected  by the  transactions  contemplated  by this
          Agreement,  and that the Acquiring Company and the Acquiring Fund have
          complied with all the covenants  and  agreements  and satisfied all of
          the conditions on their parts to be performed or satisfied  under this
          Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date.

     6.2  The Acquiring  Company,  on behalf of the Acquiring  Fund,  shall have
          executed  and   delivered  to  the  Acquired  Fund  an  Assumption  of
          Liabilities  dated  as of the  Closing  Date  pursuant  to  which  the
          Acquiring Fund will assume all of the liabilities of the Acquired Fund
          existing at the  Valuation  Date in connection  with the  transactions
          contemplated by this  Agreement,  other than  liabilities  pursuant to
          this Agreement.

     6.3  The Trust shall have received a favorable  opinion from Ropes and Gray
          LLP,   counsel  to  the   Acquiring   Company  for  the   transactions
          contemplated   hereby,   dated  the  Closing   Date  and,  in  a  form
          satisfactory to the Trust, to the following effect:

          (a)  the Acquiring Company is a corporation duly organized and validly
               existing  under the laws of the State of  Maryland  and has power
               and authority  necessary to own all of its  properties and assets
               and to carry on its  business  substantially  as described in the
               Registration  Statement  referred to in  paragraph  5.3,  and the
               Acquiring Fund is a separate  series thereof duly  constituted in
               accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and the
               Articles of Incorporation and By-laws of the Acquiring Company;

          (b)  this Agreement has been duly  authorized,  executed and delivered
               on   behalf   of   the   Acquiring   Fund   and,   assuming   the
               Prospectus/Proxy Statement and Registration Statement referred to
               in paragraph 5.3 comply with applicable  federal  securities laws
               and assuming  the due  authorization,  execution  and delivery of
               this  Agreement by the Trust on behalf of the Acquired  Fund,  is
               the  valid  and  binding   obligation  of  the   Acquiring   Fund
               enforceable  against the Acquiring  Fund in  accordance  with its
               terms,  except  (i) as the same  may be  limited  by  bankruptcy,
               insolvency,  reorganization  or other similar laws  affecting the
               enforcement of creditors'  rights generally and general equitable
               principles and (ii) insofar as rights to indemnity thereunder may
               be limited by federal or state securities laws;

          (c)  the Acquiring Fund has the power to assume the  liabilities to be
               assumed by it hereunder;

          (d)  the   Acquiring   Shares  to  be  issued  for   transfer  to  the
               shareholders  of the Acquired Fund as provided by this  Agreement
               are duly  authorized  and upon such transfer and delivery will be
               validly issued and outstanding  and fully paid and  nonassessable
               Class A or Class E shares of common stock of the Acquiring  Fund,
               assuming that as consideration  for such shares not less than the
               net  asset  value  of such  shares  has  been  paid  and that the
               conditions set forth in this Agreement have been  satisfied,  and
               no shareholder of the Acquiring Fund has any preemptive  right of
               subscription or purchase in respect of such shares;

          (e)  the  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement by the  Acquiring
               Company  on  behalf  of the  Acquiring  Fund  did  not,  and  the
               performance  by the Acquiring  Company and the Acquiring  Fund of
               their  respective  obligations  hereunder  will not,  violate the
               Acquiring  Company's Articles of Incorporation or By-laws, or any
               provision  of any  agreement  known to such  counsel to which the
               Acquiring  Company or the  Acquiring  Fund is a party or by which
               either  of them is bound or, to the  knowledge  of such  counsel,
               result in the acceleration of any obligation or the imposition of
               any penalty under any agreement, judgment, or decree to which the
               Acquiring  Company or the  Acquiring  Fund is a party or by which
               either of them is bound;

          (f)  to  the  knowledge  of  such  counsel,   no  consent,   approval,
               authorization or order of any court or governmental  authority is
               required for the  consummation  by the  Acquiring  Company or the
               Acquiring  Fund  of  the   transactions   contemplated   by  this
               Agreement,  except such as may be required under state securities
               or blue sky laws or such as have been obtained;

          (g)  such  counsel  does  not  know  of  any  legal  or   governmental
               proceedings  relating to the  Acquiring  Company or the Acquiring
               Fund   existing   on  or  before  the  date  of  mailing  of  the
               Prospectus/Proxy  Statement  referred to in paragraph  5.3 or the
               Closing  Date  required  to  be  described  in  the  Registration
               Statement  referred to in paragraph  5.3 which are not  described
               therein;

          (h)  the  Acquiring  Company is  registered  with the  Securities  and
               Exchange  Commission as an investment company under the 1940 Act;
               and

          (i)  to the knowledge of such counsel, no litigation or administrative
               proceeding   or   investigation   of  or  before   any  court  or
               governmental  body is presently  pending or  threatened as to the
               Acquiring   Company  or  the  Acquiring  Fund  or  any  of  their
               properties  or assets that would impair the  Acquiring  Company's
               ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement,  and, to
               the knowledge of such counsel,  neither the Acquiring Company nor
               the Acquiring  Fund is a party to or subject to the provisions of
               any order,  decree or judgment of any court or governmental body,
               which materially and adversely affects its business.

7.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE ACQUIRING FUND.

     The obligations of the Acquiring Fund to complete the transactions provided
for herein shall be subject, at its election, to the performance by the Acquired
Fund of all the  obligations  to be  performed  by it hereunder on or before the
Closing Date and, in addition thereto, to the following further conditions:

     7.1  The Trust, on behalf of the Acquired Fund, shall have delivered to the
          Acquiring Company a certificate  executed in its name by its President
          or Vice  President and its Treasurer or Assistant  Treasurer,  in form
          and substance  satisfactory  to the Acquiring  Company and dated as of
          the  Closing  Date,  to  the  effect  that  the   representations  and
          warranties  of the Acquired  Fund made in this  Agreement are true and
          correct at and as of the Closing Date,  except as they may be affected
          by the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and that the Trust
          and the  Acquired  Fund  have  complied  with  all the  covenants  and
          agreements  and satisfied  all of the  conditions on their parts to be
          performed or satisfied under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing
          Date;

     7.2  The Acquiring  Company  shall have  received a favorable  opinion from
          Sullivan &  Worcester  LLP  counsel to the Trust for the  transactions
          contemplated hereby, dated the Closing Date and in a form satisfactory
          to the Acquiring Company, to the following effect:

          (a)  the  Trust  is a  statutory  trust  duly  organized  and  validly
               existing  under the laws of the State of  Delaware  and has power
               and authority  necessary to own all of its  properties and assets
               and to carry on its  business  substantially  as described in the
               Registration  Statement  referred to in  paragraph  5.3,  and the
               Acquired Fund is a separate  series  thereof duly  constituted in
               accordance  with the  applicable  provisions  of the 1940 Act and
               Declaration of Trust and By-laws of the Trust;

          (b)  this Agreement has been duly  authorized,  executed and delivered
               on behalf of the Acquired Fund and, assuming the Prospectus/Proxy
               Statement  referred to in paragraph 5.3 complies with  applicable
               federal  securities  laws  and  assuming  the due  authorization,
               execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Acquiring Company
               on  behalf  of the  Acquiring  Fund,  is the  valid  and  binding
               obligation of the Acquired Fund enforceable  against the Acquired
               Fund in accordance with its terms,  except (i) as the same may be
               limited  by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,   reorganization  or  other
               similar laws  affecting  the  enforcement  of  creditors'  rights
               generally and general  equitable  principles  and (ii) insofar as
               rights to indemnity thereunder may be limited by federal or state
               securities laws;

          (c)  the  Acquired  Fund has the power to sell,  assign,  transfer and
               deliver the assets to be transferred  by it hereunder,  and, upon
               consummation  of  the  transactions   contemplated   hereby,  the
               Acquired  Fund  will  have duly  transferred  such  assets to the
               Acquiring Fund;

          (d)  the  execution  and  delivery of this  Agreement  by the Trust on
               behalf of the Acquired Fund did not, and the  performance  by the
               Trust  and the  Acquired  Fund of  their  respective  obligations
               hereunder will not,  violate the Trust's  Declaration of Trust or
               By-laws,  or any provision of any agreement known to such counsel
               to which  the Trust or the  Acquired  Fund is a party or by which
               either  of them is bound or, to the  knowledge  of such  counsel,
               result in the acceleration of any obligation or the imposition of
               any penalty under any agreement, judgment, or decree to which the
               Trust or the Acquired  Fund is a party or by which either of them
               is bound;

          (e)  to  the  knowledge  of  such  counsel,   no  consent,   approval,
               authorization or order of any court or governmental  authority is
               required for the  consummation  by the Trust or the Acquired Fund
               of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,  except such
               as may be  required  under state  securities  or blue sky laws or
               such as have been obtained;

          (f)  to such  counsel's  knowledge  there is no legal or  governmental
               proceeding relating to the Trust or the Acquired Fund existing on
               or before the date of mailing of the  Prospectus/Proxy  Statement
               referred to in paragraph  5.3 or the Closing Date  required to be
               described in the Registration  Statement referred to in paragraph
               5.3 which are not described therein;

          (g)  the  Trust  is  registered   with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
               Commission as an investment company under the 1940 Act;

          (h)  to  such   counsel's   knowledge,   there  is  no  litigation  or
               administrative proceeding or investigation of or before any court
               or  governmental  body presently  pending or threatened as to the
               Trust or the Acquired  Fund or any of their  properties or assets
               that would impair the Trust's  ability to perform its obligations
               under this Agreement,  and, to such counsel's knowledge,  neither
               the Trust nor the  Acquired  Fund is a party to or subject to the
               provisions  of any  order,  decree  or  judgment  of any court or
               governmental  body,  which  materially and adversely  affects its
               business; and

          (i)  all  issued  and  outstanding  shares  of the  Acquired  Fund are
               legally issued,  fully paid and non-assessable,  assuming that as
               consideration  for such  shares not less than the net asset value
               of such shares has been paid,  and assuming that such shares were
               issued  in  accordance  with  the  terms of the  Acquired  Fund's
               registration  statement,  or any amendments thereto, in effect at
               the time of such issuance.

     7.3  The  Acquired  Fund shall have  furnished  to the  Acquiring  Fund tax
          returns,  signed by a partner of  Deloitte & Touche LLP for the fiscal
          year ended December 31, 2008.

     7.4  Prior to the Closing  Date,  the Acquired  Fund shall have  declared a
          dividend or dividends  which,  together  with all previous  dividends,
          shall  have the  effect of  distributing  all of the  Acquired  Fund's
          investment  company  taxable income for its taxable years ending on or
          after  December 31, 2008 and on or prior to the Closing Date (computed
          without  regard to any deduction for dividends  paid),  and all of its
          net capital  gains  realized in each of its taxable years ending on or
          after December 31, 2008 and on or prior to the Closing Date.

     7.5  The  Acquired  Fund  shall  have  furnished  to the  Acquiring  Fund a
          certificate,  signed by the President (or any Vice  President) and the
          Treasurer  of the Trust,  as to the adjusted tax basis in the hands of
          the Acquired Fund of the  securities  delivered to the Acquiring  Fund
          pursuant to this Agreement.

     7.6  The  custodian  of the  Acquired  Fund  shall  have  delivered  to the
          Acquiring  Fund a  certificate  identifying  all of the  assets of the
          Acquired Fund held by such custodian as of the Valuation Date, and the
          Acquired Fund shall have  delivered to the Acquiring  Fund a statement
          of assets and  liabilities  of the Acquired  Fund as of the  Valuation
          Date,  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
          principles   consistently  applied  from  the  prior  audited  period,
          certified by the Treasurer of the Acquired Fund.

8. FURTHER CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF EACH OF THE ACQUIRING FUND AND
   THE ACQUIRED FUND.

     The respective obligations of the Trust and the Acquiring Company hereunder
are each subject to the further conditions that on or before the Closing Date:

     8.1  This  Agreement and the  transactions  contemplated  herein shall have
          been  approved by the vote of the required  majority of the holders of
          the  outstanding  shares of the Acquired  Fund of record on the record
          date for the meeting of its shareholders referred to in paragraph 5.2;

     8.2  On the  Closing  Date no  action,  suit or other  proceeding  shall be
          pending before any court or governmental  agency in which it is sought
          to  restrain  or  prohibit,  or  obtain  damages  or other  relief  in
          connection  with,  this  Agreement  or the  transactions  contemplated
          hereby;

     8.3  All  consents  of other  parties  and all other  consents,  orders and
          permits of federal,  state and local regulatory authorities (including
          those of the Securities and Exchange  Commission and of state blue sky
          and  securities  authorities)  deemed  necessary  by the  Trust or the
          Acquiring Company to permit consummation, in all material respects, of
          the transactions  contemplated hereby shall have been obtained, except
          where  failure to obtain any such  consent,  order or permit would not
          involve  a  risk  of a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  assets  or
          properties of the Acquiring Fund or the Acquired Fund.

     8.4  The  Registration  Statement  referred to in paragraph  5.3 shall have
          become  effective under the 1933 Act and no stop order  suspending the
          effectiveness  thereof  shall  have  been  issued  and,  to  the  best
          knowledge of the parties hereto,  no  investigation  or proceeding for
          that purpose shall have been  instituted or be pending,  threatened or
          contemplated under the 1933 Act;

     8.5  The Trust and the  Acquiring  Company  shall have received a favorable
          opinion of Sullivan & Worcester LLP  satisfactory to the Trust and the
          Acquiring Company substantially to the effect that, for federal income
          tax purposes, and while the matter is not entirely free from doubt:

          (a)  The  transfer  of all of the  Acquired  Fund  assets in  exchange
               solely  for  the  Acquiring  Shares  and  the  assumption  by the
               Acquiring  Fund of the  liabilities of the Acquired Fund followed
               by the  distribution of the Acquiring Shares to the Acquired Fund
               Shareholders  in dissolution and liquidation of the Acquired Fund
               will constitute a "reorganization"  within the meaning of Section
               368(a) of the Code,  and the Acquiring Fund and the Acquired Fund
               will each be a "party to a reorganization"  within the meaning of
               Section 368(b) of the Code;

          (b)  No gain or loss will be recognized by the Acquiring Fund upon the
               receipt of the assets of the Acquired Fund solely in exchange for
               the Acquiring  Shares and the assumption by the Acquiring Fund of
               the liabilities of the Acquired Fund;

          (c)  No gain or loss will be  recognized by the Acquired Fund upon the
               transfer of the  Acquired  Fund assets to the  Acquiring  Fund in
               exchange  for the  Acquiring  Shares  and the  assumption  by the
               Acquiring  Fund of the  liabilities  of the Acquired Fund or upon
               the   distribution   (whether  actual  or  constructive)  of  the
               Acquiring  Shares to the  separate  accounts as  shareholders  of
               Acquired Fund in exchange for their shares of the Acquired Fund;

          (d)  No gain or loss will be  recognized  by the separate  accounts as
               shareholders  of the  Acquired  Fund upon the  exchange  of their
               Acquired Fund shares for the Acquiring Shares in liquidation of
               the Acquired Fund;

          (e)  The aggregate tax basis of the Acquiring  Shares received by each
               separate  account as a shareholder  of the Acquired Fund pursuant
               to the Reorganization will be the same as the aggregate tax basis
               of the Acquired  Fund shares held by such  separate  account as a
               shareholder  of  the  Acquired  Fund  immediately  prior  to  the
               Closing,  and the holding period of the Acquiring Shares received
               by each separate  account as a  shareholder  of the Acquired Fund
               will include the period  during  which the  Acquired  Fund shares
               exchanged  therefor were held  (provided the Acquired Fund shares
               were held as capital assets on the date of the Closing);

          (f)  The  tax  basis  of the  Acquired  Fund  assets  acquired  by the
               Acquiring  Fund will be the same as the tax basis of such  assets
               to the Acquired Fund  immediately  prior to the Closing,  and the
               holding period of the assets of the Acquired Fund in the hands of
               the  Acquiring  Fund will  include the period  during which those
               assets were held by the Acquired Fund; and

          (g)  The Acquiring Fund will succeed to and take into account  capital
               loss carryover, if any, of the Acquired Fund described in Section
               381(c) of the Code. The Acquiring Fund will take any capital loss
               carryovers into account subject to the conditions and limitations
               specified  in  Sections  381,  382,  383 and 384 of the  Code and
               regulations thereunder.

     8.6  At any time prior to the Closing,  any of the foregoing  conditions of
          this  Agreement may be waived jointly by the Board of Directors of the
          Acquiring  Company and the Board of Trustees of the Trust if, in their
          judgment,  such waiver will not have a material  adverse effect on the
          interests of the  shareholders  of the Acquired Fund and the Acquiring
          Fund.

9.   FEES AND EXPENSES.

     9.1  Except  as  otherwise   provided  for  herein,  all  expenses  of  the
          transactions  contemplated by this Agreement  incurred by the Acquired
          Fund and the Acquiring Fund, whether incurred before or after the date
          of this  Agreement,  will be borne by the Acquired Fund. Such expenses
          include, without limitation,  (a) expenses incurred in connection with
          the  entering  into and the  carrying  out of the  provisions  of this
          Agreement;  (b) expenses associated with the preparation and filing of
          the  Registration  Statement under the 1933 Act covering the Acquiring
          Fund Shares to be issued pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement;
          (c) registration or  qualification  fees and expenses of preparing and
          filing such forms as are necessary under  applicable  state securities
          laws to qualify the  Acquiring  Fund Shares to be issued in connection
          herewith in each state in which the  Acquired  Fund  Shareholders  are
          resident  as of the  date  of  the  mailing  of  the  Prospectus/Proxy
          Statement  to  such  shareholders;  (d)  postage;  (e)  printing;  (f)
          accounting  fees;  (g) legal fees; and (h)  solicitation  costs of the
          transaction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Acquiring Fund shall
          pay its own federal and state registration fees.

     9.2  In the event the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement are not
          consummated,  then MetLife Advisers, LLC agrees that it shall bear all
          of the costs and expenses  incurred by both the Acquiring Fund and the
          Acquired Fund in connection with such transactions.

     9.3  Notwithstanding  any other  provisions of this  Agreement,  if for any
          reason  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement  are  not
          consummated, neither the Acquiring Fund nor the Acquired Fund shall be
          liable to the other for any damages  resulting  therefrom,  including,
          without limitation, consequential damages.

     9.4  Notwithstanding  any of the foregoing,  costs and expenses will in any
          event  be  paid by the  party  directly  incurring  them if and to the
          extent  that the payment by another  party of such costs and  expenses
          would  result in the  disqualification  of such party as a  "regulated
          investment company" within the meaning of Section 851 of the Code.

10.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT; SURVIVAL OF WARRANTIES.

     10.1 The Trust on behalf of the Acquired Fund and the Acquiring  Company on
          behalf of the  Acquiring  Fund agree that  neither  party has made any
          representation,  warranty  or covenant  not set forth  herein and that
          this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties.

     10.2 The  representations,  warranties  and  covenants  contained  in  this
          Agreement  or  in  any  document   delivered  pursuant  hereto  or  in
          connection   herewith  shall  not  survive  the  consummation  of  the
          transactions contemplated hereunder,  except paragraphs 1.1, 1.3, 1.5,
          1.6, 1.7, 3.4, 7.3, 9, 10, 13 and 14.

11. TERMINATION.

     This  Agreement may be terminated by the mutual  agreement of the Acquiring
Company and the Trust.  In addition,  either the Acquiring  Company or the Trust
may at its option terminate this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date:

          (a)  Because of a material breach by the other of any  representation,
               warranty,  covenant or agreement contained herein to be performed
               by the other party at or prior to the Closing Date;

          (b)  If  a  condition   herein   expressed  to  be  precedent  to  the
               obligations  of the  terminating  party  has not  been met and it
               reasonably appears that it will not or cannot be met;

          (c)  If the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement have not been
               substantially  completed  by December 31,  2009,  this  Agreement
               shall automatically terminate on that date unless a later date is
               agreed to by both the Trust and the Acquiring Company; or

          (d)  If the Board of Directors of the  Acquiring  Fund or the Board of
               Trustees of the  Acquired  Fund,  as the case may be,  determines
               that the  termination  of this Agreement is in the best interests
               of its shareholders.

12.  AMENDMENTS.

     This Agreement may be amended,  modified or  supplemented in such manner as
may be mutually  agreed upon in writing by the authorized  officers of the Trust
on  behalf  of the  Acquired  Fund and the  Acquiring  Company  on behalf of the
Acquiring Fund;  provided,  however,  that following the  shareholders'  meeting
called by the Acquired  Fund  pursuant to paragraph  5.2, no such  amendment may
have the effect of changing the  provisions  for  determining  the number of the
Acquiring  Shares to be issued to the  Acquired  Fund  Shareholders  under  this
Agreement to the detriment of such Shareholders without their further approval.

13.  NOTICES.

     Any  notice,  report,  statement  or demand  required or  permitted  by any
provisions of this  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be given by prepaid
telegraph,  telecopy or certified  mail  addressed to: (i)  Metropolitan  Series
Fund, Inc., 501 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02116, attn: Secretary;  or (ii) Met
Investors  Series  Trust,  5 Park Place,  Suite 1900,  Irving,  CA 92614,  attn:
Secretary.

14.  HEADINGS; COUNTERPARTS; GOVERNING LAW; ASSIGNMENT; NON-RECOURSE; FINDERS'
     FEES.

     14.1 The article and paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for
          reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or
          interpretation of this Agreement.

     14.2 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,  each of
          which shall be deemed an original.

     14.3 This Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with
          the domestic substantive laws of the State of Maryland, without giving
          effect to any choice or conflicts of law rule or provision  that would
          result in the  application  of the  domestic  substantive  laws of any
          other jurisdiction.

     14.4 This  Agreement  shall bind and inure to the  benefit  of the  parties
          hereto and their respective  successors and assigns, but no assignment
          or transfer hereof or of any rights or obligations  hereunder shall be
          made by any party  without  the  written  consent of the other  party.
          Nothing herein  expressed or implied is intended or shall be construed
          to confer upon or give any person, firm or corporation, other than the
          parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, any rights
          or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

     14.5 A copy of the Articles of Incorporation of the Acquiring Company is on
          file  with  the  Secretary  of State of the  State of  Maryland  and a
          Certificate  of Trust of the  Trust is on file with the  Secretary  of
          State of the State of  Delaware,  and  notice is hereby  given that no
          trustee, director,  officer, agent or employee of either the Acquiring
          Company or the Trust  shall  have any  personal  liability  under this
          Agreement, and that this Agreement is binding only upon the assets and
          properties of the Acquired Fund and the Acquiring Fund.

     14.6 The Trust, on behalf of the Acquired Fund, and the Acquiring  Company,
          on behalf of the Acquiring  Fund,  each represents and warrants to the
          other that there are no brokers  or finders  entitled  to receive  any
          payments in connection with the transactions provided for herein.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to
be executed as a sealed  instrument by its  President or Vice  President and its
corporate seal to be affixed  thereto and attested by its Secretary or Assistant
Secretary.

                      METROPOLITAN SERIES FUND, INC.,
                      on behalf of its BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth
                      Portfolio



                      By:
                         --------------------------------------------------

                      Name:
                               --------------------------------------------

                      Title:
                               --------------------------------------------



                      MET INVESTORS SERIES TRUST,
                      on behalf of its Met/AIM Capital Appreciation
                      Portfolio



                      By:
                         --------------------------------------------------

                      Name:
                               --------------------------------------------

                      Title:
                               --------------------------------------------




                      Agreed and accepted as to paragraph 9 only:

                      METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC



                     By:
                         -----------------------------------------------

                     Name:
                          ----------------------------------------------

                     Title:
                           ---------------------------------------------




                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                            Acquisition of Assets of

                     MET/AIM CAPITAL APPRECIATION PORTFOLIO
                                   a series of
                           Met Investors Series Trust
                            5 Park Plaza, Suite 1900
                            Irvine, California 92614
                                 (800) 848-3854

                        BY AND IN EXCHANGE FOR SHARES OF

                   BLACKROCK LEGACY LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO
                                   a series of
                         Metropolitan Series Fund, Inc.
                              501 Boylston Street,
                           Boston, Massachusetts 02116
                                 (800) 638-7732

     This Statement of Additional  Information,  dated March 5, 2009,  relating
specifically  to the  proposed  transfer  of the assets and  liabilities  of the
Met/AIM Capital  Appreciation  Portfolio (the "AIM Portfolio"),  a series of the
Met Investors  Series Trust (the  "Trust"),  to the  BlackRock  Legacy Large Cap
Growth Portfolio (the "BlackRock  Portfolio"),  a series of Metropolitan  Series
Fund,  Inc. (the  "Fund"),  in exchange for Class A and Class E shares of common
stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the BlackRock Portfolio to be issued to the
holders  of Class A and  Class E  shares,  respectively,  of the AIM  Portfolio,
consists of the information set forth below  pertaining to the AIM Portfolio and
the BlackRock Portfolio and the following described documents,  each of which is
attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein:

(1)  Statement  of  Additional  Information  of the  Trust  relating  to the AIM
     Portfolio dated April 28, 2008, as supplemented;

(2)  Statement of Additional  Information  of the Fund relating to the BlackRock
     Portfolio dated April 28, 2008, as supplemented;

(3)  Annual Report of the Trust relating to the AIM Portfolio for the year ended
     December 31, 2008 [To be filed by amendment];

(4)  Annual Report of the Fund relating to the BlackRock  Portfolio for the year
     ended December 31, 2008 [To be filed by amendment]; and

(5)  Pro Forma Financial Statements dated as of December 31, 2008.

     This  Statement  of  Additional  Information,  which  is not a  prospectus,
supplements,  and  should  be read in  conjunction  with,  the  Prospectus/Proxy
Statement of the AIM Portfolio and the BlackRock Portfolio dated March 5, 2009.
A copy of the  Prospectus/Proxy  Statement  may be  obtained  without  charge by
calling  or  writing to the Fund at the  telephone  number or address  set forth
above.


                           MET INVESTORS SERIES TRUST

                                  5 Park Plaza
                                   Suite 1900
                            Irvine, California 92614
                                  800-848-3854

                       Statement of Additional Information

                                 April 28, 2008


                                     Portfolios






                                                            
Met/AIM Capital Appreciation Portfolio                         Lord Abbett Growth and Income Portfolio
Met/AIM Small Cap Growth Portfolio                             Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value Portfolio
Batterymarch Growth and Income Portfolio                       MFS(R) Emerging Markets Equity
Portfolio BlackRock High Yield Portfolio                       MFS(R) Research International Portfolio
BlackRock Large Cap Core Portfolio                             Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Portfolio
Clarion Global Real Estate Portfolio (formerly Neuberger       PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond Portfolio
   Berman Real Estate Portfolio)



Dreman Small Cap Value Portfolio                                PIMCO Total Return Portfolio
Met/Franklin Income Portfolio                                   Pioneer Fund Portfolio
Met/Franklin Mutual Shares Portfolio                            Pioneer Strategic Income Portfolio
Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value Portfolio                           RCM Technology Portfolio
Harris Oakmark International Portfolio                          Rainier Large Cap Equity Portfolio
Janus Forty Portfolio                                           T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Portfolio
Lazard Mid Cap Portfolio                                        Met/Templeton Growth Portfolio
Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth Portfolio                 Third Avenue Small Cap Value Portfolio
Legg Mason Partners Managed Assets Portfolio                    Turner Mid Cap Growth Portfolio
Legg Mason Value Equity Portfolio                               Van Kampen Comstock Portfolio
Loomis Sayles Global Markets Portfolio                          Van Kampen Mid Cap Growth Portfolio
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Portfolio


                          Asset Allocation Portfolios


                  American Funds Balanced Allocation Portfolio
                   American Funds Growth Allocation Portfolio
                  American Funds Moderate Allocation Portfolio
                     MetLife Aggressive Strategy Portfolio
                      MetLife Balanced Strategy Portfolio
                      MetLife Defensive Strategy Portfolio
                       MetLife Growth Strategy Portfolio
                      MetLife Moderate Strategy Portfolio
                    Strategic Conservative Growth Portfolio
                           Strategic Growth Portfolio
                     Strategic Growth and Income Portfolio
               Met/Franklin Templeton Founding Strategy Portfolio



         This Statement of Additional Information provides supplementary
information pertaining to shares of 47 investment portfolios ("Portfolios") of
Met Investors Series Trust (the "Trust"), an open-end, management investment
company. This Statement of Additional Information is not a prospectus and should
be read in conjunction with the Prospectuses dated April 28, 2008 for, as
applicable, the Class A, Class B, Class C and Class E shares of the Portfolios
listed above. The Prospectuses may be obtained by writing to the Trust at the
address above or by calling 800-848-3854.

         The Portfolios listed under the heading Allocation Portfolios are
collectively referred to herein as the "Allocation Portfolios" and individually,
an "Allocation Portfolio". Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms
have the meanings given to them in the Prospectus.


         The audited financial statements described in "Financial Statements"
herein for the periods ended December 31, 2007, including the financial
highlights, appearing in the Trust's Annual Report to Shareholders, filed
electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2008
(File No. 811-10183), are incorporated by reference and made part of this
document.


         No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representation not contained in this Statement of Additional Information or in
the Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representation must
not be relied upon as having been authorized. This Statement of Additional
Information does not constitute an offering of any securities other than the
registered securities to which it relates or an offer to any person in any state
or other jurisdiction of the United States or any country where such offer would
be unlawful.



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS





                                                                                                                 Page



                                                                                                               
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES................................................................................5
         Asset-Backed Securities..................................................................................5
         Brady Bonds..............................................................................................6
         Collateralized Debt Obligations..........................................................................7
         Convertible Securities...................................................................................8
         Credit Default Swaps.....................................................................................9
         Depositary Receipts......................................................................................9
         Dollar Roll Transactions................................................................................10
         Event-Linked Bonds......................................................................................10
         Floaters................................................................................................11
         Foreign Currency Transactions...........................................................................11
         Foreign Securities......................................................................................15
         Forward Commitments, When-Issued and Delayed Delivery ..................................................20
         High Yield/High Risk Debt Securities....................................................................20
         Hybrid Instruments......................................................................................22
         Illiquid Securities.....................................................................................23
         Inflation-Indexed Bonds.................................................................................23
         Interest Rate Transactions..............................................................................24
         Investment Grade Corporate Debt Securities..............................................................26
         Loans and Other Direct Indebtedness.....................................................................26
         Money Market Securities.................................................................................26
         Mortgage-Backed Securities..............................................................................28
         Municipal Fixed Income Securities.......................................................................30
         Options and Futures Strategies..........................................................................31
         Other Investment Companies..............................................................................36
         Portfolio Turnover......................................................................................38
         Real Estate Investment Trusts...........................................................................39
         Repurchase Agreements...................................................................................40
         Reverse Repurchase Agreements...........................................................................40
         Rights and Warrants.....................................................................................41
         Securities Loans........................................................................................41
         Short Sales.............................................................................................42
         Structured Notes........................................................................................43
         Swaps...................................................................................................43
         U.S. Government Securities..............................................................................45
         Zero Coupon Bonds, Deferred Interest Bonds and PIK Bonds................................................45
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS..........................................................................................46
         Fundamental Policies....................................................................................46
         Non-Fundamental Policies................................................................................47

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION..........................................................................................51
         Total Return............................................................................................51
         Yield...................................................................................................52
         Non-Standardized Performance............................................................................53


PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS...........................................................................................53

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST..........................................................................................58
         Trustees and Officers...................................................................................58
         Committees of the Board.................................................................................62
         Compensation of the Trustees............................................................................63
         Indemnification of Trustees and Officers................................................................64
         Trustees' and Officers' Share Ownership.................................................................64
         Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures....................................................................64
         Proxy Voting Records....................................................................................65
         Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policy....................................................................65

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES...........................................................................66
         The Manager.............................................................................................66
         The Advisers............................................................................................80
         Portfolio Management....................................................................................85
         The Administrator.......................................................................................85
         The Distributor.........................................................................................85
         Code of Ethics..........................................................................................90
         Custodian...............................................................................................90
         Transfer Agent..........................................................................................90
         Legal Matters...........................................................................................90
         Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm...........................................................90

REDEMPTION OF SHARES.............................................................................................90


NET ASSET VALUE..................................................................................................91

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES.............................................................................................92
ORGANIZATION AND CAPITALIZATION OF THE TRUST.....................................................................95



FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.............................................................................................97

APPENDIX A (Securities Ratings).................................................................................A-1

APPENDIX B (Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures)...............................................................B-1

APPENDIX C (Portfolio Manager Disclosure).......................................................................C-1







                          INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

         The following information supplements the discussion of the investment
objectives and policies of the Portfolios in the Prospectus. If a Portfolio is
not identified below in connection with a particular strategy or technique, its
Adviser, as of the effective date of this Statement of Additional Information,
does not currently intend to invest any of the Portfolio's assets in that
strategy or technique although it has the ability to do so and may do so in the
future.

         Each Allocation Portfolio operates under a "fund of funds" structure,
investing substantially all of its assets in other mutual funds managed by the
Manager or its affiliates or unaffiliated third party investment advisers
("Third Party Funds"), as applicable (collectively, the "Underlying
Portfolios"). In addition to investments in shares of the Underlying Portfolios,
an Allocation Portfolio may invest for cash management purposes in U.S.
government securities and in money market securities. In addition to the fees
directly associated with an Allocation Portfolio, an investor in that Portfolio
will also indirectly bear the fees of the Underlying Portfolios in which an
Allocation Portfolio invests. This Statement of Additional Information contains
information about Underlying Portfolios that are series of the Trust. For
additional information about Underlying Portfolios that are series of
Metropolitan Series Fund, Inc., please see the April 28, 2008 prospectus and
statement of additional information of Metropolitan Series Fund, Inc. (SEC File
No. 811-03618). For additional information about Underlying Portfolios that are
Third Party Funds, please see the current prospectus and statement of additional
information applicable to such Third Party Fund.

         Each Allocation Portfolio invests in shares of the Underlying
Portfolios and its performance is directly related to the ability of the
Underlying Portfolios to meet their respective investment objectives, as well as
the Manager's or Adviser's, as applicable, allocation among the Underlying
Portfolios. Accordingly, each Allocation Portfolio's investment performance will
be influenced by the investment strategies of and risks associated with the
Underlying Portfolios, as described below, in direct proportion to the amount of
assets each Allocation Portfolio allocates to the Underlying Portfolios
utilizing such strategies. However, information in "Money Market Securities",
"Other Investment Companies" and "U.S. Government Securities" also applies
generally to direct investments that may be made by the Allocation Portfolios.

                  Asset-Backed Securities. (Met/AIM Capital Appreciation,
         Met/AIM Small Cap Growth, BlackRock High Yield, Met/Franklin Income,
         Met/Franklin Mutual Shares, Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value, Janus Forty,
         Lazard Mid Cap, Legg Mason Partners Managed Assets, Legg Mason Value
         Equity, Loomis Sayles Global Markets, Lord Abbett Bond Debenture, PIMCO
         Inflation Protected Bond, PIMCO Total Return, Pioneer Fund, Pioneer
         Strategic Income, T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth and Third Avenue Small
         Cap Value Portfolios)

         Asset-backed securities include interests in pools of receivables, such
as motor vehicle installment purchase obligations and credit card receivables.
Such securities are generally issued as pass-through certificates, which
represent undivided fractional ownership interests in the underlying pools of
assets.

         Asset-backed securities are not issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
government or its agencies or government-sponsored entities; however, the
payment of principal and interest on such obligations may be guaranteed up to
certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit issued by a
financial institution (such as a bank or insurance company) unaffiliated with
the issuers of such securities. In addition, such securities generally will have
remaining estimated lives at the time of purchase of five years or less. Due to
the possibility that prepayments (on automobile loans and other collateral) will
alter the cash flow on asset-backed securities, it is not possible to determine
in advance the actual final maturity date or average life. Faster prepayment
will shorten the average life and shorter prepayments will lengthen it.

         The purchase of asset-backed securities raises considerations peculiar
to the financing of the instruments underlying such securities. For example,
most organizations that issue asset-backed securities relating to motor vehicle
installment purchase obligations perfect their interests in their respective
obligations only by filing a financing statement and by having the servicer of
the obligations, which is usually the originator, take custody thereof. In such
circumstances, if the servicer were to sell the same obligations to another
party, in violation of its duty not to do so, there is a risk that such party
could acquire an interest in the obligations superior to that of holders of the
asset-backed securities. Also, although most such obligations grant a security
interest in the motor vehicle being financed, in most states the security
interest in a motor vehicle must be noted on the certificate of title to perfect
such security interest against competing claims of other parties. Due to the
large number of vehicles involved, however, the certificate of title to each
vehicle financed, pursuant to the obligations underlying the asset-backed
securities, usually is not amended to reflect the assignment of the seller's
security interest for the benefit of the holders of the asset-backed securities.
Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral
may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on those securities. In
addition, various state and federal laws give the motor vehicle owner the right
to assert against the holder of the owner's obligation certain defenses such
owner would have against the seller of the motor vehicle. The assertion of such
defenses could reduce payments on the related asset-backed securities. Insofar
as credit card receivables are concerned, credit card holders are entitled to
the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of
which give such holders the right to set off certain amounts against balances
owed on the credit card, thereby reducing the amounts paid on such receivables.
In addition, unlike most other asset-backed securities, credit card receivables
are unsecured obligations of the card holder.

         In the case of privately issued asset-backed securities, the Trust
takes the position that such instruments do not represent interests in any
particular industry or group of industries.

                  Brady Bonds. (Met/AIM Capital Appreciation, BlackRock Large
         Cap Core, Dreman Small Cap Value, Met/Franklin Income, Janus Forty,
         Legg Mason Partners Managed Assets, Loomis Sayles Global Markets, Lord
         Abbett Bond Debenture, MFS(R) Emerging Markets Equity, PIMCO Inflation
         Protected Bond, PIMCO Total Return and Pioneer Strategic Income
         Portfolios)

         Brady Bonds are securities created through the exchange of existing
commercial bank loans to public and private entities in certain emerging markets
for new bonds in connection with debt restructurings under a debt restructuring
plan introduced by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (the
"Brady Plan"). Brady Plan debt restructurings have been implemented to date in
Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, Costa Rica, Croatia, Dominican Republic, Ecuador,
Jordan, Mexico, Morocco, Nigeria, Panama, Peru, the Philippines, Poland,
Slovenia, Uruguay and Venezuela. Brady Bonds have been issued only in the last
decade, and for that reason do not have a long payment history. Brady Bonds may
be collateralized or uncollateralized, are issued in various currencies (but
primarily the U.S. dollar) and are actively traded in over-the-counter secondary
markets. U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed
rate bonds or floating-rate bonds, are generally collateralized in full as to
principal by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds having the same maturity as the
bonds. Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation
components: the collateralized repayment of principal at maturity; the
collateralized interest payments; the uncollateralized interest payments; and
any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (the uncollateralized
amounts constituting the "residual risk"). In light of the residual risk of
Brady Bonds and the history of defaults of countries issuing Brady Bonds with
respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities, investments in
Brady Bonds may be viewed as speculative.

     Collateralized  Debt Obligations.  (BlackRock High Yield, Janus Forty, Legg
     Mason  Partners  Managed  Assets,  Legg Mason Value  Equity,  Loomis Sayles
     Global Markets,  MFS(R) Value, PIMCO Inflation  Protected Bond, PIMCO Total
     Return, Pioneer Fund and Pioneer Strategic Income Portfolios)

         A Portfolio may invest in collateralized debt obligations ("CDOs"),
which includes collateralized bond obligations ("CBOs"), collateralized loan
obligations ("CLOs") and other similarly structured securities. CBOs and CLOs
are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust which is backed by a
diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. A
CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include,
among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans,
and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below
investment grade or equivalent unrated loans.

         For both CBOs and CLOs, the cashflows from the trust are split into two
or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest
portion is the "equity" tranche which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds
or loans in the trust and services to protect the other, more senior tranches
from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since it is partially
protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO trust or CLO trust
typically have higher ratings and lower yields than their underlying securities,
and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity
tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual
defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and
disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well
as aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class.

         The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the
collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which a Portfolio invests.
Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus,
are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs
may be characterized by the Portfolio as illiquid securities, however an active
dealer market may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A
transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed income
securities discussed elsewhere in this Statement of Additional Information and
the Portfolios' Prospectus (e.g., interest rate risk and default risk), CDOs
carry additional risks including, but are not limited to: (i) the possibility
that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make
interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in
value or default; (iii) the Portfolio may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to
other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully
understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or
unexpected investment results.

     Convertible  Securities.  (All Portfolios  except  Batterymarch  Growth and
     Income and Turner Mid Cap Growth Portfolios)


         A Portfolio may invest in convertible securities of domestic and,
subject to the Portfolio's investment strategy, foreign issuers. The convertible
securities in which a Portfolio may invest include any debt securities or
preferred stock which may be converted into common stock or which carry the
right to purchase common stock. Convertible securities entitle the holder to
exchange the securities for a specified number of shares of common stock,
usually of the same company, at specified prices within a certain period of
time.

         Convertible securities may be converted at either a stated price or
stated rate into underlying shares of common stock. Although to a lesser extent
than with fixed-income securities, the market value of convertible securities
tends to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, tends to increase
as interest rates decline. In addition, because of the conversion feature, the
market value of convertible securities tends to vary with fluctuations in the
market value of the underlying common stock. A unique feature of convertible
securities is that as the market price of the underlying common stock declines,
convertible securities tend to trade increasingly on a yield basis, and so may
not experience market value declines to the same extent as the underlying common
stock. When the market price of the underlying common stock increases, the
prices of the convertible securities tend to rise as a reflection of the value
of the underlying common stock. While no securities investments are without
risk, investments in convertible securities generally entail less risk than
investments in common stock of the same issuer.

         Convertible securities are investments that provide for a stable stream
of income with generally higher yields than common stocks. There can be no
assurance of current income because the issuers of the convertible securities
may default on their obligations. A convertible security, in addition to
providing fixed income, offers the potential for capital appreciation through
the conversion feature, which enables the holder to benefit from increases in
the market price of the underlying common stock. There can be no assurance of
capital appreciation, however, because securities prices fluctuate. Convertible
securities, however, generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than
non-convertible securities of similar quality because of the potential for
capital appreciation.

         Subsequent to purchase by a Portfolio, convertible securities may cease
to be rated or a rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase
for that Portfolio. Neither event will require the sale of such securities,
although a Portfolio's investment adviser will consider such event in its
determination of whether the Portfolio should continue to hold the securities.

     Credit  Default  Swaps.   (BlackRock  High  Yield,   Met/Franklin   Income,
     Met/Franklin  Mutual  Shares,  Janus  Forty,  Legg Mason  Partners  Managed
     Assets,  Lord Abbett Bond Debenture,  PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond, PIMCO
     Total Return and Pioneer Strategic Income Portfolios)

         A Portfolio may enter into credit default swap contracts for investment
purposes. As the seller in a credit default swap contract, the Portfolio would
be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt
obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default by a third party, such
as a U.S. or foreign corporate issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the
Portfolio would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over
the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no
default occurs, the Portfolio would keep the stream of payments and would have
no payment obligations. As the seller, the Portfolio would be subject to
investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

         A Portfolio may also purchase credit default swap contracts in order to
hedge against the risk of default of debt securities held in its portfolio, in
which case the Portfolio would function as the counterparty referenced in the
preceding paragraph. This would involve the risk that the investment may expire
worthless and would only generate income in the event of an actual default by
the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or
other indication of financial instability). It would also involve credit risk -
that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the Portfolio in
the event of a default.

          Depositary Receipts. (All Portfolios)

         A Portfolio may purchase foreign securities in the form of American
Depositary Receipts, European Depositary Receipts, Global Depositary Receipts or
other securities convertible into securities of corporations in which the
Portfolio is permitted to invest pursuant to its investment objectives and
policies. These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same
currency into which they may be converted. Depositary receipts are receipts
typically issued by a U.S. or foreign bank or trust company and evidence
ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation. Because
American Depositary Receipts are listed on a U.S. securities exchange, the
investment advisers of the following Portfolios do not treat them as foreign
securities.

 o Batterymarch Growth and Income
 o BlackRock High Yield
 o Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value
 o Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth
 o Legg Mason Partners Managed Assets
 o Legg Mason Value Equity
 o Lord Abbett Bond Debenture
 o Lord Abbett Growth and Income
 o Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value
 o RCM Technology


         However, like other depositary receipts, American Depositary Receipts
are subject to many of the risks of foreign securities such as changes in
exchange rates and more limited information about foreign issuers.

     o    Turner Mid Cap Growth  Portfolio  does not expect to invest  more than
          10% of its total assets in American Depositary Receipts.

     Dollar Roll Transactions.  (Met/AIM Capital Appreciation, Met/AIM Small Cap
     Growth,  BlackRock High Yield,  Met/Franklin  Income,  Lazard Mid Cap, Legg
     Mason  Partners  Managed  Assets,  Legg Mason Value  Equity,  Loomis Sayles
     Global   Markets,   Lord  Abbett  Bond   Debenture,   Oppenheimer   Capital
     Appreciation,  PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond, PIMCO Total Return,  Pioneer
     Fund and Pioneer Strategic Income Portfolios)

         Mortgage dollar rolls are transactions in which the Portfolio sells
securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts with
the same counter-party to repurchase similar (same type, coupon and maturity)
but not identical securities on a specified future date. During the roll period,
the Portfolio loses the right to receive principal (including prepayments of
principal) and interest paid on the securities sold. However, the Portfolio
would benefit to the extent of any difference between the price received for the
securities sold and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often
referred to as the "drop") or fee income plus the interest earned on the cash
proceeds of the securities sold until the settlement date of the forward
purchase. Unless such benefits exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain
or loss due to mortgage prepayments that would have been realized on the
securities sold as part of the mortgage dollar roll, the use of this technique
will diminish the investment performance of the Portfolio compared with what
such performance would have been without the use of mortgage dollar rolls.
Accordingly, the benefits derived from the use of mortgage dollar rolls depend
upon the Adviser's ability to manage mortgage prepayments. There is no assurance
that mortgage dollar rolls can be successfully employed. All cash proceeds will
be invested in instruments that are permissible investments for the Portfolio.
The Portfolio will maintain until the settlement date the segregation, either on
the records of the Adviser or with the Trust's custodian, of cash or other
liquid securities in an amount equal to the forward purchase price.

     Event-Linked  Bonds.  (BlackRock  High Yield,  Met/Franklin  Income,  PIMCO
     Inflation  Protected Bond, PIMCO Total Return and Pioneer  Strategic Income
     Portfolios)

         Each Portfolio may invest up to 5% of its net assets in "event-linked
bonds," which are fixed income securities for which the return of principal and
payment of interest is contingent on the non-occurrence of a specific "trigger"
event, such as a hurricane, earthquake, or other physical or weather-related
phenomenon. Some even-linked bonds are commonly referred to as "catastrophe
bonds." If a trigger event occurs, the Portfolio may lose a portion or all of
its principal invested in the bond. Event-linked bonds often provide for an
extension of maturity to process and audit loss claims where a trigger event
has, or possibly has, occurred. An extension of maturity may increase
volatility. Event-linked bonds may also expose the Portfolio to certain
unanticipated risks including credit risk, adverse regulatory or jurisdictional
interpretations, and adverse tax consequences. Event-linked bonds may also be
subject to liquidity risk.


     Floaters.  (BlackRock High Yield,  BlackRock  Large Cap Core,  Met/Franklin
     Income,  Goldman  Sachs Mid Cap Value,  Janus  Forty,  Legg Mason  Partners
     Aggressive  Growth,  Legg Mason Partners  Managed Assets,  Legg Mason Value
     Equity,  Loomis Sayles Global Markets,  Lord Abbett Bond  Debenture,  PIMCO
     Inflation  Protected  Bond,  PIMCO Total  Return,  Pioneer Fund and Pioneer
     Strategic Income Portfolios)

         A Portfolio may invest in floaters, which are fixed income securities
with a floating or variable rate of interest, i.e., the rate of interest varies
with changes in specified market rates or indices, such as the prime rate, or at
specified intervals. Certain floaters may carry a demand feature that permits
the holder to tender them back to the issuer of the underlying instrument, or to
a third party, at par value prior to maturity. When the demand feature of
certain floaters represents an obligation of a foreign entity, the demand
feature will be subject to certain risks discussed under "Foreign Securities."


     Foreign Currency Transactions. (Met/AIM Capital Appreciation, Met/AIM Small
     Cap Growth,  BlackRock High Yield, BlackRock Large Cap Core, Clarion Global
     Real Estate,  Dreman Small Cap Value,  Met/Franklin Mutual Shares,  Goldman
     Sachs Mid Cap Value, Harris Oakmark International,  Janus Forty, Lazard Mid
     Cap, Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth, Legg Mason Value Equity, Loomis
     Sayles Global  Markets,  MFS(R) Emerging  Markets  Equity,  MFS(R) Research
     International,  Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation, PIMCO Inflation Protected
     Bond,  PIMCO Total Return,  Pioneer Fund,  Pioneer  Strategic  Income,  RCM
     Technology,  T. Rowe  Price Mid Cap  Growth,  Met/Templeton  Growth,  Third
     Avenue Small Cap Value and Van Kampen Mid Cap Growth Portfolios)


         Foreign Currency Exchange Transactions. A Portfolio may engage in
foreign currency exchange transactions to protect against uncertainty in the
level of future exchange rates. The investment adviser to a Portfolio may engage
in foreign currency exchange transactions in connection with the purchase and
sale of portfolio securities ("transaction hedging"), and to protect the value
of specific portfolio positions ("position hedging").

         A Portfolio may engage in "transaction hedging" to protect against a
change in the foreign currency exchange rate between the date on which the
Portfolio contracts to purchase or sell the security and the settlement date, or
to "lock in" the U.S. dollar equivalent of a dividend or interest payment in a
foreign currency. For that purpose, a Portfolio may purchase or sell a foreign
currency on a spot (or cash) basis at the prevailing spot rate in connection
with the settlement of transactions in portfolio securities denominated in or
exposed to that foreign currency.

         If conditions warrant, a Portfolio may also enter into contracts to
purchase or sell foreign currencies at a future date ("forward contracts") and
purchase and sell foreign currency futures contracts as a hedge against changes
in foreign currency exchange rates between the trade and settlement dates on
particular transactions and not for speculation. A foreign currency forward
contract is a negotiated agreement to exchange currency at a future time at a
rate or rates that may be higher or lower than the spot rate. Foreign currency
futures contracts are standardized exchange-traded contracts and have margin
requirements.

         For transaction hedging purposes, a Portfolio may also purchase
exchange-listed and over-the-counter call and put options on foreign currency
futures contracts and on foreign currencies. A put option on a futures contract
gives a Portfolio the right to assume a short position in the futures contract
until expiration of the option. A put option on currency gives a Portfolio the
right to sell a currency at an exercise price until the expiration of the
option. A call option on a futures contract gives a Portfolio the right to
assume a long position in the futures contract until the expiration of the
option. A call option on currency gives a Portfolio the right to purchase a
currency at the exercise price until the expiration of the option.

         A Portfolio may engage in "position hedging" to protect against a
decline in the value relative to the U.S. dollar of the currencies in which its
portfolio securities are denominated, or quoted or exposed (or an increase in
the value of currency for securities which the Portfolio intends to buy, when it
holds cash reserves and short-term investments). For position hedging purposes,
a Portfolio may purchase or sell foreign currency futures contracts and foreign
currency forward contracts, and may purchase put or call options on foreign
currency futures contracts and on foreign currencies on exchanges or
over-the-counter markets. In connection with position hedging, a Portfolio may
also purchase or sell foreign currency on a spot basis.

         The precise matching of the amounts of foreign currency exchange
transactions and the value of the portfolio securities involved will not
generally be possible since the future value of such securities in foreign
currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of
those securities between the dates the currency exchange transactions are
entered into and the dates they mature.

         It is impossible to forecast with precision the market value of
portfolio securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures
contract. Accordingly, it may be necessary for a Portfolio to purchase
additional foreign currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such
purchase) if the market value of the security or securities being hedged is less
than the amount of foreign currency the Portfolio is obligated to deliver and if
a decision is made to sell the security or securities and make delivery of the
foreign currency. Conversely, it may be necessary to sell on the spot market
some of the foreign currency received upon the sale of the portfolio security or
securities if the market value of such security or securities exceeds the amount
of foreign currency the Portfolio is obligated to deliver.

         Hedging transactions involve costs and may result in losses. A
Portfolio may write covered call options on foreign currencies to offset some of
the costs of hedging those currencies. A Portfolio will engage in
over-the-counter transactions only when appropriate exchange-traded transactions
are unavailable and when, in the opinion of the Portfolio's investment adviser,
the pricing mechanism and liquidity are satisfactory and the participants are
responsible parties likely to meet their contractual obligations. A Portfolio's
ability to engage in hedging and related option transactions may be limited by
tax considerations.

         Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the
underlying prices of the securities which a Portfolio owns or intends to
purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange which one can achieve
at some future point in time. Additionally, although these techniques tend to
minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency,
they tend to limit any potential gain which might result from the increase in
the value of such currency.

         Currency Forward and Futures Contracts. A forward foreign currency
exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency
at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the
contract as agreed by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract.
In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the unilateral
right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee. The
contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between currency
traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract
generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any
stage for trades. A foreign currency futures contract is a standardized contract
for the future delivery of a specified amount of a foreign currency at a future
date at a price set at the time of the contract. Foreign currency futures
contracts traded in the U.S. are designed by and traded on exchanges regulated
by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC"), such as the New York
Mercantile Exchange. A Portfolio would enter into foreign currency futures
contracts solely for hedging or other appropriate investment purposes as defined
in CFTC regulations. Open positions in forwards used for non-hedging purposes
will be covered if the Portfolio earmarks liquid assets or by the segregation
with the Trust's custodian of liquid assets and marked to market daily.

         Forwards will be used primarily to adjust the foreign exchange exposure
of each Portfolio with a view to protecting against uncertainty in the level of
future foreign exchange rates, and the Portfolios might be expected to enter
into such contracts under the following circumstances:

     Lock In. When the Adviser  desires to lock in the U.S.  dollar price on the
purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency.

         Cross Hedge. If a particular currency is expected to decrease against
another currency, a Portfolio may sell the currency expected to decrease and
purchase a currency which is expected to increase against the currency sold in
an amount approximately equal to some or all of the Portfolio's holdings
denominated in the currency sold.

         Direct Hedge. If the Adviser wants to eliminate substantially all of
the risk of owning a particular currency, and/or if the Adviser thinks that a
Portfolio can benefit from price appreciation in a given country's bonds but
does not want to hold the currency, it may employ a direct hedge back into the
U.S. dollar. In either case, a Portfolio would enter into a forward contract to
sell the currency in which a portfolio security is denominated and purchase U.S.
dollars at an exchange rate established at the time it initiated the contract.
The cost of the direct hedge transaction may offset most, if not all, of the
yield advantage offered by the foreign security, but a Portfolio would hope to
benefit from an increase (if any) in value of the bond.

         Proxy Hedge. The Adviser might choose to use a proxy hedge, which may
be less costly than a direct hedge. In this case, a Portfolio, having purchased
a security, will sell a currency whose value is believed to be closely linked to
the currency in which the security is denominated. Interest rates prevailing in
the country whose currency was sold would be expected to be closer to those in
the U.S. and lower than those of securities denominated in the currency of the
original holding. This type of hedging entails greater risk than a direct hedge
because it is dependent on a stable relationship between the two currencies
paired as proxies and the relationships can be very unstable at times.

         Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign
currency futures contracts in certain respects. For example, the maturity date
of a forward contract may be any fixed number of days from the date of the
contract agreed upon by the parties, rather than a predetermined date in any
given month. Forward contracts may be in any amounts agreed upon by the parties
rather than predetermined amounts. Also, forward foreign exchange contracts are
traded directly between currency traders so that no intermediary is required. A
forward contract generally requires no margin or other deposit.

         At the maturity of a forward or futures contract, a Portfolio may
either accept or make delivery of the currency specified in the contract, or at
or prior to maturity enter into a closing transaction involving the purchase or
sale of an offsetting contract. Closing transactions with respect to forward
contracts are usually effected with the currency trader who is a party to the
original forward contract. Closing transactions with respect to futures
contracts are effected on a commodities exchange; a clearing corporation
associated with the exchange assumes responsibility for closing out such
contracts.

         Positions in foreign currency futures contracts may be closed out only
on an exchange or board of trade which provides a secondary market in such
contracts. Although a Portfolio intends to purchase or sell foreign currency
futures contracts only on exchanges or boards of trade where there appears to be
an active secondary market, there can be no assurance that a secondary market on
an exchange or board of trade will exist for any particular contract or at any
particular time. In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures
position and, in the event of adverse price movements, a Portfolio would
continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

         Foreign Currency Options. Options on foreign currencies operate
similarly to options on securities, and are traded primarily in the
over-the-counter market, although options on foreign currencies have recently
been listed on several exchanges. Such options will be purchased or written only
when a Portfolio's Adviser believes that a liquid secondary market exists for
such options. There can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will
exist for a particular option at any specific time. Options on foreign
currencies are affected by all of those factors which influence foreign exchange
rates and investments generally.

         The value of a foreign currency option is dependent upon the value of
the foreign currency and the U.S. dollar, and may have no relationship to the
investment merits of a foreign security. Because foreign currency transactions
occurring in the interbank market involve substantially larger amounts than
those that may be involved in the use of foreign currency options, investors may
be disadvantaged by having to deal in an odd lot market (generally consisting of
transactions of less than $1 million) for the underlying foreign currencies at
prices that are less favorable than for round lots.

         There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign
currencies and there is no regulatory requirement that quotations available
through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis.
Available quotation information is generally representative of very large
transactions in the interbank market and thus may not reflect relatively smaller
transactions (less than $1 million) where rates may be less favorable. The
interbank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock market. To
the extent that the U.S. options markets are closed while the markets for the
underlying currencies remain open, significant price and rate movements may take
place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets.

         Foreign Currency Conversion. Although foreign exchange dealers do not
charge a fee for currency conversion, they do realize a profit based on the
difference (the "spread") between prices at which they are buying and selling
various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to a
Portfolio at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should a
Portfolio desire to resell that currency to the dealer.

          Foreign Securities. (All Portfolios)

         A Portfolio may invest in foreign equity and debt securities or U.S.
securities traded in foreign markets. In addition to securities issued by
foreign companies, permissible investments may also consist of obligations of
foreign branches of U.S. banks and of foreign banks, including European
certificates of deposit, European time deposits, Canadian time deposits, Yankee
certificates of deposit, Eurodollar bonds and Yankee bonds. A Portfolio may also
invest in Canadian commercial paper and Europaper. These instruments may subject
a Portfolio to additional investment risks from those related to investments in
obligations of U.S. issuers. In addition, foreign branches of U.S. banks and
foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements than those
applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.

         Foreign investments involve certain risks that are not present in
domestic securities. For example, foreign securities may be subject to currency
risks or to foreign government taxes which reduce their attractiveness. There
may be less information publicly available about a foreign issuer than about a
U.S. issuer, and a foreign issuer is not generally subject to uniform
accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and practices comparable
to those in the U.S. Other risks of investing in such securities include
political or economic instability in the country involved, the difficulty of
predicting international trade patterns and the possibility of imposition of
exchange controls. The prices of such securities may be more volatile than those
of domestic securities. With respect to certain foreign countries, there is a
possibility of expropriation of assets or nationalization, imposition of
withholding taxes on dividend or interest payments, difficulty in obtaining and
enforcing judgments against foreign entities or diplomatic developments which
could affect investment in these countries. Losses and other expenses may be
incurred in converting between various currencies in connection with purchases
and sales of foreign securities.

         Foreign stock markets are generally not as developed or efficient as,
and may be more volatile than, those in the U.S. While growing in volume, they
usually have substantially less volume than U.S. markets and a Portfolio's
investment securities may be less liquid and subject to more rapid and erratic
price movements than securities of comparable U.S. companies. Equity securities
may trade at price/earnings multiples higher than comparable U.S. securities and
such levels may not be sustainable. There is generally less government
supervision and regulation of foreign stock exchanges, brokers, banks and listed
companies abroad than in the U.S. Moreover, settlement practices for
transactions in foreign markets may differ from those in U.S. markets. Such
differences may include delays beyond periods customary in the U.S. and
practices, such as delivery of securities prior to receipt of payment, which
increase the likelihood of a "failed settlement", which can result in losses to
a Portfolio.

         The value of foreign investments and the investment income derived from
them may also be affected unfavorably by changes in currency exchange control
regulations. Although the Portfolios will invest only in securities denominated
in foreign currencies that are fully exchangeable into U.S. dollars without
legal restriction at the time of investment, there can be no assurance that
currency controls will not be imposed subsequently. In addition, the value of
foreign fixed income investments may fluctuate in response to changes in U.S.
and foreign interest rates.

         Foreign brokerage commissions, custodial expenses and other fees are
also generally higher than for securities traded in the U.S. Consequently, the
overall expense ratios of international or global funds are usually somewhat
higher than those of typical domestic stock funds.

         Fluctuations in exchange rates may also affect the earning power and
asset value of the foreign entity issuing a security, even one denominated in
U.S. dollars. Dividend and interest payments will be repatriated based on the
exchange rate at the time of disbursement, and restrictions on capital flows may
be imposed.

         The debt obligations of foreign governments and entities may or may not
be supported by the full faith and credit of the foreign government. A Portfolio
may buy securities issued by certain "supra-national" entities, which include
entities designated or supported by governments to promote economic
reconstruction or development, international banking organizations and related
government agencies. Examples are the International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development (commonly called the "World Bank"), the Asian Development Bank and
the Inter-American Development Bank.

         The governmental members of these supra-national entities are
"stockholders" that typically make capital contributions and may be committed to
make additional capital contributions if the entity is unable to repay its
borrowings. A supra-national entity's lending activities may be limited to a
percentage of its total capital, reserves and net income. There can be no
assurance that the constituent foreign governments will continue to be able or
willing to honor their capitalization commitments for those entities. Set forth
below is information regarding the percentage of each Portfolio's assets that
may be invested in foreign securities.







      -------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
                                                      Intends to Invest No More Than the Following
                                                       Percentage of its Total Assets in Foreign
                       Portfolio                                       Securities
      -------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              

Met/AIM Capital Appreciation                     25%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Met/AIM Small Cap Growth                         25%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Batterymarch Growth and Income                   20%

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock High Yield                             10%

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Large Cap Core                         10%

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Clarion Global Real Estate                      No limit

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dreman Small Cap Value                           10%

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Met/Franklin Income                              25%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Met/Franklin Mutual Shares                       35%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value                      25% (of net assets)



- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Harris Oakmark International                     No limit

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Janus Forty                                      No limit; however the Adviser currently intends to
                                                 invest up to 25% of its assets in foreign
                                                 securities.  The Adviser does not consider
                                                 securities of companies domiciled outside the U.S.
                                                 but which conduct a majority of their business in
                                                 the U.S. and whose securities are traded on a U.S.
                                                 exchange to be "foreign securities."

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lazard Mid Cap                                   25%

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legg Mason Partners Aggressive                   No limit
   Growth

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legg Mason Partners Managed                      20%
   Assets

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Legg Mason Value Equity                          25% (of net assets)



- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loomis Sayles Global Markets                     No limit

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Lord Abbett Bond Debenture                       20% (of net assets).  The Adviser does not consider
                                                 securities of companies domiciled outside the U.S.
                                                 but whose principal trading market is in the U.S.
                                                 to be "foreign securities."

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lord Abbett Growth and Income                    20%. The Adviser does not consider securities of
                                                 companies domiciled outside the U.S. but whose
                                                 principal trading market is in the U.S. to be
                                                 "foreign securities."
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value                        10%.  The Adviser does not consider securities of
                                                 companies domiciled outside the U.S. but whose
                                                 principal trading market is in the U.S. to be
                                                 "foreign securities."
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Emerging Markets Equity                   No limit

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Research International                    25% in emerging markets

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer Capital                              35%
   Appreciation

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond                   30%

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Total Return                               30%

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pioneer Fund                                     20%, no more than 5% in emerging markets



- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pioneer Strategic Income                         85%

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RCM Technology                                   50%

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rainier Large Cap Equity Portfolio               25% .  The Adviser intends to limit its investments
                                                 in foreign securities to U.S. dollar denominated
                                                 securities of foreign issuers or American
                                                 Depositary Receipts.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth                     25%

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Met/Templeton Growth                             No limit
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Third Avenue Small Cap Value                     35%.  The Adviser intends to limit its investments
                                                 in foreign securities to companies issuing U.S.
                                                 dollar-denominated American Depositary Receipts or
                                                 which, in the judgment of its Adviser, otherwise
                                                 provide financial information which provides the
                                                 Adviser with substantively similar financial
                                                 information as Securities and Exchange Commission
                                                 disclosure requirements.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Turner Mid Cap Growth                            10%

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Van Kampen Comstock                              25% (of net assets)



- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen Mid Cap Growth                        25%, including emerging markets
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



     Securities of companies domiciled in Canada,  Puerto Rico and the Caribbean
Islands, if primarily traded in the U.S. securities markets,  are not considered
to   be   foreign    securities.    Eurodollar   bank   obligations   are   U.S.
dollar-denominated  certificates of deposit and time deposits issued outside the
U.S.  capital  markets by foreign  branches of U.S.  banks and by foreign banks.
Yankee dollar bank obligations are U.S. dollar-denominated obligations issued in
the U.S. capital markets by foreign banks.

         Eurodollar and Yankee dollar obligations are subject to the same risks
that pertain to domestic issues, notably credit risk. Additionally, Eurodollar
(and to a limited extent, Yankee dollar) obligations are subject to certain
sovereign risks in addition to the risks of foreign investments described below.

         Emerging Market Securities. Investments in emerging market country
securities involve special risks. Political and economic structures in many of
such countries may be undergoing significant evolution and rapid development,
and such countries may lack the social, political and economic stability
characteristic of more developed countries. Certain of such countries may have
in the past failed to recognize private property rights and have at times
nationalized or expropriated the assets of private companies. As a result, the
risks described above, including the risks of nationalization or expropriation
of assets, may be heightened. In addition, unanticipated political or social
developments may affect the values of a Portfolio's investments in those
countries and the availability to a Portfolio of additional investments in those
countries. The small size and inexperience of the securities markets in certain
of such countries and the limited volume of trading in securities in those
countries may make a Portfolio's investments in such countries illiquid and more
volatile than investment in more developed countries, and a Portfolio may be
required to establish special custodial or other arrangements before making
certain investments in those countries. There may be little financial or
accounting information available with respect to issuers located in certain of
such countries, and it may be difficult as a result to assess the value or
prospects of an investment in such issuers.

         Transaction costs in emerging markets may be higher than in the U.S.
and other developed securities markets. As legal systems in emerging markets
develop, foreign investors may be adversely affected by new or amended laws and
regulations or may not be able to obtain swift and equitable enforcement of
existing law.

         A Portfolio may make investments denominated in emerging markets
currencies. Some countries in emerging markets also may have managed currencies,
which are not free floating against the U.S. dollar. In addition, emerging
markets are subject to the risk of restrictions upon the free conversion of
their currencies into other currencies. Any devaluations relative to the U.S.
dollar in the currencies in which the Portfolio's securities are quoted would
reduce the Portfolio's net asset value.

         Certain emerging markets limit, or require governmental approval prior
to, investments by foreign persons. Repatriation of investment income and
capital from certain emerging markets is subject to certain governmental
consents. Even where there is no outright restriction on repatriation of
capital, the mechanics of repatriation may affect the operation of a Portfolio.

          Forward Commitments,  When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities (All
          Portfolios  except  Met/Franklin  Mutual  Shares,  Legg Mason Partners
          Aggressive Growth and Met/Templeton Growth Portfolios)

         A Portfolio may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed
delivery basis and may purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment
basis. Settlement of such transactions normally occurs within a month or more
after the purchase or sale commitment is made.

         A Portfolio may purchase securities under such conditions only with the
intention of actually acquiring them, but may enter into a separate agreement to
sell the securities before the settlement date. Since the value of securities
purchased may fluctuate prior to settlement, the Portfolio may be required to
pay more at settlement than the security is worth. In addition, the purchaser is
not entitled to any of the interest earned prior to settlement.

         Upon making a commitment to purchase a security on a when-issued,
delayed delivery or forward commitment basis the Portfolio will hold liquid
assets in a segregated account at the Portfolio's custodian bank worth at least
the equivalent of the amount due. The liquid assets will be monitored on a daily
basis and adjusted as necessary to maintain the necessary value.

         Purchases made under such conditions may involve the risk that yields
secured at the time of commitment may be lower than otherwise available by the
time settlement takes place, causing an unrealized loss to the Portfolio. In
addition, when the Portfolio engages in such purchases, it relies on the other
party to consummate the sale. If the other party fails to perform its
obligations, the Portfolio may miss the opportunity to obtain a security at a
favorable price or yield. Although a Portfolio will generally enter into forward
commitments to purchase securities with the intention of actually acquiring the
security for its portfolio (or for delivery pursuant to options contracts it has
entered into), the Portfolio may dispose of a security prior to settlement if
its investment adviser deems it advisable to do so. The Portfolio may realize
short-term gains or losses in connection with such sales.

          High Yield/High Risk Debt Securities. (BlackRock High Yield, BlackRock
          Large  Cap  Core,  Dreman  Small  Cap  Value,   Met/Franklin   Income,
          Met/Franklin Mutual Shares,  Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value, Janus Forty,
          Legg Mason Partners  Managed Assets,  Legg Mason Value Equity,  Loomis
          Sayles Global  Markets,  Lord Abbett Bond  Debenture,  MFS(R) Emerging
          Markets Equity,  PIMCO Inflation  Protected Bond,  PIMCO Total Return,
          Pioneer  Fund,  Pioneer  Strategic  Income and Third  Avenue Small Cap
          Value Portfolios)

         Certain lower rated securities purchased by a Portfolio, such as those
rated Ba or B by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") or BB or B by
Standard & Poor's Ratings Services ("Standard & Poor's") (commonly known as junk
bonds), may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity's
ability to make scheduled payments of principal and interest and to greater
market fluctuations. While generally providing greater income than investments
in higher quality securities, lower quality fixed income securities involve
greater risk of loss of principal and income, including the possibility of
default or bankruptcy of the issuers of such securities, and have greater price
volatility, especially during periods of economic uncertainty or change. These
lower quality fixed income securities tend to be affected by economic changes
and short-term corporate and industry developments to a greater extent than
higher quality securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general
level of interest rates. To the extent that a Portfolio invests in such lower
quality securities, the achievement of its investment objective may be more
dependent on the Adviser's own credit analysis.

         Lower quality fixed income securities are affected by the market's
perception of their credit quality, especially during times of adverse
publicity, and the outlook for economic growth. Economic downturns or an
increase in interest rates may cause a higher incidence of default by the
issuers of these securities, especially issuers that are highly leveraged. The
market for these lower quality fixed income securities is generally less liquid
than the market for investment grade fixed income securities. It may be more
difficult to sell these lower rated securities to meet redemption requests, to
respond to changes in the market, or to value accurately a Portfolio's portfolio
securities for purposes of determining the Portfolio's net asset value.

         In determining suitability of investment in a particular unrated
security, the Adviser takes into consideration asset and debt service coverage,
the purpose of the financing, history of the issuer, existence of other rated
securities of the issuer, and other relevant conditions, such as comparability
to other issuers.

         Set forth below is information regarding the policies of certain
Portfolios with respect to investments in high yield debt securities.





     -------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------
                      Portfolio
     -------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             

BlackRock High Yield                            The high yield securities acquired by the  Portfolio
                                                will generally be in the lower rating categories of the
                                                major rating services (BB or lower by Standard & Poor's
                                                or Ba or lower by Moody's) or will be determined by the
                                                Portfolio management team to be of similar quality.
                                                Split rated bonds will be considered to have a higher
                                                credit rating
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Forty                                     Intends to invest no more than 35% of its assets in high
                                                yield debt securities
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legg Mason Partners Managed                    The  Portfolio  has adopted an operating  policy that Assets
                                               prohibits it from purchasing any securities rated lower than
                                               BBB by  Standard & Poor's,  Baa by Moody's or, if unrated by
                                               such services,  are, in the Adviser's opinion, of equivalent
                                               quality,  if as a result  more  than 10% of the  Portfolio's
                                               assets  that  are  invested  in  debt  securities  would  be
                                               invested  in such  securities  and the  Portfolio  does  not
                                               purchase  any debt  securities  rated B or  lower by  either
                                               service  or  their  equivalent  -  for  this  purpose,  debt
                                               securities do not include convertible securities


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legg Mason Value Equity                         Intends to invest no more than 10% of its total assets
                                                in high yield debt securities
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Emerging Markets Equity                  Intends to invest no more than 10% of its net assets in
                                                high yield debt securities
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pioneer Fund                                    Intends to invest no more than 5% of its total assets in
                                                high yield debt securities
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pioneer Strategic Income                        Intends to invest no more than 70% of its total assets
                                                in high yield debt securities, but not more than 20% of
                                                total assets will be invested in debt securities rated
                                                below CCC by Standard & Poor's or the equivalent by
                                                another nationally recognized statistical rating
                                                organization, or determined to be of equivalent credit
                                                quality by the Adviser
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



          Hybrid Instruments.  (Met/AIM Capital Appreciation,  Met/AIM Small Cap
          Growth,  BlackRock Large Cap Core,  Met/Franklin Income,  Met/Franklin
          Mutual Shares,  Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value,  Janus Forty,  Lazard Mid
          Cap,  Legg Mason  Partners  Managed  Assets,  Legg Mason Value Equity,
          Loomis Sayles Global Markets,  PIMCO Inflation  Protected Bond,  PIMCO
          Total Return,  Pioneer Fund, Pioneer Strategic Income, RCM Technology,
          T.  Rowe  Price  Mid Cap  Growth  and  Third  Avenue  Small  Cap Value
          Portfolios)

         Although there are no percentage limitations on the amount of assets
that may be invested in hybrid instruments, the investment advisers to the
Portfolios do not anticipate that such investments will exceed 5% (10% with
respect to Pioneer Strategic Income and T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Portfolios)
of each Portfolio's total assets. Hybrid instruments are a form of derivative
and combine the elements of futures contracts or options with those of debt,
preferred equity or a depository instrument. Often these hybrid instruments are
indexed to the price of a commodity, particular currency, or a domestic or
foreign debt or equity securities index. Hybrid instruments may take a variety
of forms, including, but not limited to, debt instruments with interest or
principal payments or redemption terms determined by reference to the value of a
currency or commodity or securities index at a future point in time, preferred
stock with dividend rates determined by reference to the value of a currency, or
convertible securities with the conversion terms related to a particular
commodity. Hybrid instruments may bear interest or pay dividends at below market
(or even relatively nominal) rates. Under certain conditions, the redemption
value of such an instrument could be zero. Hybrid instruments can have volatile
prices and limited liquidity and their use by a Portfolio may not be successful.

          Illiquid  Securities.  (All  Portfolios  except  Turner Mid Cap Growth
          Portfolio)

         Each Portfolio may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid
securities and other securities which are not readily marketable, including
non-negotiable time deposits, certain restricted securities not deemed by the
Trust's Board of Trustees to be liquid and repurchase agreements with maturities
longer than seven days. Securities eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A
under the Securities Act of 1933, which have been determined to be liquid, will
not be considered by the Portfolios' investment advisers to be illiquid or not
readily marketable and, therefore, are not subject to the 15% limit. The
inability of a Portfolio to dispose of illiquid or not readily marketable
investments readily or at a reasonable price could impair the Portfolio's
ability to raise cash for redemptions or other purposes. The liquidity of
securities purchased by a Portfolio which are eligible for resale pursuant to
Rule 144A will be monitored by the Portfolios' investment advisers on an ongoing
basis, subject to the oversight of the Trustees. In the event that such a
security is deemed to be no longer liquid, a Portfolio's holdings will be
reviewed to determine what action, if any, is required to ensure that the
retention of such security does not result in a Portfolio having more than 15%
of its assets invested in illiquid or not readily marketable securities.

          Inflation-Indexed  Bonds. (BlackRock High Yield,  Met/Franklin Income,
          Met/Franklin  Mutual Shares,  Janus Forty, Legg Mason Partners Managed
          Assets, Loomis Sayles Global Markets,  PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond,
          PIMCO Total Return,  Pioneer Strategic Income and Met/Templeton Growth
          Portfolios)

         Inflation-indexed bonds are fixed income securities whose principal
value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Two
structures are common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers use a structure
that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Most other issuers
pay out the Consumer Price Index accruals as part of a semiannual coupon.

         Inflation-indexed securities issued by the U.S. Treasury have
maturities of five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities
with other maturities will be issued in the future. The U.S. Treasury securities
pay interest on a semi-annual basis, equal to a fixed percentage of the
inflation-adjusted principal amount. For example, if a Portfolio purchased an
inflation-indexed bond with a par value of $1,000 and a 3% real rate of return
coupon (payable 1.5% semi-annually), and inflation over the first six months was
1%, the mid-year par value of the bond would be $1,010 and the first semi-annual
interest payment would be $15.15 ($1,010 times 1.5%). If inflation during the
second half of the year resulted in the whole year's inflation equaling 3%, the
end-of-year par value of the bond would be $1,030 and the second semi-annual
interest payment would be $15.45 ($1,030 times 1.5%).

         If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the
principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and
consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect
to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond
principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of
U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds, even during a period of deflation.
However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed, and will
fluctuate. The Portfolio may also invest in other inflation related bonds which
may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not
provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be
less than the original principal.

         The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response
to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the
relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation.
Therefore, if inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest
rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of
inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a
faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a
decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds.

         While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term
inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in
value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example,
due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may
not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond's
inflation measure.

         The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-indexed bonds is tied to the
Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers ("CPI-U"), which is calculated monthly
by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in
the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation
and energy. Inflation-indexed bonds issued by a foreign government are generally
adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index, calculated by that government.
There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or any foreign inflation index will
accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and
services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a
foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United
States.

          Interest Rate Transactions.  (Met/AIM Capital Appreciation,  BlackRock
          High Yield,  Met/Franklin  Income,  Janus Forty,  Legg Mason  Partners
          Managed  Assets,  Loomis Sayles Global  Markets,  Oppenheimer  Capital
          Appreciation,  PIMCO Inflation  Protected Bond, PIMCO Total Return and
          Pioneer Strategic Income Portfolios)

         Among the strategic transactions into which the Portfolios may enter
are interest rate swaps and the purchase or sale of related caps and floors. A
Portfolio expects to enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a
return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, to
protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique or to
protect against any increase in the price of securities the Portfolio
anticipates purchasing at a later date. A Portfolio intends to use these
transactions as hedges and not as speculative investments and will not sell
interest rate caps or floors where it does not own securities or other
instruments providing the income stream the Portfolio may be obligated to pay.
Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by a Portfolio with another party of
their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, e.g., an exchange of
floating rate payments for fixed rate payments with respect to a notional amount
of principal. A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows on a
notional amount of two or more currencies based on the relative value
differential among them and an index swap is an agreement to swap cash flows on
a notional amount based on changes in the values of the reference indices. The
purchase of a cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specific index
exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a
notional principal amount from the party selling such cap. The purchase of a
floor entitles the purchaser to receive payments on a notional principal amount
from the party selling such floor to the extent that a specified index falls
below a predetermined interest rate or amount.

         A Portfolio will usually enter into swaps on a net basis, i.e., the two
payment streams are netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates
specified in the instrument, with the Portfolio receiving or paying, as the case
may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Inasmuch as these swaps, caps
and floors are entered into for good faith hedging purposes, the Advisers to the
Portfolios and the Trust believe such obligations do not constitute senior
securities under the 1940 Act and, accordingly, will not treat them as being
subject to its borrowing restrictions. A Portfolio will not enter into any swap,
cap and floor transaction unless, at the time of entering into such transaction,
the unsecured long-term debt of the counterparty, combined with any credit
enhancements, is rated at least "A" by Standard & Poor's or Moody's or has an
equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating
organization ("NRSRO") or is determined to be of equivalent credit quality by
the investment adviser. For a description of the NRSROs and their ratings, see
the Appendix. If there is a default by the counterparty, a Portfolio may have
contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The
swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks
and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing
standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become
relatively liquid. Caps and floors are more recent innovations for which
standardized documentation has not yet been fully developed and, accordingly,
they are less liquid than swaps.

         With respect to swaps, a Portfolio will accrue the net amount of the
excess, if any, of its obligations over its entitlements with respect to each
swap on a daily basis and will segregate an amount of cash or liquid high grade
securities having a value equal to the accrued excess. Caps and floors require
segregation of assets with a value equal to the Portfolio's net obligations, if
any.

         For purposes of applying a Portfolio's investment policies and
restrictions (as stated in the Prospectus and this Statement of Additional
Information) swap agreements are generally valued by the Portfolio at market
value. In the case of a credit default swap sold by a Portfolio (i.e., where the
Portfolio is selling credit default protection), however, the Portfolio will
generally value the swap at its notional amount. The manner in which certain
securities or other instruments are valued by the Portfolio for purposes of
applying investment policies and restrictions may differ from the manner in
which those investments are valued by other types of investors.


          Investment   Grade  Corporate  Debt   Securities.   (Met/AIM   Capital
          Appreciation,   Met/AIM  Small  Cap  Growth,   BlackRock  High  Yield,
          BlackRock Large Cap Core, Clarion Global Real Estate, Dreman Small Cap
          Value, Met/Franklin Income,  Met/Franklin Mutual Shares, Goldman Sachs
          Mid Cap  Value,  Janus  Forty,  Lazard Mid Cap,  Legg  Mason  Partners
          Aggressive  Growth,  Legg Mason Partners  Managed  Assets,  Legg Mason
          Value  Equity,   Loomis  Sayles  Global  Markets,   Lord  Abbett  Bond
          Debenture,  Lord Abbett  Growth and Income,  MFS(R)  Emerging  Markets
          Equity,   MFS(R)   Research    International,    Oppenheimer   Capital
          Appreciation,  PIMCO  Inflation  Protected  Bond,  PIMCO Total Return,
          Pioneer Fund, Pioneer Strategic Income, RCM Technology,  T. Rowe Price
          Mid Cap Growth,  Met/Templeton  Growth,  Third Avenue Small Cap Value,
          and Van Kampen Comstock Portfolios)


         Debt securities are rated by NRSROs. Securities rated BBB by Standard &
Poor's or Baa by Moody's are considered investment grade securities, but are
somewhat riskier than higher rated investment grade obligations because they are
regarded as having only an adequate capacity to pay principal and interest, and
are considered to lack outstanding investment characteristics and may be
speculative. See Appendix A for a description of the various securities ratings.


          Loans  and  Other   Direct   Indebtedness.   (BlackRock   High  Yield,
          Met/Franklin  Income,  Met/Franklin  Mutual Shares,  Janus Forty, Lord
          Abbett Bond Debenture,  Loomis Sayles Global Markets,  MFS(R) Emerging
          Markets  Equity,  Oppenheimer  Capital  Appreciation,  PIMCO Inflation
          Protected Bond, PIMCO Total Return,  Pioneer Fund,  Pioneer  Strategic
          Income,  T.  Rowe  Price  Mid  Cap  Growth  and  Met/Templeton  Growth
          Portfolios)


         By purchasing a loan, a Portfolio acquires some or all of the interest
of a bank or other lending institution in a loan to a corporate borrower. Many
such loans are secured, and most impose restrictive covenants which must be met
by the borrower. These loans are made generally to finance internal growth,
mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, leveraged buy-outs and other corporate
activities. Such loans may be in default at the time of purchase. A Portfolio
may also purchase trade or other claims against companies, which generally
represent money owed by the company to a supplier of goods or services. These
claims may also be purchased at a time when the company is in default. Certain
of the loans acquired by a Portfolio may involve revolving credit facilities or
other standby financing commitments which obligate the Portfolio to pay
additional cash on a certain date or on demand.

         The highly leveraged nature of many such loans may make such loans
especially vulnerable to adverse changes in economic or market conditions. Loans
and other direct investments may not be in the form of securities or may be
subject to restrictions on transfer, and only limited opportunities may exist to
resell such instruments. As a result, a Portfolio may be unable to sell such
investments at an opportune time or may have to resell them at less than fair
market value.

     Money Market Securities. (All Portfolios)

         Money market securities in which the Portfolios may invest include U.S.
government securities, U.S. dollar denominated instruments (such as bankers'
acceptances, commercial paper, domestic or Yankee certificates of deposit and
Eurodollar obligations) issued or guaranteed by bank holding companies in the
U.S., their subsidiaries and their foreign branches. These bank obligations may
be general obligations of the parent bank holding company or may be limited to
the issuing entity by the terms of the specific obligation or by government
regulation.

         Other money market securities in which a Portfolio may invest also
include certain variable and floating rate instruments and participations in
corporate loans to corporations in whose commercial paper or other short-term
obligations a Portfolio may invest. Because the bank issuing the participations
does not guarantee them in any way, they are subject to the credit risks
generally associated with the underlying corporate borrower. To the extent that
a Portfolio may be regarded as a creditor of the issuing bank (rather than of
the underlying corporate borrower under the terms of the loan participation),
the Portfolio may also be subject to credit risks associated with the issuing
bank. The secondary market, if any, for these loan participations is extremely
limited and any such participations purchased by a Portfolio will be regarded as
illiquid.

         A Portfolio may also invest in bonds and notes with remaining
maturities of thirteen months or less, variable rate notes and variable amount
master demand notes. A variable amount master demand note differs from ordinary
commercial paper in that it is issued pursuant to a written agreement between
the issuer and the holder, its amount may be increased from time to time by the
holder (subject to an agreed maximum) or decreased by the holder or the issuer,
it is payable on demand, the rate of interest payable on it varies with an
agreed formula and it is typically not rated by a rating agency. Transfer of
such notes is usually restricted by the issuer, and there is no secondary
trading market for them. Any variable amount master demand note purchased by a
Portfolio will be regarded as an illiquid security.

         Generally, the Portfolios will invest only in high quality money market
instruments, i.e., securities which have been assigned the highest quality
ratings by NRSROs such as "A-1" by Standard & Poor's or "Prime-1" by Moody's, or
if not rated, determined to be of comparable quality by the Portfolio's
investment adviser.

         The following Portfolios may invest in money market instruments rated
A-3 by Standard & Poor's and Prime-3 by Moody's.


o        Dreman Small Cap
o        Harris Oakmark International
o        Janus Forty
o        Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth
o        Loomis Sayles Global Markets
o        Lord Abbett Bond Debenture
o        Lord Abbett Growth and Income
o        Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value

o        PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond Portfolio

o        PIMCO Total Return
o        Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value Portfolio may invest in money
         market instruments rated A-2 by Standard & Poor's and Prime-2
         by Moody's.
o        Pioneer Fund and Pioneer Strategic Income may also invest in
         these instruments if they are rated below investment grade in
         accordance with their investment objective, policies and
         restrictions

         Met/Franklin Income generally will only invest in money market
instruments that have been assigned at least a "Caa" by Moody's or a "CCC" by
Standard & Poor's, or if not rated, determined to be of comparable quality by
the Portfolio's investment adviser.

          Mortgage-Backed  Securities.  (Met/AIM Capital  Appreciation,  Met/AIM
          Small  Cap  Growth,   BlackRock  High  Yield,   Met/Franklin   Income,
          Met/Franklin Mutual Shares,  Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value, Janus Forty,
          Lazard Mid Cap, Legg Mason Partners  Managed Assets,  Legg Mason Value
          Equity,  Loomis Sayles  Global  Markets,  Lord Abbett Bond  Debenture,
          MFS(R) Research  International,  PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond, PIMCO
          Total Return,  Pioneer Fund,  Pioneer  Strategic Income, T. Rowe Price
          Mid Cap Growth and Third Avenue Small Cap Value Portfolios)

         A mortgage-backed security may be an obligation of the issuer backed by
a mortgage or pool of mortgages or a direct interest in an underlying pool of
mortgages. Certain Portfolios may invest in CMOs and stripped mortgage-backed
securities that represent a participation in, or are secured by, mortgage loans.
Some mortgage-backed securities, such as CMOs, make payments of both principal
and interest at a variety of intervals; others make semi-annual interest
payments at a predetermined rate and repay principal at maturity (like a typical
bond). Mortgage-backed securities are based on different types of mortgages
including those on commercial real estate or residential properties.

         CMOs may be issued by a U.S. government agency or instrumentality or by
a private issuer. Although payment of the principal of, and interest on, the
underlying collateral securing privately issued CMOs may be guaranteed by the
U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, these CMOs represent
obligations solely of the private issuer and are not insured or guaranteed by
the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities or any other person or
entity. Prepayments could cause early retirement of CMOs. CMOs are designed to
reduce the risk of prepayment for investors by issuing multiple classes of
securities (or "tranches"), each having different maturities, interest rates and
payment schedules, and with the principal and interest on the underlying
mortgages allocated among the several classes in various ways. Payment of
interest or principal on some classes or series of CMOs may be subject to
contingencies or some classes or series may bear some or all of the risk of
default on the underlying mortgages. CMOs of different classes or series are
generally retired in sequence as the underlying mortgage loans in the mortgage
pool are repaid. If enough mortgages are repaid ahead of schedule, the classes
or series of a CMO with the earliest maturities generally will be retired prior
to their maturities. Thus, the early retirement of particular classes or series
of a CMO held by a Portfolio would have the same effect as the prepayment of
mortgages underlying other mortgage-backed securities. Conversely, slower than
anticipated prepayments can extend the effective maturities of CMOs subjecting
them to a greater risk of decline in market value in response to rising interest
rates than traditional debt securities, and, therefore, potentially increasing
the volatility of a Portfolio that invests in CMOs.

         The value of mortgage-backed securities may change due to shifts in the
market's perception of issuers. In addition, regulatory or tax changes may
adversely affect the mortgage securities market as a whole. Non-government
mortgage-backed securities may offer higher yields than those issued by
government entities, but also may be subject to greater price changes than
government issues. Mortgage-backed securities have yield and maturity
characteristics corresponding to the underlying assets. Unlike traditional debt
securities, which may pay a fixed rate of interest until maturity, when the
entire principal amount comes due, payments on certain mortgage-backed
securities include both interest and a partial repayment of principal. Besides
the scheduled repayment of principal, repayments of principal may result from
the voluntary prepayment, refinancing, or foreclosure of the underlying mortgage
loans.

         Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment risk. Prepayment,
which occurs when unscheduled or early payments are made on the underlying
mortgages, may shorten the effective maturities of these securities and may
lower their returns. If property owners make unscheduled prepayments of their
mortgage loans, these prepayments will result in early payment of the applicable
mortgage-related securities. In that event, the Portfolios, may be unable to
invest the proceeds from the early payment of the mortgage-related securities in
an investment that provides as high a yield as the mortgage-related securities.
Consequently, early payment associated with mortgage-related securities may
cause these securities to experience significantly greater price and yield
volatility than that experienced by traditional fixed income securities. The
occurrence of mortgage prepayments is affected by factors including the level of
interest rates, general economic conditions, the location and age of the
mortgage and other social and demographic conditions. During periods of falling
interest rates, the rate of mortgage prepayments tends to increase, thereby
tending to decrease the life of mortgage-related securities. During periods of
rising interest rates, the rate of mortgage prepayments usually decreases,
thereby tending to increase the life of mortgage-related securities. If the life
of a mortgage-related security is inaccurately predicted, a Portfolio may not be
able to realize the rate of return it expected.

         Mortgage-backed securities are less effective than other types of
securities as a means of "locking in" attractive long-term interest rates. One
reason is the need to reinvest prepayments of principal; another is the
possibility of significant unscheduled prepayments resulting from declines in
interest rates. Prepayments may cause losses on securities purchased at a
premium. At times, some of the mortgage-backed securities in which a Portfolio
may invest will have higher than market interest rates and, therefore, will be
purchased at a premium above their par value. Unscheduled prepayments, which are
made at par, will cause a Portfolio to experience a loss equal to any
unamortized premium.

         Stripped mortgage-backed securities are created when a U.S. government
agency or a financial institution separates the interest and principal
components of a mortgage-backed security and sells them as individual
securities. The securities may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the
U.S. government and private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans,
including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks,
investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing. Stripped
mortgage-backed securities are usually structured with two classes that receive
different portions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of
mortgage loans. The holder of the "principal-only" security ("PO") receives the
principal payments made by the underlying mortgage-backed security while the
holder of the "interest-only" security ("IO") receives interest payments from
the same underlying security. The Portfolios may invest in both the IO class and
the PO class. The prices of stripped mortgage-backed securities may be
particularly affected by changes in interest rates. The yield to maturity on an
IO class of stripped mortgage-backed securities is extremely sensitive not only
to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of the principal
payments (including prepayments) on the underlying assets. As interest rates
fall, prepayment rates tend to increase, which tends to reduce prices of IOs and
increase prices of POs. Rising interest rates can have the opposite effect.

         Prepayments may also result in losses on stripped mortgage-backed
securities. A rapid rate of principal prepayments may have a measurable adverse
effect on a Portfolio's yield to maturity to the extent it invests in IOs. If
the assets underlying the IO experience greater than anticipated prepayments of
principal, a Portfolio may fail to recoup fully its initial investments in these
securities. Conversely, POs tend to increase in value if prepayments are greater
than anticipated and decline if prepayments are slower than anticipated. The
secondary market for stripped mortgage-backed securities may be more volatile
and less liquid than that for other mortgage-backed securities, potentially
limiting the Portfolios' ability to buy and sell those securities at any
particular time.

         In the case of privately issued mortgage-related securities, the Trust
takes the position that such instruments do not represent interests in any
particular industry or group of industries.

          Municipal Fixed Income Securities. (BlackRock High Yield, Met/Franklin
          Income,  Legg Mason  Partners  Managed  Assets,  Loomis  Sayles Global
          Markets,  PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond, PIMCO Total Return,  Pioneer
          Fund and Pioneer Strategic Income Portfolios)


         A Portfolio may invest in municipal bonds of any state, territory or
possession of the U.S., including the District of Columbia. The Portfolio may
also invest in municipal bonds of any political subdivision, agency or
instrumentality (e.g., counties, cities, towns, villages, districts,
authorities) of the U.S. or its possessions. Municipal bonds are debt
instruments issued by or for a state or local government to support its general
financial needs or to pay for special projects such as airports, bridges,
highways, public transit, schools, hospitals, housing and water and sewer works
including residual interest bonds. Interest payments received by holders of
these securities are generally tax-free. Municipal bonds may also be issued to
refinance public debt.


         Municipal bonds are mainly divided between "general obligation" and
"revenue" bonds. General obligation bonds are backed by the full faith and
credit of governmental issuers with the power to tax. They are repaid from the
issuer's general revenues. Payment, however, may be dependent upon legislative
approval and may be subject to limitations on the issuer's taxing power.
Enforcement of payments due under general obligation bonds varies according to
the law applicable to the issuer. In contrast, revenue bonds are supported only
by the revenues generated by the project or facility.

         A Portfolio may also invest in industrial development bonds. Such bonds
are usually revenue bonds issued to pay for facilities with a public purpose
operated by private corporations. The credit quality of industrial development
bonds is usually directly related to the credit standing of the owner or user of
the facilities. To qualify as a municipal bond, the interest paid on an
industrial development bond must qualify as fully exempt from federal income
tax. However, the interest paid on an industrial development bond may be subject
to the federal alternative minimum tax.

         The yields on municipal bonds depend on such factors as market
conditions, the financial condition of the issuer and the issue's size, maturity
date and rating. Municipal bonds are rated by Standard & Poor's, Moody's and
Fitch Investor Services, Inc. Such ratings, however, are opinions, not absolute
standards of quality. Municipal bonds with the same maturity, interest rates and
rating may have different yields, while municipal bonds with the same maturity
and interest rate, but different ratings, may have the same yield. Once
purchased by the Portfolio, a municipal bond may cease to be rated or receive a
new rating below the minimum required for purchase by the Portfolio. Neither
event would require the Portfolio to sell the bond, but the Portfolio's
investment adviser would consider such events in determining whether the
Portfolio should continue to hold it.

         The ability of the Portfolio to achieve its investment objective
depends upon the continuing ability of the issuers of municipal bonds to pay
interest and principal when due. Municipal bonds are subject to the provisions
of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of
creditors. Such laws extend the time for payment of principal and/or interest,
and may otherwise restrict the Portfolio's ability to enforce its rights in the
event of default. Since there is generally less information available on the
financial condition of municipal bond issuers compared to other domestic issuers
of securities, the Portfolio's investment adviser may lack sufficient knowledge
of an issue's weaknesses. Other influences, such as litigation, may also
materially affect the ability of an issuer to pay principal and interest when
due. In addition, the market for municipal bonds is often thin and can be
temporarily affected by large purchases and sales, including those by the
Portfolio.

         From time to time, Congress has considered restricting or eliminating
the federal income tax exemption for interest on municipal bonds. Such actions
could materially affect the availability of municipal bonds and the value of
those already owned by the Portfolio. If such legislation were passed, the
Trust's Board of Trustees may recommend changes in the Portfolio's investment
objectives and policies.


        Options and Futures Strategies.  (All Portfolios)

         A Portfolio may seek to increase the current return on its investments
by writing covered call or covered put options. In addition, a Portfolio may at
times seek to hedge against either a decline in the value of its portfolio
securities or an increase in the price of securities which its Adviser plans to
purchase through the writing and purchase of options including options on stock
indices and the purchase and sale of futures contracts and related options.
Expenses and losses incurred as a result of such hedging strategies will reduce
a Portfolio's current return.

         The Advisers to the following Portfolios do not presently intend to
utilize options or futures contracts and related options but may do so in the
future.

o        Harris Oakmark International
o        Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth
o        Lord Abbett Bond Debenture
o        Lord Abbett Growth and Income
o        Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value





         The ability of a Portfolio to engage in the options and futures
strategies described below will depend on the availability of liquid markets in
such instruments. Markets in options and futures with respect to stock indices
and U.S. government securities are relatively new and still developing. It is
impossible to predict the amount of trading interest that may exist in various
types of options or futures. Therefore no assurance can be given that a
Portfolio will be able to utilize these instruments effectively for the purposes
stated below.

         Writing Covered Options on Securities. A Portfolio may write covered
call options and covered put options on optionable securities of the types in
which it is permitted to invest from time to time as its investment adviser
determines is appropriate in seeking to attain the Portfolio's investment
objective. Call options written by a Portfolio give the holder the right to buy
the underlying security from the Portfolio at a stated exercise price; put
options give the holder the right to sell the underlying security to the
Portfolio at a stated price.

         A Portfolio may only write call options on a covered basis or for
cross-hedging purposes and will only write covered put options. A put option
would be considered "covered" if the Portfolio owns an option to sell the
underlying security subject to the option having an exercise price equal to or
greater than the exercise price of the "covered" option at all times while the
put option is outstanding. A call option is covered if the Portfolio owns or has
the right to acquire the underlying securities subject to the call option (or
comparable securities satisfying the cover requirements of securities exchanges)
at all times during the option period. A call option is for cross-hedging
purposes if it is not covered, but is designed to provide a hedge against
another security which the Portfolio owns or has the right to acquire. In the
case of a call written for cross-hedging purposes or a put option, the Portfolio
will maintain in a segregated account at the Trust's custodian bank or earmark
liquid assets with a value equal to or greater than the Portfolio's obligation
under the option. A written call option is also covered if the Portfolio
maintains in a segregated bank account at the Trust's custodian bank or earmarks
liquid assets with the value equal to or greater than the Portfolio's obligation
under the option. A Portfolio may also write combinations of covered puts and
covered calls on the same underlying security.

         A Portfolio will receive a premium from writing an option, which
increases the Portfolio's return in the event the option expires unexercised or
is terminated at a profit. The amount of the premium will reflect, among other
things, the relationship of the market price of the underlying security to the
exercise price of the option, the term of the option, and the volatility of the
market price of the underlying security. By writing a call option, a Portfolio
will limit its opportunity to profit from any increase in the market value of
the underlying security above the exercise price of the option. By writing a put
option, a Portfolio will assume the risk that it may be required to purchase the
underlying security for an exercise price higher than its then current market
price, resulting in a potential capital loss if the purchase price exceeds the
market price plus the amount of the premium received.

         A Portfolio may terminate an option which it has written prior to its
expiration by entering into a closing purchase transaction in which it purchases
an option having the same terms as the option written. The Portfolio will
realize a profit (or loss) from such transaction if the cost of such transaction
is less (or more) than the premium received from the writing of the option.
Because increases in the market price of a call option will generally reflect
increases in the market price of the underlying security, any loss resulting
from the repurchase of a call option may be offset in whole or in part by
unrealized appreciation of the underlying security owned by the Portfolio.

         Purchasing Put and Call Options on Securities. A Portfolio may purchase
put options to protect its portfolio holdings in an underlying security against
a decline in market value. This protection is provided during the life of the
put option since the Portfolio, as holder of the put, is able to sell the
underlying security at the exercise price regardless of any decline in the
underlying security's market price. For the purchase of a put option to be
profitable, the market price of the underlying security must decline
sufficiently below the exercise price to cover the premium and transaction
costs. By using put options in this manner, any profit which the Portfolio might
otherwise have realized on the underlying security will be reduced by the
premium paid for the put option and by transaction costs.

         A Portfolio may also purchase a call option to hedge against an
increase in price of a security that it intends to purchase. This protection is
provided during the life of the call option since the Portfolio, as holder of
the call, is able to buy the underlying security at the exercise price
regardless of any increase in the underlying security's market price. For the
purchase of a call option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying
security must rise sufficiently above the exercise price to cover the premium
and transaction costs. By using call options in this manner, any profit which
the Portfolio might have realized had it bought the underlying security at the
time it purchased the call option will be reduced by the premium paid for the
call option and by transaction costs.

         Except for the following Portfolios, no Portfolio intends to purchase
put or call options if, as a result of any such transaction, the aggregate cost
of options held by the Portfolio at the time of such transaction would exceed 5%
of its total assets.

o        Met/AIM Capital Appreciation Portfolio - no specific limitation
         (but not for speculative purposes)
o        Dreman Small Cap (but not if, as a result of any such
         transaction, the aggregate cost of options held by the
         Portfolio at the time of such transaction would exceed 10% of
         its total assets)
o        Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value - no specific limitation
o        Janus Forty (but not if, as a result of any such transaction,
         the aggregate cost of options held by the Portfolio at the
         time of such transaction would exceed 10% of its total assets)
o        Loomis Sayles Global Markets - no specific limitation o PIMCO
         Inflation Protected Bond - no specific limitation
o        PIMCO Total Return - no specific limitation
o        Pioneer Fund (although no specific limitation on investing in
         derivatives, the Portfolio does not use derivatives as a primary
         investment technique and   generally limits their use to hedging)
o        Pioneer Strategic Income (although no specific limitation on
         investing in derivatives, the Portfolio does not use derivatives
         as a primary investment technique and generally limits their
         use to hedging)
o        RCM Technology - no specific limitation


         The Met/AIM Capital Appreciation and Met/AIM Small Cap Growth
Portfolios will not write (sell) options if, immediately after such sale, the
aggregate value of securities or obligations underlying the outstanding options
exceeds 20% of the Portfolios' total assets.

         Purchase and Sale of Options and Futures on Stock Indices. A Portfolio
may purchase and sell options on stock indices and stock index futures contracts
either as a hedge against movements in the equity markets or for other
investment purposes.

         Options on stock indices are similar to options on specific securities
except that, rather than the right to take or make delivery of the specific
security at a specific price, an option on a stock index gives the holder the
right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing
level of that stock index is greater than, in the case of a call, or less than,
in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option. This amount of cash is
equal to such difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise
price of the option expressed in dollars times a specified multiple. The writer
of the option is obligated, in return for the premium received, to make delivery
of this amount. Unlike options on specific securities, all settlements of
options on stock indices are in cash and gain or loss depends on general
movements in the stocks included in the index rather than price movements in
particular stocks. Currently options traded include the Standard & Poor's 500
Composite Stock Price Index, the NYSE Composite Index, the AMEX Market Value
Index, the NASDAQ 100 Index, the Nikkei 225 Stock Average Index, the Financial
Times Stock Exchange 100 Index and other standard broadly based stock market
indices. Options are also traded in certain industry or market segment indices
such as the Pharmaceutical Index.

         A stock index futures contract is an agreement in which one party
agrees to deliver to the other an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar
amount times the difference between the value of a specific stock index at the
close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the
agreement is made. No physical delivery of securities is made.

         If a Portfolio's Adviser expects general stock market prices to rise,
it might purchase a call option on a stock index or a futures contract on that
index as a hedge against an increase in prices of particular equity securities
it wants ultimately to buy for the Portfolio. If in fact the stock index does
rise, the price of the particular equity securities intended to be purchased may
also increase, but that increase would be offset in part by the increase in the
value of the Portfolio's index option or futures contract resulting from the
increase in the index. If, on the other hand, the Portfolio's Adviser expects
general stock market prices to decline, it might purchase a put option or sell a
futures contract on the index. If that index does in fact decline, the value of
some or all of the equity securities held by the Portfolio may also be expected
to decline, but that decrease would be offset in part by the increase in the
value of the Portfolio's position in such put option or futures contract.

         Purchase and Sale of Interest Rate Futures A Portfolio may purchase and
sell interest rate futures contracts on fixed income securities or indices of
such securities, including municipal indices and any other indices of fixed
income securities that may become available for trading either for the purpose
of hedging its portfolio securities against the adverse effects of anticipated
movements in interest rates or for other investment purposes.

         A Portfolio may sell interest rate futures contracts in anticipation of
an increase in the general level of interest rates. Generally, as interest rates
rise, the market value of the securities held by a Portfolio will fall, thus
reducing the net asset value of the Portfolio. This interest rate risk can be
reduced without employing futures as a hedge by selling such securities and
either reinvesting the proceeds in securities with shorter maturities or by
holding assets in cash. However, this strategy entails increased transaction
costs in the form of dealer spreads and brokerage commissions and would
typically reduce the Portfolio's average yield as a result of the shortening of
maturities.

         The sale of interest rate futures contracts provides a means of hedging
against rising interest rates. As rates increase, the value of a Portfolio's
short position in the futures contracts will also tend to increase thus
offsetting all or a portion of the depreciation in the market value of the
Portfolio's investments that are being hedged. While the Portfolio will incur
commission expenses in selling and closing out futures positions (which is done
by taking an opposite position in the futures contract), commissions on futures
transactions are lower than transaction costs incurred in the purchase and sale
of portfolio securities.

         A Portfolio may purchase interest rate futures contracts in
anticipation of a decline in interest rates when it is not fully invested. As
such purchases are made, it is expected that an equivalent amount of futures
contracts will be closed out.

         A Portfolio will enter into futures contracts which are traded on
national or foreign futures exchanges, and are standardized as to maturity date
and the underlying financial instrument. Futures exchanges and trading in the
U.S. are regulated under the Commodity Exchange Act by the CFTC. Futures are
traded in London at the London International Financial Futures Exchange, in
Paris at the MATIF, and in Tokyo at the Tokyo Stock Exchange.

         With respect to futures contracts that are not legally required to
"cash settle," a Portfolio may cover the open position by setting aside or
earmarking liquid assets in an amount equal to the market value of the futures
contract. With respect to futures that are required to "cash settle," however, a
Portfolio is permitted to set aside or earmark liquid assets in an amount equal
to the Portfolio's daily marked to market (net) obligation, if any, (in other
words, the Portfolio's daily net liability, if any) rather than the market value
of the futures contract. By setting aside assets equal to only its net
obligation under cash-settled futures, a Portfolio will have the ability to
employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Portfolio were required to
segregate assets equal to the full market value of the futures contract.

         Options on Futures Contracts A Portfolio may purchase and write call
and put options on stock index and interest rate futures contracts. A Portfolio
may use such options on futures contracts in connection with its hedging
strategies in lieu of purchasing and writing options directly on the underlying
securities or stock indices or purchasing or selling the underlying futures. For
example, a Portfolio may purchase put options or write call options on stock
index futures or interest rate futures, rather than selling futures contracts,
in anticipation of a decline in general stock market prices or rise in interest
rates, respectively, or purchase call options or write put options on stock
index or interest rate futures, rather than purchasing such futures, to hedge
against possible increases in the price of equity securities or debt securities,
respectively, which the Portfolio intends to purchase.

         In connection with transactions in stock index options, stock index
futures, interest rate futures and related options on such futures, a Portfolio
will be required to deposit as "initial margin" an amount of cash and short-term
U.S. government securities. The current initial margin requirements per contract
ranges from approximately 2% to 10% of the contract amount. Thereafter,
subsequent payments (referred to as "variation margin") are made to and from the
broker to reflect changes in the value of the futures contract. Brokers may
establish deposit requirements higher than exchange minimums.





         Risks of Options and Futures Strategies The effective use of options
and futures strategies depends, among other things, on a Portfolio's ability to
terminate options and futures positions at times when its investment adviser
deems it desirable to do so. Although a Portfolio will not enter into an option
or futures position unless its Adviser believes that a liquid market exists for
such option or future, there can be no assurance that a Portfolio will be able
to effect closing transactions at any particular time or at an acceptable price.
The Advisers generally expect that options and futures transactions for the
Portfolios will be conducted on recognized exchanges. However, a Portfolio may
also purchase and sell options in the over-the-counter market. The staff of the
Securities and Exchange Commission considers over-the-counter options to be
illiquid. A Portfolio's ability to terminate option positions established in the
over-the-counter market may be more limited than in the case of exchange traded
options and may also involve the risk that securities dealers participating in
such transactions would fail to meet their obligations to the Portfolio.

         The use of options and futures involves the risk of imperfect
correlation between movements in options and futures prices and movements in the
price of the securities that are the subject of the hedge. The successful use of
these strategies also depends on the ability of a Portfolio's Adviser to
forecast correctly interest rate movements and general stock market price
movements. This risk increases as the composition of the securities held by the
Portfolio diverges from the composition of the relevant option or futures
contract.

          Other  Investment  Companies.  (All  Portfolios  except  Met/Templeton
          Growth and Turner Mid Cap Growth Portfolios)

         Except as provided below, in connection with its investments in
accordance with the various investment disciplines, a Portfolio may invest up to
10% of its total assets in shares of other investment companies (including
exchange-traded funds such as Standard & Poor's Depository Receipts ("SPDRs")
and iSharesSM as defined below) but may neither invest more than 5% of its total
assets in any one investment company nor acquire more than 3% of the voting
securities of such other investment company. A Portfolio will indirectly bear
its proportionate share of any management fees and other expenses paid by
investment companies in which it invests in addition to the management fees (and
other expenses) paid by the Portfolio. Because of restrictions on direct
investment by U.S. entities in certain countries, other investment companies may
provide the most practical or only way for a Portfolio to invest in certain
markets. Such investments may involve the payment of substantial premiums above
the net asset value of those investment companies' portfolio securities. A
Portfolio also may incur tax liability to the extent it invests in the stock of
a foreign issuer that is a "passive foreign investment company" regardless of
whether such "passive foreign investment company" makes distributions to the
Portfolio. Each Portfolio does not intend to invest in other investment
companies unless, in the Adviser's judgment, the potential benefits exceed
associated costs.

         Exchange-traded funds are shares of unaffiliated investment companies
issuing shares which are traded like traditional equity securities on a national
stock exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated
Quotations System ("NASDAQ") National Market System. SPDRs are interests in a
unit investment trust ("UIT") that may be obtained from the UIT or purchased in
the secondary market (SPDRs are listed on the American Stock Exchange). The UIT
was established to accumulate and hold a portfolio of common stocks that is
intended to track the price performance and dividend yield of the Standard &
Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index (the "S&P 500"). The UIT is sponsored by
a subsidiary of the AMEX. SPDRs may be used for several reasons, including, but
not limited to, facilitating the handling of cash flows or trading or reducing
transaction costs. The price movement of SPDRs may not perfectly parallel the
price activity of the S&P 500. The UIT will issue SPDRs in aggregations known as
"Creation Units" in exchange for a "Portfolio Deposit" consisting of (i) a
portfolio of securities substantially similar to the component securities
("Index Securities") of the S&P 500, (ii) a cash payment equal to a pro rata
portion of the dividends accrued on the UIT's portfolio securities since the
last dividend payment by the UIT, a net of expenses and liabilities, and (iii) a
cash payment or credit ("Balancing Amount") designed to equalize the net asset
value of the S&P Index and the net asset value of Portfolio Deposit.

         SPDRs are not individually redeemable, except upon termination of the
UIT. To redeem, an investor must accumulate enough SPDRs to reconstitute a
Creation Unit. The liquidity of small holdings of SPDRs, therefore, will depend
upon the existence of a secondary market. Upon redemption of a Creation Unit, an
investor will receive Index Securities and cash identical to the Portfolio
Deposit required of an investor wishing to purchase a Creation Unit that day.

         The price of SPDRs is derived from and based upon the securities held
by the UIT. Accordingly, the level of risk involved in the purchase or sale of a
SPDR is similar to the risk involved in the purchase or sale of traditional
common stock, with the exception that the pricing mechanism for SPDRs is based
on a basket of stocks. Disruptions in the markets for the securities underlying
SPDRs purchased or sold by the Portfolios could result in losses on SPDRs.

         A Portfolio may, subject to the limitations stated above, invest in
iSharesSM and similar securities that invest in securities included in specified
indices, including the MSCI indices for various countries and regions. iSharesSM
are listed on the AMEX and were initially offered to the public in 1996. The
market prices of iSharesSM are expected to fluctuate in accordance with both
changes in the net asset values ("NAV") of their underlying indices and supply
and demand of iSharesSM on the AMEX. However, iSharesSM have a limited operating
history and information is lacking regarding the actual performance and trading
liquidity of iSharesSM for extended periods or over complete market cycles. In
addition, there is no assurance that the requirements of the AMEX necessary to
maintain the listing of iSharesSM will continue to be met or will remain
unchanged. In the event substantial market or other disruptions affecting
iSharesSM should occur in the future, the liquidity and value of a Portfolio's
shares could also be substantially and adversely affected. If such disruptions
were to occur, a Portfolio could be required to reconsider the use of iSharesSM
as part of its investment strategy.





     Each Allocation  Portfolio  invests  substantially all of its assets in the
securities of other investment companies.

     Portfolio Turnover

         While it is impossible to predict portfolio turnover rates, the
Advisers to the Portfolios do not anticipate the turnover rate to exceed 100%,
except as follows.




- -------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                
Turnover Rate                                      Portfolio
- -------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Over 100%                                          PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond and PIMCO Total Return
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Under 150%                                         Legg Mason Partners Managed Assets (equity portion)

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Under 200%                                         Batterymarch Growth and Income, Legg Mason Partners Managed Assets,
                                                   Turner Mid Cap Growth and Van Kampen Mid Cap Growth

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under 300%                                         RCM Technology
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



     Preferred  Stocks (All  Portfolios  except Legg Mason  Partners  Aggressive
Growth and Turner Mid Cap Growth Portfolios)

         A Portfolio may purchase preferred stock. Preferred stock, unlike
common stock, has a stated dividend rate payable from the corporation's
earnings. Preferred stock dividends may be cumulative or non-cumulative,
participating, or auction rate. "Cumulative" dividend provisions require all or
a portion of prior unpaid dividends to be paid.

         If interest rates rise, the fixed dividend on preferred stocks may be
less attractive, causing the price of preferred stocks to decline. Preferred
stock may have mandatory sinking fund provisions, as well as call/redemption
provisions prior to maturity, which can be a negative feature when interest
rates decline. Preferred stock also generally has a preference over common stock
on the distribution of a corporation's assets in the event of liquidation of the
corporation. Preferred stock may be "participating" stock, which means that it
may be entitled to a dividend exceeding the stated dividend in certain cases.
The rights of preferred stock on distribution of a corporation's assets in the
event of a liquidation are generally subordinate to the rights associated with a
corporation's debt securities.

          Real Estate Investment  Trusts.  (All Portfolios except BlackRock High
          Yield,  Harris Oakmark  International,  Legg Mason Partners Aggressive
          Growth and Van Kampen Comstock Portfolios)

         Except as set forth below, a Portfolio may invest up to 5% of its net
assets in investments related to real estate, including real estate investment
trusts ("REITs").

         The following Portfolios may invest up to 10% of their total assets in
REITs.

o        Met/Franklin Income

o        T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth

o        Van Kampen Comstock
o        Van Kampen Mid Cap Growth


     The  following  Portfolios  may invest up to 15% of their  total  assets in
REITs.

o        Met/AIM Small Cap Growth
o        Dreman Small Cap Value
o        Met/Franklin Mutual Shares
o        Lazard Mid Cap
o        Legg Mason Value Equity
o        Loomis Sayles Global Markets
o        Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation


         The following Portfolio may invest up to 20% of its net assets in
REITs.

o        Pioneer Fund


         The following Portfolios may invest in REITs without limit.

o        Clarion Global Real Estate
o        Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value
o        PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond
o        PIMCO Total Return
o        Pioneer Strategic Income



         Risks associated with investments in securities of companies in the
real estate industry include: decline in the value of real estate; risks related
to general and local economic conditions; overbuilding and increased
competition; increases in property taxes and operating expenses; changes in
zoning laws; casualty or condemnation losses; variations in rental income;
changes in neighborhood values; the appeal of properties to tenants; and
increases in interest rates. In addition, equity REITs may be affected by
changes in the values of the underlying property owned by the trusts, while
mortgage real estate investment trusts may be affected by the quality of credit
extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, may not be diversified and
are subject to the risks of financing projects. Such REITs are also subject to
heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers, self liquidation and the
possibility of failing to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and to maintain exemption
from the 1940 Act. In the event an issuer of debt securities collateralized by
real estate defaults, it is conceivable that the REITs could end up holding the
underlying real estate.

          Repurchase  Agreements.  (All Portfolios except  Met/Templeton  Growth
          Portfolio)

         Each of the Portfolios may enter into repurchase agreements with a
bank, broker-dealer, or other financial institution but no Portfolio may invest
more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities, including repurchase
agreements having maturities of greater than seven days. A Portfolio may enter
into repurchase agreements, provided the Trust's custodian always has possession
of securities serving as collateral whose market value at least equals the
amount of the repurchase obligation. To minimize the risk of loss a Portfolio
will enter into repurchase agreements only with financial institutions which are
considered by its investment adviser to be creditworthy. If an institution
enters an insolvency proceeding, the resulting delay in liquidation of the
securities serving as collateral could cause a Portfolio some loss, as well as
legal expense, if the value of the securities declines prior to liquidation.


          Reverse Repurchase Agreements.  (All Portfolios except BlackRock Large
          Cap  Core,   Clarion   Global  Real   Estate,   Met/Franklin   Income,
          Met/Franklin  Mutual  Shares,  Goldman  Sachs  Mid Cap  Value,  Harris
          Oakmark International, MFS(R) Emerging Markets Equity, MFS(R) Research
          International, Rainier Large Cap Equity, T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth,
          Turner Mid Cap Growth,  Met/Templeton  Growth and Van Kampen  Comstock
          Portfolios)



         A Portfolio may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with brokers,
dealers, domestic and foreign banks or other financial institutions. In a
reverse repurchase agreement, the Portfolio sells a security and agrees to
repurchase it at a mutually agreed upon date and price, reflecting the interest
rate effective for the term of the agreement. It may also be viewed as the
borrowing of money by the Portfolio. The Portfolio's investment of the proceeds
of a reverse repurchase agreement is the speculative factor known as leverage.
Leverage may cause any gains or losses of the Portfolio to be magnified. The
Portfolio may enter into a reverse repurchase agreement only if the interest
income from investment of the proceeds is greater than the interest expense of
the transaction and the proceeds are invested for a period no longer than the
term of the agreement. At the time a Portfolio enters into a reverse repurchase
agreement, it will earmark, or establish and maintain a segregated account with
an approved custodian containing, cash or other liquid securities having a value
not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest). If interest
rates rise during a reverse repurchase agreement, it may adversely affect the
Portfolio's net asset value. Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be
borrowings under the 1940 Act.

         The assets contained in the segregated account will be marked-to-market
daily and additional assets will be placed in such account on any day in which
the assets fall below the repurchase price (plus accrued interest). A
Portfolio's liquidity and ability to manage its assets might be affected when it
sets aside cash or portfolio securities to cover such commitments. Reverse
repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities
retained in lieu of sale may decline below the price of the securities a
Portfolio has sold but is obligated to repurchase. In the event the buyer of
securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes
insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of
time to determine whether to enforce a Portfolio's obligation to repurchase the
securities, and a Portfolio's use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase
agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision.

          Rights and Warrants.  (All Portfolios  except Rainier Large Cap Equity
          Portfolio)

         A Portfolio may purchase rights and warrants. Warrants basically are
options to purchase equity securities at specific prices valid for a specific
period of time. Their prices do not necessarily move parallel to the prices of
the underlying securities. Rights are similar to warrants, but normally have a
short duration and are distributed directly by the issuer to its shareholders.
Rights and warrants have no voting rights, receive no dividends and have no
rights with respect to the assets of the issuer. These investments carry the
risk that they may be worthless to the Portfolio at the time it may exercise its
rights, due to the fact that the underlying securities have a market value less
than the exercise price.

         Low Exercise Price Call Warrants are used to gain exposure to stocks in
difficult to access local markets. The warrants typically have a strike price
set where the value of the warrants will be identical to the price of the
underlying stock price. The value of the warrants fluctuate in line with the
value of the underlying stock price and therefore, the risk and return profile
of the warrants is virtually the same as owning the underlying securities. The
warrants have no voting rights. Dividends issued to the warrant issuer by the
underlying company will be distributed to the warrant holders, net of any taxes
or commissions imposed by the local jurisdiction in respect of the receipt of
such amount. In addition, the warrants are not exchangeable into the ordinary
shares of the underlying stock. Low Exercise Price Call Warrants are typically
sold in private placement transactions and may be classified as derivative
instruments.

          Securities Loans. (All Portfolios)

         All securities loans will be made pursuant to agreements requiring the
loans to be continuously secured by collateral in cash or high grade debt
obligations at least equal at all times to the market value of the loaned
securities. The borrower pays to the Portfolios an amount equal to any dividends
or interest received on loaned securities. The Portfolios retain all or a
portion of the interest received on investment of cash collateral or receive a
fee from the borrower. Lending portfolio securities involves risks of delay in
recovery of the loaned securities or in some cases loss of rights in the
collateral should the borrower fail financially.

         Securities loans are made to broker-dealers or institutional investors
or other persons, pursuant to agreements requiring that the loans be
continuously secured by collateral at least equal at all times to the value of
the loaned securities marked-to-market on a daily basis. The collateral received
will consist of cash, U.S. government securities, letters of credit or such
other collateral as may be permitted under a Portfolio's securities lending
program. While the securities are being loaned, a Portfolio will continue to
receive the equivalent of the interest or dividends paid by the issuer on the
securities, as well as interest on the investment of the collateral or a fee
from the borrower. A Portfolio has a right to call each loan and obtain the
securities on five business days' notice or, in connection with securities
trading on foreign markets, within such longer period for purchases and sales of
such securities in such foreign markets. A Portfolio will generally not have the
right to vote securities while they are being loaned, but its Manager or Adviser
will call a loan in anticipation of any important vote. The risks in lending
portfolio securities, as with other extensions of secured credit, consist of
possible delay in receiving additional collateral or in the recovery of the
securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail
financially. Loans will only be made to firms deemed by a Portfolio's Adviser to
be of good standing and will not be made unless, in the judgment of the Adviser,
the consideration to be earned from such loans would justify the risk.

          Short Sales. (Met/AIM Capital Appreciation,  Met/AIM Small Cap Growth,
          BlackRock  Large Cap Core,  Met/Franklin  Mutual Shares,  Janus Forty,
          Lazard Mid Cap, Legg Mason Value Equity, Loomis Sayles Global Markets,
          MFS(R) Emerging Markets Equity, MFS(R) Research  International,  PIMCO
          Inflation  Protected Bond, PIMCO Total Return,  Pioneer Fund,  Pioneer
          Strategic  Income,  RCM  Technology  and T. Rowe  Price Mid Cap Growth
          Portfolios)

         A Portfolio may enter into a "short sale" of securities in
circumstances in which, at the time the short position is open, the Portfolio
owns an equal amount of the securities sold short or owns preferred stocks or
debt securities, convertible or exchangeable without payment of further
consideration, into an equal number of securities sold short. This kind of short
sale, which is referred to as one "against the box," may be entered into by each
Portfolio to, for example, lock in a sale price for a security the Portfolio
does not wish to sell immediately.

         The following Portfolios may make short sales of a security they do not
own.

o        Janus Forty (up to 8% of its total assets)
o        PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond
o        PIMCO Total Return
o        RCM Technology

         To complete such a transaction, the Portfolio must borrow the security
to make delivery to the buyer. The Portfolio then is obligated to replace the
security borrowed by purchasing it at market price at the time of replacement.
The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security
was sold by the Portfolio. Until the security is replaced, the Portfolio is
required to pay to the lender any dividends or interest which accrue during the
period of the loan. To borrow the security, the Portfolio also may be required
to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. The
proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker, to the extent
necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.
Until the Portfolio replaces a borrowed security, the Portfolio will segregate
with its custodian, or earmark, cash or other liquid assets at such a level that
(i) the amount segregated, or earmark, plus the amount deposited with the broker
as collateral will equal the current value of the security sold short and (ii)
the amount segregated plus the amount deposited with the broker as collateral
will not be less than the market value of the security at the time it was sold
short. The Portfolio will incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the
price of the security increases between the date of the short sale and the date
on which the Portfolio replaces the borrowed security. The Portfolio will
realize a gain if the security declines in price between those dates. This
result is the opposite of what one would expect from a cash purchase of a long
position in a security. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount
of any loss increased, by the amount of any premium, dividends or interest the
Portfolio may be required to pay in connection with a short sale. No more than
one third of the Portfolio's net assets will be, when added together: (i)
deposited as collateral for the obligation to replace securities borrowed to
effect short sales; and (ii) segregated in connection with short sales.

          Structured Notes. (Met/AIM Capital Appreciation,  Met/Franklin Income,
          Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value,  Janus Forty, Legg Mason Partners Managed
          Assets,  Legg Mason Value Equity,  Loomis Sayles Global Markets,  Lord
          Abbett Bond  Debenture,  PIMCO Inflation  Protected Bond,  PIMCO Total
          Return,  Pioneer Fund, Pioneer Strategic Income, T. Rowe Price Mid Cap
          Growth and Met/Templeton Growth Portfolios)

         Structured notes are derivatives on which the amount of principal
repayment and/or interest payments is based upon the movement of one or more
factors. Structured notes are interests in entities organized and operated
solely for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of debt
obligations. This type of restructuring involves the deposit with or purchase by
an entity, such as a corporation or trust, of specified securities backed by, or
representing interests in, the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the
underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued structured
notes to create securities with different investment characteristics such as
varying maturities, payment priorities and interest rate provisions, and the
extent of the payment made with respect to structured notes is dependent on the
extent of the cash flow on the underlying instruments. Certain issuers of
structured notes may be deemed to be "investment companies" as defined in the
1940 Act. As a result, a Portfolio's investment in these structured notes may be
limited by restrictions contained in the 1940 Act. Structured notes are
typically sold in private placement transactions, and there currently is no
active trading market for structured notes.

         Credit Linked Notes. The BlackRock High Yield, Met/Franklin Income,
Janus Forty, Loomis Sayles Global Markets, PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond, PIMCO
Total Return, Pioneer Fund and Pioneer Strategic Income Portfolios may also
purchase credit linked notes ("CLNs"). A CLN is an instrument in which a special
purpose entity (the "Note Issuer") issues a structured note that is intended to
replicate a corporate bond or portfolios of corporate bonds. The purchaser of
the CLN invests a par amount and receives a payment during the term of the CLN
that equals a fixed or floating rate of interest equivalent to that of a highly
rated asset (such as a bank certificate of deposit) plus an additional premium
that relates to taking on the credit risk of an identified bond (the "Reference
Bond"). Upon maturity of the CLN, the purchaser will receive payment equal to
(1) the original par amount paid to the Note Issuer, if there was neither a
default on the Reference Bond nor a restructuring of the issuer of the Reference
Bond, or (2) the value of the Reference Bond, if there has been such a default
or restructuring. Depending on the terms of the CLN, it is also possible that
the purchaser may be required to take physical delivery of the Reference Bond in
the event of a default or restructuring. In addition to being subject to the
risks relating to the Reference Bond, the purchaser of a CLN may be subject to
the credit risk of the Note Issuer. In addition, there may not be a secondary
market for the CLN even though such a market exists for the Reference Board.


          Swaps.  (Met/AIM  Capital  Appreciation,  Met/AIM  Small  Cap  Growth,
          BlackRock High Yield, Clarion Global Real Estate,  Met/Franklin Mutual
          Shares,  Janus Forty,  Loomis Sayles Global Markets,  Lord Abbett Bond
          Debenture,  Lord Abbett Growth and Income,  Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value,
          MFS(R) Emerging Markets Equity, MFS(R) Research  International,  PIMCO
          Inflation  Protected Bond, PIMCO Total Return,  Pioneer Fund,  Pioneer
          Strategic Income, RCM Technology and Met/Templeton Growth Portfolios)


         Swap contracts are derivatives in the form of a contract or other
similar instrument, which is an agreement to exchange the return generated by
one instrument for the return generated by another instrument. The payment
streams are calculated by reference to a specified index and agreed upon
notional amount. The term "specified index" includes, but is not limited to,
currencies, fixed interest rates, prices and total return on interest rate
indices, fixed income indices, stock indices and commodity indices (as well as
amounts derived from arithmetic operations on these indices). For example, a
Portfolio may agree to swap the return generated by a fixed income index for the
return generated by a second fixed income index. The currency swaps in which a
Portfolio may enter will generally involve an agreement to pay interest streams
in one currency based on a specified index in exchange for receiving interest
streams denominated in another currency. Such swaps may involve initial and
final exchanges that correspond to the agreed upon notional amount.

         A Portfolio will usually enter into swaps on a net basis, i.e., the two
payment streams are netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates
specified in the instrument, with the Portfolio receiving or paying, as the case
may be, only the net amount of the two payments. A Portfolio's obligations under
a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the
Portfolio) and any accrued by unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty
will be covered by designating the segregation, either on its records or with
the Trust's custodian, of cash or other liquid assets, to avoid any potential
leveraging of a Portfolio. To the extent that the net amounts owed to a swap
counterparty are covered with such liquid assets, the Advisers believe such
obligations do not constitute "senior securities" under the 1940 Act and
accordingly, the Adviser will not treat them as being subject to a Portfolio's
borrowing restrictions. A Portfolio may enter into OTC swap transactions with
counterparties that are approved by the Advisers in accordance with guidelines
established by the Board of Trustees. These guidelines provide for a minimum
credit rating for each counterparty and various credit enhancement techniques
(for example, collateralization of amounts due from counterparties) to limit
exposure to counterparties that have lower credit ratings.

         The swaps in which a Portfolio may engage may include instruments under
which one party pays a single or periodic fixed amount(s) (or premium), and the
other party pays periodic amounts based on the movement of a specified index.
Swaps do not involve the delivery of securities, other underlying assets, or
principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to swaps is limited to the
net amount of payments the Portfolio is contractually obligated to make. If the
other party to a swap defaults, the Portfolio's risk of loss consists of the net
amount of payments that the Portfolio contractually is entitled to receive.
Currency swaps usually involve the delivery of the entire principal value of one
designated currency in exchange for the other designated currency. Therefore,
the entire principal value of a currency swap is subject to the risk that the
other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations. If
there is a default by the counterparty, a Portfolio may have contractual
remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The swap market
has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and
investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing
standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become
relatively liquid. Certain swap transactions involve more recent innovations for
which standardized documentation has not yet been fully developed and,
accordingly, they are less liquid than traditional swap transactions.

         The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves
investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary
portfolio securities transactions. If an Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts
of market values, interest rates, and currency exchange rates, the investment
performance of the Portfolio would be less favorable than it would have been if
this investment technique were not used.

     U.S. Government Securities. (All Portfolios)

         Securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the
U.S. government or its agencies and government-sponsored entities include U.S.
Treasury obligations, consisting of bills, notes and bonds, which principally
differ in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance, and
obligations issued or guaranteed by agencies and government-sponsored entities
which are supported by (i) the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury (such
as securities of the Government National Mortgage Association), (ii) the limited
authority of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury or (iii) the authority
of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the issuer (such as
securities of the Federal National Mortgage Association). No assurance can be
given that the U.S. government will provide financial support to U.S. government
agencies or government-sponsored entities as described in clauses (ii) or (iii)
above in the future, other than as set forth above, since it is not obligated to
do so by law.

          Zero Coupon Bonds,  Deferred  Interest  Bonds and PIK Bonds.  (Met/AIM
          Capital  Appreciation,  BlackRock  High  Yield,  Met/Franklin  Income,
          Met/Franklin Mutual Shares,  Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value, Janus Forty,
          Legg Mason Partners  Managed Assets,  Legg Mason Value Equity,  Loomis
          Sayles Global  Markets,  Lord Abbett Bond  Debenture,  MFS(R) Emerging
          Markets  Equity,  Oppenheimer  Capital  Appreciation,  PIMCO Inflation
          Protected Bond, PIMCO Total Return,  Pioneer Fund,  Pioneer  Strategic
          Income and Third Avenue Small Cap Value Portfolios)

         Zero coupon and deferred interest bonds are debt obligations which are
issued at a significant discount from face value. The discount approximates the
total amount of interest the bonds will accrue and compound over the period
until maturity or the first interest payment date at a rate of interest
reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. While zero
coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment of interest, deferred interest
bonds provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest
begins. Payment-in-kind ("PIK") bonds are debt obligations which provide that
the issuer thereof may, at its option, pay interest on such bonds in cash or in
the form of additional debt obligations. Such investments benefit the issuer by
mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher
rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such
cash. Such investments may experience greater volatility in market value due to
changes in interest rates than debt obligations which make regular payments of
interest. A Portfolio will accrue income on such investments for tax and
accounting purposes, as required, which is distributable to shareholders and
which, because no cash is received at the time of accrual, may require the
liquidation of other portfolio securities to satisfy the Portfolio's
distribution obligations.

                              INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

     Fundamental Policies.

         The following investment restrictions are fundamental policies, which
may not be changed without the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares
of the Portfolio. As provided in the 1940 Act, a vote of a majority of the
outstanding shares necessary to amend a fundamental policy means the affirmative
vote of the lesser of (1) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting, if the
holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio are present
or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the
Portfolio.

         1.       Borrowing

         Each Portfolio may not borrow money, except to the extent permitted by
applicable law.

         2.       Diversification


         Except as noted, each Portfolio may not purchase a security if, as a
result, with respect to 75% (50% with respect to Legg Mason Partners Aggressive
Growth Portfolio) of the value of its total assets (i) more than 5% of the value
of the Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities of a single
issuer, except securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its
agencies and instrumentalities, or (ii) more than 10% of the outstanding voting
securities of any issuer would be held by the Portfolio, other than securities
issued by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities. (The American
Funds Balanced Allocation, American Funds Growth Allocation, American Funds
Moderate Allocation, Met/Franklin Templeton Founding Strategy, Janus Forty, Legg
Mason Value Equity, MetLife Aggressive Strategy, MetLife Balanced Strategy,
MetLife Defensive Strategy, MetLife Growth Strategy, MetLife Moderate Strategy,
Strategic Conservative Growth, Strategic Growth, Strategic Growth and Income
Portfolios, as non-diversified funds, are not subject to any fundamental policy
which limits their investments in a single issuer.)


         3.       Concentration


         Each Portfolio other than Clarion Global Real Estate may not invest
more than 25% of the value of its total assets in any one industry, provided
that this limitation does not apply to obligations issued or guaranteed as to
interest and principal by the U.S. government, its agencies and
instrumentalities, and repurchase agreements secured by such obligations. The
Clarion Global Real Estate Portfolio may not invest more than 25% of the value
of its total assets in any one industry, provided that the Portfolio will invest
greater than 25% of its total assets in the real estate industry, and, further
provided, that this limitation does not apply to obligations issued or
guaranteed as to interest and principal by the U.S. government, its agencies and
instrumentalities and repurchase agreements secured by such obligations.


         4.       Underwriting

         Each Portfolio may not underwrite securities issued by other persons,
except to the extent that in connection with the disposition of its portfolio
investments it may be deemed to be an underwriter under federal securities laws.

         5.       Real Estate


         Each Portfolio other than Clarion Global Real Estate Portfolio may not
purchase or sell real estate, although a Portfolio may purchase securities of
issuers which deal in real estate, securities which are secured by interests in
real estate and securities representing interests in real estate; provided,
however, that the Portfolio may hold and sell real estate acquired as a result
of the ownership of securities. The Clarion Global Real Estate Portfolio may not
purchase real estate unless acquired as a result of the ownership of securities
or instruments, except that the Portfolio may (i) invest in securities of
issuers that mortgage, invest or deal in real estate or interests there, (ii)
invest in securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein, (iii)
purchase and sell mortgage-related securities, (iv) hold and sell real estate
acquired by the Portfolio as a result of the ownership of securities, and (v)
invest in real estate investment trusts of any kind.


         6.       Commodities

         Each Portfolio may not purchase or sell physical commodities, except
that it may (i) enter into futures contracts and options thereon in accordance
with applicable law and (ii) purchase or sell physical commodities if acquired
as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments. No Portfolio will
consider stock index futures contracts, currency contracts, hybrid investments,
swaps or other similar instruments to be commodities.

         7.       Loans

         Each Portfolio may not make loans, except through the purchase of debt
obligations and the entry into repurchase agreements or through lending of its
portfolio securities. Any loans of portfolio securities will be made according
to guidelines established by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
Trust's Board of Trustees.

         8.       Senior Securities

         Each Portfolio may not issue any senior security (as defined in the
1940 Act) except in compliance with applicable law.

                  Non-Fundamental Policies.

         The following investment restrictions apply to each Portfolio, except
as noted. These restrictions may be changed for any Portfolio by the Trust's
Board of Trustees without a vote of that Portfolio's shareholders.

         Each Portfolio may not:

         (1)      Purchase securities on margin, except that each Portfolio may:
                  (a) make use of any short-term credit necessary for clearance
                  of purchases and sales of portfolio securities and (b) make
                  initial or variation margin deposits in connection with
                  futures contracts, options, currencies, or other permissible
                  investments;

         (2)      Mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or, in any manner, transfer any
                  security owned by the Portfolio as security for indebtedness,
                  except as may be necessary in connection with permissible
                  borrowings or investments; and then such mortgaging, pledging
                  or hypothecating may not exceed 33 1/3 % of the respective
                  total assets of each Portfolio. The deposit of underlying
                  securities and other assets in escrow and collateral
                  arrangements with respect to margin accounts for futures
                  contracts, options, currencies or other permissible
                  investments are not deemed to be mortgages, pledges, or
                  hypothecations for these purposes;

         (3)      Purchase participations or other direct interests in or enter
                  into leases with respect to oil, gas, or other mineral
                  explorations or development programs, except that the
                  Portfolio may invest in securities issued by companies that
                  engage in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development
                  activities or hold mineral leases acquired as a result of its
                  ownership of securities (this restriction does not apply to
                  Pioneer Strategic Income Portfolio);

         (4)      Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising management
                  or control. This restriction does not apply to Met/Franklin
                  Mutual Shares Portfolio.

Operating Policies

         Warrants

         As a matter of operating policy, the Dreman Small Cap Portfolio will
not invest more than 5% of its net assets in warrants.

         As a matter of operating policy, the following Portfolios will not
invest in warrants (other than warrants acquired by the Portfolio as part of a
unit or attached to securities at the time of purchase) if, as a result the
investments (valued at the lower of cost or market) would exceed 5% of the value
of the Portfolio's net assets or if, as a result, more than 2% of the
Portfolio's net assets would be invested in warrants not listed on a recognized
U.S. or foreign stock exchange.

o        Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth
o        Lord Abbett Bond Debenture
o        Lord Abbett Growth and Income
o        Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value
o        Van Kampen Comstock

         As a matter of operating policy, the PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond and
PIMCO Total Return Portfolios will not invest more than 5% of each Portfolio's
net assets in warrants, including those acquired in units or attached to other
securities. For purposes of the policy, warrants will be valued at the lower of
cost or market, except that warrants acquired by the Portfolio in units with or
attached to securities may be deemed to be without value.

         Inverse Floating Rate Securities


         The PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond, PIMCO Total Return, Pioneer
Strategic Income and RCM Technology Portfolios will not invest more than 5% of
each Portfolio's net assets (taken at market value at the time of investment )
in any combination of interest only, principal only, or inverse floating rate
securities.


         Borrowing

         With respect to borrowing, each Portfolio may borrow from banks and
enter into reverse repurchase agreements in an amount up to 33 1/3% of its total
assets, taken at market value. A Portfolio may borrow only as a temporary
measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes such as the redemption of
Portfolio shares. A Portfolio may purchase additional securities so long as
borrowings do not exceed 5% of its total assets.

         Loans of Portfolio Securities

         With respect to loans of portfolio securities, as a matter of operating
policy, each Portfolio will limit the aggregate of such loans to 33 1/3% of the
value of the Portfolio's total assets.

         Real Estate Investments

         With respect to real estate investments, as a matter of operating
policy, the Lord Abbett Bond Debenture, Lord Abbett Growth and Income, Lord
Abbett Mid Cap Value and Van Kampen Comstock Portfolios will not invest in real
estate limited partnership interests other than partnerships organized as REITS.

         When Issued/Delayed Delivery Securities

         The Dreman Small Cap Portfolio may invest up to an aggregate of 5% of
its total assets in when-issued-commitments.

     o    With respect to when-issued and delayed delivery securities, it is the
          policy of all Portfolios  permitted to invest in such securities,  not
          to enter into when-issued  commitments  exceeding in the aggregate 15%
          of the market value of the Portfolio's total assets,  less liabilities
          other than the obligations created by when-issued commitments,  except
          as follows.

         The following Portfolios may invest up to an aggregate of 25% of their
total assets in when-issued commitments.

o        Met/Aim Small Cap Growth
o        Lazard Mid Cap Portfolios


         The following Portfolios have no current policy limiting the percentage
of assets which may be invested in when-issued commitments.

o        Met/Franklin Income                o      Pioneer Fund
o        Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value        o      Pioneer Strategic Income
o        Harris Oakmark International       o      T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth
o        Loomis Sayles Global Markets       o      Turner Mid Cap Growth
o        PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond     o      Van Kampen Comstock
o        PIMCO Total Return


         Foreign Currency Transactions

         With respect to foreign currency transactions, a Portfolio may enter
into transactions only with counterparties deemed creditworthy by the
Portfolio's investment adviser. A Portfolio, other than Loomis Sayles Global
Markets, PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond and PIMCO Total Return Portfolios, will
not enter into a transaction to hedge currency exposure to an extent greater,
after settling all transactions intended to wholly or partially offset other
transactions, than the aggregate market values (at the time of entering into the
transaction) of the securities held in its portfolio that are denominated,
exposed to or generally quoted in or currently convertible into such currency
other than with respect or cross hedging or proxy hedging. Loomis Sayles Global
Markets, PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond and PIMCO Total Return Portfolios may
also enter into foreign currency transactions, including the direct purchase of
foreign currencies, for non-hedging purposes.

         Swaps

         With respect to swaps, a Portfolio will not enter into any swap, cap,
floor or collar transaction unless, at the time of entering into such
transaction, the unsecured long-term debt of the counterparty, combined with any
credit enhancements, is rated at least A by Standard & Poor's or Moody's or has
an equivalent equity rating from an NRSRO or is determined to be of equivalent
credit quality of the Portfolio's Adviser.

         Concentration

         For the purposes of determining concentration in any one industry, each
Allocation Portfolio will aggregate the amount of investments of all affiliated
Underlying Portfolios.


80% Investment Policy (BlackRock High Yield, BlackRock Large Cap Core, Clarion
Global Real Estate, Dreman Small Cap Value, Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value, Lazard
Mid Cap, Legg Mason Value Equity, Lord Abbett Bond Debenture, Lord Abbett Mid
Cap Value, Met/AIM Small Cap Growth, MFS(R) Emerging Markets Equity, PIMCO
Inflation Protected Bond, Pioneer Strategic Income, RCM Technology, Rainier
Large Cap Equity, T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth, Third Avenue Small Cap Value,
Turner Mid Cap Growth, Van Kampen Comstock and Van Kampen Mid Cap Growth
Portfolios) Under normal circumstances, each of the Portfolios listed above will
invest at least 80% of its respective assets (defined as net assets plus the
amount of any borrowing for investment purposes) in certain securities as
indicated in the current Prospectus. (See the Prospectus for a detailed
discussion of these Portfolios' investments.) Shareholders will be provided with
at least 60-days' prior written notice of any changes in the 80% investment
policy. Such notice will comply with the conditions set forth in any applicable
Securities and Exchange Commission rule then in effect.


         Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations applicable to a Portfolio's
investments apply only at the time a transaction is entered into. Any subsequent
change in a rating assigned by any rating service to a security (or, if unrated,
deemed to be of comparable quality), or change in the percentage of Portfolio
assets invested in certain securities or other instruments, or change in the
average duration of a Portfolio's investment portfolio, resulting from market
fluctuations or other changes in a Portfolio's total assets will not require a
Portfolio to dispose of an investment until the Adviser determines that it is
practicable to sell or close out the investment without undue market or tax
consequences to the Portfolio. In the event that ratings services assign
different ratings to the same security, the Adviser will determine which rating
it believes best reflects the security's quality and risk at that time, which
may be the higher of the several assigned ratings.

                               PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

         Total return and yield will be computed as described below.

          Total Return

         Each Portfolio's "average annual total return" figures described and
shown in the Prospectus are computed according to a formula prescribed by the
Securities and Exchange Commission. The formula can be expressed as follows:

                                  P(1+T)n = ERV

Where:
        P =       a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000
        T =       average annual total return
        n =       number of years
      ERV =       Ending Redeemable Value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment
                  made at the beginning of the 1-, 5-, or 10-year (or other)
                  periods at the end of the 1-, 5-, or 10-year (or other)
                  periods (or fractional portion thereof).

         The calculations of total return assume the reinvestment of all
dividends and capital gain distributions on the reinvestment dates during the
period and the deduction of all recurring expenses that were charged to
shareholders' accounts. The total return figures do not reflect charges and
deductions which are, or may be, imposed under the Contracts.

         The performance of each Portfolio will vary from time to time in
response to fluctuations in market conditions, interest rates, the composition
of the Portfolio's investments and expenses. Consequently, a Portfolio's
performance figures are historical and should not be considered representative
of the performance of the Portfolio for any future period.

          Yield

         From time to time, the Trust may quote the BlackRock High Yield
Portfolio's, the Met/Franklin Income Portfolio's, the Lord Abbett Bond Debenture
Portfolio's, the PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond Portfolio's, the PIMCO Total
Return Portfolio's, the Clarion Global Real Estate Portfolio's and the Pioneer
Strategic Income Portfolio's yield and effective yield in advertisements or in
reports or other communications to shareholders. Yield quotations are expressed
in annualized terms and may be quoted on a compounded basis.

         The 30-day yield for the BlackRock High Yield, Met/Franklin Income,
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture, PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond, PIMCO Total Return,
and Pioneer Strategic Income Portfolios and the Clarion Global Real Estate
Portfolio will be calculated according to a formula prescribed by the Securities
and Exchange Commission. The formula can be expressed as follows:

                          YIELD = 2[(a-b+1)(6)-1]
                                     cd

Where:      a =    dividends and interest earned during the period

            b =    expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

            c =    the average daily number of shares outstanding during the
                   period that were entitled to receive dividends

            d =    the net asset value per share on the last day of the period

     For the purpose of  determining  the interest  earned  (variable "a" in the
formula above) on debt obligations that were purchased by a Portfolio at a
discount or premium, the formula generally calls for amortization of the
discount or premium; the amortization schedule will be adjusted monthly to
reflect changes in the market values of the debt obligations.

     Yield  information  is useful in reviewing a Portfolio's  performance,  but
because yields fluctuate, such information cannot necessarily be used to compare
an investment in a Portfolio's  shares with bank deposits,  savings accounts and
similar  investment  alternatives  which often  provide an agreed or  guaranteed
fixed yield for a stated period of time. Shareholders should remember that yield
is a function  of the kind and  quality of the  instruments  in the  Portfolios'
investment  portfolios,   portfolio  maturity,  operating  expenses  and  market
conditions.

     Shareholders should recognize that in periods of declining interest rates a
Portfolio's  yield will tend to be somewhat higher than prevailing market rates,
and in  periods of rising  interest  rates a  Portfolio's  yield will tend to be
somewhat  lower.  Also,  when interest rates are falling,  the inflow of net new
money to a  Portfolio  from the  continuous  sale of its shares  will  likely be
invested  in  instruments  producing  lower  yields  than  the  balance  of  the
Portfolio's investments, thereby reducing the current yield of the Portfolio. In
periods of rising interest rates, the opposite can be expected to occur.

          Non-Standardized Performance

         In addition to the performance information described above, the Trust
may provide total return information with respect to the Portfolios for
designated periods, such as for the most recent six months or most recent twelve
months. This total return information is computed as described under "Total
Return" above except that no annualization is made.

                           PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

         The Allocation Portfolios invest primarily in the Underlying Portfolios
and do not incur commissions or sales charges in connection with investments in
the Underlying Portfolios, but they may incur such costs if they invest directly
in other types of securities, and they bear such costs indirectly through their
investments in the Underlying Portfolios. Accordingly, the following description
is relevant for the Allocation Portfolios and the Underlying Portfolios.

         Subject to the supervision and control of the Manager and the Trustees
of the Trust, each Portfolio's Manager or Adviser, as applicable, is responsible
for decisions to buy and sell securities for its account and for the placement
of its portfolio business and the negotiation of commissions, if any, paid on
such transactions. Brokerage commissions are paid on transactions in equity
securities traded on a securities exchange and on options, futures contracts and
options thereon. Fixed income securities and certain equity securities in which
the Portfolios invest are traded in the over-the-counter market. These
securities are generally traded on a net basis with dealers acting as principal
for their own account without a stated commission, although prices of such
securities usually include a profit to the dealer. In over-the-counter
transactions, orders are placed directly with a principal market maker unless a
better price and execution can be obtained by using a broker. In underwritten
offerings, securities are usually purchased at a fixed price which includes an
amount of compensation to the underwriter generally referred to as the
underwriter's concession or discount. Certain money market securities may be
purchased directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are
paid. U.S. government securities are generally purchased from underwriters or
dealers, although certain newly-issued U.S. government securities may be
purchased directly from the U.S. Treasury or from the issuing agency or
instrumentality. The Manager or Adviser of each Portfolio, as applicable, is
responsible for effecting its portfolio transactions and will do so in a manner
deemed fair and reasonable to the Portfolio by the Manager or Adviser, as
applicable, and not according to any formula. It is not anticipated that the
Manager of the Allocation Portfolios will purchase any significant amount of
securities other than shares of the Underlying Portfolios. The primary
consideration in all portfolio transactions will be prompt execution of orders
in an efficient manner at a favorable price. In selecting broker-dealers and
negotiating commissions, the Manager or Adviser, as applicable, considers the
firm's reliability; the quality of its execution services on a continuing basis;
confidentiality, including trade anonymity; and its financial condition. When
more than one firm is believed to meet these criteria, preference may be given
to brokers that provide the Portfolios, their Manager or Advisers, as
applicable, with brokerage and research services within the meaning of Section
28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In doing so, a Portfolio may pay
higher commission rates than the lowest available when its Manager or Adviser,
as applicable, believes it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of the
brokerage and research services provided by the broker effecting the
transaction. Generally, each Portfolio's Manager or Adviser, as applicable, is
of the opinion that, because research provided by a broker must be analyzed and
reviewed, its receipt and use does not tend to reduce expenses but may benefit
the Portfolio or other accounts managed by the Manager or Adviser by
supplementing the Manager's or Adviser's research.

         It has for many years been a common practice in the investment advisory
business for advisers of investment companies and other institutional investors
to receive research services from broker-dealers which execute portfolio
transactions for the clients of such advisers. Consistent with this practice, a
Portfolio's Adviser receives and, with respect to the Allocation Portfolios, the
Manager may receive, research services from many broker-dealers with which the
Manager or Adviser, as applicable, places the Portfolio's transactions. The
Adviser may also receive research or research credits from brokers which are
generated from underwriting commissions when purchasing new issues of fixed
income securities or other assets for a Portfolio. This research, which in some
cases may also be purchased for cash, include such matters as general economic
and security market reviews, industry and company reviews, evaluations of
securities and recommendations as to the purchase and sale of securities.

         As noted above, the Adviser may purchase new issues of securities for
the Portfolio in underwritten fixed price offerings. In these situations, the
underwriter or selling group member may provide the Adviser with research in
addition to selling the securities (at the fixed public offering price) to the
Portfolio or other advisory clients. Because the offerings are conducted at a
fixed price, the ability to obtain research from a broker-dealer in this
situation imparts knowledge that may benefit the Portfolio, other investment
advisory clients, and the Adviser without incurring additional costs. These
arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e) because the
broker-dealer is considered to be acting in a principal capacity in underwritten
transactions. However, FINRA has adopted rules expressly permitting
broker-dealers to provide bona fide research to advisers in connection with
fixed price offerings under certain circumstances. As a general matter in these
situations, the underwriter or selling group member will provide research
credits at a rate that is higher than that which is available for secondary
market transactions.

         The Board of Trustees has approved a Statement of Directed Brokerage
Policies and Procedures for the Trust pursuant to which the Trust may direct the
Manager to cause Advisers to effect securities transactions through
broker-dealers in a manner that would help to generate resources to pay the cost
of certain expenses which the Trust is required to pay or for which the Trust is
required to arrange payment pursuant to the management agreement ("Directed
Brokerage"). The Trustees will review the levels of Directed Brokerage for each
Portfolio on a quarterly basis.

         Under the Directed Brokerage policy, any payments or benefits accrued
by or credited to a particular Portfolio are applied against the Portfolio's
gross expenses. Accordingly, in the event that the Manager waives or limits its
fees or assumes other expenses of a Portfolio in accordance with the Expense
Limitation Agreement described herein (collectively, "expense reimbursements"),
payments or benefits accrued by or credited to the Portfolio under the Directed
Brokerage policy may reduce the expense reimbursements owed by the Manager to
the Portfolio.

         An Adviser may effect portfolio transactions for other investment
companies and advisory accounts. Research services furnished by broker-dealers
through which a Portfolio effects its securities transactions may be used by the
Portfolio's Adviser in servicing all of its accounts; not all such services may
be used in connection with the Portfolio. In the opinion of each Adviser, it is
not possible to measure separately the benefits from research services to each
of its accounts, including a Portfolio.

         Whenever concurrent decisions are made to purchase or sell securities
by a Portfolio and another account, the Portfolio's Adviser will attempt to
allocate equitably portfolio transactions among the Portfolio and other
accounts. In making such allocations between the Portfolio and other accounts,
the main factors to be considered are the respective investment objectives, the
relative size of portfolio holdings of the same or comparable securities, the
availability of cash for investment, the size of investment commitments
generally held, and the opinions of the persons responsible for recommending
investments to the Portfolio and the other accounts. In some cases this
procedure could have an adverse effect on a Portfolio. In the opinion of each
Adviser, however, the results of such procedures will, on the whole, be in the
best interest of each of the accounts.

         The Advisers to the Portfolios may execute portfolio transactions
through certain of their affiliated brokers, if any, acting as agent in
accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees, but will not
purchase any securities from or sell any securities to any such affiliate acting
as principal for its own account. It is anticipated that the Adviser to Third
Avenue Small Cap Value Portfolio will execute a majority of the Portfolio's
transactions through an affiliated broker.

         The following table shows the amounts of brokerage commissions paid by
the Portfolios during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, December 31,
2006, and December 31, 2005 or October 31, 2006, and October 31, 2005, as noted.






        ---------------------------------------------- ------------------ ----------------- ----------------
                          Portfolio                12/31/07           12/31/06         12/31/05
                          ---------               --------            --------         --------

                                                                                

Met/AIM Small Cap Growth                             $670,477           $752,792          $719,277

Batterymarch Growth and Income                       395,847             338,099(13)         N/A

BlackRock High Yield(1)                                  722                ---                 31

BlackRock Large Cap Core(2)                          450,849              34,632            45,776

Clarion Global Real Estate (3)                     3,160,080           1,957,452         1,360,834

Dreman Small Cap Value                               419,504             225,365           6,495(4)

Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value                          806,159             474,565           451,945

Harris Oakmark International                       3,457,484           2,564,108         1,242,073

Janus Forty(5)                                       638,351             741,365           531,600

Lazard Mid Cap(6)                                  1,397,929             868,654           590,125

Legg Mason Partners Aggressive                       190,012           1,269,392         1,412,300
  Growth(7)


Legg Mason Partners Managed                          125,296             202,146           117,608
   Assets

Legg Mason Value Equity                              903,517             908,723             6,202(8)

Loomis Sayles Global Markets                       1,739,052             653,128(13)          N/A

Lord Abbett Bond Debenture                            27,449              19,206            50,597

Lord Abbett Growth and Income                      3,154,129           1,932,766         2,376,453

Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value                            253,538             210,624           184,752

MFS(R) Emerging Markets Equity                     2,573,676           1,201,288(13)         N/A

MFS(R) Research International                      3,630,570           3,723,719         2,622,022

Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation                   1,256,171           1,081,501         1,462,139

PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond                       135,536              74,103            33,366

PIMCO Total Return                                 1,672,085             527,556           325,800

Pioneer Fund                                          10,526              21,319            17,885

RCM Technology(9)                                  1,529,519           2,204,387         1,688,027

T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth                         582,981             606,323           419,561

Third Avenue Small Cap Value                       2,557,402           1,229,269           983,289

Turner Mid Cap Growth                                748,101             817,623           561,064

Van Kampen Comstock                                  762,918             684,178           670,404(4)

Van Kampen Mid Cap Growth(10)                        101,693             131,183            92,819


MetLife Aggressive Strategy                             0                  0                 0

MetLife Balanced Strategy                               0                  0                 0

MetLife Defensive Strategy                              0                  0                 0

MetLife Growth Strategy                                 0                  0                 0

MetLife Moderate Strategy                               0                  0                 0

Rainier Large Cap Equity                             493,321(15)        N/A               N/A

Strategic Conservative Growth                        0                     0(14)             N/A

Strategic Growth                                     0                     0(14)             N/A

Strategic Growth and Income                          0                     0(14)             N/A


                                                                        10/31/06          10/31/05

Met/AIM Capital Appreciation (11)                    340,768             566,429           444,810

Pioneer Strategic Income(12)                         0                      7                 0


(1) Formerly Federated High Yield.
(2) Formerly Mercury Large Cap Core.
(3) Formerly Neuberger Berman Real Estate.
(4) For the period 5/1/05 through 12/31/05.
(5) Formerly Janus Capital Appreciation.
(6) Formerly Met/AIM Mid Cap Core Equity.
(7) Formerly Legg Mason Aggressive Growth and Janus Aggressive Growth.
(8) For the period 11/1/05 through 12/31/05.
(9) Formerly RCM Global Technology.
(10)Formerly Lord Abbett Growth Opportunities.
(11)For the period 11/1/06 through 12/31/06, commissions paid by the Portfolio
    were $53,611.
(12)For the period 11/1/06 through 12/31/06, commissions paid by
    the Portfolio were $0.
(13)For the period 5/1/06 through 12/31/06.
(14)For the period 11/1/06 through 12/31/06.
(15)For the period 11/1/07 through 12/31/07.




         In 2007, the following Portfolios paid the amounts indicated to an
affiliated broker of the Adviser:





- ---------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------------ ----------------- -----------------------

                                                         Aggregate Brokerage     Percentage of          Percentage
                                                        Commissions Paid to     Total Brokerage      of Commissionable
                                       Affiliated             Affiliate           Commissions          Transactions
            Portfolio                Broker-Dealer
                                                                                            

Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value         Goldman Sachs & Co.        $29,873                 3.71%              5.03%
Portfolio

Clarion Global Real Estate          Lehman Brothers, Inc.     $626,916                19.84%             24.21%
Portfolio(1)



Clarion Global Real Estate          Neuberger Berman LLC        $2,438                 0.08%             0.09%
Portfolio(1)


Third Avenue Small Cap Value        M.J. Whitman LLC        $1,586,156                62.02%             53.76%


Van Kampen Comstock                Morgan Stanley & Co.        $12,644                 1.66%              0.19%

Van Kampen Mid Cap Growth          Morgan Stanley & Co.         $2,856                  2.81%              1.83%


- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) Formerly Neuberger Berman Real Estate.




                               MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

         The Trust is supervised by a Board of Trustees that is responsible for
representing the interests of shareholders. The Trustees meet periodically
throughout the year to oversee the Portfolios' activities, reviewing, among
other things, each Portfolio's performance and its contractual arrangements with
various service providers. The Trustees elect the officers of the Trust who are
responsible for administering the Trust's day-to-day operations.

                  Trustees and Officers

         The Trustees and executive officers of the Trust, their ages and their
principal occupations during the past five years are set forth below. Unless
otherwise indicated, the business address of each is 5 Park Plaza, Suite 1900,
Irvine, California 92614. Each Trustee who is deemed an "interested person," as
such term is defined in the 1940 Act, is indicated by an asterisk. Those
Trustees who are not "interested persons" as defined in the 1940 Act are
referred to as "Disinterested Trustees."







  The Trustees

- ----------------------------- ------------- ------------ ---------------------------------- ------------- ---------------------

                                                                                         Number
                                              Term of                                      of
                                              Office                                   Portfolios
                                               and                                        in
                                              Length                                  Fund Complex+
                               Position(s)      of                                      overseen        Other Directorships
                               Held with       Time        Principal Occupation(s)         by                 Held
       Name and Age            Registrant     Served          During Past 5 Years        Trustee          by Trustee
       -------------           ----------    --------         -------------------    -------------     -------------------------
                                                                                           


Interested Trustees

Elizabeth M. Forget*  (41)    President     Indefinite;  Since May 2007, Senior Vice         89           Director,
                              and Trustee   From         President, MetLife, Inc.; since                  Metropolitan Series

                                            December     December 2000, President of Met                  Fund, Inc. and
                                            2000 to      Investors Advisory LLC; since                    MetLife Series Fund
                                            present      May 2006, President of MetLife                   II since August,

                                                         Advisers LLC; from December 2003                 2006
                                                         to April 2007, Vice President,
                                                         MetLife, Inc.


Robert Boulware**(51)       Trustee       Indefinite;    Since 2004, Director of Norwood     52           Director of Gainsco,
                                          From March     Promotional Products, Inc.; since                Inc., Norwood
                                          2008 to        2005, Director of Gainsco, Inc.                  Promotional Products,
                                          present        (auto insurance); since 2007,                    Inc., Wealthpoint
                                                         Director of Wealthpoint Advisors                 Advisors and Holladay
                                                         (a business development company)                 Bank.
                                                         and Holladay Bank; from 1992-2006,
                                                         President and Chief Executive
                                                         Officer of ING Fund Distributor,
                                                         LLC.


Disinterested Trustees

Dawn M. Vroegop             Trustee       Indefinite;    From September 1999 to September    52           None
(41)                                      From           2003, Managing Director,
                                          December       Dresdner RCM Global Investors.

                                          2000 to
                                          present


Stephen M. Alderman  (48)   Trustee       Indefinite;    Since November 1991, Shareholder    52           None
                                          From           in the law firm of Garfield and

                                          December       Merel, Ltd.
                                          2000 to
                                          present

Jack R. Borsting  (79)      Trustee       Indefinite;    Since 2006, Professor of Business   52           Lead Governor,
                                          From           Administration and Dean Emeritus,                American Stock
                                          December       Marshall School of Business,                     Exchange, Director,
                                          2000 to        University of Southern California                Los Angeles
                                          present        (USC); from 2001 to 2005,                        Orthopedic Hospital,
                                                         Professor of Business                            Trustee, The Rose
                                                         Administration and Dean Emeritus;                Hills Foundation.
                                                         from 1995-2001 Executive Director,               Member, Army Science
                                                         Center for Telecommunications                    Board.
                                                         Management.


Daniel A. Doyle  (49)       Trustee       Indefinite;    Since October 2000, Vice President  52           None
                                          From           and Chief Financial Officer of ATC
                                          February       Management, Inc. (public utility).

                                          2007 to
                                          present



Susan C. Gause (55)         Trustee       Indefinite;   From 2000 to December 2002, Chief    52          None
                                          From March    Executive Officer of Dresdner RCM
                                          2008 to       Global Investors (purchased by
                                          present       Allianz Asset Management in
                                                        2001).
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




The Executive Officers

- ----------------------------- ------------- ------------- ---------------------------------
                                              Term of
                                             Office and
                              Position(s)    Length of
                               Held with       Time           Principal Occupation(s)
       Name and Age            Registrant     Served            During Past 5 Years
       -------------           ----------    -------             -------------------

Jeffrey A. Tupper             Chief         From August   Since October 2006, Assistant
(37)                          Financial     2002 to       Vice President, MetLife Group,
                              Officer,      present       Inc.  Since February 2001,
                              Treasurer                   Assistant Vice President of
                                                          MetLife Investors Insurance
                                                          Company.

Michael K. Farrell          Executive       From August   Since December 2005, Executive
(54)                        Vice President  2002 to       Vice President, MetLife, Inc.;
                                            present       since July 2002, Chief Executive
                                                          Officer of MetLife Investors
                                                          Group, Inc. and Met Investors
                                                          Advisory LLC; since April 2001,
                                                          Chief Executive Officer of
                                                          MetLife Resources.

Richard C. Pearson          Vice            From December Since June 2001, President or
(65)                        President and   2000 to       Executive Vice President of

                            Secretary        present      MetLife Investors Distribution
                                                          Company; since January 2001,
                                                          Executive Vice President, General
                                                          Counsel and Secretary of MetLife
                                                          Investors Group, Inc. and Vice
                                                          President, Secretary and
                                                          Associate General Counsel of its
                                                          affiliate life insurance
                                                          companies; from November 2000 to
                                                          January 2002, Senior Vice
                                                          President and General Counsel of
                                                          Met Investors Advisory Corp.;
                                                          since January 2002, Senior Vice
                                                          President, General Counsel and
                                                          Secretary of Met Investors
                                                          Advisory, LLC.


Jeffrey P. Halperin         Chief         From November   Since March 2006, Vice President,
(40)                        Compliance    2006 to        Corporate Ethics and Compliance
                            Officer       present        Department, MetLife, Inc.; from
                                                         October 2002 to March 2006,
                                                         Assistant Vice President; from
                                                         November 2005 to August 2006,
                                                         Interim Chief Compliance Officer,
                                                         Met Investors Series Trust; since
                                                         April 2007, Chief Compliance
                                                         Officer, Metropolitan Series
                                                         Funds; from August 2006 to April
                                                         2007, Interim Chief Compliance
                                                         Officer, Metropolitan Series
                                                         Funds; since August 2006, Chief
                                                         Compliance Officer, Met Investors
                                                         Advisory, LLC and MetLife
                                                         Advisers, LLC; since November
                                                         2006, Chief Compliance Officer,
                                                         MetLife Investment Advisors
                                                         Company, LLC.

Mary Moran Zeven            Assistant     From October   Since 2002, Senior Vice President
2 Avenue de Lafayette       Secretary     2001 to        and Senior Managing Counsel,
Boston, Massachusetts 02111               present        State Street Bank and Trust
(47)                                                     Company.

William C. Cox              Assistant     From November  Since 1997, Vice President and
2 Avenue de Lafayette       Treasurer     2004 to        Senior Director, Fund
Boston, Massachusetts                     present        Administration Division, State
02111                                                    Street Bank and Trust Company.
(41)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------
+  The Fund Complex includes the Trust (52 portfolios), Metropolitan Series
   Fund, Inc. (36 portfolios) and Metropolitan Series Fund
    II (1 portfolio).

*  Ms. Forget is an "interested person" of the Trust as a result
   of her affiliation with the Manager and the Distributor.
*  Mr. Boulware is an "interested person" of the Trust as a result
   of his prior affiliation with an affiliate of the Adviser to one
   of the Trust's Portfolios.



    Committees of the Board

         The Trust has a standing Audit Committee consisting of all of the
Disinterested Trustees. The Audit Committee's function is to recommend to the
Board independent accountants to conduct the annual audit of the Trust's
financial statements; review with the independent accountants the outline, scope
and results of the annual audit; and review the performance and fees charged by
the independent accountants for professional services. In addition, the Audit
Committee meets with the independent accountants and representatives of
management to review accounting activities and areas of financial reporting and
control. The Audit Committee held four meetings during the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2007.

         The Trust has a Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee
consisting of all the Disinterested Trustees. The Nominating, Governance and
Compensation Committee's function is to nominate and evaluate Disinterested
Trustee candidates and review the compensation arrangement for each of the
Trustees. The Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee will not
consider nominees recommended by contract holders. The Nominating, Governance
and Compensation Committee held six meetings during the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2007.


         The Trust has a Valuation Committee currently consisting of Elizabeth
M. Forget, Richard C. Pearson, Jeffrey Tupper, Thomas McDevitt, Bryan Andersen,
Jeffrey Bernier and such other officers of the Trust and the Manager, as well as
such officers of any Adviser to any Portfolio as are deemed necessary by Ms.
Forget, Mr. Pearson, Mr. Tupper, Mr. McDevitt, Mr. Andersen or Mr. Bernier from
time to time, each of whom shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Trustees
as members of the Valuation Committee. The Valuation Committee determines the
value of any of the Trust's securities and assets for which market quotations
are not readily available or for which valuations cannot otherwise be provided.
The Valuation Committee held 22 meetings during the fiscal year ended December
31, 2007.


                  Compensation of the Trustees

         Each Trustee, who is not an employee of the Manager or any of its
affiliates, currently receives from the Trust an annual retainer of $80,000
($20,000 per quarter) plus (i) an additional fee of $8,000 for each regularly
scheduled Board meeting attended, Committee meetings and private Disinterested
Trustee meetings attended, (ii) $5,000 for each special meeting attended in
person, (iii) for each telephonic/internet interactive Board and Committee
meeting attended, $3,000 and $2,500, respectively, and (iv) reimbursement for
expenses in attending in-person meetings. In addition, the lead Disinterested
Trustee, the Chair of the Audit Committee and the Chair of the Nominating and
Compensation Committee each receive a supplemental annual retainer of $20,000,
$10,000 and $10,000, respectively.

         The table below sets forth the compensation paid to each of the
Trustees affiliated with the Manager and all other Trustees during the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2007.

- ---------------------------------------------- --------------------------------



                                                               Total
                                                               Compensation
Trustee                                 Aggregate              From Fund
                                        Compensation           Complex+ Paid
                                        from Trust             to Trustee
                                         ---------             -----------
        Independent Trustee

        Elizabeth M. Forget                None                 None

        Disinterested Trustees

        Stephen M. Alderman                $155,500             $155,500
        Jack R. Borsting                   $125,500             $125,500
        Daniel A. Doyle                    $107,722             $107,722
        Theodore A. Myers*                 $125,500             $125,500
        Dawn M. Vroegop                    $135,500             $135,500
   ---------------------------------------------------------------------

+  The Fund Complex includes the Trust (52 portfolios), Metropolitan
   Series Fund, Inc. (36 portfolios) and Metropolitan Series Fund II
   (1 portfolio).
* Mr. Myers resigned from the Board in February, 2008.



   Indemnification of Trustees and Officers

         The Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides that the Trust
will indemnify its Trustees and officers against liabilities and expenses
incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved because of
their offices with the Trust, except if it is determined in the manner specified
in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust that they have not acted in good faith
in the reasonable belief that their actions were in the best interests of the
Trust or that such indemnification would relieve any officer or Trustee of any
liability to the Trust or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad
faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his duties. The Trust, at its
expense, provides liability insurance for the benefit of its Trustees and
officers.

     Trustees' and Officers' Share Ownership

         As of December 31, 2007, the officers and Trustees of the Trust as a
group did not own any outstanding shares of the Trust.

     Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

         Pursuant to the Trust's Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, the Trust
has delegated the proxy voting responsibilities with respect to each Portfolio
to the Manager. Because the Manager views proxy voting as a function that is
incidental and integral to portfolio management, it has in turn delegated the
proxy voting responsibilities with respect to each Portfolio to the applicable
Advisers. Appendix B to this Statement of Additional Information contains the
proxy voting policies and procedures, or a summary of such policies and
procedures, of the Portfolios' Advisers.


     The Manager  votes proxies  relating to shares of an  Underlying  Portfolio
held by an Allocation  Portfolio in the same proportion as the vote of the other
Contract  owners  of the  Underlying  Portfolio  with  respect  to a  particular
proposal.



     Proxy Voting Records

         The Manager and each of the Advisers, as applicable, will maintain
records of voting decisions for each vote cast on behalf of the Portfolios.
Information regarding how each Portfolio voted proxies relating to portfolio
securities during the 12-month period ended June 30, 2007 has been filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form N-PX and is available (1) without
charge, upon request, by calling the Trust, toll-free at 1-800-343-8496 and (2)
on the SEC's website at http://www.sec.gov.

     Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policy

         The Board of Trustees has adopted and approved policies and procedures
reasonably designed to protect the confidentiality of the Trust's portfolio
holdings information and to seek to prevent the selective disclosure of such
information. The Trust reserves the right to modify these policies and
procedures at any time without notice.

         Only the Manager's or, as applicable, the Adviser's Chief Compliance
Officer, or persons designated by the Trust's Chief Compliance Officer (each, an
"Authorized Person") are authorized to disseminate nonpublic portfolio
information, and only in accordance with the procedures described below.
Pursuant to these polices and procedures, the Manager or the Adviser may
disclose a Portfolio's portfolio holdings to unaffiliated parties prior to the
time such information has been disclosed to the public through a filing with the
SEC or a posting on an insurance company website only if an Authorized Person
determines that (i) there is a legitimate business purpose for the disclosure;
and (ii) if practicable, the recipient is subject to a confidentiality
agreement, including a duty not to trade on the nonpublic information. Under the
Trust's policies and procedures, a legitimate business purpose includes
disseminating or providing access to portfolio information to (i) the Trust's
service providers (e.g., custodian, independent auditors) in order for the
service providers to fulfill their contractual duties to the Trust; (ii) rating
and ranking organizations and mutual fund analysts; (iii) a newly hired Adviser
prior to the Adviser commencing its duties; (iv) the Adviser of a Portfolio or
other affiliated investment company portfolio that will be the surviving
portfolio in a merger; (v) consultants that provide research and consulting
services to the Manager or its affiliates with respect to asset allocation
targets and investments for asset allocation funds of funds in the MetLife
enterprise; and (vi) firms that provide pricing services, proxy voting services
and research and trading services.

         In accordance with the aforementioned procedures, the Manager, the
Advisers and/or their affiliates periodically disclose the Trust's portfolio
holdings information on a confidential basis to various service providers. Among
the service providers to which the Manager, the Advisers and/or their affiliates
may periodically disclose the Trust's portfolio holdings information on a
confidential basis in accordance with the aforementioned procedures are the
following:





                                                  

o   Barger & Wolen, LP                                  o     Lipper Inc.
o   Bear Stearns                                        o     Loan X
o   Bloomberg L.P.                                      o     Morningstar Associates, LLC
o   CIBC World Markets                                  o     Morningstar, Inc.
o   Credit Suisse                                       o     Plexus Plan Sponsor Group, Inc.
o   Deloitte & Touche LLP                               o     RR Donnelley
o   Diversified Information Technologies, Inc.          o     Reuters
o   FRI Corporation                                     o     State Street Bank and Trust Company
o   Ibbotson Associates, Inc.                           o     State Street Global Markets
o   Institutional Shareholder Services Inc.             o     Street Software Technology, Inc.
o   Interactive Data Corporation                        o     Sullivan & Worcester LLP
o   ITG, Inc.                                           o     Thompson Financial





         The Trust's policies and procedures prohibit the dissemination of
non-public portfolio information for compensation or other consideration. Any
exceptions to these policies and procedures may be made only if approved by the
Trust's Chief Compliance Officer as in the best interests of the Trust, and only
if such exceptions are reported to the Trust's Board of Trustees at its next
regularly scheduled meeting.

         Dissemination of the Trust's portfolio holdings information to MetLife
enterprise employees is limited to persons who are subject to a duty to keep
such information confidential and who need to receive the information as part of
their duties. As a general matter, the Trust disseminates portfolio holdings to
contract owners only in the Annual or Semiannual Reports or in other formats
that are generally available on a contemporaneous basis to all such contract
owners or the general public. The Prospectus describes certain types of
information that are disclosed on insurance company websites (including
www.metlifeinvestors.com), as well as the frequency with which such information
is disclosed and the lag between the date of the information and the date of its
disclosure.

                          INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

     The Manager

         The Trust is managed by Met Investors Advisory, LLC (the "Manager")
which, subject to the supervision and direction of the Trustees of the Trust,
has overall responsibility for the general management and administration of the
Trust. MetLife Investors Group, Inc., an affiliate of Metropolitan Life
Insurance Company, owns all of the outstanding common shares of the Manager and
MetLife Investors Distribution Company, the Trust's distributor.


         With respect to the Portfolios other than the following Allocation
Portfolios (MetLife Defensive Strategy Portfolio, MetLife Moderate Strategy
Portfolio, MetLife Balanced Strategy Portfolio, MetLife Growth Strategy
Portfolio, MetLife Aggressive Strategy Portfolio and Met/Franklin Templeton
Founding Strategy Portfolio), the Trust and the Manager have entered into a
Management Agreement dated December 8, 2000, as amended ("Original Management
Agreement"), which was initially approved by the Board of Trustees on December
7, 2000 and by Security First Life Insurance Company (currently known as MetLife
Investors USA Insurance Company), as initial shareholder of the Trust, on
December 8, 2000. With respect to the following Allocation Portfolios (American
Funds Balanced Allocation Portfolio, American Funds Growth Allocation Portfolio,
American Funds Moderate Allocation Portfolio, MetLife Defensive Strategy
Portfolio, MetLife Moderate Strategy Portfolio, MetLife Balanced Strategy
Portfolio, MetLife Growth Strategy Portfolio, MetLife Aggressive Strategy
Portfolio and Met/Franklin Founding Strategy Portfolio), the Trust and the
Manager have entered into a Management Agreement dated November 1, 2004, as
amended ("Additional Management Agreement"), which was initially approved by the
Board of Trustees on August 19, 2004 and by MetLife Investors USA Insurance
Company, as initial shareholder of MetLife Defensive Strategy Portfolio, MetLife
Moderate Strategy Portfolio, MetLife Balanced Strategy Portfolio, MetLife Growth
Strategy Portfolio and MetLife Aggressive Strategy Portfolio on October 29, 2004
and as initial shareholder of American Funds Balanced Allocation Portfolio,
American Funds Growth Allocation Portfolio, American Funds Moderate Allocation
Portfolio and Met/Franklin Templeton Founding Strategy Portfolio on April 25,
2008. Subject always to the supervision and direction of the Trustees of the
Trust, under the Original Management Agreement, the Manager will have (i)
overall supervisory responsibility for the general management and investment of
each Portfolio's assets; (ii) full discretion to select new or additional
Advisers for each Portfolio; (iii) full discretion to enter into and materially
modify investment advisory agreements with Advisers; (iv) full discretion to
terminate and replace any Adviser; and (v) full investment discretion to make
all determinations with respect to the investment of a Portfolio's assets not
then managed by an Adviser. In connection with the Manager's responsibilities
under the Original Management Agreement, the Manager will assess each
Portfolio's investment focus and will seek to implement decisions with respect
to the allocation and reallocation of each Portfolio's assets among one or more
current or additional Advisers from time to time, as the Manager deems
appropriate, to enable each Portfolio to achieve its investment goals. In
addition, the Manager will monitor compliance of each Adviser with the
investment objectives, policies and restrictions of any Portfolio or Portfolios
(or portions of any Portfolio) under the management of such Adviser, and review
and report to the Trustees of the Trust on the performance of each Adviser. The
Manager will furnish, or cause the appropriate Adviser(s) to furnish, to the
Trust such statistical information, with respect to the investments that a
Portfolio (or portions of any Portfolio) may hold or contemplate purchasing, as
the Trust may reasonably request. On the Manager's own initiative, the Manager
will apprise, or cause the appropriate Adviser(s) to apprise, the Trust of
important developments materially affecting each Portfolio (or any portion of a
Portfolio that they advise) and will furnish the Trust, from time to time, with
such information as may be appropriate for this purpose. Further, the Manager
agrees to furnish, or cause the appropriate Adviser(s) to furnish, to the
Trustees of the Trust such periodic and special reports as the Trustees of the
Trust may reasonably request. In addition, the Manager agrees to cause the
appropriate Adviser(s) to furnish to third-party data reporting services all
currently available standardized performance information and other customary
data.


         Under the Original Management Agreement, the Manager also is required
to furnish to the Trust, at its own expense and without remuneration from or
additional cost to the Trust, the following:

o    Office space, all necessary office facilities and equipment;

o    Necessary executive and other personnel, including personnel for the
     performance of clerical and other office functions, other than those
     functions:

     o   related to and to be performed under the Trust's contract or contracts
         for administration, custodial, accounting, bookkeeping, transfer and
         dividend disbursing agency or similar services by the entity selected
         to perform such services; or

     o   related to the investment advisory services to be provided by any
         Adviser pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Manager
         ("Advisory Agreement").

o    Information and services, other than services of outside counsel or
     independent accountants or investment advisory services to be provided by
     any Adviser under an Advisory Agreement, required in connection with the
     preparation of all registration statements, prospectuses and statements of
     additional information, any supplements thereto, annual, semi-annual, and
     periodic reports to Trust shareholders, regulatory authorities, or others,
     and all notices and proxy solicitation materials, furnished to shareholders
     or regulatory authorities, and all tax returns.

         The Additional Management Agreement is substantially the same as the
Original Management Agreement except that the Manager will: (i) provide
investment management and advisory services to the Allocation Portfolios; (ii)
render investment advice concerning the Underlying Portfolios in which to invest
and the appropriate allocations for each of the Allocation Portfolios.

         As compensation for these services, the Trust pays the Manager a
monthly fee at the following annual rates of each Portfolio's average daily net
assets:





     ------------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------------
                           Portfolio                                                  Fee
     ------------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       

Met/AIM Capital Appreciation                              0.80% of the first $100 million of such assets plus 0.75% of
                                                          such assets over $100  million up to $200 million plus 0.70%
                                                          of such assets over $200 million up to $1 billion plus 0.65%
                                                          of such assets over $1 billion

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Met/AIM Small Cap Growth                                  0.88% of first $500 million of such assets plus 0.83% of
                                                          such assets over $500 million
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Batterymarch Growth and Income                            0.65% of the first $500 million of such assets plus 0.55% of
                                                          such assets over $500 million up to $1 billion plus 0.50% of
                                                          such assets over $1 billion up to $1.5 billion plus 0.45% of
                                                          such assets over $1.5 billion up to $2 billion plus 0.40% of
                                                          such assets over $2 billion

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock High Yield                                      0.60%


- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Large Cap Core                                  0.625% of first $250  million of such  assets  plus 0.60% of
                                                          such assets over $250 million up to $500 million plus 0.575%
                                                          of such assets over $500 million up to $1 billion plus 0.55%
                                                          on such assets  over $1 billion up to $2 billion  plus 0.50%
                                                          of such assets over $2 billion

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Clarion Global Real Estate                                0.70% of first  $200  million of such  assets  plus 0.65% of
                                                          such assets over $200  million up to $750 million plus 0.55%
                                                          of such assets over $750 million


- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dreman Small Cap Value                                    0.80% of first $100  million of such  assets  plus 0.775% of
                                                          such assets over $100 million up to $500 million plus 0.750%
                                                          of such  assets  over $500  million  up to $1  billion  plus
                                                          0.725% on such assets over $1 billion



- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Met/Franklin Income                                       0.80% of first $200  million of such  assets  plus 0.675% of such
                                                          assets over $200  million up to $500  million  plus 0.65% of such
                                                          assets over $500 million


- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Met/Franklin Mutual Shares                               0.80%

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value                               0.75% of first $200 million of such assets plus 0.70% of
                                                          such assets over $200 million
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Harris Oakmark International                              0.85% of first  $100  million of such  assets  plus 0.80% of such
                                                          assets  over $100  million  up to $1  billion  plus 0.75% of such
                                                          assets over $1 billion

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Forty                                               0.65% on first $1 billion of such assets plus 0.60% of
                                                          such assets over $1 billion
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lazard Mid Cap                                            0.70% of first $500  million of such  assets  plus 0.675% of
                                                          such assets over $500 million up to $1 billion plus 0.60% of
                                                          such assets over $1 billion

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth                     0.65% of first  $500  million of such  assets  plus 0.60% of
                                                          such assets over $500 million up to $1 billion plus 0.55% of
                                                          such assets  over $1 billion up to $2 billion  plus 0.50% of
                                                          such assets over $2 billion

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legg Mason Partners Managed Assets                        0.50%

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legg Mason Value Equity                                   0.65% of the first $200 million of such assets plus 0.63%
                                                          of such assets over $200 million
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loomis Sayles Global Markets                              0.70% of first  $500  million of such  assets  plus 0.65% of
                                                          such assets over $500 million up to $1 billion plus 0.60% of
                                                          such assets over $1 billion

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture                                0.60% of first  $250  million of such  assets  plus 0.55% of
                                                          such assets over $250  million up to $500 million plus 0.50%
                                                          of such assets over $500 million up to $1 billion plus 0.45%
                                                          of such assets over $1 billion

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lord Abbett Growth and Income                             0.60% of first  $600  million of such  assets  plus 0.55% of such
                                                          assets over $600  million up to $1.1  billion  plus 0.50% of such
                                                          assets over $1.1  billion up to $1.5  billion  plus 0.45% of such
                                                          assets over $1.5 billion

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value                                 0.70% of first  $200  million of such  assets  plus 0.65% of
                                                          such assets over $200 million up to $500 million plus 0.625%
                                                          of such assets over $500 million

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MFS(R)  Emerging  Markets Equity                          1.05% of first  $250  million of such  assets  plus 1.00% of such
                                                          assets over $250  million up to $500  million  plus 0.85% of such
                                                          assets  over $500  million  up to $1  billion  plus 0.75% of such
                                                          assets over $1 billion

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MFS(R)  Research  International                           0.80% of first  $200  million of such  assets  plus 0.75% of such
                                                          assets over $200  million up to $500  million  plus 0.70% of such
                                                          assets  over $500  million  up to $1  billion  plus 0.65% of such
                                                          assets over $1 billion

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation                          0.65% of first $150 million of such assets plus 0.625% of
                                                          such assets over $150 million up to $300 million plus
                                                          0.60% of such assets over $300 million up to $500 million
                                                          plus 0.55% of such assets over $500 million up to $700
                                                          million plus 0.525% of such assets over $700 million up
                                                          to $900 million plus 0.50% of such assets over $900
                                                          million

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond                            0.50% of the first $1.2 billion of such assets plus 0.45%
                                                          of such assets over $1.2 billion
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Total Return                                        0.50% of the first $1.2  billion of such  assets plus 0.475%
                                                          of such assets over $1.2 billion

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pioneer  Fund                                             0.750% of first $250  million of such  assets plus 0.700% of such
                                                          assets over $250  million up to $500  million plus 0.675% of such
                                                          assets  over $500  million up to $1 billion  plus  0.650% of such
                                                          assets  over $1  billion  up to $2  billion  plus  0.600% of such
                                                          assets over $2 billion

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pioneer  Strategic  Income                                0.60% of first  $500  million of such  assets  plus 0.55% of such
                                                          assets  over $500  million  up to $1  billion  plus 0.53% of such
                                                          assets over $1 billion

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

RCM Technology                                            0.88% of first $500 million of such assets plus 0.85% of
                                                          such assets over $500 million

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Rainier Large Cap Equity                                  0.70% of first $150 million of such  assets,  plus 0.675% of such
                                                          assets over $150 million up to $300  million,  plus 0.65% of such
                                                          assets  over $300  million up to $1  billion,  plus 0.60% of such
                                                          assets over $1 billion

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth                              0.75%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Met/Templeton  Growth                                     0.70% of first  $100  million of such  assets  plus 0.68% of
                                                          such assets over $100  million up to $250 million plus 0.67%
                                                          of such assets  over $250  million up to $500  million  plus
                                                          0.66% of such  assets over $500  million up to $750  million
                                                          plus 0.65% of such assets over $750 million



- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Third Avenue Small Cap Value                              0.75% of first $1 billion of such assets plus 0.70% of
                                                          such assets over $1 billion
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Turner Mid Cap Growth                                     0.80% of first $300 million of such assets plus 0.70% of
                                                          such assets over $300 million
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Van Kampen  Comstock                                      0.65% of first  $500  million of such  assets  plus 0.60% of such
                                                          assets  over $500  million up to $1 billion  plus  0.525% of such
                                                          assets over $1 billion

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Van Kampen Mid Cap Growth                                 0.70% of first  $200  million of such  assets  plus 0.65% of
                                                          such assets over $200 million up to $500 million plus 0.625%
                                                          of such assets over $500 million

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

American Funds Balanced Allocation                        0.10%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
American Funds Growth Allocation                          0.10%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
American Funds Moderate Allocation                        0.10%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MetLife  Aggressive  Strategy                             0.10% of first $500  million of such  assets  plus 0.075% of
                                                          such assets over $500 million up to $1 billion plus 0.05% of
                                                          such assets over $1 billion

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MetLife Balanced Strategy                                 0.10% of first $500  million of such  assets  plus 0.075% of
                                                          such assets over $500 million up to $1 billion plus 0.05% of
                                                          such assets over $1 billion

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MetLife  Defensive  Strategy                              0.10% of first $500  million of such  assets  plus 0.075% of
                                                          such assets over $500 million up to $1 billion plus 0.05% of
                                                          such assets over $1 billion

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MetLife  Growth  Strategy                                 0.10% of first $500  million of such  assets  plus 0.075% of such
                                                          assets  over $500  million  up to $1  billion  plus 0.05% of such
                                                          assets over $1 billion

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MetLife Moderate Strategy                                 0.10% of first $500  million of such  assets  plus 0.075% of such
                                                          assets  over $500  million  up to $1  billion  plus 0.05% of such
                                                          assets over $1 billion

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Strategic  Conservative  Growth                           0.15% of first $250  million of such  assets  plus 0.125% of such
                                                          assets over $250  million up to $500  million  plus 0.10% of such
                                                          assets over $500 million

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Strategic  Growth                                         0.15% of first $250  million of such  assets  plus 0.125% of
                                                          such assets over $250  million up to $500 million plus 0.10%
                                                          of such assets over $500 million

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Strategic  Growth and Income                              0.15% of first $250  million of such  assets  plus 0.125% of
                                                          such assets over $250  million up to $500 million plus 0.10%
                                                          of such assets over $500 million

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Met/Franklin Templeton Founding Strategy                  0.05%


- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         See the Prospectus for information on any voluntary fee waivers with
respect to the Portfolios. From the management fees, the Manager pays the
expenses of providing investment advisory services to the Portfolios, including
the fees of the Adviser of each applicable Portfolio.

         The Manager and the Trust have also entered into an expense limitation
agreement with respect to certain Portfolios ("Expense Limitation Agreement"),
pursuant to which the Manager has agreed to waive or limit its fees and to
assume other expenses so that the total annual operating expenses (with certain
exceptions described in the Prospectus) of each such Portfolio are limited to
the extent described in the "Management--Expense Limitation Agreement" section
of the Prospectus.

         In addition to the management fees, the Trust pays all expenses not
assumed by the Manager, including, without limitation, charges for the services
and expenses of the independent accountants and legal counsel retained by the
Trust, for itself and its Disinterested Trustees; accounting and auditing
services; interest; taxes; costs of printing and distributing reports to
shareholders, proxy materials and prospectuses; charges of its administrator,
custodian, transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent; registration fees; fees
and expenses of the Trustees who are not affiliated persons of the Manager;
insurance; brokerage costs; litigation; and other extraordinary or nonrecurring
expenses. All general Trust expenses are allocated among and charged to the
assets of the Portfolios of the Trust on a basis that the Trustees deem fair and
equitable, which may be on the basis of relative net assets of each Portfolio or
the nature of the services performed and relative applicability to each
Portfolio. In addition, as discussed below under "Distribution of the Trust's
Shares," the Class B, Class C and Class E shares of each Portfolio may pay for
certain distribution-related expenses in connection with activities primarily
intended to result in the sale of its shares.

         The Management Agreement and the Additional Management Agreement each
continues in force for two years from its commencement date, with respect to
each Portfolio, and from year to year thereafter, but only so long as its
continuation as to each Portfolio is specifically approved at least annually (i)
by the Trustees or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting
securities of the Portfolio, and (ii) by the vote of a majority of the
Disinterested Trustees, by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the
purpose of voting on such approval. The Management Agreement and the Additional
Management Agreement each provides that it shall terminate automatically if
assigned, and that it may be terminated as to any Portfolio without penalty by
the Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting
securities of the Portfolio upon 60 days' prior written notice to the Manager,
or by the Manager upon 90 days' prior written notice to the Trust, or upon such
shorter notice as may be mutually agreed upon.

         The Trust commenced operations in February, 2001. The following table
shows the fees paid by the Portfolios to the Manager and by certain of the
Portfolios' predecessors to current affiliates of the Manager, any fee waivers
or reimbursements and any deferred expense reimbursements during the fiscal
years ended December 31, 2007, December 31, 2006, and December 31, 2005 or
October 31, 2006 or October 31, 2005, as noted.





- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               12/31/07
                                         Investment         Investment      Other Expenses     Deferred Expense
                                        Management Fee     Management Fee      Reimbursed        Reimbursement
     Portfolio                               Paid             Waived
     ----------                         -------------      -------------     -------------     -----------------

                                                                                   

Met/AIM Capital Appreciation (9)        $1,751,789         $---              $---              $---

Met/AIM Small Cap Growth                6,752,950           ---               ---               ---

Batterymarch Growth and Income          3,071,575          223,355           20,579            ---


BlackRock High Yield                    1,707,809          ---               ---               24,994

BlackRock Large Cap Core                7,881,120          ---               ---               82,236

Clarion Global Real Estate (1)          8,580,974          ---               ---               ---

Dreman Small Cap Value                  1,172,742          ---               ---               37,273

Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value             3,873,402          ---               ---               ---

Harris Oakmark International           18,674,560          ---               ---               ---

Janus Forty                             6,611,066          ---               ---               ---

Lazard Mid Cap                          5,094,851          1,126             ---               ---

Legg Mason Partners                     6,288,191          ---               ---               ---
   Aggressive Growth

Legg Mason Partners Managed             1,293,568          ---               ---               ---
   Assets

Legg Mason Value Equity                 8,949,822          ---               ---               ---

Loomis Sayles Global Markets            5,615,764          ---               ---               ---

Lord Abbett Bond Debenture              9,801,505          ---               ---               70,796

Lord Abbett Growth and                 19,893,949          ---               ---               ---
   Income

Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value               3,269,897          ---               ---               90,000
   Portfolio

MFS(R) Emerging Markets                 5,383,725          ---               ---              375,934
   Equity

MFS(R) Research International          11,403,214          ---               ---               ---

Oppenheimer Capital                     5,633,745          ---               ---               ---
   Appreciation

PIMCO Inflation Protected               6,138,802          ---               ---               ---
   Bond

PIMCO Total Return                     18,014,014          ---               ---               ---


Pioneer Fund                              351,709          9,250             ---               14,246



Pioneer Strategic Income               1,951,027           ---               ---               ---

Rainier Large Cap Equity                 664,775            81               ---               ---

RCM Technology                         2,727,184           ---               ---               ---

T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth           7,316,173           ---               ---               ---

Third Avenue Small Cap Value          13,073,985           ---               ---               ---

Turner Mid Cap Growth                  3,118,476           ---               ---               ---

Van Kampen Comstock                   10,152,378           ---               ---               ---


Van Kampen Mid Cap                       664,558           6,445             ---               ---
Growth

MetLife Aggressive Strategy              773,161          11,142            4,569             ---

MetLife Balanced Strategy              3,396,810           ---               ---               ---

MetLife Defensive Strategy               630,611          54,067           13,745            ---

MetLife Growth Strategy                3,850,359           ---               ---               ---

MetLife Moderate Strategy              1,365,189           ---               ---               ---

Strategic Conservative Growth            396,216         126,028            3,382            ---

Strategic Growth                         383,971         131,207               73             ---

Strategic Growth and Income              235,505         127,809            6,825             ---

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------





                                                                                               12/31/06
                                              Investment         Investment      Other Expenses     Deferred Expense
                                            Management Fee     Management Fee      Reimbursed        Reimbursement
           Portfolio                            Paid              Waived
           ---------                         ------------       -------------     -----------        --------------
                                                                                            
Met/AIM Small Cap Growth                  $5,208,050              $---              $---                $---

Batterymarch Growth and                    2,057,034             225,909             ---                 ---
   Income

BlackRock High Yield (2)                     488,192              24,994            ---                 ---

BlackRock Large Cap Core (3)               1,014,593              82,236            ---                 ---

Clarion Global Real Estate(1)              6,057,682              ---               ---                 ---

Dreman Small Cap Value                       297,691             108,951            ---                 ---

Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value                3,106,141              ---               ---                  876

Harris Oakmark International              13,191,319              ---               ---                 ---

Janus Forty(4)                             6,710,661              ---               ---                 ---

Lazard Mid Cap (5)                         3,031,355              ---               ---                 ---

Legg Mason Partners                        5,333,277              ---               ---                 ---
   Aggressive Growth (6)

Legg Mason Partners Managed                1,348,879              ---               ---                 ---
   Assets

Legg Mason Value Equity                    4,005,093              54,098            ---              101,700

Loomis Sayles Global Markets               2,059,460               ---              ---                 ---

Lord Abbett Bond Debenture                 8,565,789               ---               ---                 ---

Lord Abbett Growth and                   17,136,570                ---               ---                 ---
   Income

Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value                 2,389,129                ---               ---                 ---
   Portfolio

MFS(R) Emerging Markets                   2,022,193              375,934             ---                 ---
   Equity

MFS(R) Research International              8,460,330               ---               ---                 ---

Oppenheimer Capital                       6,068,516                ---               ---                 ---
   Appreciation

PIMCO Inflation Protected                 5,654,987                ---               ---                 ---
   Bond

PIMCO Total Return                       12,360,372                ---               ---                 ---

Pioneer Fund                                320,224              56,750              ---                 ---

RCM Technology (7)                        2,334,468               ---                ---              108,060

T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth              5,928,302               ---                ---                 ---

Third Avenue Small Cap Value              8,709,531               ---                ---                 ---

Turner Mid Cap Growth                     2,255,859               ---                ---                 ---

Van Kampen Comstock                       6,849,608               ---                ---                 ---

Van Kampen Mid Cap                          483,646             127,383              ---                 ---
   Growth (8)

MetLife Aggressive Strategy                 701,061               98,965             ---                 ---

MetLife Balanced Strategy                 3,127,701              166,290            ---              246,817

MetLife Defensive Strategy                  454,077              170,658            ---                 ---

MetLife Growth Strategy                   3,009,601               98,229            ---              178,334

MetLife Moderate Strategy                 1,099,558               ---               ---               78,534

Strategic Conservative Growth                11,819               11,819            24,846             ---

Strategic Growth                              6,329                6,329            30,336             ---

Strategic Growth and Income                   9,280                9,280            27,385             ---

                                                                           10/31/06

Met/AIM Capital Appreciation (8)          $1,760,214               $---              $---                $---

Pioneer Strategic Income (10)              1,565,645                ---               ---                 ---
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------
(1) Formerly Neuberger Berman Real Estate.

(2) Formerly Federated High Yield.

(3) Formerly Mercury Large Cap Core.

(4) Formerly Janus Capital Appreciation.

(5) Formerly Met/AIM Mid Cap Core Equity.

(6) Formerly Legg Mason Aggressive Growth and Janus Aggressive Growth.

(7) Formerly RCM Global Technology.

(8) Formerly Lord Abbett Growth Opportunities.

(9) For the period from 11/1/06 through 12/31/06, fees paid to the Manager, any
    fee waivers or reimbursements and any deferred expense reimbursements were
    $251,836, $0, $0, $0, respectively.

(10) For the period from 11/1/06 through 12/31/06, fees paid to the Manager, any
    fee waivers or reimbursements and any deferred expense reimbursements were
    $288,983, $0, $0, $0, respectively.


- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                                                                               12/31/05

                                              Investment         Investment      Other Expenses     Deferred Expense
                                            Management Fee     Management Fee      Reimbursed        Reimbursement
       Portfolio                                Paid              Waived
       ---------                              ------------      ------------      ------------      --------------
                                                                                          

Met/AIM Small Cap Growth                         $4,065,172       $---              $---              $186,470

BlackRock High Yield (1)                            555,974       ---               ---                 ---

BlackRock Large Cap Core                            980,510       ---               ---                 ---
   Portfolio(2)

Clarion Global Real Estate (3)                    2,760,936       ---               ---                 ---

Dreman Small Cap Value                               22,380      22,380            51,727               ---

Goldman Sachs Mid Cap                             2,377,124       ---               ---                 ---
   Value

Harris Oakmark International                      8,535,923       ---               ---                 ---

Janus Forty(4)                                    7,347,893       ---               ---                 ---

Lazard Mid Cap(5)                                 2,171,692       ---               ---                 ---

Legg Mason Partners                               4,470,882       ---               ---                 55,811
  Aggressive Growth(6)

Legg Mason Partners Managed                       1,412,933       ---               ---
   Assets

Legg Mason Value Equity(7)                            5,322       5,322            42,358               ---

Lord Abbett Bond Debenture                        7,382,524       ---               ---                 ---

Lord Abbett Growth and                           15,579,274       ---               ---                 ---
   Income

Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value                         2,176,402       ---               ---                 ---

MFS(R) Research International                     6,477,000       ---               ---                465,232

Oppenheimer Capital                               5,967,811       ---               ---                527,389
   Appreciation

PIMCO Inflation Protected                         4,472,486       ---               ---                 ---
   Bond

PIMCO Total Return                                9,764,321       ---               ---                232,938

Pioneer Fund                                        283,477       ---               ---                 ---

RCM Technology(8)                                 1,874,614         973             ---                296,190

T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth                      4,367,844       ---               ---                  2,646

Third Avenue Small Cap Value                      5,688,594       ---               ---                 ---

Turner Mid Cap Growth                             1,478,543       ---               ---                 ---

Van Kampen Comstock (9)                           3,209,721       ---               ---                 ---

Van Kampen Mid Cap                                  424,159      33,406             ---                 ---
   Growth(10)

MetLife Aggressive Strategy                         510,587     122,410             ---                 ---

MetLife Balanced Strategy                         1,366,679      47,538             ---                 ---

MetLife Defensive Strategy                          274,780     130,573             ---                 ---

MetLife Growth Strategy                           1,264,098      47,117             ---                 ---

MetLife Moderate Strategy                           822,266      45,545             ---                 ---


                                                                           10/31/05
Met/AIM Capital Appreciation                     $1,932,760      $---              $---                $---

Pioneer Strategic Income                          1,076,933       ---               ---                 ---
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------

(1) Formerly Federated High Yield.

(2) Formerly Mercury Large Cap Core.

(3) Formerly Neuberger Berman Real Estate.

(4) Formerly Janus Capital Appreciation.

(5) Formerly Met/AIM Mid Cap Core Equity.

(6) Formerly Legg Mason Aggressive Growth and Janus Aggressive Growth.

(7) For the period from 11/1/05 through 12/31/05

(8) Formerly RCM Global Technology.

(9) For the period from 5/1/05 through 12/31/05

(10) Formerly Lord Abbett Growth Opportunities.




         The Advisers

         Pursuant to an Advisory Agreement with the Manager, each Adviser to a
Portfolio continuously furnishes an investment program for the Portfolio, makes
investment decisions on behalf of the Portfolio, places all orders for the
purchase and sale of investments for the Portfolio's account with brokers or
dealers selected by such Adviser and may perform certain limited related
administrative functions in connection therewith. For its services, the Manager
pays each Adviser a fee based on a percentage of the average daily net assets of
the Portfolios.

         Each Advisory Agreement will continue in force for two years from its
commencement date, and from year to year thereafter, but only so long as its
continuation as to a Portfolio is specifically approved at least annually (i) by
the Trustees or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities
of the Portfolio, and (ii) by the vote of a majority of the Disinterested
Trustees by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting
on such approval. Each Advisory Agreement provides that it shall terminate
automatically if assigned or if the Management Agreement with respect to the
related Portfolio terminates, and that it may be terminated as to a Portfolio
without penalty by the Manager, by the Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a
majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio on not less than
60 days' prior written notice to the Adviser or by the Adviser on not less than
90 days' prior written notice to the Manager, or upon such shorter notice as may
be mutually agreed upon.

         Each Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser shall not be subject
to any liability to the Trust or the Manager for any act or omission in the
course of or connected with rendering services thereunder in the absence of
willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its
duties on the part of the Adviser.

         The Trust and the Manager have received an exemptive order from the
Securities and Exchange Commission ("Multi-Manager Order"). The Multi-Manager
Order permits the Manager, subject to approval of the Board of Trustees, to: (i)
select new or additional Advisers for the Trust's Portfolios; (ii) enter into
new investment advisory agreements and materially modify existing investment
advisory agreements; and (iii) terminate and replace the Advisers without
obtaining approval of the relevant Portfolio's shareholders. In such
circumstances, shareholders would receive notice of such action, including, if
applicable, the information concerning the Adviser that normally is provided in
a proxy statement. However, the Manager may not enter into an investment
advisory agreement with an "affiliated person" of the Manager (as that term is
defined in Section 2(a)(3) of the 1940 Act) ("Affiliated Adviser") unless the
investment advisory agreement with the Affiliated Adviser, including
compensation thereunder, is approved by the affected Portfolio's shareholders,
including, in instances in which the investment advisory agreement pertains to a
newly formed Portfolio, the Portfolio's initial shareholder. Although
shareholder approval is not required for the termination of Advisory Agreements,
shareholders of a Portfolio continue to have the right to terminate such
Agreements for the Portfolio at any time by a vote of a majority of outstanding
voting securities of the Portfolio.


         Pursuant to the Multi-Manager Order, the Manager, effective January 1,
2003, changed Advisers for the State Street Concentrated International Portfolio
(now known as Harris Oakmark International Portfolio and MFS Mid Cap Growth
Portfolio (now known as T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Portfolio). Effective
January 14, 2005, the Manager changed the Adviser to the PIMCO PEA Innovation
Portfolio (now known as RCM Technology Portfolio). Effective December 19, 2005
the Manager changed the Adviser to the Met/AIM Mid Cap Core Equity Portfolio
(now known as Lazard Mid Cap Portfolio). Effective August 21, 2006, the Manager
changed the Adviser to the Federated High Yield Portfolio (now known as
BlackRock High Yield Portfolio). Effective October 1, 2006 the Manager changed
the Adviser to the Lord Abbett Growth Opportunities Portfolio (now known as Van
Kampen Mid Cap Growth Portfolio). Effective October 1, 2006, the Manager changed
the Adviser to the Janus Aggressive Growth Portfolio (now known as Legg Mason
Partners Aggressive Growth Portfolio). Effective October 1, 2006, the Manager
changed the Adviser to the Mercury Large Cap Core Portfolio (now known as
BlackRock Large Cap Core Portfolio). Effective April 28, 2008, the Manager
changed the Adviser to the Neuberger Berman Real Estate Portfolio (now known as
Clarion Global Real Estate Portfolio). In approving new Advisers for these
Portfolios, the Board especially reviewed each Portfolio's performance record
and the replacement Adviser's management style and long-term performance record
with comparable funds.






         Following are the Advisers to the Portfolios.

      ------------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
                            Portfolio                                            Adviser(s)
      ------------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                        

Met/AIM Capital Appreciation                               Invesco Aim Capital Management, Inc.


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Met/AIM Small Cap Growth                                   Invesco Aim Capital Management, Inc.


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Batterymarch Growth and Income                             Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock High Yield                                       BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Large Cap Core                                   BlackRock Advisors, LLC
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Clarion Global Real Estate                                 ING Clarion Real Estate Securities L.P.

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dreman Small Cap Value                                     Dreman Value Management LLC
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Met/Franklin Income Portfolio                              Franklin Advisers, Inc.

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Met/Franklin Mutual Shares Portfolio                       Franklin Mutual Advisers, Inc.


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value                                Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Harris Oakmark International                               Harris Associates L.P.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Forty                                                Janus Capital Management LLC
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lazard Mid Cap                                             Lazard Asset Management LLC
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth                      ClearBridge Advisors, LLC
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legg Mason Partners Managed Assets                         Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc.
                                                           Western Asset Management Company
                                                           ClearBridge Advisors, LLC
                                                           Legg Mason Global Asset Allocation, LLC
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legg Mason Value Equity                                    Legg Mason Capital Management, Inc.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loomis Sayles Global Markets                               Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture                                 Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lord Abbett Growth and Income                              Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value                                  Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Emerging Markets Equity                               Massachusetts Financial Services Company
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Research International                                Massachusetts Financial Services Company
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation                           OppenheimerFunds, Inc.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond                             Pacific Investment Management Company LLC
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Total Return                                         Pacific Investment Management Company  LLC
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pioneer Fund                                               Pioneer Investment Management, Inc.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pioneer Strategic Income                                   Pioneer Investment Management, Inc.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RCM Technology                                             RCM Capital Management LLC
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rainier Large Cap Equity                                   Rainier Investment Management, Inc.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth                               T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Met/Templeton Growth Portfolio                             Templeton Global Advisors Limited
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Third Avenue Small Cap Value                               Third Avenue Management LLC
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Turner Mid Cap Growth                                      Turner Investment Partners, Inc.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen Comstock                                        Morgan Stanley Investment Management
                                                              Inc., d/b/a Van Kampen
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Van Kampen Mid Cap Growth                                  Morgan Stanley Investment Management
                                                              Inc., d/b/a Van Kampen
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strategic Conservative Growth                              Gallatin Asset Management, Inc.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strategic Growth                                           Gallatin Asset Management, Inc.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strategic Growth and Income                                Gallatin Asset Management, Inc.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         The following table shows the fees paid with respect to the Portfolios
to each Adviser (or prior Adviser) by the Manager or current affiliates of the
Manager for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, December 31, 2006 and
December 31, 2005 or October 31, 2006 and October 31, 2005, as noted.
- ---------------------------------------------- --------------- ----------------




                  Portfolio                       12/31/07          12/31/06         12/31/05
                  ---------                       --------          --------         --------
                                                                            

Met/AIM Capital Appreciation                    $801,315           $N/A              $N/A

Met/AIM Small Cap Growth                       4,559,184        $3,576,194        $2,834,581

Batterymarch Growth and Income                 1,417,674           949,401            N/A

BlackRock High Yield(1)                          996,222           290,428           342,138

BlackRock Large Cap Core (2)                   4,071,350           458,203           442,811

Clarion Global Real Estate (3)                 4,691,895         3,316,989         1,532,812

Dreman Small Cap Value                           806,960           211,455            12,198

Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value                    2,268,730         1,830,295         1,413,714

Harris Oakmark International                   12,208,040        8,552,546         5,580,751

Janus Forty(4)                                  3,551,570        3,604,800         3,967,827

Lazard Mid Cap(5)                               2,886,028        1,731,383         1,279,000

Legg Mason Partners Aggressive                  3,222,082        2,908,325         2,483,363
   Growth(6)

Legg Mason Partners Managed                       717,405          753,708           796,047
   Assets

Legg Mason Value Equity                         5,414,178        2,428,561             3,422

Loomis Sayles Global Markets                    3,346,169        1,260,814           N/A

Lord Abbett Bond Debenture                      4,342,335        3,793,129         3,267,233

Lord Abbett Growth and Income                   9,330,644        8,105,142         7,529,675

Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value                       2,047,158        1,508,695         1,377,786

MFS(R) Emerging Markets                         3,934,568        1,521,475           N/A

MFS(R) Research International                   7,344,285        5,533,253         4,287,870

Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation                3,194,424        3,475,880         3,374,156

PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond                  3,014,124        2,827,494         2,236,243

PIMCO Total Return                              9,007,007        6,180,187         4,882,160

Pioneer Fund                                      175,854          160,112           141,738

Pioneer Strategic Income                          926,013             N/A              N/A

Rainier Large Cap Equity(11)                      364,808             N/A              N/A

RCM Technology(7)                               1,859,444        1,606,312         1,284,865

T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth                    4,712,834        3,916,356         2,867,713

Third Avenue Small Cap Value                    8,333,276        5,529,774         3,663,156

Turner Mid Cap Growth                           1,986,877        1,435,957           949,090

Van Kampen Comstock                             5,731,603        4,000,299         1,899,968

Van Kampen Mid Cap Growth(8)                      427,216          310,915           272,674

Strategic Conservative Growth(12)                 191,928            3,940             N/A

Strategic Growth(12)                              184,970            3,093             N/A

Strategic Growth and Income(12)                    85,526            2,110             N/A

   10/31/06          10/31/05

Met/AIM Capital Appreciation(9)                                    824,884           905,981



Pioneer Strategic Income (10)                                      751,048           502,569
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------

(1) Formerly Federated High Yield.

(2) Formerly Mercury Large Cap Core.

(3) Formerly Neuberger Berman Real Estate.

(4) Formerly Janus Capital Appreciation.

(5) Formerly Met/AIM Mid Cap Core Equity.

(6) Formerly Legg Mason Aggressive Growth and Janus Aggressive Growth.

(7) Formerly RCM Global Technology.

(8) Formerly Lord Abbett Growth Opportunities.

(9) For the period from 11/1/06 through 12/31/06, fees paid to the Adviser were
$117,689.

(10) For the period from 11/1/06 through 12/31/06, fees paid to the Adviser were
$141,412.

(11) For the period from 11/1/07 through 12/31/07.

(12) For the period from 11/1/06 through 12/31/06.



         Portfolio Management

         Appendix C to this Statement of Addition Information contains
information regarding the committee members' or portfolio managers'
compensation, other accounts managed and ownership of shares of the Portfolios
to the extent applicable.

         The Administrator

         Pursuant to an administration agreement ("Administration Agreement"),
State Street Bank and Trust Company ("Administrator") assists the Manager in the
performance of its administrative services to the Trust and provides the Trust
with other necessary administrative services. In addition, the Administrator
makes available the office space, equipment, personnel and facilities required
to provide such administrative services to the Trust.

         The Administrator was organized as a Massachusetts trust company. Its
principal place of business is at 2 Avenue de Lafayette, Boston, Massachusetts
02111. Under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator is entitled to a
fee from the Trust, which is calculated daily and paid monthly, at an annual
rate of approximately 0.01% of the average daily net assets of each Portfolio of
the Trust. The Administration Agreement is in effect until December 31, 2008 and
continues in effect for successive periods of one year, unless terminated by any
party upon not less than sixty (60) days' prior written notice to the other
party. For the years ended December 31, 2007, December 31, 2006, and December
31, 2005, an aggregate of $2,506,645, $3,424,737, and $2,105,465, respectively,
was paid to the Administrator.

         Effective May 1, 2006, the Met/AIM Capital Appreciation, BlackRock High
Yield, Pioneer Fund, Pioneer Strategic Income, Dreman Small Cap Value, Janus
Forty, BlackRock Large Cap Core and Legg Mason Partners Managed Assets Portfolio
commenced operations as portfolios of the Trust. The predecessors of such
Portfolios and certain other portfolios that no longer exist paid administration
fees in 2005 in the aggregate amount of $1,114,719 and $336,527 for the period
January 1, 2006 through April 30, 2006.

          The Distributor

         With respect to the Portfolios, the Trust has distribution agreements
with MetLife Investors Distribution Company ("MLIDC" or the "Distributor") in
which MLIDC serves as the Distributor for the Trust's Class A, Class B, Class C
and Class E shares. MLIDC is an affiliate of Metropolitan Life Insurance
Company. MLIDC's address is 5 Park Plaza, Suite 1900, Irvine, California 92614.

         The Trust's distribution agreements with respect to the Class A, Class
B, Class C and Class E shares ("Distribution Agreements") were initially
approved by the Board of Trustees at Board meetings held on December 7, 2000
(Class A, Class B, Class C) and April 23, 2001 (Class E). The Distribution
Agreements will remain in effect from year to year provided each Distribution
Agreement's continuance is approved annually by (i) a majority of the Trustees
who are not parties to such agreement or "interested persons" (as defined in the
1940 Act) of the Trust or a Portfolio and, if applicable, who have no direct or
indirect financial interest in the operation of the Class B, Class C or Class E
Distribution Plan or any such related agreement and (ii) either by vote of a
majority of the Trustees or a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as
defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust.

         The Distributor or its affiliates for the Class A shares will pay for
printing and distributing prospectuses or reports prepared for their use in
connection with the offering of the Class A shares to prospective contract
owners and qualified plan participants and preparing, printing and mailing any
other literature or advertising in connection with the offering of the Class A
shares to prospective contract owners and qualified plan participants.

         Pursuant to the Class B Distribution Plan, the Class C Distribution
Plan and the Class E Distribution Plan, the Trust compensates the Distributor
from assets attributable to the Class B, Class C and Class E shares, as
applicable, for services rendered and expenses borne in connection with
activities primarily intended to result in the sale of the Trust's Class B,
Class C and Class E shares. It is anticipated that a portion of the amounts
received by the Distributor will be used to defray various costs incurred or
paid by the Distributor in connection with the printing and mailing of Trust
prospectuses, statements of additional information and any supplements thereto
and shareholder reports, and holding seminars and sales meetings with wholesale
and retail sales personnel designed to promote the distribution of Class B,
Class C and Class E shares. The Distributor may also use a portion of the
amounts received to provide compensation to financial intermediaries and
third-party broker-dealers for their services in connection with the
distribution of the Class B, Class C and Class E shares.

         The Class B Distribution Plan, the Class C Distribution Plan and the
Class E Distribution Plan provide that the Trust, on behalf of each Portfolio,
may pay annually up to 0.50%, 1.00% and 0.25%, respectively, of the average
daily net assets of a Portfolio attributable to its Class B shares, Class C
shares and Class E shares, respectively, in respect to activities primarily
intended to result in the sale of Class B, Class C and Class E shares. However,
under the Distribution Agreements, payments to the Distributor for activities
pursuant to the Class B Distribution Plan, the Class C Distribution Plan and the
Class E Distribution Plan are limited to payments at an annual rate equal to
0.25%, 0.55% and 0.15%, respectively, of average daily net assets of a Portfolio
attributable to its Class B shares, Class C shares and Class E shares,
respectively. Under the terms of the Class B Distribution Plan, the Class C
Distribution Plan and the Class E Distribution Plan and the related Distribution
Agreements, each Portfolio is authorized to make payments monthly to the
Distributor that may be used to pay or reimburse entities (including
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company and its affiliates) providing distribution
and shareholder servicing with respect to the Class B, Class C and Class E
shares for such entities' fees or expenses incurred or paid in that regard.

         Each of the Class B Distribution Plan, the Class C Distribution Plan
and the Class E Distribution Plan is of a type known as a "compensation" plan
because payments are made for services rendered to the Trust with respect to
Class B, Class C and Class E shares regardless of the level of expenditures by
the Distributor. The Trustees will, however, take into account such expenditures
for purposes of reviewing operations under the Class B Distribution Plan, the
Class C Distribution Plan and the Class E Distribution Plan and in connection
with their annual consideration of the Class B Distribution Plan's, the Class C
Distribution Plan's and the Class E Distribution Plan's renewal. The Distributor
has indicated that it expects its expenditures to include, without limitation:
(a) the printing and mailing of Trust prospectuses, statements of additional
information, any supplements thereto and shareholder reports for prospective
Contract owners with respect to the Class B, Class C and Class E shares of the
Trust; (b) those relating to the development, preparation, printing and mailing
of advertisements, sales literature and other promotional materials describing
and/or relating to the Class B, Class C and Class E shares of the Trust; (c)
holding seminars and sales meetings designed to promote the distribution of
Class B, Class C and Class E shares of the Trust; (d) obtaining information and
providing explanations to wholesale and retail distributors of contracts
regarding Trust investment objectives and policies and other information about
the Trust and its Portfolios, including the performance of the Portfolios; (e)
training sales personnel regarding the Class B, Class C and Class E shares of
the Trust; and (f) financing any other activity that the Distributor determines
is primarily intended to result in the sale of Class B, Class C and Class E
shares.

         A description of the Class B Distribution Plan with respect to the
Class B shares and related services and fees thereunder is provided in the
Prospectus for the Class B shares of the Portfolios. A description of the Class
C Distribution Plan with respect to the Class C shares and related services and
fees thereunder is provided in the Prospectus for the Class C shares of the
Portfolios. On December 7, 2000, the Board of Trustees of the Trust, including
the Disinterested Trustees unanimously approved the Class B Distribution Plan
and the Class C Distribution Plan. A description of the Class E Distribution
Plan with respect to the Class E shares and related services and fees thereunder
is provided in the Prospectus for the Class E shares of the Portfolios. On April
23, 2001, the Board of Trustees of the Trust, including the Disinterested
Trustees, unanimously approved the Class E Distribution Plan.

         The Class B Distribution Plan, the Class C Distribution Plan and the
Class E Distribution Plan and any Rule 12b-1 related agreement that is entered
into by the Trust or the Distributor of the Class B, Class C and Class E shares
in connection with the Class B Distribution Plan, the Class C Distribution Plan
and the Class E Distribution Plan will continue in effect for a period of more
than one year only so long as continuance is specifically approved at least
annually by vote of a majority of the Trust's Board of Trustees, and of a
majority of the Disinterested Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for
the purpose of voting on the Class B Distribution Plan, the Class C Distribution
Plan and the Class E Distribution Plan or any Rule 12b-1 related agreement, as
applicable. In addition, the Class B Distribution Plan, the Class C Distribution
Plan and the Class E Distribution Plan and any Rule 12b-1 related agreement may
be terminated as to Class B, Class C or Class E shares of a Portfolio at any
time, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the outstanding Class B, Class C
or Class E shares of the Portfolio, as applicable, or by vote of a majority of
the Disinterested Trustees. The Class B Distribution Plan, the Class C
Distribution Plan and the Class E Distribution Plan each also provides that it
may not be amended to increase materially the amount (up to 0.50% [1.00% with
respect to Class C and 0.25% with respect to Class E] of average daily net
assets annually) that may be spent for distribution of Class B, Class C and
Class E shares of any Portfolio without the approval of Class B, Class C and
Class E shareholders, as applicable, of that Portfolio.

         The Distributor for each class of shares will pay all fees and expenses
in connection with its qualification and registration as a broker or dealer
under federal and state laws. In the capacity of agent, the Distributor
currently offers shares of each Portfolio on a continuous basis to the separate
accounts of insurance companies offering the Contracts in all states in which
the Portfolio or the Trust may from time to time be registered or where
permitted by applicable law. The Distribution Agreements provide that the
Distributor shall accept orders for shares at net asset value without a sales
commission or sale load being charged. The Distributor has made no firm
commitment to acquire shares of any Portfolio.

         The table below shows the amount paid by each Portfolio to the
Distributor pursuant to the Class B and Class E Distribution Plans for the year
ended December 31, 2007:*





      ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
                         Portfolio                          Total Distribution Fee Paid to Distributor


                                                                         

Met/AIM Capital Appreciation                                                $21,218



Met/AIM Small Cap Growth                                                    782,654

BlackRock Large Cap Core                                                    257,875


Clarion Global Real Estate (1)                                            1,637,003



Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value                                                 522,560

Harris Oakmark International                                              2,658,580

Janus Forty                                                                  22,495

Lazard Mid Cap                                                              712,480

Legg Mason Partners Aggressive                                              603,989
   Growth


Legg Mason Value Equity                                                     327,436



Loomis Sayles Global Markets                                                 63,543


Lord Abbett Bond Debenture                                                2,047,665



Lord Abbett Growth and Income                                             4,064,072

Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value                                                   995,362

MFS(R) Emerging Markets                                                      91,387


MFS(R) Research International                                             1,894,862



Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation                                          1,379,516

PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond                                              934,833

PIMCO Total Return                                                        3,211,973

Rainier Large Cap Equity                                                      1,285

RCM Technology                                                              293,004

T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth                                              1,261,869


Third Avenue Small Cap Value                                              1,872,565



Turner Mid Cap Growth                                                       189,747

Van Kampen Comstock                                                         398,539

Van Kampen Mid Cap Growth                                                   163,644

MetLife Aggressive Strategy                                               2,159,782

MetLife Balanced Strategy                                                15,106,598

MetLife Defensive Strategy                                                1,685,339

MetLife Growth Strategy                                                  17,368,722

MetLife Moderate Strategy                                                 4,948,645


Strategic Conservative Growth                                               673,750



Strategic Growth                                                            392,509

Strategic Growth and Income                                                 650,175

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         (1) Formerly Neuberger Berman Real Estate.


         * Other than American Funds Bond Portfolio, American Funds Growth
Portfolio, American Funds International Portfolio, American Funds Balanced
Allocation Portfolio, American Funds Growth Allocation Portfolio and American
Funds Moderate Allocation Portfolio, the Portfolios currently do not offer Class
C shares.



         The amounts received by the Distributor have been used to defray
various costs incurred or paid by the Distributor in connection with the
printing and mailing of Trust prospectuses, statements of additional information
and any supplements thereto and shareholder reports, and holding seminars and
sales meetings with wholesale and retail sales personnel designed to promote the
distribution of Class B and Class E shares.

          Code of Ethics

         The Trust, its Manager, its Distributor, and each of its Advisers, have
adopted Codes of Ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. Each of these
Codes of Ethics permits the personnel of their respective organizations to
invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be
purchased or held by the Portfolios. A copy of each of the Codes of Ethics is on
public file with, and is available from, the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          Custodian

         State Street Bank and Trust Company ("State Street Bank"), located at 2
Avenue de Lafayette, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the custodian of the
Trust. Under the custody agreement, State Street Bank holds the Portfolios'
securities, provides fund accounting and keeps all necessary records and
documents.

          Transfer Agent

         Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, located at 501 Boylston Street,
Boston, Massachusetts 02116 serves as transfer agent for the Trust.

          Legal Matters

     Certain  legal  matters are passed on for the Trust by Sullivan & Worcester
LLP, 1666 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.

     Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


         Deloitte & Touche LLP, located at 200 Berkeley Street, Boston
Massachusetts, serves as the Trust's independent auditors.


                             REDEMPTION OF SHARES

         The Trust may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of
payment on shares of the Portfolios for more than seven days during any period
(1) when the New York Stock Exchange is closed or trading on that Exchange is
restricted as determined by the Securities and Exchange Commission; (2) when an
emergency exists, as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission, which
makes it not reasonably practicable for a Portfolio to dispose of securities
owned by it or fairly to determine the value of its assets; or (3) as the
Securities and Exchange Commission may otherwise permit.

         The value of the shares on redemption may be more or less than the
shareholder's cost, depending upon the market value of the portfolio securities
at the time of redemption.

                               NET ASSET VALUE

         The net asset value per share of each Portfolio is determined as of the
close of regular trading of the New York Stock Exchange (currently 4:00 p.m.,
Eastern Time), each day that Exchange is open for trading. Currently, the New
York Stock Exchange is closed on: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day,
Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,
Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Portfolio securities for which the primary
market is a domestic or foreign exchange will be valued at the last sale price
on the day of valuation or, if there was no sale that day, at the last reported
bid price, using prices as of the close of trading. Portfolio securities traded
over-the-counter and reported on NASDAQ will report the Nasdaq Official Closing
Price ("NOCP"). The NOCP will be calculated on each business day at 4:00:02 p.m.
Eastern time as follows: (i) if the last traded price of a listed security
reported by a Nasdaq member falls within the current best bid and ask price,
then the NOCP will be the last traded price; (ii) if the last traded price falls
outside of that range, however, the NOCP will be the last bid price (if higher)
or the last ask price (if lower). Portfolio securities which are traded
over-the-counter and not quoted on the NASDAQ System that are actively traded in
the over-the-counter market, including listed securities for which the primary
market is believed to be over-the-counter, will be valued at the most recently
quoted bid price provided by the principal market makers.

         In the case of any securities which are not actively traded, reliable
market quotations may not be considered to be readily available. These
investments are stated at fair value as determined under the direction of the
Trustees. Such fair value is expected to be determined by utilizing information
furnished by a pricing service which determines valuations for normal,
institutional-size trading units of such securities using methods based on
market transactions for comparable securities and various relationships between
securities which are generally recognized by institutional traders.

         If any securities held by a Portfolio are restricted as to resale,
their fair value will be determined following procedures approved by the
Trustees. The fair value of such securities is generally determined as the
amount which the Portfolio could reasonably expect to realize from an orderly
disposition of such securities over a reasonable period of time. The valuation
procedures applied in any specific instance are likely to vary from case to
case. However, consideration is generally given to the financial position of the
issuer and other fundamental analytical data relating to the investment and to
the nature of the restrictions on disposition of the securities (including any
registration expenses that might be borne by the Portfolio in connection with
such disposition). In addition, specific factors are also generally considered,
such as the cost of the investment, the market value of any unrestricted
securities of the same class (both at the time of purchase and at the time of
valuation), the size of the holding, the prices of any recent transactions or
offers with respect to such securities and any available analysts' reports
regarding the issuer.

     Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  short-term debt securities with maturities
of 60 days or less will be valued at amortized cost.

         Foreign securities traded outside the United States will be valued
daily at their fair value according to procedures decided upon in good faith by
the Trust's Board of Trustees. All securities and other assets of a Portfolio
initially expressed in foreign currencies will be converted to U.S. dollar
values at the mean of the bid and offer prices of such currencies against U.S.
dollars quoted as designated on the Price Source Authorization Agreement between
the Trust and its custodian on a valuation date by any recognized dealer.

         The Manager may, from time to time, under the general supervision of
the Board of Trustees or the valuation committee, utilize the services of one or
more pricing services available in valuating the assets of the Trust. The
Manager will continuously monitor the performance of these services.

                                FEDERAL INCOME TAXES


         Each Portfolio, including each Underlying Portfolio, intends to qualify
each year as a "regulated investment company" under the Code. By so qualifying,
a Portfolio will not be subject to federal income taxes to the extent that its
net investment income and net realized capital gains are distributed to its
shareholders.

         In order to so qualify, a Portfolio must, among other things, (1)
derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends,
interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or
other disposition of stocks or securities or foreign currencies, or other income
(including but not limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts)
derived with respect to its business of investing in such stocks or securities,
and net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded
partnership; and (2) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter
of the Portfolio's taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the market value of the
Portfolio's assets is represented by cash, government securities, securities of
other regulated investment companies and other securities limited in respect of
any one issuer to 5% of the value of the Portfolio's assets and to not more than
10% of the voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the
value of its assets is invested in securities of any one issuer (other than
government securities or the securities of other regulated investment companies)
or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. For
this purpose, a qualified publicly traded partnership is any publicly traded
partnership other than one whose income is derived almost entirely from income
which would be qualified income for a regulated investment company (that is,
dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the
disposition of stock or securities, and the like) in any event.

         As a regulated investment company, a Portfolio will not be subject to
federal income tax on net investment income and capital gains (short- and
long-term), if any, that it distributes to its shareholders if at least 90% of
its net investment income and net short-term capital gains for the taxable year
are distributed, but will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on any
income or gains that are not distributed. In general, dividends will be treated
as paid when actually distributed, except that dividends declared in October,
November or December and made payable to shareholders of record in such a month
will be treated as having been paid by the Portfolio (and received by
shareholders) on December 31, provided the dividend is paid in the following
January. Each Portfolio intends to satisfy the distribution requirement in each
taxable year.

         The Portfolios will not be subject to the 4% federal excise tax imposed
on regulated investment companies that do not distribute all of their income and
gains each calendar year because such tax does not apply to a regulated
investment company whose only shareholders are either tax-exempt pension trusts
or segregated asset accounts of life insurance companies held in connection with
variable annuity and/or variable life insurance policies.

         The Trust intends to comply with section 817(h) of the Code and the
regulations issued thereunder. As required by regulations under that section,
the only shareholders of the Trust and its Portfolios will be life insurance
company segregated asset accounts (also referred to as separate accounts) that
fund variable life insurance or annuity contracts, tax-exempt pension trusts,
and MetLife Investors USA Insurance Company, the initial shareholder of the
Portfolios, and its affiliates. See the prospectus or other material for the
Contracts for additional discussion of the taxation of segregated asset accounts
and of the owner of the particular Contract described therein.

         Section 817(h) of the Code and Treasury Department regulations
thereunder impose certain diversification requirements on the segregated asset
accounts investing in the Portfolios of the Trust. These requirements, which are
in addition to the diversification requirements applicable to the Trust under
the 1940 Act and under the regulated investment company provisions of the Code,
may limit the types and amounts of securities in which the Portfolios or
Underlying Portfolios may invest. Failure to meet the requirements of section
817(h) could result in current taxation of the owner of the Contract on the
income of the Contract. For this purpose, an investment in an Underlying
Portfolio is treated not as a single investment but as an investment in each
asset owned by the Underlying Portfolio, so long as shares of the Underlying
Portfolio are owned only by separate accounts of insurance companies, by
qualified pension and retirement plans, and by a limited class of other
investors. The Portfolios and Underlying Portfolios are and will be so owned.
Thus so long as each Portfolio and Underlying Portfolio meets the section 817(h)
diversification tests, each Contract will also meet those tests. See the
prospectus for the Contracts.

         The Trust may therefore find it necessary to take action to ensure that
a Contract continues to qualify as a Contract under federal tax laws. The Trust,
for example, may be required to alter the investment objectives of a Portfolio
or Underlying Portfolio or substitute the shares of one Portfolio or Underlying
Portfolio for those of another. No such change of investment objectives or
substitution of securities will take place without notice to the shareholders of
the affected Portfolio and the approval of a majority of such shareholders and
without prior approval of the Securities and Exchange Commission, to the extent
legally required.

         In certain foreign countries, interest and dividends are subject to a
tax which is withheld by the issuer. U.S. income tax treaties with certain
countries reduce the rates of these withholding taxes. The Trust intends to
provide the documentation necessary to achieve the lower treaty rate of
withholding whenever applicable or to seek refund of amounts withheld in excess
of the treaty rate.

         Portfolios that invest in foreign securities may purchase the
securities of certain foreign investment funds or trusts called passive foreign
investment companies. Such trusts have been the only or primary way to invest in
certain countries. In addition to bearing their proportionate share of a
Portfolio's expenses (management fees and operating expenses), shareholders will
also indirectly bear similar expenses of such trusts. Capital gains on the sale
of such holdings are considered ordinary income regardless of how long a
Portfolio held its investment. In addition, a Portfolio could be subject to
corporate income tax and an interest charge on certain dividends and capital
gains earned from these investments, regardless of whether such income and gains
are distributed to shareholders. To avoid such tax and interest, each
Portfolio's investment adviser intends to treat these securities as sold on the
last day of its fiscal year and recognize any gains for tax purposes at that
time; deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any gains
resulting from these deemed sales for prior taxable years. Such gains will be
considered ordinary income, which a Portfolio will be required to distribute
even though it has not sold the security.


         Income that Clarion Global Real Estate Portfolio derives from a company
principally engaged in the real estate industry that is classified for federal
tax purposes as a partnership (and not as a corporation, qualified publicly
traded partnership or REIT) ("RE Partnership") will be treated under the Code as
qualifying income under the income requirement only to the extent that income is
attributable to the RE Partnership's income that would be qualifying income if
realized directly by the Portfolio in the same manner as realized by the RE
Partnership. The Internal Revenue Service also has issued numerous private
letter rulings (which may not be relied on by taxpayers other than the
addressees thereof but nevertheless indicate the Service's view of federal tax
matters) holding that a regulated investment company that invests in a
partnership should be treated as owning a proportionate share of the
partnership's assets for purposes of the diversification requirement.

         Clarion Global Real Estate Portfolio may invest in REITs that hold
residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits ("REMICs"). Under
Treasury regulations that have not yet been issued but may apply retroactively,
the portion of a REIT's income attributable to its residual interest in a REMIC
(referred to in the Code as an "excess inclusion") will be subject to federal
income tax and will be allocated to the REIT's shareholders in proportion to the
dividends they receive. These regulations also are expected to provide that
excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as the
Portfolio, will be allocated to its shareholders in proportion to the dividends
they receive, with the same consequences as if they held the related REMIC
residual interest directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to
shareholders for a taxable year (1) cannot be offset by net operating losses
(subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (2) will
constitute unrelated business taxable income ("UBTI") to certain tax-exempt
entities (including qualified pension plans, IRAs, Code section 401(k) plans,
Keogh plans, and public charities), thereby potentially requiring such an entity
that otherwise might not be required to file tax return for that year to file a
tax return and pay tax on such income and (3) resulting in tax liability for a
segregated asset account of an insurance company to which excess inclusion
income is allocated. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a
"disqualified organization" (including governmental units, certain tax-exempt
entities, and certain cooperatives) is a record holder of a share in a regulated
investment company, then the regulated investment company will be subject to a
tax equal to the portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year
that is allocable to the disqualified organization multiplied by the highest
federal income tax rate imposed on corporations. The Portfolio does not intend
to invest in REITs that have a substantial portion of their assets in residual
interests of REMICs.


                    ORGANIZATION AND CAPITALIZATION OF THE TRUST

         The Trust is a Delaware business trust organized on July 27, 2000. A
copy of the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust, which is governed by
Delaware law, is filed as an exhibit to the Trust's registration statement. The
Trust is the successor to the Security First Trust and Cova Series Trust, the
series of which were converted to Portfolios of the Trust, effective February
12, 2001. Effective May 1, 2002, Met/AIM Mid Cap Equity Portfolio changed its
name to Met/AIM Mid Cap Core Equity Portfolio. Effective January 1, 2003, State
Street Research Concentrated International Portfolio changed its name to Harris
Oakmark International Portfolio and MFS Mid Cap Growth Portfolio changed its
name to T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Portfolio. Effective May 1, 2004, PIMCO
Innovation Portfolio changed its name to PIMCO PEA Innovation Portfolio.
Effective May 1, 2005, PIMCO PEA Innovation Portfolio changed its name to RCM
Global Technology Portfolio and effective April 30, 2007, RCM Global Technology
Portfolio changed its name to RCM Technology Portfolio. Effective December 19,
2005 Met/AIM Mid Cap Core Equity Portfolio changed its name to Lazard Mid Cap
Portfolio. Effective August 21, 2006, Federated High Yield Portfolio changed its
name to BlackRock High Yield Portfolio. Effective October 1, 2006, Lord Abbett
Growth Opportunities Portfolio changed its name to Van Kampen Mid Cap Growth
Portfolio. Effective October 1, 2006, Janus Aggressive Growth Portfolio changed
its name to Legg Mason Aggressive Growth Portfolio and effective April 30, 2007,
Legg Mason Aggressive Growth Portfolio changed its name to Legg Mason Partners
Aggressive Growth Portfolio. Effective October 1, 2006, Mercury Large Cap Core
Portfolio changed its name to BlackRock Large Cap Core Portfolio. Effective
April 30, 2007, Janus Capital Appreciation Portfolio changed its name to Janus
Forty Portfolio. Effective April 28, 2008, Neuberger Berman Real Estate
Portfolio changed its name to Clarion Global Real Estate Portfolio. The Trust is
also the successor of Managed Assets Trust, Capital Appreciation Fund and
certain portfolios of The Travelers Series Trust. Such funds were converted to
Portfolios of the Trust, effective May 1, 2006.


         The Trustees of the Trust have authority to issue an unlimited number
of shares of beneficial interest, par value $.001 per share, of one or more
series. Currently, the Trustees have established and designated fifty-four
series, fifty-two of which are currently being offered. Each series of shares
represents the beneficial interest in a separate Portfolio of assets of the
Trust, which is separately managed and has its own investment objective and
policies. The Trustees of the Trust have authority, without the necessity of a
shareholder vote, to establish additional portfolios and series of shares. The
shares outstanding are, and those offered hereby when issued will be, fully paid
and nonassessable by the Trust. The shares have no preemptive, conversion or
subscription rights and are fully transferable.

         The Trust is authorized to issue four classes of shares (Class A, Class
B, Class C and Class E) on behalf of each Portfolio. Lord Abbett Bond Debenture,
T. Rowe Price Mid Cap GrowthThe Prospectus for each Portfolio describes the
classes of shares currently being offered. Class A shares are offered at net
asset value and are not subject to distribution fees imposed pursuant to a
distribution plan. Class B, Class C and Class E shares are offered at net asset
value and are subject to distribution fees imposed pursuant to each Class'
Distribution Plan adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.


         Class A, Class B, Class C and Class E shares are currently offered
under the Trust's multi-class distribution system approved by the Trust's Board
of Trustees on December 7, 2000, which is designed to allow promotion of
insurance products investing in the Trust through alternative distribution
channels. Under the Trust's multi-class distribution system, shares of each
class of a Portfolio represent an equal pro rata interest in that Portfolio and,
generally, will have identical voting, dividend, liquidation, and other rights,
other than the payment of distribution fees under the Distribution Plan.

         The Trust continuously offers its shares to separate accounts of
insurance companies in connection with the Contracts. Class A, Class B, Class C
and Class E shares currently are sold to insurance company separate accounts in
connection with Contracts issued by the following affiliated insurance companies
- - Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, MetLife Investors Insurance Company,
First MetLife Investors Insurance Company, MetLife Investors USA Insurance
Company, New England Financial Life Insurance Company, General American Life
Insurance Company and MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut (collectively,
"MetLife"). As of December 31, 2007, MetLife owned substantially all of the
Trust's outstanding Class A, Class B and Class E shares and, as a result, may be
deemed to be a control person with respect to the Trust. No Class C shares were
outstanding as of December 31, 2007.

         As a "series" type of mutual fund, the Trust issues separate series of
share of beneficial interest with respect to each Portfolio. Each Portfolio
resembles a separate fund issuing a separate class of stock. Because of current
federal securities law requirements, the Trust expects that its shareholders
will offer to owners of the Contracts ("Contract owners") the opportunity to
instruct them as to how shares allocable to their Contracts will be voted with
respect to certain matters, such as approval of investment advisory agreements.
To the Trust's knowledge, as of December 31, 2007, none of the Contracts
currently owned entitled any individual to give voting instructions regarding
more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any Portfolio.

         The Trust may in the future offer its shares to separate accounts of
other insurance companies. The Trust does not currently foresee any
disadvantages to Contract owners arising from offering the Trust's shares to
separate accounts of insurance companies that are unaffiliated with each other.
However, it is theoretically possible that, at some time, the interests of
various Contract owners participating in the Trust through their separate
accounts might conflict. In the case of a material irreconcilable conflict, one
or more separate accounts might withdraw their investments in the Trust, which
would possibly force the Trust to sell portfolio securities at disadvantageous
prices. The Trustees of the Trust intend to monitor events for the existence of
any material irreconcilable conflicts between or among such separate accounts
and will take whatever remedial action may be necessary.

         The assets received from the sale of shares of a Portfolio, and all
income, earnings, profits and proceeds thereof, subject only to the rights of
creditors, constitute the underlying assets of the Portfolio. The underlying
assets of a Portfolio are required to be segregated on the Trust's books of
account and are to be charged with the expenses with respect to that Portfolio.
Any general expenses of the Trust not readily attributable to a Portfolio will
be allocated by or under the direction of the Trustees in such manner as the
Trustees determine to be fair and equitable, taking into consideration, among
other things, the nature and type of expense and the relative sizes of the
Portfolio and the other Portfolios.

         Each share has one vote, with fractional shares voting proportionately.
Shareholders of a Portfolio are not entitled to vote on any matter that requires
a separate vote of the shares of another Portfolio but which does not affect the
Portfolio. The Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust does not require the
Trust to hold annual meetings of shareholders. Thus, there will ordinarily be no
annual shareholder meetings, unless otherwise required by the 1940 Act. The
Trustees of the Trust may appoint their successors until fewer than a majority
of the Trustees have been elected by shareholders, at which time a meeting of
shareholders will be called to elect Trustees. Under the Agreement and
Declaration of Trust, any Trustee may be removed by vote of the Trustees or vote
of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the Trust. Holders of 10% or more of
the outstanding shares can require the Trustees to call a meeting of
shareholders for the purpose of voting on the removal of one or more Trustees.
If ten or more shareholders who have been such for at least six months and who
hold in the aggregate shares with a net asset value of at least $25,000 inform
the Trustees that they wish to communicate with other shareholders, the Trustees
either will give such shareholders access to the shareholder lists or will
inform them of the cost involved if the Trust forwards materials to the
shareholders on their behalf. If the Trustees object to mailing such materials,
they must inform the Securities and Exchange Commission and thereafter comply
with the requirements of the 1940 Act.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


         The financial statements of the Met/AIM Capital Appreciation, Met/AIM
Small Cap Growth, Batterymarch Growth and Income, BlackRock High Yield,
BlackRock Large Cap Core Portfolio, Clarion Global Real Estate, Dreman Small Cap
Value, Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value, Harris Oakmark International, Janus Forty,
Lazard Mid Cap, Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth, Legg Mason Partners
Managed Assets, Legg Mason Value Equity, Loomis Sayles Global Markets, Lord
Abbett Bond Debenture, Lord Abbett Growth and Income, Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value,
MetLife Aggressive Strategy, MetLife Balanced Strategy, MetLife Defensive
Strategy, MetLife Growth Strategy, MetLife Moderate Strategy, MFS(R) Emerging
Markets Equity, MFS(R) Research International, Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation,
PIMCO Inflation Protected Bond, PIMCO Total Return, Pioneer Fund, Pioneer
Strategic Income, Rainier Large Cap Equity, RCM Technology, Strategic
Conservative Growth, Strategic Growth, Strategic Growth and Income, T. Rowe
Price Mid Cap Growth, Third Avenue Small Cap Value, Turner Mid Cap Growth, Van
Kampen Comstock and Van Kampen Mid Cap Growth Portfolios for the year ended
December 31, 2007, including notes to the financial statements and financial
highlights and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Deloitte & Touche LLP, are included in the Annual Report of the Trust, which is
incorporated by reference in this Statement of Additional Information.




                                     APPENDIX A

                                Securities Ratings

Standard & Poor's Bond Ratings

         A Standard & Poor's corporate debt rating is a current assessment of
the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific obligation. Debt
rated "AAA" has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's. Capacity to
pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong. Debt rated "AA" has a very
strong capacity to pay interest and to repay principal and differs from the
highest rated issues only in small degree. Debt rated "A" has a strong capacity
to pay interest and repay principal although it is somewhat more susceptible to
the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than
debt of a higher rated category. Debt rated "BBB" is regarded as having an
adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally
exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing
circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and
to repay principal for debt in this category than for higher rated categories.
Bonds rated "BB", "B", "CCC" and "CC" are regarded, on balance, as predominantly
speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay
principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. "BB" indicates the
lowest degree of speculation and "CC" the highest degree of speculation. While
such bonds will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these
are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse
conditions. The rating "C" is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is
being paid. Debt rated "D" is in default, and payment of interest and/or
repayment of principal is in arrears. The ratings from "AA" to "B" may be
modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing
within the major rating categories.

Moody's Bond Ratings

         Bonds which are rated "Aaa" are judged to be the best quality. They
carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as
"gilt-edge." Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally
stable margin, and principal is secure. While the various protective elements
are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to
impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues. Bonds which are rated
"Aa" are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa
group they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated
lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as
in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater
amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks
appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities. Moody's applies numerical
modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in the Aa and A rating categories. The modifier 1 indicates
that the security ranks at a higher end of the rating category, modifier 2
indicates a mid-range rating and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks
at the lower end of the rating category. Bonds which are rated "A" possess many
favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper medium grade
obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered
adequate but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to
impairment sometime in the future. Bonds which are rated "Baa" are considered as
medium grade obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly
secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the
present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be
characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack
outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative
characteristics as well. Bonds which are rated "Ba" are judged to have
speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often
the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate, and
thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future.
Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class. Bonds which are rated
"B" generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment. Assurance of
interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract
over any long period of time may be small. Bonds which are rated "Caa" are of
poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of
danger with respect to principal or interest. Bonds which are rated "Ca"
represent obligations which are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are
often in default or have other marked shortcomings. Bonds which are rated "C"
are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so rated can be regarded as
having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

Standard & Poor's Commercial Paper Ratings

         "A" is the highest commercial paper rating category utilized by
Standard & Poor's, which uses the numbers "1+", "1", "2" and "3" to denote
relative strength within its "A" classification. Commercial paper issuers rated
"A" by Standard & Poor's have the following characteristics. Liquidity ratios
are better than industry average. Long-term debt rating is "A" or better. The
issuer has access to at least two additional channels of borrowing. Basic
earnings and cash flow are in an upward trend. Typically, the issuer is a strong
company in a well-established industry and has superior management. Issues rated
"B" are regarded as having only an adequate capacity for timely payment.
However, such capacity may be damaged by changing conditions or short-term
adversities. The rating "C" is assigned to short-term debt obligations with a
doubtful capacity for repayment. An issue rated "D" is either in default or is
expected to be in default upon maturity.

Moody's Commercial Paper Ratings

         "Prime-1" is the highest commercial paper rating assigned by Moody's,
which uses the numbers "1", "2" and "3" to denote relative strength within its
highest classification of Prime. Commercial paper issuers rated Prime by Moody's
have the following characteristics. Their short-term debt obligations carry the
smallest degree of investment risk. Margins of support for current indebtedness
are large or stable with cash flow and asset protection well assured. Current
liquidity provides ample coverage of near-term liabilities and unused
alternative financing arrangements are generally available. While protective
elements may change over the intermediate or longer terms, such changes are most
unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of short-term obligations.

Fitch IBCA, Inc. Commercial Paper Ratings. Fitch Investors Service L.P. employs
the rating F-1+ to indicate issues regarded as having the strongest degree of
assurance for timely payment. The rating F-1 reflects an assurance of timely
payment only slightly less in degree than issues rated F-1+, while the rating
F-2 indicates a satisfactory degree of assurance for timely payment, although
the margin of safety is not as great as indicated by the F-1+ and F-1
categories.

Duff & Phelps Inc.  Commercial  Paper  Ratings.  Duff & Phelps Inc.  employs the
designation of Duff 1 with respect to top grade  commercial paper and bank money
instruments.  Duff  1+  indicates  the  highest  certainty  of  timely  payment:
short-term liquidity is clearly outstanding,  and safety is just below risk-free
U.S. Treasury short-term obligations. Duff 1- indicates high certainty of timely
payment.  Duff 2 indicates good certainty of timely payment:  liquidity  factors
and company fundamentals are sound.

Thomson BankWatch, Inc. ("BankWatch") Commercial Paper Ratings. BankWatch will
assign both short-term debt ratings and issuer ratings to the issuers it rates.
BankWatch will assign a short-term rating ("TBW-1", "TBW-2", "TBW-3", or
"TBW-4") to each class of debt (e.g., commercial paper or non-convertible debt),
having a maturity of one-year or less, issued by a holding company structure or
an entity within the holding company structure that is rated by BankWatch.
Additionally, BankWatch will assign an issuer rating ("A", "A/B", "B", "B/C",
"C", "C/D", "D", "D/E", and "E") to each issuer that it rates.

         Various of the NRSROs utilize rankings within rating categories
indicated by a + or -. The Portfolios, in accordance with industry practice,
recognize such rankings within categories as graduations, viewing for example
Standard & Poor's rating of A-1+ and A-1 as being in Standard & Poor's highest
rating category.









                                APPENDIX B

                     PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

                               INVESCO PERPETUAL

                        POLICY ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

1. INTRODUCTION

   INVESCO PERPETUAL (IP) has adopted a clear and considered policy towards its
responsibility as a shareholder. As part of this policy, IP will take steps to
satisfy itself about the extent to which the companies in which it invests
comply with local recommendations and practices, such as the UK Combined Code
issued by the Committee on Corporate Governance and/or the US Department of
Labour Interpretive Bulletins.

2. RESPONSIBLE VOTING

   IP has a responsibility to optimise returns to its clients. As a core part
of the investment process, Fund Managers will endeavour to establish a dialogue
with management to promote company decision making that is in the best
interests of shareholders, and is in accordance with good Corporate Governance
principles.

   IP considers that shareholder activism is fundamental to good Corporate
Governance. Whilst this does not entail intervening in daily management
decisions, it does involve supporting general standards for corporate activity
and, where necessary, taking the initiative to ensure those standards are met.

   One important means of putting shareholder responsibility into practice is
via the exercising of voting rights. In deciding whether to vote shares, IP
will take into account such factors as the likely impact of voting on
management activity, and where expressed, the preference of clients. As a
result of these two factors, IP will tend to vote on all UK and European
shares, but to vote on a more selective basis on other shares. (See Appendix
i--Voting on non-UK/European shares)

   IP considers that the voting rights attached to its clients' investments
should be actively managed with the same duty of care as that applied to all
other aspects of asset administration. As such, voting rights will be exercised
on an informed and independent basis, and will not simply be passed back to the
company concerned for discretionary voting by the Chairman. In doing this, IP
will have in mind three objectives:

      i) To protect the rights of its clients

      ii) To minimise the risk of financial or business impropriety within the
   companies in which its clients are invested, and

      iii) To protect the long-term value of its clients' investments.

   It is important to note that, when exercising voting rights, a third option
of abstention can also be used as a means of expressing dissatisfaction, or
lack of support, to a Board on a particular issue. Additionally, in the event
of a conflict of interest arising between IP and its clients over a specific
issue, IP will either abstain or seek instruction from each client.

   IP will exercise actively the voting rights represented by the shares it
manages on behalf of its investors.

   Note: Share Blocking

   Generally, IP will not vote where this results in shares being blocked from
trading for a period of more than a few hours. IP considers that it is not in
the interest of clients that their shares are blocked at a potentially
sensitive time, such as that around a shareholder meeting.

3. VOTING PROCEDURES

   IP will endeavour to keep under regular review with trustees, depositaries
and custodians the practical arrangements for circulating company resolutions
and notices of meetings and for exercising votes in accordance with standing or
special instructions.



   IP will endeavour to review regularly any standing or special instructions
on voting and where possible, discuss with company representatives any
significant issues.

   IP will take into account the implications of stock lending arrangements
where this is relevant (that is, when stock is lent to the extent permitted by
local regulations, the voting rights attaching to that stock pass to the
borrower). If a stock is on loan and therefore cannot be voted, it will not
necessarily be recalled in instances where we would vote with management.
Individual IP Fund Managers enter securities lending arrangements at their own
discretion and where they believe it is for the potential benefit of their
investors.

4. DIALOGUE WITH COMPANIES

   IP will endeavour, where practicable in accordance with its investment
processes, to enter into a dialogue with companies based on the mutual
understanding of objectives. This dialogue is likely to include regular
meetings with company representatives to explore any concerns about corporate
governance where these may impact on the best interests of clients. In
discussion with Company Boards and senior non-Executive Directors, IP will
endeavour to cover any matters with particular relevance to shareholder value.

   Specifically when considering resolutions put to shareholders, IP will pay
attention to the companies' compliance with the relevant local requirements. In
addition, when analysing the company's prospects for future profitability and
hence returns to shareholders, IP will take many variables into account,
including but not limited to, the following:

    .  Nomination and audit committees

    .  Remuneration committee and directors' remuneration

    .  Board balance and structure

    .  Financial reporting principles

    .  Internal control system and annual review of its effectiveness

    .  Dividend and Capital Management policies

5. NON-ROUTINE RESOLUTIONS AND OTHER TOPICS

   These will be considered on a case-by-case basis and where proposals are put
to the vote will require proper explanation and justification by (in most
instances) the Board. Examples of such would be all SRI issues (i.e. those with
social, environmental or ethical connotations), political donations, and any
proposal raised by a shareholder or body of shareholders (typically a pressure
group).

   Apart from the three fundamental voting objectives set out under
'Responsible Voting' above, considerations that IP might apply to non-routine
proposals will include:

      i) The degree to which the company's stated position on the issue could
   affect its reputation and/or sales, or leave it vulnerable to boycott or
   selective purchasing

      ii) What other companies have done in response to the issue

      iii) Whether implementation would achieve the objectives sought in the
   proposal

      iv) Whether the matter is best left to the Board's discretion.

6. EVALUATION OF COMPANIES' CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ARRANGEMENTS

   IP will, when evaluating companies' governance arrangements, particularly
those relating to board structure and composition, give due weight to all
relevant factors drawn to their attention.

7. DISCLOSURE

   On request from clients, IP will in good faith provide records of voting
instructions given to third parties such as trustees, depositaries and
custodians provided that



      (i) in IP's discretion, to do so does not conflict with the best
   interests of other clients and

      (ii) it is understood that IP will not be held accountable for the
   expression of views within such voting instructions and

      (iii) IP are not giving any assurance nor undertaking any obligation to
   ensure that such instructions resulted in any votes actually being cast.
   Records of voting instructions within the immediate preceding 3 months will
   not normally be provided.

Note:The record of votes will reflect the voting instruction of the relevant
     Fund Manager. This may not be the same as votes actually cast as IP is
     entirely reliant on third parties complying promptly with such
     instructions to ensure that such votes are cast correctly. Accordingly,
     the provision of information relating to an instruction does not mean that
     a vote was actually cast, just that an instruction was given in accordance
     with a particular view taken.

                                  APPENDIX I

                       VOTING ON NON-UK/EUROPEAN SHARES

   When deciding whether to exercise the voting rights attached to its clients'
non-UK/European shares, IP will take into consideration a number of factors.
These will include:

    -  the likely impact of voting on management activity, versus the cost to
       the client

    -  the portfolio management restrictions (e.g. share blocking) that may
       result from voting

    -  the preferences, where expressed, of clients

   Generally, IP will vote on non-UK/European shares by exception only, except
where the client or local regulator expressly requires voting on all shares.

SHARE BLOCKING

   Generally, IP will not vote where this results in shares being blocked from
trading for a period of more than a few hours. IP considers that it is not in
the interest of clients that their shares are blocked at a potentially
sensitive time, such as that around a shareholder meeting.

AIM INVESTMENTS PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
(Effective as of February 22, 2007)

   The following Proxy Voting Guidelines are applicable to all funds managed by
AIM Advisors, Inc. ("AIM")./1/

INTRODUCTION

OUR BELIEF

   AIM's Trustees and investment professionals expect a high standard of
corporate governance from the companies in our portfolios so that AIM may
fulfill its fiduciary obligation to our fund shareholders. Well governed
companies are characterized by a primary focus on the interests of
shareholders, accountable boards of directors, ample transparency in financial
disclosure, performance-driven cultures and appropriate consideration of all
stakeholders. AIM believes well governed companies create greater shareholder
wealth over the long term than poorly governed companies, so we endeavor to
vote in a manner that increases the value of our investments and fosters good
governance within our portfolio companies.

   In determining how to vote proxy issues, AIM considers the probable business
consequences of each issue and votes in a manner designed to protect and
enhance fund shareholders' interests. Our voting decisions are intended to
enhance each company's total shareholder value over the funds' typical
investment horizon.



   Proxy voting is an integral part of AIM's investment process. We believe
that the right to vote proxies should be managed with the same care as all
other elements of the investment process. The objective of AIM's proxy-voting
activity is to promote good governance and advance the economic interests of
our clients. At no time will AIM exercise its voting power to advance its own
commercial interests, to pursue a social or political cause that is unrelated
to our clients' economic interests, or to favor a particular client or business
relationship to the detriment of others.

PROXY ADMINISTRATION

   The AIM Proxy Committee consists of seven members representing AIM's Legal,
Compliance and Investments departments. AIM's Proxy Voting Guidelines are
revised annually by the Proxy Committee, and are approved by the AIM Funds
Boards of Trustees. The Proxy Committee implements the Guidelines and oversees
proxy voting.

   The Proxy Committee has retained outside experts to assist with the analysis
and voting of proxy issues. In addition to the advice offered by these experts,
AIM uses information gathered from our own research, company managements, AIM's
portfolio managers and outside shareholder groups to reach our voting decisions.

   Generally speaking, AIM's investment-research process leads us to invest in
companies led by management teams we believe have the ability to conceive and
execute strategies to outperform their competitors. We select companies for
investment based in large part on our assessment of their management teams'
ability to create shareholder wealth. Therefore, in formulating our
proxy-voting decisions, AIM gives proper consideration to the recommendations
of a company's Board of Directors.

IMPORTANT PRINCIPLES UNDERLYING THE AIM PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

I. ACCOUNTABILITY

   Management teams of companies are accountable to their boards of directors,
and directors of publicly held companies are accountable to their shareholders.
AIM endeavors to vote the proxies of its portfolio companies in a manner that
will reinforce the notion of a board's accountability to its shareholders.
Consequently, AIM votes against any actions that would impair the rights of
shareholders or would reduce shareholders' influence over the board or over
management.

   The following are specific voting issues that illustrate how AIM applies
this principle of accountability.

    .  ELECTIONS OF DIRECTORS. In uncontested director elections for companies
       that do not have a controlling shareholder, AIM votes in favor of slates
       if they are comprised of at least a majority of independent directors
       and if the boards' key committees are fully independent. Key committees
       include the Audit, Compensation and Governance or Nominating Committees.
       AIM's standard of independence excludes directors who, in addition to
       the directorship, have any material business or family relationships
       with the companies they serve.

       Contested director elections are evaluated on a case-by-case basis and
       are decided within the context of AIM's investment thesis on a company.

    .  DIRECTOR PERFORMANCE. AIM withholds votes from directors who exhibit a
       lack of accountability to shareholders, either through their level of
       attendance at meetings or by enacting egregious corporate-governance or
       other policies. In cases of material financial restatements, accounting
       fraud, habitually late filings, adopting shareholder rights plan
       ("poison pills") without shareholder approval, or other areas of poor
       performance, AIM may withhold votes from some or all of a company's
       directors. In situations where directors' performance is a concern, AIM
       may also support shareholder proposals to take corrective actions such
       as so-called "clawback" provisions.

    .  AUDITORS AND AUDIT COMMITTEE MEMBERS. AIM believes a company's Audit
       Committee has a high degree of responsibility to shareholders in matters
       of financial disclosure, integrity of the financial statements and
       effectiveness of a company's internal controls. Independence, experience
       and financial expertise are critical elements of a well-functioning
       Audit Committee. When electing directors who are



      members of a company's Audit Committee, or when ratifying a company's
       auditors, AIM considers the past performance of the Committee and holds
       its members accountable for the quality of the company's financial
       statements and reports.

    .  MAJORITY STANDARD IN DIRECTOR ELECTIONS. The right to elect directors is
       the single most important mechanism shareholders have to promote
       accountability. AIM supports the nascent effort to reform the U.S.
       convention of electing directors, and votes in favor of proposals to
       elect directors by a majority vote.

    .  CLASSIFIED BOARDS. AIM supports proposals to elect directors annually
       instead of electing them to staggered multi-year terms because annual
       elections increase a board's level of accountability to its shareholders.

    .  SUPERMAJORITY VOTING REQUIREMENTS. Unless proscribed by law in the state
       of incorporation, AIM votes against actions that would impose any
       supermajority voting requirement, and supports actions to dismantle
       existing supermajority requirements.

    .  RESPONSIVENESS. AIM withholds votes from directors who do not adequately
       respond to shareholder proposals that were approved by a majority of
       votes cast the prior year.

    .  CUMULATIVE VOTING. The practice of cumulative voting can enable minority
       shareholders to have representation on a company's board. AIM supports
       proposals to institute the practice of cumulative voting at companies
       whose overall corporate-governance standards indicate a particular need
       to protect the interests of minority shareholders.

    .  SHAREHOLDER ACCESS. On business matters with potential financial
       consequences, AIM votes in favor of proposals that would increase
       shareholders' opportunities to express their views to boards of
       directors, proposals that would lower barriers to shareholder action and
       proposals to promote the adoption of generally accepted best practices
       in corporate governance.

II. INCENTIVES

   AIM believes properly constructed compensation plans that include equity
ownership are effective in creating incentives that induce managements and
employees of our portfolio companies to create greater shareholder wealth. AIM
supports equity compensation plans that promote the proper alignment of
incentives, and votes against plans that are overly dilutive to existing
shareholders, plans that contain objectionable structural features, and plans
that appear likely to reduce the value of the fund's investment.

   Following are specific voting issues that illustrate how AIM evaluates
incentive plans.

    .  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION. AIM evaluates compensation plans for executives
       within the context of the company's performance under the executives'
       tenure. AIM believes independent compensation committees are best
       positioned to craft executive-compensation plans that are suitable for
       their company-specific circumstances. We view the election of those
       independent compensation committee members as the appropriate mechanism
       for shareholders to express their approval or disapproval of a company's
       compensation practices. Therefore, AIM generally does not support
       shareholder proposals to limit or eliminate certain forms of executive
       compensation. In the interest of reinforcing the notion of a
       compensation committee's accountability to shareholders, AIM supports
       proposals requesting that companies subject each year's compensation
       record to an advisory shareholder vote, or so-called "say on pay"
       proposals.

    .  EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS. When voting to approve or reject
       equity-based compensation plans, AIM compares the total estimated cost
       of the plans, including stock options and restricted stock, against a
       carefully selected peer group and uses multiple performance metrics that
       help us determine whether the incentive structures in place are creating
       genuine shareholder wealth. Regardless of a plan's estimated cost
       relative to its peer group, AIM votes against plans that contain
       structural features that would impair the alignment of incentives
       between shareholders and management. Such features include the ability
       to reprice or reload options without shareholder approval, the ability
       to issue options



      below the stock's current market price, or the ability to automatically
       replenish shares without shareholder approval.

    .  EMPLOYEE STOCK-PURCHASE PLANS. AIM supports employee stock-purchase
       plans that are reasonably designed to provide proper incentives to a
       broad base of employees, provided that the price at which employees may
       acquire stock is at most a 15 percent discount from the market price.

    .  SEVERANCE AGREEMENTS. AIM generally votes in favor of proposals
       requiring advisory shareholder ratification of executives' severance
       agreements. However, we oppose proposals requiring such agreements to be
       ratified by shareholders in advance of their adoption.

III. CAPITALIZATION

   Examples of management proposals related to a company's capital structure
include authorizing or issuing additional equity capital, repurchasing
outstanding stock, or enacting a stock split or reverse stock split. On
requests for additional capital stock, AIM analyzes the company's stated
reasons for the request. Except where the request could adversely affect the
fund's ownership stake or voting rights, AIM generally supports a board's
decisions on its needs for additional capital stock. Some capitalization
proposals require a case-by-case analysis within the context of AIM's
investment thesis on a company. Examples of such proposals include authorizing
common or preferred stock with special voting rights, or issuing additional
stock in connection with an acquisition.

IV. MERGERS, ACQUISITIONS AND OTHER CORPORATE ACTIONS

   Issuers occasionally require shareholder approval to engage in certain
corporate actions such as mergers, acquisitions, name changes, dissolutions,
reorganizations, divestitures and reincorporations. AIM analyzes these
proposals within the context of our investment thesis on the company, and
determines its vote on a case-by-case basis.

V. ANTI-TAKEOVER MEASURES

   Practices designed to protect a company from unsolicited bids can adversely
affect shareholder value and voting rights, and they create conflicts of
interests among directors, management and shareholders. Except under special
issuer-specific circumstances, AIM votes to reduce or eliminate such measures.
These measures include adopting or renewing "poison pills", requiring
supermajority voting on certain corporate actions, classifying the election of
directors instead of electing each director to an annual term, or creating
separate classes of common or preferred stock with special voting rights. AIM
generally votes against management proposals to impose these types of measures,
and generally votes for shareholder proposals designed to reduce such measures.
AIM supports shareholder proposals directing companies to subject their
anti-takeover provisions to a shareholder vote.

VI. SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

   AIM generally votes for shareholder proposals that are designed to protect
shareholder rights if a company's corporate-governance standards indicate that
such additional protections are warranted.

VII. SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS ON SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

   The potential costs and economic benefits of shareholder proposals seeking
to amend a company's practices for social reasons are difficult to assess.
Analyzing the costs and economic benefits of these proposals is highly
subjective and does not fit readily within our framework of voting to create
greater shareholder wealth over AIM's typical investment horizon. Therefore,
AIM abstains from voting on shareholder proposals deemed to be of a purely
social, political or moral nature.

VIII. ROUTINE BUSINESS MATTERS

   Routine business matters rarely have a potentially material effect on the
economic prospects of fund holdings, so we generally support the board's
discretion on these items. However, AIM votes against proposals



where there is insufficient information to make a decision about the nature of
the proposal. Similarly, AIM votes against proposals to conduct other
unidentified business at shareholder meetings.

SUMMARY

   These Guidelines provide an important framework for making proxy-voting
decisions, and should give fund shareholders insight into the factors driving
AIM's decisions. The Guidelines cannot address all potential proxy issues,
however. Decisions on specific issues must be made within the context of these
Guidelines and within the context of the investment thesis of the funds that
own the company's stock. Where a different investment thesis is held by
portfolio managers who may hold stocks in common, AIM may vote the shares held
on a fund-by-fund basis.

EXCEPTIONS

   In certain circumstances, AIM may refrain from voting where the economic
cost of voting a company's proxy exceeds any anticipated benefits of that proxy
proposal.

SHARE-LENDING PROGRAMS

   One reason that some portion of AIM's position in a particular security
might not be voted is the securities lending program. When securities are out
on loan and earning fees for the lending fund, they are transferred into the
borrower's name. Any proxies during the period of the loan are voted by the
borrower. The lending fund would have to terminate the loan to vote the
company's proxy, an action that is not generally in the best economic interest
of fund shareholders. However, whenever AIM determines that the benefit to
shareholders of voting a particular proxy outweighs the revenue lost by
terminating the loan, we recall the securities for the purpose of voting the
fund's full position.

"SHARE-BLOCKING"

   Another example of a situation where AIM may be unable to vote is in
countries where the exercise of voting rights requires the fund to submit to
short-term trading restrictions, a practice known as "share-blocking." AIM
generally refrains from voting proxies in share-blocking countries unless the
portfolio manager determines that the benefit to fund shareholders of voting a
specific proxy outweighs the fund's temporary inability to sell the security.

INTERNATIONAL CONSTRAINTS

   An additional concern that sometimes precludes our voting non-U.S. proxies
is our inability to receive proxy materials with enough time and enough
information to make a voting decision. In the great majority of instances,
however, we are able to vote non-U.S. proxies successfully. It is important to
note that AIM makes voting decisions for non-U.S. issuers using these Proxy
Voting Guidelines as our framework, but also takes into account the
corporate-governance standards, regulatory environment and generally accepted
best practices of the local market.

EXCEPTIONS TO THESE GUIDELINES

   AIM retains the flexibility to accommodate company-specific situations where
strictly adhering to the Guidelines would lead to a vote that the AIM Proxy
Committee deems not to be in the best interest of the funds' shareholders. In
these situations, the Proxy Committee will vote the proxy in the manner deemed
to be in the best interest of the funds' shareholders, and will promptly inform
the funds' Boards of Trustees of such vote and the circumstances surrounding it.

RESOLVING POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   A potential conflict of interest arises when AIM votes a proxy for an issuer
with which it also maintains a material business relationship. Examples could
include issuers that are distributors of AIM's products, or issuers that employ
AIM to manage portions of their retirement plans or treasury accounts. AIM
reviews each proxy



proposal to assess the extent, if any, to which there may be a material
conflict between the interests of the fund shareholders and AIM.

   AIM takes reasonable measures to determine whether a potential conflict may
exist. A potential conflict is deemed to exist only if one or more of the Proxy
Committee members actually knew or should have known of the potential conflict.

   If a material potential conflict is deemed to exist, AIM may resolve the
potential conflict in one of the following ways: (1) if the proposal that gives
rise to the potential conflict is specifically addressed by AIM's Proxy Voting
Guidelines, AIM may vote the proxy in accordance with the predetermined
Guidelines; (2) AIM may engage an independent third party to determine how the
proxy should be voted; or (3) AIM may establish an ethical wall or other
informational barrier between the persons involved in the potential conflict
and the persons making the proxy-voting decision in order to insulate the
potential conflict from the decision makers.

   Because the Guidelines are pre-determined and crafted to be in the best
economic interest of shareholders, applying the Guidelines to vote client
proxies should, in most instances, adequately resolve any potential conflict of
interest. As an additional safeguard against potential conflicts, persons from
AIM's marketing, distribution and other customer-facing functions are precluded
from becoming members of the AIM Proxy Committee.

   On a quarterly basis, the AIM Funds Boards of Trustees review a report from
AIM's Internal Compliance Controls Committee. The report contains a list of all
known material business relationships that AIM maintains with publicly traded
issuers. That list is cross-referenced with the list of proxies voted over the
period. If there are any instances where AIM's voting pattern on the proxies of
its material business partners is inconsistent with its voting pattern on all
other issuers, they are brought before the Trustees and explained by the
Chairman of the AIM Proxy Committee.

   PERSONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. If any member of the AIM Proxy Committee has
a personal conflict of interest with respect to a company or an issue presented
for voting, that Committee member will inform the Committee of such conflict
and will abstain from voting on that company or issue.

   FUNDS OF FUNDS. Some AIM funds offering diversified asset allocation within
one investment vehicle own shares in other AIM funds. A potential conflict of
interest could arise if an underlying AIM fund has a shareholder meeting with
any proxy issues to be voted on, because AIM's asset-allocation funds or
target-maturity funds may be large shareholders of the underlying fund. In
order to avoid any potential for a conflict, the asset-allocation funds and
target maturity funds vote their shares in the same proportion as the votes of
the external shareholders of the underlying fund.

POLICIES AND VOTE DISCLOSURE

   A copy of these Proxy Voting Guidelines and the voting record of each AIM
fund are available on our web site, WWW.AIMINVESTMENTS.COM. In accordance with
Securities and Exchange Commission regulations, all funds file a record of all
proxy-voting activity for the prior 12 months ending June 30th. That filing is
made on or before August 31st of each year.

- - --------
FOOTNOTES

1. AIM funds not managed by A I M Advisors, Inc., are governed by the proxy
voting policies of their respective advisers.

To see the Proxy Voting Guidelines applicable to the AIM TRIMARK ENDEAVOR FUND,
the AIM TRIMARK FUND or the AIM TRIMARK SMALL COMPANIES FUND, click HERE
(hyperlink to AIM Funds Management Inc.'s proxy policy).

To see the Proxy Voting Guidelines applicable to the AIM INTERNATIONAL TOTAL
RETURN FUND, click HERE (hyperlink to INVESCO Asset Management Limited's proxy
policy).



To see the Proxy Voting Guidelines applicable to the AIM JAPAN FUND, click HERE
(hyperlink to INVESCO Asset Management (Japan) Limited's proxy policy).

To see the Proxy Voting Guidelines applicable to the AIM CHINA FUND, click HERE
(hyperlink to INVESCO Hong Kong Limited's proxy policy).

To see the Proxy Voting Guidelines applicable to the AIM LIBOR ALPHA FUND, the
AIM FLOATING RATE FUND, the AIM GLOBAL REAL ESTATE FUND, the AIM INTERNATIONAL
CORE EQUITY FUND, the AIM REAL ESTATE FUND, the AIM S&P 500 INDEX FUND, the AIM
SELECT REAL ESTATE INCOME FUND, the AIM STRUCTURED CORE FUND, the AIM
STRUCTURED GROWTH FUND, the AIM STRUCTURED VALUE FUND, the AIM V.I. GLOBAL REAL
ESTATE FUND, or the AIM V.I. INTERNATIONAL CORE EQUITY FUND, click HERE
(hyperlink to INVESCO Institutional (N.A.), Inc.'s proxy policy).



                         PROXY POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
                         (AS AMENDED OCTOBER 1, 2005)

A. PROXY POLICIES

   Each of A I M Advisors, Inc., A I M Capital Management, Inc. and AIM Private
Asset Management, Inc. (each an "AIM Advisor" and collectively "AIM") has the
fiduciary obligation to, at all times, make the economic best interest of
advisory clients the sole consideration when voting proxies of companies held
in client accounts. As a general rule, each AIM Advisor shall vote against any
actions that would reduce the rights or options of shareholders, reduce
shareholder influence over the board of directors and management, reduce the
alignment of interests between management and shareholders, or reduce the value
of shareholders' investments. At the same time, AIM believes in supporting the
management of companies in which it invests, and will accord proper weight to
the positions of a company's board of directors, and the AIM portfolio managers
who chose to invest in the companies. Therefore, on most issues, our votes have
been cast in accordance with the recommendations of the company's board of
directors, and we do not currently expect that trend to change. Although AIM's
proxy voting policies are stated below, AIM's proxy committee considers all
relevant facts and circumstances, and retains the right to vote proxies as
deemed appropriate.

   I. BOARDS OF DIRECTORS

   A board that has at least a majority of independent directors is integral to
good corporate governance. Key board committees, including audit, compensation
and nominating committees, should be completely independent.

   There are some actions by directors that should result in votes being
withheld. These instances include directors who:

    .  Are not independent directors and (a) sit on the board's audit,
       compensation or nominating committee, or (b) sit on a board where the
       majority of the board is not independent;

    .  Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without
       a valid excuse;

    .  It is not clear that the director will be able to fulfill his function;

    .  Implement or renew a dead-hand or modified dead-hand poison pill;

    .  Enacted egregious corporate governance or other policies or failed to
       replace management as appropriate;

    .  Have failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the
       shareholders have tendered their shares; or

    .  Ignore a shareholder proposal that is approved by a majority of the
       shares outstanding.

   Votes in a contested election of directors must be evaluated on a
case-by-case basis, considering the following factors:

    .  Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its
       industry;

    .  Management's track record;

    .  Portfolio manager's assessment;

    .  Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

    .  Evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders as well as the
       likelihood that the proposed objectives and goals can be met; and

    .  Background to the proxy contest.

                                       1



                                                                      EXHIBIT A


   II. INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

   A company should limit its relationship with its auditors to the audit
engagement, and certain closely related activities that do not, in the
aggregate, raise an appearance of impaired independence. We will support the
reappointment of the company's auditors unless:

    .  It is not clear that the auditors will be able to fulfill their function;

    .  There is reason to believe the independent auditors have rendered an
       opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company's
       financial position; or

    .  The auditors have a significant professional or personal relationship
       with the issuer that compromises the auditors' independence.

   III. COMPENSATION PROGRAMS

   Appropriately designed equity-based compensation plans, approved by
shareholders, can be an effective way to align the interests of long-term
shareholders and the interests of management, employees and directors. Plans
should not substantially dilute shareholders' ownership interests in the
company, provide participants with excessive awards or have objectionable
structural features. We will consider all incentives, awards and compensation,
and compare them to a company-specific adjusted allowable dilution cap and a
weighted average estimate of shareholder wealth transfer and voting power
dilution.

    .  We will generally vote against equity-based plans where the total
       dilution (including all equity-based plans) is excessive.

    .  We will support the use of employee stock purchase plans to increase
       company stock ownership by employees, provided that shares purchased
       under the plan are acquired for no less than 85% of their market value.

    .  We will vote against plans that have any of the following structural
       features: ability to re-price underwater options without shareholder
       approval, ability to issue options with an exercise price below the
       stock's current market price, ability to issue reload options, or
       automatic share replenishment ("evergreen") feature.

    .  We will vote for proposals to reprice options if there is a
       value-for-value (rather than a share-for-share) exchange.

    .  We will generally support the board's discretion to determine and grant
       appropriate cash compensation and severance packages.

   IV. CORPORATE MATTERS

   We will review management proposals relating to changes to capital
structure, reincorporation, restructuring and mergers and acquisitions on a
case by case basis, considering the impact of the changes on corporate
governance and shareholder rights, anticipated financial and operating
benefits, portfolio manager views, level of dilution, and a company's industry
and performance in terms of shareholder returns.

    .  We will vote for merger and acquisition proposals that the proxy
       committee and relevant portfolio managers believe, based on their review
       of the materials, will result in financial and operating benefits, have
       a fair offer price, have favorable prospects for the combined companies,
       and will not have a negative impact on corporate governance or
       shareholder rights.

    .  We will vote against proposals to increase the number of authorized
       shares of any class of stock that has superior voting rights to another
       class of stock.

                                       2



                                                                      EXHIBIT A


    .  We will vote for proposals to increase common share authorization for a
       stock split, provided that the increase in authorized shares would not
       result in excessive dilution given a company's industry and performance
       in terms of shareholder returns.

    .  We will vote for proposals to institute open-market share repurchase
       plans in which all shareholders participate on an equal basis.

   V. SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

   Shareholder proposals can be extremely complex, and the impact on share
value can rarely be anticipated with any high degree of confidence. The proxy
committee reviews shareholder proposals on a case-by-case basis, giving careful
consideration to such factors as: the proposal's impact on the company's
short-term and long-term share value, its effect on the company's reputation,
the economic effect of the proposal, industry and regional norms applicable to
the company, the company's overall corporate governance provisions, and the
reasonableness of the request.

    .  We will generally abstain from shareholder social and environmental
       proposals.

    .  We will generally support the board's discretion regarding shareholder
       proposals that involve ordinary business practices.

    .  We will generally vote for shareholder proposals that are designed to
       protect shareholder rights if the company's corporate governance
       standards indicate that such additional protections are warranted.

    .  We will generally vote for proposals to lower barriers to shareholder
       action.

    .  We will generally vote for proposals to subject shareholder rights plans
       to a shareholder vote. In evaluating these plans, we give favorable
       consideration to the presence of "TIDE" provisions (short-term sunset
       provisions, qualified bid/permitted offer provisions, and/or mandatory
       review by a committee of independent directors at least every three
       years).

   VI. OTHER

    .  We will vote against any proposal where the proxy materials lack
       sufficient information upon which to base an informed decision.

    .  We will vote against any proposals to authorize the proxy to conduct any
       other business that is not described in the proxy statement.

    .  We will vote any matters not specifically covered by these proxy
       policies and procedures in the economic best interest of advisory
       clients.

   AIM's proxy policies, and the procedures noted below, may be amended from
time to time.

B. PROXY COMMITTEE PROCEDURES

   The proxy committee currently consists of representatives from the Legal and
Compliance Department, the Investments Department and the Finance Department.

   The committee members review detailed reports analyzing the proxy issues and
have access to proxy statements and annual reports. Committee members may also
speak to management of a company regarding proxy issues and should share
relevant considerations with the proxy committee. The committee then discusses
the issues and determines the vote. The committee shall give appropriate and
significant weight to portfolio managers' views regarding a proposal's impact
on shareholders. A proxy committee meeting requires a quorum of three committee
members, voting in person or by e-mail.

                                       3



                                                                      EXHIBIT A


   AIM's proxy committee shall consider its fiduciary responsibility to all
clients when addressing proxy issues and vote accordingly. The proxy committee
may enlist the services of reputable outside professionals and/or proxy
evaluation services, such as Institutional Shareholder Services or any of its
subsidiaries ("ISS"), to assist with the analysis of voting issues and/or to
carry out the actual voting process. To the extent the services of ISS or
another provider are used, the proxy committee shall periodically review the
policies of that provider. The proxy committee shall prepare a report for the
Funds' Board of Trustees on a periodic basis regarding issues where AIM's votes
do not follow the recommendation of ISS or another provider because AIM's proxy
policies differ from those of such provider.

   In addition to the foregoing, the following shall be strictly adhered to
unless contrary action receives the prior approval of the Funds' Board of
Trustees:

    1. Other than by voting proxies and participating in Creditors' committees,
       AIM shall not engage in conduct that involves an attempt to change or
       influence the control of a company.

    2. AIM will not publicly announce its voting intentions and the reasons
       therefore.

    3. AIM shall not participate in a proxy solicitation or otherwise seek
       proxy-voting authority from any other public company shareholder.

    4. All communications regarding proxy issues between the proxy committee
       and companies or their agents, or with fellow shareholders shall be for
       the sole purpose of expressing and discussing AIM's concerns for its
       advisory clients' interests and not for an attempt to influence or
       control management.

C. BUSINESS/DISASTER RECOVERY

   If the proxy committee is unable to meet due to a temporary business
interruption, such as a power outage, a sub-committee of the proxy committee,
even if such subcommittee does not constitute a quorum of the proxy committee,
may vote proxies in accordance with the policies stated herein. If the
sub-committee of the proxy committee is not able to vote proxies, the
sub-committee shall authorize ISS to vote proxies by default in accordance with
ISS' proxy policies and procedures, which may vary slightly from AIM's.

D. RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING VOTING

   If a country's laws allow a company in that country to block the sale of the
company's shares by a shareholder in advance of a shareholder meeting, AIM will
not vote in shareholder meetings held in that country, unless the company
represents that it will not block the sale of its shares in connection with the
meeting. Administrative or other procedures, such as securities lending, may
also cause AIM to refrain from voting. Although AIM considers proxy voting to
be an important shareholder right, the proxy committee will not impede a
portfolio manager's ability to trade in a stock in order to vote at a
shareholder meeting.

E. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   The proxy committee reviews each proxy to assess the extent to which there
may be a material conflict between AIM's interests and those of advisory
clients. A potential conflict of interest situation may include where AIM or an
affiliate manages assets for, administers an employee benefit plan for,
provides other financial products or services to, or otherwise has a material
business relationship with, a company whose management is soliciting proxies,
and failure to vote proxies in favor of management of the company may harm
AIM's relationship with the company. In order to avoid even the appearance of
impropriety, the proxy committee will not take AIM's relationship with the
company into account, and will vote the company's proxies in the best interest
of the advisory clients, in accordance with these proxy policies and procedures.

                                       4



                                                                      EXHIBIT A


   If AIM's proxy policies and voting record do not guide the proxy committee's
vote in a situation where a conflict of interest exists, the proxy committee
will vote the proxy in the best interest of the advisory clients, and will
provide information regarding the issue to the Funds' Board of Trustees in the
next quarterly report.

   If a committee member has any conflict of interest with respect to a company
or an issue presented, that committee member should inform the proxy committee
of such conflict and abstain from voting on that company or issue.

F. FUND OF FUNDS

   When an AIM Fund (an "Investing Fund") that invests in another AIM Fund(s)
(an "Underlying Fund") has the right to vote on the proxy of the Underlying
Fund, the Investing Fund will echo the votes of the other shareholders of the
Underlying AIM Fund.

G. CONFLICT IN THESE POLICIES

   If following any of the policies listed herein would lead to a vote that the
proxy committee deems to be not in the best interest of AIM's advisory clients,
the proxy committee will vote the proxy in the manner that they deem to be the
best interest of AIM's advisory clients and will inform the Funds' Board of
Trustees of such vote and the circumstances surrounding it promptly thereafter.

                                       5



                     PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

                          FOR BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
             AND ITS AFFILIATED SEC REGISTERED INVESTMENT ADVISERS

                              SEPTEMBER 30, 2006



Copyright (C) 2006 BlackRock, Inc.
All rights reserved.



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                                        PAGE
                                                        ----
                                                     

                    Introduction.......................   1

                    Scope of Committee Responsibilities   2

                    Special Circumstances..............   3

                    Voting Guidelines..................   4

                       Boards of Directors.............   5

                       Auditors........................   6

                       Compensation and Benefits.......   7

                       Capital Structure...............   7

                       Corporate Charter and By-Laws...   8

                       Corporate Meetings..............   8

                       Investment Companies............   8

                       Environmental and Social Issues.   9

                    Notice to Clients..................  10




                     PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

   These Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures ("Policy") for BlackRock
Advisors, LLC and its affiliated U.S. registered investment advisers/1/
("BlackRock") reflect our duty as a fiduciary under the Investment Advisers Act
of 1940 (the "Advisers Act") to vote proxies in the best interests of our
clients. BlackRock serves as the investment manager for investment companies,
other commingled investment vehicles and/or separate accounts of institutional
and other clients. The right to vote proxies for securities held in such
accounts belongs to BlackRock's clients. Certain clients of BlackRock have
retained the right to vote such proxies in general or in specific
circumstances./2/ Other clients, however, have delegated to BlackRock the right
to vote proxies for securities held in their accounts as part of BlackRock's
authority to manage, acquire and dispose of account assets.

   When BlackRock votes proxies for a client that has delegated to BlackRock
proxy voting authority, BlackRock acts as the client's agent. Under the
Advisers Act, an investment adviser is a fiduciary that owes each of its
clients a duty of care and loyalty with respect to all services the adviser
undertakes on the client's behalf, including proxy voting. BlackRock is
therefore subject to a fiduciary duty to vote proxies in a manner BlackRock
believes is consistent with the client's best interests,/3/ whether or not the
client's proxy voting is subject to the fiduciary standards of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA")./4/ When voting proxies for
client accounts (including investment companies), BlackRock's primary objective
is to make voting decisions solely in the best interests of clients and ERISA
clients' plan beneficiaries and participants. In fulfilling its obligations to
clients, BlackRock will seek to act in a manner that it believes is most likely
to enhance the economic value of the underlying securities held in client
accounts./5/ It is imperative that BlackRock considers the interests of its
clients, and not the interests of BlackRock, when voting proxies and that real
(or perceived) material conflicts that may arise between BlackRock's interest
and those of BlackRock's clients are properly addressed and resolved.

   Advisers Act Rule 206(4)-6 was adopted by the SEC in 2003 and requires,
among other things, that an investment adviser that exercises voting authority
over clients' proxy voting adopt policies and procedures reasonably designed to
ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interests of clients,
discloses to its clients information about those policies and procedures and
also discloses to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser
has voted their proxies.

   In light of such fiduciary duties, the requirements of Rule 206(4)-6, and
given the complexity of the issues that may be raised in connection with proxy
votes, BlackRock has adopted these policies and procedures.

- - --------
/1/  The Policy does not apply to BlackRock Asset Management U.K. Limited and
     BlackRock Investment Managers International Limited, which are U.S.
     registered investment advisers based in the United Kingdom.
/2/  In certain situations, a client may direct BlackRock to vote in accordance
     with the client's proxy voting policies. In these situations, BlackRock
     will seek to comply with such policies to the extent it would not be
     inconsistent with other BlackRock legal responsibilities.
/3/  Letter from Harvey L. Pitt, Chairman, SEC, to John P.M. Higgins,
     President, Ram Trust Services (February 12, 2002) (Section 206 of the
     Investment Advisers Act imposes a fiduciary responsibility to vote proxies
     fairly and in the best interests of clients); SEC Release No. IA-2106
     (February 3, 2003).
/4/  DOL Interpretative Bulletin of Sections 402, 403 and 404 of ERISA at 29
     C.F.R. 2509.94-2
/5/  Other considerations, such as social, labor, environmental or other
     policies, may be of interest to particular clients. While BlackRock is
     cognizant of the importance of such considerations, when voting proxies it
     will generally take such matters into account only to the extent that they
     have a direct bearing on the economic value of the underlying securities.
     To the extent that a BlackRock client desires to pursue a particular
     social, labor, environmental or other agenda through the proxy votes made
     for its securities held through BlackRock as investment adviser, BlackRock
     encourages the client to consider retaining direct proxy voting authority
     or to appoint independently a special proxy voting fiduciary other than
     BlackRock.

                                       1



BlackRock's Equity Investment Policy Oversight Committee, or a sub-committee
thereof (the "Committee"), addresses proxy voting issues on behalf of BlackRock
and its clients./6 /The Committee is comprised of senior members of BlackRock's
Portfolio Management Group and advised by BlackRock's Legal and Compliance
Department.

I. SCOPE OF COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES

   The Committee shall have the responsibility for determining how to address
proxy votes made on behalf of all BlackRock clients, except for clients who
have retained the right to vote their own proxies, either generally or on any
specific matter. In so doing, the Committee shall seek to ensure that proxy
votes are made in the best interests of clients, and that proxy votes are
determined in a manner free from unwarranted or inappropriate influences. The
Committee shall also oversee the overall administration of proxy voting for
BlackRock accounts./7/

   The Committee shall establish BlackRock's proxy voting guidelines, with such
advice, participation and research as the Committee deems appropriate from
portfolio managers, proxy voting services or other knowledgeable interested
parties. As it is anticipated that there will not necessarily be a "right" way
to vote proxies on any given issue applicable to all facts and circumstances,
the Committee shall also be responsible for determining how the proxy voting
guidelines will be applied to specific proxy votes, in light of each issuer's
unique structure, management, strategic options and, in certain circumstances,
probable economic and other anticipated consequences of alternative actions. In
so doing, the Committee may determine to vote a particular proxy in a manner
contrary to its generally stated guidelines.

   The Committee may determine that the subject matter of certain proxy issues
are not suitable for general voting guidelines and requires a case-by-case
determination, in which case the Committee may elect not to adopt a specific
voting guideline applicable to such issues. BlackRock believes that certain
proxy voting issues--such as approval of mergers and other significant
corporate transactions - require investment analysis akin to investment
decisions, and are therefore not suitable for general guidelines. The Committee
may elect to adopt a common BlackRock position on certain proxy votes that are
akin to investment decisions, or determine to permit portfolio managers to make
individual decisions on how best to maximize economic value for the accounts
for which they are responsible (similar to normal buy/sell investment decisions
made by such portfolio managers)./8/

   While it is expected that BlackRock, as a fiduciary, will generally seek to
vote proxies over which BlackRock exercises voting authority in a uniform
manner for all BlackRock clients, the Committee, in conjunction with the
portfolio manager of an account, may determine that the specific circumstances
of such account require that such account's proxies be voted differently due to
such account's investment objective or other factors that differentiate it from
other accounts. In addition, on proxy votes that are akin to investment
decisions, BlackRock believes portfolio managers may from time to time
legitimately reach differing but equally valid views, as fiduciaries for
BlackRock's clients, on how best to maximize economic value in respect of a
particular investment.

- - --------
/6/  Subject to the Proxy Voting Policies of Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Company
     FSB, the Committee may also function jointly as the Proxy Voting Committee
     for Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Company FSB trust accounts managed by
     personnel dually-employed by BlackRock.
/7/  The Committee may delegate day-to-day administrative responsibilities to
     other BlackRock personnel and/or outside service providers, as appropriate.
/8/  The Committee will normally defer to portfolio managers on proxy votes
     that are akin to investment decisions EXCEPT FOR proxy votes that involve
     a material conflict of interest, in which case it will determine, in its
     discretion, the appropriate voting process so as to address such
     conflict./ /

                                       2



   The Committee will also be responsible for ensuring the maintenance of
records of each proxy vote, as required by Advisers Act Rule 204-2./9/ All
records will be maintained in accordance with applicable law. Except as may be
required by applicable legal requirements, or as otherwise set forth herein,
the Committee's determinations and records shall be treated as proprietary,
nonpublic and confidential.

   The Committee shall be assisted by other BlackRock personnel, as may be
appropriate. In particular, the Committee has delegated to the BlackRock
Operations Department responsibility for monitoring corporate actions and
ensuring that proxy votes are submitted in a timely fashion. The Operations
Department shall ensure that proxy voting issues are promptly brought to the
Committee's attention and that the Committee's proxy voting decisions are
appropriately disseminated and implemented.

   To assist BlackRock in voting proxies, the Committee may retain the services
of a firm providing such services. BlackRock has currently retained
Institutional Shareholder Services ("ISS") in that role. ISS is an independent
adviser that specializes in providing a variety of fiduciary-level
proxy-related services to institutional investment managers, plan sponsors,
custodians, consultants, and other institutional investors. The services
provided to BlackRock may include, but are not limited to, in-depth research,
voting recommendations (which the Committee is not obligated to follow), vote
execution, and recordkeeping.

II. SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES

   ROUTINE CONSENTS. BlackRock may be asked from time to time to consent to an
amendment to, or grant a waiver under, a loan agreement, partnership agreement,
indenture or other governing document of a specific financial instrument held
by BlackRock clients. BlackRock will generally treat such requests for consents
not as "proxies" subject to these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures but as
investment matters to be dealt with by the responsible BlackRock investment
professionals would, provided that such consents (i) do not relate to the
election of a board of directors or appointment of auditors of a public
company, and (ii) either (A) would not otherwise materially affect the
structure, management or control of a public company, or (B) relate to a
company in which BlackRock clients hold only interests in bank loans or debt
securities and are consistent with customary standards and practices for such
instruments.

   SECURITIES ON LOAN. Registered investment companies that are advised by
BlackRock as well as certain of our advisory clients may participate in
securities lending programs. Under most securities lending arrangements,
securities on loan may not be voted by the lender (unless the loan is
recalled). BlackRock believes that each client has the right to determine
whether participating in a securities lending program enhances returns, to
contract with the securities lending agent of its choice and to structure a
securities lending program, through its lending agent, that balances any
tension between loaning and voting securities in a matter that satisfies such
client. If client has decided to participate in a securities lending program,
BlackRock will therefore defer to the client's determination and not attempt to
seek recalls solely for the purpose of voting routine proxies as this could
impact the returns received from securities lending and make the client a less
desirable lender in a marketplace. Where a client retains a lending agent that
is unaffiliated with BlackRock, BlackRock will generally not seek to vote
proxies relating to securities on loan because BlackRock does not have a
contractual right to recall such loaned securities for the purpose of voting
proxies. Where BlackRock or an affiliate acts as the lending agent, BlackRock
will also generally not seek to recall loaned securities for proxy voting
purposes, unless the portfolio manager responsible for the account or the
Committee determines that voting the proxy is in the client's best interest and
requests that the security be recalled.

   VOTING PROXIES FOR NON-US COMPANIES. While the proxy voting process is well
established in the United States, voting proxies of non-US companies frequently
involves logistical issues which can affect BlackRock's

- - --------
/9/  The Committee may delegate the actual maintenance of such records to an
     outside service provider. Currently, the Committee has delegated the
     maintenance of such records to Institutional Shareholder Services.

                                       3



ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such
proxies. These issues include (but are not limited to): (i) untimely notice of
shareholder meetings, (ii) restrictions on a foreigner's ability to exercise
votes, (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person, (iv) "shareblocking"
(requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the
right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to
the shareholder meeting), (v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy,
and (vi) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of
attorney to facilitate voting instructions.

   As a consequence, BlackRock votes proxies of non-US companies only on a
"best-efforts" basis. In addition, the Committee may determine that it is
generally in the best interests of BlackRock clients NOT to vote proxies of
companies in certain countries if the Committee determines that the costs
(including but not limited to opportunity costs associated with shareblocking
constraints) associated with exercising a vote generally are expected to
outweigh the benefit the client will derive by voting on the issuer's proposal.
If the Committee so determines in the case of a particular country, the
Committee (upon advice from BlackRock portfolio managers) may override such
determination with respect to a particular issuer's shareholder meeting if the
Committee believes the benefits of seeking to exercise a vote at such meeting
outweighs the costs, in which case BlackRock will seek to vote on a
best-efforts basis.

   SECURITIES SOLD AFTER RECORD DATE. With respect to votes in connection with
securities held on a particular record date but sold from a client account
prior to the holding of the related meeting, BlackRock may take no action on
proposals to be voted on in such meeting.

   CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. From time to time, BlackRock may be required to vote
proxies in respect of an issuer that is an affiliate of BlackRock (a "BlackRock
Affiliate"), or a money management or other client of BlackRock (a "BlackRock
Client")./10 /In such event, provided that the Committee is aware of the real
or potential conflict, the following procedures apply:

    .  The Committee intends to adhere to the voting guidelines set forth
       herein for all proxy issues including matters involving BlackRock
       Affiliates and BlackRock Clients. The Committee may, in its discretion
       for the purposes of ensuring that an independent determination is
       reached, retain an independent fiduciary to advise the Committee on how
       to vote or to cast votes on behalf of BlackRock's clients; and

    .  if the Committee determines not to retain an independent fiduciary, or
       does not desire to follow the advice of such independent fiduciary, the
       Committee shall determine how to vote the proxy after consulting with
       the BlackRock Legal and Compliance Department and concluding that the
       vote cast is in the client's best interest notwithstanding the conflict.

III. VOTING GUIDELINES

   The Committee has determined that it is appropriate and in the best
interests of BlackRock's clients to adopt the following voting guidelines,
which represent the Committee's usual voting position on certain recurring
proxy issues that are not expected to involve unusual circumstances. With
respect to any particular proxy issue, however, the Committee may elect to vote
differently than a voting guideline if the Committee determines that doing so
is, in the Committee's judgment, in the best interest of its clients. The
guidelines may be reviewed at any time upon the request of any Committee member
and may be amended or deleted upon the vote of a majority of voting Committee
members present at a Committee meeting for which there is a quorum.

- - --------
/10/ Such issuers may include investment companies for which BlackRock provides
     investment advisory, administrative and/or other services.

                                       4



A. BOARDS OF DIRECTORS

   These proposals concern those issues submitted to shareholders relating to
the composition of the Board of Directors of companies other than investment
companies. As a general matter, the Committee believes that a company's Board
of Directors (rather than shareholders) is most likely to have access to
important, nonpublic information regarding a company's business and prospects,
and is therefore best-positioned to set corporate policy and oversee
management. The Committee therefore believes that the foundation of good
corporate governance is the election of qualified, independent corporate
directors who are likely to diligently represent the interests of shareholders
and oversee management of the corporation in a manner that will seek to
maximize shareholder value over time. In individual cases, the Committee may
look at a Director nominee's history of representing shareholder interests as a
director of other companies, or other factors to the extent the Committee deems
relevant.

   The Committee's general policy is to vote:



 #  VOTE AND DESCRIPTION
- - --- --------------------
 
A.1 FOR nominees for director of United States companies in uncontested elections, EXCEPT FOR nominees
    who

    .   have missed at least two meetings and, as a result, attended less than 75% of meetings of the
        Board of Directors and its committees the previous year, unless the nominee missed the
        meeting(s) due to illness or company business

    .   voted to implement or renew a "dead-hand" poison pill

    .   ignored a shareholder proposal that was approved by either a majority of the shares outstanding
        in any year or by the majority of votes cast for two consecutive years

    .   failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders have tendered their shares

    .   are corporate insiders who serve on the audit, compensation or nominating committees or on a
        full Board that does not have such committees composed exclusively of independent directors

    .   on a case-by-case basis, have served as directors of other companies with allegedly poor
        corporate governance

    .   sit on more than six boards of public companies

A.2 FOR nominees for directors of non-U.S. companies in uncontested elections, EXCEPT FOR nominees from
    whom the Committee determines to withhold votes due to the nominees' poor records of representing
    shareholder interests, on a case-by-case basis

A.3 FOR proposals to declassify Boards of Directors, except where there exists a legitimate purpose for
    classifying boards

A.4 AGAINST proposals to classify Boards of Directors, except where there exists a legitimate purpose for
    classifying boards

A.5 AGAINST proposals supporting cumulative voting

A.6 FOR proposals eliminating cumulative voting

A.7 FOR proposals supporting confidential voting

A.8 FOR proposals seeking election of supervisory board members

A.9 AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking additional representation of women and/or minorities
    generally (i.e., not specific individuals) to a Board of Directors


                                       5





 #   VOTE AND DESCRIPTION
- - ---- --------------------
  
A.10 AGAINST shareholder proposals for term limits for directors

A.11 FOR shareholder proposals to establish a mandatory retirement age for directors who attain the age of
     72 or older

A.12 AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring directors to own a minimum amount of company stock

A.13 FOR proposals requiring a majority of independent directors on a Board of Directors

A.14 FOR proposals to allow a Board of Directors to delegate powers to a committee or committees

A.15 FOR proposals to require audit, compensation and/or nominating committees of a Board of Directors to
     consist exclusively of independent directors

A.16 AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking to prohibit a single person from occupying the roles of
     chairman and chief executive officer

A.17 FOR proposals to elect account inspectors

A.18 FOR proposals to fix the membership of a Board of Directors at a specified size

A.19 FOR proposals permitting shareholder ability to nominate directors directly

A.20 AGAINST proposals to eliminate shareholder ability to nominate directors directly

A.21 FOR proposals permitting shareholder ability to remove directors directly

A.22 AGAINST proposals to eliminate shareholder ability to remove directors directly


B. AUDITORS

   These proposals concern those issues submitted to shareholders related to
the selection of auditors. As a general matter, the Committee believes that
corporate auditors have a responsibility to represent the interests of
shareholders and provide an independent view on the propriety of financial
reporting decisions of corporate management. While the Committee will generally
defer to a corporation's choice of auditor, in individual cases, the Committee
may look at an auditors' history of representing shareholder interests as
auditor of other companies, to the extent the Committee deems relevant.

   The Committee's general policy is to vote:


 
B.1 FOR approval of independent auditors, EXCEPT FOR

    .   auditors that have a financial interest in, or material association with, the company they are
        auditing, and are therefore believed by the Committee not to be independent

    .   auditors who have rendered an opinion to any company which in the Committee's opinion is either
        not consistent with best accounting practices or not indicative of the company's financial situation

    .   on a case-by-case basis, auditors who in the Committee's opinion provide a significant amount of
        non-audit services to the company

B.2 FOR proposals seeking authorization to fix the remuneration of auditors

B.3 FOR approving internal statutory auditors

B.4 FOR proposals for audit firm rotation, EXCEPT FOR proposals that would require rotation after a period of
    less than 5 years


                                       6



C. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

   These proposals concern those issues submitted to shareholders related to
management compensation and employee benefits. As a general matter, the
Committee favors disclosure of a company's compensation and benefit policies
and opposes excessive compensation, but believes that compensation matters are
normally best determined by a corporation's board of directors, rather than
shareholders. Proposals to "micro-manage" a company's compensation practices or
to set arbitrary restrictions on compensation or benefits will therefore
generally not be supported.

   The Committee's general policy is to vote:


  
C.1  IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECOMMENDATION OF ISS on compensation plans if the ISS
     recommendation is based SOLELY on whether or not the company's plan satisfies the allowable cap as
     calculated by ISS. If the recommendation of ISS is based on factors other than whether the plan
     satisfies the allowable cap the Committee will analyze the particular proposed plan. This policy applies
     to amendments of plans as well as to initial approvals.

C.2  FOR proposals to eliminate retirement benefits for outside directors

C.3  AGAINST proposals to establish retirement benefits for outside directors

C.4  FOR proposals approving the remuneration of directors or of supervisory board members

C.5  AGAINST proposals to reprice stock options

C.6  FOR proposals to approve employee stock purchase plans that apply to all employees. This policy
     applies to proposals to amend ESPPs if the plan as amended applies to all employees.

C.7  FOR proposals to pay retirement bonuses to directors of Japanese companies unless the directors have
     served less than three years

C.8  AGAINST proposals seeking to pay outside directors only in stock

C.9  FOR proposals seeking further disclosure of executive pay or requiring companies to report on their
     supplemental executive retirement benefits

C.10 AGAINST proposals to ban all future stock or stock option grants to executives

C.11 AGAINST option plans or grants that apply to directors or employees of "related companies" without
     adequate disclosure of the corporate relationship and justification of the option policy

C.12 FOR proposals to exclude pension plan income in the calculation of earnings used in determining
     executive bonuses/compensation


D. CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   These proposals relate to various requests, principally from management, for
approval of amendments that would alter the capital structure of a company,
such as an increase in authorized shares. As a general matter, the Committee
will support requests that it believes enhance the rights of common
shareholders and oppose requests that appear to be unreasonably dilutive.

   The Committee's general policy is to vote:


 
D.1 AGAINST proposals seeking authorization to issue shares without preemptive rights except for
    issuances up to 10% of a non-US company's total outstanding capital

D.2 FOR management proposals seeking preemptive rights or seeking authorization to issue shares with
    preemptive rights


                                       7




 
D.3 FOR management proposals approving share repurchase programs

D.4 FOR management proposals to split a company's stock

D.5 FOR management proposals to denominate or authorize denomination of securities or other obligations
    or assets in Euros

D.6 FOR proposals requiring a company to expense stock options (unless the company has already publicly
    committed to do so by a certain date).


E. CORPORATE CHARTER AND BY-LAWS

   These proposals relate to various requests for approval of amendments to a
corporation's charter or by-laws, principally for the purpose of adopting or
redeeming "poison pills". As a general matter, the Committee opposes poison
pill provisions.

   The Committee's general policy is to vote:


 
E.1 AGAINST proposals seeking to adopt a poison pill

E.2 FOR proposals seeking to redeem a poison pill

E.3 FOR proposals seeking to have poison pills submitted to shareholders for ratification

E.4 FOR management proposals to change the company's name


F. CORPORATE MEETINGS

   These are routine proposals relating to various requests regarding the
formalities of corporate meetings.

   The Committee's general policy is to vote:


  
F.1  AGAINST proposals that seek authority to act on "any other business that may arise"

F.2  FOR proposals designating two shareholders to keep minutes of the meeting

F.3  FOR proposals concerning accepting or approving financial statements and statutory reports

F.4  FOR proposals approving the discharge of management and the supervisory board

F.5  FOR proposals approving the allocation of income and the dividend

F.6  FOR proposals seeking authorization to file required documents/other formalities

F.7  FOR proposals to authorize the corporate board to ratify and execute approved resolutions

F.8  FOR proposals appointing inspectors of elections

F.9  FOR proposals electing a chair of the meeting

F.10 FOR proposals to permit "virtual" shareholder meetings over the Internet

F.11 AGAINST proposals to require rotating sites for shareholder meetings


G. INVESTMENT COMPANIES

   These proposals relate to proxy issues that are associated solely with
holdings of shares of investment companies, including, but not limited to,
investment companies for which BlackRock provides investment advisory,
administrative and/or other services. As with other types of companies, the
Committee believes that a fund's Board of Directors (rather than its
shareholders) is best-positioned to set fund policy and oversee

                                       8



management. However, the Committee opposes granting Boards of Directors
authority over certain matters, such as changes to a fund's investment
objective, that the Investment Company Act of 1940 envisions will be approved
directly by shareholders.

   The Committee's general policy is to vote:


 
G.1 FOR nominees for director of mutual funds in uncontested elections, EXCEPT FOR nominees who

    .   have missed at least two meetings and, as a result, attended less than 75% of meetings of the
        Board of Directors and its committees the previous year, unless the nominee missed the meeting
        due to illness or fund business

    .   ignore a shareholder proposal that was approved by either a majority of the shares outstanding in
        any year or by the majority of votes cast for two consecutive years

    .   are interested directors who serve on the audit or nominating committees or on a full Board that
        does not have such committees composed exclusively of independent directors

    .   on a case-by-case basis, have served as directors of companies with allegedly poor corporate
        governance

G.2 FOR the establishment of new series or classes of shares

G.3 AGAINST proposals to change a fund's investment objective to nonfundamental

G.4 FOR proposals to establish a master-feeder structure or authorizing the Board to approve a master-feeder
    structure without a further shareholder vote

G.5 AGAINST a shareholder proposal for the establishment of a director ownership requirement

G.6 FOR classified boards of closed-end investment companies


H. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES

   These are shareholder proposals to limit corporate conduct in some manner
that relates to the shareholder's environmental or social concerns. The
Committee generally believes that annual shareholder meetings are inappropriate
forums for the discussion of larger social issues, and opposes shareholder
resolutions "micromanaging" corporate conduct or requesting release of
information that would not help a shareholder evaluate an investment in the
corporation as an economic matter. While the Committee is generally supportive
of proposals to require corporate disclosure of matters that seem relevant and
material to the economic interests of shareholders, the Committee is generally
not supportive of proposals to require disclosure of corporate matters for
other purposes.

   The Committee's general policy is to vote:


 
H.1 AGAINST proposals seeking to have companies adopt international codes of conduct

H.2 AGAINST proposals seeking to have companies provide non- required reports on:

    .   environmental liabilities;

    .   bank lending policies;

    .   corporate political contributions or activities;

    .   alcohol advertising and efforts to discourage drinking by minors;

    .   costs and risk of doing business in any individual country;

    .   involvement in nuclear defense systems

H.3 AGAINST proposals requesting reports on Maquiladora operations or on CERES principles

H.4 AGAINST proposals seeking implementation of the CERES principles


                                       9



                               NOTICE TO CLIENTS

   BlackRock will make records of any proxy vote it has made on behalf of a
client available to such client upon request./11/ BlackRock will use its best
efforts to treat proxy votes of clients as confidential, except as it may
decide to best serve its clients' interests or as may be necessary to effect
such votes or as may be required by law.

   BlackRock encourage clients with an interest in particular proxy voting
issues to make their views known to BlackRock, provided that, in the absence of
specific written direction from a client on how to vote that client's proxies,
BlackRock reserves the right to vote any proxy in a manner it deems in the best
interests of its clients, as it determines in its sole discretion.

   These policies are as of the date indicated on the cover hereof. The
Committee may subsequently amend these policies at any time, without notice.

- - --------
/11/ Such request may be made to the client's portfolio or relationship manager
     or addressed in writing to Secretary, BlackRock Equity Investment Policy
     Oversight Committee, Legal and Compliance Department, BlackRock Inc., 40
     East 52/nd/ Street, New York, New York 10022.

                                      10



I. PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES

   A. POLICY.

   Proxy voting is an important right of shareholders and reasonable care and
diligence must be undertaken to ensure that such rights are properly and timely
exercised. When DVM has discretion to vote the proxies of its Clients, it will
vote those proxies in the best interest of its Clients and in accordance with
these policies and procedures.

   B. PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES.

   All proxies received by Dreman Value Management, LLC will be sent to the
Chief Operating Officer, VP of Operations, or their designate. The person that
receives the proxy will:

      1. Keep a record of each proxy received.

      2. Forward the proxy to both the Portfolio Manager and DVM's Chief
   Investment Officer (the "CIO").

      3. Determine which accounts managed by DVM holds the security to which
   the proxy relates.

      4. Provide the Portfolio Manager and the CIO with a list of accounts that
   hold the security, together with the number of votes each account controls
   (reconciling any duplications), and the date by which DVM must vote the
   proxy in order to allow enough time for the completed proxy to be returned
   to the issuer prior to the vote taking place.

      5. Absent material conflicts (see Section V), the Portfolio Manager and
   CIO will determine how DVM should vote the proxy. The Portfolio Manager and
   the CIO will send their decision on how Dreman Value Management, LLC will
   vote the proxy to the Chief Operating Officer, VP of Operations, or their
   designee. The person receiving the instructions is responsible for
   completing the proxy and mailing the proxy in a timely and appropriate
   manner.

      6. DVM may retain a third party to assist it in coordinating and voting
   proxies with respect to Client securities. If so, the Chief Operating
   Officer or VP of Operations shall monitor the third party to assure that all
   proxies are being properly voted and appropriate records are being retained.

      7. Where a Client specifies in writing that it will maintain the
   authority to vote proxies itself or that it has delegated the right to vote
   proxies to a third party, DVM will not vote the securities and will direct
   the relevant custodian to send the proxy material directly to the Client. If
   any proxy material is received by DVM for such account, it will promptly be
   forwarded to the Client or specified third party.

      8. DVM shall promptly provide to each investment company Client for which
   it has discretion to vote proxies, any and all information necessary for
   such investment company Client, or its investment adviser or administrator,
   to timely file its Form N-PX under the 1940 Act. Form N-PX will provide
   information concerning each matter relating to a portfolio security
   considered at any shareholder meeting with respect to which an investment
   company Client was entitled to vote. Each Form N-PX will need to be filed no
   later than August 31/st/ of each year, and will cover all proxy votes with
   respect to which a mutual fund was entitled to vote for the period July 1st
   through June 30th. DVM shall maintain and provide the following information
   concerning any shareholder meetings with respect to which an investment
   company Client was entitled to vote:

       .  the name of the issuer of the portfolio security;

       .  the exchange ticker symbol of the portfolio security/1/;

       .  the CUSIP number of the portfolio security/1/;

       .  the shareholder meeting date;

- - --------
/1/  The exchange ticker symbol and CUSIP number may be difficult to obtain for
     certain portfolio securities, such as foreign issuers. Accordingly, such
     information may be omitted if it's not available through reasonably
     practicable means.



       .  a brief description of the matter voted on;

       .  whether the matter was put forward by the issuer or a shareholder;

       .  whether the investment company Client voted;

       .  how the investment company Client cast its vote; and

       .  whether the investment company Client cast its vote for or against
          management.

   C. VOTING GUIDELINES.

   In the absence of specific voting guidelines from a Client, DVM will vote
proxies in the best interest of each particular Client, which may result in
different voting results for proxies for the same issuer. DVM believes that
voting proxies in accordance with the following guidelines is in the best
interest of its Client.

   Generally, DVM will vote in favor of routine corporate housekeeping
proposals, including election of directors (where no corporate governance
issues are implicated), selection of auditors, and increases in or
reclassification of common stock.

   Generally, DVM will vote against proposals that make it more difficult to
replace members of the issuer's board of directors, including proposals to
stagger the board, cause management to be overrepresented on the board,
introduce cumulative voting, introduce unequal voting rights, and create
supermajority voting.

   For other proposals, DVM shall determine whether a proposal is in the best
interest of its Clients and may take into account the following factors, among
others:

      1. Whether the proposal was recommended by management and DVM's opinion
   of management;

      2. Whether the proposal acts to entrench existing management; and

      3. Whether the proposal fairly compensates management for past and future
   performance.

   DVM reserves the right to add to these factors as it deems necessary in
order to ensure that further categories of proposals are covered and that the
general principles in determining how to vote all proxies are fully stated.

   D. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.

   The Compliance Officer will identify any conflicts that exist between the
interest of DVM and its Clients. This examination will include a review of the
relationship of DVM and its affiliates with the issuer of each security [and
any of the issuer's affiliates] to determine if the issuer is a Client of DVM
or an affiliate of DVM or has some other relationship with DVM or a Client of
DVM.

   If a material conflict exist, DVM will determine whether voting in
accordance with the voting guidelines and factors described above is in the
best interest of the Client. DVM will also determine whether it is appropriate
to disclose the conflict to the affected Clients and, except in the case of
Clients that are subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended ("ERISA"), give the Clients the opportunity to vote their
proxies themselves. In the case of ERISA Clients, if the Investment Management
Agreement reserves to the ERISA Client the authority to vote proxies when DVM
determines it has a material conflict that affects its best judgment as an
ERISA fiduciary, DVM will give the ERISA Client the opportunity to vote the
proxies themselves.

   E. DISCLOSURE.

   DVM will disclose in its Form ADV, Part II that Clients may contact the COO
or CCO or Compliance Manager, or Compliance staff person, via e-mail or
telephone at mappleton@dreman.com or 201-793-2005 in order to obtain
information on how DVM voted such Client's proxies, and to request a copy of
these policies and procedures. If a Client requests this information, the CCO
will prepare a written response to the Client that lists,



with respect to each voted proxy that the Client has inquired about, (1) the
name of the issuer; (2) the proposal voted upon and (3) how DVM voted the
Client's proxy.

   A concise summary of these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures will be
included in DVM's Form ADV, Part II, and will be updated whenever these
policies and procedures are updated. The CCO or his designee will arrange for a
copy of this summary to be sent to all existing Clients, either as a separate
mailing or along with a periodic account statement or other correspondence sent
to Clients.

   F. RECORD KEEPING.

   The Compliance Officer will maintain files relating to DVM proxy voting
procedures. Records will be maintained and preserved for five years from the
end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on a record, with
records for the first two years kept in the offices of DVM. Records of the
following will be included in the files:

      1. Copies of these proxy voting policies and procedures and any
   amendments thereto.

      2. A copy of each proxy statement that DVM receives provided however that
   DVM may rely on obtaining a copy of proxy statements from the SEC's EDGAR
   system for those proxy statements that are so available. DVM may also choose
   to have a third party retain a copy of the proxy statements, provided that
   third party undertakes to provide a copy of the proxy statement promptly
   upon request.

      3. A record of each vote that DVM casts. DVM may also rely on a third
   party to retain a copy of the votes cast, provided that third party
   undertakes to provide a copy of the record promptly upon request.

      4. A copy of any document DVM created that was material to making a
   decision how to vote proxies, or that memorializes that decision.

      5. A copy of each written Client request for information on how DVM voted
   such Client's proxies, and a copy of any written response to any (written
   and oral) Client request for information on how DVM voted its proxy.

      6. DVM will coordinate with all investment company Clients to assist in
   the provision of all information required to be filed on Form N-PX.



                         FRANKLIN MUTUAL ADVISERS, LLC

                      PROXY VOTING POLICIES & PROCEDURES

RESPONSIBILITY OF INVESTMENT MANAGER TO VOTE PROXIES

   Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC (hereinafter "Investment Manager") has
delegated its administrative duties with respect to voting proxies to the Proxy
Group within Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC (the "Proxy Group"), a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Franklin Resources, Inc. Franklin Templeton
Companies, LLC provides a variety of general corporate services to its
affiliates, including but not limited to legal and compliance activities. Proxy
duties consist of analyzing proxy statements of issuers whose stock is owned by
any client (including both investment companies and any separate accounts
managed by Investment Manager) that has either delegated proxy voting
administrative responsibility to Investment Manager or has asked for
information and/or recommendations on the issues to be voted. The Proxy Group
will process proxy votes on behalf of, and Investment Manager votes proxies
solely in the interests of, separate account clients, Investment
Manager-managed mutual fund shareholders, or, where employee benefit plan
assets are involved, in the interests of the plan participants and
beneficiaries (collectively, "Advisory Clients") that have properly delegated
such responsibility or will inform Advisory Clients that have not delegated the
voting responsibility but that have requested voting advice about Investment
Manager's views on such proxy votes. The Proxy Group also provides these
services to other advisory affiliates of Investment Manager.

HOW INVESTMENT MANAGER VOTES PROXIES

FIDUCIARY CONSIDERATIONS

   All proxies received by the Proxy Group will be voted based upon Investment
Manager's instructions and/or policies. To assist it in analyzing proxies,
Investment Manager subscribes to RiskMetrics Group ("RiskMetrics"), an
unaffiliated third party corporate governance research service that provides
in-depth analyses of shareholder meeting agendas, vote recommendations, record
keeping and vote disclosure services. In addition, Investment Manager
subscribes to Glass Lewis & Co., LLC ("Glass Lewis"), an unaffiliated third
party analytical research firm, to receive analyses and vote recommendations on
the shareholder meetings of publicly held U.S. companies. Although RiskMetrics'
and/or Glass Lewis' analyses are thoroughly reviewed and considered in making a
final voting decision, Investment Manager does not consider recommendations
from RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or any other third party to be determinative of
Investment Manager's ultimate decision. As a matter of policy, the officers,
directors and employees of Investment Manager and the Proxy Group will not be
influenced by outside sources whose interests conflict with the interests of
Advisory Clients.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   All conflicts of interest will be resolved in the interests of the Advisory
Clients. Investment Manager is an affiliate of a large, diverse financial
services firm with many affiliates and makes its best efforts to avoid
conflicts of interest. However, conflicts of interest can arise in situations
where:

      1. The issuer is a client/1/ of Investment Manager or its affiliates;

      2. The issuer is a vendor whose products or services are material or
   significant to the business of Investment Manager or its affiliates;

- - --------
/1/  For purposes of this section, a "client" does not include underlying
     investors in a commingled trust, Canadian pooled fund, or other pooled
     investment vehicle managed by the Investment Manager or its affiliates.
     Sponsors of funds sub-advised by Investment Manager or its affiliates will
     be considered a "client."



      3. The issuer is an entity participating to a material extent in the
   distribution of investment products advised, administered or sponsored by
   Investment Manager or its affiliates (e.g., a broker, dealer or bank);/2/

      4. An Access Person/3/ of Investment Manager or its affiliates also
   serves as a director or officer of the issuer;

      5. A director or trustee of Franklin Resources, Inc. or of a Franklin
   Templeton investment product, or an immediate family member/4/ of such
   director or trustee, also serves as an officer or director of the issuer; or

      6. The issuer is Franklin Resources, Inc. or any of its proprietary
   investment products.

   Nonetheless, even though a potential conflict of interest exists, the
Investment Manager may vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer's
management.

   Material conflicts of interest are identified by the Proxy Group based upon
analyses of client, broker and vendor lists, information periodically gathered
from directors and officers, and information derived from other sources,
including public filings. The Proxy Group gathers and analyzes this information
on a best efforts basis, as much of this information is provided directly by
individuals and groups other than the Proxy Group, and the Proxy Group relies
on the accuracy of the information it receives from such parties.

   In situations where a material conflict of interest is identified, the Proxy
Group may defer to the voting recommendation of RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or
those of another independent third party provider of proxy services or send the
proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients with the Investment Manager's
recommendation regarding the vote for approval. If the conflict is not resolved
by the Advisory Client, the Proxy Group may refer the matter, along with the
recommended course of action by the Investment Manager, if any, to a Proxy
Review Committee comprised of representatives from the Portfolio Management
(which may include portfolio managers and/or research analysts employed by
Investment Manager), Fund Administration, Legal and Compliance Departments
within Franklin Templeton for evaluation and voting instructions. The Proxy
Review Committee may defer to the voting recommendation of RiskMetrics, Glass
Lewis, or those of another independent third party provider of proxy services
or send the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients.

   Where the Proxy Group or the Proxy Review Committee refers a matter to an
Advisory Client, it may rely upon the instructions of a representative of the
Advisory Client, such as the board of directors or trustees or a committee of
the board in the case of a U. S. registered mutual fund, the conducting officer
in the case of an open-ended collective investment scheme formed as a Societe
d'investissement a capital variable (SICAV), the Independent Review Committee
for Canadian investment funds, or a plan administrator in the case of an
employee benefit plan. The Proxy Group or the Proxy Review Committee may
determine to vote all shares held by Advisory Clients in accordance with the
instructions of one or more of the Advisory Clients.

   The Proxy Review Committee may independently review proxies that are
identified as presenting material conflicts of interest; determine the
appropriate action to be taken in such situations (including whether

- - --------
/2/  The top 40 executing broker-dealers (based on gross brokerage commissions
     and client commissions), and distributors (based on aggregate 12b-1
     distribution fees), as determined on a quarterly basis, will be considered
     to present a potential conflict of interest. In addition, any insurance
     company that has entered into a participation agreement with a Franklin
     Templeton entity to distribute the Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance
     Products Trust or other variable products will be considered to present a
     potential conflict of interest.
/3/  "Access Person" shall have the meaning provided under the current Code of
     Ethics of Franklin Resources, Inc.
/4/  The term "immediate family member" means a person's spouse; child residing
     in the person's household (including step and adoptive children); and any
     dependent of the person, as defined in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue
     Code (26 U.S.C. 152).



to defer to an independent third party or refer a matter to an Advisory
Client); report the results of such votes to Investment Manager's clients as
may be requested; and recommend changes to the Proxy Voting Policies and
Procedures as appropriate.

   The Proxy Review Committee will also decide whether to vote proxies for
securities deemed to present conflicts of interest that are sold following a
record date, but before a shareholder meeting date. The Proxy Review Committee
may consider various factors in deciding whether to vote such proxies,
including Investment Manager's long-term view of the issuer's securities for
investment, or it may defer the decision to vote to the applicable Advisory
Client.

   Where a material conflict of interest has been identified, but the items on
which the Investment Manager's vote recommendations differ from Glass Lewis,
RiskMetrics, or another independent third party provider of proxy services
relate specifically to (1) shareholder proposals regarding social or
environmental issues or political contributions, (2) "Other Business" without
describing the matters that might be considered, or (3) items the Investment
Manager wishes to vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer's
management, the Proxy Group may defer to the vote recommendations of the
Investment Manager rather than sending the proxy directly to the relevant
Advisory Clients for approval.

   To avoid certain potential conflicts of interest, the Investment Manager
will employ echo voting, if possible, in the following instances: (1) when a
Franklin Templeton investment company invests in an underlying fund in reliance
on any one of Sections 12(d)(1)(E), (F), or (G) of the Investment Company Act
of 1940, as amended, or pursuant to an SEC exemptive order; (2) when a Franklin
Templeton investment company invests uninvested cash in affiliated money market
funds pursuant to an SEC exemptive order ("cash sweep arrangement"); or
(3) when required pursuant to an account's governing documents or applicable
law. Echo voting means that the Investment Manager will vote the shares in the
same proportion as the vote of all of the other holders of the fund's shares.

WEIGHT GIVEN MANAGEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS

   One of the primary factors Investment Manager considers when determining the
desirability of investing in a particular company is the quality and depth of
that company's management. Accordingly, the recommendation of management on any
issue is a factor that Investment Manager considers in determining how proxies
should be voted. However, Investment Manager does not consider recommendations
from management to be determinative of Investment Manager's ultimate decision.
As a matter of practice, the votes with respect to most issues are cast in
accordance with the position of the company's management. Each issue, however,
is considered on its own merits, and Investment Manager will not support the
position of a company's management in any situation where it determines that
the ratification of management's position would adversely affect the investment
merits of owning that company's shares.

THE PROXY GROUP

   The Proxy Group is part of the Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC Legal
Department and is overseen by legal counsel. Full-time staff members are
devoted to proxy voting administration and providing support and assistance
where needed. On a daily basis, the Proxy Group will review each proxy upon
receipt as well as any agendas, materials and recommendations that they receive
from RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or other sources. The Proxy Group maintains a
log of all shareholder meetings that are scheduled for companies whose
securities are held by Investment Manager's managed funds and accounts. For
each shareholder meeting, a member of the Proxy Group will consult with the
research analyst that follows the security and provide the analyst with the
meeting notice, agenda, RiskMetrics and/or Glass Lewis analyses,
recommendations and any other available information. Except in situations
identified as presenting material conflicts of interest, Investment Manager's
research analyst and relevant portfolio manager(s) are responsible for making
the final voting decision based on their review of the agenda, RiskMetrics
and/or Glass Lewis analyses, their knowledge of the company and any other
information readily available. In situations where the Investment Manager has
not responded with vote recommendations to the Proxy Group by the deadline
date, the Proxy Group may defer to the vote



recommendations of an independent third party provider of proxy services.
Except in cases where the Proxy Group is deferring to the voting recommendation
of an independent third party service provider, the Proxy Group must obtain
voting instructions from Investment Manager's research analyst, relevant
portfolio manager(s), legal counsel and/or the Advisory Client or Proxy Review
Committee prior to submitting the vote.

GENERAL PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   Investment Manager has adopted general guidelines for voting proxies as
summarized below. In keeping with its fiduciary obligations to its Advisory
Clients, Investment Manager reviews all proposals, even those that may be
considered to be routine matters. Although these guidelines are to be followed
as a general policy, in all cases each proxy and proposal will be considered
based on the relevant facts and circumstances. Investment Manager may deviate
from the general policies and procedures when it determines that the particular
facts and circumstances warrant such deviation to protect the interests of the
Advisory Clients. These guidelines cannot provide an exhaustive list of all the
issues that may arise nor can Investment Manager anticipate all future
situations. Corporate governance issues are diverse and continually evolving
and Investment Manager devotes significant time and resources to monitor these
changes.

INVESTMENT MANAGER'S PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PRINCIPLES

   Investment Manager's proxy voting positions have been developed based on
years of experience with proxy voting and corporate governance issues. These
principles have been reviewed by various members of Investment Manager's
organization, including portfolio management, legal counsel, and Investment
Manager's officers. The Board of Directors of Franklin Templeton's
U.S.-registered mutual funds will approve the proxy voting policies and
procedures annually.

   The following guidelines reflect what Investment Manager believes to be good
corporate governance and behavior:

   BOARD OF DIRECTORS: The election of directors and an independent board are
key to good corporate governance. Directors are expected to be competent
individuals and they should be accountable and responsive to shareholders.
Investment Manager supports an independent board of directors, and prefers that
key committees such as audit, nominating, and compensation committees be
comprised of independent directors. Investment Manager will generally vote
against management efforts to classify a board and will generally support
proposals to declassify the board of directors. Investment Manager will
consider withholding votes from directors who have attended less than 75% of
meetings without a valid reason. While generally in favor of separating
Chairman and CEO positions, Investment Manager will review this issue on a
case-by-case basis taking into consideration other factors including the
company's corporate governance guidelines and performance. Investment Manager
evaluates proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting on a
case-by-case basis and considers such factors as corporate governance
provisions as well as relative performance. The Investment Manager generally
will support non-binding shareholder proposals to require a majority vote
standard for the election of directors; however, if these proposals are
binding, the Investment Manager will give careful review on a case-by-case
basis of the potential ramifications of such implementation.

   RATIFICATION OF AUDITORS: In light of several high profile accounting
scandals, Investment Manager will closely scrutinize the role and performance
of auditors. On a case-by-case basis, Investment Manager will examine proposals
relating to non-audit relationships and non-audit fees. Investment Manager will
also consider, on a case-by-case basis, proposals to rotate auditors, and will
vote against the ratification of auditors when there is clear and compelling
evidence of accounting irregularities or negligence attributable to the
auditors.

   MANAGEMENT & DIRECTOR COMPENSATION: A company's equity-based compensation
plan should be in alignment with the shareholders' long-term interests.
Investment Manager believes that executive compensation should be directly
linked to the performance of the company. Investment Manager evaluates plans on
a case-by-case basis by considering several factors to determine whether the
plan is fair and reasonable. Investment Manager reviews the RiskMetrics
quantitative model utilized to assess such plans and/or the Glass Lewis
evaluation of the plan. Investment Manager will generally oppose plans that
have the potential to be excessively



dilutive, and will almost always oppose plans that are structured to allow the
repricing of underwater options, or plans that have an automatic share
replenishment "evergreen" feature. Investment Manager will generally support
employee stock option plans in which the purchase price is at least 85% of fair
market value, and when potential dilution is 10% or less.

   Severance compensation arrangements will be reviewed on a case-by-case
basis, although Investment Manager will generally oppose "golden parachutes"
that are considered excessive. Investment Manager will normally support
proposals that require that a percentage of directors' compensation be in the
form of common stock, as it aligns their interests with those of the
shareholders.

   ANTI-TAKEOVER MECHANISMS AND RELATED ISSUES: Investment Manager generally
opposes anti-takeover measures since they tend to reduce shareholder rights.
However, as with all proxy issues, Investment Manager conducts an independent
review of each anti-takeover proposal. On occasion, Investment Manager may vote
with management when the research analyst has concluded that the proposal is
not onerous and would not harm Advisory Clients' interests as stockholders.
Investment Manager generally supports proposals that require shareholder rights
plans ("poison pills") to be subject to a shareholder vote. Investment Manager
will closely evaluate shareholder rights' plans on a case-by-case basis to
determine whether or not they warrant support. Investment Manager will
generally vote against any proposal to issue stock that has unequal or
subordinate voting rights. In addition, Investment Manager generally opposes
any supermajority voting requirements as well as the payment of "greenmail."
Investment Manager usually supports "fair price" provisions and confidential
voting.

   CHANGES TO CAPITAL STRUCTURE: Investment Manager realizes that a company's
financing decisions have a significant impact on its shareholders, particularly
when they involve the issuance of additional shares of common or preferred
stock or the assumption of additional debt. Investment Manager will carefully
review, on a case-by-case basis, proposals by companies to increase authorized
shares and the purpose for the increase. Investment Manager will generally not
vote in favor of dual-class capital structures to increase the number of
authorized shares where that class of stock would have superior voting rights.
Investment Manager will generally vote in favor of the issuance of preferred
stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion and
other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock issuance are
deemed reasonable. Investment Manager will review proposals seeking preemptive
rights on a case-by-case basis.

   MERGERS AND CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING: Mergers and acquisitions will be
subject to careful review by the research analyst to determine whether they
would be beneficial to shareholders. Investment Manager will analyze various
economic and strategic factors in making the final decision on a merger or
acquisition. Corporate restructuring proposals are also subject to a thorough
examination on a case-by-case basis.

   SOCIAL AND CORPORATE POLICY ISSUES: As a fiduciary, Investment Manager is
primarily concerned about the financial interests of its Advisory Clients.
Investment Manager will generally give management discretion with regard to
social, environmental and ethical issues although Investment Manager may vote
in favor of those issues that are believed to have significant economic
benefits or implications.

   GLOBAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE: Investment Manager manages investments in
countries worldwide. Many of the tenets discussed above are applied to
Investment Manager's proxy voting decisions for international investments.
However, Investment Manager must be flexible in these worldwide markets and
must be mindful of the varied market practices of each region. As experienced
money managers, Investment Manager's analysts are skilled in understanding the
complexities of the regions in which they specialize and are trained to analyze
proxy issues germane to their regions.

PROXY PROCEDURES

   The Proxy Group is fully cognizant of its responsibility to process proxies
and maintain proxy records pursuant to applicable rules and regulations,
including those of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and the
Canadian Securities Administrators ("CSA"). In addition, Investment Manager
understands its fiduciary duty to vote proxies and that proxy voting decisions
may affect the value of shareholdings. Therefore,



Investment Manager will attempt to process every proxy it receives for all
domestic and foreign securities. However, there may be situations in which
Investment Manager cannot vote proxies. For example, if the cost of voting a
foreign proxy outweighs the benefit of voting, the Proxy Group may refrain from
processing that vote. Additionally, the Proxy Group may not be given enough
time to process the vote. For example, the Proxy Group, through no fault of
their own, may receive a meeting notice from the company too late, or may be
unable to obtain a timely translation of the agenda. In addition, if Investment
Manager has outstanding sell orders, or anticipates placing sell orders prior
to the date of the shareholder meeting, in certain markets that have blocking
restrictions, the proxies for those meetings may not be voted in order to
facilitate the sale of those securities. If a security is on loan, Investment
Manager may determine that it is not in the best interests of its clients to
recall the security for voting purposes. Although Investment Manager may hold
shares on a company's record date, should it sell them prior to the company's
meeting date, Investment Manager ultimately may decide not to vote those
shares. Lastly, the Investment Manager will not vote proxies when prohibited
from voting by applicable law.

   Investment Manager may vote against an agenda item where no further
information is provided, particularly in non-U.S. markets. For example, if
"Other Business" is listed on the agenda with no further information included
in the proxy materials, Investment Manager may vote against the item to send a
message to the company that if it had provided additional information,
Investment Manager may have voted in favor of that item. Investment Manager may
also enter a "withhold" vote on the election of certain directors from time to
time based on individual situations, particularly where Investment Manager is
not in favor of electing a director and there is no provision for voting
against such director.

   The following describes the standard procedures that are to be followed with
respect to carrying out Investment Manager's proxy policy:

      1. The Proxy Group will identify all Advisory Clients, maintain a list of
   those clients, and indicate those Advisory Clients who have delegated proxy
   voting authority to the Investment Manager. The Proxy Group will
   periodically review and update this list.

      2. All relevant information in the proxy materials received (e.g., the
   record date of the meeting) will be recorded immediately by the Proxy Group
   in a database to maintain control over such materials. The Proxy Group will
   confirm each relevant Advisory Client's holdings of the securities and that
   the client is eligible to vote.

      3. The Proxy Group will review and compile information on each proxy upon
   receipt of any agendas, materials, reports, recommendations from RiskMetrics
   and/or Glass Lewis, or other information. The Proxy Group will then forward
   this information to the appropriate research analyst and/or legal counsel
   for review and voting instructions.

      4. In determining how to vote, Investment Manager's analysts and relevant
   portfolio manager(s) will consider the General Proxy Voting Guidelines set
   forth above, their in-depth knowledge of the company, any readily available
   information and research about the company and its agenda items, and the
   recommendations put forth by RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or other independent
   third party providers of proxy services.

      5. The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining the documentation that
   supports Investment Manager's voting position. Such documentation may
   include, but is not limited to, any information provided by RiskMetrics,
   Glass Lewis, or other proxy service providers, and, especially as to
   non-routine, materially significant or controversial matters, memoranda
   describing the position it has taken. Additionally, the Proxy Group may
   include documentation obtained from the research analyst, portfolio manager,
   legal counsel and/or the Proxy Review Committee.

      6. After the proxy is completed but before it is returned to the issuer
   and/or its agent, the Proxy Group may review those situations including
   special or unique documentation to determine that the appropriate
   documentation has been created, including conflict of interest screening.

      7. The Proxy Group will attempt to submit Investment Manager's vote on
   all proxies to RiskMetrics for processing at least three days prior to the
   meeting for U.S. securities and 10 days prior to the meeting for



   foreign securities. However, in certain foreign jurisdictions it may be
   impossible to return the proxy 10 days in advance of the meeting. In these
   situations, the Proxy Group will use its best efforts to send the proxy vote
   to RiskMetrics in sufficient time for the vote to be processed.

      8. The Proxy Group prepares reports for each client that has requested a
   record of votes cast. The report specifies the proxy issues that have been
   voted for the client during the requested period and the position taken with
   respect to each issue. The Proxy Group sends one copy to the client, retains
   a copy in the Proxy Group's files and forwards a copy to either the
   appropriate portfolio manager or the client service representative. While
   many Advisory Clients prefer quarterly or annual reports, the Proxy Group
   will provide reports for any timeframe requested by a client.

      9. If the Franklin Templeton Services, LLC Fund Treasury Department
   learns of a vote on a material event that will affect a security on loan,
   the Fund Treasury Department will notify Investment Manager and obtain
   instructions regarding whether Investment Manager desires the Fund Treasury
   Department to contact the custodian bank in an effort to retrieve the
   securities. If so requested by Investment Manager, the Fund Treasury
   Department shall use its best efforts to recall any security on loan and
   will use other practicable and legally enforceable means to ensure that
   Investment Manager is able to fulfill its fiduciary duty to vote proxies for
   Advisory Clients with respect to such loaned securities. The Fund Treasury
   Department will advise the Proxy Group of all recalled securities.

      10. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with Legal Staff responsible for
   coordinating Fund disclosure, on a timely basis, will file all required Form
   N-PXs, with respect to investment company clients, disclose that its proxy
   voting record is available on the web site, and will make available the
   information disclosed in its Form N-PX as soon as is reasonably practicable
   after filing Form N-PX with the SEC.

      11. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with Legal Staff responsible for
   coordinating Fund disclosure, will ensure that all required disclosure about
   proxy voting of the investment company clients is made in such clients'
   financial statements and disclosure documents.

      12. The Proxy Group will review the guidelines of RiskMetrics and Glass
   Lewis, with special emphasis on the factors they use with respect to proxy
   voting recommendations.

      13. The Proxy Group will familiarize itself with the procedures of
   RiskMetrics that govern the transmission of proxy voting information from
   the Proxy Group to RiskMetrics and periodically review how well this process
   is functioning.

      14. The Proxy Group will investigate, or cause others to investigate, any
   and all instances where these Procedures have been violated or there is
   evidence that they are not being followed. Based upon the findings of these
   investigations, the Proxy Group, if practicable, will recommend amendments
   to these Procedures to minimize the likelihood of the reoccurrence of
   non-compliance.

      15. At least annually, the Proxy Group will verify that:

       .  Each proxy or a sample of proxies received has been voted in a manner
          consistent with these Procedures and the Proxy Voting Guidelines;

       .  Each proxy or sample of proxies received has been voted in accordance
          with the instructions of the Investment Manager;

       .  Adequate disclosure has been made to clients and fund shareholders
          about the procedures and how proxies were voted; and

       .  Timely filings were made with applicable regulators related to proxy
          voting.

   The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining appropriate proxy voting
records. Such records will include, but are not limited to, a copy of all
materials returned to the issuer and/or its agent, the documentation described
above, listings of proxies voted by issuer and by client, and any other
relevant information. The Proxy Group may use an outside service such as
RiskMetrics to support this function. All records will be retained for at least
five years, the first two of which will be on-site. Advisory Clients may
request copies of their proxy voting records by calling the Proxy Group collect
at 1-954-527-7678, or by sending a written request to: Franklin



Templeton Companies, LLC, 500 East Broward Boulevard, Suite 1500, Fort
Lauderdale, FL 33394, Attention: Proxy Group. Advisory Clients may review
Investment Manager's proxy voting policies and procedures on-line at
www.franklintempleton.com and may request additional copies by calling the
number above. For U.S. mutual fund products, an annual proxy voting record for
the period ending June 30 of each year will be posted to
www.franklintempleton.com no later than August 31 of each year. For Canadian
mutual fund products, an annual proxy voting record for the period ending
June 30 of each year will be posted to www.franklintempleton.ca no later than
August 31 of each year. The Proxy Group will periodically review web site
posting and update the posting when necessary. In addition, the Proxy Group is
responsible for ensuring that the proxy voting policies, procedures and records
of the Investment Manager are available as required by law and is responsible
for overseeing the filing of such policies, procedures and mutual fund voting
records with the SEC, the CSA and other applicable regulators.

As of January 2, 2008



                            FRANKLIN ADVISERS, INC.

                      PROXY VOTING POLICIES & PROCEDURES

RESPONSIBILITY OF INVESTMENT MANAGER TO VOTE PROXIES

   Franklin Advisers, Inc. (hereinafter "Investment Manager") has delegated its
administrative duties with respect to voting proxies to the Proxy Group within
Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC (the "Proxy Group"), a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Franklin Resources, Inc. Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC
provides a variety of general corporate services to its affiliates, including
but not limited to legal and compliance activities. Proxy duties consist of
analyzing proxy statements of issuers whose stock is owned by any client
(including both investment companies and any separate accounts managed by
Investment Manager) that has either delegated proxy voting administrative
responsibility to Investment Manager or has asked for information and/or
recommendations on the issues to be voted. The Proxy Group will process proxy
votes on behalf of, and Investment Manager votes proxies solely in the
interests of, separate account clients, Investment Manager-managed mutual fund
shareholders, or, where employee benefit plan assets are involved, in the
interests of the plan participants and beneficiaries (collectively, "Advisory
Clients") that have properly delegated such responsibility or will inform
Advisory Clients that have not delegated the voting responsibility but that
have requested voting advice about Investment Manager's views on such proxy
votes. The Proxy Group also provides these services to other advisory
affiliates of Investment Manager.

HOW INVESTMENT MANAGER VOTES PROXIES

FIDUCIARY CONSIDERATIONS

   All proxies received by the Proxy Group will be voted based upon Investment
Manager's instructions and/or policies. To assist it in analyzing proxies,
Investment Manager subscribes to RiskMetrics Group ("RiskMetrics"), an
unaffiliated third party corporate governance research service that provides
in-depth analyses of shareholder meeting agendas, vote recommendations, record
keeping and vote disclosure services. In addition, Investment Manager
subscribes to Glass Lewis & Co., LLC ("Glass Lewis"), an unaffiliated third
party analytical research firm, to receive analyses and vote recommendations on
the shareholder meetings of publicly held U.S. companies. Although RiskMetrics'
and/or Glass Lewis' analyses are thoroughly reviewed and considered in making a
final voting decision, Investment Manager does not consider recommendations
from RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or any other third party to be determinative of
Investment Manager's ultimate decision. As a matter of policy, the officers,
directors and employees of Investment Manager and the Proxy Group will not be
influenced by outside sources whose interests conflict with the interests of
Advisory Clients.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   All conflicts of interest will be resolved in the interests of the Advisory
Clients. Investment Manager is an affiliate of a large, diverse financial
services firm with many affiliates and makes its best efforts to avoid
conflicts of interest. However, conflicts of interest can arise in situations
where:

      1. The issuer is a client/1/ of Investment Manager or its affiliates;

      2. The issuer is a vendor whose products or services are material or
   significant to the business of Investment Manager or its affiliates;

- - --------
/1/  For purposes of this section, a "client" does not include underlying
     investors in a commingled trust, Canadian pooled fund, or other pooled
     investment vehicle managed by the Investment Manager or its affiliates.
     Sponsors of funds sub-advised by Investment Manager or its affiliates will
     be considered a "client."



      3. The issuer is an entity participating to a material extent in the
   distribution of investment products advised, administered or sponsored by
   Investment Manager or its affiliates (e.g., a broker, dealer or bank);/2/

      4. An Access Person/3/ of Investment Manager or its affiliates also
   serves as a director or officer of the issuer;

      5. A director or trustee of Franklin Resources, Inc. or of a Franklin
   Templeton investment product, or an immediate family member/4/ of such
   director or trustee, also serves as an officer or director of the issuer; or

      6. The issuer is Franklin Resources, Inc. or any of its proprietary
   investment products.

   Nonetheless, even though a potential conflict of interest exists, the
Investment Manager may vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer's
management.

   Material conflicts of interest are identified by the Proxy Group based upon
analyses of client, broker and vendor lists, information periodically gathered
from directors and officers, and information derived from other sources,
including public filings. The Proxy Group gathers and analyzes this information
on a best efforts basis, as much of this information is provided directly by
individuals and groups other than the Proxy Group, and the Proxy Group relies
on the accuracy of the information it receives from such parties.

   In situations where a material conflict of interest is identified, the Proxy
Group may defer to the voting recommendation of RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or
those of another independent third party provider of proxy services or send the
proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients with the Investment Manager's
recommendation regarding the vote for approval. If the conflict is not resolved
by the Advisory Client, the Proxy Group may refer the matter, along with the
recommended course of action by the Investment Manager, if any, to a Proxy
Review Committee comprised of representatives from the Portfolio Management
(which may include portfolio managers and/or research analysts employed by
Investment Manager), Fund Administration, Legal and Compliance Departments
within Franklin Templeton for evaluation and voting instructions. The Proxy
Review Committee may defer to the voting recommendation of RiskMetrics, Glass
Lewis, or those of another independent third party provider of proxy services
or send the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients.

   Where the Proxy Group or the Proxy Review Committee refers a matter to an
Advisory Client, it may rely upon the instructions of a representative of the
Advisory Client, such as the board of directors or trustees or a committee of
the board in the case of a U. S. registered mutual fund, the conducting officer
in the case of an open-ended collective investment scheme formed as a Societe
d'investissement a capital variable (SICAV), the Independent Review Committee
for Canadian investment funds, or a plan administrator in the case of an
employee benefit plan. The Proxy Group or the Proxy Review Committee may
determine to vote all shares held by Advisory Clients in accordance with the
instructions of one or more of the Advisory Clients.

   The Proxy Review Committee may independently review proxies that are
identified as presenting material conflicts of interest; determine the
appropriate action to be taken in such situations (including whether to defer to

- - --------
/2/  The top 40 executing broker-dealers (based on gross brokerage commissions
     and client commissions), and distributors (based on aggregate 12b-1
     distribution fees), as determined on a quarterly basis, will be considered
     to present a potential conflict of interest. In addition, any insurance
     company that has entered into a participation agreement with a Franklin
     Templeton entity to distribute the Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance
     Products Trust or other variable products will be considered to present a
     potential conflict of interest.
/3/  "Access Person" shall have the meaning provided under the current Code of
     Ethics of Franklin Resources, Inc.
/4/  The term "immediate family member" means a person's spouse; child residing
     in the person's household (including step and adoptive children); and any
     dependent of the person, as defined in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue
     Code (26 U.S.C. 152).



an independent third party or refer a matter to an Advisory Client); report the
results of such votes to Investment Manager's clients as may be requested; and
recommend changes to the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures as appropriate.

   The Proxy Review Committee will also decide whether to vote proxies for
securities deemed to present conflicts of interest that are sold following a
record date, but before a shareholder meeting date. The Proxy Review Committee
may consider various factors in deciding whether to vote such proxies,
including Investment Manager's long-term view of the issuer's securities for
investment, or it may defer the decision to vote to the applicable Advisory
Client.

   Where a material conflict of interest has been identified, but the items on
which the Investment Manager's vote recommendations differ from Glass Lewis,
RiskMetrics, or another independent third party provider of proxy services
relate specifically to (1) shareholder proposals regarding social or
environmental issues or political contributions, (2) "Other Business" without
describing the matters that might be considered, or (3) items the Investment
Manager wishes to vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer's
management, the Proxy Group may defer to the vote recommendations of the
Investment Manager rather than sending the proxy directly to the relevant
Advisory Clients for approval.

   To avoid certain potential conflicts of interest, the Investment Manager
will employ echo voting, if possible, in the following instances: (1) when a
Franklin Templeton investment company invests in an underlying fund in reliance
on any one of Sections 12(d)(1)(E), (F), or (G) of the Investment Company Act
of 1940, as amended, or pursuant to an SEC exemptive order; (2) when a Franklin
Templeton investment company invests uninvested cash in affiliated money market
funds pursuant to an SEC exemptive order ("cash sweep arrangement"); or
(3) when required pursuant to an account's governing documents or applicable
law. Echo voting means that the Investment Manager will vote the shares in the
same proportion as the vote of all of the other holders of the fund's shares.

WEIGHT GIVEN MANAGEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS

   One of the primary factors Investment Manager considers when determining the
desirability of investing in a particular company is the quality and depth of
that company's management. Accordingly, the recommendation of management on any
issue is a factor that Investment Manager considers in determining how proxies
should be voted. However, Investment Manager does not consider recommendations
from management to be determinative of Investment Manager's ultimate decision.
As a matter of practice, the votes with respect to most issues are cast in
accordance with the position of the company's management. Each issue, however,
is considered on its own merits, and Investment Manager will not support the
position of a company's management in any situation where it determines that
the ratification of management's position would adversely affect the investment
merits of owning that company's shares.

THE PROXY GROUP

   The Proxy Group is part of the Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC Legal
Department and is overseen by legal counsel. Full-time staff members are
devoted to proxy voting administration and providing support and assistance
where needed. On a daily basis, the Proxy Group will review each proxy upon
receipt as well as any agendas, materials and recommendations that they receive
from RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or other sources. The Proxy Group maintains a
log of all shareholder meetings that are scheduled for companies whose
securities are held by Investment Manager's managed funds and accounts. For
each shareholder meeting, a member of the Proxy Group will consult with the
research analyst that follows the security and provide the analyst with the
meeting notice, agenda, RiskMetrics and/or Glass Lewis analyses,
recommendations and any other available information. Except in situations
identified as presenting material conflicts of interest, Investment Manager's
research analyst and relevant portfolio manager(s) are responsible for making
the final voting decision based on their review of the agenda, RiskMetrics
and/or Glass Lewis analyses, their knowledge of the company and any other
information readily available. In situations where the Investment Manager has
not responded with vote recommendations to the Proxy Group by the deadline
date, the Proxy Group may defer to the vote recommendations of an independent
third party provider of proxy services. Except in cases where the Proxy



Group is deferring to the voting recommendation of an independent third party
service provider, the Proxy Group must obtain voting instructions from
Investment Manager's research analyst, relevant portfolio manager(s), legal
counsel and/or the Advisory Client or Proxy Review Committee prior to
submitting the vote.

GENERAL PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   Investment Manager has adopted general guidelines for voting proxies as
summarized below. In keeping with its fiduciary obligations to its Advisory
Clients, Investment Manager reviews all proposals, even those that may be
considered to be routine matters. Although these guidelines are to be followed
as a general policy, in all cases each proxy and proposal will be considered
based on the relevant facts and circumstances. Investment Manager may deviate
from the general policies and procedures when it determines that the particular
facts and circumstances warrant such deviation to protect the interests of the
Advisory Clients. These guidelines cannot provide an exhaustive list of all the
issues that may arise nor can Investment Manager anticipate all future
situations. Corporate governance issues are diverse and continually evolving
and Investment Manager devotes significant time and resources to monitor these
changes.

INVESTMENT MANAGER'S PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PRINCIPLES

   Investment Manager's proxy voting positions have been developed based on
years of experience with proxy voting and corporate governance issues. These
principles have been reviewed by various members of Investment Manager's
organization, including portfolio management, legal counsel, and Investment
Manager's officers. The Board of Directors of Franklin Templeton's
U.S.-registered mutual funds will approve the proxy voting policies and
procedures annually.

   The following guidelines reflect what Investment Manager believes to be good
corporate governance and behavior:

   BOARD OF DIRECTORS: The election of directors and an independent board are
key to good corporate governance. Directors are expected to be competent
individuals and they should be accountable and responsive to shareholders.
Investment Manager supports an independent board of directors, and prefers that
key committees such as audit, nominating, and compensation committees be
comprised of independent directors. Investment Manager will generally vote
against management efforts to classify a board and will generally support
proposals to declassify the board of directors. Investment Manager will
consider withholding votes from directors who have attended less than 75% of
meetings without a valid reason. While generally in favor of separating
Chairman and CEO positions, Investment Manager will review this issue on a
case-by-case basis taking into consideration other factors including the
company's corporate governance guidelines and performance. Investment Manager
evaluates proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting on a
case-by-case basis and considers such factors as corporate governance
provisions as well as relative performance. The Investment Manager generally
will support non-binding shareholder proposals to require a majority vote
standard for the election of directors; however, if these proposals are
binding, the Investment Manager will give careful review on a case-by-case
basis of the potential ramifications of such implementation.

   RATIFICATION OF AUDITORS: In light of several high profile accounting
scandals, Investment Manager will closely scrutinize the role and performance
of auditors. On a case-by-case basis, Investment Manager will examine proposals
relating to non-audit relationships and non-audit fees. Investment Manager will
also consider, on a case-by-case basis, proposals to rotate auditors, and will
vote against the ratification of auditors when there is clear and compelling
evidence of accounting irregularities or negligence attributable to the
auditors.

   MANAGEMENT & DIRECTOR COMPENSATION: A company's equity-based compensation
plan should be in alignment with the shareholders' long-term interests.
Investment Manager believes that executive compensation should be directly
linked to the performance of the company. Investment Manager evaluates plans on
a case-by-case basis by considering several factors to determine whether the
plan is fair and reasonable. Investment Manager reviews the RiskMetrics
quantitative model utilized to assess such plans and/or the Glass Lewis
evaluation of the plan. Investment Manager will generally oppose plans that
have the potential to be excessively dilutive, and will almost always oppose
plans that are structured to allow the repricing of underwater options, or



plans that have an automatic share replenishment "evergreen" feature.
Investment Manager will generally support employee stock option plans in which
the purchase price is at least 85% of fair market value, and when potential
dilution is 10% or less.

   Severance compensation arrangements will be reviewed on a case-by-case
basis, although Investment Manager will generally oppose "golden parachutes"
that are considered excessive. Investment Manager will normally support
proposals that require that a percentage of directors' compensation be in the
form of common stock, as it aligns their interests with those of the
shareholders.

   ANTI-TAKEOVER MECHANISMS AND RELATED ISSUES: Investment Manager generally
opposes anti-takeover measures since they tend to reduce shareholder rights.
However, as with all proxy issues, Investment Manager conducts an independent
review of each anti-takeover proposal. On occasion, Investment Manager may vote
with management when the research analyst has concluded that the proposal is
not onerous and would not harm Advisory Clients' interests as stockholders.
Investment Manager generally supports proposals that require shareholder rights
plans ("poison pills") to be subject to a shareholder vote. Investment Manager
will closely evaluate shareholder rights' plans on a case-by-case basis to
determine whether or not they warrant support. Investment Manager will
generally vote against any proposal to issue stock that has unequal or
subordinate voting rights. In addition, Investment Manager generally opposes
any supermajority voting requirements as well as the payment of "greenmail."
Investment Manager usually supports "fair price" provisions and confidential
voting.

   CHANGES TO CAPITAL STRUCTURE: Investment Manager realizes that a company's
financing decisions have a significant impact on its shareholders, particularly
when they involve the issuance of additional shares of common or preferred
stock or the assumption of additional debt. Investment Manager will carefully
review, on a case-by-case basis, proposals by companies to increase authorized
shares and the purpose for the increase. Investment Manager will generally not
vote in favor of dual-class capital structures to increase the number of
authorized shares where that class of stock would have superior voting rights.
Investment Manager will generally vote in favor of the issuance of preferred
stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion and
other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock issuance are
deemed reasonable. Investment Manager will review proposals seeking preemptive
rights on a case-by-case basis.

   MERGERS AND CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING: Mergers and acquisitions will be
subject to careful review by the research analyst to determine whether they
would be beneficial to shareholders. Investment Manager will analyze various
economic and strategic factors in making the final decision on a merger or
acquisition. Corporate restructuring proposals are also subject to a thorough
examination on a case-by-case basis.

   SOCIAL AND CORPORATE POLICY ISSUES: As a fiduciary, Investment Manager is
primarily concerned about the financial interests of its Advisory Clients.
Investment Manager will generally give management discretion with regard to
social, environmental and ethical issues although Investment Manager may vote
in favor of those issues that are believed to have significant economic
benefits or implications.

   GLOBAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE: Investment Manager manages investments in
countries worldwide. Many of the tenets discussed above are applied to
Investment Manager's proxy voting decisions for international investments.
However, Investment Manager must be flexible in these worldwide markets and
must be mindful of the varied market practices of each region. As experienced
money managers, Investment Manager's analysts are skilled in understanding the
complexities of the regions in which they specialize and are trained to analyze
proxy issues germane to their regions.

PROXY PROCEDURES

   The Proxy Group is fully cognizant of its responsibility to process proxies
and maintain proxy records pursuant to applicable rules and regulations,
including those of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and the
Canadian Securities Administrators ("CSA"). In addition, Investment Manager
understands its fiduciary duty to vote proxies and that proxy voting decisions
may affect the value of shareholdings. Therefore, Investment Manager will
attempt to process every proxy it receives for all domestic and foreign
securities.



However, there may be situations in which Investment Manager cannot vote
proxies. For example, if the cost of voting a foreign proxy outweighs the
benefit of voting, the Proxy Group may refrain from processing that vote.
Additionally, the Proxy Group may not be given enough time to process the vote.
For example, the Proxy Group, through no fault of their own, may receive a
meeting notice from the company too late, or may be unable to obtain a timely
translation of the agenda. In addition, if Investment Manager has outstanding
sell orders, or anticipates placing sell orders prior to the date of the
shareholder meeting, in certain markets that have blocking restrictions, the
proxies for those meetings may not be voted in order to facilitate the sale of
those securities. If a security is on loan, Investment Manager may determine
that it is not in the best interests of its clients to recall the security for
voting purposes. Although Investment Manager may hold shares on a company's
record date, should it sell them prior to the company's meeting date,
Investment Manager ultimately may decide not to vote those shares. Lastly, the
Investment Manager will not vote proxies when prohibited from voting by
applicable law.

   Investment Manager may vote against an agenda item where no further
information is provided, particularly in non-U.S. markets. For example, if
"Other Business" is listed on the agenda with no further information included
in the proxy materials, Investment Manager may vote against the item to send a
message to the company that if it had provided additional information,
Investment Manager may have voted in favor of that item. Investment Manager may
also enter a "withhold" vote on the election of certain directors from time to
time based on individual situations, particularly where Investment Manager is
not in favor of electing a director and there is no provision for voting
against such director.

   The following describes the standard procedures that are to be followed with
respect to carrying out Investment Manager's proxy policy:

      1. The Proxy Group will identify all Advisory Clients, maintain a list of
   those clients, and indicate those Advisory Clients who have delegated proxy
   voting authority to the Investment Manager. The Proxy Group will
   periodically review and update this list.

      2. All relevant information in the proxy materials received (e.g., the
   record date of the meeting) will be recorded immediately by the Proxy Group
   in a database to maintain control over such materials. The Proxy Group will
   confirm each relevant Advisory Client's holdings of the securities and that
   the client is eligible to vote.

      3. The Proxy Group will review and compile information on each proxy upon
   receipt of any agendas, materials, reports, recommendations from RiskMetrics
   and/or Glass Lewis, or other information. The Proxy Group will then forward
   this information to the appropriate research analyst and/or legal counsel
   for review and voting instructions.

      4. In determining how to vote, Investment Manager's analysts and relevant
   portfolio manager(s) will consider the General Proxy Voting Guidelines set
   forth above, their in-depth knowledge of the company, any readily available
   information and research about the company and its agenda items, and the
   recommendations put forth by RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or other independent
   third party providers of proxy services.

      5. The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining the documentation that
   supports Investment Manager's voting position. Such documentation may
   include, but is not limited to, any information provided by RiskMetrics,
   Glass Lewis, or other proxy service providers, and, especially as to
   non-routine, materially significant or controversial matters, memoranda
   describing the position it has taken. Additionally, the Proxy Group may
   include documentation obtained from the research analyst, portfolio manager,
   legal counsel and/or the Proxy Review Committee.

      6. After the proxy is completed but before it is returned to the issuer
   and/or its agent, the Proxy Group may review those situations including
   special or unique documentation to determine that the appropriate
   documentation has been created, including conflict of interest screening.

      7. The Proxy Group will attempt to submit Investment Manager's vote on
   all proxies to RiskMetrics for processing at least three days prior to the
   meeting for U.S. securities and 10 days prior to the meeting for foreign
   securities. However, in certain foreign jurisdictions it may be impossible
   to return the proxy 10 days



   in advance of the meeting. In these situations, the Proxy Group will use its
   best efforts to send the proxy vote to RiskMetrics in sufficient time for
   the vote to be processed.

      8. The Proxy Group prepares reports for each client that has requested a
   record of votes cast. The report specifies the proxy issues that have been
   voted for the client during the requested period and the position taken with
   respect to each issue. The Proxy Group sends one copy to the client, retains
   a copy in the Proxy Group's files and forwards a copy to either the
   appropriate portfolio manager or the client service representative. While
   many Advisory Clients prefer quarterly or annual reports, the Proxy Group
   will provide reports for any timeframe requested by a client.

      9. If the Franklin Templeton Services, LLC Fund Treasury Department
   learns of a vote on a material event that will affect a security on loan,
   the Fund Treasury Department will notify Investment Manager and obtain
   instructions regarding whether Investment Manager desires the Fund Treasury
   Department to contact the custodian bank in an effort to retrieve the
   securities. If so requested by Investment Manager, the Fund Treasury
   Department shall use its best efforts to recall any security on loan and
   will use other practicable and legally enforceable means to ensure that
   Investment Manager is able to fulfill its fiduciary duty to vote proxies for
   Advisory Clients with respect to such loaned securities. The Fund Treasury
   Department will advise the Proxy Group of all recalled securities.

      10. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with Legal Staff responsible for
   coordinating Fund disclosure, on a timely basis, will file all required Form
   N-PXs, with respect to investment company clients, disclose that its proxy
   voting record is available on the web site, and will make available the
   information disclosed in its Form N-PX as soon as is reasonably practicable
   after filing Form N-PX with the SEC.

      11. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with Legal Staff responsible for
   coordinating Fund disclosure, will ensure that all required disclosure about
   proxy voting of the investment company clients is made in such clients'
   financial statements and disclosure documents.

      12. The Proxy Group will review the guidelines of RiskMetrics and Glass
   Lewis, with special emphasis on the factors they use with respect to proxy
   voting recommendations.

      13. The Proxy Group will familiarize itself with the procedures of
   RiskMetrics that govern the transmission of proxy voting information from
   the Proxy Group to RiskMetrics and periodically review how well this process
   is functioning.

      14. The Proxy Group will investigate, or cause others to investigate, any
   and all instances where these Procedures have been violated or there is
   evidence that they are not being followed. Based upon the findings of these
   investigations, the Proxy Group, if practicable, will recommend amendments
   to these Procedures to minimize the likelihood of the reoccurrence of
   non-compliance.

      15. At least annually, the Proxy Group will verify that:

       .  Each proxy or a sample of proxies received has been voted in a manner
          consistent with these Procedures and the Proxy Voting Guidelines;

       .  Each proxy or sample of proxies received has been voted in accordance
          with the instructions of the Investment Manager;

       .  Adequate disclosure has been made to clients and fund shareholders
          about the procedures and how proxies were voted; and

       .  Timely filings were made with applicable regulators related to proxy
          voting.

   The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining appropriate proxy voting
records. Such records will include, but are not limited to, a copy of all
materials returned to the issuer and/or its agent, the documentation described
above, listings of proxies voted by issuer and by client, and any other
relevant information. The Proxy Group may use an outside service such as
RiskMetrics to support this function. All records will be retained for at least
five years, the first two of which will be on-site. Advisory Clients may
request copies of their proxy voting records by calling the Proxy Group collect
at 1-954-527-7678, or by sending a written request to: Franklin Templeton
Companies, LLC, 500 East Broward Boulevard, Suite 1500, Fort Lauderdale, FL
33394, Attention:



Proxy Group. Advisory Clients may review Investment Manager's proxy voting
policies and procedures on-line at www.franklintempleton.com and may request
additional copies by calling the number above. For U.S. mutual fund products,
an annual proxy voting record for the period ending June 30 of each year will
be posted to www.franklintempleton.com no later than August 31 of each year.
For Canadian mutual fund products, an annual proxy voting record for the period
ending June 30 of each year will be posted to www.franklintempleton.ca no later
than August 31 of each year. The Proxy Group will periodically review web site
posting and update the posting when necessary. In addition, the Proxy Group is
responsible for ensuring that the proxy voting policies, procedures and records
of the Investment Manager are available as required by law and is responsible
for overseeing the filing of such policies, procedures and mutual fund voting
records with the SEC, the CSA and other applicable regulators.

As of January 2, 2008



                       TEMPLETON GLOBAL ADVISORS LIMITED

                      PROXY VOTING POLICIES & PROCEDURES

RESPONSIBILITY OF INVESTMENT MANAGER TO VOTE PROXIES

   Templeton Global Advisors Limited (hereinafter "Investment Manager") has
delegated its administrative duties with respect to voting proxies to the Proxy
Group within Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC (the "Proxy Group"), a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Franklin Resources, Inc. Franklin Templeton
Companies, LLC provides a variety of general corporate services to its
affiliates, including but not limited to legal and compliance activities. Proxy
duties consist of analyzing proxy statements of issuers whose stock is owned by
any client (including both investment companies and any separate accounts
managed by Investment Manager) that has either delegated proxy voting
administrative responsibility to Investment Manager or has asked for
information and/or recommendations on the issues to be voted. The Proxy Group
will process proxy votes on behalf of, and Investment Manager votes proxies
solely in the interests of, separate account clients, Investment
Manager-managed mutual fund shareholders, or, where employee benefit plan
assets are involved, in the interests of the plan participants and
beneficiaries (collectively, "Advisory Clients") that have properly delegated
such responsibility or will inform Advisory Clients that have not delegated the
voting responsibility but that have requested voting advice about Investment
Manager's views on such proxy votes. The Proxy Group also provides these
services to other advisory affiliates of Investment Manager.

HOW INVESTMENT MANAGER VOTES PROXIES

FIDUCIARY CONSIDERATIONS

   All proxies received by the Proxy Group will be voted based upon Investment
Manager's instructions and/or policies. To assist it in analyzing proxies,
Investment Manager subscribes to RiskMetrics Group ("RiskMetrics"), an
unaffiliated third party corporate governance research service that provides
in-depth analyses of shareholder meeting agendas, vote recommendations, record
keeping and vote disclosure services. In addition, Investment Manager
subscribes to Glass Lewis & Co., LLC ("Glass Lewis"), an unaffiliated third
party analytical research firm, to receive analyses and vote recommendations on
the shareholder meetings of publicly held U.S. companies. Although RiskMetrics'
and/or Glass Lewis' analyses are thoroughly reviewed and considered in making a
final voting decision, Investment Manager does not consider recommendations
from RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or any other third party to be determinative of
Investment Manager's ultimate decision. As a matter of policy, the officers,
directors and employees of Investment Manager and the Proxy Group will not be
influenced by outside sources whose interests conflict with the interests of
Advisory Clients.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   All conflicts of interest will be resolved in the interests of the Advisory
Clients. Investment Manager is an affiliate of a large, diverse financial
services firm with many affiliates and makes its best efforts to avoid
conflicts of interest. However, conflicts of interest can arise in situations
where:

      1. The issuer is a client/1/ of Investment Manager or its affiliates;

      2. The issuer is a vendor whose products or services are material or
   significant to the business of Investment Manager or its affiliates;

- - --------
/1/  For purposes of this section, a "client" does not include underlying
     investors in a commingled trust, Canadian pooled fund, or other pooled
     investment vehicle managed by the Investment Manager or its affiliates.
     Sponsors of funds sub-advised by Investment Manager or its affiliates will
     be considered a "client."



      3. The issuer is an entity participating to a material extent in the
   distribution of investment products advised, administered or sponsored by
   Investment Manager or its affiliates (e.g., a broker, dealer or bank);/2/

      4. An Access Person/3/ of Investment Manager or its affiliates also
   serves as a director or officer of the issuer;

      5. A director or trustee of Franklin Resources, Inc. or of a Franklin
   Templeton investment product, or an immediate family member/4/ of such
   director or trustee, also serves as an officer or director of the issuer; or

      6. The issuer is Franklin Resources, Inc. or any of its proprietary
   investment products.

   Nonetheless, even though a potential conflict of interest exists, the
Investment Manager may vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer's
management.

   Material conflicts of interest are identified by the Proxy Group based upon
analyses of client, broker and vendor lists, information periodically gathered
from directors and officers, and information derived from other sources,
including public filings. The Proxy Group gathers and analyzes this information
on a best efforts basis, as much of this information is provided directly by
individuals and groups other than the Proxy Group, and the Proxy Group relies
on the accuracy of the information it receives from such parties.

   In situations where a material conflict of interest is identified, the Proxy
Group may defer to the voting recommendation of RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or
those of another independent third party provider of proxy services or send the
proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients with the Investment Manager's
recommendation regarding the vote for approval. If the conflict is not resolved
by the Advisory Client, the Proxy Group may refer the matter, along with the
recommended course of action by the Investment Manager, if any, to a Proxy
Review Committee comprised of representatives from the Portfolio Management
(which may include portfolio managers and/or research analysts employed by
Investment Manager), Fund Administration, Legal and Compliance Departments
within Franklin Templeton for evaluation and voting instructions. The Proxy
Review Committee may defer to the voting recommendation of RiskMetrics, Glass
Lewis, or those of another independent third party provider of proxy services
or send the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients.

   Where the Proxy Group or the Proxy Review Committee refers a matter to an
Advisory Client, it may rely upon the instructions of a representative of the
Advisory Client, such as the board of directors or trustees or a committee of
the board in the case of a U. S. registered mutual fund, the conducting officer
in the case of an open-ended collective investment scheme formed as a Societe
d'investissement a capital variable (SICAV), the Independent Review Committee
for Canadian investment funds, or a plan administrator in the case of an
employee benefit plan. The Proxy Group or the Proxy Review Committee may
determine to vote all shares held by Advisory Clients in accordance with the
instructions of one or more of the Advisory Clients.

   The Proxy Review Committee may independently review proxies that are
identified as presenting material conflicts of interest; determine the
appropriate action to be taken in such situations (including whether to defer to

- - --------
/2/  The top 40 executing broker-dealers (based on gross brokerage commissions
     and client commissions), and distributors (based on aggregate 12b-1
     distribution fees), as determined on a quarterly basis, will be considered
     to present a potential conflict of interest. In addition, any insurance
     company that has entered into a participation agreement with a Franklin
     Templeton entity to distribute the Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance
     Products Trust or other variable products will be considered to present a
     potential conflict of interest.
/3/  "Access Person" shall have the meaning provided under the current Code of
     Ethics of Franklin Resources, Inc.
/4/  The term "immediate family member" means a person's spouse; child residing
     in the person's household (including step and adoptive children); and any
     dependent of the person, as defined in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue
     Code (26 U.S.C. 152).



an independent third party or refer a matter to an Advisory Client); report the
results of such votes to Investment Manager's clients as may be requested; and
recommend changes to the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures as appropriate.

   The Proxy Review Committee will also decide whether to vote proxies for
securities deemed to present conflicts of interest that are sold following a
record date, but before a shareholder meeting date. The Proxy Review Committee
may consider various factors in deciding whether to vote such proxies,
including Investment Manager's long-term view of the issuer's securities for
investment, or it may defer the decision to vote to the applicable Advisory
Client.

   Where a material conflict of interest has been identified, but the items on
which the Investment Manager's vote recommendations differ from Glass Lewis,
RiskMetrics, or another independent third party provider of proxy services
relate specifically to (1) shareholder proposals regarding social or
environmental issues or political contributions, (2) "Other Business" without
describing the matters that might be considered, or (3) items the Investment
Manager wishes to vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer's
management, the Proxy Group may defer to the vote recommendations of the
Investment Manager rather than sending the proxy directly to the relevant
Advisory Clients for approval.

   To avoid certain potential conflicts of interest, the Investment Manager
will employ echo voting, if possible, in the following instances: (1) when a
Franklin Templeton investment company invests in an underlying fund in reliance
on any one of Sections 12(d)(1)(E), (F), or (G) of the Investment Company Act
of 1940, as amended, or pursuant to an SEC exemptive order; (2) when a Franklin
Templeton investment company invests uninvested cash in affiliated money market
funds pursuant to an SEC exemptive order ("cash sweep arrangement"); or
(3) when required pursuant to an account's governing documents or applicable
law. Echo voting means that the Investment Manager will vote the shares in the
same proportion as the vote of all of the other holders of the fund's shares.

WEIGHT GIVEN MANAGEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS

   One of the primary factors Investment Manager considers when determining the
desirability of investing in a particular company is the quality and depth of
that company's management. Accordingly, the recommendation of management on any
issue is a factor that Investment Manager considers in determining how proxies
should be voted. However, Investment Manager does not consider recommendations
from management to be determinative of Investment Manager's ultimate decision.
As a matter of practice, the votes with respect to most issues are cast in
accordance with the position of the company's management. Each issue, however,
is considered on its own merits, and Investment Manager will not support the
position of a company's management in any situation where it determines that
the ratification of management's position would adversely affect the investment
merits of owning that company's shares.

THE PROXY GROUP

   The Proxy Group is part of the Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC Legal
Department and is overseen by legal counsel. Full-time staff members are
devoted to proxy voting administration and providing support and assistance
where needed. On a daily basis, the Proxy Group will review each proxy upon
receipt as well as any agendas, materials and recommendations that they receive
from RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or other sources. The Proxy Group maintains a
log of all shareholder meetings that are scheduled for companies whose
securities are held by Investment Manager's managed funds and accounts. For
each shareholder meeting, a member of the Proxy Group will consult with the
research analyst that follows the security and provide the analyst with the
meeting notice, agenda, RiskMetrics and/or Glass Lewis analyses,
recommendations and any other available information. Except in situations
identified as presenting material conflicts of interest, Investment Manager's
research analyst and relevant portfolio manager(s) are responsible for making
the final voting decision based on their review of the agenda, RiskMetrics
and/or Glass Lewis analyses, their knowledge of the company and any other
information readily available. In situations where the Investment Manager has
not responded with vote recommendations to the Proxy Group by the deadline
date, the Proxy Group may defer to the vote recommendations of an independent
third party provider of proxy services. Except in cases where the Proxy



Group is deferring to the voting recommendation of an independent third party
service provider, the Proxy Group must obtain voting instructions from
Investment Manager's research analyst, relevant portfolio manager(s), legal
counsel and/or the Advisory Client or Proxy Review Committee prior to
submitting the vote.

GENERAL PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   Investment Manager has adopted general guidelines for voting proxies as
summarized below. In keeping with its fiduciary obligations to its Advisory
Clients, Investment Manager reviews all proposals, even those that may be
considered to be routine matters. Although these guidelines are to be followed
as a general policy, in all cases each proxy and proposal will be considered
based on the relevant facts and circumstances. Investment Manager may deviate
from the general policies and procedures when it determines that the particular
facts and circumstances warrant such deviation to protect the interests of the
Advisory Clients. These guidelines cannot provide an exhaustive list of all the
issues that may arise nor can Investment Manager anticipate all future
situations. Corporate governance issues are diverse and continually evolving
and Investment Manager devotes significant time and resources to monitor these
changes.

INVESTMENT MANAGER'S PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PRINCIPLES

   Investment Manager's proxy voting positions have been developed based on
years of experience with proxy voting and corporate governance issues. These
principles have been reviewed by various members of Investment Manager's
organization, including portfolio management, legal counsel, and Investment
Manager's officers. The Board of Directors of Franklin Templeton's
U.S.-registered mutual funds will approve the proxy voting policies and
procedures annually.

   The following guidelines reflect what Investment Manager believes to be good
corporate governance and behavior:

   BOARD OF DIRECTORS: The election of directors and an independent board are
key to good corporate governance. Directors are expected to be competent
individuals and they should be accountable and responsive to shareholders.
Investment Manager supports an independent board of directors, and prefers that
key committees such as audit, nominating, and compensation committees be
comprised of independent directors. Investment Manager will generally vote
against management efforts to classify a board and will generally support
proposals to declassify the board of directors. Investment Manager will
consider withholding votes from directors who have attended less than 75% of
meetings without a valid reason. While generally in favor of separating
Chairman and CEO positions, Investment Manager will review this issue on a
case-by-case basis taking into consideration other factors including the
company's corporate governance guidelines and performance. Investment Manager
evaluates proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting on a
case-by-case basis and considers such factors as corporate governance
provisions as well as relative performance. The Investment Manager generally
will support non-binding shareholder proposals to require a majority vote
standard for the election of directors; however, if these proposals are
binding, the Investment Manager will give careful review on a case-by-case
basis of the potential ramifications of such implementation.

   RATIFICATION OF AUDITORS: In light of several high profile accounting
scandals, Investment Manager will closely scrutinize the role and performance
of auditors. On a case-by-case basis, Investment Manager will examine proposals
relating to non-audit relationships and non-audit fees. Investment Manager will
also consider, on a case-by-case basis, proposals to rotate auditors, and will
vote against the ratification of auditors when there is clear and compelling
evidence of accounting irregularities or negligence attributable to the
auditors.

   MANAGEMENT & DIRECTOR COMPENSATION: A company's equity-based compensation
plan should be in alignment with the shareholders' long-term interests.
Investment Manager believes that executive compensation should be directly
linked to the performance of the company. Investment Manager evaluates plans on
a case-by-case basis by considering several factors to determine whether the
plan is fair and reasonable. Investment Manager reviews the RiskMetrics
quantitative model utilized to assess such plans and/or the Glass Lewis
evaluation of the plan. Investment Manager will generally oppose plans that
have the potential to be excessively



dilutive, and will almost always oppose plans that are structured to allow the
repricing of underwater options, or plans that have an automatic share
replenishment "evergreen" feature. Investment Manager will generally support
employee stock option plans in which the purchase price is at least 85% of fair
market value, and when potential dilution is 10% or less.

   Severance compensation arrangements will be reviewed on a case-by-case
basis, although Investment Manager will generally oppose "golden parachutes"
that are considered excessive. Investment Manager will normally support
proposals that require that a percentage of directors' compensation be in the
form of common stock, as it aligns their interests with those of the
shareholders.

   ANTI-TAKEOVER MECHANISMS AND RELATED ISSUES: Investment Manager generally
opposes anti-takeover measures since they tend to reduce shareholder rights.
However, as with all proxy issues, Investment Manager conducts an independent
review of each anti-takeover proposal. On occasion, Investment Manager may vote
with management when the research analyst has concluded that the proposal is
not onerous and would not harm Advisory Clients' interests as stockholders.
Investment Manager generally supports proposals that require shareholder rights
plans ("poison pills") to be subject to a shareholder vote. Investment Manager
will closely evaluate shareholder rights' plans on a case-by-case basis to
determine whether or not they warrant support. Investment Manager will
generally vote against any proposal to issue stock that has unequal or
subordinate voting rights. In addition, Investment Manager generally opposes
any supermajority voting requirements as well as the payment of "greenmail."
Investment Manager usually supports "fair price" provisions and confidential
voting.

   CHANGES TO CAPITAL STRUCTURE: Investment Manager realizes that a company's
financing decisions have a significant impact on its shareholders, particularly
when they involve the issuance of additional shares of common or preferred
stock or the assumption of additional debt. Investment Manager will carefully
review, on a case-by-case basis, proposals by companies to increase authorized
shares and the purpose for the increase. Investment Manager will generally not
vote in favor of dual-class capital structures to increase the number of
authorized shares where that class of stock would have superior voting rights.
Investment Manager will generally vote in favor of the issuance of preferred
stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion and
other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock issuance are
deemed reasonable. Investment Manager will review proposals seeking preemptive
rights on a case-by-case basis.

   MERGERS AND CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING: Mergers and acquisitions will be
subject to careful review by the research analyst to determine whether they
would be beneficial to shareholders. Investment Manager will analyze various
economic and strategic factors in making the final decision on a merger or
acquisition. Corporate restructuring proposals are also subject to a thorough
examination on a case-by-case basis.

   SOCIAL AND CORPORATE POLICY ISSUES: As a fiduciary, Investment Manager is
primarily concerned about the financial interests of its Advisory Clients.
Investment Manager will generally give management discretion with regard to
social, environmental and ethical issues although Investment Manager may vote
in favor of those issues that are believed to have significant economic
benefits or implications.

   GLOBAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE: Investment Manager manages investments in
countries worldwide. Many of the tenets discussed above are applied to
Investment Manager's proxy voting decisions for international investments.
However, Investment Manager must be flexible in these worldwide markets and
must be mindful of the varied market practices of each region. As experienced
money managers, Investment Manager's analysts are skilled in understanding the
complexities of the regions in which they specialize and are trained to analyze
proxy issues germane to their regions.

PROXY PROCEDURES

   The Proxy Group is fully cognizant of its responsibility to process proxies
and maintain proxy records pursuant to applicable rules and regulations,
including those of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and the
Canadian Securities Administrators ("CSA"). In addition, Investment Manager
understands its fiduciary duty to vote proxies and that proxy voting decisions
may affect the value of shareholdings. Therefore,



Investment Manager will attempt to process every proxy it receives for all
domestic and foreign securities. However, there may be situations in which
Investment Manager cannot vote proxies. For example, if the cost of voting a
foreign proxy outweighs the benefit of voting, the Proxy Group may refrain from
processing that vote. Additionally, the Proxy Group may not be given enough
time to process the vote. For example, the Proxy Group, through no fault of
their own, may receive a meeting notice from the company too late, or may be
unable to obtain a timely translation of the agenda. In addition, if Investment
Manager has outstanding sell orders, or anticipates placing sell orders prior
to the date of the shareholder meeting, in certain markets that have blocking
restrictions, the proxies for those meetings may not be voted in order to
facilitate the sale of those securities. If a security is on loan, Investment
Manager may determine that it is not in the best interests of its clients to
recall the security for voting purposes. Although Investment Manager may hold
shares on a company's record date, should it sell them prior to the company's
meeting date, Investment Manager ultimately may decide not to vote those
shares. Lastly, the Investment Manager will not vote proxies when prohibited
from voting by applicable law.

   Investment Manager may vote against an agenda item where no further
information is provided, particularly in non-U.S. markets. For example, if
"Other Business" is listed on the agenda with no further information included
in the proxy materials, Investment Manager may vote against the item to send a
message to the company that if it had provided additional information,
Investment Manager may have voted in favor of that item. Investment Manager may
also enter a "withhold" vote on the election of certain directors from time to
time based on individual situations, particularly where Investment Manager is
not in favor of electing a director and there is no provision for voting
against such director.

   The following describes the standard procedures that are to be followed with
respect to carrying out Investment Manager's proxy policy:

      1. The Proxy Group will identify all Advisory Clients, maintain a list of
   those clients, and indicate those Advisory Clients who have delegated proxy
   voting authority to the Investment Manager. The Proxy Group will
   periodically review and update this list.

      2. All relevant information in the proxy materials received (e.g., the
   record date of the meeting) will be recorded immediately by the Proxy Group
   in a database to maintain control over such materials. The Proxy Group will
   confirm each relevant Advisory Client's holdings of the securities and that
   the client is eligible to vote.

      3. The Proxy Group will review and compile information on each proxy upon
   receipt of any agendas, materials, reports, recommendations from RiskMetrics
   and/or Glass Lewis, or other information. The Proxy Group will then forward
   this information to the appropriate research analyst and/or legal counsel
   for review and voting instructions.

      4. In determining how to vote, Investment Manager's analysts and relevant
   portfolio manager(s) will consider the General Proxy Voting Guidelines set
   forth above, their in-depth knowledge of the company, any readily available
   information and research about the company and its agenda items, and the
   recommendations put forth by RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or other independent
   third party providers of proxy services.

      5. The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining the documentation that
   supports Investment Manager's voting position. Such documentation may
   include, but is not limited to, any information provided by RiskMetrics,
   Glass Lewis, or other proxy service providers, and, especially as to
   non-routine, materially significant or controversial matters, memoranda
   describing the position it has taken. Additionally, the Proxy Group may
   include documentation obtained from the research analyst, portfolio manager,
   legal counsel and/or the Proxy Review Committee.

      6. After the proxy is completed but before it is returned to the issuer
   and/or its agent, the Proxy Group may review those situations including
   special or unique documentation to determine that the appropriate
   documentation has been created, including conflict of interest screening.

      7. The Proxy Group will attempt to submit Investment Manager's vote on
   all proxies to RiskMetrics for processing at least three days prior to the
   meeting for U.S. securities and 10 days prior to the meeting for



   foreign securities. However, in certain foreign jurisdictions it may be
   impossible to return the proxy 10 days in advance of the meeting. In these
   situations, the Proxy Group will use its best efforts to send the proxy vote
   to RiskMetrics in sufficient time for the vote to be processed.

      8. The Proxy Group prepares reports for each client that has requested a
   record of votes cast. The report specifies the proxy issues that have been
   voted for the client during the requested period and the position taken with
   respect to each issue. The Proxy Group sends one copy to the client, retains
   a copy in the Proxy Group's files and forwards a copy to either the
   appropriate portfolio manager or the client service representative. While
   many Advisory Clients prefer quarterly or annual reports, the Proxy Group
   will provide reports for any timeframe requested by a client.

      9. If the Franklin Templeton Services, LLC Fund Treasury Department
   learns of a vote on a material event that will affect a security on loan,
   the Fund Treasury Department will notify Investment Manager and obtain
   instructions regarding whether Investment Manager desires the Fund Treasury
   Department to contact the custodian bank in an effort to retrieve the
   securities. If so requested by Investment Manager, the Fund Treasury
   Department shall use its best efforts to recall any security on loan and
   will use other practicable and legally enforceable means to ensure that
   Investment Manager is able to fulfill its fiduciary duty to vote proxies for
   Advisory Clients with respect to such loaned securities. The Fund Treasury
   Department will advise the Proxy Group of all recalled securities.

      10. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with Legal Staff responsible for
   coordinating Fund disclosure, on a timely basis, will file all required Form
   N-PXs, with respect to investment company clients, disclose that its proxy
   voting record is available on the web site, and will make available the
   information disclosed in its Form N-PX as soon as is reasonably practicable
   after filing Form N-PX with the SEC.

      11. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with Legal Staff responsible for
   coordinating Fund disclosure, will ensure that all required disclosure about
   proxy voting of the investment company clients is made in such clients'
   financial statements and disclosure documents.

      12. The Proxy Group will review the guidelines of RiskMetrics and Glass
   Lewis, with special emphasis on the factors they use with respect to proxy
   voting recommendations.

      13. The Proxy Group will familiarize itself with the procedures of
   RiskMetrics that govern the transmission of proxy voting information from
   the Proxy Group to RiskMetrics and periodically review how well this process
   is functioning.

      14. The Proxy Group will investigate, or cause others to investigate, any
   and all instances where these Procedures have been violated or there is
   evidence that they are not being followed. Based upon the findings of these
   investigations, the Proxy Group, if practicable, will recommend amendments
   to these Procedures to minimize the likelihood of the reoccurrence of
   non-compliance.

      15. At least annually, the Proxy Group will verify that:

       .  Each proxy or a sample of proxies received has been voted in a manner
          consistent with these Procedures and the Proxy Voting Guidelines;

       .  Each proxy or sample of proxies received has been voted in accordance
          with the instructions of the Investment Manager;

       .  Adequate disclosure has been made to clients and fund shareholders
          about the procedures and how proxies were voted; and

       .  Timely filings were made with applicable regulators related to proxy
          voting.

   The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining appropriate proxy voting
records. Such records will include, but are not limited to, a copy of all
materials returned to the issuer and/or its agent, the documentation described
above, listings of proxies voted by issuer and by client, and any other
relevant information. The Proxy Group may use an outside service such as
RiskMetrics to support this function. All records will be retained for at least
five years, the first two of which will be on-site. Advisory Clients may
request copies of their proxy voting records by calling the Proxy Group collect
at 1-954-527-7678, or by sending a written request to: Franklin



Templeton Companies, LLC, 500 East Broward Boulevard, Suite 1500, Fort
Lauderdale, FL 33394, Attention: Proxy Group. Advisory Clients may review
Investment Manager's proxy voting policies and procedures on-line at
www.franklintempleton.com and may request additional copies by calling the
number above. For U.S. mutual fund products, an annual proxy voting record for
the period ending June 30 of each year will be posted to
www.franklintempleton.com no later than August 31 of each year. For Canadian
mutual fund products, an annual proxy voting record for the period ending
June 30 of each year will be posted to www.franklintempleton.ca no later than
August 31 of each year. The Proxy Group will periodically review web site
posting and update the posting when necessary. In addition, the Proxy Group is
responsible for ensuring that the proxy voting policies, procedures and records
of the Investment Manager are available as required by law and is responsible
for overseeing the filing of such policies, procedures and mutual fund voting
records with the SEC, the CSA and other applicable regulators.

As of January 2, 2008



                                                                      July 2003

                             GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                     GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.P.
                 GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT INTERNATIONAL
                          GOLDMAN SACHS PRINCETON LLC
                            (COLLECTIVELY, "GSAM")

                       SUMMARY OF POLICY ON PROXY VOTING
                        FOR INVESTMENT ADVISORY CLIENTS

   Proxy voting and our understanding of corporate governance issues are
important elements of the portfolio management services we perform for our
advisory clients who have authorized us to address these matters on their
behalf. Our guiding principles in performing this service are to make proxy
voting decisions that (i) favor proposals that tend to maximize a company's
shareholder value and (ii) are free from the influence of conflicts of interest.

PUBLIC EQUITY INVESTMENTS

OVERVIEW OF GSAM PROXY VOTING POLICY

   To implement these general principles for investments in publicly-traded
equities, we have adopted the GSAM Proxy Voting Policy to assist us in making
proxy voting decisions and developing procedures for effecting those decisions.
The GSAM Proxy Voting Policy and associated procedures are designed to ensure
that where GSAM has the authority to vote proxies, GSAM complies with its
legal, fiduciary, and contractual obligations.

   The GSAM Proxy Voting Policy addresses a wide variety of individual topics,
including, among other matters, shareholder voting rights, anti-takeover
defenses, board structures and the election of directors, executive and
director compensation, reorganizations, mergers and various shareholder
proposals. It reflects GSAM's fundamental belief that sound corporate
governance will create a framework within which a company can be directed and
managed in the interests of its shareholders. Senior management of GSAM
periodically reviews the GSAM Proxy Voting Policy to ensure it continues to be
consistent with our guiding principles. Clients may request a copy of the GSAM
Proxy Voting Policy for their review by contacting their Goldman Sachs
representative.

IMPLEMENTATION BY PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT TEAMS

   Each GSAM equity portfolio management team ("Portfolio Management Team") has
developed an approach for how best to evaluate proxy votes on an individualized
basis in relation to the GSAM Proxy Voting Policy and each Portfolio Management
Team's investment philosophy and process. For example, our active-equity
Portfolio Management Teams view the analysis of corporate governance practices
as an integral part of the investment research and stock valuation process.
Therefore, on a case-by-case basis, each active-equity Portfolio Management
Team may vote differently from the pre-determined application of the GSAM Proxy
Voting Policy. Our quantitative-equity Portfolio Management Teams, by contrast,
exclusively follow such pre-determined application.

   In addition, the GSAM Proxy Voting Policy is designed generally to permit
Portfolio Management Teams to consider applicable regional rules and practices
regarding proxy voting when forming their views on a particular matter.

                                       1



USE OF THIRD-PARTY SERVICE PROVIDERS

   We utilize independent service providers to assist us in determining the
GSAM Proxy Voting Policy and in implementing our proxy voting decisions. The
primary provider we currently use is Institutional Shareholder Services
("ISS"), which provides proxy voting services to many asset managers on a
global basis. Senior GSAM management is responsible for reviewing our
relationship with ISS and for evaluating the quality and effectiveness of the
various services provided by ISS to assist us in satisfying our proxy voting
responsibilities.

   Specifically, ISS assists GSAM in the proxy voting and corporate governance
oversight process by developing and updating the ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines,
which are incorporated into the GSAM Proxy Voting Policy, and by providing
research and analysis, recommendations regarding votes, operational
implementation, and recordkeeping and reporting services. GSAM's decision to
retain ISS is based principally on the view the services ISS provides, subject
to GSAM's oversight, will generally result in proxy voting decisions which are
favorable to shareholders' interests. GSAM may, however, hire other service
providers to supplement or replace the services GSAM receives from ISS. In
addition, active-equity Portfolio Management Teams are able to cast votes that
differ from recommendations made by ISS, as detailed in the GSAM Proxy Voting
Policy.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   The GSAM Proxy Voting Policy also contains procedures to address potential
conflicts of interest. These procedures include our adoption of and reliance on
the GSAM Proxy Voting Policy, including the ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines, and
the day-to-day implementation of those Guidelines by ISS. The procedures also
establish a process under which an active-equity Portfolio Management Team's
decision to vote against an ISS recommendation is approved by the local Chief
Investment Officer for the requesting Portfolio Management Team and
notification of the vote is provided to the Global Chief Investment Officer for
active-equity investment strategies and other appropriate GSAM personnel.

FIXED INCOME AND PRIVATE INVESTMENTS

   Voting decisions with respect to client investments in fixed income
securities and the securities of privately-held issuers generally will be acted
upon by the relevant portfolio managers based on their assessment of the
particular transactions or other matters at issue.

EXTERNAL MANAGERS

   Where GSAM places client assets with managers outside of GSAM, whether
through separate accounts, funds-of-funds or other structures, such external
managers generally will be responsible for proxy voting. GSAM may, however,
retain such responsibilities where it deems appropriate.

CLIENT DIRECTION

   Clients may choose to vote proxies themselves, in which case they must
arrange for their custodian to send proxy materials directly to them. GSAM can
also accommodate situations where individual clients have developed their own
guidelines with ISS or another proxy service. Clients may also discuss with
GSAM the possibility of receiving individualized reports or other
individualized services regarding proxy voting conducted on their behalf.

                                       2



                            [LOGO]
                            Goldman
                            Sachs
                            Asset
                            Management OCTOBER 2003

                        GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT

                            POLICY ON PROXY VOTING
                        FOR INVESTMENT ADVISORY CLIENTS

   Goldman Sachs Asset Management ("GSAM")* has adopted the policies and
procedures set out below regarding the voting of proxies on securities held in
client accounts (the "Policy"). These policies and procedures are designed to
ensure that where GSAM has the authority to vote proxies, GSAM complies with
its legal, fiduciary, and contractual obligations.

GUIDING PRINCIPLES

   Proxy voting and the analysis of corporate governance issues in general are
important elements of the portfolio management services we provide to our
advisory clients who have authorized us to address these matters on their
behalf. Our guiding principles in performing proxy voting are to make decisions
that (i) favor proposals that tend to maximize a company's shareholder value
and (ii) are not influenced by conflicts of interest. These principles reflect
GSAM's belief that sound corporate governance will create a framework within
which a company can be managed in the interests of its shareholders.

PUBLIC EQUITY INVESTMENTS

   To implement these guiding principles for investments in publicly-traded
equities, we follow the Institutional Shareholder Services ("ISS") Standard
Proxy Voting Guidelines (the "Guidelines"), except in circumstances as
described below. The Guidelines embody the positions and factors GSAM generally
considers important in casting proxy votes. They address a wide variety of
individual topics, including, among other matters, shareholder voting rights,
anti-takeover defenses, board structures, the election of directors, executive
and director compensation, reorganizations, mergers, and various shareholder
proposals. Recognizing the complexity and fact-specific nature of many
corporate governance issues, the Guidelines often do not direct a particular
voting outcome, but instead identify factors ISS considers in determining how
the vote should be cast. A summary of the Guidelines is attached as Appendix A.

   In connection with each proxy vote, ISS prepares a written analysis and
recommendation (an "ISS Recommendation") that reflects ISS's application of
Guidelines to the particular proxy issues. Where the Guidelines do not direct a
particular response and instead list relevant factors, the ISS Recommendation
will reflect ISS's own evaluation of the factors. As explained more fully
below, however, each GSAM equity portfolio management team ("Portfolio
Management Team") may on any particular proxy vote decide to diverge from the
Guidelines or an ISS Recommendation. In such cases, our procedures require:
(i) the requesting Portfolio Management Team to set forth the reasons for their
decision; (ii) the approval of the Local Chief Investment Officer for the
requesting Portfolio Management Team; (iii) notification to the Global Chief
Investment Officer and other appropriate GSAM personnel; (iv) a determination
that the decision is not influenced by any conflict of interest; and (v) the
creation of a written record reflecting the process.

   The principles and positions reflected in this Policy are designed to guide
us in voting proxies, and not necessarily in making investment decisions.
Portfolio Management Teams base their determinations of whether to invest in a
particular company on a variety of factors, and while corporate governance may
be one such factor, it may not be the primary consideration.

- - --------
*  For purposes of this Policy, "GSAM" refers, collectively, to the Goldman
   Sachs Asset Management unit of Goldman, Sachs & Co.'s Investment Management
   Division; Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.; Goldman Sachs Asset
   Management International; and Goldman Sachs Princeton LLC.



                            [LOGO]
                            Goldman
                            Sachs
                            Asset
                            Management OCTOBER 2003


   Senior management of GSAM periodically reviews this Policy, including our
use of the Guidelines, to ensure it continues to be consistent with our guiding
principles.

IMPLEMENTATION BY PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT TEAMS

General Overview

   While it is GSAM's policy generally to follow the Guidelines and the ISS
Recommendations, the active-equity and quantitative-equity Portfolio Management
Teams have developed different approaches for using the Guidelines and ISS
Recommendations in light of their different investment philosophies and
processes.

Active Equity

   Our active-equity Portfolio Management Teams view the analysis of corporate
governance practices as an integral part of the investment research and stock
valuation process. Therefore, on a case-by-case basis and subject to the
approval process described above, each active-equity Portfolio Management Team
may vote differently from the Guidelines or a particular ISS Recommendation. In
forming their views on particular matters, our active-equity Portfolio
Management Teams are permitted to consider applicable regional rules and
practices, including codes of conduct and other guides, regarding proxy voting,
in addition to the Guidelines and ISS Recommendations.

   In our active-equity investment research process, responsibility for
analyzing corporate board structures and the corporate governance practices of
portfolio companies in connection with proxy voting decisions lies with the
relevant Portfolio Management Team. Accordingly, each active-equity Portfolio
Management Team is charged with performing these functions for the portfolio
companies as part of the team's research efforts.

   As part of that research process, each active-equity Portfolio Management
Team has regular internal research meetings to discuss the companies held in a
particular team's investment portfolio. Among the topics that may be discussed
at these meetings are issues pertaining to a portfolio company's record and
policies on corporate governance practices that may affect shareholder value.

   Each active-equity Portfolio Management Team determines how to allocate
responsibility for analyzing corporate governance issues and proxy voting
decisions among the team's members. Under each arrangement, the work related to
proxy voting is integrated into our research process. Each active-equity
Portfolio Management Team remains responsible for ensuring that corporate
governance issues are analyzed and proxy votes are cast in a manner consistent
with our guiding principles.

Quantitative Equity

   Our quantitative-equity Portfolio Management Teams, by contrast, have
decided to follow the Guidelines and ISS Recommendations exclusively, based on
such Portfolio Management Teams' investment philosophy and approach to
portfolio construction, as well as the evaluation of ISS's services and
methodology in analyzing shareholder and corporate governance matters.
Nevertheless, our quantitative-equity Portfolio Management Teams retain the
authority to revisit this position, with respect to both their general approach
to proxy voting (subject to the approval of GSAM senior management) and any
specific shareholder vote (subject to the approval process described above).

USE OF THIRD-PARTY SERVICE PROVIDERS

   We utilize independent service providers, such as ISS, to assist us in
developing substantive proxy voting positions. ISS also updates and revises the
Guidelines on a periodic basis, and any such revisions are reviewed by

                                       2



                            [LOGO]
                            Goldman
                            Sachs
                            Asset
                            Management OCTOBER 2003

GSAM to determine whether they are consistent with our guiding principles. In
addition, ISS assists us in the proxy voting process by providing operational,
recordkeeping and reporting services.

   GSAM's decision to retain ISS to perform the services described in this
Policy is based principally on the view the services ISS provides will result
in proxy voting decisions that are consistent with our guiding principles. GSAM
management is responsible for reviewing our relationship with ISS and for
evaluating the quality and effectiveness of the various services provided by
ISS to assist us in satisfying our proxy voting responsibilities.

   GSAM may hire other service providers to replace or supplement ISS with
respect to any of the services GSAM currently receives from ISS. In addition,
individual Portfolio Management Teams may supplement the information and
analyses ISS provides from other sources.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Pursuant to this Policy, GSAM has implemented procedures designed to prevent
conflicts of interest from influencing its proxy voting decisions. These
procedures include our use of the Guidelines and ISS Recommendations. Proxy
votes cast by GSAM in accordance with the Guidelines and ISS Recommendations
will not present any conflicts of interest because GSAM casts such votes in
accordance with a pre-determined policy based upon the recommendations of an
independent third party.

   Our procedures also prohibit the influence of conflicts of interest where an
active-equity Portfolio Management Team decides to vote against an ISS
Recommendation. In general, conflicts of interest between GSAM and other
businesses within Goldman Sachs should not affect GSAM in light of the
information barrier policies separating GSAM from those other businesses. In
addition, in any particular case, the approval process for a decision to vote
against an ISS Recommendation, as described above, includes an inquiry into
potential conflicts of interest, and GSAM senior management will not approve
decisions that are based on the influence of such conflicts.

FIXED INCOME AND PRIVATE INVESTMENTS

   Voting decisions with respect to client investments in fixed income
securities and the securities of privately-held issuers generally will be made
by the relevant portfolio managers based on their assessment of the particular
transactions or other matters at issue.

EXTERNAL MANAGERS

   Where GSAM places client assets with managers outside of GSAM, whether
through separate accounts, funds-of-funds or other structures, such external
managers generally will be responsible for voting proxies in accordance with
the managers' own policies. GSAM may, however, retain such responsibilities
where it deems appropriate.

CLIENT DIRECTION

   Clients may choose to vote proxies themselves, in which case they must
arrange for their custodians to send proxy materials directly to them. GSAM can
also accommodate individual clients that have developed their own guidelines
with ISS or another proxy service. Clients may also discuss with GSAM the
possibility of receiving individualized reports or other individualized
services regarding proxy voting conducted on their behalf.

                                       3



                                                                     APPENDIX A

                 ISS STANDARD PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES SUMMARY

   The following is a concise summary of the ISS Standard Proxy Voting
Guidelines (the "Guidelines"), which form the substantive basis of GSAM's
Policy on Proxy Voting for Investment Advisory Clients ("Policy") with respect
to public equity investments. As described in the main body of the Policy, GSAM
may diverge from the Guidelines and a related ISS recommendation on any
particular proxy vote or in connection with any individual investment decision.

1. AUDITORS

   Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

    .  An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company,
       and is therefore not independent,

    .  Fees for non-audit services are excessive, or

    .  There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an
       opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company's
       financial position.

2. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

A. VOTING ON DIRECTOR NOMINEES IN UNCONTESTED ELECTIONS

   Votes on director nominees should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, examining
the following factors: independence of the board and key board committees,
attendance at board meetings, corporate governance provisions and takeover
activity, long-term company performance, responsiveness to shareholder
proposals, any egregious board actions, and any excessive non-audit fees or
other potential auditor conflicts.

B. CLASSIFICATION/DECLASSIFICATION OF THE BOARD

   Vote AGAINST proposals to classify the board.

   Vote FOR proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors
annually.

C. INDEPENDENT CHAIRMAN (SEPARATE CHAIRMAN/CEO)

   Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals requiring that the
positions of chairman and CEO be held separately. Because some companies have
governance structures in place that counterbalance a combined position, certain
factors should be taken into account in determining whether the proposal
warrants support. These factors include the presence of a lead director, board
and committee independence, governance guidelines, company performance, and
annual review by outside directors of CEO pay.

D. MAJORITY OF INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS/ESTABLISHMENT OF COMMITTEES

   Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors
be independent unless the board composition already meets the proposed
threshold by ISS's definition of independence.

   Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation, and/or
nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent directors if they
currently do not meet that standard.

3. SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

A. SHAREHOLDER ABILITY TO ACT BY WRITTEN CONSENT

   Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take
action by written consent.

                                       4



   Vote FOR proposals to allow or make easier shareholder action by written
consent.

B. SHAREHOLDER ABILITY TO CALL SPECIAL MEETINGS

   Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call
special meetings.

   Vote FOR proposals that remove restrictions on the right of shareholders to
act independently of management.

C. SUPERMAJORITY VOTE REQUIREMENTS

   Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote. Vote FOR
proposals to lower supermajority vote requirements.

D. CUMULATIVE VOTING

   Vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate cumulative voting.

   Vote proposals to restore or permit cumulative voting on a CASE-BY-CASE
basis relative to the company's other governance provisions.

E. CONFIDENTIAL VOTING

   Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that corporations adopt
confidential voting, use independent vote tabulators and use independent
inspectors of election, as long as the proposal includes a provision for proxy
contests as follows: In the case of a contested election, management should be
permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting
policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If the dissidents
will not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived.

   Vote FOR management proposals to adopt confidential voting.

4. PROXY CONTESTS

A. VOTING FOR DIRECTOR NOMINEES IN CONTESTED ELECTIONS

   Votes in a contested election of directors must be evaluated on a
CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the factors that include the long-term
financial performance, management's track record, qualifications of director
nominees (both slates), and an evaluation of what each side is offering
shareholders.

B. REIMBURSING PROXY SOLICITATION EXPENSES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE. Where ISS recommends in favor of the dissidents, ISS also
recommends voting for reimbursing proxy solicitation expenses.

5. POISON PILLS

   Vote FOR shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill
for shareholder ratification. Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder
proposals to redeem a company's poison pill and management proposals to ratify
a poison pill.

6. MERGERS AND CORPORATE RESTRUCTURINGS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and corporate restructurings based on such
features as the fairness opinion, pricing, strategic rationale, and the
negotiating process.

                                       5



7. REINCORPORATION PROPOSALS

   Proposals to change a company's state of incorporation should be evaluated
on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, giving consideration to both financial and corporate
governance concerns, including the reasons for reincorporating, a comparison of
the governance provisions, and a comparison of the jurisdictional laws. Vote
FOR reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative
governance changes.

8. CAPITAL STRUCTURE

A. COMMON STOCK AUTHORIZATION

   Votes on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock
authorized for issuance are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis using a model
developed by ISS.

   Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with dual-class capital structures to
increase the number of authorized shares of the class of stock that has
superior voting rights.

   Vote FOR proposals to approve increases beyond the allowable increase when a
company's shares are in danger of being de-listed or if a company's ability to
continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain.

B. DUAL-CLASS STOCK

   Vote AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock with superior
voting rights.

   Vote FOR proposals to create a new class of non-voting or sub-voting common
stock if:

    .  It is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to
       current shareholders

    .  It is not designed to preserve the voting power of an insider or
       significant shareholder

9. EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

   Votes with respect to compensation plans should be determined on a
CASE-BY-CASE basis. The ISS methodology for reviewing compensation plans
primarily focuses on the transfer of shareholder wealth (the dollar cost of pay
plans to shareholders instead of simply focusing on voting power dilution).
Using the expanded compensation data disclosed under the Securities and
Exchange Commission's rules, ISS will value every award type. ISS will include
in its analyses an estimated dollar cost for the proposed plan and all
continuing plans. This cost, dilution to shareholders' equity, will also be
expressed as a percentage figure for the transfer of shareholder wealth, and
will be considered along with dilution to voting power. Once ISS determines the
estimated cost of the plan, ISS compares it to a company-specific dilution cap.

   Vote AGAINST equity plans that explicitly permit repricing or where the
company has a history of repricing without shareholder approval.

A. MANAGEMENT PROPOSALS SEEKING APPROVAL TO REPRICE OPTIONS

   Votes on management proposals seeking approval to reprice options are
evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis giving consideration to the following:

    .  Historic trading patterns

    .  Rationale for the repricing

    .  Value-for-value exchange

    .  Option vesting

                                       6



    .  Term of the option

    .  Exercise price

    .  Participation

B. EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLANS

   Votes on employee stock purchase plans should be determined on a
CASE-BY-CASE basis.

   Vote FOR employee stock purchase plans where all of the following apply:

    .  Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value;

    .  Offering period is 27 months or less; and

    .  Potential voting power dilution is ten percent or less.

   Vote AGAINST employee stock purchase plans where any of the opposite
conditions obtain.

C. SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS ON COMPENSATION

   Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for all other shareholder proposals regarding
executive and director pay, taking into account company performance, pay level
versus peers, pay level versus industry, and long-term corporate outlook.

10. SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

   These issues cover a wide range of topics, including consumer and public
safety, environment and energy, general corporate issues, labor standards and
human rights, military business, and workplace diversity.

   In general, vote CASE-BY-CASE. While a wide variety of factors go into each
analysis, the overall principle guiding all vote recommendations focuses on how
the proposal will enhance the economic value of the company.

                                       7



                                            ISS 2007 US PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
                                                                        SUMMARY

[LOGO]
ISS
INSTITUTIONAL SHAREHOLDER SERVICES

                                                              2099 GAITHER ROAD
                                                                      SUITE 501
                                                     ROCKVILLE, MD . 20850-4045
                                                                 (301) 556-0500
                                                             FAX (301) 556-0486
                                                               WWW.ISSPROXY.COM

Copyright (C) 2006 by Institutional Shareholder Services.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or
transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including
photocopy, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system, without
permission in writing from the publisher.

Requests for permission to make copies of any part of this work should be sent
to:
Institutional Shareholder Services
Marketing Department
2099 Gaither Road
Rockville, MD 20850
ISS is a trademark used herein under license.



                   ISS 2007 PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES SUMMARY
                      EFFECTIVE FOR MEETINGS FEB 1, 2007
                           UPDATED DECEMBER 15, 2006

   The following is a condensed version of the proxy voting recommendations
contained in the ISS Proxy Voting Manual.


                                                                      
   1. OPERATIONAL ITEMS.................................................  6
      Adjourn Meeting...................................................  6
      Amend Quorum Requirements.........................................  6
      Amend Minor Bylaws................................................  6
      Auditor Indemnification and Limitation of Liability...............  6
      Auditor Ratification..............................................  6
      Change Company Name...............................................  7
      Change Date, Time, or Location of Annual Meeting..................  7
      Transact Other Business...........................................  7

   2. BOARD OF DIRECTORS:...............................................  8
      Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections..............  8
      2007 Classification of Directors.................................. 10
      Age Limits........................................................ 11
      Board Size........................................................ 11
      Classification/Declassification of the Board...................... 12
      Cumulative Voting................................................. 12
      Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection..... 12
      Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications............................ 13
      Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors............................ 13
      Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)............................ 13
      Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Committees..... 14
      Majority Vote Shareholder Proposals............................... 14
      Office of the Board............................................... 14
      Open Access....................................................... 15
      Performance Test for Directors.................................... 15
      Stock Ownership Requirements...................................... 16
      Term Limits....................................................... 16

   3. PROXY CONTESTS.................................................... 17
      Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections............... 17
      Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses........................... 17
      Confidential Voting............................................... 17

   4. ANTITAKEOVER DEFENSES AND VOTING RELATED ISSUES................... 18
      Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations. 18
      Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent.......................... 18
      Poison Pills...................................................... 18
      Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent..................... 18
      Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings...................... 19
      Supermajority Vote Requirements................................... 19

   5. MERGERS AND CORPORATE RESTRUCTURINGS.............................. 20
    Overall Approach.................................................... 20
      Appraisal Rights.................................................. 20


(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                       2




                                                                                            
   Asset Purchases............................................................................ 20
   Asset Sales................................................................................ 21
   Bundled Proposals.......................................................................... 21
   Conversion of Securities................................................................... 21
   Corporate Reorganization/Debt Restructuring/Prepackaged Bankruptcy Plans/Reverse Leveraged
     Buyouts/Wrap Plans....................................................................... 21
   Formation of Holding Company............................................................... 22
   Going Private Transactions (LBOs, Minority Squeezeouts, and Going Dark).................... 22
   Joint Ventures............................................................................. 22
   Liquidations............................................................................... 23
   Mergers and Acquisitions/Issuance of Shares to Facilitate Merger or Acquisition............ 23
   Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures......................................... 23
   Spinoffs................................................................................... 23
   Value Maximization Proposals............................................................... 24

6. STATE OF INCORPORATION..................................................................... 25
   Control Share Acquisition Provisions....................................................... 25
   Control Share Cash-out Provisions.......................................................... 25
   Disgorgement Provisions.................................................................... 25
   Fair Price Provisions...................................................................... 25
   Freeze-out Provisions...................................................................... 25
   Greenmail.................................................................................. 26
   Reincorporation Proposals.................................................................. 26
   Stakeholder Provisions..................................................................... 26
   State Antitakeover Statutes................................................................ 26

7. CAPITAL STRUCTURE.......................................................................... 27
   Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock................................................... 27
   Common Stock Authorization................................................................. 27
   Dual-Class Stock........................................................................... 27
   Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan....................................................... 27
   Preemptive Rights.......................................................................... 27
   Preferred Stock............................................................................ 28
   Recapitalization........................................................................... 28
   Reverse Stock Splits....................................................................... 28
   Share Repurchase Programs.................................................................. 28
   Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends.................................................. 29
   Tracking Stock............................................................................. 29

8. EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION........................................................ 30
 Equity Compensation Plans.................................................................... 30
   Cost of Equity Plans....................................................................... 30
   Repricing Provisions....................................................................... 30
   Pay-for Performance Disconnect............................................................. 31
   Three-Year Burn Rate/Burn Rate Commitment.................................................. 32
   Poor Pay Practices......................................................................... 33
 Specific Treatment of Certain Award Types in Equity Plan Evaluations:........................ 34
   Dividend Equivalent Rights................................................................. 34
   Liberal Share Recycling Provisions......................................................... 34
 Other Compensation Proposals and Policies.................................................... 34
   401(k) Employee Benefit Plans.............................................................. 34
   Director Compensation...................................................................... 34


(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                       3




                                                                                             
   Director Retirement Plans................................................................... 35
   Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)...................................................... 35
   Employee Stock Purchase Plans--Qualified Plans.............................................. 35
   Employee Stock Purchase Plans--Non-Qualified Plans.......................................... 35
   Incentive Bonus Plans and Tax Deductibility Proposals (OBRA-Related Compensation Proposals). 36
   Options Backdating.......................................................................... 36
   Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options.................................................. 36
   Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash................................................................. 37
   Transfer Programs of Stock Options.......................................................... 37
 Shareholder Proposals on Compensation......................................................... 38
   Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay)........................................ 38
   Compensation Consultants-Disclosure of Board or Company's Utilization....................... 38
   Disclosure/Setting Levels or Types of Compensation for Executives and Directors............. 38
   Option Repricing............................................................................ 38
   Pay for Superior Performance................................................................ 38
   Pension Plan Income Accounting.............................................................. 39
   Performance-Based Awards.................................................................... 39
   Severance Agreements for Executives/Golden Parachutes....................................... 39
   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)............................................. 40

9. CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY.................................................................... 41
 Consumer Issues and Public Safety............................................................. 41
   Animal Rights............................................................................... 41
   Drug Pricing................................................................................ 41
   Drug Reimportation.......................................................................... 41
   Genetically Modified Foods.................................................................. 41
   Handguns.................................................................................... 42
   HIV/AIDS.................................................................................... 42
   Predatory Lending........................................................................... 43
   Tobacco..................................................................................... 43
   Toxic Chemicals............................................................................. 44
 Environment and Energy........................................................................ 44
   Arctic National Wildlife Refuge............................................................. 44
   CERES Principles............................................................................ 44
   Climate Change.............................................................................. 44
   Concentrated Area Feeding Operations (CAFOs)................................................ 45
   Environmental-Economic Risk Report.......................................................... 45
   Environmental Reports....................................................................... 45
   Global Warming.............................................................................. 45
   Kyoto Protocol Compliance................................................................... 45
   Land Use.................................................................................... 46
   Nuclear Safety.............................................................................. 46
   Operations in Protected Areas............................................................... 46
   Recycling................................................................................... 46
   Renewable Energy............................................................................ 46
   Sustainability Report....................................................................... 47
 General Corporate Issues...................................................................... 47
   Charitable/Political Contributions.......................................................... 47
   Disclosure of Lobbying Expenditures/Initiatives............................................. 47
   Link Executive Compensation to Social Performance........................................... 48
   Outsourcing/Offshoring...................................................................... 48


(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                       4




                                                                                        
 Labor Standards and Human Rights......................................................... 48
   China Principles....................................................................... 48
   Country-specific Human Rights Reports.................................................. 48
   International Codes of Conduct/Vendor Standards........................................ 49
   MacBride Principles.................................................................... 49
 Military Business........................................................................ 50
   Foreign Military Sales/Offsets......................................................... 50
   Landmines and Cluster Bombs............................................................ 50
   Nuclear Weapons........................................................................ 50
   Operations in Nations Sponsoring Terrorism (e.g., Iran)................................ 50
   Spaced-Based Weaponization............................................................. 50
 Workplace Diversity...................................................................... 51
   Board Diversity........................................................................ 51
   Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO)..................................................... 51
   Glass Ceiling.......................................................................... 51
   Sexual Orientation..................................................................... 52

10. MUTUAL FUND PROXIES................................................................... 53
   Election of Directors.................................................................. 53
   Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund............................................ 53
   Proxy Contests......................................................................... 53
   Investment Advisory Agreements......................................................... 53
   Approving New Classes or Series of Shares.............................................. 53
   Preferred Stock Proposals.............................................................. 54
   1940 Act Policies...................................................................... 54
   Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Nonfundamental Restriction..................... 54
   Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Nonfundamental.............................. 54
   Name Change Proposals.................................................................. 54
   Change in Fund's Subclassification..................................................... 54
   Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation.......................................... 55
   Changes to the Charter Document........................................................ 55
   Changing the Domicile of a Fund........................................................ 55
   Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisors Without Shareholder Approval .. 55
   Distribution Agreements................................................................ 56
   Master-Feeder Structure................................................................ 56
   Mergers................................................................................ 56
 Shareholder Proposals for Mutual Funds................................................... 56
   Establish Director Ownership Requirement............................................... 56
   Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred............................................ 56
   Terminate the Investment Advisor....................................................... 56


(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                       5



1. OPERATIONAL ITEMS

ADJOURN MEETING

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals to provide management with the authority to
adjourn an annual or special meeting absent compelling reasons to support the
proposal.

   Vote FOR proposals that relate specifically to soliciting votes for a merger
or transaction if supporting that merger or transaction. Vote AGAINST proposals
if the wording is too vague or if the proposal includes "other business."

AMEND QUORUM REQUIREMENTS

   Vote AGAINST proposals to reduce quorum requirements for shareholder
meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding unless there are compelling
reasons to support the proposal.

AMEND MINOR BYLAWS

   Vote FOR bylaw or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (updates
or corrections).

AUDITOR INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

   Consider the issue of auditor indemnification and limitation of liability on
a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Factors to be assessed include, but are not limited to:

    .  The terms of the auditor agreement- the degree to which these agreements
       impact shareholders' rights;

    .  Motivation and rationale for establishing the agreements;

    .  Quality of disclosure; and

    .  Historical practices in the audit area.

   WTHHOLD against members of an audit committee in situations where there is
persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate
indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the
company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the
audit firm.

AUDITOR RATIFICATION

   Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

    .  An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company,
       and is therefore not independent,

    .  There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an
       opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company's
       financial position, or

    .  Fees for non-audit services ("Other" fees) are excessive.

   Non-audit fees are excessive if:

   Non-audit ("other") fees > audit fees + audit-related fees + tax
compliance/preparation fees

   Tax compliance and preparation include the preparation of original and
amended tax returns, refund claims and tax payment planning. All other services
in the tax category, such as tax advice, planning or consulting should be added
to "Other" fees. If the breakout of tax fees cannot be determined, add all tax
fees to "Other" fees.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                       6



   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or
limit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking for audit firm rotation,
taking into account:

    .  The tenure of the audit firm;

    .  The length of rotation specified in the proposal;

    .  Any significant audit-related issues at the company;

    .  The number of Audit Committee meetings held each year;

    .  The number of financial experts serving on the committee; and

    .  Whether the company has a periodic renewal process where the auditor is
       evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price.

CHANGE COMPANY NAME

   Vote FOR proposals to change the corporate name.

CHANGE DATE, TIME, OR LOCATION OF ANNUAL MEETING

   Vote FOR management proposals to change the date, time, and/or location of
the annual meeting unless the proposed change is unreasonable.

   Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to change the date, time, and/or location
of the annual meeting unless the current scheduling or location is unreasonable.

TRANSACT OTHER BUSINESS

   Vote AGAINST proposals to approve other business when it appears as voting
item.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                       7



2. BOARD OF DIRECTORS:

VOTING ON DIRECTOR NOMINEES IN UNCONTESTED ELECTIONS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on director nominees, examining, but not limited to, the
following factors:

    .  Composition of the board and key board committees;

    .  Attendance at board and committee meetings;

    .  Corporate governance provisions and takeover activity;

    .  Disclosures under Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

    .  Long-term company performance relative to a market and peer index;

    .  Extent of the director's investment in the company;

    .  Existence of related party transactions;

    .  Whether the chairman is also serving as CEO;

    .  Whether a retired CEO sits on the board;

    .  Number of outside boards at which a director serves;

    .  Majority vote standard for director elections without a provision to
       allow for plurality voting when there are more nominees than seats.

   WITHHOLD from individual directors who:

    .  Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without
       a valid excuse (such as illness, service to the nation, work on behalf
       of the company);

    .  Sit on more than six public company boards;

    .  Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two
       public companies besides their own--withhold only at their outside
       boards.

   WITHHOLD from the entire board of directors, (except from new nominees, who
should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis) if:

    .  The company's proxy indicates that not all directors attended 75% of the
       aggregate of their board and committee meetings, but fails to provide
       the required disclosure of the names of the directors involved. If this
       information cannot be obtained, withhold from all incumbent directors;

    .  The company's poison pill has a dead-hand or modified dead-hand feature.
       Withhold every year until this feature is removed;

    .  The board adopts or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval
       since the beginning of 2005, does not commit to putting it to
       shareholder vote within 12 months of adoption, or reneges on a
       commitment to put the pill to a vote, and has not yet received a
       withhold recommendation for this issue;

    .  The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval
       by a majority of the shares outstanding the previous year;

    .  The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval
       of the majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years;

    .  The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the
       shareholders tendered their shares;

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                       8



    .  At the previous board election, any director received more than 50
       percent withhold votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to
       address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold rate;

    .  The company is a Russell 3000 company that underperformed its industry
       group (GICS group) under the criteria discussed in the section
       "Performance Test for Directors".

   WITHHOLD from Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the
Classification of Directors below) when:

    .  The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key
       committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

    .  The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so
       that the full board functions as that committee;

    .  The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if board attests
       that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee;

    .  The full board is less than majority independent.

   WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

    .  The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion
       under Auditor Ratification);

    .  A material weakness identified in the Section 404 Sarbanes-Oxley Act
       disclosures rises to a level of serious concern; there are chronic
       internal control issues and an absence of established effective control
       mechanisms;

    .  There is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an
       inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the
       ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal
       recourse against the audit firm.

   WITHHOLD from the members of the Compensation Committee if:

    .  There is a negative correlation between the chief executive's pay and
       company performance (see discussion under Equity Compensation Plans);

    .  The company reprices underwater options for stock, cash or other
       consideration without prior shareholder approval, even if allowed in
       their equity plan;

    .  The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a
       shareholder vote;

    .  The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn rate commitment they
       made to shareholders;

    .  The company has backdated options (see "Options Backdating" policy);

    .  The company has poor compensation practices (see "Poor Pay Practices"
       policy). Poor pay practices may warrant withholding votes from the CEO
       and potentially the entire board as well.

   WITHHOLD from directors, individually or the entire board, for egregious
actions or failure to replace management as appropriate.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                       9



2007 CLASSIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

INSIDE DIRECTOR (I)

    .  Employee of the company or one of its affiliates/1/;

    .  Non-employee officer of the company if among the five most highly paid
       individuals (excluding interim CEO);

    .  Listed as a Section 16 officer/2/;

    .  Current interim CEO;

    .  Beneficial owner of more than 50 percent of the company's voting power
       (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than
       one member of a defined group).

AFFILIATED OUTSIDE DIRECTOR (AO)

    .  Board attestation that an outside director is not independent;

    .  Former CEO of the company;

    .  Former CEO of an acquired company within the past five years;

    .  Former interim CEO if the service was longer than 18 months. If the
       service was between twelve and eighteen months an assessment of the
       interim CEO's employment agreement will be made;/3/

    .  Former executive/2/ of the company, an affiliate or an acquired firm
       within the past five years;

    .  Executive/2 /of a former parent or predecessor firm at the time the
       company was sold or split off from the parent/predecessor within the
       past five years;

    .  Executive, former executive, general or limited partner of a joint
       venture or partnership with the company;

    .  Relative/4/ of a current Section 16 officer of company or its affiliates;

    .  Relative/4/ of a current employee of company or its affiliates where
       additional factors raise concern (which may include, but are not limited
       to, the following: a director related to numerous employees; the company
       or its affiliates employ relatives of numerous board members; or a
       non-Section 16 officer in a key strategic role);

- - --------
FOOTNOTES:

/1/  "Affiliate" includes a subsidiary, sibling company, or parent company. ISS
     uses 50 percent control ownership by the parent company as the standard
     for applying its affiliate designation.
/2/  "Executives" (officers subject to Section 16 of the Securities and
     Exchange Act of 1934) include the chief executive, operating, financial,
     legal, technology, and accounting officers of a company (including the
     president, treasurer, secretary, controller, or any vice president in
     charge of a principal business unit, division or policy function).
/3/  ISS will look at the terms of the interim CEO's employment contract to
     determine if it contains severance pay, long-term health and pension
     benefits or other such standard provisions typically contained in
     contracts of permanent, non-temporary CEOs. ISS will also consider if a
     formal search process was underway for a full-time CEO at the time.
/4/  "Relative" follows the SEC's new definition of "immediate family members"
     which covers spouses, parents, children, step-parents, step-children,
     siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee)
     sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive
     officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      10



    .  Relative/4/ of former Section 16 officer, of company or its affiliate
       within the last five years;

    .  Currently provides (or a relative/4/ provides) professional services/5/
       to the company, to an affiliate of the company or an individual officer
       of the company or one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;

    .  Employed by (or a relative/4/ is employed by) a significant customer or
       supplier/6/;

    .  Has (or a relative/4/ has) any transactional relationship with the
       company or its affiliates excluding investments in the company through a
       private placement;/6/

    .  Any material financial tie or other related party transactional
       relationship to the company;

    .  Party to a voting agreement to vote in line with management on proposals
       being brought to shareholder vote;

    .  Has (or a relative/4 /has) an interlocking relationship as defined by
       the SEC involving members of the board of directors or its Compensation
       and Stock Option Committee;/7/

    .  Founder/8/ of the company but not currently an employee;

    .  Is (or a relative/4 /is) a trustee, director or employee of a charitable
       or non-profit organization that receives grants or endowments/6/ from
       the company or its affiliates/1/.

INDEPENDENT OUTSIDE DIRECTOR (IO)

    .  No material/9/ connection to the company other than a board seat.

AGE LIMITS

   Vote AGAINST shareholder or management proposals to limit the tenure of
outside directors through mandatory retirement ages.

BOARD SIZE

   Vote FOR proposals seeking to fix the board size or designate a range for
the board size.

- - --------
FOOTNOTES:

/5/  Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and
     generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory
     services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment
     services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting
     services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of
     participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be
     considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality
     test) rather than a professional relationship.
/6/  If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of
     $200,000 or five percent of the recipient's gross revenues. (The recipient
     is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction).
/7/  Interlocks include: (a) executive officers serving as directors on each
     other's compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a
     committee, on the board) or (b) executive officers sitting on each other's
     boards and at least one serves on the other's compensation or similar
     committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board).
/8/  The operating involvement of the Founder with the company will be
     considered. Little to no operating involvement may cause ISS to deem the
     Founder as an independent outsider.
/9/  For purposes of ISS' director independence classification, "material" will
     be defined as a standard of relationship (financial, personal or
     otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially
     influence one's objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a
     meaningful impact on an individual's ability to satisfy requisite
     fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      11



   Vote AGAINST proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of
the board outside of a specified range without shareholder approval.

CLASSIFICATION/DECLASSIFICATION OF THE BOARD

   Vote AGAINST proposals to classify the board.

   Vote FOR proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors
annually.

CUMULATIVE VOTING

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate cumulative voting.

   Generally vote FOR proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting
unless the company meets ALL of the following criteria:

    .  Majority vote standard in director elections, including a carve-out for
       plurality voting in contested situations;

    .  Annually elected board;

    .  Two-thirds of the board composed of independent directors;

    .  Nominating committee composed solely of independent directors;

    .  Confidential voting; however, there may be a provision for suspending
       confidential voting during proxy contests;

    .  Ability of shareholders to call special meetings or act by written
       consent with 90 days' notice;

    .  Absence of superior voting rights for one or more classes of stock;

    .  Board does not have the right to change the size of the board beyond a
       stated range that has been approved by shareholders;

    .  The company has not under-performed its both industry peers and index on
       both a one-year and three-year total shareholder returns basis*, unless
       there has been a change in the CEO position within the last three years;
       and

    .  No director received a WITHHOLD vote level of 35% or more of the votes
       cast in the previous election.
- - --------
*  Starting in 2007, the industry peer group used for this evaluation will
   change from the 4-digit GICS group to the average of the 12 companies in the
   same 6-digit GICS group that are closest in revenue to the company. To fail,
   the company must under-perform its index and industry group on all 4
   measures (1 and 3 year on industry peers and index).

DIRECTOR AND OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY PROTECTION

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals on director and officer indemnification and
liability protection using Delaware law as the standard.

   Vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate entirely directors' and officers'
liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      12



   Vote AGAINST indemnification proposals that would expand coverage beyond
just legal expenses to liability for acts, such as negligence, that are more
serious violations of fiduciary obligation than mere carelessness.

   Vote AGAINST proposals that would expand the scope of indemnification to
provide for mandatory indemnification of company officials in connection with
acts that previously the company was permitted to provide indemnification for
at the discretion of the company's board (i.e. "permissive indemnification")
but that previously the company was not required to indemnify.

   Vote FOR only those proposals providing such expanded coverage in cases when
a director's or officer's legal defense was unsuccessful if both of the
following apply:

    .  If the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner
       that he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company; and

    .  If only the director's legal expenses would be covered.

ESTABLISH/AMEND NOMINEE QUALIFICATIONS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that establish or amend director
qualifications. Votes should be based on how reasonable the criteria are and to
what degree they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

   Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring two candidates per board seat.

FILLING VACANCIES/REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

   Vote AGAINST proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for
cause.

   Vote FOR proposals to restore shareholders' ability to remove directors with
or without cause.

   Vote AGAINST proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect
replacements to fill board vacancies.

   Vote FOR proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board
vacancies.

INDEPENDENT CHAIR (SEPARATE CHAIR/CEO)

   Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring the position of chair be
filled by an independent director unless there are compelling reasons to
recommend against the proposal, such as a counterbalancing governance
structure. This should include all of the following:

    .  Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board
       members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties. (The role may
       alternatively reside with a presiding director, vice chairman, or
       rotating lead director; however the director must serve a minimum of one
       year in order to qualify as a lead director.) At a minimum these should
       include:

       -  Presides at all meetings of the board at which the chairman is not
          present, including executive sessions of the independent directors,

       -  Serves as liaison between the chairman and the independent directors,

       -  Approves information sent to the board,

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      13



       -  Approves meeting agendas for the board,

       -  Approves meetings schedules to assure that there is sufficient time
          for discussion of all agenda items,

       -  Has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors,

       -  If requested by major shareholders, ensures that he is available for
          consultation and direct communication;

    .  Two-thirds independent board;

    .  All-independent key committees;

    .  Established governance guidelines;

    .  The company should not have underperformed both its industry peers and
       index on both a one-year and three-year total shareholder returns
       basis*, unless there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position
       within that time;

    .  The company does not have any problematic governance issues.
- - --------
*  Starting in 2007, the industry peer group used for this evaluation will
   change from the 4-digit GICS group to the average of the 12 companies in the
   same 6-digit GICS group that are closest in revenue to the company. To fail,
   the company must under-perform its index and industry group on all 4
   measures (1 and 3 year on industry peers and index).

MAJORITY OF INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS/ESTABLISHMENT OF COMMITTEES

   Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors
be independent unless the board composition already meets the proposed
threshold by ISS' definition of independent outsider. (See Classification of
Directors.)

   Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation, and/or
nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent directors if they
currently do not meet that standard.

MAJORITY VOTE SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

   Generally vote FOR precatory and binding resolutions requesting that the
board change the company's bylaws to stipulate that directors need to be
elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast, provided it does not
conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. Binding
resolutions need to allow for a carve-out for a plurality vote standard when
there are more nominees than board seats.

   Companies are strongly encouraged to also adopt a post-election policy (also
know as a director resignation policy) that will provide guidelines so that the
company will promptly address the situation of a holdover director.

OFFICE OF THE BOARD

   Generally vote FOR shareholders proposals requesting that the board
establish an Office of the Board of Directors in order to facilitate direct
communications between shareholders and non-management directors, unless the
company has all of the following:

    .  Established a communication structure that goes beyond the exchange
       requirements to facilitate the exchange of information between
       shareholders and members of the board;

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      14



    .  Effectively disclosed information with respect to this structure to its
       shareholders;

    .  Company has not ignored majority-supported shareholder proposals or a
       majority withhold vote on a director nominee; and

    .  The company has an independent chairman or a lead/presiding director,
       according to ISS' definition. This individual must be made available for
       periodic consultation and direct communication with major shareholders.

OPEN ACCESS

   Generally vote FOR reasonably crafted shareholder proposals providing
shareholders with the ability to nominate director candidates to be included on
management's proxy card, provided the proposal substantially mirrors the SEC's
proposed two-trigger formulation (see the proposed "Security Holder Director
Nominations" rule (http://www.sec.gov/rules/proposed/34-48626.htm) or ISS'
comment letter to the SEC dated 6/13/2003, available on ISS website under
Governance Center-ISS Position Papers).

PERFORMANCE TEST FOR DIRECTORS

   WITHHOLD from directors of Russell 3000 companies that underperformed
relative to their industry peers. The criterion used to evaluate such
underperformance is a combination of four performance measures:

   One measurement will be a market-based performance metric and three
measurements will be tied to the company's operational performance. The market
performance metric in the methodology is five-year Total Shareholder Return
(TSR) on a relative basis within each four-digit GICS group. The three
operational performance metrics are sales growth, EBITDA growth, and pre-tax
operating Return on Invested Capital (ROIC) on a relative basis within each
four-digit GICS group. All four metrics will be time-weighted as follows: 40
percent on the trailing 12 month period and 60 percent on the 48 month period
prior to the trailing 12 months. This methodology emphasizes the company's
historical performance over a five-year period yet also accounts for near-term
changes in a company's performance.

   The table below summarizes the new framework:



METRICS                               BASIS OF EVALUATION WEIGHTING 2/ND/ WEIGHTING
- - -------                               ------------------- --------- -------------
                                                           
OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE..............                                     50%
5-YEAR AVERAGE PRE-TAX OPERATING ROIC  MANAGEMENT           33.3%
                                       EFFICIENCY IN
                                       DEPLOYING ASSETS
5-YEAR SALES GROWTH..................  TOP-LINE             33.3%
5-YEAR EBITDA GROWTH.................  CORE-EARNINGS        33.3%
                                                            ----
SUB TOTAL............................                        100%
                                                            ====

STOCK PERFORMANCE....................                                     50%
5-YEAR TSR...........................  MARKET
                                                                         ---
TOTAL................................                                    100%
                                                                         ===


   Adopt a two-phased approach. In 2007 (YEAR 1), the worst performers (bottom
five percent) within each of the 24 GICS groups will automatically receive
cautionary language, except for companies that have already received cautionary
language or withhold votes in 2006 under the current policy. The latter may be
subject to withhold votes in 2007. For 2008 (YEAR 2), WITHHOLD votes from
director nominees if a company continues to

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      15



be in the bottom five percent within its GICS group for that respective year
and/or shows no improvement in its most recent trailing 12 months operating and
market performance relative to its peers in its GICS group. This policy would
be applied on a rolling basis going forward.

STOCK OWNERSHIP REQUIREMENTS

   Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount
of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain
on the board. While stock ownership on the part of directors is desired, the
company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking that the company adopt a
holding or retention period for its executives (for holding stock after the
vesting or exercise of equity awards), taking into account any stock ownership
requirements or holding period/retention ratio already in place and the actual
ownership level of executives.

TERM LIMITS

   Vote AGAINST shareholder or management proposals to limit the tenure of
outside directors through term limits. However, scrutinize boards where the
average tenure of all directors exceeds 15 years for independence from
management and for sufficient turnover to ensure that new perspectives are
being added to the board.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      16



3. PROXY CONTESTS

VOTING FOR DIRECTOR NOMINEES IN CONTESTED ELECTIONS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections,
considering the following factors:

    .  Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its
       industry;

    .  Management's track record;

    .  Background to the proxy contest;

    .  Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

    .  Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against
       management;

    .  Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both
       slates);

    .  Stock ownership positions.

REIMBURSING PROXY SOLICITATION EXPENSES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses.
When voting in conjunction with support of a dissident slate, vote FOR the
reimbursement of all appropriate proxy solicitation expenses associated with
the election.

CONFIDENTIAL VOTING

   Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that corporations adopt
confidential voting, use independent vote tabulators, and use independent
inspectors of election, as long as the proposal includes a provision for proxy
contests as follows: In the case of a contested election, management should be
permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting
policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If the dissidents
will not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived.

   Vote FOR management proposals to adopt confidential voting.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      17



4. ANTITAKEOVER DEFENSES AND VOTING RELATED ISSUES

ADVANCE NOTICE REQUIREMENTS FOR SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS/NOMINATIONS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on advance notice proposals, supporting those proposals
which allow shareholders to submit proposals as close to the meeting date as
reasonably possible and within the broadest window possible.

AMEND BYLAWS WITHOUT SHAREHOLDER CONSENT

   Vote AGAINST proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the
bylaws.

   Vote FOR proposals giving the board the ability to amend the bylaws in
addition to shareholders.

POISON PILLS

   Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison
pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it UNLESS the company has: (1) A
shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a
policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the
board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

    .  Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

    .  The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines
       that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances
       to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from
       seeking stockholder approval (i.e. the "fiduciary out" provision). A
       poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a
       shareholder ratification vote within twelve months of adoption or
       expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on
       this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

   Vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for poison pills to be put to a vote
within a time period of less than one year after adoption. If the company has
no non-shareholder approved poison pill in place and has adopted a policy with
the provisions outlined above, vote AGAINST the proposal. If these conditions
are not met, vote FOR the proposal, but with the caveat that a vote within
twelve months would be considered sufficient.

   Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification,
focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should
contain the following attributes:

    .  No lower than a 20% trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

    .  A term of no more than three years;

    .  No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the
       ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

    .  Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board
       refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is
       announced, ten percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek
       a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

SHAREHOLDER ABILITY TO ACT BY WRITTEN CONSENT

   Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take
action by written consent.

   Vote FOR proposals to allow or make easier shareholder action by written
consent.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      18



SHAREHOLDER ABILITY TO CALL SPECIAL MEETINGS

   Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call
special meetings.

   Vote FOR proposals that remove restrictions on the right of shareholders to
act independently of management.

SUPERMAJORITY VOTE REQUIREMENTS

   Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

   Vote FOR proposals to lower supermajority vote requirements.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      19



5. MERGERS AND CORPORATE RESTRUCTURINGS

OVERALL APPROACH

   For mergers and acquisitions, review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks
of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing
factors including:

    .  VALUATION--Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or
       paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide
       an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness,
       emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic
       rationale.

    .  MARKET REACTION--How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A
       negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

    .  STRATEGIC RATIONALE--Does the deal make sense strategically? From where
       is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly
       aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should
       also have a favorable track record of successful integration of
       historical acquisitions.

    .  NEGOTIATIONS AND PROCESS--Were the terms of the transaction negotiated
       at arm's-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process
       helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation
       "wins" can also signify the deal makers' competency. The
       comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial
       auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

    .  CONFLICTS OF INTEREST--Are insiders benefiting from the transaction
       disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider
       shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and
       officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger
       than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these
       interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or
       recommend the merger. The CIC figure presented in the "ISS Transaction
       Summary" section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in
       certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from
       shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive,
       analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential
       conflict exists.

    .  GOVERNANCE--Will the combined company have a better or worse governance
       profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties
       to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the
       worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as
       valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

APPRAISAL RIGHTS

   Vote FOR proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of
appraisal.

ASSET PURCHASES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on asset purchase proposals, considering the following
factors:

    .  Purchase price;

    .  Fairness opinion;

    .  Financial and strategic benefits;

    .  How the deal was negotiated;

    .  Conflicts of interest;

    .  Other alternatives for the business;

    .  Non-completion risk.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      20



ASSET SALES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on asset sales, considering the following factors:

    .  Impact on the balance sheet/working capital;

    .  Potential elimination of diseconomies;

    .  Anticipated financial and operating benefits;

    .  Anticipated use of funds;

    .  Value received for the asset;

    .  Fairness opinion;

    .  How the deal was negotiated;

    .  Conflicts of interest.

BUNDLED PROPOSALS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on bundled or "conditional" proxy proposals. In the case
of items that are conditioned upon each other, examine the benefits and costs
of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned
items is not in shareholders' best interests, vote AGAINST the proposals. If
the combined effect is positive, support such proposals.

CONVERSION OF SECURITIES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals regarding conversion of securities. When
evaluating these proposals the investor should review the dilution to existing
shareholders, the conversion price relative to market value, financial issues,
control issues, termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.

   Vote FOR the conversion if it is expected that the company will be subject
to onerous penalties or will be forced to file for bankruptcy if the
transaction is not approved.

CORPORATE REORGANIZATION/DEBT RESTRUCTURING/PREPACKAGED BANKRUPTCY
PLANS/REVERSE LEVERAGED BUYOUTS/WRAP PLANS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares
and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan, taking into
consideration the following:

    .  Dilution to existing shareholders' position;

    .  Terms of the offer;

    .  Financial issues;

    .  Management's efforts to pursue other alternatives;

    .  Control issues;

    .  Conflicts of interest.

   Vote FOR the debt restructuring if it is expected that the company will file
for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      21



FORMATION OF HOLDING COMPANY

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals regarding the formation of a holding company,
taking into consideration the following:

    .  The reasons for the change;

    .  Any financial or tax benefits;

    .  Regulatory benefits;

    .  Increases in capital structure;

    .  Changes to the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the company.

   Absent compelling financial reasons to recommend the transaction, vote
AGAINST the formation of a holding company if the transaction would include
either of the following:

    .  Increases in common or preferred stock in excess of the allowable
       maximum (see discussion under "Capital Structure");

    .  Adverse changes in shareholder rights.

GOING PRIVATE TRANSACTIONS (LBOS, MINORITY SQUEEZEOUTS, AND GOING DARK)

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on going private transactions, taking into account the
following:

    .  Offer price/premium;

    .  Fairness opinion;

    .  How the deal was negotiated;

    .  Conflicts of interest;

    .  Other alternatives/offers considered; and

    .  Non-completion risk.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on "going dark" transactions, determining whether the
transaction enhances shareholder value by taking into consideration:

    .  Whether the company has attained benefits from being publicly-traded
       (examination of trading volume, liquidity, and market research of the
       stock);

    .  Cash-out value;

    .  Whether the interests of continuing and cashed-out shareholders are
       balanced; and

    .  The market reaction to public announcement of transaction.

JOINT VENTURES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to form joint ventures, taking into account
the following:

    .  Percentage of assets/business contributed;

    .  Percentage ownership;

    .  Financial and strategic benefits;

    .  Governance structure;

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      22



    .  Conflicts of interest;

    .  Other alternatives;

    .  Noncompletion risk.

LIQUIDATIONS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on liquidations, taking into account the following:

    .  Management's efforts to pursue other alternatives;

    .  Appraisal value of assets; and

    .  The compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.

   Vote FOR the liquidation if the company will file for bankruptcy if the
proposal is not approved.

MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS/ ISSUANCE OF SHARES TO FACILITATE MERGER OR ACQUISITION

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions, determining whether the
transaction enhances shareholder value by giving consideration to items listed
under "Mergers and Corporate Restructurings: Overall Approach."

PRIVATE PLACEMENTS/WARRANTS/CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals regarding private placements, taking into
consideration:

    .  Dilution to existing shareholders' position;

    .  Terms of the offer;

    .  Financial issues;

    .  Management's efforts to pursue other alternatives;

    .  Control issues;

    .  Conflicts of interest.

   Vote FOR the private placement if it is expected that the company will file
for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

SPINOFFS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on spin-offs, considering:

    .  Tax and regulatory advantages;

    .  Planned use of the sale proceeds;

    .  Valuation of spinoff;

    .  Fairness opinion;

    .  Benefits to the parent company;

    .  Conflicts of interest;

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      23



    .  Managerial incentives;

    .  Corporate governance changes;

    .  Changes in the capital structure.

VALUE MAXIMIZATION PROPOSALS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals seeking to maximize shareholder
value by hiring a financial advisor to explore strategic alternatives, selling
the company or liquidating the company and distributing the proceeds to
shareholders. These proposals should be evaluated based on the following
factors:

    .  Prolonged poor performance with no turnaround in sight;

    .  Signs of entrenched board and management;

    .  Strategic plan in place for improving value;

    .  Likelihood of receiving reasonable value in a sale or dissolution; and

    .  Whether company is actively exploring its strategic options, including
       retaining a financial advisor.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      24



6. STATE OF INCORPORATION

CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITION PROVISIONS

   Control share acquisition statutes function by denying shares their voting
rights when they contribute to ownership in excess of certain thresholds.
Voting rights for those shares exceeding ownership limits may only be restored
by approval of either a majority or supermajority of disinterested shares.
Thus, control share acquisition statutes effectively require a hostile bidder
to put its offer to a shareholder vote or risk voting disenfranchisement if the
bidder continues buying up a large block of shares.

   Vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes unless
doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that would be detrimental to
shareholders.

   Vote AGAINST proposals to amend the charter to include control share
acquisition provisions.

   Vote FOR proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.

CONTROL SHARE CASH-OUT PROVISIONS

   Control share cash-out statutes give dissident shareholders the right to
"cash-out" of their position in a company at the expense of the shareholder who
has taken a control position. In other words, when an investor crosses a preset
threshold level, remaining shareholders are given the right to sell their
shares to the acquirer, who must buy them at the highest acquiring price.

   Vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share cash-out statutes.

DISGORGEMENT PROVISIONS

   Disgorgement provisions require an acquirer or potential acquirer of more
than a certain percentage of a company's stock to disgorge, or pay back, to the
company any profits realized from the sale of that company's stock purchased 24
months before achieving control status. All sales of company stock by the
acquirer occurring within a certain period of time (between 18 months and 24
months) prior to the investor's gaining control status are subject to these
recapture-of-profits provisions.

   Vote FOR proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.

FAIR PRICE PROVISIONS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to adopt fair price provisions (provisions
that stipulate that an acquirer must pay the same price to acquire all shares
as it paid to acquire the control shares), evaluating factors such as the vote
required to approve the proposed acquisition, the vote required to repeal the
fair price provision, and the mechanism for determining the fair price.

   Generally, vote AGAINST fair price provisions with shareholder vote
requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.

FREEZE-OUT PROVISIONS

   Vote FOR proposals to opt out of state freeze-out provisions. Freeze-out
provisions force an investor who surpasses a certain ownership threshold in a
company to wait a specified period of time before gaining control of the
company.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      25



GREENMAIL

   Greenmail payments are targeted share repurchases by management of company
stock from individuals or groups seeking control of the company. Since only the
hostile party receives payment, usually at a substantial premium over the
market value of its shares, the practice discriminates against all other
shareholders.

   Vote FOR proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or
otherwise restrict a company's ability to make greenmail payments.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with
other charter or bylaw amendments.

REINCORPORATION PROPOSALS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to change a company's state of incorporation,
taking into consideration both financial and corporate governance concerns,
including:

    .  The reasons for reincorporating;

    .  A comparison of the governance provisions;

    .  Comparative economic benefits; and

    .  A comparison of the jurisdictional laws.

   Vote FOR re-incorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or
negative governance changes.

STAKEHOLDER PROVISIONS

   Vote AGAINST proposals that ask the board to consider non-shareholder
constituencies or other non-financial effects when evaluating a merger or
business combination.

STATE ANTITAKEOVER STATUTES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes
(including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes,
freezeout provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill
endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, anti-greenmail
provisions, and disgorgement provisions).

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      26



7. CAPITAL STRUCTURE

ADJUSTMENTS TO PAR VALUE OF COMMON STOCK

   Vote FOR management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock.

COMMON STOCK AUTHORIZATION

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of common
stock authorized for issuance using a model developed by ISS.

   Vote FOR proposals to approve increases beyond the allowable increase when a
company's shares are in danger of being delisted or if a company's ability to
continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain.

   In addition, for capital requests less than or equal to 300 percent of the
current authorized shares that marginally fail the calculated allowable cap
(i.e., exceed the allowable cap by no more than 5 percent), on a CASE-BY-CASE
basis, vote FOR the increase based on the company's performance and whether the
company's ongoing use of shares has shown prudence. Factors should include, at
a minimum, the following:

    .  Rationale;

    .  Good performance with respect to peers and index on a five-year total
       shareholder return basis;

    .  Absence of non-shareholder approved poison pill;

    .  Reasonable equity compensation burn rate;

    .  No non-shareholder approved pay plans; and

    .  Absence of egregious equity compensation practices.

DUAL-CLASS STOCK

   Vote AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock with superior
voting rights.

   Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with dual-class capital structures to
increase the number of authorized shares of the class of stock that has
superior voting rights.

   Vote FOR proposals to create a new class of nonvoting or sub-voting common
stock if:

    .  It is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to
       current shareholders;

    .  It is not designed to preserve the voting power of an insider or
       significant shareholder.

ISSUE STOCK FOR USE WITH RIGHTS PLAN

   Vote AGAINST proposals that increase authorized common stock for the
explicit purpose of implementing a non-shareholder approved shareholder rights
plan (poison pill).

PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals that seek preemptive rights,
taking into consideration: the size of a company, the characteristics of its
shareholder base, and the liquidity of the stock.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      27



PREFERRED STOCK

   Vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of preferred
stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other
rights ("blank check" preferred stock).

   Vote FOR proposals to create "declawed" blank check preferred stock (stock
that cannot be used as a takeover defense).

   Vote FOR proposals to authorize preferred stock in cases where the company
specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and
the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.

   Vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred stock
authorized for issuance when no shares have been issued or reserved for a
specific purpose.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of blank check
preferred shares after analyzing the number of preferred shares available for
issue given a company's industry and performance in terms of shareholder
returns.

RECAPITALIZATION

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on recapitalizations (reclassifications of securities),
taking into account the following:

    .  More simplified capital structure;

    .  Enhanced liquidity;

    .  Fairness of conversion terms;

    .  Impact on voting power and dividends;

    .  Reasons for the reclassification;

    .  Conflicts of interest; and

    .  Other alternatives considered.

REVERSE STOCK SPLITS

   Vote FOR management proposals to implement a reverse stock split when the
number of authorized shares will be proportionately reduced.

   Vote FOR management proposals to implement a reverse stock split to avoid
delisting.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to implement a reverse stock split that do
not proportionately reduce the number of shares authorized for issue based on
the allowable increased calculated using the Capital Structure model.

SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAMS

   Vote FOR management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase
plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      28



STOCK DISTRIBUTIONS: SPLITS AND DIVIDENDS

   Vote FOR management proposals to increase the common share authorization for
a stock split or share dividend, provided that the increase in authorized
shares would not result in an excessive number of shares available for issuance
as determined using a model developed by ISS.

TRACKING STOCK

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the creation of tracking stock, weighing the strategic
value of the transaction against such factors as:

    .  Adverse governance changes;

    .  Excessive increases in authorized capital stock;

    .  Unfair method of distribution;

    .  Diminution of voting rights;

    .  Adverse conversion features;

    .  Negative impact on stock option plans; and

    .  Alternatives such as spin-off.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      29



8. EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Vote AGAINST the
equity plan if any of the following factors apply:

    .  The total cost of the company's equity plans is unreasonable;

    .  The plan expressly permits the repricing of stock options without prior
       shareholder approval;

    .  There is a disconnect between CEO pay and the company's performance;

    .  The company's three year burn rate exceeds the greater of 2% and the
       mean plus 1 standard deviation of its industry group; or

    .  The plan is a vehicle for poor pay practices.

   Each of these factors is further described below:

COST OF EQUITY PLANS

   Generally, vote AGAINST equity plans if the cost is unreasonable. For
non-employee director plans, vote FOR the plan if certain factors are met (see
Director Compensation section).

   The cost of the equity plans is expressed as Shareholder Value Transfer
(SVT), which is measured using a binomial option pricing model that assesses
the amount of shareholders' equity flowing out of the company to employees and
directors. SVT is expressed as both a dollar amount and as a percentage of
market value, and includes the new shares proposed, shares available under
existing plans, and shares granted but unexercised. All award types are valued.
For omnibus plans, unless limitations are placed on the most expensive types of
awards (for example, full value awards), the assumption is made that all awards
to be granted will be the most expensive types. See discussion of specific
types of awards.

   The Shareholder Value Transfer is reasonable if it falls below the
company-specific allowable cap. The allowable cap is determined as follows: The
top quartile performers in each industry group (using the Global Industry
Classification Standard GICS) are identified. Benchmark SVT levels for each
industry are established based on these top performers' historic SVT.
Regression analyses are run on each industry group to identify the variables
most strongly correlated to SVT. The benchmark industry SVT level is then
adjusted upwards or downwards for the specific company by plugging the
company-specific performance measures, size and cash compensation into the
industry cap equations to arrive at the company's allowable cap.

REPRICING PROVISIONS

   Vote AGAINST plans that expressly permit the repricing of underwater stock
options without prior shareholder approval, even if the cost of the plan is
reasonable. Also, WITHHOLD from members of the Compensation Committee who
approved and/or implemented an option exchange program by repricing and buying
out underwater options for stock, cash or other consideration or canceling
underwater options and regranting options with a lower exercise price without
prior shareholder approval, even if such repricings are allowed in their equity
plan.

   Vote AGAINST plans if the company has a history of repricing options without
shareholder approval, and the applicable listing standards would not preclude
them from doing so.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      30



PAY-FOR PERFORMANCE DISCONNECT

   Generally vote AGAINST plans in which:

    .  there is a disconnect between the CEO's pay and company performance (an
       increase in pay and a decrease in performance);

    .  the main source of the pay increase (over half) is equity-based, and

    .  the CEO is a participant of the equity proposal.

   Performance decreases are based on negative one- and three-year total
shareholder returns. CEO pay increases are based on the CEO's total direct
compensation (salary, cash bonus, present value of stock options, face value of
restricted stock, value of non-equity incentive payouts, change in pension
value and nonqualified deferred compensation earnings, and all other
compensation) increasing over the previous year.

   WITHHOLD votes from the Compensation Committee members when the company has
a pay for performance disconnect.

   On a CASE-BY-CASE basis, vote for equity plans and FOR compensation
committee members with a pay-for-performance disconnect if compensation
committee members can present strong and compelling evidence of improved
committee performance. This evidence must go beyond the usual compensation
committee report disclosure. This additional evidence necessary includes all of
the following:

    .  The compensation committee has reviewed all components of the CEO's
       compensation, including the following:

          -  Base salary, bonus, long-term incentives;

          -  Accumulative realized and unrealized stock option and restricted
             stock gains;

          -  Dollar value of perquisites and other personal benefits to the CEO
             and the total cost to the company;

          -  Earnings and accumulated payment obligations under the company's
             nonqualified deferred compensation program;

          -  Actual projected payment obligations under the company's
             supplemental executive retirement plan (SERPs).

    .  A tally sheet with all the above components should be disclosed for the
       following termination scenarios:

          -  Payment if termination occurs within 12 months: $      ;

          -  Payment if "not for cause" termination occurs within 12 months:
             $      ;

          -  Payment if "change of control" termination occurs within 12
             months: $      .

    .  The compensation committee is committed to providing additional
       information on the named executives' annual cash bonus program and/or
       long-term incentive cash plan for the current fiscal year. The
       compensation committee will provide full disclosure of the qualitative
       and quantitative performance criteria and hurdle rates used to determine
       the payouts of the cash program. From this disclosure, shareholders will
       know the minimum level of performance required for any cash bonus to be
       delivered, as well as the maximum cash bonus payable for superior
       performance.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      31



   The repetition of the compensation committee report does not meet ISS'
requirement of compelling and strong evidence of improved disclosure. The level
of transparency and disclosure is at the highest level where shareholders can
understand the mechanics of the annual cash bonus and/or long-term incentive
cash plan based on the additional disclosure.

    .  The compensation committee is committed to granting a substantial
       portion of performance-based equity awards to the named executive
       officers. A substantial portion of performance-based awards would be at
       least 50 percent of the shares awarded to each of the named executive
       officers. Performance-based equity awards are earned or paid out based
       on the achievement of company performance targets. The company will
       disclose the details of the performance criteria (e.g., return on
       equity) and the hurdle rates (e.g., 15 percent) associated with the
       performance targets. From this disclosure, shareholders will know the
       minimum level of performance required for any equity grants to be made.
       The performance-based equity awards do not refer to non-qualified stock
       options/1/ or performance-accelerated grants./2 /Instead,
       performance-based equity awards are performance-contingent grants where
       the individual will not receive the equity grant by not meeting the
       target performance and vice versa.

   The level of transparency and disclosure is at the highest level where
shareholders can understand the mechanics of the performance-based equity
awards based on the additional disclosure.

    .  The compensation committee has the sole authority to hire and fire
       outside compensation consultants. The role of the outside compensation
       consultant is to assist the compensation committee to analyze executive
       pay packages or contracts and understand the company's financial
       measures.

THREE-YEAR BURN RATE/BURN RATE COMMITMENT

   Generally vote AGAINST plans if the company's most recent three-year burn
rate exceeds one standard deviation in excess of the industry mean (per the
following Burn Rate Table) and is over two percent of common shares
outstanding. The three-year burn rate policy does not apply to non-employee
director plans unless outside directors receive a significant portion of shares
each year.

   However, vote FOR equity plans if the company fails this burn rate test but
the company commits in a public filing to a three-year average burn rate equal
to its GICS group burn rate mean plus one standard deviation (or 2%, whichever
is greater), assuming all other conditions for voting FOR the plan have been
met.

   If a company fails to fulfill its burn rate commitment, vote to WITHHOLD
from the compensation committee.

- - --------
/1/  Non-qualified stock options are not performance-based awards unless the
     grant or the vesting of the stock options is tied to the achievement of a
     pre-determined and disclosed performance measure. A rising stock market
     will generally increase share prices of all companies, despite of the
     company's underlying performance.
/2/  Performance-accelerated grants are awards that vest earlier based on the
     achievement of a specified measure. However, these grants will ultimately
     vest over time even without the attainment of the goal(s).

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      32



                             2007 BURN RATE TABLE



                                                       RUSSELL 3000         NON-RUSSELL 3000
                                                  ---------------------- ----------------------
                                                        STANDARD  MEAN +       STANDARD  MEAN +
   GICS     DESCRIPTION                           MEAN  DEVIATION STDEV  MEAN  DEVIATION STDEV
   ----     ------------------------------------- ----- --------- ------ ----- --------- ------
                                                                    
   1010     Energy                                1.37%   0.92%   2.29%  1.76%   2.01%   3.77%
   1510     Materials                             1.23%   0.62%   1.85%  2.21%   2.15%   4.36%
   2010     Capital Goods                         1.60%   0.98%   2.57%  2.34%   1.98%   4.32%
   2020     Commercial Services & Supplies        2.39%   1.42%   3.81%  2.25%   1.93%   4.18%
   2030     Transportation                        1.30%   1.01%   2.31%  1.92%   1.95%   3.86%
   2510     Automobiles & Components              1.93%   0.98%   2.90%  2.37%   2.32%   4.69%
   2520     Consumer Durables & Apparel           1.97%   1.12%   3.09%  2.02%   1.68%   3.70%
   2530     Hotels Restaurants & Leisure          2.22%   1.19%   3.41%  2.29%   1.88%   4.17%
   2540     Media                                 1.78%   0.92%   2.70%  3.26%   2.36%   5.62%
   2550     Retailing                             1.95%   1.10%   3.05%  2.92%   2.21%   5.14%
3010, 3020,
  3030      Food & Staples Retailing              1.66%   1.25%   2.91%  1.90%   2.00%   3.90%
   3510     Health Care Equipment & Services      2.87%   1.32%   4.19%  3.51%   2.31%   5.81%
   3520     Pharmaceuticals & Biotechnology       3.12%   1.38%   4.50%  3.96%   2.89%   6.85%
   4010     Banks                                 1.31%   0.89%   2.20%  1.15%   1.10%   2.25%
   4020     Diversified Financials                2.13%   1.64%   3.76%  4.84%   5.03%   9.87%
   4030     Insurance                             1.34%   0.88%   2.22%  1.60%   1.96%   3.56%
   4040     Real Estate                           1.21%   1.02%   2.23%  1.21%   1.02%   2.23%
   4510     Software & Services                   3.77%   2.05%   5.82%  5.33%   3.13%   8.46%
   4520     Technology Hardware & Equipment       3.05%   1.65%   4.70%  3.58%   2.34%   5.92%
   4530     Semiconductors & Semiconductor Equip. 3.76%   1.64%   5.40%  4.48%   2.46%   6.94%
   5010     Telecommunication Services            1.71%   0.99%   2.70%  2.98%   2.94%   5.92%
   5510     Utilities                             0.84%   0.51%   1.35%  0.84%   0.51%   1.35%


   For companies that grant both full value awards and stock options to their
employees, ISS shall apply a premium on full value awards for the past three
fiscal years. The guideline for applying the premium is as follows:



                           ANNUAL STOCK PRICE
CHARACTERISTICS                VOLATILITY     PREMIUM
- - ---------------            ------------------ --------------------------------------------------
                                        
High annual volatility       53% and higher   1 full-value award will count as 1.5 option shares
Moderate annual volatility   25% - 52%        1 full-value award will count as 2.0 option shares
Low annual volatility        Less than 25%    1 full-value award will count as 4.0 option shares


POOR PAY PRACTICES

   Vote AGAINST equity plans if the plan is a vehicle for poor compensation
practices.

   WITHHOLD from compensation committee members, CEO, and potentially the
entire board, if the company has poor compensation practices. The following
practices, while not exhaustive, are examples of poor compensation practices
that may warrant withholding votes:

    .  Egregious employment contracts (e.g., those containing multi-year
       guarantees for bonuses and grants);

    .  Excessive perks that dominate compensation (e.g., tax gross-ups for
       personal use of corporate aircraft);

    .  Huge bonus payouts without justifiable performance linkage or proper
       disclosure;

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      33



    .  Performance metrics that are changed (e.g., canceled or replaced during
       the performance period without adequate explanation of the action and
       the link to performance);

    .  Egregious pension/SERP (supplemental executive retirement plan) payouts
       (e.g., the inclusion of additional years of service not worked or
       inclusion of performance-based equity awards in the pension calculation);

    .  New CEO awarded an overly generous new hire package (e.g., including
       excessive "make whole" provisions or any of the poor pay practices
       listed in this policy);

    .  Excessive severance provisions (e.g., including excessive change in
       control payments);

    .  Change in control payouts without loss of job or substantial diminution
       of job duties;

    .  Internal pay disparity;

    .  Options backdating (covered in a separate policy); and

    .  Other excessive compensation payouts or poor pay practices at the
       company.

SPECIFIC TREATMENT OF CERTAIN AWARD TYPES IN EQUITY PLAN EVALUATIONS:

DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS

   Options that have Dividend Equivalent Rights (DERs) associated with them
will have a higher calculated award value than those without DERs under the
binomial model, based on the value of these dividend streams. The higher value
will be applied to new shares, shares available under existing plans, and
shares awarded but not exercised per the plan specifications. DERS transfer
more shareholder equity to employees and non-employee directors and this cost
should be captured.

LIBERAL SHARE RECYCLING PROVISIONS

   Under net share counting provisions, shares tendered by an option holder to
pay for the exercise of an option, shares withheld for taxes or shares
repurchased by the company on the open market can be recycled back into the
equity plan for awarding again. All awards with such provisions should be
valued as full-value awards. Stock-settled stock appreciation rights (SSARs)
will also be considered as full-value awards if a company counts only the net
shares issued to employees towards their plan reserve.

OTHER COMPENSATION PROPOSALS AND POLICIES

401(K) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

   Vote FOR proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on compensation plans for non-employee directors, based on
the cost of the plans against the company's allowable cap.

   On occasion, director stock plans that set aside a relatively small number
of shares when combined with employee or executive stock compensation plans
exceed the allowable cap. Vote for the plan if ALL of the following qualitative
factors in the board's compensation are met and disclosed in the proxy
statement:

    .  Director stock ownership guidelines with a minimum of three times the
       annual cash retainer.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      34



    .  Vesting schedule or mandatory holding/deferral period:

       -  A minimum vesting of three years for stock options or restricted
          stock; or

       -  Deferred stock payable at the end of a three-year deferral period.

    .  Mix between cash and equity:

       -  A balanced mix of cash and equity, for example 40% cash/60% equity or
          50% cash/50% equity; or

       -  If the mix is heavier on the equity component, the vesting schedule
          or deferral period should be more stringent, with the lesser of five
          years or the term of directorship.

    .  No retirement/benefits and perquisites provided to non-employee
       directors; and

    .  Detailed disclosure provided on cash and equity compensation delivered
       to each non-employee director for the most recent fiscal year in a
       table. The column headers for the table may include the following: name
       of each non-employee director, annual retainer, board meeting fees,
       committee retainer, committee-meeting fees, and equity grants.

DIRECTOR RETIREMENT PLANS

   Vote AGAINST retirement plans for non-employee directors.

   Vote FOR shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for
non-employee directors.

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLANS (ESOPS)

   Vote FOR proposals to implement an ESOP or increase authorized shares for
existing ESOPs, unless the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is excessive
(more than five percent of outstanding shares).

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLANS--QUALIFIED PLANS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on qualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote FOR
employee stock purchase plans where all of the following apply:

    .  Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value;

    .  Offering period is 27 months or less; and

    .  The number of shares allocated to the plan is ten percent or less of the
       outstanding shares.

   Vote AGAINST qualified employee stock purchase plans where any of the
following apply:

    .  Purchase price is less than 85 percent of fair market value; or

    .  Offering period is greater than 27 months; or

    .  The number of shares allocated to the plan is more than ten percent of
       the outstanding shares.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLANS--NON-QUALIFIED PLANS

   Vote CASE-by-CASE on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote FOR
nonqualified employee stock purchase plans with all the following features:

    .  Broad-based participation (i.e., all employees of the company with the
       exclusion of individuals with 5 percent or more of beneficial ownership
       of the company);

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      35



    .  Limits on employee contribution, which may be a fixed dollar amount or
       expressed as a percent of base salary;

    .  Company matching contribution up to 25 percent of employee's
       contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market
       value;

    .  No discount on the stock price on the date of purchase since there is a
       company matching contribution.

   Vote AGAINST nonqualified employee stock purchase plans when any of the plan
features do not meet the above criteria. If the company matching contribution
exceeds 25 percent of employee's contribution, evaluate the cost of the plan
against its allowable cap.

INCENTIVE BONUS PLANS AND TAX DEDUCTIBILITY PROPOSALS (OBRA-RELATED
COMPENSATION PROPOSALS)

   Vote FOR proposals that simply amend shareholder-approved compensation plans
to include administrative features or place a cap on the annual grants any one
participant may receive to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m).

   Vote FOR proposals to add performance goals to existing compensation plans
to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) unless they are clearly
inappropriate.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on amendments to existing plans to increase shares
reserved and to qualify for favorable tax treatment under the provisions of
Section 162(m) as long as the plan does not exceed the allowable cap and the
plan does not violate any of the supplemental policies.

   Generally vote FOR cash or cash and stock bonus plans that are submitted to
shareholders for the purpose of exempting compensation from taxes under the
provisions of Section 162(m) if no increase in shares is requested.

OPTIONS BACKDATING

   In cases where a company has practiced options backdating, WITHHOLD on a
CASE-BY-CASE basis from the members of the compensation committee, depending on
the severity of the practices and the subsequent corrective actions on the part
of the board. WITHHOLD from the compensation committee members who oversaw the
questionable options grant practices or from current compensation committee
members who fail to respond to the issue proactively, depending on several
factors, including, but not limited to:

    .  Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent
       vs. deliberate grant date changes;

    .  Length of time of options backdating;

    .  Size of restatement due to options backdating;

    .  Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as
       canceling or repricing backdated options, or recoupment of option gains
       on backdated grants;

    .  Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creation of a
       fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants going forward.

OPTION EXCHANGE PROGRAMS/REPRICING OPTIONS

   Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to
exchange/reprice options taking into consideration:

    .  Historic trading patterns--the stock price should not be so volatile
       that the options are likely to be back "in-the-money" over the near term;

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      36



    .  Rationale for the re-pricing--was the stock price decline beyond
       management's control?

    .  Is this a value-for-value exchange?

    .  Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?

    .  Option vesting--does the new option vest immediately or is there a
       black-out period?

    .  Term of the option--the term should remain the same as that of the
       replaced option;

    .  Exercise price--should be set at fair market or a premium to market;

    .  Participants--executive officers and directors should be excluded.

   If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for
re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company's three-year average
burn rate.

   In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and
timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why
the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time.
Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company's
stock price demonstrates poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in stock
price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential AGAINST vote on the
proposal. At a minimum, the decline should not have happened within the past
year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant
date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options
should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that
repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price
movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above
the 52-week high for the stock price.

   Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder
vote.

STOCK PLANS IN LIEU OF CASH

   Vote CASE-by-CASE on plans which provide participants with the option of
taking all or a portion of their cash compensation in the form of stock.

   Vote FOR non-employee director only equity plans which provide a
dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange.

   Vote CASE-by-CASE on plans which do not provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for
stock exchange. In cases where the exchange is not dollar-for-dollar, the
request for new or additional shares for such equity program will be considered
using the binomial option pricing model. In an effort to capture the total cost
of total compensation, ISS will not make any adjustments to carve out the
in-lieu-of cash compensation.

TRANSFER PROGRAMS OF STOCK OPTIONS

   One-time Transfers: WITHHOLD votes from compensation committee members if
they fail to submit one-time transfers for to shareholders for approval.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on one-time transfers. Vote FOR if:

    .  Executive officers and non-employee directors are excluded from
       participating;

    .  Stock options are purchased by third-party financial institutions at a
       discount to their fair value using option pricing models such as
       Black-Scholes or a Binomial Option Valuation or other appropriate
       financial models;

    .  There is a two-year minimum holding period for sale proceeds (cash or
       stock) for all participants.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      37



   Additionally, management should provide a clear explanation of why options
are being transferred and whether the events leading up to the decline in stock
price were beyond management's control. A review of the company's historic
stock price volatility should indicate if the options are likely to be back
"in-the-money" over the near term.

SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS ON COMPENSATION

ADVISORY VOTE ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION (SAY-ON-PAY)

   Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that call for non-binding
shareholder ratification of the compensation of the named Executive Officers
and the accompanying narrative disclosure of material factors provided to
understand the Summary Compensation Table.

COMPENSATION CONSULTANTS-DISCLOSURE OF BOARD OR COMPANY'S UTILIZATION

   Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking disclosure regarding the
Company, Board, or Board committee's use of compensation consultants, such as
company name, business relationship(s) and fees paid.

DISCLOSURE/SETTING LEVELS OR TYPES OF COMPENSATION FOR EXECUTIVES AND DIRECTORS

   Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking additional disclosure of
executive and director pay information, provided the information requested is
relevant to shareholders' needs, would not put the company at a competitive
disadvantage relative to its industry, and is not unduly burdensome to the
company.

   Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking to set absolute levels on
compensation or otherwise dictate the amount or form of compensation.

   Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring director fees be paid in stock
only.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all other shareholder proposals regarding executive and
director pay, taking into account company performance, pay level versus peers,
pay level versus industry, and long term corporate outlook.

OPTION REPRICING

   Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder
vote.

PAY FOR SUPERIOR PERFORMANCE

   Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals based on a case-by-case analysis
that requests the board establish a pay-for-superior performance standard in
the company's executive compensation plan for senior executives. The proposals
call for:

    .  the annual incentive component of the plan should utilize financial
       performance criteria that can be benchmarked against peer group
       performance, and provide that no annual bonus be awarded based on
       financial performance criteria unless the company exceeds the median or
       mean performance of a disclosed group of peer companies on the selected
       financial criteria;

    .  the long-term equity compensation component of the plan should utilize
       financial and/or stock price performance criteria that can be
       benchmarked against peer group performance, and any options, restricted
       shares, or other equity compensation used should be structured so that
       compensation is

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      38



      received only when company performance exceeds the median or mean
       performance of the peer group companies on the selected financial and
       stock price performance criteria; and

    .  the plan disclosure should allow shareholders to monitor the correlation
       between pay and performance.

   Consider the following factors in evaluating this proposal:

    .  What aspects of the company's annual and long-term equity incentive
       programs are performance driven?

    .  If the annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance
       driven, are the performance criteria and hurdle rates disclosed to
       shareholders or are they benchmarked against a disclosed peer group?

    .  Can shareholders assess the correlation between pay and performance
       based on the current disclosure?

    .  What type of industry and stage of business cycle does the company
       belong to?

PENSION PLAN INCOME ACCOUNTING

   Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals to exclude pension plan income in
the calculation of earnings used in determining executive bonuses/compensation.

PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposal requesting that a significant
amount of future long-term incentive compensation awarded to senior executives
shall be performance-based and requesting that the board adopt and disclose
challenging performance metrics to shareholders, based on the following
analytical steps:

    .  First, vote FOR shareholder proposals advocating the use of
       performance-based equity awards, such as performance contingent options
       or restricted stock, indexed options or premium-priced options, unless
       the proposal is overly restrictive or if the company has demonstrated
       that it is using a "substantial" portion of performance-based awards for
       its top executives. Standard stock options and performance-accelerated
       awards do not meet the criteria to be considered as performance-based
       awards. Further, premium-priced options should have a premium of at
       least 25 percent and higher to be considered performance-based awards.

    .  Second, assess the rigor of the company's performance-based equity
       program. If the bar set for the performance-based program is too low
       based on the company's historical or peer group comparison, generally
       vote FOR the proposal. Furthermore, if target performance results in an
       above target payout, vote FOR the shareholder proposal due to program's
       poor design. If the company does not disclose the performance metric of
       the performance-based equity program, vote FOR the shareholder proposal
       regardless of the outcome of the first step to the test.

   In general, vote FOR the shareholder proposal if the company does not meet
both of the above two steps.

SEVERANCE AGREEMENTS FOR EXECUTIVES/GOLDEN PARACHUTES

   Vote FOR shareholder proposals to require golden parachutes or executive
severance agreements to be submitted for shareholder ratification, unless the
proposal requires shareholder approval prior to entering into employment
contracts.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      39



   Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on proposals to ratify or cancel golden
parachutes. An acceptable parachute should include, but is not limited to, the
following:

    .  The triggering mechanism should be beyond the control of management;

    .  The amount should not exceed three times base amount (defined as the
       average annual taxable W-2 compensation during the five years prior to
       the year in which the change of control occurs;

    .  Change-in-control payments should be double-triggered, i.e., (1) after a
       change in control has taken place, and (2) termination of the executive
       as a result of the change in control. Change in control is defined as a
       change in the company ownership structure.

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLANS (SERPS)

   Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting to put extraordinary
benefits contained in SERP agreements to a shareholder vote unless the
company's executive pension plans do not contain excessive benefits beyond what
is offered under employee-wide plans.

   Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting to limit the executive
benefits provided under the company's supplemental executive retirement plan
(SERP) by limiting covered compensation to a senior executive's annual salary
and excluding of all incentive or bonus pay from the plan's definition of
covered compensation used to establish such benefits.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      40



9. CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

CONSUMER ISSUES AND PUBLIC SAFETY

ANIMAL RIGHTS

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals to phase out the use of animals in product
testing unless:

    .  The company is conducting animal testing programs that are unnecessary
       or not required by regulation;

    .  The company is conducting animal testing when suitable alternatives are
       accepted and used at peer firms;

    .  The company has been the subject of recent, significant controversy
       related to its testing programs.

   Generally vote FOR proposals seeking a report on the company's animal
welfare standards unless:

    .  The company has already published a set of animal welfare standards and
       monitors compliance;

    .  The company's standards are comparable to or better than those of peer
       firms; and

    .  There are no serious controversies surrounding the company's treatment
       of animals.

DRUG PRICING

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals requesting that companies implement
specific price restraints on pharmaceutical products unless the company fails
to adhere to legislative guidelines or industry norms in its product pricing.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting that the company evaluate their
product pricing considering:

    .  The existing level of disclosure on pricing policies;

    .  Deviation from established industry pricing norms;

    .  The company's existing initiatives to provide its products to needy
       consumers;

    .  Whether the proposal focuses on specific products or geographic regions.

DRUG REIMPORTATION

   Generally vote FOR proposals requesting that companies report on the
financial and legal impact of their policies regarding prescription drug
reimportation unless such information is already publicly disclosed.

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals requesting that companies adopt specific
policies to encourage or constrain prescription drug reimportation.

GENETICALLY MODIFIED FOODS

   Vote AGAINST proposals asking companies to voluntarily label genetically
engineered (GE) ingredients in their products or alternatively to provide
interim labeling and eventually eliminate GE ingredients due to the costs and
feasibility of labeling and/or phasing out the use of GE ingredients.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking for a report on the feasibility of
labeling products containing GE ingredients taking into account:

    .  The relevance of the proposal in terms of the company's business and the
       proportion of it affected by the resolution;

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      41



    .  The quality of the company's disclosure on GE product labeling and
       related voluntary initiatives and how this disclosure compares with peer
       company disclosure;

    .  Company's current disclosure on the feasibility of GE product labeling,
       including information on the related costs;

    .  Any voluntary labeling initiatives undertaken or considered by the
       company.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking for the preparation of a report on the
financial, legal, and environmental impact of continued use of GE
ingredients/seeds. Evaluate the following:

    .  The relevance of the proposal in terms of the company's business and the
       proportion of it affected by the resolution;

    .  The quality of the company's disclosure on risks related to GE product
       use and how this disclosure compares with peer company disclosure;

    .  The percentage of revenue derived from international operations,
       particularly in Europe, where GE products are more regulated and
       consumer backlash is more pronounced.

   Vote AGAINST proposals seeking a report on the health and environmental
effects of genetically modified organisms (GMOs). Health studies of this sort
are better undertaken by regulators and the scientific community.

   Vote AGAINST proposals to completely phase out GE ingredients from the
company's products or proposals asking for reports outlining the steps
necessary to eliminate GE ingredients from the company's products. Such
resolutions presuppose that there are proven health risks to GE ingredients (an
issue better left to federal regulators) that outweigh the economic benefits
derived from biotechnology.

HANDGUNS

   Generally vote AGAINST requests for reports on a company's policies aimed at
curtailing gun violence in the United States unless the report is confined to
product safety information. Criminal misuse of firearms is beyond company
control and instead falls within the purview of law enforcement agencies.

HIV/AIDS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for reports outlining the impact of the health
pandemic (HIV/AIDS, malaria and tuberculosis) on the company's Sub-Saharan
operations and how the company is responding to it, taking into account:

    .  The nature and size of the company's operations in Sub-Saharan Africa
       and the number of local employees;

    .  The company's existing healthcare policies, including benefits and
       healthcare access for local workers;

    .  Company donations to healthcare providers operating in the region.

   Vote AGAINST proposals asking companies to establish, implement, and report
on a standard of response to the HIV/AIDS, TB, and malaria health pandemic in
Africa and other developing countries, unless the company has significant
operations in these markets and has failed to adopt policies and/or procedures
to address these issues comparable to those of industry peers.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      42



PREDATORY LENDING

   Vote CASE-BY CASE on requests for reports on the company's procedures for
preventing predatory lending, including the establishment of a board committee
for oversight, taking into account:

    .  Whether the company has adequately disclosed mechanisms in place to
       prevent abusive lending practices;

    .  Whether the company has adequately disclosed the financial risks of its
       subprime business;

    .  Whether the company has been subject to violations of lending laws or
       serious lending controversies;

    .  Peer companies' policies to prevent abusive lending practices.

TOBACCO

   Most tobacco-related proposals should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis,
taking into account the following factors:

   Second-hand smoke:

    .  Whether the company complies with all local ordinances and regulations;

    .  The degree that voluntary restrictions beyond those mandated by law
       might hurt the company's competitiveness;

    .  The risk of any health-related liabilities.

   Advertising to youth:

    .  Whether the company complies with federal, state, and local laws on the
       marketing of tobacco or if it has been fined for violations;

    .  Whether the company has gone as far as peers in restricting advertising;

    .  Whether the company entered into the Master Settlement Agreement, which
       restricts marketing of tobacco to youth;

    .  Whether restrictions on marketing to youth extend to foreign countries.

   Cease production of tobacco-related products or avoid selling products to
tobacco companies:

    .  The percentage of the company's business affected;

    .  The economic loss of eliminating the business versus any potential
       tobacco-related liabilities.

   Spin-off tobacco-related businesses:

    .  The percentage of the company's business affected;

    .  The feasibility of a spin-off;

    .  Potential future liabilities related to the company's tobacco business.

   Stronger product warnings:

   Vote AGAINST proposals seeking stronger product warnings. Such decisions are
better left to public health authorities.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      43



   Investment in tobacco stocks:

   Vote AGAINST proposals prohibiting investment in tobacco equities. Such
decisions are better left to portfolio managers.

TOXIC CHEMICALS

   Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that a company discloses its
policies related to toxic chemicals.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on resolutions requesting that companies evaluate and
disclose the potential financial and legal risks associated with utilizing
certain chemicals, considering:

    .  Current regulations in the markets in which the company operates;

    .  Recent significant controversy, litigation, or fines stemming from toxic
       chemicals or ingredients at the company; and

    .  The current level of disclosure on this topic.

   Generally vote AGAINST resolutions requiring that a company reformulate its
products within a certain timeframe unless such actions are required by law in
specific markets.

ENVIRONMENT AND ENERGY

ARCTIC NATIONAL WILDLIFE REFUGE

   Generally vote AGAINST request for reports outlining potential environmental
damage from drilling in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge (ANWR) unless:

    .  New legislation is adopted allowing development and drilling in the ANWR
       region;

    .  The company intends to pursue operations in the ANWR; and

    .  The company does not currently disclose an environmental risk report for
       their operations in the ANWR.

CERES PRINCIPLES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to adopt the CERES Principles, taking into
account:

    .  The company's current environmental disclosure beyond legal
       requirements, including environmental health and safety (EHS) audits and
       reports that may duplicate CERES;

    .  The company's environmental performance record, including violations of
       federal and state regulations, level of toxic emissions, and accidental
       spills;

    .  Environmentally conscious practices of peer companies, including
       endorsement of CERES;

    .  Costs of membership and implementation.

CLIMATE CHANGE

   In general, vote FOR resolutions requesting that a company disclose
information on the impact of climate change on the company's operations unless:

    .  The company already provides current, publicly-available information on
       the perceived impact that climate change may have on the company as well
       as associated policies and procedures to address such risks and/or
       opportunities;

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      44



    .  The company's level of disclosure is comparable to or better than
       information provided by industry peers; and

    .  There are no significant fines, penalties, or litigation associated with
       the company's environmental performance.

CONCENTRATED AREA FEEDING OPERATIONS (CAFOS)

   Vote FOR resolutions requesting that companies report to shareholders on the
risks and liabilities associated with CAFOs unless:

    .  The company has publicly disclosed guidelines for its corporate and
       contract farming operations, including compliance monitoring; or

    .  The company does not directly source from CAFOs.

ENVIRONMENTAL-ECONOMIC RISK REPORT

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting an economic risk assessment of
environmental performance considering:

    .  The feasibility of financially quantifying environmental risk factors;

    .  The company's compliance with applicable legislation and/or regulations
       regarding environmental performance;

    .  The costs associated with implementing improved standards;

    .  The potential costs associated with remediation resulting from poor
       environmental performance; and

    .  The current level of disclosure on environmental policies and
       initiatives.

ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS

   Generally vote FOR requests for reports disclosing the company's
environmental policies unless it already has well-documented environmental
management systems that are available to the public.

GLOBAL WARMING

   Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report on greenhouse gas emissions
from company operations and/or products unless this information is already
publicly disclosed or such factors are not integral to the company's line of
business.

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals that call for reduction in greenhouse gas
emissions by specified amounts or within a restrictive time frame unless the
company lags industry standards and has been the subject of recent, significant
fines or litigation resulting from greenhouse gas emissions.

KYOTO PROTOCOL COMPLIANCE

   Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that companies outline their
preparations to comply with standards established by Kyoto Protocol signatory
markets unless:

    .  The company does not maintain operations in Kyoto signatory markets;

    .  The company already evaluates and substantially discloses such
       information; or,

    .  Greenhouse gas emissions do not significantly impact the company's core
       businesses.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      45



LAND USE

   Generally vote AGAINST resolutions that request the disclosure of detailed
information on a company's policies related to land use or development unless
the company has been the subject of recent, significant fines or litigation
stemming from its land use.

NUCLEAR SAFETY

   Generally vote AGAINST resolutions requesting that companies report on risks
associated with their nuclear reactor designs and/or the production and interim
storage of irradiated fuel rods unless:

    .  The company does not have publicly disclosed guidelines describing its
       policies and procedures for addressing risks associated with its
       operations;

    .  The company is non-compliant with Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC)
       requirements; or

    .  The company stands out amongst its peers or competitors as having
       significant problems with safety or environmental performance related to
       its nuclear operations.

OPERATIONS IN PROTECTED AREAS

   Generally vote FOR requests for reports outlining potential environmental
damage from operations in protected regions, including wildlife refuges unless:

    .  The company does not currently have operations or plans to develop
       operations in these protected regions; or,

    .  The company provides disclosure on its operations and environmental
       policies in these regions comparable to industry peers.

RECYCLING

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to adopt a comprehensive recycling strategy,
taking into account:

    .  The nature of the company's business and the percentage affected;

    .  The extent that peer companies are recycling;

    .  The timetable prescribed by the proposal;

    .  The costs and methods of implementation;

    .  Whether the company has a poor environmental track record, such as
       violations of federal and state regulations.

RENEWABLE ENERGY

   In general, vote FOR requests for reports on the feasibility of developing
renewable energy sources unless the report is duplicative of existing
disclosure or irrelevant to the company's line of business.

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals requesting that the company invest in
renewable energy sources. Such decisions are best left to management's
evaluation of the feasibility and financial impact that such programs may have
on the company.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      46



SUSTAINABILITY REPORT

   Generally vote FOR proposals requesting the company to report on policies
and initiatives related to social, economic, and environmental sustainability,
unless:

    .  The company already discloses similar information through existing
       reports or policies such as an Environment, Health, and Safety (EHS)
       report; a comprehensive Code of Corporate Conduct; and/or a Diversity
       Report; or

    .  The company has formally committed to the implementation of a reporting
       program based on Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines or a
       similar standard within a specified time frame.

GENERAL CORPORATE ISSUES

CHARITABLE/POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals asking the company to affirm political
nonpartisanship in the workplace so long as:

    .  The company is in compliance with laws governing corporate political
       activities; and

    .  The company has procedures in place to ensure that employee
       contributions to company-sponsored political action committees (PACs)
       are strictly voluntary and not coercive.

   Vote AGAINST proposals to publish in newspapers and public media the
company's political contributions as such publications could present
significant cost to the company without providing commensurate value to
shareholders.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to improve the disclosure of a company's
political contributions considering:

    .  Recent significant controversy or litigation related to the company's
       political contributions or governmental affairs; and

    .  The public availability of a policy on political contributions.

   Vote AGAINST proposals barring the company from making political
contributions. Businesses are affected by legislation at the federal, state,
and local level and barring contributions can put the company at a competitive
disadvantage.

   Vote AGAINST proposals restricting the company from making charitable
contributions. Charitable contributions are generally useful for assisting
worthwhile causes and for creating goodwill in the community. In the absence of
bad faith, self-dealing, or gross negligence, management should determine which
contributions are in the best interests of the company.

   Vote AGAINST proposals asking for a list of company executives, directors,
consultants, legal counsels, lobbyists, or investment bankers that have prior
government service and whether such service had a bearing on the business of
the company. Such a list would be burdensome to prepare without providing any
meaningful information to shareholders.

DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING EXPENDITURES/INITIATIVES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting information on a company's
lobbying initiatives, considering any significant controversy or litigation
surrounding a company's public policy activities, the current level of
disclosure on lobbying strategy, and the impact that the policy issue may have
on the company's business operations.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      47



LINK EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TO SOCIAL PERFORMANCE

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to review ways of linking executive
compensation to social factors, such as corporate downsizings, customer or
employee satisfaction, community involvement, human rights, environmental
performance, predatory lending, and executive/employee pay disparities. Such
resolutions should be evaluated in the context of:

    .  The relevance of the issue to be linked to pay;

    .  The degree that social performance is already included in the company's
       pay structure and disclosed;

    .  The degree that social performance is used by peer companies in setting
       pay;

    .  Violations or complaints filed against the company relating to the
       particular social performance measure;

    .  Artificial limits sought by the proposal, such as freezing or capping
       executive pay

    .  Independence of the compensation committee;

    .  Current company pay levels.

OUTSOURCING/OFFSHORING

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals calling for companies to report on the risks
associated with outsourcing, considering:

    .  Risks associated with certain international markets;

    .  The utility of such a report to shareholders;

    .  The existence of a publicly available code of corporate conduct that
       applies to international operations.

LABOR STANDARDS AND HUMAN RIGHTS

CHINA PRINCIPLES

   Vote AGAINST proposals to implement the China Principles unless:

    .  There are serious controversies surrounding the company's China
       operations; and

    .  The company does not have a code of conduct with standards similar to
       those promulgated by the International Labor Organization (ILO).

COUNTRY-SPECIFIC HUMAN RIGHTS REPORTS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for reports detailing the company's operations
in a particular country and steps to protect human rights, based on:

    .  The nature and amount of company business in that country;

    .  The company's workplace code of conduct;

    .  Proprietary and confidential information involved;

    .  Company compliance with U.S. regulations on investing in the country;

    .  Level of peer company involvement in the country.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      48



INTERNATIONAL CODES OF CONDUCT/VENDOR STANDARDS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to implement certain human rights standards
at company facilities or those of its suppliers and to commit to outside,
independent monitoring. In evaluating these proposals, the following should be
considered:

    .  The company's current workplace code of conduct or adherence to other
       global standards and the degree they meet the standards promulgated by
       the proponent;

    .  Agreements with foreign suppliers to meet certain workplace standards;

    .  Whether company and vendor facilities are monitored and how;

    .  Company participation in fair labor organizations;

    .  Type of business;

    .  Proportion of business conducted overseas;

    .  Countries of operation with known human rights abuses;

    .  Whether the company has been recently involved in significant labor and
       human rights controversies or violations;

    .  Peer company standards and practices;

    .  Union presence in company's international factories.

   Generally vote FOR reports outlining vendor standards compliance unless any
of the following apply:

    .  The company does not operate in countries with significant human rights
       violations;

    .  The company has no recent human rights controversies or violations; or

    .  The company already publicly discloses information on its vendor
       standards compliance.

MACBRIDE PRINCIPLES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to endorse or increase activity on the
MacBride Principles, taking into account:

    .  Company compliance with or violations of the Fair Employment Act of 1989;

    .  Company antidiscrimination policies that already exceed the legal
       requirements;

    .  The cost and feasibility of adopting all nine principles;

    .  The cost of duplicating efforts to follow two sets of standards (Fair
       Employment and the MacBride Principles);

    .  The potential for charges of reverse discrimination;

    .  The potential that any company sales or contracts in the rest of the
       United Kingdom could be negatively impacted;

    .  The level of the company's investment in Northern Ireland;

    .  The number of company employees in Northern Ireland;

    .  The degree that industry peers have adopted the MacBride Principles;

    .  Applicable state and municipal laws that limit contracts with companies
       that have not adopted the MacBride Principles.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      49



MILITARY BUSINESS

FOREIGN MILITARY SALES/OFFSETS

   Vote AGAINST reports on foreign military sales or offsets. Such disclosures
may involve sensitive and confidential information. Moreover, companies must
comply with government controls and reporting on foreign military sales.

LANDMINES AND CLUSTER BOMBS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking a company to renounce future
involvement in antipersonnel landmine production, taking into account:

    .  Whether the company has in the past manufactured landmine components;

    .  Whether the company's peers have renounced future production.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking a company to renounce future
involvement in cluster bomb production, taking into account:

    .  What weapons classifications the proponent views as cluster bombs;

    .  Whether the company currently or in the past has manufactured cluster
       bombs or their components;

    .  The percentage of revenue derived from cluster bomb manufacture;

    .  Whether the company's peers have renounced future production.

NUCLEAR WEAPONS

   Vote AGAINST proposals asking a company to cease production of nuclear
weapons components and delivery systems, including disengaging from current and
proposed contracts. Components and delivery systems serve multiple military and
non-military uses, and withdrawal from these contracts could have a negative
impact on the company's business.

OPERATIONS IN NATIONS SPONSORING TERRORISM (E.G., IRAN)

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for a board committee review and report
outlining the company's financial and reputational risks from its operations in
a terrorism-sponsoring state, taking into account current disclosure on:

    .  The nature and purpose of the operations and the amount of business
       involved (direct and indirect revenues and expenses) that could be
       affected by political disruption;

    .  Compliance with U.S. sanctions and laws.

SPACED-BASED WEAPONIZATION

   Generally vote FOR reports on a company's involvement in spaced-based
weaponization unless:

    .  The information is already publicly available; or

    .  The disclosures sought could compromise proprietary information.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      50



WORKPLACE DIVERSITY

BOARD DIVERSITY

   Generally vote FOR reports on the company's efforts to diversify the board,
unless:

    .  The board composition is reasonably inclusive in relation to companies
       of similar size and business; or

    .  The board already reports on its nominating procedures and diversity
       initiatives.

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals that would call for the adoption of
specific committee charter language regarding diversity initiatives unless the
company fails to publicly disclose existing equal opportunity or
non-discrimination policies.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking the company to increase the
representation of women and minorities on the board, taking into account:

    .  The degree of board diversity;

    .  Comparison with peer companies;

    .  Established process for improving board diversity;

    .  Existence of independent nominating committee;

    .  Use of outside search firm;

    .  History of EEO violations.

EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY (EEO)

   Generally vote FOR reports outlining the company's affirmative action
initiatives unless all of the following apply:

    .  The company has well-documented equal opportunity programs;

    .  The company already publicly reports on its company-wide affirmative
       initiatives and provides data on its workforce diversity; and

    .  The company has no recent EEO-related violations or litigation.

   Vote AGAINST proposals seeking information on the diversity efforts of
suppliers and service providers, which can pose a significant cost and
administration burden on the company.

GLASS CEILING

   Generally vote FOR reports outlining the company's progress towards the
Glass Ceiling Commission's business recommendations, unless:

    .  The composition of senior management and the board is fairly inclusive;

    .  The company has well-documented programs addressing diversity
       initiatives and leadership development;

    .  The company already issues public reports on its company-wide
       affirmative initiatives and provides data on its workforce diversity; and

    .  The company has had no recent, significant EEO-related violations or
       litigation.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      51



SEXUAL ORIENTATION

   Vote FOR proposals seeking to amend a company's EEO statement in order to
prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation, unless the change would
result in excessive costs for the company.

   Vote AGAINST proposals to extend company benefits to or eliminate benefits
from domestic partners. Benefits decisions should be left to the discretion of
the company.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      52



10. MUTUAL FUND PROXIES

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors and trustees, following the
same guidelines for uncontested directors for public company shareholder
meetings. However, mutual fund boards do not usually have compensation
committees, so do not withhold for the lack of this committee.

CONVERTING CLOSED-END FUND TO OPEN-END FUND

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on conversion proposals, considering the following factors:

    .  Past performance as a closed-end fund;

    .  Market in which the fund invests;

    .  Measures taken by the board to address the discount; and

    .  Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related
       proposals.

PROXY CONTESTS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proxy contests, considering the following factors:

    .  Past performance relative to its peers;

    .  Market in which fund invests;

    .  Measures taken by the board to address the issues;

    .  Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related
       proposals;

    .  Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;

    .  Independence of directors;

    .  Experience and skills of director candidates;

    .  Governance profile of the company;

    .  Evidence of management entrenchment.

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENTS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on investment advisory agreements, considering the
following factors:

    .  Proposed and current fee schedules;

    .  Fund category/investment objective;

    .  Performance benchmarks;

    .  Share price performance as compared with peers;

    .  Resulting fees relative to peers;

    .  Assignments (where the advisor undergoes a change of control).

APPROVING NEW CLASSES OR SERIES OF SHARES

   Vote FOR the establishment of new classes or series of shares.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      53



PREFERRED STOCK PROPOSALS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the authorization for or increase in preferred shares,
considering the following factors:

    .  Stated specific financing purpose;

    .  Possible dilution for common shares;

    .  Whether the shares can be used for antitakeover purposes.

1940 ACT POLICIES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on policies under the Investment Advisor Act of 1940,
considering the following factors:

    .  Potential competitiveness;

    .  Regulatory developments;

    .  Current and potential returns; and

    .  Current and potential risk.

   Generally vote FOR these amendments as long as the proposed changes do not
fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and do comply with the
current SEC interpretation.

CHANGING A FUNDAMENTAL RESTRICTION TO A NONFUNDAMENTAL RESTRICTION

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to change a fundamental restriction to a
non-fundamental restriction, considering the following factors:

    .  The fund's target investments;

    .  The reasons given by the fund for the change; and

    .  The projected impact of the change on the portfolio.

CHANGE FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE TO NONFUNDAMENTAL

   Vote AGAINST proposals to change a fund's fundamental investment objective
to non-fundamental.

NAME CHANGE PROPOSALS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on name change proposals, considering the following
factors:

    .  Political/economic changes in the target market;

    .  Consolidation in the target market; and

    .  Current asset composition.

CHANGE IN FUND'S SUBCLASSIFICATION

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on changes in a fund's sub-classification, considering the
following factors:

    .  Potential competitiveness;

    .  Current and potential returns;

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      54



    .  Risk of concentration;

    .  Consolidation in target industry.

DISPOSITION OF ASSETS/TERMINATION/LIQUIDATION

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to dispose of assets, to terminate or
liquidate, considering the following factors:

    .  Strategies employed to salvage the company;

    .  The fund's past performance;

    .  The terms of the liquidation.

CHANGES TO THE CHARTER DOCUMENT

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on changes to the charter document, considering the
following factors:

    .  The degree of change implied by the proposal;

    .  The efficiencies that could result;

    .  The state of incorporation;

    .  Regulatory standards and implications.

   Vote AGAINST any of the following changes:

    .  Removal of shareholder approval requirement to reorganize or terminate
       the trust or any of its series;

    .  Removal of shareholder approval requirement for amendments to the new
       declaration of trust;

    .  Removal of shareholder approval requirement to amend the fund's
       management contract, allowing the contract to be modified by the
       investment manager and the trust management, as permitted by the 1940
       Act;

    .  Allow the trustees to impose other fees in addition to sales charges on
       investment in a fund, such as deferred sales charges and redemption fees
       that may be imposed upon redemption of a fund's shares;

    .  Removal of shareholder approval requirement to engage in and terminate
       subadvisory arrangements;

    .  Removal of shareholder approval requirement to change the domicile of
       the fund.

CHANGING THE DOMICILE OF A FUND

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on re-incorporations, considering the following factors:

    .  Regulations of both states;

    .  Required fundamental policies of both states;

    .  The increased flexibility available.

AUTHORIZING THE BOARD TO HIRE AND TERMINATE SUBADVISORS WITHOUT SHAREHOLDER
APPROVAL

   Vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the board to hire/terminate subadvisors
without shareholder approval.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      55



DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENTS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on distribution agreement proposals, considering the
following factors:

    .  Fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar objectives;

    .  The proposed distributor's reputation and past performance;

    .  The competitiveness of the fund in the industry;

    .  The terms of the agreement.

MASTER-FEEDER STRUCTURE

   Vote FOR the establishment of a master-feeder structure.

MERGERS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on merger proposals, considering the following factors:

    .  Resulting fee structure;

    .  Performance of both funds;

    .  Continuity of management personnel;

    .  Changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights.

SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS

ESTABLISH DIRECTOR OWNERSHIP REQUIREMENT

   Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a specific minimum
amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to
remain on the board.

REIMBURSE SHAREHOLDER FOR EXPENSES INCURRED

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation
expenses. When supporting the dissidents, vote FOR the reimbursement of the
proxy solicitation expenses.

TERMINATE THE INVESTMENT ADVISOR

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to terminate the investment advisor,
considering the following factors:

    .  Performance of the fund's Net Asset Value (NAV);

    .  The fund's history of shareholder relations;

    .  The performance of other funds under the advisor's management.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                      56



                            Harris Associates L.P.

               PROXY VOTING POLICIES, GUIDELINES, AND PROCEDURES
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

I. PROXY VOTING POLICY

   Harris Associates L.P. ("Harris", "the Firm" or "we") believes that proxy
voting rights are valuable portfolio assets and an important part of our
investment process, and we exercise our voting responsibilities as a fiduciary
solely with the goal of serving the best interests of our clients in their
capacity as shareholders of a company. As an investment manager, Harris is
primarily concerned with maximizing the value of its clients' investment
portfolios. Harris has long been active in voting proxies on behalf of
shareholders in the belief that the proxy voting process is a significant means
of addressing crucial corporate governance issues and encouraging corporate
actions that are believed to enhance shareholder value. We have a Proxy
Committee comprised of investment professionals that reviews and recommends
policies and procedures regarding our proxy voting and ensures compliance with
those policies.

   The proxy voting guidelines below summarize Harris' position on various
issues of concern to investors and give a general indication of how proxies on
portfolio securities will be voted on proposals dealing with particular issues.
We will generally vote proxies in accordance with these guidelines, except as
otherwise determined by the Proxy Committee, unless the client has specifically
instructed us to vote otherwise. These guidelines are not exhaustive and do not
include all potential voting issues. Because proxy issues and the circumstances
of individual companies vary, there may be instances when Harris may not vote
in strict adherence to these guidelines. Our investment professionals, as part
of their ongoing review and analysis of all portfolio holdings, are responsible
for monitoring significant corporate developments, including proxy proposals
submitted to shareholders, and notifying the Proxy Committee if they believe
the economic interests of shareholders may warrant a vote contrary to these
guidelines. In such cases, the Proxy Committee will determine how the proxies
will be voted.

   In determining the vote on any proposal, the Proxy Committee will consider
the proposal's expected impact on shareholder value and will not consider any
benefit to Harris, its employees, its affiliates or any other person, other
than benefits to the owners of the securities to be voted, as shareholders.

   Harris considers the reputation, experience and competence of a company's
management when it evaluates the merits of investing in a particular company,
and we invest in companies in which we believe management goals and shareholder
goals are aligned. When this happens, by definition, voting with management is
generally the same as voting to maximize the expected value of our investment.
Accordingly, on most issues, our votes are cast in accordance with management's
recommendations. This does not mean that we do not care about corporate
governance. Rather, it is confirmation that our process of investing with
shareholder aligned management is working. Proxy voting is not always black and
white, however, and reasonable people can disagree over some matters of
business judgment. When we believe management's position on a particular issue
is not in the best interests of our clients, we will vote contrary to
management's recommendation.

II. VOTING GUIDELINES

   The following guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals
generally presented to shareholders.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS ISSUES

   Harris believes that boards should have a majority of independent directors
and that audit, compensation and nominating committees should generally consist
solely of independent directors.

    1. Harris will normally vote in favor of the slate of directors recommended
       by the issuer's board provided that a majority of the directors would be
       independent.

         Approved by the Proxy Voting Committee on February 11th, 2008

                                       1



                            Harris Associates L.P.


    2. Harris will normally vote in favor of proposals to require a majority of
       directors to be independent.

    3. Harris will normally vote in favor of proposals that audit, compensation
       and nominating committees consist solely of independent directors, and
       will vote against the election of non-independent directors who serve on
       those committees.

    4. Harris will normally vote in favor of proposals regarding director
       indemnification arrangements.

    5. Harris will normally vote against proposals advocating classified or
       staggered boards of directors.

    6. Harris will normally vote in favor of cumulative voting for directors.

AUDITORS

   Harris believes that the relationship between an issuer and its auditors
should be limited primarily to the audit engagement, although it may include
certain closely related activities such as financial statement preparation and
tax-related services that do not raise any appearance of impaired independence.

    1. Harris will normally vote in favor of ratification of auditors selected
       by the board or audit committee, subject to the above.

    2. Harris will normally vote against proposals to prohibit or limit fees
       paid to auditors for all non-audit services, subject to the above.

    3. Harris will normally vote in favor of proposals to prohibit or limit
       fees paid to auditors for general management consulting services other
       than auditing, financial statement preparation and controls, and
       tax-related services.

EQUITY BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

   Harris believes that appropriately designed equity-based compensation plans
approved by shareholders can be an effective way to align the interests of
long-term shareholders and the interests of management, employees and
directors. However, we are opposed to plans that substantially dilute our
ownership interest in the company, provide participants with excessive awards
or have inherently objectionable structural features.

    1. Harris will normally vote against such plans where total potential
       dilution (including all equity-based plans) exceeds 15% of shares
       outstanding.

    2. Harris will normally vote in favor of plans where total potential
       dilution (including all equity-based plans) does not exceed 15% of
       shares outstanding.

    3. Harris will normally vote in favor of proposals to require expensing of
       options.

    4. Harris will normally vote against proposals to permit repricing of
       underwater options.

    5. Harris will normally vote against shareholder proposals that seek to
       limit directors' compensation to common stock.

    6. Harris will normally vote in favor of proposals for employee stock
       purchase plans, so long as shares purchased through such plans are sold
       at no less than 85% of current market value.

CORPORATE STRUCTURE AND SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

   Harris generally believes that all shareholders should have an equal voice
and that barriers which limit the ability of shareholders to effect change and
to realize full value are not desirable.

    1. Harris will normally vote in favor of proposals to authorize the
       repurchase of shares.

         Approved by the Proxy Voting Committee on February 11th, 2008

                                       2



                            Harris Associates L.P.


    2. Harris will normally vote against proposals creating or expanding
       supermajority voting rights.

    3. Harris will normally vote against the adoption of poison pill plans.

    4. Harris will normally vote in favor of proposals for stock splits and
       reverse stock splits.

    5. Harris will normally vote against proposals to authorize different
       classes of stock with different voting rights.

    6. Harris will normally vote against proposals to increase authorized
       shares with preemptive rights if the increase is greater than 100% of
       currently issued shares.

    7. Harris will normally vote for proposals to increase authorized shares
       with preemptive rights if the increase is less than 100% of currently
       issued shares.

    8. Harris will normally vote against proposals to increase authorized
       shares without preemptive rights if the increase is greater than 20% of
       currently issued shares.

    9. Harris will normally vote for proposals to increase authorized shares
       without preemptive rights if the increase is less than 20% of currently
       issued shares.

ROUTINE CORPORATE MATTERS

   Harris will generally vote in favor of routine business matters such as
approving a motion to adjourn the meeting, declaring final payment of
dividends, approving a change in the annual meeting date and location,
approving the minutes of a previously held meeting, receiving consolidated
financial statements, change of corporate name and similar matters. However, to
the extent that the voting recommendation of Institutional Investor Services
("ISS"), the Firm's proxy voting service provider, opposes the issuer's
management on the routine matter, the proposal will be submitted to the Proxy
Committee for determination.

SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ISSUES

   Harris believes that matters related to a company's day-to-day business
operations are primarily the responsibility of management and should be
reviewed and supervised solely by the company's board of directors. Harris is
focused on maximizing long-term shareholder value and will typically vote
against shareholder proposals requesting that a company disclose or amend
certain business practices unless we believe a proposal would have a
substantial positive economic impact on the company.

CERTAIN OTHER ISSUES

   Harris may also maintain Supplemental Proxy Voting Guidelines to address
certain proposals that are not as enduring as those listed above, but yet may
be presented repeatedly by issuers during a given proxy season. For example,
companies in a particular industry or country may be affected by a change in
the law that requires them to submit a one-time proxy proposal during the proxy
season. The Proxy Committee will determine which proposals will be included on
the list of Supplemental Proxy Voting Guidelines, and will update the list as
needed. The Proxy Committee will provide the list to research analysts and the
Proxy Administrator.

III. VOTING SHARES OF FOREIGN ISSUERS

   Because foreign issuers are incorporated under the laws of countries outside
the United States, protection for and disclosures to shareholders may vary
significantly from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Laws governing foreign

         Approved by the Proxy Voting Committee on February 11th, 2008

                                       3



                            Harris Associates L.P.

issuers may, in some cases, provide substantially less protection for
shareholders. As a result, the foregoing guidelines, which are premised on the
existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework, may not be
appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers. Harris will generally
vote proxies of foreign issuers in accordance with the foregoing guidelines
where appropriate.

   In some non-U.S. jurisdictions, sales of securities voted may be prohibited
for some period of time, usually between the record and meeting dates ("share
blocking"). Since these time periods are usually relatively short in light of
our long-term investment strategy, in most cases, share blocking will not
impact our voting decisions. However, there may be occasions where the loss of
investment flexibility resulting from share blocking will outweigh the benefit
to be gained by voting.

IV. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   The Proxy Committee, in consultation with the Legal and Compliance
Departments, is responsible for monitoring and resolving possible material
conflicts of interest with respect to proxy voting. A conflict of interest may
exist, for example, when: (i) proxy votes regarding non-routine matters are
solicited by an issuer who has an institutional separate account relationship
with Harris or Harris is actively soliciting business from the issuer;
(ii) when we are aware that a proponent of a proxy proposal has a business
relationship with Harris or Harris is actively soliciting such business (E.G.,
an employee group for which Harris manages money); (iii) when we are aware that
Harris has business relationships with participants in proxy contests,
corporate directors or director candidates; or (iv) when we are aware that a
Harris employee has a personal interest in the outcome of a particular matter
before shareholders (E.G., a Harris executive has an immediate family member
who serves as a director of a company). Any employee with knowledge of any
conflict of interest relating to a particular proxy vote shall disclose that
conflict to the Proxy Committee. In addition, if any member of the Proxy
Committee has a conflict of interest, he or she will recuse himself or herself
from any consideration of the matter, and an alternate member of the committee
will act in his or her place.

   Harris is committed to resolving any such conflicts in its clients'
collective best interest, and accordingly, we will vote pursuant to the
Guidelines set forth in this Proxy Voting Policy when conflicts of interest
arise. However, if we believe that voting in accordance with a Guideline is not
in the best interest of our clients under the particular facts and
circumstances presented, or if the proposal is not addressed by the Guidelines,
then we will vote in accordance with the guidance of ISS. If ISS has not
provided guidance with respect to the proposal or if we believe the
recommendation of ISS is not in the best interests of our clients, then the
Proxy Committee will refer the matter to (1) the Executive Committee of the
Board of Trustees of Harris Associates Investment Trust for a determination of
how shares held in The Oakmark Funds will be voted, and (2) the Proxy Voting
Conflicts Committee consisting of Harris' General Counsel, Chief Compliance
Officer and Chief Financial Officer for a determination of how shares held in
all other client accounts will be voted. Each of those committees will keep a
written record of the basis for its decision.

V. VOTING PROCEDURES

   The following procedures have been established with respect to the voting of
proxies on behalf of all clients, including mutual funds advised by Harris, for
which Harris has voting responsibility.

   PROXY VOTING COMMITTEE. The Proxy Voting Committee (the "Committee") is
responsible for recommending proxy voting guidelines, establishing and
maintaining policies and procedures for proxy voting, and ensuring compliance
with these policies and procedures. The Committee consists of three investment

         Approved by the Proxy Voting Committee on February 11th, 2008

                                       4



                            Harris Associates L.P.

professionals: one domestic portfolio manager, one domestic research analyst,
and one international research analyst. Committee members serve for three years
with members replaced on a rotating basis. New Committee members are nominated
by the Committee and confirmed in writing by Harris' Chief Executive Officer.
The Committee also has two alternate members (one domestic analyst and one
international analyst) either of who may serve in the absence of a regular
member of the Committee.

   PROXY ADMINISTRATOR. The Proxy Administrator is an employee of Harris
reporting to the Chief Compliance Officer and is responsible for ensuring that
all votes are placed with the proxy voting service provider and that all
necessary records, as appropriate, are maintained reflecting such voting.

   PROXY VOTING SERVICE PROVIDER. Harris has engaged ISS, an independent proxy
voting service provider, to assist in voting proxies. ISS provides the Firm
with information concerning shareholder meetings, electronic voting,
recordkeeping and reporting services, research with respect to companies, and
proxy voting guidance and recommendations.

   VOTING DECISIONS. As described in the Proxy Voting Policy above, the Firm
has established proxy voting guidelines, including supplemental proxy voting
guidelines, on various issues. We will generally vote proxies in accordance
with these guidelines except as otherwise determined by the Proxy Committee.
The Proxy Administrator, or designated back-up, is responsible for alerting the
Firm's research analyst who follows the company about the proxy proposals. If
the analyst believes the proxy should be voted in accordance with the
Guidelines, he or she will vote the proposal accordingly and indicate his or
her initials in the appropriate location of the electronic ballot and submit
the vote for further processing by the Proxy Administrator. If the analyst
believes the proxy should be voted contrary to the Guidelines, he or she will
submit the proposal, along with his or her recommended vote and ISS's
recommended vote, if any, to the Proxy Committee, which reviews the proposal
and the analyst's recommendation and makes a voting decision by majority vote.
If a proposal is not explicitly addressed by the Guidelines but the analyst
agrees with the voting recommendation of ISS regarding that proposal, he or she
will vote the proxy in accordance with such recommendation and indicate his or
her initials in the appropriate location of the electronic ballot and submit
the vote for further processing by the Proxy Administrator. If a proposal is
not explicitly addressed by the Guidelines and the analyst believes the proxy
should be voted contrary to the ISS recommendation, he or she will submit the
proposal, along with his or her recommended vote and ISS's recommended vote to
the Proxy Committee, which reviews the proposal and the analyst's
recommendation and makes a voting decision by majority vote. If neither the
Guidelines nor ISS address the proxy proposal, the analyst will submit the
proposal and his or her recommended vote to the Proxy Committee, which makes a
voting decision by majority vote. That Proxy Committee decision is reflected in
the electronic ballot.

   In the case where securities that are not on the Firm's Approved Lists of
domestic, international or small cap securities are held in managed accounts,
the Proxy Administrator, or designated back-up, will vote all shares in
accordance with the Firm's guidelines or, if the guidelines do not address the
particular issue, in accordance with the guidance of ISS.

   In the case of a conflict of interest, the Proxy Administrator will vote in
accordance with the procedures set forth in the Conflicts of Interest
provisions described above.

   VOTING BALLOTS. For shares held in The Oakmark Funds and other client
accounts, the MIS Department sends a daily holdings file to ISS detailing the
holdings in the Funds and other client accounts. ISS is responsible for
reconciling this information with the information it receives from the
custodians and escalating any

         Approved by the Proxy Voting Committee on February 11th, 2008

                                       5



                            Harris Associates L.P.

discrepancies to the attention of the Proxy Administrator. The Proxy
Administrator works with ISS and custodians to resolve any discrepancies to
ensure that all shares entitled to vote are voted.

   RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING. Much of Harris' recordkeeping and reporting is
maintained electronically on ISS's systems. In the event that records are not
held electronically within ISS's system, Harris will maintain records of proxy
voting proposals received, records of votes cast on behalf of clients, and any
documentation material to a proxy voting decision as required by law. Upon
request, or on an annual basis for ERISA accounts, Harris will provide clients
with the proxy voting record for that client's account. Beginning in August
2004, on an annual basis, Harris will make available the voting record for The
Oakmark Funds for the previous one-year period ended June 30/th/ on The Oakmark
Funds website.

         Approved by the Proxy Voting Committee on February 11th, 2008

                                       6



SECTION 10_1000

                     PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

                               AS OF MAY 1, 2007

   Proxy voting is an important right of shareholders, and reasonable care and
diligence must be undertaken to ensure that such rights are properly and timely
exercised. When ING Clarion Real Estate Securities ("Clarion") has discretion
to vote the proxies of its clients, it will vote those proxies in the best
interest of its clients and in accordance with these policies and procedures.

   It will be the responsibility of the Compliance Officer to keep a record of
each proxy received, forward the proxy to the appropriate analyst, and
determine which accounts managed by Clarion hold the security to which the
proxy relates. Additionally, the Compliance Officer will provide Clarion's
proxy voting agent, Institutional Shareholder Services ("ISS"), with a list of
accounts that hold the security, together with the number of votes each account
controls, and will coordinate with ISS and the analyst to ensure the vote
decision is processed in a timely fashion. The Compliance Officer will monitor
ISS to assure that all proxies are being properly voted and appropriate records
are being retained. ISS retains a copy of each proxy statement that ISS
receives on Clarion's behalf, and these statements will be available to Clarion
upon request. Additionally, Clarion will rely on ISS to retain a copy of the
votes cast, also available to Clarion upon request.

   In the absence of specific voting guidelines from the client, Clarion will
vote proxies in the best interests of each particular client, which may result
in different voting results for proxies for the same issuer. The Compliance
Officer will identify any conflicts that exist between the interests of Clarion
and its clients. This examination will include a review of the relationship of
Clarion and its affiliates with the issuer of each security (and any of the
issuer's affiliates) to determine if the issuer is a client of Clarion, or an
affiliate of Clarion, or has some other relationship with Clarion or a client
of Clarion. If a material conflict exists, Clarion will determine whether
voting in accordance with the voting guidelines and factors described above is
in the best interests of the client. Clarion will also determine whether it is
appropriate to disclose the conflict to the affected clients and, except in the
case of clients that are subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), will give the clients the opportunity to vote
their proxies themselves. In the case of ERISA clients, if the Investment
Management Agreement reserves to the ERISA client the authority to vote proxies
when Clarion determines it has a material conflict that affects its best
judgment as an ERISA fiduciary, Clarion will give the ERISA client the
opportunity to vote the proxies themselves.

   The Compliance Officer will maintain files relating to Clarion's proxy
voting procedures in an easily accessible place. Records will be maintained and
preserved for five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last
entry was made on a record, with records for the first two years kept in the
offices of Clarion. These files will include (1) copies of the proxy voting
policies and procedures and any amendments thereto, (2) a copy of any document
Clarion created that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies or
that memorializes that decision, and (3) a copy of each written client request
for information on how Clarion voted such client's proxies and a copy of any
written response to any (written or oral) client request for information on how
Clarion voted its proxies.

   Clients may contact the Chief Compliance Officer, William Zitelli, via
e-mail at william.zitelli@ingclarion.com, or telephone (610) 995-8935, to
obtain a copy of these policies and procedures or to request information on
such client's proxies. A written response will list, with respect to each voted
proxy that the client has inquired about, (1) the name of the issuer, (2) the
proposal voted upon, and (3) how Clarion voted the client's proxy.

                                       1



                         JANUS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC

                            Proxy Voting Procedures
                                 February 2008

   The following represents the procedures for Janus Capital Management LLC
("Janus") with respect to the voting of proxies on behalf of all clients,
including mutual funds advised by Janus, for which Janus has voting
responsibility and the keeping of records relating to proxy voting.

   GENERAL POLICY. Janus votes proxies in the best interest of its clients.
Janus will not accept direction as to how to vote individual proxies for which
it has voting responsibility from any other person or organization (other than
the research and information provided by the Proxy Voting Service (as
hereinafter defined)). Janus will only accept direction from a client to vote
proxies for that client's account pursuant to: 1) the Janus Capital Management
LLC Proxy Voting Guidelines ("Guidelines"); 2) the recommendations of The Risk
Metrics Group, formerly known as Institutional Shareholder Services (the "Proxy
Voting Service"); or 3) the recommendations of the Proxy Voting Service under
their Proxy Voter Services program.

   ERISA PLAN POLICY. On behalf of client accounts subject to ERISA, Janus
seeks to discharge its fiduciary duty by voting proxies solely in the best
interest of the participants and beneficiaries of such plans. Janus recognizes
that the exercise of voting rights on securities held by ERISA plans for which
Janus has voting responsibility is a fiduciary duty that must be exercised with
care, skill, prudence and diligence. In voting proxies for ERISA accounts,
Janus will exercise its fiduciary responsibility to vote all proxies for shares
for which it has investment discretion as investment manager unless the power
to vote such shares has been retained by the appointing fiduciary as set forth
in the documents in which the named fiduciary has appointed Janus as investment
manager.

   PROXY VOTING COMMITTEE. The Janus Proxy Voting Committee (the "Committee")
develops Janus' positions on all major corporate issues, creates guidelines and
oversees the voting process. The Committee is comprised of the Vice President
of Investment Accounting, the Assistant Vice President of Compliance, and a
Portfolio Management representative (or their designees). Internal legal
counsel serves as a consultant to the Committee and is a non-voting member. A
quorum is required for all Committee meetings. In creating proxy voting
recommendations, the Committee analyzes proxy proposals, from the Proxy Voting
Service, from the prior year and evaluates whether those proposals would
adversely or beneficially affect shareholders' interests. Once the Committee
establishes its recommendations, they are distributed to Janus' portfolio
managers/1/ for review and comment. Following portfolio manager input on the
recommendations, they are implemented as the Guidelines. While the Committee
sets the Guidelines and serves as a resource for Janus portfolio management, it
does not have proxy voting authority for any proprietary or non-proprietary
mutual fund or any investment advisory client. The portfolio managers are
responsible for proxy votes on securities they own in the portfolios they
manage. Most portfolio managers vote consistently with the Guidelines. However,
a portfolio manager may choose to vote contrary to the Guidelines. When
portfolio managers cast votes which are contrary to the Guidelines, the manager
is required to document the reasons in writing for the Committee. In many
cases, a security may be held by multiple portfolio managers. Portfolio
managers are not required to cast consistent votes. Annually the Janus Funds
Board of Trustees, or a committee thereof, will review Janus' proxy voting
process, policies and voting records.

   INVESTMENT ACCOUNTING GROUP. The Investment Accounting Group is responsible
for administering the proxy voting process as set forth in these procedures and
the Guidelines. The Proxy Administrator in the Investment Accounting Group
works with the Proxy Voting Service and is responsible for ensuring that all
meeting notices are reviewed against the Guidelines and proxy matters are
communicated to the portfolio managers and analysts for consideration pursuant
to the Guidelines.


- - --------
/1/  All references to portfolio managers include assistant portfolio managers.



   VOTING AND USE OF PROXY VOTING SERVICE. Janus has engaged an independent
proxy voting service, the Proxy Voting Service, to assist in the voting of
proxies. The Proxy Voting Service is responsible for coordinating with the
clients' custodians to ensure that all proxy materials received by the
custodians relating to the clients' portfolio securities are processed in a
timely fashion. In addition, the Proxy Voting Service is responsible for
maintaining copies of all proxy statements received by issuers and to promptly
provide such materials to Janus upon request.

   To the extent applicable, the Proxy Voting Service will process all proxy
votes in accordance with the Guidelines. Portfolio managers may decide to vote
their proxies consistent with the Guidelines and instruct the Proxy
Administrator to vote all proxies accordingly. In such cases, he or she may
request to review the vote recommendations and sign-off on all the proxies
before the votes are cast, or may choose to only sign-off on those votes cast
against management. The portfolio managers are also given the option of
reviewing and determining the votes on all proxies without utilizing the
Guidelines. In all cases, the portfolio managers may elect to receive a weekly
report summarizing all proxy votes in his or her client accounts. The Proxy
Administrator is responsible for maintaining this documentation. If the Proxy
Administrator does not receive a voting instruction from a Portfolio Manager,
and the Guidelines require Portfolio Manager input on the issue, the vote will
be cast by the Chief Investment Officer(s) or the Director of Research.

   The Proxy Voting Service will refer proxy questions to the Proxy
Administrator for instructions under circumstances where: (1) the application
of the Guidelines is unclear; (2) the proxy question relates to a company
and/or issue in which the Proxy Voting Services does not have research,
analysis and/or a recommendation available, or (3) the Guidelines call for
Janus portfolio manager input. The Proxy Administrator solicits feedback from
the Portfolio Manager or the Committee as required. Janus also utilizes
research services relating to proxy questions provided by the Proxy Voting
Service.

   PROCEDURES FOR PROXY ISSUES OUTSIDE THE GUIDELINES. In situations where the
Proxy Voting Service refers a proxy question to the Proxy Administrator, the
Proxy Administrator will consult with the portfolio manager regarding how the
shares will be voted. The Proxy Administrator will refer such questions,
through a written request, to the portfolio manager(s) who hold(s) the security
for a voting recommendation. The Proxy Administrator may also refer such
questions, through a written request to any member of the Committee, but the
Committee cannot direct the Proxy Administrator how to vote. If the proxy issue
raises a conflict of interest (see Conflict of Interest discussion below), the
portfolio manager will document how the proxy should be voted and the rationale
for such recommendation. If the portfolio manager has had any contact with
persons outside of Janus (excluding routine communications with proxy
solicitors) regarding the proxy issue, the portfolio manager will disclose that
contact to the Committee. The Committee will review the portfolio manager's
voting recommendation. If the Committee believes a conflict exists and that the
portfolio manager's voting recommendation is not in the best interests of the
shareholders, the Committee will refer the issue to the Janus Chief Investment
Officer(s) (or the Director of Research in his/her absence) to determine how to
vote.

   PROCEDURES FOR VOTING JANUS "FUND OF FUNDS". Janus advises certain
portfolios or "fund of funds" that invest in other Janus funds. From time to
time, a fund of funds may be required to vote proxies for the underlying Janus
funds in which it is invested. Accordingly, if an underlying Janus fund submits
a matter to a vote of its shareholders, votes for and against such matters on
behalf of the owner fund of funds will be cast in the same proportion as the
votes of the other shareholders in the underlying fund (also know as
"echo-voting").

   CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. The Committee is responsible for monitoring and
resolving possible material conflicts with respect to proxy voting. Because the
Guidelines are pre-determined and designed to be in the best interests of
shareholders, application of the Guidelines to vote client proxies should, in
most cases, adequately address any possible conflicts of interest. In instances
where a portfolio manager proposes to vote a proxy inconsistent with the
Guidelines, the Committee will review the proxy votes to determine whether the
portfolio manager's voting rationale appears reasonable and no material
conflict exists.

                                       2



   A conflict of interest may exist, for example, if Janus has a business
relationship with (or is actively soliciting business from) either the company
soliciting the proxy or a third party that has a material interest in the
outcome of a proxy vote or that is actively lobbying for a particular outcome
of a proxy vote. In addition, any portfolio manager with knowledge of a
personal conflict of interest (i.e., a family member in a company's management)
relating to a particular referral item shall disclose that conflict to the
Committee and may be required to recuse himself or herself from the proxy
voting process. Issues raising possible conflicts of interest are referred by
the Proxy Administrator to the Committee for resolution. If the Committee does
not agree that the portfolio manager's rationale is reasonable, the Committee
will refer the matter to the Chief Investment Officer(s) (or the Director of
Research) to vote the proxy.

   If a matter is referred to the Chief Investment Officer(s) (or the Director
of Research) the decision made and basis for the decision will be documented by
the Committee.

   REPORTING AND RECORD RETENTION. Upon request, on an annual basis, Janus will
provide its non-mutual fund clients with the proxy voting record for that
client's account. On an annual basis, Janus will provide its proxy voting
record for each proprietary mutual fund for the one-year period ending on
June 30/th/ on Janus' website.

   Janus retains proxy statements received regarding client securities, records
of votes cast on behalf of clients, records of client requests for proxy voting
information and all documents prepared by Janus regarding votes cast in
contradiction to the Janus Guidelines. In addition, any document prepared by
Janus that is material to a proxy voting decision such as the Guidelines, Proxy
Voting Committee materials and other internal research relating to voting
decisions will be kept. Proxy statements received from issuers are either
available on the SEC's EDGAR database or are kept by a third party voting
service and are available on request. All proxy voting materials and supporting
documentation are retained for a minimum of 6 years.

                                       3



February 2008

                         JANUS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC
                            PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   The Janus Proxy Voting Guidelines (the "Guidelines") below summarize Janus
Capital Management LLC's ("Janus") positions on various issues of concern to
investors and give a general indication of how portfolio securities will be
voted on proposals dealing with particular issues. The Guidelines, together
with the Janus Proxy Voting Procedures (the "Procedures"), will be used for
voting proxies on behalf of all Janus clients (including mutual funds) for
which Janus has voting authority. Janus will only accept direction from a
client to vote proxies for that client's account pursuant to: 1) the
Guidelines; 2) the recommendations of the Risk Metrics Group, formerly known as
Institutional Shareholder Services (the "Proxy Voting Service"); or 3) the
recommendations of the Proxy Voting Service under their Proxy Voter Services
program.

   Janus has retained the services of the Proxy Voting Service, an industry
expert in proxy issues and corporate governance matters. The Proxy Voting
Service provides Janus with in-depth analysis and recommendations on complex
proxy issues. While Janus attempts to apply the following Guidelines to proxy
proposals, Janus reserves the right to use the Proxy Voting Service's expertise
and recommendations on more complex issues, including: executive compensation,
foreign issuer proxies, and proposals that may not otherwise be addressed by
the Guidelines. The Proxy Voting Service is instructed to vote all proxies
relating to portfolio securities in accordance with these Guidelines, except as
otherwise instructed by Janus. The Proxy Voting Service, may not, in all
instances, have or provide research, analysis and recommendations on proxy
issues. For example, the Proxy Voting Service may not provide such analysis and
research for privately held companies. In such instances, the Proxy
Administrator shall refer such proxy proposal to the portfolio manager.

   The Guidelines are not exhaustive and do not include all potential voting
issues. Because proxy issues and the circumstances of individual companies are
so varied, there may be instances when Janus may not vote in strict adherence
to the Guidelines. In addition, Janus portfolio managers and assistant
portfolio managers are responsible for monitoring significant corporate
developments, including proxy proposals submitted to shareholders and notifying
the Proxy Administrator in the Investment Accounting Group of circumstances
where the interests of Janus' clients may warrant a vote contrary to the
Guidelines. In such instances, the portfolio manager or assistant portfolio
manager will submit a written rationale to the Proxy Voting Committee. The
Proxy Voting Committee reviews the rationale to determine: i) whether the
rationale appears reasonable; and ii) whether any business relationship with
the issuer of the proxy could have created a conflict of interest influencing
the vote (see Procedures for additional Conflicts of Interest details).

   In many foreign markets, shareholders who vote proxies for shares of a
foreign issuer are not able to trade in that company's stock within a given
period of time on or around the shareholder meeting date. This practice is
known as "share blocking." In countries where share blocking is practiced,
Janus will only vote proxies if the portfolio manager or assistant portfolio
manager determines that the shareholder benefit of voting the proxies outweighs
the risk of not being able to sell the securities. In addition, international
issuers may be subject to corporate governance standards and a proxy
solicitation process that substantially differs from domestic standards and
practices. Janus will generally vote international issuer proxies using the
Guidelines unless; the application of the Guidelines is inconsistent with
corporate governance standards and practices in the foreign market, in which
case Janus may refer to the research, analysis and recommendations provided by
the Proxy Voting Service.

   The Janus funds participate in a securities lending program under which
shares of an issuer may be on loan while that issuer is conducting a proxy
solicitation. Generally, if shares of an issuer are on loan during a proxy
solicitation, a fund cannot vote the shares. Janus fund managers have
discretion to instruct the Proxy Administrator to pull back lent shares before
proxy record dates and vote proxies.

                                       1



   In circumstances where the Janus funds held a security as of record date,
but Janus sells its holdings prior to the shareholder meeting, Janus will
abstain from voting that proxy.

   The following guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals
generally presented to shareholders.

Board of Directors Issues

   The quality of management is a key consideration in the decision to invest
in a company. Because management is in the best possible position to evaluate
the qualifications and needs of a particular board, Janus considers the
recommendation of management to be an important factor in making these
decisions.

    1. For domestic market and applicable foreign market issuers, Janus will
  generally vote in favor of slates of director candidates that have a majority
  of independent directors (as determined by the Proxy Voting Service) and
  oppose slates of director candidates that do not have a majority independent
  director.

    2. After taking into consideration country-specific practices, Janus will
  generally vote in favor of uncontested director candidates, unless they:

    .  attend less than 75% of the board and committee meetings without a valid
       excuse;

    .  ignore or otherwise fail to support shareholder proposals that are
       approved by a majority of the shares outstanding;

    .  are non-independent directors and sit on the audit, compensation or
       nominating committees;

    .  are non-independent directors and the board does not have an audit,
       compensation, or nominating committees;

    .  are audit committee members and the non-audit fees paid to the auditor
       are excessive (as determined by the Proxy Voting Service);

    .  are audit committee members and the company has been deemed to have
       serious material weaknesses in its internal controls (as determined by
       the Proxy Voting Service);

    .  serve as directors on an excessive number of boards ("Overboarded") (as
       determined by the Proxy Voting Service); or

    .  are compensation committee members and the company has poor compensation
       practices (as determined by the Proxy Voting Service).

    3. Janus will evaluate proposals relating to contested director candidates
  and/or contested slates of directors on case-by-case basis./*/

    4. Janus will generally vote in favor of proposals to increase the minimum
  number of independent directors.

    5. Janus believes that attracting qualified director candidates is
  important to overall company success and effective corporate governance. As
  such, Janus will generally vote in favor of proposals regarding director
  indemnification arrangements.

    6. Janus will generally vote in favor of proposals to increase the size of
  a board of directors so long as the board has a majority independent
  directors.

    7. If the purpose of the proposal is to promote anti-takeover measures,
  Janus will generally vote against proposals relating to decreasing the size
  of a board of directors.

    8. Janus will generally vote against proposals advocating classified or
  staggered boards of directors.

    9. Janus will generally vote with management regarding proposals to
  declassify a board.

                                       2



    10. Janus will generally vote in favor of proposals to separate the role of
  the Chairman from the role of the CEO.

Auditors

    11. Janus will vote in favor of proposals asking for approval of auditors,
  unless: (1) an auditor has a financial interest in or association with the
  company, and is therefore not independent; (2) fees for non-audit services
  are excessive (as determined by the Proxy Voting Service); or (3) there is
  reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion, which
  is neither accurate nor indicative of the company's financial position.

    12. Janus will evaluate proposals relating to contested auditors on a
  case-by-case basis./*/

    13. Janus will generally vote in favor of proposals to appoint internal
  statutory auditors.

Equity Based Compensation Plans

   Equity based compensation plans are important tools in attracting and
retaining desirable employees. Janus believes these plans should be carefully
applied with the intention of maximizing shareholder value. With this in mind,
Janus will evaluate proposals relating to executive and director compensation
plans on a case-by-case basis.

   Janus will assess the potential cost of an equity based compensation plan
using the research provided by the Proxy Voting Service. The research is
designed to estimate the total cost of a proposed plan and identify factors
that demonstrate good stewardship of investors' interests regarding executive
compensation. The Proxy Voting Service evaluates whether the estimated cost is
reasonable by comparing the cost to an allowable cap. The allowable cap is
industry-specific, market cap-based, and pegged to the average amount paid by
companies performing in the top quartile of their peer groups. If the proposed
cost is above the allowable cap, Janus will generally vote against the plan.

   In addition, Janus will generally oppose plans that:

    .  provide for re-pricing of underwater options;

    .  provide for automatic replenishment ("evergreen") or reload options;

    .  create an inconsistent relationship between long term share performance
       and compensation increases; and/or

    .  are proposed by management and do not demonstrate good stewardship of
       investors' interests regarding executive compensation (as determined by
       the Proxy Voting Service).

Other Compensation Related Proposals

    14. Janus will generally vote in favor of proposals relating to ESPPs--so
  long as shares purchased through plans are priced no less than 15% below
  market value.

    15. Janus will generally vote in favor of proposals requiring the expensing
  of options.

    16. Janus will generally oppose proposals requesting approval to make
  material amendments to equity based compensation plans without shareholder
  approval.

    17. Janus will generally oppose proposals regarding the re-pricing of
  underwater options.

    18. Janus will generally oppose proposals requesting approval of loans to
  officers, executives and board members of an issuer.

                                       3



    19. Janus will generally oppose proposals requesting approval of automatic
  share replenishment ("evergreen") features of equity based compensation plans.

    20. Janus will generally oppose the issuance of reload options (stock
  option that is automatically granted if an outstanding stock option is
  exercised during a window period).

    21. Janus will vote in favor of proposals to require golden parachutes or
  executive severance agreements to be submitted for shareholder ratification,
  unless the proposal requires shareholder approval PRIOR to entering into
  employment contracts.

    22. Janus will vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or
  cancel golden or tin parachutes. An acceptable parachute should include the
  following:

    .  The parachute should be less attractive than an ongoing employment
       opportunity with the firm;

    .  The triggering mechanism should be beyond the control of management; and

    .  The amount should not exceed three times base salary plus guaranteed
       benefits.

    23. Janus will generally vote in favor of proposals intended to increase
  long-term stock ownership by executives, officers and directors. These may
  include:

    .  requiring executive officers and directors to hold a minimum amount of
       stock in the company;

    .  requiring stock acquired through exercised options to be held for a
       certain period of time; and

    .  using restricted stock grants instead of options.

Other Corporate Matters

    24. Janus will generally vote in favor of proposals relating to the
  issuance of dividends and stock splits.

    25. Janus will generally vote against proposals regarding supermajority
  voting rights (for example to approve acquisitions or mergers).

    26. Janus will generally oppose proposals for different classes of stock
  with different voting rights.

    27. Janus will evaluate proposals relating to issuances with and without
  preemptive rights on a case-by-case basis. For foreign issuer proxies, Janus
  will solicit research from the Proxy Voting Service./*/

    28. Janus will generally vote against proposals seeking to implement
  measures designed to prevent or obstruct corporate takeovers (includes
  "poison pills").

    29. Janus will evaluate proposals seeking to increase the number of shares
  of common stock authorized for issue on a case-by-case basis. For domestic
  issuers, Janus will use quantitative criteria provided by the Proxy Voting
  Service to measure the reasonableness of the proposed share increase as
  compared against a measure of industry peers. For foreign issuer proxies,
  Janus will solicit research from the Proxy Voting Service.

    30. Janus will evaluate proposals regarding the issuance of debt, including
  convertible debt, on a case-by-case basis./*/

    31. Janus will generally vote in favor of proposals regarding the
  authorization of the issuer's Board of Directors to repurchase shares.

    32. Janus will evaluate plans of reorganization on a case-by-case basis./*/

    33. Janus will generally vote in favor of proposals regarding changes in
  the state of incorporation of an issuer.

    34. Janus will generally vote in favor of proposals regarding changes in
  company name.

    35. Janus will evaluate proposals relating to the continuance of a company
  on a case-by-case basis./*/

                                       4



    36. Janus will evaluate proposals regarding acquisitions, mergers, tender
  offers or changes in control on a case-by-case basis./*/

    37. Janus will generally oppose proposals to authorize preferred stock
  whose voting, conversion, dividend and other rights are determined at the
  discretion of the Board of Directors when the stock is issued ("blank check
  stock").

    38. Janus will generally vote in favor of proposals to lower the barriers
  to shareholder action (i.e., limited rights to call special meetings, limited
  rights to act by written consents).

    39. Janus will generally vote in favor of proposals to adopt cumulative
  voting unless otherwise recommended by the Proxy Voting Service.

    40. Janus will generally vote in favor of proposals to require that voting
  be confidential.

    41. Janus will generally oppose proposals requesting authorization of
  political contributions (mainly foreign).

    42. Janus will generally vote in favor of proposals relating to the
  administration of an annual shareholder meeting.

    43. Janus will vote against proposals to approve "other business" when it
  appears as voting item.

Shareholder Proposals

   Janus Capital is primarily concerned with the economic impact of shareholder
proposals on a company's short and long-term share value. Janus will generally
apply the Guidelines to shareholder proposals while weighing the following
considerations:

    44. Janus will generally abstain from voting on shareholder proposals that
  relate to social, moral or ethical issues, or issues that place arbitrary
  constraints on the board or management of a company.

    45. For shareholder proposals outside the scope of the Guidelines, Janus
  will solicit additional research and a recommendation from the Proxy Voting
  Service. Janus will always reserve the right to over-ride a recommendation
  provided by the Proxy Voting Service.*

- - --------
*  All discretionary votes of this nature are cast solely in the interests of
   shareholders and without regard to any other Janus relationship, business or
   otherwise.

                                       5



                            PROXY VOTING POLICY OF
                          LAZARD ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC

A. INTRODUCTION

   As a fiduciary, Lazard Asset Management LLC ("Lazard") is obligated to vote
proxies in the best interests of its clients. Lazard has developed a structure
that is designed to ensure that proxy voting is conducted in an appropriate
manner, consistent with clients' best interest, and within the framework of
this Proxy Voting Policy (the "Policy"). Lazard has adopted this Policy in
order to satisfy its fiduciary obligation. It is intended that this Policy also
satisfy the requirements of Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of
1940, as amended (the "Advisers Act").

   Lazard manages assets for a variety of clients, including individuals,
Taft-Hartley plans, governmental plans, foundations and endowments,
corporations, and investment companies and other collective investment
vehicles. Absent specific client guidelines, Lazard's policy is to vote proxies
on a given issue the same for all of its clients. This Policy is based on the
view that Lazard, in its role as investment adviser, must vote proxies based on
what it believes will maximize shareholder value as a long-term investor, and
the votes that it casts on behalf of all its clients are intended to accomplish
that objective.

   This Policy recognizes that there may be times when meeting agendas or
proposals may create the appearance of a material conflict of interest for
Lazard. When such a conflict may appear, Lazard will seek to alleviate the
potential conflict by voting consistent with pre-approved guidelines or, in
situations where the pre-approved guideline is to vote case-by-case, with the
recommendation of an independent source. More information on how Lazard handles
conflicts is provided in Section F of this Policy.

B. RESPONSIBILITY TO VOTE PROXIES

   Generally, Lazard is willing to accept delegation from its clients to vote
proxies. Lazard does not delegate that authority to any other person or entity,
but retains complete authority for voting all proxies on behalf of its clients.
Not all clients delegate proxy-voting authority to Lazard, however, and Lazard
will not vote proxies, or provide advice to clients on how to vote proxies, in
the absence of a specific delegation of authority or an obligation under
applicable law. For example, securities that are held in an investment advisory
account, for which Lazard exercises no investment discretion, are not voted by
Lazard, nor are shares that the client has authorized their custodian bank to
use in a stock loan program, which passes voting rights to the party with
possession of the shares.

C. GENERAL ADMINISTRATION

   1. OVERVIEW

   Lazard's proxy voting process is administered by its Proxy Operations
Department ("ProxyOps"), which reports to Lazard's Chief Operations Officer.
Oversight of the process is provided by Lazard's Legal/Compliance Department
and by a Proxy Committee currently consisting of Michael Powers, Managing
Director and a Portfolio Manager for Lazard's international equity products,
Richard Tutino, Managing Director and a Portfolio Manager for Lazard's U.S.
equity products, Mark Little, Director and European Portfolio Manager, and
Melissa Cook, Managing Director and Lazard's Global Head of Research. The Proxy
Committee meets at least semi-annually to review this Policy and consider
changes to it, as well as specific proxy voting guidelines (the "Approved
Guidelines"), which are discussed below. Meetings may be convened more
frequently (for example, to discuss a specific proxy agenda or proposal) as
requested by the Manager of ProxyOps, any member of the Proxy Committee, or
Lazard's General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer. A representative of
Lazard's Legal/Compliance Department must be present at all Proxy Committee
meetings.

                                       1



   2. ROLE OF THIRD PARTIES

   To assist it in its proxy-voting responsibilities, Lazard currently
subscribes to several research and other proxy-related services offered by
Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. ("ISS"), one of the world's largest
providers of proxy-voting services. ISS provides Lazard with its independent
analysis and recommendation regarding virtually every proxy proposal that
Lazard votes on behalf of its clients, with respect to both U.S. and non-U.S.
securities.

   ISS provides other proxy-related administrative services to Lazard. ISS
receives on Lazard's behalf all proxy information sent by custodians that hold
securities of Lazard's clients. ISS posts all relevant information regarding
the proxy on its password-protected website for Lazard to review, including
meeting dates, all agendas and ISS's analysis. ProxyOps reviews this
information on a daily basis and regularly communicates with representatives of
ISS to ensure that all agendas are considered and proxies are voted on a timely
basis. ISS also provides Lazard with vote execution, recordkeeping and
reporting support services.

   3. VOTING PROCESS

   Lazard's Proxy Committee has approved specific proxy voting guidelines
regarding various common proxy proposals (the "Approved Guidelines"). As
discussed more fully below in Section D of this Policy, depending on the
proposal, the Approved Guideline may provide that Lazard should vote for or
against the proposal, or that the proposal should be considered on a
case-by-case basis.

   Where the Approved Guideline for a particular type of proxy proposal is to
vote on a case-by case basis, Lazard believes that input from a portfolio
manager or research analysts with knowledge of the issuer and its securities
(collectively, "Portfolio Management") is essential. Portfolio Management is,
in Lazard's view, best able to evaluate the impact that the outcome on a
particular proposal will have on the value of the issuer's shares.
Consequently, the Manager of ProxyOps seeks Portfolio Management's
recommendation on how to vote all such proposals.

   In seeking Portfolio Management's recommendation, the Manager of ProxyOps
provides ISS's recommendation and analysis. Portfolio Management provides the
Manager of ProxyOps with its recommendation and the reasons behind it. ProxyOps
will generally vote as recommended by Portfolio Management, subject to
situations where there may appear to be a material conflict of interest, in
which case an alternative approach may be followed. (See Section F, below.)
Depending on the facts surrounding a particular case-by-case proposal, or
Portfolio Management's recommendation on a case-by-case proposal, the Manager
of ProxyOps may consult with Lazard's Chief Compliance Officer or General
Counsel, and may seek the final approval of the Proxy Committee regarding
Portfolio Management's recommendation. If necessary, a meeting of the Proxy
Committee will be convened to discuss the proposal and reach a final decision
on Lazard's vote.

   ProxyOps generally votes all routine proposals (described below) according
to the Approved Guidelines. For non-routine proposals where the Approved
Guideline is to vote for or against, ProxyOps will provide Portfolio Management
both the Approved Guideline, as well as ISS's recommendation and analysis.
Unless Portfolio Management disagrees with the Approved Guideline for the
specific proposal, ProxyOps will generally vote the proposal according to the
Approved Guideline. If Portfolio Management disagrees, however, it will provide
its reason for doing so. All the relevant information will be provided to the
Proxy Committee members for a final determination of such non-routine items. It
is expected that the final vote will be cast according to the Approved
Guideline, absent a compelling reason for not doing so, and subject to
situations where there may be the appearance of a material conflict of
interest, in which case an alternative approach may be followed. (See Section
F, below.)

D. SPECIFIC PROXY ITEMS

   Shareholders receive proxies involving many different proposals. Many
proposals are routine in nature, such as a non-controversial election of
Directors or a change in a company's name. Others are more complicated, such

                                       2



as items regarding corporate governance and shareholder rights, changes to
capital structure, stock option plans and other executive compensation issues,
mergers and other significant transactions and social or political issues.
Following are the Approved Guidelines for a significant proportion of the proxy
proposals on which Lazard regularly votes. Of course, other proposals may be
presented from time to time. Those proposals will be discussed with the Proxy
Committee to determine how they should be voted and, if it is anticipated that
they may re-occur, to adopt an Approved Guideline.

   1. ROUTINE ITEMS

   Lazard generally votes routine items as recommended by the issuer's
management and Board of Directors, and against any shareholder proposals
regarding those routine matters, based on the view that management is in a
better position to evaluate the need for them. Lazard considers routine items
to be those that do not change the structure, charter, bylaws, or operations of
an issuer in any way that is material to shareholder value. Routine items
generally include:

    .  routine election or re-election of Directors;

    .  appointment or election of auditors, in the absence of any controversy
       or conflict regarding the auditors;

    .  issues relating to the timing or conduct of annual meetings; and

    .  name changes.

   2. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS MATTERS

   Many proposals address issues related to corporate governance and
shareholder rights. These items often relate to the Board of Directors and its
committees, anti-takeover measures, and the conduct of the company's
shareholder meetings.

       A. BOARD OF DIRECTOR AND ITS COMMITTEES

   Lazard votes in favor of provisions that it believes will increase the
effectiveness of an issuer's Board of Directors. Lazard believes that in most
instances, the Board and the issuer's management are in the best position to
make the determination how to best increase the Board's effectiveness. Lazard
does not believe that establishing burdensome requirements regarding a Board
will achieve this objective. Lazard has Approved Guidelines to vote:

       .  FOR the establishment of an independent nominating committee, audit
          committee or compensation committee of a Board of Directors;

       .  FOR a requirement that a substantial majority (e.g.  2/3) of a US or
          UK company's Directors be independent;

       .  ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS regarding the election of Directors where the
          Board does not have independent "key committees" or sufficient
          independence;

       .  FOR proposals that the Board's committees be comprised solely of
          independent Directors or consist of a majority of independent
          directors;

       .  FOR proposals to limit Directors' liability; broaden indemnification
          of Directors; and approve indemnification agreements for officers and
          Directors, UNLESS doing so would affect shareholder interests in a
          specific pending or threatened litigation; or for indemnification due
          to negligence in these cases voting is ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS;

       .  FOR proposals seeking to de-classify a Board and AGAINST proposals
          seeking to classify a Board;

       .  ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS on all proposals relating to cumulative
          voting;

                                       3



       .  AGAINST shareholder proposals, absent a demonstrable need, proposing
          the establishment of additional committees; and ON A CASE-BY-CASE
          BASIS regarding the establishment of shareholder advisory committees.

       .  AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking union or special-interest
          representation on the Board;

       .  AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking to establish term limits or age
          limits for Directors;

       .  ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS on shareholder proposals seeking to require
          that the issuer's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer be different
          individuals;

       .  AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking to establish Director
          stock-ownership requirements; and

       .  AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking to change the size of a Board,
          requiring women or minorities to serve on a Board, or requiring two
          candidates for each Board seat.

       B. ANTI-TAKEOVER MEASURES

   Certain proposals are intended to deter outside parties from taking control
of a company. Such proposals could entrench management and adversely affect
shareholder rights and the value of the company's shares. Consequently, Lazard
has adopted Approved Guidelines to vote:

       .  AGAINST proposals to adopt supermajority vote requirements, or
          increase vote requirements, for mergers or for the removal of
          directors;

       .  ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS regarding shareholder rights plans (also
          known as "poison pill plans") and FOR proposals seeking to require
          all poison pill plans be submitted to shareholder vote;

       .  AGAINST proposals seeking to adopt fair price provisions and FOR
          proposals seeking to rescind them;

       .  AGAINST "blank check" preferred stock; and

       .  ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS regarding other provisions seeking to amend a
          company's by-laws or charter regarding anti-takeover provisions.

       C. CONDUCT OF SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS

   Lazard generally opposes any effort by management to restrict or limit
shareholder participation in shareholder meetings, and is in favor of efforts
to enhance shareholder participation. Lazard has therefore adopted Approved
Guidelines to vote:

       .  AGAINST proposals to adjourn meetings;

       .  AGAINST proposals seeking to eliminate or restrict shareholders'
          right to call a special meeting;

       .  FOR proposals providing for confidential voting;

       .  AGAINST efforts to eliminate or restrict right of shareholders to act
          by written consent;

       .  AGAINST proposals to adopt supermajority vote requirements, or
          increase vote requirements, and

       .  ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS on changes to quorum requirements.

   3. CHANGES TO CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   Lazard receives many proxies that include proposals relating to a company's
capital structure. These proposals vary greatly, as each one is unique to the
circumstances of the company involved, as well as the general economic and
market conditions existing at the time of the proposal. The Board and
management may have many legitimate business reasons in seeking to effect
changes to the issuer's capital structure, including

                                       4



raising additional capital for appropriate business reasons, cash flow and
market conditions. Lazard generally believes that these decisions are best left
to management, absent apparent reasons why they should not be. Consequently,
Lazard has adopted Approved Guidelines to vote:

       .  FOR management proposals to increase or decrease authorized common or
          preferred stock (unless it is believed that doing so is intended to
          serve as an anti-takeover measure);

       .  FOR stock splits and reverse stock splits;

       .  ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS on matters affecting shareholder rights, such
          as amending votes-per-share;

       .  ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS on management proposals to issue a new class
          of common or preferred shares;

       .  FOR management proposals to adopt or amend dividend reinvestment
          plans;

       .  AGAINST changes in capital structure designed to be used in poison
          pill plans; and

       .  ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS on proposals seeking to approve or amend
          stock ownership limitations or transfer restrictions.

   4. STOCK OPTION PLANS AND OTHER EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ISSUES

   Lazard supports efforts by companies to adopt compensation and incentive
programs to attract and retain the highest caliber management possible, and to
align the interests of the Board, management and employees with those of
shareholders. Lazard favors programs intended to reward management and
employees for positive, long-term performance. However, Lazard will evaluate
whether it believes, under the circumstances, that the level of compensation is
appropriate or excessive. Lazard has Approved Guidelines to vote:

       .  ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS regarding all stock option plans;

       .  AGAINST restricted stock plans that do not involve any performance
          criteria;

       .  FOR employee stock purchase plans;

       .  ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS for stock appreciation rights plans;

       .  FOR deferred compensation plans;

       .  AGAINST proposals to approve executive loans to exercise options;

       .  AGAINST proposals to re-price underwater options;

       .  ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS regarding shareholder proposals to eliminate
          or restrict severance agreements, and FOR proposals to submit
          severance agreements to shareholders for approval; and

       .  AGAINST proposals to limit executive compensation or to require
          executive compensation to be submitted for shareholder approval,
          unless, with respect to the latter submitting compensation plans for
          shareholder approval is required by local law or practice.

   5. MERGERS AND OTHER SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS

   Shareholders are asked to consider a number of different types of
significant transactions, including mergers, acquisitions, sales of all or
substantially all of a company's assets, reorganizations involving business
combinations and liquidations. Each of these transactions is unique. Therefore,
Lazard's Approved Guideline is to vote on each of these transactions ON A
CASE-BY-CASE BASIS.

   6. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL ISSUES

   Proposals involving social and political issues take many forms and cover a
wide array of issues. Some examples are: adoption of principles to limit or
eliminate certain business activities, or limit or eliminate business

                                       5



activities in certain countries; adoption of certain conservation efforts;
reporting of charitable contributions or political contributions or activities;
or the adoption of certain principles regarding employment practices or
discrimination policies. These items are often presented by shareholders and
are often opposed by the company's management and its Board of Directors.

   Lazard generally supports the notion that corporations should be expected to
act as good citizens, but, as noted above, is obligated to vote on social and
political proposals in a way that it believes will most increase shareholder
value. As a result, Lazard has adopted Approved Guidelines to vote ON A
CASE-BY-CASE BASIS for most social and political issue proposals. Lazard will
generally vote FOR the approval of anti-discrimination policies.

E. VOTING NON-U.S. SECURITIES

   Lazard invests in non-U.S. securities on behalf of many clients. Laws and
regulations regarding shareholder rights and voting procedures differ
dramatically across the world. In certain countries, the requirements or
restrictions imposed before proxies may be voted may outweigh any benefit that
could be realized by voting the proxies involved. For example, certain
countries restrict a shareholder's ability to sell shares for a certain period
of time if the shareholder votes proxies at a meeting (a practice known as
"share blocking"). In other instances, the costs of voting a proxy (i.e., by
being required to send a representative to the meeting) may simply outweigh any
benefit to the client if the proxy is voted. The Manager of ProxyOps will
consult with Portfolio Management to determine whether they believe it is in
the interest of the clients to vote the proxies. In these instances, the Proxy
Committee will have the authority to decide that it is in the best interest of
its clients not to vote the proxies.

F. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   1. OVERVIEW

   Lazard is required to vote proxies in the best interests of its clients. It
is essential, therefore, that material conflicts of interest or the appearance
of a material conflict be avoided.

   Potential conflicts of interest are inherent in Lazard's organizational
structure and in the nature of its business. Following are examples of
situations that could present a conflict of interest or the appearance of a
conflict of interest:

    .  Lazard Freres & Co. LLC ("LF&Co."), Lazard's parent and a registered
       broker-dealer, or an investment banking affiliate has an investment
       banking relationship with a company the shares of which are held in
       accounts of Lazard clients, and has provided services to the company
       with respect to an upcoming significant proxy proposal (i.e., a merger
       or other significant transaction);

    .  Lazard serves as an investment adviser for a company the management of
       which supports a particular proposal, and shares of the company are held
       in accounts of Lazard clients;

    .  Lazard serves as an investment adviser for the pension plan of an
       organization that sponsors a proposal; or

    .  A Lazard employee who would otherwise be involved in the decision-making
       process regarding a particular proposal has a material relationship with
       the issuer or owns shares of the issuer.

   2. GENERAL POLICY AND CONSEQUENCES OF VIOLATIONS

   All proxies must be voted in the best interest of each Lazard client,
without any consideration of the interests of any other Lazard client
(unrelated to the economic effect of the proposal being voted on share price),
Lazard, LF&Co. or any of their Managing Directors, officers, employees or
affiliates.

                                       6



   PROXYOPS IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL PROXY VOTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS POLICY
AFTER CONSULTING WITH THE APPROPRIATE MEMBER OR MEMBERS OF PORTFOLIO
MANAGEMENT, THE PROXY COMMITTEE AND/OR THE LEGAL AND COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT. NO
OTHER MANAGING DIRECTORS, OFFICERS OR EMPLOYEES OF LAZARD, LF&CO. OR THEIR
AFFILIATES MAY INFLUENCE OR ATTEMPT TO INFLUENCE THE VOTE ON ANY PROPOSAL.
DOING SO WILL BE A VIOLATION OF THIS POLICY. ANY COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A
MANAGING DIRECTOR, OFFICER OR EMPLOYEE OF LF&CO. AND A MANAGING DIRECTOR,
OFFICER OR EMPLOYEE OF LAZARD TRYING TO INFLUENCE HOW A PROPOSAL SHOULD BE
VOTED IS PROHIBITED, AND IS A VIOLATION OF THIS POLICY. VIOLATIONS OF THIS
POLICY COULD RESULT IN DISCIPLINARY ACTION, INCLUDING LETTER OF CENSURE, FINE
OR SUSPENSION, OR TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. ANY SUCH CONDUCT MAY ALSO VIOLATE
STATE AND FEDERAL SECURITIES AND OTHER LAWS, AS WELL AS LAZARD'S CLIENT
AGREEMENTS, WHICH COULD RESULT IN SEVERE CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES BEING
IMPOSED, INCLUDING THE VIOLATOR BEING PROHIBITED FROM EVER WORKING FOR ANY
ORGANIZATION ENGAGED IN A SECURITIES BUSINESS.

   EVERY MANAGING DIRECTOR, OFFICER AND EMPLOYEE OF LAZARD WHO PARTICIPATES IN
ANY WAY IN THE DECISION-MAKING PROCESS REGARDING PROXY VOTING IS RESPONSIBLE
FOR CONSIDERING WHETHER THEY HAVE A CONFLICTING INTEREST OR THE APPEARANCE OF A
CONFLICTING INTEREST ON ANY PROPOSAL. A CONFLICT COULD ARISE, FOR EXAMPLE, IF A
MANAGING DIRECTOR, OFFICER OR EMPLOYEE HAS A FAMILY MEMBER WHO IS AN OFFICER OF
THE ISSUER OR OWNS SECURITIES OF THE ISSUER. IF A MANAGING DIRECTOR, OFFICER OR
EMPLOYEE BELIEVES SUCH A CONFLICT EXISTS OR MAY APPEAR TO EXIST, HE OR SHE
SHOULD NOTIFY THE CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER IMMEDIATELY AND, UNLESS DETERMINED
OTHERWISE, SHOULD NOT CONTINUE TO PARTICIPATE IN THE DECISION-MAKING PROCESS.

   3. MONITORING FOR CONFLICTS AND VOTING WHEN A MATERIAL CONFLICT EXISTS

   Lazard monitors for potential conflicts of interest when it is possible that
a conflict could be viewed as influencing the outcome of the voting decision.
Consequently, the steps that Lazard takes to monitor conflicts, and voting
proposals when the appearance of a material conflict exists, differ depending
on whether the Approved Guideline for the specific item is to vote for or
against, or is to vote on a case-by-case basis.

       A. WHERE APPROVED GUIDELINE IS FOR OR AGAINST

   Most proposals on which Lazard votes have an Approved Guideline to vote for
or against. Generally, unless Portfolio Management disagrees with the Approved
Guideline for a specific proposal, ProxyOps votes according to the Approved
Guideline. It is therefore necessary to consider whether an apparent conflict
of interest exists where Portfolio Management disagrees with the Approved
Guideline. When that happens, the Manager of ProxyOps will use its best efforts
to determine whether a conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest
exists by inquiring whether the company itself, or the sponsor of the proposal
is a Lazard client. If either is a Lazard client, the Manager of Proxy Ops will
notify Lazard's Chief Compliance Officer, who will determine whether some other
conflict or potential conflict exists.

   If it appears that a conflict of interest exists, the Manager of ProxyOps
will notify the Proxy Committee, who will review the facts surrounding the
conflict and determine whether the conflict is material. Whether a conflict is
"material" will depend on the facts and circumstances involved. For purposes of
this Policy, the appearance of a material conflict is one that the Proxy
Committee determines could be expected by a reasonable person in similar
circumstances to influence or potentially influence the voting decision on the
particular proposal involved.

   If the Proxy Committee determines that there is no material conflict, the
proxy will be voted as outlined in this Policy. If the Proxy Committee
determines that a material conflict appears to exist, then the proposal will be
voted according to the Approved Guideline.

       B. WHERE APPROVED GUIDELINE IS CASE-BY-CASE

   In situations where the Approved Guideline is to vote case-by-case and a
material conflict of interest appears to exist, Lazard's policy is to vote the
proxy item according to the recommendation of an independent

                                       7



source, currently ISS. The Manager of ProxyOps will use his best efforts to
determine whether a conflict of interest or a potential conflict of interest
may exist by inquiring whether the sponsor of the proposal is a Lazard client.
If the sponsor is a Lazard client, the Manager of Proxy Ops will notify
Lazard's Chief Compliance Officer, who will determine whether some other
conflict or potential conflict exists.

   If it appears that a conflict of interest exists, the Manager of ProxyOps
will notify the Proxy Committee, who will review the facts surrounding the
conflict and determine whether the conflict is material. There is a presumption
that certain circumstances will give rise to a material conflict of interest or
the appearance of such material conflict, such as LF&Co. having provided
services to a company with respect to an upcoming significant proxy proposal
(i.e., a merger or other significant transaction). If the Proxy Committee
determines that there is no material conflict, the proxy will be voted as
outlined in this Policy. If the Proxy Committee determines that a material
conflict appears to exist, then the proposal will generally be voted according
to the recommendation of ISS, however, before doing so, ProxyOps will obtain a
written representation from ISS that it is not in a position of conflict with
respect to the proxy, which could exist if ISS receives compensation from the
proxy issuer on corporate governance issues in addition to the advice it
provides Lazard on proxies. If ISS is in a conflicting position or if the
recommendations of the two services offered by ISS, the Proxy Advisor Service
and the Proxy Voter Service, are not the same, Lazard will obtain a
recommendation from a third independent source that provides proxy voting
advisory services, and will defer to the majority recommendation. If a
recommendation for a third independent source is not available and ISS is not
in a conflicting position, Lazard will follow the recommendation of ISS's Proxy
Advisor Service. In addition, in the event of a conflict that arises in
connection with a proposal for a Lazard mutual fund, Lazard will either follow
the procedures described above or vote shares for or against the proposal in
proportion to shares voted by other shareholders.

G. REVIEW OF POLICY

   The Proxy Committee will review this Policy at least semi-annually to
consider whether any changes should be made to it or to any of the Approved
Guidelines. Questions or concerns regarding the Policy should be raised with
Lazard's General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer.

                                       8



[LOGO]

                    BATTERYMARCH FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
                     PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

INTRODUCTION

   Batterymarch's primary focus and responsibility is to preserve and enhance
its clients' investment returns. An integral part of this responsibility is
encouraging good corporate governance practices by the companies we invest in
through conscientiously exercising shareholder rights. We believe this will
result in increased value for shareholders.

   Batterymarch has adopted and implemented the following policies and
procedures, which we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that
Batterymarch's votes are cast in a consistent manner that place our clients'
interests first.

   Batterymarch's Proxy Voting Philosophy and Guidelines are an integral part
of this document.

VOTING AND MONITORING RESPONSIBILITY

   Batterymarch's Compliance Department is responsible for managing and
monitoring proxy voting operations. Batterymarch has retained Institutional
Shareholder Services ("ISS"), a recognized authority on proxy voting and
corporate governance, to provide day-to-day proxy voting services, including,
but not limited to, obtaining information from clients' custodians, reconciling
proxy ballots, providing vote recommendations, voting, recordkeeping and
reporting. Batterymarch's compliance personnel are responsible for managing the
relationship with ISS and ensuring that Batterymarch's fiduciary obligations
are met.

VOTING AUTHORITY

   Batterymarch assumes voting authority for all client accounts unless a
client's Investment Management Agreement explicitly states otherwise.

HOW PROXIES ARE VOTED

   Batterymarch's policy is generally to vote in accordance with the
recommendations of ISS. Voting will normally be conducted in accordance with
ISS's standard guidelines. However, a client may direct Batterymarch to vote in
accordance with the guidelines of Proxy Voter Services ("PVS"), an independent
division of ISS which focuses on the specific concerns of Taft-Hartley plans
and which conform to the AFL-CIO voting guidelines. In instances where ISS has
not made any recommendations with respect to a proxy, Batterymarch will
generally vote in accordance with ISS's proxy voting guidelines.

   Under certain circumstances, Batterymarch may believe that it will be in the
best interests of clients to vote against ISS's recommendations or, in cases
where ISS has not provided Batterymarch with any recommendations with respect
to a proxy, to vote in contradiction with ISS's general proxy voting
guidelines. In such cases, provided that Batterymarch's Compliance Department
does not identify a material conflict of interest in overriding an ISS vote
recommendation or voting against ISS's proxy voting guidelines, Batterymarch
will override the voting recommendation of ISS.

   Batterymarch will generally cast votes for all shares for which it has
voting authority, unless the cost of voting is presumed to outweigh the
benefit. Batterymarch's policy regarding when it may not vote proxies is
described below.



CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Potential conflicts of interest may arise due to a variety of reasons that
could affect how Batterymarch votes proxies. Batterymarch manages assets for a
wide variety of clients that may have mutually exclusive goals regarding the
outcome of a shareholders meeting. Batterymarch may have a conflict of interest
when a company that is soliciting a proxy is an advisory client of
Batterymarch, or when Batterymarch's employees have an interest in a proxy
voting proposal that is at variance with the interests of Batterymarch's
clients. With the ability to influence the outcome of a corporation's
shareholders meeting comes the responsibility to prevent potential conflicts of
interest from affecting the way we cast our votes. Batterymarch attempts to
minimize material conflicts of interest by using pre-determined voting
guidelines and by obtaining vote recommendations from ISS.

   If one or more members of Batterymarch's investment teams believe that it
will be in the best interests of clients to vote in contradiction with ISS's
recommendations or, in cases where ISS has not provided Batterymarch with any
recommendations with respect to a proxy, to vote in contradiction with ISS's
general proxy voting guidelines, Batterymarch's Compliance Department will be
responsible for identifying whether any proxy voting proposals present a
conflict of interest. If such a proposal is identified, Batterymarch's
compliance personnel will decide whether it presents a material conflict of
interest.

   If a conflict of interest is identified, proxy proposals that are "routine,"
such as uncontested elections of directors, meeting formalities, and approval
of financial statements, generally will not result in a material conflict of
interest. Material conflicts of interest are more likely to result from
non-routine proxy proposals. Non-routine proposals would typically include any
contested matter, including a contested election of directors, a merger or sale
of substantial assets, a change in the articles of incorporation that
materially affects the rights of shareholders, and compensation matters for
management (e.g., stock option plans and retirement plans).

   If Batterymarch's Compliance Department determines that a material conflict
of interest exists, Batterymarch may vote the proposal in accordance with
either the recommendations of (a) ISS, (b) another authorized person of
Batterymarch if the material conflict of interest does not relate to such other
person or Batterymarch itself, or (c) each client whose portfolio includes the
applicable security. If Batterymarch solicits instructions from clients on how
to vote a proposal or proxy, Batterymarch may or may not disclose to such
clients the nature of the conflict of interest.

WHEN BATTERYMARCH MAY NOT VOTE

   Batterymarch generally does not vote proxies when it determines that the
cost of voting outweighs the benefit of doing so. Voting in foreign markets
typically incurs higher costs than voting in the U.S. Among the various costs
associated with voting foreign shares are fees for translating meeting
materials, custody fees, and charges for obtaining power of attorney documents.
We have identified the most significant potential cost as the loss of liquidity
connected with voting in share blocking markets.

   In share blocking markets, regulations designed to establish eligibility for
voting require that shares be blocked from trading for a period of time before
and/or after a shareholder meeting. During the blocking period, any pending
trades in blocked shares will not settle. Depending on the market, this period
can last from one day to several weeks, assuming a quorum is achieved. If the
first call for a meeting fails to meet quorum, it may be necessary to conduct a
second or even third call, thereby extending the blocking period. If a sale of
blocked shares must be executed to satisfy a client redemption request or is
otherwise deemed desirable by Batterymarch, it will settle late and potentially
be subject to interest charges or other punitive fees or practices such as
automatic buy-in procedures.

   Because of these inherent risks, we have decided not to vote in markets
where share blocking is practiced, unless we determine that a particular
proposal or series of proposals is likely to represent a substantial increase
in shareholder value and/or rights. This decision will be based on the
determination of Batterymarch's investment personnel.

                                       2



   ISS sends a periodic report of securities with upcoming meetings in share
blocking markets. This report details the type of meeting, the market and the
blocking period. Batterymarch's Compliance Department monitors these upcoming
meetings, consults with Batterymarch investment team members responsible for
investing in each market and arrives at a decision on whether or not to vote.

RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING

   ISS maintains complete records of all votes cast on behalf of each of
Batterymarch's client accounts, including the number of shares held, meeting
date, type of meeting, management recommendation, and the rationale for each
vote. ISS provides Batterymarch with periodic, customized reports for each
client account for which Batterymarch votes proxies.

REQUESTS TO OBTAIN PROXY VOTING INFORMATION

   Batterymarch provides proxy voting summary reports to clients for whom we
exercise voting responsibility on an annual basis or more frequently, subject
to such clients' reporting requirements. Batterymarch is able to provide such
reporting either electronically or in hard copy format. Batterymarch also
provides a copy of its proxy voting guidelines to clients upon request.

   A log of client requests for proxy voting information and details on the
fulfillment of those requests is maintained by Batterymarch's Compliance
Department.

   Client requests for obtaining information about Batterymarch's proxy voting
guidelines or information about how Batterymarch voted client securities, if
applicable, can be obtained by contacting Batterymarch:

By mail

Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc.
Attention: Compliance Department
John Hancock Tower
200 Clarendon Street, 49/th/ Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02116
USA

By telephone

(617) 266-8300

                                       3



                                 PROXY VOTING

   The Firm will exercise its proxy voting responsibilities to serve the best
interests of its clients and in compliance with applicable laws and
regulations. The Firm recognizes that proxy voting is a valuable right of
company shareholders and believes that shareholders are best served by a voting
process guided by the principles of preserving and expanding the power of
shareholders in areas of corporate governance and allowing responsible
management teams to run businesses.

PROCEDURES

Oversight of Principles and Procedures

   The Firm's Chief Investment Officer has full authority to determine the
Firm's proxy voting principles and procedures and vote proxies on behalf of the
Firm's clients. The Chief Investment Officer has delegated oversight and
implementation of the proxy voting process, including the principles and
procedures that govern it, to the Firm's Proxy Officers and the Legal and
Compliance Department. The Firm will periodically review its existing
principles and procedures in light of the Firm's duties as well as applicable
laws and regulations to determine if any changes are necessary.

Limitations

   The Firm recognizes proxy voting as a valuable right of company
shareholders. Generally speaking, the Firm will vote all proxies it receives.
However, the Firm may refrain from voting in certain circumstances. For
instance, the Firm generally intends to refrain from voting a proxy if the
company's shares are no longer held by the Firm's clients at the time of the
meeting. Additionally, the Firm may refrain from voting a proxy if the Firm
concludes the potential impact on shareholders' interests is insignificant
while the cost associated with analyzing and voting the proxy may be
significant. If the Proxy Administration Officer confirms that shares of a
security are on loan as of the record date of the meeting for which a proxy is
received, the Firm will be unable to vote those shares for the client. As a
general matter, the Firm discourages its clients from loaning the securities
the Firm manages.

Proxy Administration

   The Firm will instruct each client custodian to forward proxy materials to
the vendor engaged by the Firm to electronically receive ballots and transmit
the Firm's proxy votes, as well as to maintain proxy voting receipts and
records (the "Proxy Administration Vendor"). New client custodians will be
notified at account inception of their responsibility to deliver proxy
materials to the Firm's Proxy Administration Vendor.

COMPLIANCE REVIEW

   A Compliance Officer will review the pending proxies and identify any
potential conflicts between the Firm, or its employees, and the Firm's clients.

IDENTIFYING CONFLICTS

   In identifying conflicts of interest, a Compliance Officer will review the
following issues:

      (i) Whether there are any business or personal relationships between the
   Firm, or an employee of the Firm, and the officers, directors or shareholder
   proposal proponents of a company whose securities are held in client
   accounts that may create an incentive to vote in a manner that is not
   consistent with the best interests of the Firm's clients;

      (ii) Whether the Firm has any other economic incentive to vote in a
   manner that is not consistent with the best interests of its clients; and;



      (iii) Whether the Proxy Officer voting the shares is aware of any
   business or personal relationship, or other economic incentive that has the
   potential to influence the manner in which the Proxy Officer votes
   the shares.

ASSESSING MATERIALITY

   If it is determined that a conflict exists, the conflict will be deemed to
be material if the Compliance Officer determines, in the exercise of reasonable
judgment, that the conflict is likely to have an impact on the manner in which
the subject shares are voted.

   If the Compliance Officer determines that the conflict is not material, the
proxy issue will be forwarded to the Proxy Officer for voting.

   If the Compliance Officer determines that the conflict may be material, the
following steps will be taken:

      (i) The Compliance Officer will consult with representatives of the
   Firm's senior management to make a final determination of materiality. The
   Compliance Officer will maintain a record of this determination.

      (ii) After the determination is made, the following procedures will apply:

          (a) If the final determination is that the conflict is not material,
       the proxy issue will be forwarded to the Proxy Officer for voting;

          (b) If the final determination is that the conflict is material, the
       following procedures will apply:

             (1) If the Firm's Proxy Voting Guidelines ("Guidelines"), a copy
          of which is included as Schedule 3, definitively address the issues
          presented for vote, the Firm will vote according to the Guidelines;

             (2) If the issues presented for vote are not definitively
          addressed in the Guidelines, the Firm will either (x) follow the vote
          recommendation of an independent Voting Delegate or (y) disclose the
          conflict to clients and obtain their consent to vote.

NOTIFICATION TO CLIENTS

   To the extent a client requires notification if a conflict of interest is
identified, a Compliance Officer will ensure that notification is carried out
in a timely manner.

PROXY OFFICER DUTIES

   The Proxy Officer will review proxies and evaluate matters for vote in light
of the Firm's principles and procedures and the Guidelines. The Proxy Officer
may seek additional information from the Firm's Investment Team, company
management, independent research services, or other sources to determine how to
vote in the best interests of shareholders. Additionally, the Proxy Officer may
consult with the Firm's Chief Investment Officer for guidance on proxy issues.
Generally, the Proxy Officer will not consult the Firm's affiliates during this
process. The Firm will maintain all documents that it creates that were
material to its process for determining how to vote proxies for its clients or
that memorialize the basis for a vote. The Proxy Officer will sign and return
to the Proxy Administration Officer all forms indicating the manner in which
votes on proxy issues should be cast by the Proxy Administration Officer.

PROXY ADMINISTRATION OFFICER DUTIES

   The Proxy Administration Officer will:

      (i) Provide custodians with instructions to forward proxies to the Firm's
   Proxy Administration Vendor for all clients for whom the Firm is responsible
   for voting proxies;



          a) Other Discrepancies Noted

          If any share discrepancies are noted, the Proxy Administration
       Officer will notify the custodian.

             1) Manual Voting

             If the Firm's Proxy Administration Vendor did not receive a ballot
          for a client, the Proxy Administration Officer will contact the
          custodian to obtain a control number and then use the control number
          to allow the Proxy Administration Vendor to update the ballot, if
          time permits, or manually vote the shares for that client.

      (iii) Use best efforts to obtain missing proxies from custodian;

      (iv) Inform the Legal and Compliance Department and Proxy Administration
   Officer if the company's shares are no longer held by Firm clients as of the
   meeting date;

      (v) Ensure the Proxy Administration Officer and the Legal and Compliance
   Department are aware of the timeline to vote a proxy and use best efforts to
   ensure that votes are cast in a timely manner;

      (vi) Per instructions from the Proxy Administration Officer or a
   Compliance Officer, vote proxy issues via the Proxy Administration Vendor's
   software, online or via facsimile , and;

      (vii) Obtain evidence of receipt and maintain records of all proxies
   voted.



                                  SCHEDULE 3

                            PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   The Firm maintains these proxy-voting guidelines, which set forth the manner
in which the Firm generally votes on issues that are routinely presented.
Please note that for each proxy vote the Firm takes into consideration its duty
to its clients, the specific circumstances of the vote and all other relevant
facts available at the time of the vote. While these guidelines provide the
framework for voting proxies, ultimately proxy votes are cast on a case-by-case
basis. Therefore actual votes for any particular proxy issue may differ from
the guidelines shown below.

FOUR PRINCIPAL AREAS OF INTEREST TO SHAREHOLDERS:

1) Obligations of the Board of Directors
2) Compensation of management and the Board of Directors
3) Take-over protections
4) Shareholders' rights



PROXY ISSUE                                                                                FIRM GUIDELINE
- - -----------                                                                                --------------
                                                                                        
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
INDEPENDENCE OF BOARDS OF DIRECTORS: majority of unrelated directors, independent of
  management..............................................................................      For
NOMINATING PROCESS: independent nominating committee seeking qualified candidates,
  continually assessing directors and proposing new nominees..............................      For
SIZE AND EFFECTIVENESS OF BOARDS OF DIRECTORS: Boards must be no larger than 15 members...      For
CUMULATIVE VOTING FOR DIRECTORS...........................................................      For
STAGGERED BOARDS..........................................................................    Against
SEPARATION OF BOARD AND MANAGEMENT ROLES (CEO/CHAIRMAN)...................................  Case-by-Case
COMPENSATION REVIEW PROCESS: compensation committee comprised of outside, unrelated
  directors to ensure shareholder value while rewarding good performance..................      For
DIRECTOR LIABILITY & INDEMNIFICATION: support limitation of liability and provide
  indemnification.........................................................................      For
AUDIT PROCESS.............................................................................      For
BOARD COMMITTEE STRUCTURE: audit, compensation, and nominating and/or governance
  committee consisting entirely of independent directors..................................      For
MONETARY ARRANGEMENTS FOR DIRECTORS: outside of normal board activities amts should be
  approved by a board of independent directors and reported in proxy......................      For
FIXED RETIREMENT POLICY FOR DIRECTORS.....................................................  Case-by-Case
OWNERSHIP REQUIREMENT: all Directors have direct and material cash investment in common
  shares of Company.......................................................................      For
PROPOSALS ON BOARD STRUCTURE: (lead director, shareholder advisory committees, requirement
  that candidates be nominated by shareholders, attendance at meetings)...................      For
ANNUAL REVIEW OF BOARD/CEO BY BOARD.......................................................      For
PERIODIC EXECUTIVE SESSIONS WITHOUT MGMT (INCLUDING CEO)..................................      For
VOTES FOR SPECIFIC DIRECTORS..............................................................  Case-by-Case

MANAGEMENT AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLANS:............................................  Case-by-Case
FORM OF VEHICLE: grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, phantom shares and
  restricted stock........................................................................  Case-by-Case


                                  -CONTINUED-





PROXY ISSUE                                                                             FIRM GUIDELINE
- - -----------                                                                     ------------------------------
                                                                             
PRICE.......................................................................... Against plans whose underlying
                                                                                securities are to be issued at
                                                                                less than 100% of the current
                                                                                market value
RE-PRICING: plans that allow the Board of Directors to lower the exercise price
  of options already granted if the stock price falls or under-performs the
  market.......................................................................            Against
EXPIRY: plan whose options have a life of more than ten years..................          Case-by-Case
EXPIRY: "evergreen" stock option plans.........................................            Against
DILUTION:...................................................................... Case-by-Case--taking into
                                                                                account value creation,
                                                                                commitment to shareholder-
                                                                                friendly policies, etc.
VESTING: stock option plans that are 100% vested when granted..................            Against
PERFORMANCE VESTING: link granting of options, or vesting of options
  previously granted, to specific performance targets..........................              For
CONCENTRATION: authorization to allocate 20% or more of the available options
  to any one individual in any one year........................................            Against
DIRECTOR ELIGIBILITY: stock option plans for directors if terms and conditions
  are clearly defined and reasonable...........................................          Case-by-Case
CHANGE IN CONTROL: stock option plans with change in control provisions that
  allow option holders to receive more for their options than shareholders
  would receive for their shares...............................................            Against
CHANGE IN CONTROL: change in control arrangements developed during a take-
  over fight specifically to entrench or benefit management....................            Against
CHANGE IN CONTROL: granting options or bonuses to outside directors in event
  of a change in control.......................................................            Against
BOARD DISCRETION: plans to give Board broad discretion in setting terms and
  conditions of programs.......................................................            Against
EMPLOYEE LOANS: Proposals authorizing loans to employees to pay for stock
  or options...................................................................            Against
Director Compensation: % of directors' compensation in form of common
  shares.......................................................................              For
GOLDEN PARACHUTES..............................................................          Case-by-Case
EXPENSE STOCK OPTIONS..........................................................              For
SEVERANCE PACKAGES: must receive shareholder approval..........................              For
LACK OF DISCLOSURE ABOUT PROVISIONS OF STOCK-BASED PLANS.......................            Against
RELOAD OPTIONS.................................................................            Against
PLAN LIMITED TO A SMALL NUMBER OF SENIOR EMPLOYEES.............................            Against
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLANS..................................................          Case-by-Case

TAKEOVER PROTECTIONS
SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLANS: plans that go beyond ensuring the equal treatment
  of shareholders in the event of a bid and allowing the corp. enough time to
  consider alternatives to a bid...............................................            Against
GOING PRIVATE TRANSACTION, LEVERAGED BUYOUTS AND OTHER PURCHASE
  TRANSACTIONS.................................................................          Case-by-Case
LOCK-UP ARRANGEMENTS: "hard" lock-up arrangements that serve to prevent
  competing bids in a takeover situation.......................................            Against
CROWN JEWEL DEFENSES...........................................................            Against
PAYMENT OF GREENMAIL...........................................................            Against


                                  -CONTINUED-





PROXY ISSUE                                                                      FIRM GUIDELINE
- - -----------                                                                 -------------------------
                                                                         
"CONTINUING DIRECTOR" OR "DEFERRED REDEMPTION" PROVISIONS: provisions
  that seek to limit the discretion of a future board to redeem the plan...          Against
CHANGE CORPORATION'S DOMICILE: if reason for re-incorporation is to take
  advantage of protective statutes (anti-takeover).........................          Against
POISON PILLS: receive shareholder ratification.............................            For
REDEMPTION/RATIFICATION OF POISON PILL.....................................            For

SHAREHOLDERS' RIGHTS
CONFIDENTIAL VOTING BY SHAREHOLDERS........................................            For
DUAL-CLASS SHARE STRUCTURES................................................          Against
LINKED PROPOSALS: with the objective of making one element of a proposal
  more acceptable..........................................................          Against
BLANK CHECK PREFERRED SHARES: authorization of, or an increase in, blank
  check preferred shares...................................................          Against
SUPERMAJORITY APPROVAL OF BUSINESS TRANSACTIONS: management seeks to
  increase the number of votes required on an issue above two-thirds of the
  outstanding shares.......................................................          Against
INCREASE IN AUTHORIZED SHARES: provided the amount requested is necessary
  for sound business reasons...............................................            For
SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS......................................................       Case-by-Case
STAKEHOLDER PROPOSALS......................................................       Case-by-Case
ISSUANCE OF PREVIOUSLY AUTHORIZED SHARES WITH VOTING RIGHTS TO BE
  DETERMINED BY THE BOARD WITHOUT PRIOR SPECIFIC SHAREHOLDER
  APPROVAL.................................................................          Against
"FAIR PRICE" PROVISIONS: Measures to limit ability to buy back shares from
  particular shareholder at higher-than-market prices......................            For
PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS..........................................................            For
ACTIONS ALTERING BOARD/SHAREHOLDER RELATIONSHIP REQUIRE PRIOR
  SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL (including "anti-takeover" measures)................            For
ALLOW SHAREHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT................................            For
ALLOW SHAREHOLDERS TO CALL SPECIAL MEETINGS................................            For
SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES............................................ As recommended by Company
                                                                                   Management
REIMBURSING PROXY SOLICITATION EXPENSES....................................       Case-by-Case




[LOGO]
WESTERN ASSET



PROCEDURE:            PROXY VOTING
- - ----------            ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                   
DEPARTMENTS IMPACTED: Investment Management, Compliance, Investment Support, Client Services
REFERENCES:           WA Compliance Manual--Section R--Proxy Voting
                      WAML Compliance Manual--Section 4.11--Proxy Voting
                      Investment Advisers Act Rule 206(4)-6 and Rule 204-2
                      ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2 C.F.R. 2509.94-2
EFFECTIVE:            August 1, 2003


                                  BACKGROUND

   Western Asset Management Company ("WA") and Western Asset Management Company
Limited ("WAML") (together "Western Asset") have adopted and implemented
policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that
proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our
fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of
1940 ("Advisers Act"). Our authority to vote the proxies of our clients is
established through investment management agreements or comparable documents,
and our proxy voting guidelines have been tailored to reflect these specific
contractual obligations. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers,
our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and
responsibilities for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been
expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined
that the responsibility for these votes lies with the Investment Manager.

   In exercising its voting authority, Western Asset will not consult or enter
into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Legg Mason Inc. or any
of its affiliates (except that WA and WAML may so consult and agree with each
other) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.

                                    POLICY

   Western Asset's proxy voting procedures are designed and implemented in a
way that is reasonably expected to ensure that proxy matters are handled in the
best interest of our clients. While the guidelines included in the procedures
are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is
ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration Western
Asset's contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and
circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be
overridden to the extent Western Asset deems appropriate).

                                  PROCEDURES

Responsibility and Oversight

   The Western Asset Compliance Department ("Compliance Department") is
responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The
gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of
Investment Support ("Corporate Actions"). Research analysts and portfolio
managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each
proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.


                       WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY
    385 East Colorado Blvd. Pasadena, CA 91101 . Tel: (626) 844-9400 . Fax:
                                (626) 844-9450



Client Authority

   Prior to August 1, 2003, all existing client investment management
agreements ("IMAs") will be reviewed to determine whether Western Asset has
authority to vote client proxies. At account start-up, or upon amendment of an
IMA, the applicable client IMA are similarly reviewed. If an agreement is
silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary
authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset
will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Client Account Transition Team
maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.

Proxy Gathering

   Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees
("Proxy Recipients") that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should
forward them to Corporate Actions. Prior to August 1, 2003, Proxy Recipients of
existing clients will be reminded of the appropriate routing to Corporate
Actions for proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to
forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. Proxy Recipients for new clients
(or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an
existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are
notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy
materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy
materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate
Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to
Corporate Actions.

Proxy Voting

   Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded
to the Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:

       a. Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted.

       b. Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting
          authority.

       c. Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any
          material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of
          these procedures for further information on determining material
          conflicts of interest.)

       d. If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent
          reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is
          promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset
          obtains the client's proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the
          extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by
          applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions
          (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is
          an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from
          an independent third party.

       e. Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the
          appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their
          recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine
          votes on a case-by-case basis taking into account the voting
          guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt,
          depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western
          Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The
          analyst's or portfolio manager's basis for their decision is
          documented and maintained by the Compliance Department.

       f. Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the
          instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as
          indicated in the proxy materials.

Timing

   Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special
circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be
completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.

                                       2



Recordkeeping

   Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2
of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:

       a. A copy of Western Asset's policies and procedures.

       b. Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities.

       c. A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to
          making a decision how to vote proxies.

       d. Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western
          Asset's written response to both verbal and written client requests.

       e. A proxy log including:

           1. Issuer name;

           2. Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer's shares to be voted;

           3. Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures ("CUSIP")
              number for the shares to be voted;

           4. A brief identification of the matter voted on;

           5. Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder
              of the issuer;

           6. Whether a vote was cast on the matter;

           7. A record of how the vote was cast; and

           8. Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of
              the issuer's management team.

   Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the
first two in Western Asset's offices.

Disclosure

   Part II of both the WA Form ADV and the WAML Form ADV contain a description
of Western Asset's proxy policies. Prior to August 1, 2003, Western Asset will
deliver Part II of its revised Form ADV to all existing clients, along with a
letter identifying the new disclosure. Clients will be provided a copy of these
policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may
receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.

Conflicts of Interest

   All proxies are reviewed by the Compliance Department for material conflicts
of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:

       1. Whether Western Asset (or, to the extent required to be considered by
          applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an
          employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the
          company;

       2. Whether Western Asset or an officer or director of Western Asset or
          the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for
          recommending the proxy vote (together, "Voting Persons") is a close
          relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an
          executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the
          company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and

       3. Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a
          Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter
          before shareholders.

                                       3



                               VOTING GUIDELINES

   Western Asset's substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts
and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated
research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as
guidelines to aid in the decision making process.

   Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally
presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved
and are recommended by a company's board of directors; Part II deals with
proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III
addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV
addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.

I. Board Approved Proposals

   The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve
proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by
its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices
currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes
in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More
specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:

    1. Matters relating to the Board of Directors

   Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the company's nominees for
directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the
board of directors with the following exceptions:

       a. Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board
          does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does
          not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed
          solely of independent directors.

       b. Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an
          independent director by the company and who has received compensation
          from the company other than for service as a director.

       c. Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than
          75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for
          absences.

       d. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of
          directors.

    2. Matters relating to Executive Compensation

   Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive
compensation to a company's long-term performance. Votes are cast on a
case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive
compensation, except as follows:

       a. Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire
          board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that
          will result in a minimal annual dilution.

       b. Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that
          permit replacing or repricing of underwater options.

       c. Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance
          of options with an exercise price below the stock's current market
          price.

       d. Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire
          board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase
          plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to
          no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27
          months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less.

                                       4



    3. Matters relating to Capitalization

   The management of a company's capital structure involves a number of
important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions
that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western
Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving
changes to a company's capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise
withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

       a. Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of
          additional common stock.

       b. Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding
          reverse stock splits).

       c. Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase
          programs.

    4. Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other
  Transactions

   Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved
transactions.

    5. Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures

   Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover
measures except as follows:

       a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or
          approve shareholder rights plans.

       b. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt
          fair price provisions.

    6. Other Business Matters

   Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine
business matters such as changing the company's name, ratifying the appointment
of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.

       a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a
          company's charter or bylaws.

       b. Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other
          unidentified, substantive business at the meeting.

II. Shareholder Proposals

   SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a
company's proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect
of a company's corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its
business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation
of the company's board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as
follows:

    1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder
  approval of shareholder rights plans.

    2. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with
  Western Asset's proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals.

    3. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder
  proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board
  of directors.

III. Voting Shares of Investment Companies

   Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies
to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment
companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are
voted in accordance with those guidelines.

    1. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to
  changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into
  account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the
  clients' portfolios.

                                       5



    2. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would
  result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter
  investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account
  comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided.

IV. Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers

   In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in foreign
issuers--i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign
jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the
NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on
the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These
guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for
foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.

    1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of
  the directors to be independent of management.

    2. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the
  independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees.

    3. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate
  governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and
  the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise
  violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated.

    4. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to
  (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company's outstanding
  common stock where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or (2) the
  issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company's outstanding common
  stock where shareholders have preemptive rights.

                                       6



                             CLEARBRIDGE ADVISORS
                     PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

                   AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF JUNE 26, 2007


                                                              
        I.    TYPES OF ACCOUNTS FOR WHICH CLEARBRIDGE VOTES PROXIES 2
        II.   GENERAL GUIDELINES                                    2
        III.  HOW CLEARBRIDGE VOTES                                 2
        IV.   CONFLICTS OF INTEREST                                 2
        V.    VOTING POLICY                                         4

              (1) ELECTION OF DIRECTORS                             5
              (2) PROXY CONTESTS                                    6
              (3) AUDITORS                                          6
              (4) PROXY CONTEST DEFENSES                            7
              (5) TENDER OFFER DEFENSES                             8
              (6) MISCELLANEOUS GOVERNANCE PROVISIONS               9
              (7) CAPITAL STRUCTURE                                 10
              (8) EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION               11
              (9) STATE OF INCORPORATION                            13
              (10) MERGERS AND CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING              14
              (11) SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES                  14
              (12) MISCELLANEOUS                                    15

        VI.   OTHER CONSIDERATIONS                                  16

              (1) SHARE BLOCKING                                    16
              (2) SECURITIES ON LOAN                                16

        VII.  DISCLOSURE OF PROXY VOTING                            17
        VIII. RECORDKEEPING AND OVERSIGHT                           17




                           CLEARBRIDGE ADVISORS'/1/
                     PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

I. TYPES OF ACCOUNTS FOR WHICH CLEARBRIDGE VOTES PROXIES

   ClearBridge votes proxies for each client that has specifically authorized
us to vote them in the investment management contract or otherwise and votes
proxies for each ERISA account unless the plan document or investment advisory
agreement specifically reserves the responsibility to vote proxies to the plan
trustees or other named fiduciary. These policies and procedures are intended
to fulfill applicable requirements imposed on ClearBridge by the Investment
Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended, and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended,
and the rules and regulations adopted under these laws.

II. GENERAL GUIDELINES

   In voting proxies, we are guided by general fiduciary principles. Our goal
is to act prudently, solely in the best interest of the beneficial owners of
the accounts we manage and, in the case of ERISA accounts, for the exclusive
purpose of providing economic benefits to such persons. We attempt to provide
for the consideration of all factors that could affect the value of the
investment and will vote proxies in the manner that we believe will be
consistent with efforts to maximize shareholder values.

III. HOW CLEARBRIDGE VOTES

   Section V of these policies and procedures sets forth certain stated
positions. In the case of a proxy issue for which there is a stated position,
we generally vote in accordance with the stated position. In the case of a
proxy issue for which there is a list of factors set forth in Section V that we
consider in voting on such issue, we consider those factors and vote on a
case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles set forth above.
In the case of a proxy issue for which there is no stated position or list of
factors that we consider in voting on such issue, we vote on a case-by-case
basis in accordance with the general principles set forth above. We may utilize
an external service provider to provide us with information and/or a
recommendation with regard to proxy votes but we are not required to follow any
such recommendations. The use of an external service provider does not relieve
us of our responsibility for the proxy vote.

   For routine matters, we usually vote according to our policy or the external
service provider's recommendation, although we are not obligated to do so and
an individual portfolio manager may vote contrary to our policy or the
recommendation of the external service provider. If a matter is non-routine,
E.G., management's recommendation is different than that of the external
service provider and ClearBridge is a significant holder or it is a significant
holding for ClearBridge, the issues will be highlighted to the appropriate
investment teams and their views solicited by members of the Proxy Committee.
Different investment teams may vote differently on the same issue, depending
upon their assessment of clients' best interests.

   ClearBridge's proxy voting process is overseen and coordinated by its Proxy
Committee.

IV. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   In furtherance of ClearBridge's goal to vote proxies in the best interests
of clients, ClearBridge follows procedures designed to identify and address
material conflicts that may arise between ClearBridge's interests and those of
its clients before voting proxies on behalf of such clients.

    (1) Procedures for Identifying Conflicts of Interest

- - --------
/1/  These policies and procedures pertain to ClearBridge Advisors, LLC,
     ClearBridge Asset Management Inc. and Smith Barney Fund Management, LLC
     (collectively, "ClearBridge")

                                       2



     ClearBridge relies on the following to seek to identify conflicts of
     interest with respect to proxy voting:

     A. The policy memorandum attached hereto as Appendix A will be distributed
     periodically to ClearBridge employees. The policy memorandum alerts
     ClearBridge employees that they are under an obligation (i) to be aware of
     the potential for conflicts of interest on the part of ClearBridge with
     respect to voting proxies on behalf of client accounts both as a result of
     their personal relationships and due to special circumstances that may
     arise during the conduct of ClearBridge's business, and (ii) to bring
     conflicts of interest of which they become aware to the attention of
     ClearBridge Compliance.

     B. ClearBridge's finance area shall maintain and make available to
     ClearBridge Compliance and proxy voting personnel an up- to-date list of
     all client relationships that have historically accounted for or are
     projected to account for greater than 1% of ClearBridge's annual revenues.
     ClearBridge relies on the policy memorandum directive described in Section
     IV. (1) A. to identify conflicts of interest arising due to potential
     client relationships with proxy issuers.

     C. As a general matter, ClearBridge takes the position that relationships
     between a non-ClearBridge Legg Mason affiliate and an issuer (E.G.,
     investment management relationship between an issuer and a non-ClearBridge
     Legg Mason affiliate) do not present a conflict of interest for
     ClearBridge in voting proxies with respect to such issuer because
     ClearBridge operates as an independent business unit from other Legg Mason
     business units and because of the existence of informational barriers
     between ClearBridge and certain other Legg Mason business units. Special
     circumstances, such as contact between ClearBridge and non-ClearBridge
     personnel, may cause ClearBridge to consider whether non-ClearBridge
     relationships between Legg Mason and an issuer present a conflict of
     interest for ClearBridge with respect to such issuer. As noted in Section
     IV. (1) A., ClearBridge employees are under an obligation to be aware of
     the potential for conflicts of interest in voting proxies and to bring
     such conflicts of interest, including conflicts of interest which may
     arise because of such special circumstances (such as any attempt by a Legg
     Mason business unit or Legg Mason officer or employee to influence proxy
     voting by ClearBridge) to the attention of ClearBridge Compliance. Also,
     ClearBridge is sensitive to the fact that a significant, publicized
     relationship between an issuer and a non-ClearBridge Legg Mason affiliate
     might appear to the public to influence the manner in which ClearBridge
     decides to vote a proxy with respect to such issuer. For prudential
     reasons, ClearBridge treats such significant, publicized relationships as
     creating a potential conflict of interest for ClearBridge in voting
     proxies.

     D. Based on information furnished by ClearBridge employees or maintained
     by ClearBridge Compliance pursuant to Section IV. (1) A. and C. and by
     ClearBridge Financial Control pursuant to Section IV. (1) B., ClearBridge
     Compliance shall maintain an up to date list of issuers with respect to
     which ClearBridge has a potential conflict of interest in voting proxies
     on behalf of client accounts. ClearBridge shall not vote proxies relating
     to issuers on such list on behalf of client accounts until it has been
     determined that the conflict of interest is not material or a method for
     resolving such conflict of interest has been agreed upon and implemented,
     as described in Section IV below. Exceptions apply: (i) with respect to a
     proxy issue that will be voted in accordance with a stated ClearBridge
     position on such issue, and (ii) with respect to a proxy issue that will
     be voted in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third
     party based on application of the policies set forth herein. Such issues
     generally are not brought to the attention of the Proxy Committee
     described in Section IV. (2) Because ClearBridge's position is that any
     conflict of interest issues are resolved by voting in accordance with a
     pre-determined policy or in accordance with the recommendation of an
     independent third party based on application of the policies set forth
     herein.

    (2) Procedures for Assessing Materiality of Conflicts of Interest and for
  Addressing Material Conflicts of Interest

     A. ClearBridge maintains a Proxy Committee which, among other things,
     reviews and addresses conflicts of interest brought to its attention. The
     Proxy Committee shall be comprised of such ClearBridge personnel as are
     designated from time to time. The current members of the Proxy Committee
     are set forth on Appendix B hereto.

                                       3



     B. All conflicts of interest identified pursuant to the procedures
     outlined in Section IV.(1) must be brought to the attention of the Proxy
     Committee by ClearBridge Compliance for resolution. As noted above, a
     proxy issue that will be voted in accordance with a stated ClearBridge
     position on such issue or in accordance with the recommendation of an
     independent third party generally is not brought to the attention of the
     Proxy Committee for a conflict of interest review because ClearBridge's
     position is that any conflict of interest issues are resolved by voting in
     accordance with a predetermined policy or in accordance with the
     recommendation of an independent third party.

     C. The Proxy Committee shall determine whether a conflict of interest is
     material. A conflict of interest will be considered material to the extent
     that it is determined that such conflict is likely to influence, or appear
     to influence, ClearBridge's decision-making in voting the proxy. All
     materiality determinations will be based on an assessment of the
     particular facts and circumstances. A written record of all materiality
     determinations made by the Proxy Committee will be maintained.

     D. If it is determined by the Proxy Committee that a conflict of interest
     is not material, ClearBridge may vote proxies notwithstanding the
     existence of the conflict.

     E. If it is determined by the Proxy Committee that a conflict of interest
     is material, the Proxy Committee shall determine an appropriate method to
     resolve such conflict of interest before the proxy affected by
     the conflict of interest is voted. Such determination shall be based on
     the particular facts and circumstances, including the importance of the
     proxy issue, the nature of the conflict of interest, etc. Such methods
     may include:

        i. disclosing the conflict to clients and obtaining their consent
     before voting;

        ii. suggesting to clients that they engage another party to vote the
     proxy on their behalf;

        iii. in the case of a conflict of interest resulting from a particular
     employee's personal relationships, removing such employee from the
     decision-making process with respect to such proxy vote; or

        iv. such other method as is deemed appropriate given the particular
     facts and circumstances, including the importance of the proxy issue, the
     nature of the conflict of interest, etc.*

   A written record of the method used to resolve a material conflict of
interest shall be maintained.

    (3) Third Party Proxy Voting Firm--Conflicts of Interests

     With respect to a third party proxy voting firm described herein, the
     Proxy Committee will periodically review and assess such firm's policies,
     procedures and practices with respect to the disclosure and handling of
     conflicts of interest.

V. VOTING POLICY

   These are policy guidelines that can always be superseded, subject to the
duty to act solely in the best interest of the beneficial owners of accounts,
by the investment management professionals responsible for the account holding
the shares being voted. There may be occasions when different investment teams
vote differently on the same issue. A ClearBridge investment team (E.G.,
ClearBridge's Social Awareness Investment team) may adopt proxy voting policies
that supplement these policies and procedures. In addition, in the case of
Taft-Hartley clients, ClearBridge will comply with a client direction to vote
proxies in accordance with Institutional Shareholder Services' (ISS) PVS Proxy
Voting Guidelines, which ISS represents to be fully consistent with AFL-CIO
guidelines.

- - --------
*  Especially in the case of an apparent, as opposed to actual, conflict of
   interest, the Proxy Committee may resolve such conflict of interest by
   satisfying itself that ClearBridge's proposed vote on a proxy issue is in
   the best interest of client accounts and is not being influenced by the
   conflict of interest.

                                       4



    (1) Election of Directors

      A. Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections.

        1. We withhold our vote from a director nominee who:

          (a) attended less than 75 percent of the company's board and
       committee meetings without a valid excuse (illness, service to the
       nation/local government, work on behalf of the company);

          (b) were members of the company's board when such board failed to act
       on a shareholder proposal that received approval of a majority of shares
       cast for the previous two consecutive years;

          (c) received more than 50 percent withheld votes of the shares cast
       at the previous board election, and the company has failed to address
       the issue as to why;

          (d) is an insider where: (1) such person serves on any of the audit,
       compensation or nominating committees of the company's board, (2) the
       company's board performs the functions typically performed by a
       company's audit, compensation and nominating committees, or (3) the full
       board is less than a majority independent;

          (e) is a member of the company's audit committee, when excessive
       non-audit fees were paid to the auditor, or there are chronic control
       issues and an absence of established effective control mechanisms.

        2. We vote for all other director nominees.

      B. Chairman and CEO is the Same Person.

        1. We vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder proposals that would
     require the positions of the Chairman and CEO to be held by different
     persons. We would generally vote FOR such a proposal unless there are
     compelling reasons to vote against the proposal, including:

       .  Designation of a lead director

       .  Majority of independent directors (supermajority)

       .  All independent key committees

       .  Size of the company (based on market capitalization)

       .  Established governance guidelines

       .  Company performance

      C. Majority of Independent Directors

        1. We vote for shareholder proposals that request that the board be
     comprised of a majority of independent directors. Generally that would
     require that the director have no connection to the company other than the
     board seat. In determining whether an independent director is truly
     independent (e.g. when voting on a slate of director candidates), we
     consider certain factors including, but not necessarily limited to, the
     following: whether the director or his/her company provided professional
     services to the company or its affiliates either currently or in the past
     year; whether the director has any transactional relationship with the
     company; whether the director is a significant customer or supplier of the
     company; whether the director is employed by a foundation or university
     that received significant grants or endowments from the company or its
     affiliates; and whether there are interlocking directorships.

        2. We vote for shareholder proposals that request that the board audit,
     compensation and/or nominating committees include independent directors
     exclusively.

      D. Stock Ownership Requirements

        1. We vote against shareholder proposals requiring directors to own a
     minimum amount of company stock in order to qualify as a director, or to
     remain on the board.

                                       5



      E. Term of Office

        1. We vote against shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of
     independent directors.

      F. Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection

        1. Subject to subparagraphs 2, 3, and 4 below, we vote for proposals
     concerning director and officer indemnification and liability protection.

        2. We vote for proposals to limit and against proposals to eliminate
     entirely director and officer liability for monetary damages for violating
     the duty of care.

        3. We vote against indemnification proposals that would expand coverage
     beyond just legal expenses to acts, such as negligence, that are more
     serious violations of fiduciary obligations than mere carelessness.

        4. We vote for only those proposals that provide such expanded coverage
     noted in subparagraph 3 above in cases when a director's or officer's
     legal defense was unsuccessful if: (1) the director was found to have
     acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed was in the
     best interests of the company, AND (2) if only the director's legal
     expenses would be covered.

      G. Director Qualifications

        1. We vote case-by-case on proposals that establish or amend director
     qualifications. Considerations include how reasonable the criteria are and
     to what degree they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

        2. We vote against shareholder proposals requiring two candidates per
     board seat.

    (2) Proxy Contests

      A. Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

        1. We vote on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors.
     Considerations include: chronology of events leading up to the proxy
     contest; qualifications of director nominees (incumbents and dissidents);
     for incumbents, whether the board is comprised of a majority of outside
     directors; whether key committees (ie: nominating, audit, compensation)
     comprise solely of independent outsiders; discussion with the respective
     portfolio manager(s).

      B. Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses

        1. We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to provide full
     reimbursement for dissidents waging a proxy contest. Considerations
     include: identity of persons who will pay solicitation expenses; cost of
     solicitation; percentage that will be paid to proxy solicitation firms.

    (3) Auditors

      A. Ratifying Auditors

        1. We vote for proposals to ratify auditors, unless an auditor has a
     financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore
     not independent; or there is reason to believe that the independent
     auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of
     the company's financial position or there is reason to believe the
     independent auditor has not followed the highest level of ethical conduct.
     Specifically, we will vote to ratify auditors if the auditors only provide
     the company audit services and such other audit-related and non-audit
     services the provision of which will not cause such auditors to lose their
     independence under applicable laws, rules and regulations.

      B. Financial Statements and Director and Auditor Reports

        1. We generally vote for management proposals seeking approval of
     financial accounts and reports and the discharge of management and
     supervisory board members, unless there is concern about the past actions
     of the company's auditors or directors.

                                       6



      C. Remuneration of Auditors

        1. We vote for proposals to authorize the board or an audit committee
     of the board to determine the remuneration of auditors, unless there is
     evidence of excessive compensation relative to the size and nature of the
     company.

      D. Indemnification of Auditors

        1. We vote against proposals to indemnify auditors.

    (4) Proxy Contest Defenses

      A. Board Structure: Staggered vs. Annual Elections

        1. We vote against proposals to classify the board.

        2. We vote for proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all
     directors annually.

      B. Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors

        1. We vote against proposals that provide that directors may be removed
     ONLY for cause.

        2. We vote for proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove
     directors with or without cause.

        3. We vote against proposals that provide that only continuing
     directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

        4. We vote for proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to
     fill board vacancies.

      C. Cumulative Voting

        1. If plurality voting is in place for uncontested director elections,
     we vote for proposals to permit or restore cumulative voting.

        2. If majority voting is in place for uncontested director elections,
     we vote against cumulative voting.

        3. If plurality voting is in place for uncontested director elections,
     and proposals to adopt both cumulative voting and majority voting are on
     the same slate, we vote for majority voting and against cumulative voting.

      D. Majority Voting

        1. We vote for non-binding and/or binding resolutions requesting that
     the board amend a company's by-laws to stipulate that directors need to be
     elected with an affirmative majority of the votes cast, provided that it
     does not conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. In
     addition, all resolutions need to provide for a carve-out for a plurality
     vote standard when there are more nominees than board seats (i.e.
     contested election). In addition, ClearBridge strongly encourages
     companies to adopt a post-election director resignation policy setting
     guidelines for the company to follow to promptly address situations
     involving holdover directors.

      E. Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

        1. We vote against proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder
     ability to call special meetings.

        2. We vote for proposals that remove restrictions on the right of
     shareholders to act independently of management.

      F. Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

        1. We vote against proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder
     ability to take action by written consent.

        2. We vote for proposals to allow or make easier shareholder action by
     written consent.

                                       7



      G. Shareholder Ability to Alter the Size of the Board

        1. We vote for proposals that seek to fix the size of the board.

        2. We vote against proposals that give management the ability to alter
     the size of the board without shareholder approval.

      H. Advance Notice Proposals

        1. We vote on advance notice proposals on a case-by-case basis, giving
     support to those proposals which allow shareholders to submit proposals as
     close to the meeting date as reasonably possible and within the broadest
     window possible.

      I. Amendment of By-Laws

        1. We vote against proposals giving the board exclusive authority to
     amend the by-laws.

        2. We vote for proposals giving the board the ability to amend the
     by-laws in addition to shareholders.

      J. Article Amendments (not otherwise covered by ClearBridge Proxy Voting
   Policies and Procedures).

        We review on a case-by-case basis all proposals seeking amendments to
     the articles of association.

        We vote for article amendments if:

           .  shareholder rights are protected;

           .  there is negligible or positive impact on shareholder value;

           .  management provides adequate reasons for the amendments; and

           .  the company is required to do so by law (if applicable).

    (5) Tender Offer Defenses

      A. Poison Pills

        1. We vote for shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its
     poison pill for shareholder ratification.

        2. We vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder proposals to redeem a
     company's poison pill. Considerations include: when the plan was
     originally adopted; financial condition of the company; terms of the
     poison pill.

        3. We vote on a case-by-case basis on management proposals to ratify a
     poison pill. Considerations include: sunset provision--poison pill is
     submitted to shareholders for ratification or rejection every 2 to 3
     years; shareholder redemption feature -10% of the shares may call a
     special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the rights
     plan.

      B. Fair Price Provisions

        1. We vote for fair price proposals, as long as the shareholder vote
     requirement embedded in the provision is no more than a majority of
     disinterested shares.

        2. We vote for shareholder proposals to lower the shareholder vote
     requirement in existing fair price provisions.

      C. Greenmail

        1. We vote for proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw
     amendments or otherwise restrict a company's ability to make greenmail
     payments.

        2. We vote on a case-by-case basis on anti-greenmail proposals when
     they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.

                                       8



      D. Unequal Voting Rights

        1. We vote against dual class exchange offers.

        2. We vote against dual class re-capitalization.

      E. Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Amend the Charter or
   Bylaws

        1. We vote against management proposals to require a supermajority
     shareholder vote to approve charter and bylaw amendments.

        2. We vote for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder
     vote requirements for charter and bylaw amendments.

      F. Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Approve Mergers

        1. We vote against management proposals to require a supermajority
     shareholder vote to approve mergers and other significant business
     combinations.

        2. We vote for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder
     vote requirements for mergers and other significant business combinations.

      G. White Squire Placements

        1. We vote for shareholder proposals to require approval of blank check
     preferred stock issues.

    (6) Miscellaneous Governance Provisions

      A. Confidential Voting

        1. We vote for shareholder proposals that request corporations to adopt
     confidential voting, use independent tabulators and use independent
     inspectors of election as long as the proposals include clauses for proxy
     contests as follows: in the case of a contested election, management is
     permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential
     voting policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If
     the dissidents do not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived.

        2. We vote for management proposals to adopt confidential voting
     subject to the proviso for contested elections set forth in sub-paragraph
     A.1 above.

      B. Equal Access

        1. We vote for shareholder proposals that would allow significant
     company shareholders equal access to management's proxy material in order
     to evaluate and propose voting recommendations on proxy proposals and
     director nominees, and in order to nominate their own candidates to the
     board.

      C. Bundled Proposals

        1. We vote on a case-by-case basis on bundled or "conditioned" proxy
     proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, we
     examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when
     the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders' best
     interests and therefore not in the best interests of the beneficial owners
     of accounts, we vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is
     positive, we support such proposals.

      D. Shareholder Advisory Committees

        1. We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to establish a
     shareholder advisory committee. Considerations include: rationale and cost
     to the firm to form such a committee. We generally vote against such
     proposals if the board and key nominating committees are comprised solely
     of independent/outside directors.

      E. Other Business

        We vote for proposals that seek to bring forth other business matters.

                                       9



      F. Adjourn Meeting

        We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals that seek to adjourn a
     shareholder meeting in order to solicit additional votes.

      G. Lack of Information

        We vote against proposals if a company fails to provide shareholders
     with adequate information upon which to base their voting decision.

    (7) Capital Structure

      A. Common Stock Authorization

        1. We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to increase the number
     of shares of common stock authorized for issue, except as described in
     paragraph 2 below.

        2. Subject to paragraph 3, below we vote for the approval requesting
     increases in authorized shares if the company meets certain criteria:

          a) Company has already issued a certain percentage (i.e. greater than
       50%) of the company's allotment.

          b) The proposed increase is reasonable (i.e. less than 150% of
       current inventory) based on an analysis of the company's historical
       stock management or future growth outlook of the company.

        3. We vote on a case-by-case basis, based on the input of affected
     portfolio managers, if holding is greater than 1% of an account.

      B. Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

        1. We vote on a case-by-case basis on management proposals to increase
     common share authorization for a stock split, provided that the split does
     not result in an increase of authorized but un-issued shares of more than
     100% after giving effect to the shares needed for the split.

      C. Reverse Stock Splits

        1. We vote for management proposals to implement a reverse stock split,
     provided that the reverse split does not result in an increase of
     authorized but unissued shares of more than 100% after giving effect to
     the shares needed for the reverse split.

      D. Blank Check Preferred Stock

        1. We vote against proposals to create, authorize or increase the
     number of shares with regard to blank check preferred stock with
     unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution and other rights.

        2. We vote for proposals to create "declawed" blank check preferred
     stock (stock that cannot be used as a takeover defense).

        3. We vote for proposals to authorize preferred stock in cases where
     the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights
     of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.

        4. We vote for proposals requiring a shareholder vote for blank check
     preferred stock issues.

      E. Adjust Par Value of Common Stock

        1. We vote for management proposals to reduce the par value of common
     stock.

      F. Preemptive Rights

        1. We vote on a case-by-case basis for shareholder proposals seeking to
     establish them and consider the following factors:

          a) Size of the Company.

                                      10



          b) Characteristics of the size of the holding (holder owning more
       than 1% of the outstanding shares).

          c) Percentage of the rights offering (rule of thumb less than 5%).

        2. We vote on a case-by-case basis for shareholder proposals seeking
     the elimination of pre-emptive rights.

      G. Debt Restructuring

        1. We vote on a case-by-case basis for proposals to increase common
     and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a
     debt-restructuring plan. Generally, we approve proposals that facilitate
     debt restructuring.

      H. Share Repurchase Programs

        1. We vote for management proposals to institute open-market share
     repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.

      I. Dual-Class Stock

        1. We vote for proposals to create a new class of nonvoting or
     subvoting common stock if:

           .  It is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution
              to current shareholders

           .  It is not designed to preserve the voting power of an insider or
              significant shareholder

      J. Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan

        1. We vote against proposals that increase authorized common stock for
     the explicit purpose of implementing a shareholder rights plan (poison
     pill).

      K. Debt Issuance Requests

        When evaluating a debt issuance request, the issuing company's present
     financial situation is examined. The main factor for analysis is the
     company's current debt-to-equity ratio, or gearing level. A high gearing
     level may incline markets and financial analysts to downgrade the
     company's bond rating, increasing its investment risk factor in the
     process. A gearing level up to 100 percent is considered acceptable.

        We vote for debt issuances for companies when the gearing level is
     between zero and 100 percent.

        We view on a case-by-case basis proposals where the issuance of debt
     will result in the gearing level being greater than 100 percent. Any
     proposed debt issuance is compared to industry and market standards.

      L. Financing Plans

        We generally vote for the adopting of financing plans if we believe
     they are in the best economic interests of shareholders.

    (8) Executive and Director Compensation

   In general, we vote for executive and director compensation plans, with the
view that viable compensation programs reward the creation of stockholder
wealth by having high payout sensitivity to increases in shareholder value.
Certain factors, however, such as repricing underwater stock options without
shareholder approval, would cause us to vote against a plan. Additionally, in
some cases we would vote against a plan deemed unnecessary.

      A. OBRA-Related Compensation Proposals

        1. Amendments that Place a Cap on Annual Grant or Amend Administrative
     Features

          a) We vote for plans that simply amend shareholder-approved plans to
       include administrative features or place a cap on the annual grants any
       one participant may receive to comply with the provisions of
       Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

                                      11



        2. Amendments to Added Performance-Based Goals

          a) We vote for amendments to add performance goals to existing
       compensation plans to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of
       the Internal Revenue Code.

        3. Amendments to Increase Shares and Retain Tax Deductions Under OBRA

          a) We vote for amendments to existing plans to increase shares
       reserved and to qualify the plan for favorable tax treatment under the
       provisions of Section 162(m) the Internal Revenue Code.

        4. Approval of Cash or Cash-and-Stock Bonus Plans

          a) We vote for cash or cash-and-stock bonus plans to exempt the
       compensation from taxes under the provisions of Section 162(m) of the
       Internal Revenue Code.

      B. Expensing of Options

        We vote for proposals to expense stock options on financial statements.

      C. Index Stock Options

        We vote on a case by case basis with respect to proposals seeking to
     index stock options. Considerations include whether the issuer expenses
     stock options on its financial statements and whether the issuer's
     compensation committee is comprised solely of independent directors.

      D. Shareholder Proposals to Limit Executive and Director Pay

        1. We vote on a case-by-case basis on all shareholder proposals that
     seek additional disclosure of executive and director pay information.
     Considerations include: cost and form of disclosure. We vote for such
     proposals if additional disclosure is relevant to shareholder's needs and
     would not put the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its
     industry.

        2. We vote on a case-by-case basis on all other shareholder proposals
     that seek to limit executive and director pay.

        We have a policy of voting to reasonably limit the level of options and
     other equity-based compensation arrangements available to management to
     reasonably limit shareholder dilution and management compensation. For
     options and equity-based compensation arrangements, we vote FOR proposals
     or amendments that would result in the available awards being less than
     10% of fully diluted outstanding shares (i.e. if the combined total of
     shares, common share equivalents and options available to be awarded under
     all current and proposed compensation plans is less than 10% of fully
     diluted shares). In the event the available awards exceed the 10%
     threshold, we would also consider the % relative to the common practice of
     its specific industry (e.g. technology firms). Other considerations would
     include, without limitation, the following:

       .  Compensation committee comprised of independent outside directors

       .  Maximum award limits

       .  Repricing without shareholder approval prohibited

      E. Golden Parachutes

        1. We vote for shareholder proposals to have golden parachutes
     submitted for shareholder ratification.

        2. We vote on a case-by-case basis on all proposals to ratify or cancel
     golden parachutes. Considerations include: the amount should not exceed 3
     times average base salary plus guaranteed benefits; golden parachute
     should be less attractive than an ongoing employment opportunity with the
     firm.

                                      12



      F. Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)

        1. We vote for proposals that request shareholder approval in order to
     implement an ESOP or to increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs,
     except in cases when the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is
     "excessive" (i.e., generally greater than five percent of outstanding
     shares).

      G. 401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

        1. We vote for proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for
     employees.

      H. Stock Compensation Plans

        1. We vote for stock compensation plans which provide a
     dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange.

        2. We vote on a case-by-case basis for stock compensation plans which
     do not provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange using a
     quantitative model.

      I. Directors Retirement Plans

        1. We vote against retirement plans for non-employee directors.

        2. We vote for shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for
     non-employee directors.

      J. Management Proposals to Reprice Options

        1. We vote on a case-by-case basis on management proposals seeking
     approval to reprice options. Considerations include the following:

           .  Historic trading patterns

           .  Rationale for the repricing

           .  Value-for-value exchange

           .  Option vesting

           .  Term of the option

           .  Exercise price

           .  Participation

      K. Shareholder Proposals Recording Executive and Director Pay

        1. We vote against shareholder proposals seeking to set absolute levels
     on compensation or otherwise dictate the amount or form of compensation.

        2. We vote against shareholder proposals requiring director fees be
     paid in stock only.

        3. We vote for shareholder proposals to put option repricing to a
     shareholder vote.

        4. We vote on a case-by-case basis for all other shareholder proposals
     regarding executive and director pay, taking unto account company
     performance, pay level versus peers, pay level versus industry, and long
     term corporate outlook.

    (9) State/Country of Incorporation

      A. Voting on State Takeover Statutes

        1. We vote for proposals to opt out of state freeze-out provisions.

        2. We vote for proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.

      B. Voting on Re-incorporation Proposals

        1. We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to change a company's
     state or country of incorporation. Considerations include: reasons for
     re-incorporation (i.e. financial, restructuring, etc); advantages/benefits
     for change (i.e. lower taxes); compare the differences in state/country
     laws governing the corporation.

                                      13



      C. Control Share Acquisition Provisions

        1. We vote against proposals to amend the charter to include control
     share acquisition provisions.

        2. We vote for proposals to opt out of control share acquisition
     statutes unless doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that
     would be detrimental to shareholders.

        3. We vote for proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.

        4. We vote for proposals to opt out of control share cash-out statutes.

    (10) Mergers and Corporate Restructuring

      A. Mergers and Acquisitions

        1. We vote on a case-by-case basis on mergers and acquisitions.
     Considerations include: benefits/advantages of the combined companies
     (i.e. economies of scale, operating synergies, increase in market
     power/share, etc...); offer price (premium or discount); change in the
     capital structure; impact on shareholder rights.

      B. Corporate Restructuring

        1. We vote on a case-by-case basis on corporate restructuring proposals
     involving minority squeeze outs and leveraged buyouts. Considerations
     include: offer price, other alternatives/offers considered and review of
     fairness opinions.

      C. Spin-offs

        1. We vote on a case-by-case basis on spin-offs. Considerations include
     the tax and regulatory advantages, planned use of sale proceeds, market
     focus, and managerial incentives.

      D. Asset Sales

        1. We vote on a case-by-case basis on asset sales. Considerations
     include the impact on the balance sheet/working capital, value received
     for the asset, and potential elimination of diseconomies.

      E. Liquidations

        1. We vote on a case-by-case basis on liquidations after reviewing
     management's efforts to pursue other alternatives, appraisal value of
     assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.

      F. Appraisal Rights

        1. We vote for proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with,
     rights of appraisal.

      G. Changing Corporate Name

        1. We vote for proposals to change the "corporate name", unless the
     proposed name change bears a negative connotation.

      H. Conversion of Securities

        1. We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals regarding conversion of
     securities. Considerations include the dilution to existing shareholders,
     the conversion price relative to market value, financial issues, control
     issues, termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.

      I. Stakeholder Provisions

        1. We vote against proposals that ask the board to consider
     non-shareholder constituencies or other non-financial effects when
     evaluating a merger or business combination.

    (11) Social and Environmental Issues

      A. In general we vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder social and
   environmental proposals, on the basis that their impact on share value can
   rarely be anticipated with any high degree of confidence. In

                                      14



   most cases, however, we vote for disclosure reports that seek additional
   information, particularly when it appears the company has not adequately
   addressed shareholders' social and environmental concerns. In determining
   our vote on shareholder social and environmental proposals, we also analyze
   the following factors:

        1. whether adoption of the proposal would have either a positive or
     negative impact on the company's short-term or long-term share value;

        2. the percentage of sales, assets and earnings affected;

        3. the degree to which the company's stated position on the issues
     could affect its reputation or sales, or leave it vulnerable to boycott or
     selective purchasing;

        4. whether the issues presented should be dealt with through government
     or company-specific action;

        5. whether the company has already responded in some appropriate manner
     to the request embodied in a proposal;

        6. whether the company's analysis and voting recommendation to
     shareholders is persuasive;

        7. what other companies have done in response to the issue;

        8. whether the proposal itself is well framed and reasonable;

        9. whether implementation of the proposal would achieve the objectives
     sought in the proposal; and

        10. whether the subject of the proposal is best left to the discretion
     of the board.

      B. Among the social and environmental issues to which we apply this
   analysis are the following:

        1. Energy and Environment

        2. Equal Employment Opportunity and Discrimination

        3. Product Integrity and Marketing

        4. Human Resources Issues

    (12) Miscellaneous

      A. Charitable Contributions

        1. We vote against proposals to eliminate, direct or otherwise restrict
     charitable contributions.

      B. Operational Items

        1. We vote against proposals to provide management with the authority
     to adjourn an annual or special meeting absent compelling reasons to
     support the proposal.

        2. We vote against proposals to reduce quorum requirements for
     shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding unless
     there are compelling reasons to support the proposal.

        3. We vote for by-law or charter changes that are of a housekeeping
     nature (updates or corrections).

        4. We vote for management proposals to change the date/time/location of
     the annual meeting unless the proposed change is unreasonable.

        5. We vote against shareholder proposals to change the
     date/time/location of the annual meeting unless the current scheduling or
     location is unreasonable.

        6. We vote against proposals to approve other business when it appears
     as voting item.

      C. Routine Agenda Items

        In some markets, shareholders are routinely asked to approve:

           .  the opening of the shareholder meeting

                                      15



           .  that the meeting has been convened under local regulatory
              requirements

           .  the presence of a quorum

           .  the agenda for the shareholder meeting

           .  the election of the chair of the meeting regulatory filings

           .  the allowance of questions

           .  the publication of minutes

           .  the closing of the shareholder meeting

        We generally vote for these and similar routine management proposals.

      D. Allocation of Income and Dividends

        We generally vote for management proposals concerning allocation of
     income and the distribution of dividends, unless the amount of the
     distribution is consistently and unusually small or large.

      E. Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternatives

        1. We vote for most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

        2. We vote against proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless
     management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder
     value.

    (13) ClearBridge has determined that registered investment companies,
  particularly closed end investment companies, raise special policy issues
  making specific voting guidelines frequently inapplicable. To the extent that
  ClearBridge has proxy voting authority with respect to shares of registered
  investment companies, ClearBridge shall vote such shares in the best interest
  of client accounts and subject to the general fiduciary principles set forth
  herein without regard to the specific voting guidelines set forth in Section
  V. (1) through (12).

   The voting policy guidelines set forth in this Section V may be changed from
time to time by ClearBridge in its sole discretion.

VI. OTHER CONSIDERATIONS

   In certain situations, ClearBridge may determine not to vote proxies on
behalf of a client because ClearBridge believes that the expected benefit to
the client of voting shares is outweighed by countervailing considerations.
Examples of situations in which ClearBridge may determine not to vote proxies
on behalf of a client include:

(1) SHARE BLOCKING

   Proxy voting in certain countries requires "share blocking." This means that
shareholders wishing to vote their proxies must deposit their shares shortly
before the date of the meeting (e.g. one week) with a designated depositary.
During the blocking period, shares that will be voted at the meeting cannot be
sold until the meeting has taken place and the shares have been returned to
client accounts by the designated depositary. In deciding whether to vote
shares subject to share blocking, ClearBridge will consider and weigh, based on
the particular facts and circumstances, the expected benefit to clients of
voting in relation to the detriment to clients of not being able to sell such
shares during the applicable period.

(2) SECURITIES ON LOAN

   Certain clients of ClearBridge, such as an institutional client or a mutual
fund for which ClearBridge acts as a sub-adviser, may engage in securities
lending with respect to the securities in their accounts. ClearBridge typically
does not direct or oversee such securities lending activities. To the extent
feasible and practical under the circumstances, ClearBridge will request that
the client recall shares that are on loan so that such shares can be

                                      16



voted if ClearBridge believes that the expected benefit to the client of voting
such shares outweighs the detriment to the client of recalling such shares
(E.G., foregone income). The ability to timely recall shares for proxy voting
purposes typically is not entirely within the control of ClearBridge and
requires the cooperation of the client and its other service providers. Under
certain circumstances, the recall of shares in time for such shares to be voted
may not be possible due to applicable proxy voting record dates and
administrative considerations.

VII. DISCLOSURE OF PROXY VOTING

   ClearBridge employees may not disclose to others outside of ClearBridge
(including employees of other Legg Mason business units) how ClearBridge
intends to vote a proxy absent prior approval from ClearBridge Legal or
Compliance, except that a ClearBridge investment professional may disclose to a
third party (other than an employee of another Legg Mason business unit) how it
intends to vote without obtaining prior approval from ClearBridge Legal or
Compliance if (1) the disclosure is intended to facilitate a discussion of
publicly available information by ClearBridge personnel with a representative
of a company whose securities are the subject of the proxy, (2) the company's
market capitalization exceeds $1 billion and (3) ClearBridge has voting power
with respect to less than 5% of the outstanding common stock of the company. Do
we still want to do this absent preapproval from legal/compliance?

   If a ClearBridge employee receives a request to disclose ClearBridge's proxy
voting intentions to, or is otherwise contacted by, another person outside of
ClearBridge (including an employee of another Legg Mason business unit) in
connection with an upcoming proxy voting matter, he/she should immediately
notify ClearBridge Legal/Compliance.

VIII. RECORD KEEPING AND OVERSIGHT

   ClearBridge shall maintain the following records relating to proxy voting:

    -  a copy of these policies and procedures;

    -  a copy of each proxy form (as voted);

    -  a copy of each proxy solicitation (including proxy statements) and
       related materials with regard to each vote;

    -  documentation relating to the identification and resolution of conflicts
       of interest;

    -  any documents created by ClearBridge that were material to a proxy
       voting decision or that memorialized the basis for that decision; and

    -  a copy of each written client request for information on how ClearBridge
       voted proxies on behalf of the client, and a copy of any written
       response by ClearBridge to any (written or oral) client request for
       information on how ClearBridge voted proxies on behalf of the requesting
       client.

   Such records shall be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place
for a period of not less than five years from the end of the fiscal year during
which the last entry was made on such record, the first two years in an
appropriate office of the ClearBridge adviser.

   To the extent that ClearBridge is authorized to vote proxies for a United
States Registered Investment Company, ClearBridge shall maintain such records
as are necessary to allow such fund to comply with its recordkeeping, reporting
and disclosure obligations under applicable laws, rules and regulations.

   In lieu of keeping copies of proxy statements, ClearBridge may rely on proxy
statements filed on the EDGAR system as well as on third party records of proxy
statements and votes cast if the third party provides an undertaking to provide
the documents promptly upon request.

                                      17



                                  APPENDIX A

                                  MEMORANDUM


            
         TO:   All ClearBridge Employees
         FROM: Legal and Compliance
         DATE:
         RE:   Updated ClearBridge Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
               Conflicts of Interest with respect to Proxy Voting


- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

   ClearBridge Advisors (ClearBridge) currently has in place proxy voting
policies and procedures designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best
interest of client accounts. Accompanying this memorandum is a copy of
ClearBridge's Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures that have been updated,
effective as of (DATE). The proxy voting policies and procedures are designed
to comply with the SEC rule under the Investment Advisers Act that addresses an
investment adviser's fiduciary obligation to its clients when voting proxies.
AS DISCUSSED IN MORE DETAIL BELOW, CLEARBRIDGE EMPLOYEES ARE UNDER AN
OBLIGATION (I) TO BE AWARE OF THE POTENTIAL FOR CONFLICTS OF INTEREST ON THE
PART OF CLEARBRIDGE IN VOTING PROXIES ON BEHALF OF CLIENT ACCOUNTS BOTH AS A
RESULT OF AN EMPLOYEE'S PERSONAL RELATIONSHIPS AND DUE TO SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES
THAT MAY ARISE DURING THE CONDUCT OF CLEARBRIDGE'S BUSINESS, AND (II) TO BRING
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST OF WHICH THEY BECOME AWARE TO THE ATTENTION OF
CLEARBRIDGE COMPLIANCE.

   The updated proxy voting policies and procedures are substantially similar
to the policies and procedures currently in effect in terms of ClearBridge's
stated position on certain types of proxy issues and the factors and
considerations taken into account by ClearBridge in voting on certain other
types of proxy issues.

   While, as described in Section IV of the updated policies and procedures,
ClearBridge will seek to identify significant ClearBridge client relationships
and significant, publicized non-ClearBridge Legg Mason affiliate client
relationships/1/ which could present ClearBridge with a conflict of interest in
voting proxies, all ClearBridge employees must play an important role in
helping our organization identify potential conflicts of interest that could
impact ClearBridge's proxy voting. ClearBridge employees need to (i) be aware
of the potential for conflicts of interest on the part of ClearBridge in voting
proxies on behalf of client accounts both as a result of an employee's personal
relationships and due to special circumstances that may arise during the
conduct of ClearBridge's business, and (ii) bring conflicts of interest of
which they become aware to the attention of a ClearBridge compliance officer.

   A conflict of interest arises when the existence of a personal or business
relationship on the part of ClearBridge or one of its employees or special
circumstances that arise during the conduct of ClearBridge's business might
influence, or appear to influence, the manner in which ClearBridge decides to
vote a proxy. An example of a personal relationship that creates a potential
conflict of interest would be a situation in which a ClearBridge employee (such
as a portfolio manager or senior level executive) has a spouse or other close
relative who serves as a director or senior executive of a company. An example
of "special circumstances" would be explicit or implicit pressure exerted by a
ClearBridge relationship to try to influence ClearBridge's vote on a proxy with
respect to which the ClearBridge relationship is the issuer. Another example
would be a situation in which there was contact between ClearBridge and
non-ClearBridge personnel in which the non-ClearBridge Legg Mason personnel, on
their own initiative or at the prompting of a client of a non-ClearBridge unit
of Legg Mason, tried to exert pressure to influence ClearBridge's proxy
vote/2/. Of course, the foregoing examples are not exhaustive, and a variety of
situations may arise that raise conflict of interest questions for ClearBridge.
You are encouraged to raise and discuss with ClearBridge Compliance particular
facts and circumstances that you believe may raise conflict of interest issues
for ClearBridge.



   As described in Section IV of the updated policies and procedures,
ClearBridge has established a Proxy Committee to assess the materiality of
conflicts of interest brought to its attention by ClearBridge Compliance as
well as to agree upon appropriate methods to resolve material conflicts of
interest before proxies affected by the conflicts of interest are voted/3/. As
described in the updated policies and procedures, there are a variety of
methods and approaches that the Proxy Committee may utilize to resolve material
conflicts of interest. Please note that ClearBridge employees should report all
conflicts of interest of which they become aware to ClearBridge Compliance. It
is up to the Proxy Committee to assess the materiality of conflicts of interest
brought to its attention and to agree upon an appropriate resolution with
respect to conflicts of interest determined to be material.

   The obligation of ClearBridge employees to be sensitive to the issue of
conflicts of interest and to bring conflicts of interest to the attention of
ClearBridge Compliance is a serious one. Failure to do so can lead to negative
legal, regulatory, and reputational consequences for the firm as well as to
negative regulatory and disciplinary consequences for the ClearBridge employee.
Please consult with a ClearBridge Compliance officer if you have any questions
concerning your obligations with respect to conflicts of interest under the
updated proxy voting policies and procedures.


- - --------
/1,2/As a general matter, ClearBridge takes the position that relationships
     between a non-ClearBridge Legg Mason affiliate and an issuer (e.g.
     investment management relationship between an issuer and a non-ClearBridge
     Legg Mason affiliate) do not present a conflict of interest for
     ClearBridge in voting proxies with respect to such issuer. Such position
     is based on the fact that ClearBridge is operated as an independent
     business unit from other Legg Mason business units as well as on the
     existence of information barriers between ClearBridge and certain other
     Legg Mason business units. ClearBridge is sensitive to the fact that a
     significant, publicized relationship between an issuer and a
     non-ClearBridge Legg Mason affiliate might appear to the public to
     influence the manner in which ClearBridge decides to vote a proxy with
     respect to such issuer. As noted, ClearBridge seeks to identify such
     significant, publicized relationships, and for prudential reasons brings
     such identified situations to the attention of the Proxy Committee, as
     described herein. Special circumstances, such as those described in the
     noted examples, also could cause ClearBridge to consider whether
     non-ClearBridge relationships between a Legg Mason affiliate and an issuer
     present a conflict of interest for ClearBridge with respect to such issuer.
/3/  Exceptions apply: (i) with respect to a proxy issue that will be voted in
     accordance with a stated ClearBridge position on such issue, and (ii) with
     respect to a proxy issue that will be voted in accordance with the
     recommendation of an independent third party. Such issues are not brought
     to the attention of the Proxy Committee because ClearBridge's position is
     that to the extent a conflict of interest issue exists, it is resolved by
     voting in accordance with a pre-determined policy or in accordance with
     the recommendation of an independent third party.

                                      19



                                  APPENDIX B

                            PROXY COMMITTEE MEMBERS

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT REPRESENTATIVES

Michael Magee
Eric Thomson, Secretary
Peter Vanderlee, Chairman

LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES

Leonard Larrabee
Michael Scanlon

COMPLIANCE REPRESENTATIVES

Barbara Manning
Brian Murphy

OPERATIONS

Denise Corsetti
Tammie Kim

   At least one representative from each of Investment Management, Legal and
Compliance must participate in any deliberations and decisions of the Proxy
Committee relating to potential conflicts of interest.



[LOGO]
LOOMIS | SAYLES

PROXY VOTING POLICY
                              AND PROCEDURE MANUAL

                                 JUNE 30, 2004

                                    AMENDED
                                MARCH 31, 2005
                                 MAY 16, 2005
                                MARCH 31, 2007
                                AUGUST 30, 2007
                                MARCH 31, 2008



[LOGO]
LOOMIS | SAYLES
PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURE MANUAL


CONTENTS


                                                                    
     1  GENERAL.......................................................  4
        Introduction
        General Guidelines
        Proxy Committee
        Conflicts of Interest
        Recordkeeping and Disclosure

     2  PROPOSALS USUALLY VOTED FOR...................................  7
        Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections
        Chairman and CEO are the Same Person
        Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors
        Annual Election of Directors
        Shareholder Ability to Alter the Size of the Board
        Independent Audit, Compensation and Nominating Committees
        Ratifying Auditors
        Cumulative Voting
        Majority Voting
        Fair Price Provisions
        White Squire Placements
        Equal Access
        Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends
        Blank Check Preferred Authorization
        Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock
        Share Repurchase Programs
        OBRA-Related Compensation Proposals
        Appraisal Rights
        Changing Corporate Name
        Confidential Voting
        Golden and Tin Parachutes
        Delivery of Electronic Proxy Materials

     3  PROPOSALS USUALLY VOTED AGAINST............................... 10
        Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors
        Staggered Director Elections
        Stock Ownership Requirements
        Term of Office
        Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection
        Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings
        Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent
        Unequal Voting Rights
        Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirements
        Charitable and Political Contributions
        Common Stock Authorization


Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. March 2008
All Rights Reserved

                                       2



[LOGO]
LOOMIS | SAYLES
PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURE MANUAL


                                                                                   
4  PROPOSALS USUALLY VOTED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE PROXY VOTING
   SERVICE........................................................................... 11
   Compensation Plans
   Stock Option Plans
   Employee Stock Ownership Plans
   401(k) Employee Benefit Plans
   Executive Compensation Advisory Resolutions ("Say-on-Pay")

5  PROPOSALS REQUIRING SPECIAL CONSIDERATION......................................... 11
   Director Nominees in Contested Elections
   Proxy Contest Defenses
   Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses
   Tender Offer Defenses
   Poison Pills
   Greenmail
   Bundled Proposals
   Shareholder Advisory Committees
   Preemptive Rights
   Debt Restructurings
   Shareholder Proposals to Limit Executive and Director Pay State Takeover Statutes
   Reincorporation Proposals
   Mergers and Acquisitions
   Corporate Restructuring
   Spin-offs
   Asset Sales
   Liquidations
   Environment and Social issues
       Energy and Environment
       Northern Ireland
       Military Business
       Maquiladora Standards and International Operations Policies
       Third World Debt Crisis
       Equal Employment Opportunity and Discrimination
       Animal Rights
       Product Integrity and Marketing
       Human Resource Issues
   Election of Mutual Fund Trustees
   Mutual Fund Investment Advisory Agreement
   Mutual Fund Fundamental Investment Restrictions
   Mutual Fund Distribution Agreements


Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. March 2008
All Rights Reserved

                                       3



[LOGO]
LOOMIS | SAYLES
PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURE MANUAL

1. GENERAL

A. INTRODUCTION.

   Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. ("Loomis Sayles") will vote proxies on behalf
of a client if, in its investment management agreement ("IMA") with Loomis
Sayles, the client has delegated to Loomis Sayles the authority to vote proxies
on its behalf. With respect to IMAs executed with clients prior to June 30,
2004, Loomis Sayles assumes that, the proxy voting authority assigned by Loomis
Sayles at account setup is accurate unless the client or their representative
has instructed Loomis Sayles otherwise. Loomis Sayles has adopted and
implemented these policies and procedures ("Proxy Voting Procedures") to ensure
that, where it has voting authority, proxy matters are handled in the best
interest of clients, in accordance with Loomis Sayles' fiduciary duties and SEC
rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. In addition to SEC
requirements governing advisers, its Proxy Voting Procedures reflect the
long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts set
out in Department of Labor Bulletin 94-2, 29 C.F.R. 2509.94-2 (July 29, 1994).

   Loomis Sayles uses the services of third parties ("Proxy Voting
Service(s)"), to research and administer the vote on proxies for those accounts
and funds for which Loomis Sayles has voting authority. Each Proxy Voting
Service has a copy of Loomis Sayles' Proxy Voting Procedures and provides vote
recommendations and/or analysis to Loomis Sayles based on Loomis Sayles'
Procedures and the Proxy Voting Service's own research. Loomis Sayles will
generally follow its express policy with input from the Proxy Voting Services
unless the Proxy Committee determines that the client's best interests are
served by voting otherwise.

B. GENERAL GUIDELINES.

   The following guidelines will apply when voting proxies on behalf of
accounts for which Loomis Sayles has voting authority.

    1. Client's Best Interest. Loomis Sayles' Proxy Voting Procedures are
  designed and implemented in a way that is reasonably expected to ensure that
  proxy matters are conducted in the best interest of clients. When considering
  the best interest of clients, Loomis Sayles has determined that this means
  the best investment interest of its clients as shareholders of the issuer.
  Loomis Sayles has established its Procedures to assist it in making its proxy
  voting decisions with a view to enhancing the value of its clients' interests
  in an issuer over the period during which it expects its clients to hold
  their investments. Loomis Sayles will vote against proposals that it believes
  could adversely impact the current or potential market value of the issuer's
  securities during the expected holding period.

    2. Client Proxy Voting Policies. Rather than delegating proxy voting
  authority to Loomis Sayles, a client may (1) retain the authority to vote
  proxies on securities in its account, (2) delegate voting authority to
  another party or (3) instruct Loomis Sayles to vote proxies according to a
  policy that differs from that of Loomis Sayles. Loomis Sayles will honor any
  of these instructions if the client includes the instruction in writing in
  its IMA or in a written instruction from a person authorized under the IMA to
  give such instructions. If Loomis incurs additional costs or expenses in
  following any such instruction, Loomis may request payment of such additional
  costs or expenses from the client.

    3. Stated Policies. These policies identify issues where Loomis Sayles will
  (1) generally vote in favor of a proposal, (2) generally vote against a
  proposal, (3) generally vote as recommended by the proxy voting service

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. March 2008
All Rights Reserved

                                       4



[LOGO]
LOOMIS | SAYLES
PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURE MANUAL

  and (4) specifically consider its vote for or against a proposal. However,
  these policies are guidelines and each vote may be cast differently than the
  stated policy, taking into consideration all relevant facts and circumstances
  at the time of the vote.

    4. Abstain from Voting. Our policy is to vote-not abstain from voting on
  issues presented unless the client's best interest requires abstention. This
  may occur from time to time, for example, where the impact of the expected
  costs involved in voting exceeds the expected benefits of the vote such as
  where foreign corporations follow share-blocking practices or where proxy
  material is not available in English.

    5. Oversight. All issues presented for shareholder vote will be considered
  under the oversight of the Proxy Committee. All non-routine issues will be
  directly considered by the Proxy Committee and, when necessary, the equity
  analyst following the company and/or the portfolio manager of an account
  holding the security, and will be voted in the best investment interests of
  the client. All routine for and against issues will be voted according to
  Loomis Sayles' policy approved by the Proxy Committee unless special factors
  require that they be considered by the Proxy Committee and, when necessary,
  the equity analyst following the company and/or the portfolio manager of an
  account holding the security. Loomis Sayles' Proxy Committee has established
  these routine policies in what it believes are the client's best interests.

    6. Availability of Procedures. Upon request, Loomis Sayles provides clients
  with a copy of its Proxy Voting Procedures, as updated from time to time. In
  addition, Loomis Sayles includes its Proxy Voting Procedures and/or a
  description of its Procedures on its public website, www.loomissayles.com,
  and in its Form ADV, Part II.

    7. Disclosure of Vote. Upon request, a client can obtain information from
  Loomis Sayles on how its proxies were voted. Any client interested in
  obtaining this information should contact its Loomis Sayles's representatives.

    8. Disclosure to Third Parties. Loomis Sayles' general policy is not to
  disclose to third parties how it (or its voting delegate) voted a client's
  proxy except that for registered investment companies, Loomis Sayles makes
  disclosure as required by Rule 30(b)(1)-(4) under the Investment Company Act
  of 1940 and, from time to time at the request of client groups, Loomis may
  make general disclosure (not specific as to client) of its voting
  instructions.

C. PROXY COMMITTEE.

    1. Proxy Committee. Loomis Sayles has established a Proxy Committee. The
  Proxy Committee is composed of representatives of the Equity Research
  department and the Legal & Compliance department and other employees of
  Loomis Sayles as needed. In the event that any member is unable to
  participate in a meeting of the Proxy Committee, his or her designee acts on
  his or her behalf. A vacancy in the Proxy Committee is filled by the prior
  member's successor in position at Loomis Sayles or a person of equivalent
  experience. Each portfolio manager of an account that holds voting securities
  of an issuer or analyst covering the issuer or its securities may be an ad
  hoc member of the Proxy Committee in connection with the vote of proxies.

    2. Duties. The specific responsibilities of the Proxy Committee, include,

      a. to develop, authorize, implement and update these Proxy Voting
   Procedures, including

         (i) annual review of these Procedures to ensure consistency with
         internal policies and regulatory agency policies,

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. March 2008
All Rights Reserved

                                       5



[LOGO]
LOOMIS | SAYLES
PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURE MANUAL


         (ii) annual review of existing voting guidelines and development of
         additional voting guidelines to assist in the review of proxy
         proposals, and

         (iii) annual review of the proxy voting process and any general issues
         that relate to proxy voting;

      b. to oversee the proxy voting process, including;

         (i) overseeing the vote on proposals according to the predetermined
         policies in the voting guidelines,

         (ii) directing the vote on proposals where there is reason not to vote
         according to the predetermined policies in the voting guidelines or
         where proposals require special consideration, and

         (iii) consulting with the portfolio managers and analysts for the
         accounts holding the security when necessary or appropriate;

      c. to engage and oversee third-party vendors, including Proxy Voting
   Services; and

      d. to develop and/or modify these Proxy Voting Procedures as appropriate
   or necessary.

    3. Standards.

      a. When determining the vote of any proposal for which it has
   responsibility, the Proxy Committee shall vote in the client's best interest
   as described in section 1(B)(1) above. In the event a client believes that
   its other interests require a different vote, Loomis Sayles shall vote as
   the client instructs if the instructions are provided as required in section
   1(B)(2) above.

      b. When determining the vote on any proposal, the Proxy Committee shall
   not consider any benefit to Loomis Sayles, any of its affiliates, any of its
   or their clients or service providers, other than benefits to the owner of
   the securities to be voted.

    4. Charter. The Proxy Committee may adopt a Charter, which shall be
  consistent with these Procedures. Any Charter shall set forth the Committee's
  purpose, membership and operation and shall include procedures prohibiting a
  member from voting on a matter for which he or she has a conflict of interest
  by reason of a direct relationship with the issuer or other party affected by
  a given proposal, e.g., is a portfolio manager for an account of the issuer.

D. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.

   Loomis Sayles has established several policies to ensure that proxy votes
are voted in its clients' best interest and are not affected by any possible
conflicts of interest. First, except in certain limited instances, Loomis
Sayles votes in accordance with its pre-determined policies set forth in these
Proxy Voting Procedures. Second, where these Procedures allow for discretion,
Loomis Sayles will generally consider the recommendations of the Proxy Voting
Services in making its voting decisions. However, if the Proxy Committee
determines that the Proxy Voting Services' recommendation is not in the best
interest of its clients, then the Proxy Committee may use its discretion to
vote against the Proxy Voting Services' recommendation, but only after taking
the following steps: (1) conducting a review for any material conflict of
interest Loomis Sayles may have and, (2) if any material conflict is found to
exist, excluding anyone at Loomis Sayles who is subject to that conflict of
interest from participating in the voting decision in any way. However, if
deemed necessary or appropriate by the Proxy Committee after full prior
disclosure of any conflict, that person may provide information, opinions or
recommendations on any proposal to the Proxy Committee. In such event the Proxy

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. March 2008
All Rights Reserved

                                       6



[LOGO]
LOOMIS | SAYLES
PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURE MANUAL

Committee will make reasonable efforts to obtain and consider, prior to
directing any vote information, opinions or recommendations from or about the
opposing position on any proposal.

E. RECORDKEEPING AND DISCLOSURE.

   Loomis Sayles or its Proxy Voting Service will maintain records of proxies
voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act. The records include: (1) a
copy of its Proxy Voting Procedures and its charter; (2) proxy statements
received regarding client securities; (3) a record of each vote cast; (4) a
copy of any document created by Loomis Sayles that is material to making a
decision how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorializes the
basis for that decision; and (5) each written client request for proxy voting
records and Loomis Sayles' written response to any (written or oral) client
request for such records.

   Proxy voting books and records are maintained in an easily accessible place
for a period of five years, the first two in an appropriate office of Loomis
Sayles.

   Loomis Sayles will provide disclosure of its Proxy Voting Procedures as well
as its voting record as required under applicable SEC rules.

2. PROPOSALS USUALLY VOTED FOR

   Proxies involving the issues set forth below generally will be voted FOR.

   Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections:

    A. Vote for proposals involving routine matters such as election of
  Directors, provided that two-thirds of the directors would be independent and
  affiliated or inside nominees do not serve on any board committee.

    B. Vote against nominees that are CFOs and, generally, against nominees
  that the Proxy Voting Service has identified as not acting in the best
  interest of shareholders. Vote against nominees that have attended less than
  75% of board and committee meetings. Vote against affiliated or inside
  nominees who serve on a board committee or if two thirds of the board would
  not be independent. Vote against governance or nominating committee members
  if there is no independent lead or presiding director and if the CEO and
  chairman are the same person. Vote against audit committee members if auditor
  ratification is not proposed.

   Chairman and CEO are the Same Person: Vote for proposals that would require
the positions of chairman and CEO to be held by different persons.

   Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors: Vote for proposals to restore
shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause and proposals
that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

   Annual Election of Directors: Vote for proposals to repeal classified boards
and to elect all directors annually.

   Shareholder Ability to Alter the Size of the Board:

    A. Vote for proposals that seek to fix the size of the board.

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. March 2008
All Rights Reserved

                                       7



[LOGO]
LOOMIS | SAYLES
PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURE MANUAL


    B. Vote against proposals that give management the ability to alter the
  size of the board without shareholder approval.

   Independent Audit, Compensation and Nominating Committees: Vote for
proposals requesting that the board audit, compensation and/or nominating
committees include independent directors exclusively.

   Ratifying Auditors:

    A. Generally vote for proposals to ratify auditors.

    B. Vote against ratification of auditors where an auditor has a financial
  interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not
  independent; or there is reason to believe that the independent auditor has
  rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company's
  financial position. In general if the ratio of non-audit fees to audit fees
  is less than 1:1 or if non-audit fees are less than $500,000 we will
  generally vote for ratification. A recommendation of the Proxy Voting Service
  will generally be followed.

   Cumulative Voting: Vote for proposals to permit cumulative voting.

   Majority Voting: Vote for proposals to permit majority rather than plurality
voting for the election of Directors/Trustees.

   Fair Price Provisions:

    A. Vote for fair price proposals, as long as the shareholder vote
  requirement embedded in the provision is no more than a majority of
  disinterested shares.

    B. Vote for shareholder proposals to lower the shareholder vote requirement
  in existing fair price provisions.

   White Squire Placements: Vote for shareholder proposals to require
shareholder approval of blank check preferred stock issues.

   Equal Access: Vote for shareholder proposals that would allow significant
company shareholders equal access to management's proxy material in order to
evaluate and propose voting recommendations on proxy proposals and director
nominees, and in order to nominate their own candidates to the board.

   Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends: Generally vote for management
proposals to increase common share authorization, provided that the increase in
authorized shares following the split or dividend is not greater than 100
percent of existing authorized shares.

   Blank Check Preferred Authorization:

    A. Vote for proposals to create blank check preferred stock in cases when
  the company expressly states that the stock will not be used as a takeover
  defense or carry superior voting rights, and expressly states conversion,
  dividend, distribution and other rights.

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. March 2008
All Rights Reserved

                                       8



[LOGO]
LOOMIS | SAYLES
PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURE MANUAL


    B. Vote for shareholder proposals to have blank check preferred stock
  placements, other than those shares issued for the purpose of raising capital
  or making acquisitions in the normal course of business, submitted for
  shareholder ratification.

    C. Review on a case-by-case basis proposals to increase the number of
  authorized blank check preferred shares.

   Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock: Vote for management proposals to
reduce the par value of common stock.

   Share Repurchase Programs: Vote for management proposals to institute
open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on
equal terms.

   OBRA (Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act)-Related Compensation Proposals:

    A. Vote for plans that simply amend shareholder-approved plans to include
  administrative features or place a cap on the annual grants any one
  participant may receive to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of
  OBRA.

    B. Vote for amendments to add performance goals to existing compensation
  plans to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA.

    C. Vote for cash or cash-and-stock bonus plans to exempt the compensation
  from taxes under the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA.

    D. Votes on amendments to existing plans to increase shares reserved and to
  qualify the plan for favorable tax treatment under the provisions of
  Section 162(m) should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.

   Appraisal Rights: Vote for proposals to restore, or provide shareholders
with, rights of appraisal.

   Changing Corporate Name: Vote for changing the corporate name.

   Confidential Voting: Vote for shareholder proposals that request
corporations to adopt confidential voting, use independent tabulators and use
independent inspectors of election as long as the proposals include clauses for
proxy contests as follows: In the case of a contested election, management
should be permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential
voting policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If the
dissidents do not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived. Vote for
management proposals to adopt confidential voting.

   Golden and Tin Parachutes:

   A. Vote for shareholder proposals to have golden (top management) and tin
(all employees) parachutes submitted for shareholder ratification.

    B. Review on a case-by-case basis all proposals to ratify or cancel golden
  or tin parachutes.

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. March 2008
All Rights Reserved

                                       9



[LOGO]
LOOMIS | SAYLES
PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURE MANUAL


   Delivery of Electronic Proxy Materials: Vote for proposals to allow
electronic delivery of proxy materials to shareholders.

3. PROPOSALS USUALLY VOTED AGAINST

   Proxies involving the issues set forth below generally will be voted AGAINST.

   Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors:

    A. Vote against proposals that provide that directors may be removed only
  for cause.

    B. Vote against proposals that provide that only continuing directors may
  elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

   Staggered Director Elections: Vote against proposals to classify or stagger
the board.

   Stock Ownership Requirements: Generally vote against shareholder proposals
requiring directors to own a minimum amount of company stock in order to
qualify as a director, or to remain on the board.

   Term of Office: Vote against shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of
outside directors.

   Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection:

    A. Proposals concerning director and officer indemnification and liability
  protection that limit or eliminate entirely director and officer liability
  for monetary damages for violating the duty of care, or that would expand
  coverage beyond just legal expenses to acts, such as gross negligence, that
  are more serious violations of fiduciary obligations than mere carelessness.

    B. Vote for only those proposals that provide such expanded coverage in
  cases when a director's or officer's legal defense was unsuccessful if
  (i) the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that
  he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company, and
  (ii) only if the director's legal expenses would be covered.

   Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings: Vote against proposals to
restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call special meetings.

   Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent: Vote against proposals to
restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take action by written consent.

   Unequal Voting Rights: Vote against dual class exchange offers and dual
class recapitalizations.

   Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirements: Vote against management
proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve charter and
bylaw amendments.

   Charitable and Political Contributions: Vote against shareholder proposals
regarding charitable and political contributions.

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. March 2008
All Rights Reserved

                                      10



[LOGO]
LOOMIS | SAYLES
PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURE MANUAL


   Common Stock Authorization: Vote against proposed common stock
authorizations that increase the existing authorization by more than 100
percent unless a clear need for the excess shares is presented by the company.
A recommendation of the Proxy Voting Service will generally be followed.

4. PROPOSALS USUALLY VOTED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE PROXY VOTING SERVICE

   Proxies involving compensation issues, not limited to those set forth below,
generally will be voted as recommended by the proxy voting service but may, in
the consideration of the Committee, be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.

   Compensation Plans: Votes with respect to compensation plans generally will
be voted as recommended by the Proxy Voting Service.

   Stock Option Plans: A recommendation of the Proxy Voting Service will
generally be followed using the following as a guide:

    A. Vote against plans which expressly permit repricing of underwater
  options.

   B. Vote against proposals to make all stock options performance based.

    C. Vote against stock option plans that could result in an earnings
  dilution above the company specific cap considered by the Proxy Voting
  Service.

    D. Vote for proposals that request expensing of stock options.

   Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs): Vote for proposals that request
shareholder approval in order to implement an ESOP or to increase authorized
shares for existing ESOPs, except in cases when the number of shares allocated
to the ESOP is "excessive" (i.e., generally greater than five percent of
outstanding shares). A recommendation of the Proxy Voting Service will
generally be followed.

   401(k) Employee Benefit Plans: Vote for proposals to implement a 401(k)
savings plan for employees.

   Executive Compensation Advisory Resolutions ("Say-on-Pay"): A recommendation
of the Proxy Voting Service will generally be followed using the following as a
guide:

    A. Vote for shareholder proposals to permit non-binding advisory votes on
  executive compensation.

    B. Actual executive compensation advisory votes will be considered on a
  case-by-case basis.

5. PROPOSALS REQUIRING SPECIAL CONSIDERATION

   The Proxy Committee will vote proxies involving the issues set forth below
generally on a case-by-case basis after review. Proposals on many of these
types of matters will typically be reviewed with the analyst following the
company before any vote is cast.

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. March 2008
All Rights Reserved

                                      11



[LOGO]
LOOMIS | SAYLES
PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURE MANUAL


   Director Nominees in Contested Elections: Votes in a contested election of
directors or vote no campaign must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis,
considering the following factors: long-term financial performance of the
target company relative to its industry; management's track record; background
to the proxy contest; qualifications of director nominees (both slates);
evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders as well as the likelihood
that the proposed objectives and goals can be met; and stock ownership
positions.

   Proxy Contest Defenses: Generally, proposals concerning all proxy contest
defenses should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.

   Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses: Decisions to provide full
reimbursement for dissidents waging a proxy contest should be made on a
case-by-case basis.

   Tender Offer Defenses: Generally, proposals concerning the following tender
offer defenses should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.

   Poison Pills:

    A. Vote for shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison
  pill for shareholder ratification.

    B. Review on a case-by-case basis shareholder proposals to redeem a
  company's poison pill.

    C. Review on a case-by-case basis management proposals to ratify a poison
  pill.

   Greenmail:

    A. Vote for proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter of bylaw amendments
  or otherwise restrict a company's ability to make greenmail payments.

    B. Review on a case-by-case basis anti-greenmail proposals when they are
  bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.

   Bundled Proposals: Review on a case-by-case basis bundled or "conditioned"
proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other,
examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when the
joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders' best interests,
vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, support such
proposals.

   Shareholder Advisory Committees: Review on a case-by-case basis proposals to
establish a shareholder advisory committee.

   Preemptive Rights: Review on a case-by-case basis shareholder proposals that
seek preemptive rights. In evaluating proposals on preemptive rights, look at
the size of a company and the characteristics of its shareholder base.

   Debt Restructurings: Review on a case-by-case basis proposals to increase
common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a
debt-restructuring plan. Consider the following issues: Dilution--How much will
ownership interest of existing shareholders be reduced, and how extreme will
dilution to any future earnings be?

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. March 2008
All Rights Reserved

                                      12



[LOGO]
LOOMIS | SAYLES
PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURE MANUAL

Change in Control--Will the transaction result in a change in control of the
company? Bankruptcy - Loomis Sayles' Corporate Actions Department is
responsible for consents related to bankruptcies and debt holder consents
related to restructurings.

   Shareholder Proposals to Limit Executive and Director Pay:

    A. Generally, vote for shareholder proposals that seek additional
  disclosure of executive and director pay information.

    B. Review on a case-by-case basis (I) all shareholder proposals that seek
  to limit executive and director pay and (ii) all advisory resolutions on
  executive pay other than shareholder resolutions to permit such advisory
  resolutions. Vote against proposals to link all executive or director
  variable compensation to performance goals.

   State Takeover Statutes: Review on a case-by-case basis proposals to opt in
or out of state takeover statutes (including control share acquisition
statutes, control share cash-out statutes, freezeout provisions, fair price
provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor
contract provisions, antigreenmail provisions, and disgorgement provisions).

   Reincorporation Proposals: Proposals to change a company's domicile should
be examined on a case-by-case basis.

   Mergers and Acquisitions: Votes on mergers and acquisitions should be
considered on a case-by-case basis, taking into account at least the following:
anticipated financial and operating benefits; offer price (cost vs. premium);
prospects of the combined companies; how the deal was negotiated; and changes
in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights.

   Corporate Restructuring: Votes on corporate restructuring proposals,
including minority squeezeouts, leveraged buyouts, spin-offs, liquidations, and
asset sales should be considered on a case-by-case basis.

   Spin-offs: Votes on spin-offs should be considered on a case-by-case basis
depending on the tax and regulatory advantages, planned use of sale proceeds,
market focus, and managerial incentives.

   Asset Sales: Votes on asset sales should be made on a case-by-case basis
after considering the impact on the balance sheet/working capital, value
received for the asset, and potential elimination of diseconomies.

   Liquidations: Votes on liquidations should be made on a case-by-case basis
after reviewing management's efforts to pursue other alternatives, appraisal
value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the
liquidation.

   Environmental and Social Issues: Proxies involving social and environmental
issues, not limited to those set forth below, frequently will be voted as
recommended by the Proxy Voting Service but may, in the consideration of the
Committee, be reviewed on a case-by-case basis if the Committee believes that a
particular proposal (i) could have a significant impact on an industry or
issuer (ii) is appropriate for the issuer and the cost to

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. March 2008
All Rights Reserved

                                      13



[LOGO]
LOOMIS | SAYLES
PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURE MANUAL

implement would not be excessive, (iii) is appropriate for the issuer in light
of various factors such as reputational damage or litigation risk or (iv) is
otherwise appropriate for the issuer.

      Energy and Environment: Proposals that request companies to file the
   CERES Principles.

      Northern Ireland: Proposals pertaining to the MacBride Principles.

      Military Business: Proposals on defense issues.

      Maquiladora Standards and International Operations Policies: Proposals
   relating to the Maquiladora Standards and international operating policies.

      Third World Debt Crisis: Proposals dealing with third world debt.

      Equal Employment Opportunity and Discrimination: Proposals regarding
   equal employment opportunities and discrimination.

      Animal Rights: Proposals that deal with animal rights.

      Product Integrity and Marketing: Proposals that ask companies to end
   their production of legal, but socially questionable, products.

      Human Resources Issues: Proposals regarding human resources issues.

   Election of Mutual Fund Trustees: Votes on mutual fund trustee nominees
should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis using the director nominee
discussion above as a guide. However, the number of funds for which a nominee
will serve as a director may be considered.

   Mutual Fund Investment Advisory Agreement: Votes on mutual fund investment
advisory agreements should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.

   Mutual Fund Fundamental Investment Restrictions: Votes on amendments to a
mutual fund's fundamental investment restrictions should be evaluated on a
case-by-case basis.

   Mutual Fund Distribution Agreements: Votes on mutual fund distribution
agreements should be evaluated on a case-by-basis.

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. March 2008
All Rights Reserved

                                      14



[LOGO]
LORD ABBETT


                                                                 April 17, 2008

                            LORD, ABBETT & CO. LLC

                     PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

INTRODUCTION

   Lord Abbett has a Proxy Committee responsible for establishing voting
policies and for the oversight of its proxy voting process. Lord Abbett's Proxy
Committee consists of the portfolio managers of each investment team and
certain members of those teams, the Chief Administrative Officer for the
Investment Department, the Firm's Chief Investment Officer and its General
Counsel. Once policy is established, it is the responsibility of each
investment team leader to assure that each proxy for that team's portfolio is
voted in a timely manner in accordance with those policies. In each case where
an investment team declines to follow a recommendation of a company's
management, a detailed explanation of the reason(s) for the decision is entered
into the proxy voting system. Lord Abbett has retained RiskMetrics Group,
formerly Institutional Shareholder Services ("RMG"), to analyze proxy issues
and recommend voting on those issues, and to provide assistance in the
administration of the proxy process, including maintaining complete proxy
voting records.

   The Boards of Directors of each of the Lord Abbett Mutual Funds established
several years ago a Proxy Committee, composed solely of independent directors.
The Funds' Proxy Committee Charter provides that the Committee shall
(i) monitor the actions of Lord Abbett in voting securities owned by the Funds;
(ii) evaluate the policies of Lord Abbett in voting securities; (iii) meet with
Lord Abbett to review the policies in voting securities, the sources of
information used in determining how to vote on particular matters, and the
procedures used to determine the votes in any situation where there may be a
conflict of interest.

   Lord Abbett is a privately-held firm, and we conduct only one business: we
manage the investment portfolios of our clients. We are not part of a larger
group of companies conducting diverse financial operations. We would therefore
expect, based on our past experience, that the incidence of an actual conflict
of interest involving Lord Abbett's proxy voting process would be limited.
Nevertheless, if a potential conflict of interest were to arise, involving one
or more of the Lord Abbett Funds, where practicable we would disclose this
potential conflict to the affected Funds' Proxy Committees and seek voting
instructions from those Committees in accordance with the procedures described
below under "Specific Procedures for Potential Conflict Situations". If it were
not practicable to seek instructions from those Committees, Lord Abbett would
simply follow its proxy voting policies or, if the particular issue were not
covered by those policies, we would follow a recommendation of RMG. If such a
conflict arose with any other client, Lord Abbett would simply follow its proxy
voting policies or, if the particular issue were not covered by those policies,
we would follow the recommendation of RMG.

SPECIFIC PROCEDURES FOR POTENTIAL CONFLICT SITUATIONS

   SITUATION 1. Fund Independent Board Member on Board (or Nominee for Election
to Board) of Publicly Held Company Owned by a Lord Abbett Fund.

   Lord Abbett will compile a list of all publicly held companies where an
Independent Board Member serves on the board of directors, or has indicated to
Lord Abbett that he is a nominee for election to the board of directors (a
"Fund Director Company"). If a Lord Abbett Fund owns stock in a Fund Director
Company, and if Lord Abbett has decided not to follow the proxy voting
recommendation of RMG, then Lord Abbett shall bring that issue to the Fund's
Proxy Committee for instructions on how to vote that proxy issue.

   The Independent Directors have decided that the Director on the board of the
Fund Director Company will not participate in any discussion by the Fund's
Proxy Committee of any proxy issue for that Fund Director Company or in the
voting instruction given to Lord Abbett.

                                       1



[LOGO]
LORD ABBETT


   SITUATION 2. Lord Abbett has a Significant Business Relationship with a
Company.

   Lord Abbett will compile a list of all publicly held companies (or which are
a subsidiary of a publicly held firm) that have a significant business
relationship with Lord Abbett (a "Relationship Firm"). A "significant business
relationship" for this purpose means: (a) a broker dealer firm which sells one
percent or more of the Lord Abbett Funds' total (I.E., gross) dollar amount of
shares sold for the last 12 months; (b) a firm which is a sponsor firm with
respect to Lord Abbett's Separately Managed Account business; (c) an
institutional client which has an investment management agreement with Lord
Abbett; (d) an institutional investor having at least $5 million in Class I
shares of the Lord Abbett Funds; and (e) a large plan 401(k) client with at
least $5 million under management with Lord Abbett.

   For each proxy issue involving a Relationship Firm, Lord Abbett shall notify
the Fund's Proxy Committee and shall seek voting instructions from the Fund's
Proxy Committee only in those situations where Lord Abbett has proposed not to
follow the recommendations of RMG.

SUMMARY OF PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   Lord Abbett generally votes in accordance with management's recommendations
on the election of directors, appointment of independent auditors, changes to
the authorized capitalization (barring excessive increases) and most
shareholder proposals. This policy is based on the premise that a broad vote of
confidence on such matters is due the management of any company whose shares we
are willing to hold.

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

   Lord Abbett will generally vote in accordance with management's
recommendations on the election of directors. However, votes on director
nominees are made on a case-by- case basis. Factors that are considered include
current composition of the board and key- board nominees, long-term company
performance relative to a market index, and the directors' investment in the
company. We also consider whether the Chairman of the board is also serving as
CEO, and whether a retired CEO sits on the board, as these situations may
create inherent conflicts of interest. We generally will vote in favor of
separation of the Chairman and CEO functions when management supports such a
requirement, but we will make our determination to vote in favor of or against
such a proposed requirement on a case-by-case basis.

   There are some actions by directors that may result in votes being withheld.

These actions include, but are not limited to:

    1) Attending less than 75% of board and committee meetings without a valid
  excuse.

    2) Ignoring shareholder proposals that are approved by a majority of votes
  for two consecutive years.

    3) Failing to act on takeover offers where a majority of shareholders
  tendered their shares.

    4) Serving as inside directors and sit on an audit, compensation, stock
  option, nominating or governance committee.

    5) Failing to replace management as appropriate.

   We will generally vote in favor of proposals requiring that directors be
elected by a majority of the shares represented and voting at a meeting at
which a quorum is present, although special considerations in individual cases
may cause us to vote against such a proposal. We will consider on a
case-by-case basis proposals to elect directors annually. The ability to elect
directors is the single most important use of the shareholder franchise, and,

                                       2



[LOGO]
LORD ABBETT

as a general matter, we believe that all directors should be accountable on an
annual basis. Nonetheless, we recognize that the basic premise of the staggered
election of directors is to provide a continuity of experience on the board and
to prevent a precipitous change in the composition of the board. Moreover, in
certain cases, shareholders need some form of protection from hostile takeover
attempts, and boards need tools and leverage in order to negotiate effectively
with potential acquirers, and a classified board may give incumbent management
the ability to combat a hostile takeover attempt and thereby preserve
shareholder value. Accordingly, we will examine proposals to classify or
declassify boards of directors on a case-by-case basis and vote in the manner
we determine to be in the best interests of shareholders.

INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLANS

   We usually vote with management regarding employee incentive plans and
changes in such plans, but these issues are looked at very closely on a
case-by-case basis. We use RMG for guidance on appropriate compensation ranges
for various industries and company sizes. In addition to considering the
individual expertise of management and the value they bring to the company, we
also consider the costs associated with stock-based incentive packages
including shareholder value transfer and voting power dilution.

   We scrutinize very closely the approval of repricing or replacing underwater
stock options, taking into consideration the following:

    1) The stock's volatility, to ensure the stock price will not be back in
  the money over the near term.

    2) Management's rationale for why the repricing is necessary.

    3) The new exercise price, which must be set at a premium to market price
  to ensure proper employee motivation.

    4) Other factors, such as the number of participants, term of option, and
  the value for value exchange.

   In large-cap companies we would generally vote against plans that promoted
short-term performance at the expense of longer-term objectives. Dilution,
either actual or potential, is, of course, a major consideration in reviewing
all incentive plans. Team leaders in small- and mid-cap companies often view
option plans and other employee incentive plans as a critical component of such
companies' compensation structure, and have discretion to approve such plans,
notwithstanding dilution concerns.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

Cumulative Voting

   We generally oppose cumulative voting proposals on the ground that a
shareowner or special group electing a director by cumulative voting may seek
to have that director represent a narrow special interest rather than the
interests of the shareholders as a whole.

Confidential Voting

   There are both advantages and disadvantages to a confidential ballot. Under
the open voting system, any shareholder that desires anonymity may register the
shares in the name of a bank, a broker or some other nominee. A confidential
ballot may tend to preclude any opportunity for the board to communicate with
those who oppose management proposals.

   On balance we believe shareholder proposals regarding confidential balloting
should generally be approved, unless in a specific case, countervailing
arguments appear compelling.

                                       3



[LOGO]
LORD ABBETT


Supermajority Voting

   Supermajority provisions violate the principle that a simple majority of
voting shares should be all that is necessary to effect change regarding a
company and its corporate governance provisions. Requiring more than this may
permit management to entrench themselves by blocking amendments that are in the
best interest of shareholders.

TAKEOVER ISSUES

   Votes on mergers and acquisitions must be considered on a case-by-case
basis. The voting decision should depend on a number of factors, including:
anticipated financial and operating benefits, the offer price, prospects of the
combined companies, changes in corporate governance and their impact on
shareholder rights. It is our policy to vote against management proposals to
require supermajority shareholder vote to approve mergers and other significant
business combinations, and to vote for shareholder proposals to lower
supermajority vote requirements for mergers and acquisitions. We are also
opposed to amendments that attempt to eliminate shareholder approval for
acquisitions involving the issuance of more than 10% of the company's voting
stock. Restructuring proposals will also be evaluated on a case-by-case basis
following the same guidelines as those used for mergers.

   Among the more important issues that we support, as long as they are not
tied in with other measures that clearly entrench management, are:

    1) Anti-greenmail provisions, which prohibit management from buying back
  shares at above market prices from potential suitors without shareholder
  approval.

    2) Fair Price Amendments, to protect shareholders from inequitable two-tier
  stock acquisition offers.

    3) Shareholder Rights Plans (so-called "Poison Pills"), usually "blank
  check" preferred and other classes of voting securities that can be issued
  without further shareholder approval. However, we look at these proposals on
  a case-by-case basis, and we only approve these devices when proposed by
  companies with strong, effective managements to force corporate raiders to
  negotiate with management and assure a degree of stability that will support
  good long-range corporate goals. We vote for shareholder proposals asking
  that a company submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification.

    4) "Chewable Pill" provisions, are the preferred form of Shareholder Rights
  Plan. These provisions allow the shareholders a secondary option when the
  Board refuses to withdraw a poison pill against a majority shareholder vote.
  To strike a balance of power between management and the shareholder, ideally
  "Chewable Pill" provisions should embody the following attributes, allowing
  sufficient flexibility to maximize shareholder wealth when employing a poison
  pill in negotiations:

    .  Redemption Clause allowing the board to rescind a pill after a potential
       acquirer has surpassed the ownership threshold.

    .  No dead-hand or no-hand pills.

    .  Sunset Provisions which allow the shareholders to review, and reaffirm
       or redeem a pill after a predetermined time frame.

    .  Qualifying Offer Clause which gives shareholders the ability to redeem a
       poison pill when faced with a bona fide takeover offer.

SOCIAL ISSUES

   It is our general policy to vote as management recommends on social issues,
unless we feel that voting otherwise will enhance the value of our holdings. We
recognize that highly ethical and competent managements occasionally differ on
such matters, and so we review the more controversial issues closely.

                                       4



                   MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY

                     PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

                                MARCH 13, 2008

   Massachusetts Financial Services Company, MFS Institutional Advisors, Inc.,
MFS International (UK) Limited, MFS Heritage Trust Company, and MFS' other
investment adviser subsidiaries (except Four Pillars Capital, Inc.)
(collectively, "MFS") have adopted proxy voting policies and procedures, as set
forth below ("MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures"), with respect to
securities owned by the clients for which MFS serves as investment adviser and
has the power to vote proxies, including the registered investment companies
sponsored by MFS.

A. VOTING GUIDELINES

   1. GENERAL POLICY; POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   MFS' policy is that proxy voting decisions are made in what MFS believes to
be the best long-term economic interests of MFS' clients, and not in the
interests of any other party or in MFS' corporate interests, including
interests such as the distribution of MFS Fund shares, administration of 401(k)
plans, and institutional relationships.

   In developing these proxy voting guidelines, MFS periodically reviews
corporate governance issues and proxy voting matters that are presented for
shareholder vote by either management or shareholders of public companies.
Based on the overall principle that all votes cast by MFS on behalf of its
clients must be in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic
interests of such clients, MFS has adopted proxy voting guidelines, set forth
below, that govern how MFS generally will vote on specific matters presented
for shareholder vote. In all cases, MFS will exercise its discretion in voting
on these matters in accordance with this overall principle. In other words, the
underlying guidelines are simply that--guidelines. Proxy items of significance
are often considered on a case-by-case basis, in light of all relevant facts
and circumstances, and in certain cases MFS may vote proxies in a manner
different from what otherwise be dictated by these guidelines.

   As a general matter, MFS maintains a consistent voting position on similar
proxy proposals with respect to various issuers. In addition, MFS generally
votes consistently on the same matter when securities of an issuer are held by
multiple client accounts. However, MFS recognizes that there are gradations in
certain types of proposals that might result in different voting positions
being taken with respect to different proxy statements. There also may be
situations involving matters presented for shareholder vote that are not
governed by the guidelines or situations where MFS has received explicit voting
instructions from a client for its own account. Some items that otherwise would
be acceptable will be voted against the proponent when it is seeking extremely
broad flexibility without offering a valid explanation. MFS reserves the right
to override the guidelines with respect to a particular shareholder vote when
such an override is, in MFS' best judgment, consistent with the overall
principle of voting proxies in the best long-term economic interests of MFS'
clients.

   From time to time, MFS receives comments on these guidelines as well as
regarding particular voting issues from its clients. These comments are
carefully considered by MFS when it reviews these guidelines each year and
revises them as appropriate.

   These policies and procedures are intended to address any potential material
conflicts of interest on the part of MFS or its subsidiaries that are likely to
arise in connection with the voting of proxies on behalf of MFS' clients. If
such potential material conflicts of interest do arise, MFS will analyze,
document and report on such potential material conflicts of interest (see
Sections B.2 and E below), and shall ultimately vote the relevant proxies in
what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of its clients.
The MFS Proxy Voting

                                       1



Committee is responsible for monitoring and reporting with respect to such
potential material conflicts of interest.

B. ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES

   1. MFS PROXY VOTING COMMITTEE

   The administration of these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures is
overseen by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, which includes senior personnel
from the MFS Legal and Global Investment Support Departments. The Proxy Voting
Committee does not include individuals whose primary duties relate to client
relationship management, marketing, or sales. The MFS Proxy Voting Committee:

      a. Reviews these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures at least
   annually and recommends any amendments considered to be necessary or
   advisable;

      b. Determines whether any potential material conflict of interest exist
   with respect to instances in which MFS (i) seeks to override these MFS Proxy
   Voting Policies and Procedures; (ii) votes on ballot items not governed by
   these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures; (iii) evaluates an excessive
   executive compensation issue in relation to the election of directors; or
   (iv) requests a vote recommendation from an MFS portfolio manager or
   investment analyst (e.g. mergers and acquisitions); and

      c. Considers special proxy issues as they may arise from time to time.

   2. POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   The MFS Proxy Voting Committee is responsible for monitoring potential
material conflicts of interest on the part of MFS or its subsidiaries that
could arise in connection with the voting of proxies on behalf of MFS' clients.
Due to the client focus of our investment management business, we believe that
the potential for actual material conflict of interest issues is small.
Nonetheless, we have developed precautions to ensure that all proxy votes are
cast in the best long-term economic interest of shareholders. Other MFS
internal policies require all MFS employees to avoid actual and potential
conflicts of interests between personal activities and MFS' client activities.
If an employee identifies an actual or potential conflict of interest with
respect to any voting decision that employee must recuse himself/herself from
participating in the voting process. Additionally, with respect to decisions
concerning all Non Standard Votes, as defined below, MFS will review the
securities holdings reported by the individuals that participate in such
decision to determine whether such person has a direct economic interest in the
decision, in which case such person shall not further participate in making the
decision. Any significant attempt by an employee of MFS or its subsidiaries to
influence MFS' voting on a particular proxy matter should also be reported to
the MFS Proxy Voting Committee.

   In cases where proxies are voted in accordance with these MFS Proxy Voting
Policies and Procedures, no material conflict of interest will be deemed to
exist. In cases where (i) MFS is considering overriding these MFS Proxy Voting
Policies and Procedures, (ii) matters presented for vote are not clearly
governed by these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, (iii) MFS evaluates
an excessive executive compensation issue in relation to the election of
directors, or (iv) a vote recommendation is requested from an MFS portfolio
manager or investment analyst (e.g. mergers and acquisitions) (collectively,
"Non Standard Votes"); the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will follow these
procedures:

      a. Compare the name of the issuer of such proxy against a list of
   significant current (i) distributors of MFS Fund shares, and (ii) MFS
   institutional clients (the "MFS Significant Client List");

      b. If the name of the issuer does not appear on the MFS Significant
   Client List, then no material conflict of interest will be deemed to exist,
   and the proxy will be voted as otherwise determined by the MFS Proxy Voting
   Committee;

      c. If the name of the issuer appears on the MFS Significant Client List,
   then the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will be apprised of that fact and each
   member of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will

                                       2



   carefully evaluate the proposed vote in order to ensure that the proxy
   ultimately is voted in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic
   interests of MFS' clients, and not in MFS' corporate interests; and

      d. For all potential material conflicts of interest identified under
   clause (c) above, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will document: the name of
   the issuer, the issuer's relationship to MFS, the analysis of the matters
   submitted for proxy vote, the votes as to be cast and the reasons why the
   MFS Proxy Voting Committee determined that the votes were cast in the best
   long-term economic interests of MFS' clients, and not in MFS' corporate
   interests. A copy of the foregoing documentation will be provided to MFS'
   Conflicts Officer.

   The members of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee are responsible for creating
and maintaining the MFS Significant Client List, in consultation with MFS'
distribution and institutional business units. The MFS Significant Client List
will be reviewed and updated periodically, as appropriate.

   From time to time, certain MFS Funds may own shares of other MFS Funds (the
"underlying fund"). If an underlying fund submits a matter to a shareholder
vote, the MFS Fund that owns shares of the underlying fund will vote its shares
in the same proportion as the other shareholders of the underlying fund.

   3. GATHERING PROXIES

   Most proxies received by MFS and its clients originate at Automatic Data
Processing Corp. ("ADP") although a few proxies are transmitted to investors by
corporate issuers through their custodians or depositories. ADP and issuers
send proxies and related material directly to the record holders of the shares
beneficially owned by MFS' clients, usually to the client's custodian or, less
commonly, to the client itself. This material will include proxy cards,
reflecting the shareholdings of Funds and of clients on the record dates for
such shareholder meetings, as well as proxy statements with the issuer's
explanation of the items to be voted upon.

   MFS, on behalf of itself and the Funds, has entered into an agreement with
an independent proxy administration firm, Institutional Shareholder Services,
Inc. (the "Proxy Administrator"), pursuant to which the Proxy Administrator
performs various proxy vote related administrative services, such as vote
processing and recordkeeping functions for MFS' Funds and institutional client
accounts. The Proxy Administrator receives proxy statements and proxy cards
directly or indirectly from various custodians, logs these materials into its
database and matches upcoming meetings with MFS Fund and client portfolio
holdings, which are input into the Proxy Administrator's system by an MFS
holdings datafeed. Through the use of the Proxy Administrator system, ballots
and proxy material summaries for all upcoming shareholders' meetings are
available on-line to certain MFS employees and the MFS Proxy Voting Committee.

   4. ANALYZING PROXIES

   Proxies are voted in accordance with these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and
Procedures. The Proxy Administrator at the prior direction of MFS automatically
votes all proxy matters that do not require the particular exercise of
discretion or judgment with respect to these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and
Procedures as determined by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee. With respect to
proxy matters that require the particular exercise of discretion or judgment,
MFS considers and votes on those proxy matters. MFS receives research from ISS
which it may take into account in deciding how to vote. In addition, MFS
expects to rely on ISS to identify circumstances in which a board may have
approved excessive executive compensation. Representatives of the MFS Proxy
Voting Committee review, as appropriate, votes cast to ensure conformity with
these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.

   As a general matter, portfolio managers and investment analysts have little
or no involvement in specific votes taken by MFS. This is designed to promote
consistency in the application of MFS' voting guidelines, to

                                       3



promote consistency in voting on the same or similar issues (for the same or
for multiple issuers) across all client accounts, and to minimize the potential
that proxy solicitors, issuers, or third parties might attempt to exert
inappropriate influence on the vote. In limited types of votes (E.G., corporate
actions, such as mergers and acquisitions), a representative of MFS Proxy
Voting Committee may consult with or seek recommendations from MFS portfolio
managers or investment analysts./1/ However, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee
would ultimately determine the manner in which all proxies are voted.

   As noted above, MFS reserves the right to override the guidelines when such
an override is, in MFS' best judgment, consistent with the overall principle of
voting proxies in the best long-term economic interests of MFS' clients. Any
such override of the guidelines shall be analyzed, documented and reported in
accordance with the procedures set forth in these policies.

   5. VOTING PROXIES

   In accordance with its contract with MFS, the Proxy Administrator also
generates a variety of reports for the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, and makes
available on-line various other types of information so that the MFS Proxy
Voting Committee may review and monitor the votes cast by the Proxy
Administrator on behalf of MFS' clients.

C. MONITORING SYSTEM

   It is the responsibility of the Proxy Administrator and MFS' Proxy Voting
Committee to monitor the proxy voting process. When proxy materials for clients
are received, they are forwarded to the Proxy Administrator and are input into
the Proxy Administrator's system. Through an interface with the portfolio
holdings database of MFS, the Proxy Administrator matches a list of all MFS
Funds and clients who hold shares of a company's stock and the number of shares
held on the record date with the Proxy Administrator's listing of any upcoming
shareholder's meeting of that company.

   When the Proxy Administrator's system "tickler" shows that the voting
cut-off date of a shareholders' meeting is approaching, a Proxy Administrator
representative checks that the vote for MFS Funds and clients holding that
security has been recorded in the computer system. If a proxy card has not been
received from the client's custodian, the Proxy Administrator calls the
custodian requesting that the materials be forwarded immediately. If it is not
possible to receive the proxy card from the custodian in time to be voted at
the meeting, MFS may instruct the custodian to cast the vote in the manner
specified and to mail the proxy directly to the issuer.

D. RECORDS RETENTION

   MFS will retain copies of these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures in
effect from time to time and will retain all proxy voting reports submitted to
the Board of Trustees, Board of Directors and Board of Managers of the MFS
Funds for the period required by applicable law. Proxy solicitation materials,
including electronic versions of the proxy cards completed by representatives
of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, together with their respective notes and
comments, are maintained in an electronic format by the Proxy Administrator and
are accessible on-line by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee. All proxy voting
materials and supporting documentation, including records generated by the
Proxy Administrator's system as to proxies processed, including the dates when
proxy ballots were received and submitted, and the votes on each company's
proxy issues, are retained as required by applicable law.

- - --------
/1/  From time to time, due to travel schedules and other commitments, an
     appropriate portfolio manager or research analyst is not available to
     provide a recommendation on a merger or acquisition proposal. If such a
     recommendation cannot be obtained prior to the cut-off date of the
     shareholder meeting, certain members of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee may
     determine to abstain from voting.

                                       4



E. REPORTS

   ALL MFS ADVISORY CLIENTS

   At any time, a report can be printed by MFS for each client who has
requested that MFS furnish a record of votes cast. The report specifies the
proxy issues which have been voted for the client during the year and the
position taken with respect to each issue.

   Except as described above, MFS generally will not divulge actual voting
practices to any party other than the client or its representatives (unless
required by applicable law) because we consider that information to be
confidential and proprietary to the client.

                                       5



FEBRUARY 28, 2008

                     MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

                      PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES

I. POLICY STATEMENT

   Introduction--Morgan Stanley Investment Management's ("MSIM") policy and
procedures for voting proxies ("Policy") with respect to securities held in the
accounts of clients applies to those MSIM entities that provide discretionary
investment management services and for which an MSIM entity has authority to
vote proxies. This Policy is reviewed and updated as necessary to address new
and evolving proxy voting issues and standards.

   The MSIM entities covered by this Policy currently include the following:
Morgan Stanley Investment Advisors Inc., Morgan Stanley AIP GP LP, Morgan
Stanley Investment Management Inc., Morgan Stanley Investment Management
Limited, Morgan Stanley Investment Management Company, Morgan Stanley Asset &
Investment Trust Management Co., Limited, Morgan Stanley Investment Management
Private Limited, Van Kampen Asset Management, and Van Kampen Advisors Inc.
(each an "MSIM Affiliate" and collectively referred to as the "MSIM Affiliates"
or as "we" below).

   Each MSIM Affiliate will use its best efforts to vote proxies as part of its
authority to manage, acquire and dispose of account assets. With respect to the
MSIM registered management investment companies (Van Kampen, Institutional and
Advisor Funds--collectively referred to herein as the "MSIM Funds"), each MSIM
Affiliate will vote proxies under this Policy pursuant to authority granted
under its applicable investment advisory agreement or, in the absence of such
authority, as authorized by the Board of Directors/Trustees of the MSIM Funds.
An MSIM Affiliate will not vote proxies if the "named fiduciary" for an ERISA
account has reserved the authority for itself, or in the case of an account not
governed by ERISA, the investment management or investment advisory agreement
does not authorize the MSIM Affiliate to vote proxies. MSIM Affiliates will
vote proxies in a prudent and diligent manner and in the best interests of
clients, including beneficiaries of and participants in a client's benefit
plan(s) for which the MSIM Affiliates manage assets, consistent with the
objective of maximizing long-term investment returns ("Client Proxy Standard").
In certain situations, a client or its fiduciary may provide an MSIM Affiliate
with a proxy voting policy. In these situations, the MSIM Affiliate will comply
with the client's policy.

   Proxy Research Services--RiskMetrics Group ISS Governance Services ("ISS")
and Glass Lewis (together with other proxy research providers as we may retain
from time to time, the "Research Providers") are independent advisers that
specialize in providing a variety of fiduciary-level proxy-related services to
institutional investment managers, plan sponsors, custodians, consultants, and
other institutional investors. The services provided include in-depth research,
global issuer analysis, and voting recommendations. While we may review and
utilize the recommendations of the Research Providers in making proxy voting
decisions, we are in no way obligated to follow such recommendations. In
addition to research, ISS provides vote execution, reporting, and recordkeeping.

   Voting Proxies for Certain Non-U.S. Companies--Voting proxies of companies
located in some jurisdictions, particularly emerging markets, may involve
several problems that can restrict or prevent the ability to vote such proxies
or entail significant costs. These problems include, but are not limited to:
(i) proxy statements and ballots being written in a language other than
English; (ii) untimely and/or inadequate notice of shareholder meetings;
(iii) restrictions on the ability of holders outside the issuer's jurisdiction
of organization to exercise votes; (iv) requirements to vote proxies in person;
(v) the imposition of restrictions on the sale of the securities for a period
of time in proximity to the shareholder meeting; and (vi) requirements to
provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate our voting
instructions. As a result, we vote clients' non-U.S. proxies on a best efforts
basis only, after weighing the costs and benefits of voting such proxies,
consistent with the Client Proxy Standard. ISS has been retained to provide
assistance in connection with voting non-U.S. proxies.

                                       1



II. GENERAL PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   To promote consistency in voting proxies on behalf of its clients, we follow
this Policy (subject to any exception set forth herein), including the
guidelines set forth below. These guidelines address a broad range of issues,
and provide general voting parameters on proposals that arise most frequently.
However, details of specific proposals vary, and those details affect
particular voting decisions, as do factors specific to a given company.
Pursuant to the procedures set forth herein, we may vote in a manner that is
not in accordance with the following general guidelines, provided the vote is
approved by the Proxy Review Committee (see Section III for description) and is
consistent with the Client Proxy Standard. Morgan Stanley AIP GP LP will follow
the procedures as described in Appendix A.

   We endeavor to integrate governance and proxy voting policy with investment
goals and to follow the Client Proxy Standard for each client. At times, this
may result in split votes, for example when different clients have varying
economic interests in the outcome of a particular voting matter (such as a case
in which varied ownership interests in two companies involved in a merger
result in different stakes in the outcome). We also may split votes at times
based on differing views of portfolio managers, but such a split vote must be
approved by the Proxy Review Committee.

   We may abstain on matters for which disclosure is inadequate.

   A. ROUTINE MATTERS. We generally support routine management proposals. The
following are examples of routine management proposals:

    .  Approval of financial statements and auditor reports.

    .  General updating/corrective amendments to the charter, articles of
       association or bylaws.

    .  Most proposals related to the conduct of the annual meeting, with the
       following exceptions. We generally oppose proposals that relate to "the
       transaction of such other business which may come before the meeting,"
       and open-ended requests for adjournment. However, where management
       specifically states the reason for requesting an adjournment and the
       requested adjournment would facilitate passage of a proposal that would
       otherwise be supported under this Policy (i.e. an uncontested corporate
       transaction), the adjournment request will be supported.

   We generally support shareholder proposals advocating confidential voting
procedures and independent tabulation of voting results.

   B. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

      1. Election of directors: In the absence of a proxy contest, we generally
   support the board's nominees for director except as follows:

          a. We consider withholding support from or voting against interested
       directors if the company's board does not meet market standards for
       director independence, or if otherwise we believe board independence is
       insufficient. We refer to prevalent market standards as promulgated by a
       stock exchange or other authority within a given market (e.g., New York
       Stock Exchange or Nasdaq rules for most U.S. companies, and The Combined
       Code on Corporate Governance in the United Kingdom). Thus, for an NYSE
       company with no controlling shareholder, we would expect that at a
       minimum a majority of directors should be independent as defined by
       NYSE. Where we view market standards as inadequate, we may withhold
       votes based on stronger independence standards. Market standards
       notwithstanding, we generally do not view long board tenure alone as a
       basis to classify a director as non-independent, although lack of board
       turnover and fresh perspective can be a negative factor in voting on
       directors.

             i. At a company with a shareholder or group that controls the
          company by virtue of a majority economic interest in the company, we
          have a reduced expectation for board

                                       2



          independence, although we believe the presence of independent
          directors can be helpful, particularly in staffing the audit
          committee, and at times we may withhold support from or vote against
          a nominee on the view the board or its committees are not
          sufficiently independent.

             ii. We consider withholding support from or voting against a
          nominee if he or she is affiliated with a major shareholder that has
          representation on a board disproportionate to its economic interest.

          b. Depending on market standards, we consider withholding support
       from or voting against a nominee who is interested and who is standing
       for election as a member of the company's compensation, nominating or
       audit committee.

          c. We consider withholding support from or voting against a nominee
       if we believe a direct conflict exists between the interests of the
       nominee and the public shareholders, including failure to meet fiduciary
       standards of care and/or loyalty. We may oppose directors where we
       conclude that actions of directors are unlawful, unethical or negligent.
       We consider opposing individual board members or an entire slate if we
       believe the board is entrenched and/or dealing inadequately with
       performance problems, and/or acting with insufficient independence
       between the board and management.

          d. We consider withholding support from or voting against a nominee
       standing for election if the board has not taken action to implement
       generally accepted governance practices for which there is a "bright
       line" test. For example, in the context of the U.S. market, failure to
       eliminate a dead hand or slow hand poison pills would be seen as a basis
       for opposing one or more incumbent nominees.

          e. In markets that encourage designated audit committee financial
       experts, we consider voting against members of an audit committee if no
       members are designated as such.

          f. We consider withholding support from or voting against a nominee
       who has failed to attend at least 75% of board meetings within a given
       year without a reasonable excuse.

          g. We consider withholding support from or voting against a nominee
       who serves on the board of directors of more than six companies
       (excluding investment companies). We also consider voting against a
       director who otherwise appears to have too many commitments to serve
       adequately on the board of the company.

      2. Board independence: We generally support U.S. shareholder proposals
   requiring that a certain percentage (up to 66 2/3%) of the company's board
   members be independent directors, and promoting all-independent audit,
   compensation and nominating/governance committees.

      3. Board diversity: We consider on a case-by-case basis shareholder
   proposals urging diversity of board membership with respect to social,
   religious or ethnic group.

      4. Majority voting: We generally support proposals requesting or
   requiring majority voting policies in election of directors, so long as
   there is a carve-out for plurality voting in the case of contested elections.

      5. Proxy access: We consider on a case-by-case basis shareholder
   proposals to provide procedures for inclusion of shareholder nominees in
   company proxy statements.

      6. Proposals to elect all directors annually: We generally support
   proposals to elect all directors annually at public companies (to
   "declassify" the Board of Directors) where such action is supported by the
   board, and otherwise consider the issue on a case-by-case basis based in
   part on overall takeover defenses at a company.

      7. Cumulative voting: We generally support proposals to eliminate
   cumulative voting in the U.S. market context. (Cumulative voting provides
   that shareholders may concentrate their votes for one or a handful of
   candidates, a system that can enable a minority bloc to place representation
   on a board). U.S. proposals to establish cumulative voting in the election
   of directors generally will not be supported.

                                       3



      8. Separation of Chairman and CEO positions: We vote on shareholder
   proposals to separate the Chairman and CEO positions and/or to appoint a
   non-executive Chairman based in part on prevailing practice in particular
   markets, since the context for such a practice varies. In many non-U.S.
   markets, we view separation of the roles as a market standard practice, and
   support division of the roles in that context.

      9. Director retirement age and term limits: Proposals recommending set
   director retirement ages or director term limits are voted on a case-by-case
   basis.

      10. Proposals to limit directors' liability and/or broaden
   indemnification of directors. Generally, we will support such proposals
   provided that the officers and directors are eligible for indemnification
   and liability protection if they have acted in good faith on company
   business and were found innocent of any civil or criminal charges for duties
   performed on behalf of the company.

   C. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS AND PROXY FIGHTS. We examine proposals relating to
mergers, acquisitions and other special corporate transactions (i.e.,
takeovers, spin-offs, sales of assets, reorganizations, restructurings and
recapitalizations) on a case-by-case basis. However, proposals for mergers or
other significant transactions that are friendly and approved by the Research
Providers generally will be supported and in those instances will not need to
be reviewed by the Proxy Review Committee, where there is no portfolio manager
objection and where there is no material conflict of interest. We also analyze
proxy contests on a case-by-case basis.

   D. CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.

      1. We generally support the following:

       .  Management and shareholder proposals aimed at eliminating unequal
          voting rights, assuming fair economic treatment of classes of shares
          we hold.

       .  Management proposals to increase the authorization of existing
          classes of common stock (or securities convertible into common stock)
          if: (i) a clear business purpose is stated that we can support and
          the number of shares requested is reasonable in relation to the
          purpose for which authorization is requested; and/or (ii) the
          authorization does not exceed 100% of shares currently authorized and
          at least 30% of the total new authorization will be outstanding.

       .  Management proposals to create a new class of preferred stock or for
          issuances of preferred stock up to 50% of issued capital, unless we
          have concerns about use of the authority for anti-takeover purposes.

       .  Management proposals to authorize share repurchase plans, except in
          some cases in which we believe there are insufficient protections
          against use of an authorization for anti-takeover purposes.

       .  Management proposals to reduce the number of authorized shares of
          common or preferred stock, or to eliminate classes of preferred stock.

       .  Management proposals to effect stock splits.

       .  Management proposals to effect reverse stock splits if management
          proportionately reduces the authorized share amount set forth in the
          corporate charter. Reverse stock splits that do not adjust
          proportionately to the authorized share amount generally will be
          approved if the resulting increase in authorized shares coincides
          with the proxy guidelines set forth above for common stock increases.

       .  Management proposals for higher dividend payouts.

      2. We generally oppose the following (notwithstanding management support):

       .  Proposals to add classes of stock that would substantially dilute the
          voting interests of existing shareholders.

                                       4



       .  Proposals to increase the authorized or issued number of shares of
          existing classes of stock that are unreasonably dilutive,
          particularly if there are no preemptive rights for existing
          shareholders.

       .  Proposals that authorize share issuance at a discount to market
          rates, except where authority for such issuance is de minimis, or if
          there is a special situation that we believe justifies such
          authorization (as may be the case, for example, at a company under
          severe stress and risk of bankruptcy).

       .  Proposals relating to changes in capitalization by 100% or more.

   We consider on a case-by-case basis shareholder proposals to increase
dividend payout ratios, in light of market practice and perceived market
weaknesses, as well as individual company payout history and current
circumstances. For example, currently we perceive low payouts to shareholders
as a concern at some Japanese companies, but may deem a low payout ratio as
appropriate for a growth company making good use of its cash, notwithstanding
the broader market concern.

   E. TAKEOVER DEFENSES AND SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

      1. Shareholder rights plans: We generally support proposals to require
   shareholder approval or ratification of shareholder rights plans (poison
   pills). In voting on rights plans or similar takeover defenses, we consider
   on a case-by-case basis whether the company has demonstrated a need for the
   defense in the context of promoting long-term share value; whether
   provisions of the defense are in line with generally accepted governance
   principles; and the specific context if the proposal is made in the midst of
   a takeover bid or contest for control.

      2. Supermajority voting requirements: We generally oppose requirements
   for supermajority votes to amend the charter or bylaws, unless the
   provisions protect minority shareholders where there is a large shareholder.
   In line with this view, in the absence of a large shareholder we support
   reasonable shareholder proposals to limit such supermajority voting
   requirements.

      3. Shareholder rights to call meetings: We consider proposals to enhance
   shareholder rights to call meetings on a case-by-case basis.

      4. Reincorporation: We consider management and shareholder proposals to
   reincorporate to a different jurisdiction on a case-by-case basis. We oppose
   such proposals if we believe the main purpose is to take advantage of laws
   or judicial precedents that reduce shareholder rights.

      5. Anti-greenmail provisions: Proposals relating to the adoption of
   anti-greenmail provisions will be supported, provided that the proposal:
   (i) defines greenmail; (ii) prohibits buyback offers to large block holders
   (holders of at least 1% of the outstanding shares and in certain cases, a
   greater amount, as determined by the Proxy Review Committee) not made to all
   shareholders or not approved by disinterested shareholders; and
   (iii) contains no anti-takeover measures or other provisions restricting the
   rights of shareholders.

      6. Bundled proposals: We may consider opposing or abstaining on proposals
   if disparate issues are "bundled" and presented for a single vote.

   F. AUDITORS. We generally support management proposals for selection or
ratification of independent auditors. However, we may consider opposing such
proposals with reference to incumbent audit firms if the company has suffered
from serious accounting irregularities and we believe rotation of the audit
firm is appropriate, or if fees paid to the auditor for non-audit-related
services are excessive. Generally, to determine if non-audit fees are
excessive, a 50% test will be applied (i.e., non-audit-related fees should be
less than 50% of the total fees paid to the auditor). We generally vote against
proposals to indemnify auditors.

                                       5



   G. EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR REMUNERATION.

      1. We generally support the following proposals:

       .  Proposals for employee equity compensation plans and other employee
          ownership plans, provided that our research does not indicate that
          approval of the plan would be against shareholder interest. Such
          approval may be against shareholder interest if it authorizes
          excessive dilution and shareholder cost, particularly in the context
          of high usage ("run rate") of equity compensation in the recent past;
          or if there are objectionable plan design and provisions.

       .  Proposals relating to fees to outside directors, provided the amounts
          are not excessive relative to other companies in the country or
          industry, and provided that the structure is appropriate within the
          market context. While stock-based compensation to outside directors
          is positive if moderate and appropriately structured, we are wary of
          significant stock option awards or other performance-based awards for
          outside directors, as well as provisions that could result in
          significant forfeiture of value on a director's decision to resign
          from a board (such forfeiture can undercut director independence).

       .  Proposals for employee stock purchase plans that permit discounts up
          to 15%, but only for grants that are part of a broad-based employee
          plan, including all non-executive employees.

       .  Proposals for the establishment of employee retirement and severance
          plans, provided that our research does not indicate that approval of
          the plan would be against shareholder interest.

      2. Shareholder proposals requiring shareholder approval of all severance
   agreements will not be supported, but proposals that require shareholder
   approval for agreements in excess of three times the annual compensation
   (salary and bonus) generally will be supported. We generally oppose
   shareholder proposals that would establish arbitrary caps on pay. We
   consider on a case-by-case basis shareholder proposals that seek to limit
   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs), but support such proposals
   where we consider SERPs to be excessive.

      3. Shareholder proposals advocating stronger and/or particular
   pay-for-performance models will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis, with
   consideration of the merits of the individual proposal within the context of
   the particular company and its labor markets, and the company's current and
   past practices. While we generally support emphasis on long-term components
   of senior executive pay and strong linkage of pay to performance, we
   consider whether a proposal may be overly prescriptive, and the impact of
   the proposal, if implemented as written, on recruitment and retention.

      4. We consider shareholder proposals for U.K.-style advisory votes on pay
   on a case-by-case basis.

      5. We generally support proposals advocating reasonable senior executive
   and director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements for shares
   gained in option exercises.

      6. Management proposals effectively to re-price stock options are
   considered on a case-by-case basis. Considerations include the company's
   reasons and justifications for a re-pricing, the company's competitive
   position, whether senior executives and outside directors are excluded,
   potential cost to shareholders, whether the re-pricing or share exchange is
   on a value-for-value basis, and whether vesting requirements are extended.

   H. SOCIAL, POLITICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES. We consider proposals
relating to social, political and environmental issues on a case-by-case basis
to determine whether they will have a financial impact on shareholder value.
However, we generally vote against proposals requesting reports that are
duplicative, related to matters not material to the business, or that would
impose unnecessary or excessive costs. We may abstain from voting on proposals
that do not have a readily determinable financial impact on shareholder value.
We generally oppose proposals requiring adherence to workplace standards that
are not required or customary in market(s) to which the proposals relate.

                                       6



   I. FUND OF FUNDS. Certain Funds advised by an MSIM Affiliate invest only in
other MSIM Funds. If an underlying fund has a shareholder meeting, in order to
avoid any potential conflict of interest, such proposals will be voted in the
same proportion as the votes of the other shareholders of the underlying fund,
unless otherwise determined by the Proxy Review Committee.

III. ADMINISTRATION OF POLICY

   The MSIM Proxy Review Committee (the "Committee") has overall responsibility
for creating and implementing the Policy, working with an MSIM staff group (the
"Corporate Governance Team"). The Committee, which is appointed by MSIM's Chief
Investment Officer of Global Equities ("CIO"), consists of senior investment
professionals who represent the different investment disciplines and geographic
locations of the firm. Because proxy voting is an investment responsibility and
impacts shareholder value, and because of their knowledge of companies and
markets, portfolio managers and other members of investment staff play a key
role in proxy voting, although the Committee has final authority over proxy
votes.

   The Committee Chairperson is the head of the Corporate Governance Team, and
is responsible for identifying issues that require Committee deliberation or
ratification. The Corporate Governance Team, working with advice of investment
teams and the Committee, is responsible for voting on routine items and on
matters that can be addressed in line with these Policy guidelines. The
Corporate Governance Team has responsibility for voting case-by-case where
guidelines and precedent provide adequate guidance, and to refer other
case-by-case decisions to the Proxy Review Committee.

   The Committee will periodically review and have the authority to amend, as
necessary, the Policy and establish and direct voting positions consistent with
the Client Proxy Standard.

   A. COMMITTEE PROCEDURES

   The Committee will meet at least monthly to (among other matters) address
any outstanding issues relating to the Policy or its implementation. The
Corporate Governance Team will timely communicate to ISS MSIM's Policy (and any
amendments and/or any additional guidelines or procedures the Committee may
adopt).

   The Committee will meet on an ad hoc basis to (among other matters):
(1) authorize "split voting" (i.e., allowing certain shares of the same issuer
that are the subject of the same proxy solicitation and held by one or more
MSIM portfolios to be voted differently than other shares) and/or "override
voting" (i.e., voting all MSIM portfolio shares in a manner contrary to the
Policy); (2) review and approve upcoming votes, as appropriate, for matters for
which specific direction has been provided in this Policy; and (3) determine
how to vote matters for which specific direction has not been provided in this
Policy.

   Members of the Committee may take into account Research Providers'
recommendations and research as well as any other relevant information they may
request or receive, including portfolio manager and/or analyst research, as
applicable. Generally, proxies related to securities held in accounts that are
managed pursuant to quantitative, index or index-like strategies ("Index
Strategies") will be voted in the same manner as those held in actively managed
accounts, unless economic interests of the accounts differ. Because accounts
managed using Index Strategies are passively managed accounts, research from
portfolio managers and/or analysts related to securities held in these accounts
may not be available. If the affected securities are held only in accounts that
are managed pursuant to Index Strategies, and the proxy relates to a matter
that is not described in this Policy, the Committee will consider all available
information from the Research Providers, and to the extent that the holdings
are significant, from the portfolio managers and/or analysts.

   B. MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   In addition to the procedures discussed above, if the Committee determines
that an issue raises a material conflict of interest, the Committee will
request a special committee to review, and recommend a course of action with
respect to, the conflict(s) in question ("Special Committee").

                                       7



   The Special Committee shall be comprised of the Chairperson of the Proxy
Review Committee, the Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee, a senior
portfolio manager (if practicable, one who is a member of the Proxy Review
Committee) designated by the Proxy Review Committee, and MSIM's relevant Chief
Investment Officer or his/her designee, and any other persons deemed necessary
by the Chairperson. The Special Committee may request the assistance of MSIM's
General Counsel or his/her designee who will have sole discretion to cast a
vote. In addition to the research provided by Research Providers, the Special
Committee may request analysis from MSIM Affiliate investment professionals and
outside sources to the extent it deems appropriate.

   C. IDENTIFICATION OF MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   A potential material conflict of interest could exist in the following
situations, among others:

      1. The issuer soliciting the vote is a client of MSIM or an affiliate of
   MSIM and the vote is on a material matter affecting the issuer.

      2. The proxy relates to Morgan Stanley common stock or any other security
   issued by Morgan Stanley or its affiliates except if echo voting is used, as
   with MSIM Funds, as described herein.

      3. Morgan Stanley has a material pecuniary interest in the matter
   submitted for a vote (e.g., acting as a financial advisor to a party to a
   merger or acquisition for which Morgan Stanley will be paid a success fee if
   completed).

   If the Chairperson of the Committee determines that an issue raises a
potential material conflict of interest, depending on the facts and
circumstances, the Chairperson will address the issue as follows:

      1. If the matter relates to a topic that is discussed in this Policy, the
   proposal will be voted as per the Policy.

      2. If the matter is not discussed in this Policy or the Policy indicates
   that the issue is to be decided case-by-case, the proposal will be voted in
   a manner consistent with the Research Providers, provided that all the
   Research Providers have the same recommendation, no portfolio manager
   objects to that vote, and the vote is consistent with MSIM's Client Proxy
   Standard.

      3. If the Research Providers' recommendations differ, the Chairperson
   will refer the matter to the Committee to vote on the proposal. If the
   Committee determines that an issue raises a material conflict of interest,
   the Committee will request a Special Committee to review and recommend a
   course of action, as described above. Notwithstanding the above, the
   Chairperson of the Committee may request a Special Committee to review a
   matter at any time as he/she deems necessary to resolve a conflict.

   D. PROXY VOTING REPORTING

   The Committee and the Special Committee, or their designee(s), will document
in writing all of their decisions and actions, which documentation will be
maintained by the Committee and the Special Committee, or their designee(s),
for a period of at least 6 years. To the extent these decisions relate to a
security held by an MSIM Fund, the Committee and Special Committee, or their
designee(s), will report their decisions to each applicable Board of
Trustees/Directors of those Funds at each Board's next regularly scheduled
Board meeting. The report will contain information concerning decisions made by
the Committee and Special Committee during the most recently ended calendar
quarter immediately preceding the Board meeting.

   The Corporate Governance Team will timely communicate to applicable
portfolio managers and to ISS, decisions of the Committee and Special Committee
so that, among other things, ISS will vote proxies consistent with their
decisions.

   MSIM will promptly provide a copy of this Policy to any client requesting
it. MSIM will also, upon client request, promptly provide a report indicating
how each proxy was voted with respect to securities held in that client's
account.

                                       8



   MSIM's Legal Department is responsible for filing an annual Form N-PX on
behalf of each MSIM Fund for which such filing is required, indicating how all
proxies were voted with respect to such Fund's holdings.

APPENDIX A

   The following procedures apply to accounts managed by Morgan Stanley AIP GP
LP ("AIP").

   Generally, AIP will follow the guidelines set forth in Section II of MSIM's
Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures. To the extent that such guidelines do not
provide specific direction, or AIP determines that consistent with the Client
Proxy Standard, the guidelines should not be followed, the Proxy Review
Committee has delegated the voting authority to vote securities held by
accounts managed by AIP to the Liquid Markets investment team and the Private
Markets investment team of AIP. A summary of decisions made by the investment
teams will be made available to the Proxy Review Committee for its information
at the next scheduled meeting of the Proxy Review Committee.

   In certain cases, AIP may determine to abstain from determining (or
recommending) how a proxy should be voted (and therefore abstain from voting
such proxy or recommending how such proxy should be voted), such as where the
expected cost of giving due consideration to the proxy does not justify the
potential benefits to the affected account(s) that might result from adopting
or rejecting (as the case may be) the measure in question.

Waiver of Voting Rights

   For regulatory reasons, AIP may either 1) invest in a class of securities of
an underlying fund (the "Fund") that does not provide for voting rights; or 2)
waive 100% of its voting rights with respect to the following:

      1. Any rights with respect to the removal or replacement of a director,
   general partner, managing member or other person acting in a similar
   capacity for or on behalf of the Fund (each individually a "Designated
   Person," and collectively, the "Designated Persons"), which may include, but
   are not limited to, voting on the election or removal of a Designated Person
   in the event of such Designated Person's death, disability, insolvency,
   bankruptcy, incapacity, or other event requiring a vote of interest holders
   of the Fund to remove or replace a Designated Person; and

      2. Any rights in connection with a determination to renew, dissolve,
   liquidate, or otherwise terminate or continue the Fund, which may include,
   but are not limited to, voting on the renewal, dissolution, liquidation,
   termination or continuance of the Fund upon the occurrence of an event
   described in the Fund's organizational documents; provided, however, that,
   if the Fund's organizational documents require the consent of the Fund's
   general partner or manager, as the case may be, for any such termination or
   continuation of the Fund to be effective, then AIP may exercise its voting
   rights with respect to such matter.

APPENDIX B

   The following procedures apply to the portion of the Van Kampen Dynamic
Credit Opportunities Fund ("VK Fund") sub advised by Avenue Europe
International Management, L.P. ("Avenue"). (The portion of the VK Fund managed
solely by Van Kampen Asset Management will continue to be subject to MSIM's
Policy.)

      1. Generally: With respect to Avenue's portion of the VK Fund, the Board
   of Trustees of the VK Fund will retain sole authority and responsibility for
   proxy voting. The Adviser's involvement in the voting process of Avenue's
   portion of the VK Fund is a purely administrative function, and serves to
   execute and deliver the proxy voting decisions made by the VK Fund Board in
   connection with the Avenue portion of the VK Fund, which may, from time to
   time, include related administrative tasks such as receiving proxies,
   following up on missing proxies, and collecting data related to proxies. As
   such, the Adviser shall not be deemed to have voting power or shared voting
   power with Avenue with respect to Avenue's portion of the Fund.

                                       9



      2. Voting Guidelines: All proxies, with respect to Avenue's portion of
   the VK Fund, will be considered by the VK Fund Board or such subcommittee as
   the VK Fund Board may designate from time to time for determination and
   voting approval. The VK Board or its subcommittee will timely communicate to
   MSIM's Corporate Governance Group its proxy voting decisions, so that among
   other things the votes will be effected consistent with the VK Board's
   authority.

      3. Administration: The VK Board or its subcommittee will meet on an adhoc
   basis as may be required from time to time to review proxies that require
   its review and determination. The VK Board or its subcommittee will document
   in writing all of its decisions and actions which will be maintained by the
   VK Fund, or its designee(s), for a period of at least 6 years. If a
   subcommittee is designated, a summary of decisions made by such subcommittee
   will be made available to the full VK Board for its information at its next
   scheduled respective meetings.

                                      10



                            OPPENHEIMERFUNDS, INC.
                               OPPENHEIMERFUNDS
                PORTFOLIO PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
                         (AS OF DECEMBER 5, 2005) AND
                PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES (AS OF AUGUST 30, 2007)

   These Portfolio Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, which include the
attached "OppenheimerFunds Proxy Voting Guidelines" (the "Guidelines"), set
forth the proxy voting policies, procedures and guidelines to be followed by
OppenheimerFunds, Inc. ("OFI") in voting portfolio proxies relating to
securities held by clients, including registered investment companies advised
or sub-advised by OFI ("Fund(s)").

A. FUNDS FOR WHICH OFI HAS PROXY VOTING RESPONSIBILITY

   OFI Funds. Each Board of Directors/Trustees of the Funds advised by OFI (the
"OFI Fund Board(s)") has delegated to OFI the authority to vote portfolio
proxies pursuant to these Policies and Procedures and subject to Board
supervision.

   Sub-Advised Funds. OFI also serves as an investment sub-adviser for a number
of other non-OFI funds not overseen by the OFI Fund Boards ("Sub-Advised
Funds"). Pursuant to contractual arrangements between OFI and many of those
Sub-Advised Funds' managers, OFI is responsible for portfolio proxy voting of
the portfolio proxies held by those Sub-Advised Funds.


   Tremont Funds (Funds-of-Hedge Funds). Certain OFI Funds are structured as
funds-of-hedge funds (the "Tremont Funds") and invest their assets primarily in
underlying private investment partnerships and similar investment vehicles
("portfolio funds"). These Tremont Funds have delegated voting of portfolio
proxies (if any) for their portfolio holdings to OFI. OFI, in turn, has
delegated the proxy voting responsibility to Tremont Partners, Inc., the
investment manager of the Tremont Funds.


   The underlying portfolio funds, however, typically do not solicit votes from
their interest holders (such as the Tremont Funds). Therefore, the Tremont
Funds' interests (or shares) in those underlying portfolio funds are not
considered to be "voting securities" and generally would not be subject to
these Policies and Procedures. However, in the unlikely event that an
underlying portfolio fund does solicit the vote or consent of its interest
holders, the Tremont Funds and Tremont Partners, Inc. have adopted these
Policies and Procedures and will vote in accordance with these Policies and
Procedures.

B. PROXY VOTING COMMITTEE

   OFI's internal proxy voting committee (the "Committee") is responsible for
overseeing the proxy voting process and ensuring that OFI and the Funds meet
their regulatory and corporate governance obligations for voting of portfolio
proxies.

   The Committee shall adopt a written charter that outlines its
responsibilities and any amendments to the charter shall be provided to the
Boards at the Boards' next regularly scheduled meetings.

   The Committee also shall receive and review periodic reports prepared by the
proxy voting agent regarding portfolio proxies and related votes cast. The
Committee shall oversee the proxy voting agent's compliance with these Policies
and Procedures and the Guidelines, including any deviations by the proxy voting
agent from the Guidelines.

   The Committee will meet on a regular basis and may act at the direction of
two or more of its voting members provided one of those members is the Legal
Department or Compliance Department representative. The Committee will maintain
minutes of Committee meetings and provide regular reports to the OFI Fund
Boards.



C. ADMINISTRATION AND VOTING OF PORTFOLIO PROXIES

   1. FIDUCIARY DUTY AND OBJECTIVE

   As an investment adviser that has been granted the authority to vote
portfolio proxies, OFI owes a fiduciary duty to the Funds to monitor corporate
events and to vote portfolio proxies consistent with the best interests of the
Funds and their shareholders. In this regard, OFI seeks to ensure that all
votes are free from unwarranted and inappropriate influences. Accordingly, OFI
generally votes portfolio proxies in a uniform manner for the Funds and in
accordance with these Policies and Procedures and the Guidelines.

   In meeting its fiduciary duty, OFI generally undertakes to vote portfolio
proxies with a view to enhancing the value of the company's stock held by the
Funds. Similarly, when voting on matters for which the Guidelines dictate a
vote be decided on a case-by-case basis, OFI's primary consideration is the
economic interests of the Funds and their shareholders.

   2. PROXY VOTING AGENT

   On behalf of the Funds, OFI retains an independent, third party proxy voting
agent to assist OFI in its proxy voting responsibilities in accordance with
these Policies and Procedures and, in particular, with the Guidelines. As
discussed above, the Committee is responsible for monitoring the proxy voting
agent.

   In general, OFI may consider the proxy voting agent's research and analysis
as part of OFI's own review of a proxy proposal in which the Guidelines
recommend that the vote be considered on a case-by-case basis. OFI bears
ultimate responsibility for how portfolio proxies are voted. Unless instructed
otherwise by OFI, the proxy voting agent will vote each portfolio proxy in
accordance with the Guidelines. The proxy voting agent also will assist OFI in
maintaining records of OFI's and the Funds' portfolio proxy votes, including
the appropriate records necessary for the Funds' to meet their regulatory
obligations regarding the annual filing of proxy voting records on Form N-PX
with the SEC.

   3. MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   OFI votes portfolio proxies without regard to any other business
relationship between OFI (or its affiliates) and the company to which the
portfolio proxy relates. To this end, OFI must identify material conflicts of
interest that may arise between the interests of a Fund and its shareholders
and OFI, its affiliates or their business relationships. A material conflict of
interest may arise from a business relationship between a portfolio company or
its affiliates (together the "company"), on one hand, and OFI or any of its
affiliates (together "OFI"), on the other, including, but not limited to, the
following relationships:

    .  OFI provides significant investment advisory or other services to a
       company whose management is soliciting proxies or OFI is seeking to
       provide such services;

    .  an officer of OFI serves on the board of a charitable organization that
       receives charitable contributions from the company and the charitable
       organization is a client of OFI;

    .  a company that is a significant selling agent of OFI's products and
       services solicits proxies;

    .  OFI serves as an investment adviser to the pension or other investment
       account of the portfolio company or OFI is seeking to serve in that
       capacity; or

    .  OFI and the company have a lending or other financial-related
       relationship.

   In each of these situations, voting against company management's
recommendation may cause OFI a loss of revenue or other benefit.

   OFI and its affiliates generally seek to avoid such material conflicts of
interest by maintaining separate investment decision making processes to
prevent the sharing of business objectives with respect to proposed or

                                       2



actual actions regarding portfolio proxy voting decisions. This arrangement
alone, however, is insufficient to assure that material conflicts of interest
do not influence OFI's voting of portfolio proxies. To minimize this
possibility, OFI and the Committee employ the following procedures:

    .  If the proposal that gives rise to a material conflict is specifically
       addressed in the Guidelines, OFI will vote the portfolio proxy in
       accordance with the Guidelines, provided that the Guidelines do not
       provide discretion to OFI on how to vote on the matter (I.E.,
       case-by-case);

    .  If the proposal that gives rise to a potential conflict is not
       specifically addressed in the Guidelines or provides discretion to OFI
       on how to vote, OFI will vote in accordance with its proxy voting
       agent's general recommended guidelines on the proposal provided that OFI
       has reasonably determined there is no conflict of interest on the part
       of the proxy voting agent;

    .  If neither of the previous two procedures provides an appropriate voting
       recommendation, OFI may retain an independent fiduciary to advise OFI on
       how to vote the proposal; or the Committee may determine that voting on
       the particular proposal is impracticable and/or is outweighed by the
       cost of voting and direct OFI to abstain from voting.

   4. CERTAIN FOREIGN SECURITIES

   Portfolio proxies relating to foreign securities held by the Funds are
subject to these Policies and Procedures. In certain foreign jurisdictions,
however, the voting of portfolio proxies can result in additional restrictions
that have an economic impact or cost to the security, such as "share-blocking."
Share-blocking would prevent OFI from selling the shares of the foreign
security for a period of time if OFI votes the portfolio proxy relating to the
foreign security. In determining whether to vote portfolio proxies subject to
such restrictions, OFI, in consultation with the Committee, considers whether
the vote, either itself or together with the votes of other shareholders, is
expected to have an effect on the value of the investment that will outweigh
the cost of voting. Accordingly, OFI may determine not to vote such securities.
If OFI determines to vote a portfolio proxy and during the "share-blocking
period" OFI would like to sell an affected foreign security for one or more
Funds, OFI, in consultation with the Committee, will attempt to recall the
shares (as allowable within the market time-frame and practices).

   5. SECURITIES LENDING PROGRAMS

   The Funds may participate in securities lending programs with various
counterparties. Under most securities lending arrangements, proxy voting rights
during the lending period generally are transferred to the borrower, and thus
proxies received in connection with the securities on loan may not be voted by
the lender (I.E., the Fund) unless the loan is recalled. Alternatively, some
securities lending programs use contractual arrangements among the lender,
borrower and counterparty to arrange for the borrower to vote the proxies in
accordance with instructions from the lending Fund.

   If a Fund participates in a securities lending program, OFI will attempt to
recall the recall the Funds' portfolio securities on loan and vote proxies
relating to such securities if OFI determines that the votes involve matters
that would have a material effect on the Fund's investment in such loaned
securities.

   6. SHARES OF REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES (FUND OF FUNDS)

   Certain OFI Funds are structured as funds of funds and invest their assets
primarily in other underlying OFI Funds (the "Fund of Funds"). Accordingly, the
Fund of Fund is a shareholder in the underlying OFI Funds and may be requested
to vote on a matter pertaining to those underlying OFI Funds. With respect to
any such matter, the Fund of Funds will vote its shares in the underlying OFI
Fund in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders in that
underlying OFI Fund (sometimes called "mirror" or "echo" voting).

                                       3



   D. FUND BOARD REPORTS AND RECORDKEEPING

   OFI will prepare periodic reports for submission to the Board describing:

    .  any issues arising under these Policies and Procedures since the last
       report to the Board and the resolution of such issues, including but not
       limited to, information about conflicts of interest not addressed in the
       Policies and Procedures; and

    .  any proxy votes taken by OFI on behalf of the Funds since the last
       report to the Board which were deviations from the Policies and
       Procedures and the reasons for any such deviations.

   In addition, no less frequently than annually, OFI will provide the Boards a
written report identifying any recommended changes in existing policies based
upon OFI's experience under these Policies and Procedures, evolving industry
practices and developments in applicable laws or regulations.

   OFI will maintain all records required to be maintained under, and in
accordance with, the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Investment Advisers
Act of 1940 with respect to OFI's voting of portfolio proxies, including, but
not limited to:

    .  these Policies and Procedures, as amended from time to time;

    .  Records of votes cast with respect to portfolio proxies, reflecting the
       information required to be included in Form N-PX;

    .  Records of written client requests for proxy voting information and any
       written responses of OFI to such requests; and

    .  Any written materials prepared by OFI that were material to making a
       decision in how to vote, or that memorialized the basis for the decision.

   E. AMENDMENTS TO THESE PROCEDURES

   In addition to the Committee's responsibilities as set forth in the
Committee's Charter, the Committee shall periodically review and update these
Policies and Procedures as necessary. Any amendments to these Procedures and
Policies (including the Guidelines) shall be provided to the Boards for review,
approval and ratification at the Boards' next regularly scheduled meetings.

   F. PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   The Guidelines adopted by the Boards of the Funds are attached as Appendix
A. The importance of various issues shifts as political, economic and corporate
governance issues come to the forefront and then recede. Accordingly, the
Guidelines address the issues OFI has most frequently encountered in the past
several years.

                                       4



APPENDIX A

                 OPPENHEIMERFUNDS, INC. AND OPPENHEIMER FUNDS

                       PORTFOLIO PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

                            (AS OF AUGUST 30, 2007)

1. OPERATIONAL ITEMS

   1.1 Amend Quorum Requirements.

    .  Vote AGAINST proposals to reduce quorum requirements for shareholder
       meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding unless there are
       compelling reasons to support the proposal.

   1.2 Amend Minor Bylaws.

    .  Vote FOR bylaw or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature
       (updates or corrections).

   1.3 Change Company Name.

    .  Vote WITH Management

   1.4 Change Date, Time, or Location of Annual Meeting.

    .  Vote FOR management proposals to change the date/time/location of the
       annual meeting unless the proposed change is unreasonable.

    .  Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to change the date/time/location of
       the annual meeting unless the current scheduling or location is
       unreasonable.

   1.5 Transact Other Business.

    .  Vote AGAINST proposals to approve other business when it appears as
       voting item.

AUDITORS

   1.6 Ratifying Auditors

    .  Vote FOR Proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

       .  An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the
          company, and is therefore not independent.

       .  Fees for non-audit services are excessive.

       .  There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered
          an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company's
          financial position.

    .  Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or limit
       their auditors from engaging in non-audit services.

    .  Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals asking for audit firm rotation.

    .  Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on shareholder proposals asking the company
       to discharge the auditor(s).

    .  Proposals are adequately covered under applicable provisions of
       Sarbanes-Oxley Act or NYSE or SEC regulations.

                                       5



2.0 THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

   2.1 Voting on Director Nominees

    .  Vote on director nominees should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis,
       examining the following factors:

       .  Composition of the board and key board committees

       .  Attendance at board meetings

       .  Corporate governance provisions and takeover activity

       .  Long-term company performance relative to a market index

       .  Directors' investment in the company

       .  Whether the chairman is also serving as CEO

       .  Whether a retired CEO sits on the board

    .  WITHHOLD VOTES: However, there are some actions by directors that should
       result in votes being WITHHELD. These instances include directors who:

       .  Attend less than 75% of the board and committee meetings without a
          valid excuse.

       .  Implement or renew a dead-hand or modified dead-hand poison pill

       .  Ignore a shareholder proposal that is approved by a majority of the
          shares outstanding.

       .  Ignore a shareholder proposal that is approved by a majority of the
          votes cast for two consecutive years.

       .  Failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the
          shareholders tendered their shares.

       .  Are inside directors or affiliated outsiders; and sit on the audit,
          compensation, or nominating committees or the company does not have
          one of these committees.

       .  Are audit committee members; and the non-audit fees paid to the
          auditor are excessive.

       .  Enacted egregious corporate governance policies or failed to replace
          management as appropriate.

       .  Are inside directors or affiliated outside directors; and the full
          board is less than majority independent.

       .  Are CEOs of public companies who serve on more than three public
          company boards, i.e., more than two public company boards other than
          their own board. (The term "public company" excludes an investment
          company.)

       .  Serve on more than six public company boards. (The term "public
          company" excludes an investment company.)

    .  Additionally, the following should result in votes being WITHHELD
       (except from new nominees):

       .  If the director(s) receive more than 50% withhold votes of votes cast
          and the issue that was the underlying cause of the high level of
          withhold votes in the prior election has not been addressed.

       .  If the company has adopted or renewed a poison pill without
          shareholder approval since the company's last annual meeting, does
          not put the pill to a vote at the current annual meeting, and there
          is no requirement to put the pill to shareholder vote within 12
          months of its adoption. If a company that triggers this policy
          commits to putting its pill to a shareholder vote within 12 months of
          its adoption, OFI will not recommend a WITHHOLD vote.

                                       6



   2.2 Board Size

    .  Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on shareholder proposals to maintain or
       improve ratio of independent versus non-independent directors.

    .  Vote FOR proposals seeking to fix the board size or designate a range
       for the board size.

    .  Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on proposals that give management the
       ability to alter the size of the board outside of a specified range
       without shareholder approval.

   2.3 Classification/Declassification of the Board

    .  Vote AGAINST proposals to classify the board.

    .  Vote FOR proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all
       directors annually. In addition, if 50% of shareholders request repeal
       of the classified board and the board remains classified, withhold votes
       for those directors at the next meeting at which directors are elected.

   2.4 Cumulative Voting

    .  Vote FOR proposal to eliminate cumulative voting.

   2.5 Require Majority Vote for Approval of Directors

    .  Vote AGAINST proposal to require majority vote approval for election of
       directors

   2.6 Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection

    .  Proposals on director and officer indemnification and liability
       protection should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, using Delaware
       law as the standard.

    .  Vote FOR proposals to eliminate entirely directors' and officers'
       liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care, provided
       the liability for gross negligence is not eliminated.

    .  Vote FOR indemnification proposals that would expand coverage beyond
       just legal expenses to acts, such as negligence, that are more serious
       violations of fiduciary obligation than mere carelessness, provided
       coverage is not provided for gross negligence acts.

    .  Vote FOR only those proposals providing such expanded coverage in cases
       when a director's or officer's legal defense was unsuccessful if both of
       the following apply:

       .  The director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner
          that he reasonable believed was in the best interests of the company,
          and

       .  Only if the director's legal expenses would be covered.

   2.7 Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications

    .  Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on proposals that establish or amend
       director qualifications.

    .  Votes should be based on how reasonable the criteria are and to what
       degree they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

    .  Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring two candidates per board
       seat.

   2.8 Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors.

    .  Vote AGAINST proposals that provide that directors may be removed only
       for cause.

    .  Vote FOR proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove directors
       with or without cause.

                                       7



    .  Vote AGAINST proposals that provide that only continuing directors may
       elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

    .  Vote FOR proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill
       board vacancies.

   2.9 Independent Chairman (Separate Chairman/CEO)

    .  Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring the position of
       chairman to be filled by an independent director unless there are
       compelling reasons to recommend against the proposal such as a
       counterbalancing governance structure. This should include all of the
       following:

       .  Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board
          members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties

       .  Two-thirds independent board

       .  All-independent key committees

       .  Established governance guidelines

       .  The company should not have underperformed its peers and index on a
          one-year and three-year basis, unless there has been a change in the
          Chairman/CEO position within that time. Performance will be measured
          according to shareholder returns against index and peers from the
          performance summary table.

   2.10 Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Committees

    .  Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that a majority of directors be
       independent but vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that more than a majority
       of directors be independent. NYSE and NASDAQ already require that listed
       companies have a majority of independent directors.

    .  Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation,
       and/or nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent
       directors if they currently do not meet that standard.

   2.11 Open Access

    .  Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking for open access taking
       into account the ownership threshold specified in the proposal and the
       proponent's rationale for targeting the company in terms of board and
       director conduct. (At the time of these policies, the SEC's proposed
       rule in 2003 on Security Holder Director Nominations remained
       outstanding.)

   2.12 Stock Ownership Requirements

    .  Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on shareholder proposals that mandate a
       minimum amount of stock that a director must own in order to qualify as
       a director or to remain on the board. While stock ownership on the part
       of directors is favored, the company should determine the appropriate
       ownership requirement.

    .  Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on shareholder proposals asking companies
       to adopt holding periods or retention ratios for their executives,
       taking into account:

       .  Whether the company has any holding period, retention ratio or
          officer ownership requirements in place. These should consist of:
          Rigorous stock ownership guidelines or short-term holding period
          requirement (six months to one year) coupled with a significant
          long-term ownership requirement or a meaningful retention ratio.

       .  Actual officer stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or
          exceeds the proponent's suggested holding period/retention ratio or
          the company's own stock ownership or retention requirements.

                                       8



   2.13 Age or Term Limits

    .  Vote AGAINST shareholder or management proposals to limit the tenure of
       directors either through term limits or mandatory retirement ages. OFI
       views as management decision.

3.0 PROXY CONTESTS

   3.1 Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

    .  Votes in a contested election of directors must be evaluated on a
       CASE-BY-CASE basis considering the following factors:

       .  Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its
          industry

       .  Management's track record

       .  Background to the proxy contest

       .  Qualifications of director nominees (both slates)

       .  Evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders as well as the
          likelihood that the proposed objectives and goals can be met

       .  Stock ownership position

   3.2 Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses

    .  Voting to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses should be analyzed on a
       CASE-BY-CASE basis. In cases, which OFI recommends in favor of the
       dissidents, OFI also recommends voting for reimbursing proxy
       solicitation expenses.

   3.3 Confidential Voting

    .  Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requesting that corporations adopt
       confidential voting, use independent vote tabulators and use independent
       inspectors of election.

    .  If a proxy solicitor loses the right to inspect individual proxy cards
       in advance of a meeting, this could result in many cards being voted
       improperly (wrong signatures, for example) or not at all, with the
       result that companies fail to reach a quorum count at their annual
       meetings, and therefore these companies to incur the expense of second
       meetings or votes.

4.0 ANTITAKEOVER DEFENSES AND VOTING RELATED ISSUES

   4.1 Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations.

    .  Votes on advance notice proposals are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE
       basis, generally giving support to those proposals which allow
       shareholders to submit proposals as close to the meeting date as
       reasonably possible and within the broadest window possible.

   4.2 Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent

    .  Vote AGAINST proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the
       bylaws.

    .  Vote FOR proposals giving the board the ability to amend the bylaws in
       addition to shareholders.

   4.3 Poison Pills

    .  Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting to put extraordinary
       benefits contained in Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan agreements
       to a shareholder vote unless the company's executive pension plans do
       not contain excessive benefits beyond what is offered under
       employee-wide plans.

                                       9



    .  Vote AGAINST proposals that increase authorized common stock fro the
       explicit purpose of implementing a shareholder rights plan (poison pill).

    .  Vote FOR share holder proposals requesting that the company submit its
       poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it.

    .  Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that any future pill be put to a
       shareholder vote.

   4.4 Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

    .  Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to
       take action by written consent.

    .  Vote FOR proposals to allow or make easier shareholder action by written
       consent.

   4.5 Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

    .  Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to
       call special meetings.

    .  Vote FOR proposals that remove restrictions on the right of shareholders
       to act independently of management.

   4.6 Establish Shareholder Advisory Committee

    .  Vote WITH Management

   4.7 Supermajority Vote Requirements

    .  Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

    .  Vote FOR proposals to lower supermajority vote requirements.

5.0 MERGERS AND CORPORATE RESTRUCTURINGS

   5.1 Appraisal Rights

    .  Vote FOR proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of
       appraisal.

   5.2 Asset Purchases

    .  Vote CASE-BY-CASE on asset purchase proposals, considering the following
       factors:

       .  Purchase price

       .  Fairness opinion

       .  Financial and strategic benefits

       .  How the deal was negotiated

       .  Conflicts of interest

       .  Other alternatives for the business

       .  Non-completion risk

   5.3 Asset Sales

    .  Vote CASE-BY-CASE on asset sale proposals, considering the following
       factors:

       .  Impact on the balance sheet/working capital

       .  Potential elimination of diseconomies

       .  Anticipated financial and operating benefits

       .  Anticipated use of funds

                                      10



       .  Value received for the asset

       .  Fairness opinion

       .  How the deal was negotiated

       .  Conflicts of interest

   5.4 Bundled Proposals

    .  Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on bundled or "conditioned" proxy
       proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other,
       examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when
       the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders' best
       interests, vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is
       positive, support such proposals.

   5.5 Conversion of Securities

    .  Votes on proposals regarding conversion of securities are determined on
       a CASE-BY-CASE basis. When evaluating these proposals, the investor
       should review the dilution to existing shareholders, the conversion
       price relative to the market value, financial issues, control issues,
       termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.

   5.6 Corporate Reorganization/Debt Restructuring/Prepackaged Bankruptcy
Plans/Reverse Leveraged Buyouts/Wrap Plans

    .  Votes on proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to
       issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan are determined on a
       CASE-BY-CASE basis, taking into consideration the following:

       .  Dilution to existing shareholders' position

       .  Terms of the offer

       .  Financial issues

       .  Management's efforts to pursue other alternatives

       .  Control issues

       .  Conflicts of interest

    .  Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the debt restructuring if it is expected that the
       company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

   5.7 Formation of Holding Company

    .  Votes on proposals regarding the formation of a holding company should
       be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, taking into consideration the
       following:

       .  The reasons for the change

       .  Any financial or tax benefits

       .  Regulatory benefits

       .  Increases in capital structure

       .  Changes to the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the company.

    .  Absent compelling financial reasons to recommend the transaction, vote
       AGAINST the formation of a holding company if the transaction would
       include either of the following:

       .  Increases in common or preferred stock in excess of the allowable
          maximum as calculated by the ISS Capital Structure Model.

       .  Adverse changes in shareholder rights.

                                      11



   5.8 Going Private Transactions (LBOs and Minority Squeezeouts)

    .  Votes on going private transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, taking into
       account the following:

       .  Offer price/premium

       .  Fairness opinion

       .  How the deal was negotiated

       .  Conflicts of interests

       .  Other alternatives/offers considered

       .  Non-completion risk

   5.9 Joint Venture

    .  Votes on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on proposals to form joint ventures,
       taking into account the following:

       .  Percentage of assets/business contributed

       .  Percentage of ownership

       .  Financial and strategic benefits

       .  Governance structure

       .  Conflicts of interest

       .  Other alternatives

       .  Non-completion risk

   5.10 Liquidations

    .  Votes on liquidations should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis after
       reviewing management's efforts to pursue other alternatives, appraisal
       value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the
       liquidation.

    .  Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, if the company will file for bankruptcy if
       the proposal is not approved.

   5.11 Mergers and Acquisitions/Issuance of Shares to Facilitate Merger or
Acquisition

    .  Votes on mergers and acquisitions should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE
       basis, determining whether the transaction enhances shareholder value by
       giving consideration to the following:

       .  Prospects of the combined company, anticipated financial and
          operating benefits

       .  Offer price (premium or discount)

       .  Fairness opinion

       .  How the deal was negotiated

       .  Changes in corporate governance

       .  Change in the capital structure

       .  Conflicts of interest

   5.12 Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debenture

    .  Votes on proposals regarding private placements should be determined on
       a CASE-BY-CASE basis. When evaluating these proposals the invest should
       review:

       .  Dilution to existing shareholders' position

                                      12



       .  Terms of the offer

       .  Financial issues

       .  Management's efforts to pursue other alternatives

       .  Control issues

       .  Conflicts of interest

   5.13 Spinoffs

    .  Votes on spinoffs should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis depending
       on:

       .  Tax and regulatory advantages

       .  Planned use of the sale proceeds

       .  Valuation of spinoff

       .  Fairness opinion

       .  Benefits to the parent company

       .  Conflicts of interest

       .  Managerial incentives

       .  Corporate governance changes

       .  Changes in the capital structure

   5.14 Value Maximization Proposals

    .  Votes on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on shareholder proposals seeking to
       maximize shareholder value by hiring a financial advisor to explore
       strategic alternatives, selling the company or liquidating the company
       and distributing the proceeds to shareholders. These proposals should be
       evaluated based on the following factors: prolonged poor performance
       with no turnaround in sight, signs of entrenched board and management,
       strategic plan in place for improving value, likelihood of receiving
       reasonable value in a sale or dissolution and whether the company is
       actively exploring its strategic options, including retaining a
       financial advisor.

   5.15 Severance Agreements that are Operative in Event of Change in Control

    .  Review CASE-BY-CASE, with consideration give to ISS "transfer-of-wealth"
       analysis. (See section 8.2)

6.0 STATE OF INCORPORATION

   6.1 Control Share Acquisition Provisions

    .  Vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes
       unless doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that would be
       detrimental to shareholders.

    .  Vote AGAINST proposals to amend the charter to include control share
       acquisition provisions.

    .  Vote FOR proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.

   6.2 Control Share Cashout Provisions

    .  Vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share cashout statutes.

                                      13



   6.3 Disgorgement Provisions

    .  Vote FOR proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.

   6.4 Fair Price Provisions

    .  Vote proposals to adopt fair price provisions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis,
       evaluating factors such as the vote required to approve the proposed
       acquisition, the vote required to repeal the fair price provision, and
       the mechanism for determining the fair price.

    .  Generally vote AGAINST fair price provisions with shareholder vote
       requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.

   6.5 Freezeout Provisions

    .  Vote FOR proposals to opt out of state freezeout provisions.

   6.6 Greenmail

    .  Vote FOR proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter of bylaw amendments
       or otherwise restrict a company's ability to make greenmail payments.

    .  Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on anti-greenmail proposals when they are
       bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.

   6.7 Reincorporation Proposals

    .  Proposals to change a company's state of incorporation should be
       evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, giving consideration to both
       financial and corporate governance concerns, including the reasons for
       reincorporating, a comparison of the governance provisions, and a
       comparison of the jurisdictional laws.

    .  Vote FOR reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral
       or negative governance changes.

   6.8 Stakeholder Provisions

    .  Vote AGAINST proposals that ask the board to consider non-shareholder
       constituencies or other non-financial effects when evaluating a merger
       or business combination.

   6.9 State Anti-takeover Statutes

    .  Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to opt in or out of state
       takeover statutes (including control share acquisition statutes, control
       share cash-out statutes, freezeout provisions, fair price provisions,
       stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor
       contract provisions, anti-greenmail provisions, and disgorgement
       provisions).

7.0 CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   7.1 Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock

    .  Vote FOR management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock.

   7.2 Common Stock Authorization

    .  Votes on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock
       authorized for issuance are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis using a
       model developed by ISS.

                                      14



    .  Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with dual-class capital structures
       to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of stock that
       has superior voting rights.

    .  Vote FOR proposals to approve increases beyond the allowable increase
       when a company's shares are in danger of being delisted or if a
       company's ability to continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain.

   7.3 Dual-Class Stock

    .  Vote AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock with
       superior voting rights.

    .  Vote FOR proposals to create a new class of non-voting or sub-voting
       common stock if:

       .  It is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to
          current shareholders

       .  It is not designed to preserve the voting power of an insider or
          significant shareholder

   7.4 Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan

    .  Vote AGAINST proposals that increase authorized common stock for the
       explicit purpose of implementing a shareholder rights plan (poison pill).

   7.5 Preemptive Rights

    .  Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on shareholder proposals that seek
       preemptive rights. In evaluating proposals on preemptive right, consider
       the size of a company, the characteristics of its shareholder base, and
       the liquidity of the stock.

   7.6 Preferred Stock

    .  Vote FOR shareholder proposals to submit preferred stock issuance to
       shareholder vote.

    .  Vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of
       preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend
       distribution, and other rights ("blank check" preferred stock).

    .  Vote FOR proposals to create "declawed" blank check preferred stock
       (stock that cannot be used as a takeover defense)

    .  Vote FOR proposals to authorize preferred stock in cases where the
       company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of
       such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.

    .  Vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred
       stock authorized for issuance when no shares have been issued or
       reserved for a specific purpose.

    .  Vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred
       shares unless, (i) class of stock has already been approved by
       shareholders and (ii) the company has a record of issuing preferred
       stock for legitimate financing purposes.

   7.7 Pledge of Assets for Debt (Generally Foreign Issuers)

    .  OFI will consider these proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Generally,
       OFI will support increasing the debt-to-equity ratio to 100%. Any
       increase beyond 100% will require further assessment, with a comparison
       of the company to its industry peers or country of origin.

       In certain foreign markets, such as France, Latin America and India,
       companies often propose to pledge assets for debt, or seek to issue
       bonds which increase debt-to-equity ratios up to 300%.

                                      15



   7.8 Recapitalization

    .  Votes CASE-BY-CASE on recapitalizations (reclassification of
       securities), taking into account the following:

       .  More simplified capital structure

       .  Enhanced liquidity

       .  Fairness of conversion terms

       .  Impact on voting power and dividends

       .  Reasons for the reclassification

       .  Conflicts of interest

       .  Other alternatives considered

   7.9 Reverse Stock Splits

    .  Vote FOR management proposals to implement a reverse stock split when
       the number of authorized shares will be proportionately reduced.

    .  Vote FOR management proposals to implement a reverse stock split to
       avoid delisting.

    .  Votes on proposals to implement a reverse stock split that do not
       proportionately reduce the number of shares authorized for issue should
       be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis using a model developed by ISS.

   7.10 Share Purchase Programs

    .  Vote FOR management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase
       plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.

   7.11 Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

    .  Vote FOR management proposals to increase the common share authorization
       for a stock split or share dividend, provided that the increase in
       authorized shares would not result in an excessive number of shares
       available for issuance as determined using a model developed by ISS.

   7.12 Tracking Stock

    .  Votes on the creation of tracking stock are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE
       basis, weighing the strategic value of the transaction against such
       factors as: adverse governance changes, excessive increases in
       authorized capital stock, unfair method of distribution, diminution of
       voting rights, adverse conversion features, negative impact on stock
       option plans, and other alternatives such as spinoff.

8.0 EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

   8.1 Equity-based Compensation Plans

    .  Vote compensation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

    .  In general, OFI considers compensation questions such as stock option
       plans and bonus plans to be ordinary business activity. OFI analyzes
       stock option plans, paying particular attention to their dilutive
       effect. While OFI generally supports management proposals, OFI opposes
       compensation proposals that OFI believes to be excessive, with
       consideration of factors including the company's industry, market
       capitalization, revenues and cash flow.

                                      16



    .  Vote AGAINST plans that expressly permit the repricing of underwater
       stock options without shareholder approval. Generally vote AGAINST plans
       in which the CEO participates if there is a disconnect between the CEO's
       pay and company performance (an increase in pay and a decrease in
       performance) and the main source of the pay increase (over half) is
       equity-based. A decrease in performance is based on negative one- and
       three-year total shareholder returns. An increase in pay is based on the
       CEO's total direct compensation (salary, cash bonus, present value of
       stock options, face value of restricted stock, face value of long-term
       incentive plan payouts, and all other compensation) increasing over the
       previous year. Also WITHHOLD votes from the Compensation Committee
       members.

   8.2 Director Compensation

       Examine compensation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. In general, OFI
       considers compensation questions such as stock option plans and bonus
       plans to be ordinary business activity. OFI analyzes stock option plans,
       paying particular attention to their dilutive effect. While OFI
       generally supports management proposals, OFI opposes excessive
       compensation proposals, with consideration of factors including the
       company's industry, market capitalization, revenues and cash flow.

   8.3 Bonus for Retiring Director

    .  Examine on a CASE-BY CASE basis. Factors we consider typically include
       length of service, company's accomplishments during the Director's
       tenure, and whether we believe the bonus is commensurate with the
       Director's contribution to the company.

   8.4 Cash Bonus Plan

    .  Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. In general, OFI considers compensation
       questions such as cash bonus plans to be ordinary business activity.
       While we generally support management proposals, we oppose compensation
       proposals we believe are excessive.

   8.5 Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash

    .  Generally vote FOR management proposals, unless OFI believe the proposal
       is excessive.

       In casting its vote, OFI reviews the ISS recommendation per a "transfer
       of wealth" binomial formula that determines an appropriate cap for the
       wealth transfer based upon the company's industry peers.

    .  Vote FOR plans which provide participants with the option of taking all
       or a portion of their cash compensation in the form of stock are
       determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

    .  Vote FOR plans which provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange.

    .  Vote FOR plans which do not

   8.6 Director Retirement Plans

    .  Vote FOR retirement plans for non-employee directors if the number of
       shares reserve is less than 3% of outstanding shares and the exercise
       price is 100% of fair market value.

    .  Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for
       non-employee directors, if the number of shares is less than 3% of
       outstanding shares and exercise price is 100% of fair market value.

   8.7 Management Proposals Seeking Approval to Reprice Options

    .  Votes on management proposals seeking approval to reprice options are
       evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis giving consideration to the following:

       .  Historic trading patterns

                                      17



       .  Rationale for the repricing

       .  Value-for-value exchange

       .  Option vesting

       .  Term of the option

       .  Exercise price

       .  Participation

   8.8 Employee Stock Purchase Plans

    .  Votes on employee stock purchase plans should be determined on a
       CASE-BY-CASE basis.

    .  Votes FOR employee stock purchase plans where ALL of the following apply:

       .  Purchase price is at least 85% of fair market value

       .  Offering period is 27 months or less

       .  The number of shares allocated to the plan is 10% or less of the
          outstanding shares

    .  Votes AGAINST employee stock purchase plans where any of the following
       apply:

       .  Purchase price is at least 85% of fair market value

       .  Offering period is greater than 27 months

       .  The number of shares allocated to the plan is more than 10% of the
          outstanding shares

   8.9 Incentive Bonus Plans and Tax Deductibility Proposals (OBRA-Related
Compensation Proposals)

    .  Vote FOR proposals that simply amend shareholder-approved compensation
       plans to include administrative features or place a cap on the annual
       grants any one participant may receive to comply with the provisions of
       Section 162(m).

    .  Vote FOR proposals to add performance goals to existing compensation
       plans to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) unless they are
       clearly inappropriate.

    .  Votes to amend existing plans to increase shares reserved and to qualify
       for favorable tax treatment under the provisions of Section 162(m)
       should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis using a proprietary,
       quantitative model developed by ISS.

    .  Generally vote FOR cash or cash and stock bonus plans that are submitted
       to shareholders for the purpose of exempting compensation from taxes
       under the provisions of Section 162(m) if no increase in shares is
       requested.

   8.10 Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)

    .  Vote FOR proposals to implement an ESOP or increase authorized shares
       for existing ESOPs, unless the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is
       excessive (more than 5% of outstanding shares.)

   8.11 Shareholder Proposal to Submit Executive Compensation to Shareholder
Vote

    .  Vote WITH MANAGEMENT.

   8.12 401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

    .  Vote FOR proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.

                                      18



   8.13 Shareholder Proposals Regarding Executive and Director Pay

    .  Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking additional disclosure
       of executive and director pay information, provided the information
       requested is relevant to shareholders' needs, would not put the company
       at a competitive disadvantage relative to its industry, and is not
       unduly burdensome to the company.

    .  Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking disclosure regarding
       the company's, board's, or committee's use of compensation consultants,
       such as company name, business relationship(s) and fees paid.

    .  Vote WITH MANAGEMENT on shareholder proposals requiring director fees be
       paid in stock only.

    .  Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder
       vote.

    .  Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for all other shareholder proposals
       regarding executive and director pay, taking into account company
       performance, pay level versus peers, pay level versus industry, and long
       term corporate outlook.

   8.14 Performance-Based Stock Options

    .  Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals advocating the use of
       performance-based stock options (indexed, premium-priced, and
       performance-vested options), unless:

       .  The proposal is overly restrictive (e.g., it mandates that awards to
          all employees must be performance-based or all awards to top
          executives must be a particular type, such as indexed options), or

       .  The company demonstrates that it is using a substantial portion of
          performance-based awards for its top executives

   8.15 Pay-for-Performance

    .  Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals that align a significant
       portion of total compensation of senior executives to company
       performance. In evaluating the proposals, the following factors will be
       analyzed:

       .  What aspects of the company's short-term and long-term incentive
          programs are performance driven?

       .  Can shareholders assess the correlation between pay and performance
          based on the company's disclosure?

       .  What type of industry does the company belong to?

       .  Which stage of the business cycle does the company belong to?

   8.16 Golden Parachutes and Executive Severance Agreements

    .  Vote FOR shareholder proposals to require golden parachutes or executive
       severance agreements to be submitted for shareholder ratification,
       unless the proposal requires shareholder approval prior to entering into
       employment contracts.

    .  Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on proposals to ratify or cancel golden
       parachutes. An acceptable parachute should include the following:

       .  The parachute should be less attractive than an ongoing employment
          opportunity with the firm

       .  The triggering mechanism should be beyond the control management

       .  The amount should not exceed three times base salary plus guaranteed
          benefits

                                      19



   8.17 Pension Plan Income Accounting

    .  Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals to exclude pension plan income
       in the calculation of earnings used in determining executive
       bonuses/compensation.

   8.18 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)

    .  Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting to put extraordinary
       benefits contained in SERP agreement to a shareholder vote unless the
       company's executive pension plans do not contain excessive benefits
       beyond what it offered under employee-wide plans.

    .  Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting to limit the
       executive benefits provided under the company's supplemental executive
       retirement plan (SERP) by limiting covered compensation to a senior
       executive's annual salary and excluding all incentive or bonus pay from
       the plan's definition of covered compensation used to establish such
       benefits.

   8.19 Claw-back of Payments under Restatements

    .  Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on shareholder proposals requesting
       clawbacks or recoupment of bonuses or equity, considering factors such
       as:

       .  The coverage of employees, whether it applies to all employees,
          senior executives or only employees committing fraud which resulted
          in the restatement

       .  The nature of the proposal where financial restatement is due to fraud

       .  Whether or not the company has had material financial problems
          resulting in chronic restatements

       .  The adoption of a robust and formal bonus/equity recoupment policy

       .  If a company's bonus recoupment policy provides overly broad
          discretion to the board in recovering compensation, generally vote
          FOR the proposal

       .  If the proposal seeks bonus recoupment from senior executives or
          employees committing fraud, generally vote FOR the proposal.

9.0 SOCIAL, POLITICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

   In the case of social, political and environmental responsibility issues,
OFI believes the issues do not primarily involve financial considerations and
OFI ABSTAINS from voting on those issues.

                                      20



                                     PIMCO

                     PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES/1/

   The following are general proxy voting policies and procedures ("Policies
and Procedures") adopted by Pacific Investment Management Company LLC
("PIMCO"), an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act
of 1940, as amended ("Advisers Act")./2/ PIMCO serves as the investment adviser
to a wide range of domestic and international clients, including investment
companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended
("1940 Act") and separate investment accounts for other clients./3/ These
Policies and Procedures are adopted to ensure compliance with Rule 206(4)-6
under the Advisers Act, other applicable fiduciary obligations of PIMCO and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission
("SEC") and interpretations of its staff. In addition to SEC requirements
governing advisers, PIMCO's Policies and Procedures reflect the long-standing
fiduciary standards and responsibilities applicable to investment advisers with
respect to accounts subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974 ("ERISA"), as set forth in the Department of Labor's rules and
regulations./4/

   PIMCO will implement these Policies and Procedures for each of its
respective clients as required under applicable law, unless expressly directed
by a client in writing to refrain from voting that client's proxies. PIMCO's
authority to vote proxies on behalf of its clients is established by its
advisory contracts, comparable documents or by an overall delegation of
discretionary authority over its client's assets. Recognizing that proxy voting
is a rare event in the realm of fixed income investing and is typically limited
to solicitation of consent to changes in features of debt securities, these
Policies and Procedures also apply to any voting rights and/or consent rights
of PIMCO, on behalf of its clients, with respect to debt securities, including
but not limited to, plans of reorganization, and waivers and consents under
applicable indentures./5/

   Set forth below are PIMCO's Policies and Procedures with respect to any
voting or consent rights of advisory clients over which PIMCO has discretionary
voting authority. These Policies and Procedures may be revised from time to
time.

GENERAL STATEMENTS OF POLICY

   These Policies and Procedures are designed and implemented in a manner
reasonably expected to ensure that voting and consent rights are exercised in
the best interests of PIMCO's clients. Each proxy is voted on a case-by-case
basis taking into consideration any relevant contractual obligations as well as
other relevant facts and circumstances.

   PIMCO may abstain from voting a client proxy under the following
circumstances: (1) when the economic effect on shareholders' interests or the
value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant; or (2) when
the cost of voting the proxies outweighs the benefits.

- - --------
/1/  Revised as of May 7, 2007.
/2/  These Policies and Procedures are adopted by PIMCO pursuant to Rule
     206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act, effective August 6, 2003. SEE PROXY
     VOTING BY INVESTMENT ADVISERS, IA Release No. 2106 (January 31, 2003).
/3/  These Policies and Procedures address proxy voting considerations under
     U.S. law and regulations and do not address the laws or requirements of
     other jurisdictions.
/4/  Department of Labor Bulletin 94-2, 29 C.F.R. 2509.94-2 (July 29, 1994). If
     a client is subject to ERISA, PIMCO will be responsible for voting proxies
     with respect to the client's account, unless the client has expressly
     retained the right and obligation to vote the proxies, and provided prior
     written notice to PIMCO of this retention.
/5/  For purposes of these Policies and Procedures, proxy voting includes any
     voting rights, consent rights or other voting authority of PIMCO on behalf
     of its clients. For purposes of these Policies and Procedures, voting or
     consent rights shall not include matters which are primarily investment
     decisions, including tender offers, exchange offers, conversions, put
     options, redemptions, and dutch auctions.



CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   PIMCO seeks to resolve any material conflicts of interest by voting in good
faith in the best interest of its clients. If a material conflict of interest
should arise, PIMCO will seek to resolve such conflict in the client's best
interest by pursuing any one of the following courses of action:

      1. convening an ad-hoc committee to assess and resolve the conflict;/6/

      2. voting in accordance with the instructions/consent of a client after
   providing notice of and disclosing the conflict to that client;

      3. voting the proxy in accordance with the recommendation of an
   independent third-party service provider;

      4. suggesting that the client engage another party to determine how the
   proxies should be voted;

      5. delegating the vote to an independent third-party service provider; or

      6. voting in accordance with the factors discussed in these Policies and
   Procedures.

   PIMCO will document the process of resolving any identified material
conflict of interest.

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS AND THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY VOTING RECORDS

   Except to the extent required by applicable law or otherwise approved by
PIMCO, PIMCO will not disclose to third parties how it voted a proxy on behalf
of a client. However, upon request from an appropriately authorized individual,
PIMCO will disclose to its clients or the entity delegating the voting
authority to PIMCO for such clients (E.G., trustees or consultants retained by
the client), how PIMCO voted such client's proxy. In addition, PIMCO provides
its clients with a copy of these Policies and Procedures or a concise summary
of these Policies and Procedures: (i) in Part II of Form ADV; (ii) together
with a periodic account statement in a separate mailing; or (iii) any other
means as determined by PIMCO. The summary will state that these Policies and
Procedures are available upon request and will inform clients that information
about how PIMCO voted that client's proxies is available upon request.

PIMCO RECORD KEEPING

   PIMCO or its agent maintains proxy voting records as required by Rule
204-2(c) of the Advisers Act. These records include: (1) a copy of all proxy
voting policies and procedures; (2) proxy statements (or other disclosures
accompanying requests for client consent) received regarding client securities
(which may be satisfied by relying on obtaining a copy of a proxy statement
from the SEC's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR)
system or a third party provided that the third party undertakes to provide a
copy promptly upon request); (3) a record of each vote cast by PIMCO on behalf
of a client; (4) a copy of any document created by PIMCO that was material to
making a decision on how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that
memorializes the basis for that decision; and (5) a copy of each written client
request for proxy voting records and any written response from PIMCO to any
(written or oral) client request for such records. Additionally, PIMCO or its
agent maintains any documentation related to an identified material conflict of
interest.

   Proxy voting books and records are maintained by PIMCO or its agent in an
easily accessible place for a period of five years from the end of the fiscal
year during which the last entry was made on such record, the first two years
in the offices of PIMCO or its agent.

- - --------
/6/  Any committee must be comprised of personnel who have no direct interest
     in the outcome of the potential conflict.

                                       1



REVIEW AND OVERSIGHT

   PIMCO's proxy voting procedures are described below. PIMCO's Compliance
Group will provide for the supervision and periodic review, no less than on an
annual basis, of its proxy voting activities and the implementation of these
Policies and Procedures.

   Because PIMCO has contracted with State Street Investment Manager Solutions,
LLC ("IMS West") to perform portfolio accounting, securities processing and
settlement processing on behalf of PIMCO, certain of the following procedures
involve IMS West in administering and implementing the proxy voting process.
IMS West will review and monitor the proxy voting process to ensure that
proxies are voted on a timely basis.

   1. TRANSMIT PROXY TO PIMCO. IMS West will forward to PIMCO's Compliance
Group each proxy received from registered owners of record (E.G., custodian
bank or other third party service providers).

   2. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. PIMCO's Compliance Group will review each proxy to
determine whether there may be a material conflict between PIMCO and its
client. As part of this review, the group will determine whether the issuer of
the security or proponent of the proposal is a client of PIMCO, or if a client
has actively solicited PIMCO to support a particular position. If no conflict
exists, this group will forward each proxy to PIMCO's Middle Office Group for
consideration by the appropriate portfolio manager(s). However, if a conflict
does exist, PIMCO's Compliance Group will seek to resolve any such conflict in
accordance with these Policies and Procedures.

   3. VOTE. The portfolio manager will review the information, will vote the
proxy in accordance with these Policies and Procedures and will return the
voted proxy to PIMCO's Middle Office Group.

   4. REVIEW. PIMCO's Middle Office Group will review each proxy that was
submitted to and completed by the appropriate portfolio manager. PIMCO's Middle
Office Group will forward the voted proxy back to IMS West with the portfolio
manager's decision as to how it should be voted.

   5. TRANSMITTAL TO THIRD PARTIES. IMS West will document the portfolio
manager's decision for each proxy received from PIMCO's Middle Office Group in
a format designated by the custodian bank or other third party service
provider. IMS West will maintain a log of all corporate actions, including
proxy voting, which indicates, among other things, the date the notice was
received and verified, PIMCO's response, the date and time the custodian bank
or other third party service provider was notified, the expiration date and any
action taken.

   6. INFORMATION BARRIERS. Certain entities controlling, controlled by, or
under common control with PIMCO ("Affiliates") may be engaged in banking,
investment advisory, broker-dealer and investment banking activities. PIMCO
personnel and PIMCO's agents are prohibited from disclosing information
regarding PIMCO's voting intentions to any Affiliate. Any PIMCO personnel
involved in the proxy voting process who are contacted by an Affiliate
regarding the manner in which PIMCO or its delegate intend to vote on a
specific issue must terminate the contact and notify the Compliance Group
immediately.

CATEGORIES OF PROXY VOTING ISSUES

   In general, PIMCO reviews and considers corporate governance issues related
to proxy matters and generally supports proposals that foster good corporate
governance practices. PIMCO considers each proposal on a case-by-case basis,
taking into consideration various factors and all relevant facts and
circumstances at the time of the vote. PIMCO may vote proxies as recommended by
management on routine matters related to the operation of the issuer and on
matters not expected to have a significant economic impact on the issuer and/or
shareholders, because PIMCO believes the recommendations by the issuer
generally are in shareholders' best interests, and therefore in the best
economic interest of PIMCO's clients. The following is a non-exhaustive list of
issues that may be included in proxy materials submitted to clients of PIMCO,
and a non-exhaustive list of factors that PIMCO may consider in determining how
to vote the client's proxies.

                                       2



   BOARD OF DIRECTORS

   1. INDEPENDENCE. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on
director independence issues: (i) majority requirements for the board and the
audit, nominating, compensation and/or other board committees; and (ii) whether
the issuer adheres to and/or is subject to legal and regulatory requirements.

   2. DIRECTOR TENURE AND RETIREMENT. PIMCO may consider the following factors
when voting on limiting the term of outside directors: (i) the introduction of
new viewpoints on the board; (ii) a reasonable retirement age for the outside
directors; and (iii) the impact on the board's stability and continuity.

   3. NOMINATIONS IN ELECTIONS. PIMCO may consider the following factors when
voting on uncontested elections: (i) composition of the board; (ii) nominee
availability and attendance at meetings; (iii) any investment made by the
nominee in the issuer; and (iv) long-term corporate performance and the price
of the issuer's securities.

   4. SEPARATION OF CHAIRMAN AND CEO POSITIONS. PIMCO may consider the
following factors when voting on proposals requiring that the positions of
chairman of the board and the chief executive officer not be filled by the same
person: (i) any potential conflict of interest with respect to the board's
ability to review and oversee management's actions; and (ii) any potential
effect on the issuer's productivity and efficiency.

   5. D&O INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY PROTECTION. PIMCO may consider the
following factors when voting on proposals that include director and officer
indemnification and liability protection: (i) indemnifying directors for
conduct in the normal course of business; (ii) limiting liability for monetary
damages for violating the duty of care; (iii) expanding coverage beyond legal
expenses to acts that represent more serious violations of fiduciary obligation
than carelessness (E.G. negligence); and (iv) providing expanded coverage in
cases where a director's legal defense was unsuccessful if the director was
found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably
believed was in the best interests of the company.

   6. STOCK OWNERSHIP. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on
proposals on mandatory share ownership requirements for directors: (i) the
benefits of additional vested interest in the issuer's stock; (ii) the ability
of a director to fulfill his duties to the issuer regardless of the extent of
his stock ownership; and (iii) the impact of limiting the number of persons
qualified to be directors.

   PROXY CONTESTS AND PROXY CONTEST DEFENSES

   1. CONTESTED DIRECTOR NOMINATIONS. PIMCO may consider the following factors
when voting on proposals for director nominees in a contested election:
(i) background and reason for the proxy contest; (ii) qualifications of the
director nominees; (iii) management's track record; (iv) the issuer's long-term
financial performance within its industry; (v) assessment of what each side is
offering shareholders; (vi) the likelihood that the proposed objectives and
goals can be met; and (vii) stock ownership positions of the director nominees.

   2. REIMBURSEMENT FOR PROXY SOLICITATION EXPENSES. PIMCO may consider the
following factors when voting on reimbursement for proxy solicitation expenses:
(i) identity of the persons who will pay the expenses; (ii) estimated total
cost of solicitation; (iii) total expenditures to date; (iv) fees to be paid to
proxy solicitation firms; and (v) when applicable, terms of a proxy contest
settlement.

   3. ABILITY TO ALTER THE SIZE OF THE BOARD BY SHAREHOLDERS. PIMCO may
consider whether the proposal seeks to fix the size of the board and/or require
shareholder approval to alter the size of the board.

   4. ABILITY TO REMOVE DIRECTORS BY SHAREHOLDERS. PIMCO may consider whether
the proposal allows shareholders to remove directors with or without cause
and/or allow shareholders to elect directors and fill board vacancies.


                                       3



   5. CUMULATIVE VOTING. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting
on cumulative voting proposals: (i) the ability of significant stockholders to
elect a director of their choosing; (ii) the ability of minority shareholders
to concentrate their support in favor of a director(s) of their choosing; and
(iii) any potential limitation placed on the director's ability to work for all
shareholders.

   6. SUPERMAJORITY SHAREHOLDER REQUIREMENTS. PIMCO may consider all relevant
factors, including but not limited to limiting the ability of shareholders to
effect change when voting on supermajority requirements to approve an issuer's
charter or bylaws, or to approve a merger or other significant business
combination that would require a level of voting approval in excess of a simple
majority.

   TENDER OFFER DEFENSES

   1. CLASSIFIED BOARDS. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting
on classified boards: (i) providing continuity to the issuer; (ii) promoting
long-term planning for the issuer; and (iii) guarding against unsolicited
takeovers.

   2. POISON PILLS. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on
poison pills: (i) supporting proposals to require a shareholder vote on other
shareholder rights plans; (ii) ratifying or redeeming a poison pill in the
interest of protecting the value of the issuer; and (iii) other alternatives to
prevent a takeover at a price clearly below the true value of the issuer.

   3. FAIR PRICE PROVISIONS. PIMCO may consider the following factors when
voting on proposals with respect to fair price provisions: (i) the vote
required to approve the proposed acquisition; (ii) the vote required to repeal
the fair price provision; (iii) the mechanism for determining fair price; and
(iv) whether these provisions are bundled with other anti-takeover measures
(E.G., supermajority voting requirements) that may entrench management and
discourage attractive tender offers.

   CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   1. STOCK AUTHORIZATIONS. PIMCO may consider the following factors to help
distinguish between legitimate proposals to authorize increases in common stock
for expansion and other corporate purchases and those proposals designed
primarily as an anti-takeover device: (i) the purpose and need for the stock
increase; (ii) the percentage increase with respect to the authorization
currently in place; (iii) voting rights of the stock; and (iv) overall
capitalization structure of the issuer.

   2. ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK. PIMCO may consider the following factors
when voting on the issuance of preferred stock: (i) whether the new class of
preferred stock has unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and
other rights; (ii) whether the issuer expressly states that the stock will not
be used as a takeover defense or carry superior voting rights; (iii) whether
the issuer specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such
stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable; and (iv) whether
the stated purpose is to raise capital or make acquisitions in the normal
course of business.

   3. STOCK SPLITS. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on
stock splits: (i) the percentage increase in the number of shares with respect
to the issuer's existing authorized shares; and (ii) the industry that the
issuer is in and the issuer's performance in that industry.

   4. REVERSED STOCK SPLITS. PIMCO may consider the following factors when
voting on reverse stock splits: (i) the percentage increase in the shares with
respect to the issuer's existing authorized stock; and (ii) issues related to
delisting the issuer's stock.

                                       4



   EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

   1. STOCK OPTION PLANS. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting
on stock option plans: (i) whether the stock option plan expressly permits the
repricing of options; (ii) whether the plan could result in earnings dilution
of greater than a specified percentage of shares outstanding; (iii) whether the
plan has an option exercise price below the market price on the day of the
grant; (iv) whether the proposal relates to an amendment to extend the term of
options for persons leaving the firm voluntarily or for cause; and (v) whether
the stock option plan has certain other embedded features.

   2. DIRECTOR COMPENSATION. PIMCO may consider the following factors when
voting on director compensation: (i) whether director shares are at the same
market risk as those of the issuer's shareholders; and (ii) how stock option
programs for outside directors compare with the standards of internal stock
option programs.

   3. GOLDEN AND TIN PARACHUTES. PIMCO may consider the following factors when
voting on golden and/or tin parachutes: (i) whether they will be submitted for
shareholder approval; and (ii) the employees covered by the plan and the
quality of management.

   STATE OF INCORPORATION

   STATE TAKEOVER STATUTES. PIMCO may consider the following factors when
voting on proposals to opt out of a state takeover statute: (i) the power the
statute vests with the issuer's board; (ii) the potential of the statute to
stifle bids; and (iii) the potential for the statute to empower the board to
negotiate a better deal for shareholders.

   MERGERS AND RESTRUCTURINGS

   1. MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS. PIMCO may consider the following factors when
voting on a merger and/or acquisition: (i) anticipated financial and operating
benefits as a result of the merger or acquisition; (ii) offer price;
(iii) prospects of the combined companies; (iv) how the deal was negotiated;
and (v) changes in corporate governance and the potential impact on shareholder
rights. PIMCO may also consider what impact the merger or acquisition may have
on groups/organizations other than the issuer's shareholders.

   2. CORPORATE RESTRUCTURINGS. With respect to a proxy proposal that includes
a spin-off, PIMCO may consider the tax and regulatory advantages, planned use
of sale proceeds, market focus, and managerial incentives. With respect to a
proxy proposal that includes an asset sale, PIMCO may consider the impact on
the balance sheet or working capital and the value received for the asset. With
respect to a proxy proposal that includes a liquidation, PIMCO may consider
management's efforts to pursue alternatives, the appraisal value of assets, and
the compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.

   INVESTMENT COMPANY PROXIES

   For a client that is invested in an investment company, PIMCO votes each
proxy of the investment company on a case-by-case basis and takes all
reasonable steps to ensure that proxies are voted consistent with all
applicable investment policies of the client and in accordance with any
resolutions or other instructions approved by authorized persons of the client.

   For a client that is invested in an investment company that is advised by
PIMCO or its affiliates, if there is a conflict of interest which may be
presented when voting for the client (E.G., a proposal to approve a contract
between PIMCO and the investment company), PIMCO will resolve the conflict by
doing any one of the following: (i) voting in accordance with the
instructions/consent of the client after providing notice of and disclosing the
conflict to that client; (ii) voting the proxy in accordance with the
recommendation of an independent third-party service provider; or
(iii) delegating the vote to an independent third-party service provider.

                                       5



   1. ELECTION OF DIRECTORS OR TRUSTEES. PIMCO may consider the following
factors when voting on the director or trustee nominees of a mutual fund:
(i) board structure, director independence and qualifications, and compensation
paid by the fund and the family of funds; (ii) availability and attendance at
board and committee meetings; (iii) investments made by the nominees in the
fund; and (iv) the fund's performance.

   2. CONVERTING CLOSED-END FUND TO OPEN-END FUND. PIMCO may consider the
following factors when voting on converting a closed-end fund to an open-end
fund: (i) past performance as a closed-end fund; (ii) the market in which the
fund invests; (iii) measures taken by the board to address any discount of the
fund's shares; (iv) past shareholder activism; (v) board activity; and
(vi) votes on related proposals.

   3. PROXY CONTESTS. PIMCO may consider the following factors related to a
proxy contest: (i) past performance of the fund; (ii) the market in which the
fund invests; (iii) measures taken by the board to address past shareholder
activism; (iv) board activity; and (v) votes on related proposals.

   4. INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENTS. PIMCO may consider the following factors
related to approval of an investment advisory agreement: (i) proposed and
current fee arrangements/schedules; (ii) fund category/investment objective;
(iii) performance benchmarks; (iv) share price performance as compared with
peers; and (v) the magnitude of any fee increase and the reasons for such fee
increase.

   5. POLICIES ESTABLISHED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 1940 ACT. PIMCO may consider
the following factors: (i) the extent to which the proposed changes
fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and comply with SEC
interpretation; (ii) potential competitiveness; (iii) regulatory developments;
and (iv) current and potential returns and risks.

   6. CHANGING A FUNDAMENTAL RESTRICTION TO A NON-FUNDAMENTAL RESTRICTION.
PIMCO may consider the following when voting on a proposal to change a
fundamental restriction to a non-fundamental restriction: (i) reasons given by
the board and management for the change; and (ii) the projected impact of the
change on the fund's portfolio.

   7. DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENTS. PIMCO may consider the following when voting on
a proposal to approve a distribution agreement: (i) fees charged to comparably
sized funds with similar investment objectives; (ii) the distributor's
reputation and past performance; and (iii) competitiveness of the fund among
other similar funds in the industry.

   8. NAMES RULE PROPOSALS. PIMCO may consider the following factors when
voting on a proposal to change a fund name, consistent with Rule 35d-1 of the
1940 Act: (i) whether the fund invests a minimum of 80% of its assets in the
type of investments suggested by the proposed name; (ii) the political and
economic changes in the target market; and (iii) current asset composition.

   9. DISPOSITION OF ASSETS/TERMINATION/LIQUIDATION. PIMCO may consider the
following when voting on a proposal to dispose of fund assets, terminate, or
liquidate the fund: (i) strategies employed to salvage the fund; (ii) the
fund's past performance; and (iii) the terms of the liquidation.

   10. CHANGES TO CHARTER DOCUMENTS. PIMCO may consider the following when
voting on a proposal to change a fund's charter documents: (i) degree of change
implied by the proposal; (ii) efficiencies that could result; (iii) state of
incorporation; and (iv) regulatory standards and implications.

   11. CHANGING THE DOMICILE OF A FUND. PIMCO may consider the following when
voting on a proposal to change the domicile of a fund: (i) regulations of both
states; (ii) required fundamental policies of both states; and (iii) the
increased flexibility available.


                                       6



   12. CHANGE IN FUND'S SUBCLASSIFICATION. PIMCO may consider the following
when voting on a change in a fund's subclassification from diversified to
non-diversified or to permit concentration in an industry: (i) potential
competitiveness; (ii) current and potential returns; (iii) risk of
concentration; and (iv) consolidation in the target industry.

   DISTRESSED AND DEFAULTED SECURITIES

   1. WAIVERS AND CONSENTS. PIMCO may consider the following when determining
whether to support a waiver or consent to changes in provisions of indentures
governing debt securities which are held on behalf of clients: (i) likelihood
that the granting of such waiver or consent will potentially increase recovery
to clients; (ii) potential for avoiding cross-defaults under other agreements;
and (iii) likelihood that deferral of default will give the obligor an
opportunity to improve its business operations.

   2. VOTING ON CHAPTER 11 PLANS OF LIQUIDATION OR REORGANIZATION. PIMCO may
consider the following when determining whether to vote for or against a
Chapter 11 plan in a case pending with respect to an obligor under debt
securities which are held on behalf of clients: (i) other alternatives to the
proposed plan; (ii) whether clients are treated appropriately and in accordance
with applicable law with respect to their distributions; (iii) whether the vote
is likely to increase or decrease recoveries to clients.

   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

   1. SUCH OTHER BUSINESS. Proxy ballots sometimes contain a proposal granting
the board authority to "transact such other business as may properly come
before the meeting." PIMCO may consider the following factors when developing a
position on proxy ballots that contain a proposal granting the board authority
to "transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting":
(i) whether the board is limited in what actions it may legally take within
such authority; and (ii) PIMCO's responsibility to consider actions before
supporting them.

   2. EQUAL ACCESS. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on
equal access: (i) the opportunity for significant company shareholders to
evaluate and propose voting recommendations on proxy proposals and director
nominees, and to nominate candidates to the board; and (ii) the added
complexity and burden of providing shareholders with access to proxy materials.

   3. CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTIONS. PIMCO may consider the following factors when
voting on charitable contributions: (i) the potential benefits to shareholders;
and (ii) the potential impact on the issuer's resources that could have been
used to increase shareholder value.

   4. SPECIAL INTEREST ISSUES. PIMCO may consider the following factors when
voting on special interest issues: (i) the long-term benefit to shareholders of
promoting corporate accountability and responsibility on social issues;
(ii) management's responsibility with respect to special interest issues;
(iii) any economic costs and restrictions on management; (iv) a client's
instruction to vote proxies in a specific manner and/or in a manner different
from these Policies and Procedures; and (v) the responsibility to vote proxies
for the greatest long-term shareholder value.

                                  *  * * * *

                                       7



                   PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

              DESCRIPTION OF PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

   Pacific Investment Management Company LLC ("PIMCO") has adopted written
proxy voting policies and procedures ("Proxy Policy") as required by Rule
206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. PIMCO has
implemented the Proxy Policy for each of its clients as required under
applicable law, unless expressly directed by a client in writing to refrain
from voting that client's proxies. Recognizing that proxy voting is a rare
event in the realm of fixed income investing and is typically limited to
solicitation of consent to changes in features of debt securities, the Proxy
Policy also applies to any voting rights and/or consent rights of PIMCO, on
behalf of its clients, with respect to debt securities, including but not
limited to, plans of reorganization, and waivers and consents under applicable
indentures.

   The Proxy Policy is designed and implemented in a manner reasonably expected
to ensure that voting and consent rights are exercised in the best interests of
PIMCO's clients. Each proxy is voted on a case-by-case basis taking into
consideration any relevant contractual obligations as well as other relevant
facts and circumstances at the time of the vote. In general, PIMCO reviews and
considers corporate governance issues related to proxy matters and generally
supports proposals that foster good corporate governance practices. PIMCO may
vote proxies as recommended by management on routine matters related to the
operation of the issuer and on matters not expected to have a significant
economic impact on the issuer and/or its shareholders.

   PIMCO will supervise and periodically review its proxy voting activities and
implementation of the Proxy Policy. PIMCO will review each proxy to determine
whether there may be a material conflict between PIMCO and its client. If no
conflict exists, the proxy will be forwarded to the appropriate portfolio
manager for consideration. If a conflict does exist, PIMCO will seek to resolve
any such conflict in accordance with the Proxy Policy. PIMCO seeks to resolve
any material conflicts of interest by voting in good faith in the best interest
of its clients. If a material conflict of interest should arise, PIMCO will
seek to resolve such conflict in the client's best interest by pursuing any one
of the following courses of action: (i) convening a committee to assess and
resolve the conflict; (ii) voting in accordance with the instructions of the
client; (iii) voting in accordance with the recommendation of an independent
third-party service provider; (iv) suggesting that the client engage another
party to determine how the proxy should be voted; (v) delegating the vote to a
third-party service provider; or (vi) voting in accordance with the factors
discussed in the Proxy Policy.

   Clients may obtain a copy of PIMCO's written Proxy Policy and the factors
that PIMCO may consider in determining how to vote a client's proxy. Except as
required by law, PIMCO will not disclose to third parties how it voted on
behalf of a client. However, upon request from an appropriately authorized
individual, PIMCO will disclose to its clients or the entity delegating the
voting authority to PIMCO for such clients, how PIMCO voted such client's
proxy. In addition, a client may obtain copies of PIMCO's Proxy Policy and
information as to how its proxies have been voted by contacting PIMCO.



  PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES OF PIONEER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

                           VERSION DATED JULY, 2004

                                   OVERVIEW

   Pioneer Investment Management, Inc. ("Pioneer") is a fiduciary that owes
each of its client's duties of care and loyalty with respect to all services
undertaken on the client's behalf, including proxy voting. When Pioneer has
been delegated proxy-voting authority for a client, the duty of care requires
Pioneer to monitor corporate events and to vote the proxies. To satisfy its
duty of loyalty, Pioneer must place its client's interests ahead of its own and
must cast proxy votes in a manner consistent with the best interest of its
clients. Pioneer will vote all proxies presented in a timely manner.

   The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures are designed to complement
Pioneer's investment policies and procedures regarding its general
responsibility to monitor the performance and/or corporate events of companies
that are issuers of securities held in accounts managed by Pioneer. Pioneer's
Proxy Voting Policies summarize Pioneer's position on a number of issues
solicited by companies held by Pioneer's clients. The policies are guidelines
that provide a general indication on how Pioneer would vote but do not include
all potential voting scenarios.

   Pioneer's Proxy Voting Procedures detail monitoring of voting, exception
votes, and review of conflicts of interest and ensure that case-by-case votes
are handled within the context of the overall guidelines (i.e. best interest of
client). The overriding goal is that all proxies for US and non-US companies
that are received promptly will be voted in accordance with Pioneer's policies
or specific client instructions. All shares in a company held by
Pioneer-managed accounts will be voted alike, unless a client has given us
specific voting instructions on an issue or has not delegated authority to us
or the Proxy Voting Oversight Group determines that the circumstances justify a
different approach.

   Pioneer does not delegate the authority to vote proxies relating to its
clients to any of its affiliates, which include other subsidiaries of
UniCredito.

   ANY QUESTIONS ABOUT THESE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE
PROXY COORDINATOR.

                            PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES

PROXY VOTING SERVICE

   Pioneer has engaged an independent proxy voting service to assist in the
voting of proxies. The proxy voting service works with custodians to ensure
that all proxy materials are received by the custodians and are processed in a
timely fashion. To the extent applicable, the proxy voting service votes all
proxies in accordance with the proxy voting policies established by Pioneer.
The proxy voting service will refer proxy questions to the Proxy Coordinator
(described below) for instructions under circumstances where: (1) the
application of the proxy voting guidelines is unclear; (2) a particular proxy
question is not covered by the guidelines; or (3) the guidelines call for
specific instructions on a case-by-case basis. The proxy voting service is also
requested to call to the Proxy Coordinator's attention specific proxy questions
that, while governed by a guideline, appear to involve unusual or controversial
issues. Pioneer reserves the right to attend a meeting in person and may do so
when it determines that the company or the matters to be voted on at the
meeting are strategically important to its clients.

PROXY COORDINATOR

   Pioneer's Director of Investment Operations (the "Proxy Coordinator")
coordinates the voting, procedures and reporting of proxies on behalf of
Pioneer's clients. The Proxy Coordinator will deal directly with the proxy



voting service and, in the case of proxy questions referred by the proxy voting
service, will solicit voting recommendations and instructions from the Director
of Portfolio Management US or, to the extent applicable, investment
sub-advisers. The Proxy Coordinator is responsible for ensuring that these
questions and referrals are responded to in a timely fashion and for
transmitting appropriate voting instructions to the proxy voting service. The
Proxy Coordinator is responsible for verifying with the Compliance Department
whether Pioneer's voting power is subject to any limitations or guidelines
issued by the client (or in the case of an employee benefit plan, the plan's
trustee or other fiduciaries).

REFERRAL ITEMS

   From time to time, the proxy voting service will refer proxy questions to
the Proxy Coordinator that are described by Pioneer's policy as to be voted on
a case-by-case basis, that are not covered by Pioneer's guidelines or where
Pioneer's guidelines may be unclear with respect to the matter to be voted on.
Under such certain circumstances, the Proxy Coordinator will seek a written
voting recommendation from the Director of Portfolio Management US. Any such
recommendation will include: (i) the manner in which the proxies should be
voted; (ii) the rationale underlying any such decision; and (iii) the
disclosure of any contacts or communications made between Pioneer and any
outside parties concerning the proxy proposal prior to the time that the voting
instructions are provided. In addition, the Proxy Coordinator will ask the
Compliance Department to review the question for any actual or apparent
conflicts of interest as described below under "Conflicts of Interest." The
Compliance Department will provide a "Conflicts of Interest Report," applying
the criteria set forth below under "Conflicts of Interest," to the Proxy
Coordinator summarizing the results of its review. In the absence of a conflict
of interest, the Proxy Coordinator will vote in accordance with the
recommendation of the Director of Portfolio Management US.

   If the matter presents a conflict of interest for Pioneer, then the Proxy
Coordinator will refer the matter to the Proxy Voting Oversight Group for a
decision. In general, when a conflict of interest is present, Pioneer will vote
according to the recommendation of the Director of Portfolio Management US
where such recommendation would go against Pioneer's interest or where the
conflict is deemed to be immaterial. Pioneer will vote according to the
recommendation of its proxy voting service when the conflict is deemed to be
material and the Pioneer's internal vote recommendation would favor Pioneer's
interest, unless a client specifically requests Pioneer to do otherwise. When
making the final determination as to how to vote a proxy, the Proxy Voting
Oversight Group will review the report from the Director of Portfolio
Management US and the Conflicts of Interest Report issued by the Compliance
Department.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   A conflict of interest occurs when Pioneer's interests interfere, or appear
to interfere with the interests of Pioneer's clients. Occasionally, Pioneer may
have a conflict that can affect how its votes proxies. The conflict may be
actual or perceived and may exist when the matter to be voted on concerns:

    .  An affiliate of Pioneer, such as another company belonging to the
       UniCredito Italiano S.p.A. banking group (a "UniCredito Affiliate");

    .  An issuer of a security for which Pioneer acts as a sponsor, advisor,
       manager, custodian, distributor, underwriter, broker, or other similar
       capacity (including those securities specifically declared by PGAM to
       present a conflict of interest for Pioneer);

    .  An issuer of a security for which UniCredito has informed Pioneer that a
       UniCredito Affiliate acts as a sponsor, advisor, manager, custodian,
       distributor, underwriter, broker, or other similar capacity; or

    .  A person with whom Pioneer (or any of its affiliates) has an existing,
       material contract or business relationship that was not entered into in
       the ordinary course of Pioneer's business.

    .  Pioneer will abstain from voting with respect to companies directly or
       indirectly owned by UniCredito Italiano Group, unless otherwise directed
       by a client. In addition, Pioneer will inform PGAM Global Compliance and
       the PGAM Independent Directors before exercising such rights.



   Any associate involved in the proxy voting process with knowledge of any
apparent or actual conflict of interest must disclose such conflict to the
Proxy Coordinator and the Compliance Department. The Compliance Department will
review each item referred to Pioneer to determine whether an actual or
potential conflict of interest with Pioneer exists in connection with the
proposal(s) to be voted upon. The review will be conducted by comparing the
apparent parties affected by the proxy proposal being voted upon against the
Compliance Department's internal list of interested persons and, for any
matches found, evaluating the anticipated magnitude and possible probability of
any conflict of interest being present. For each referral item, the
determination regarding the presence or absence of any actual or potential
conflict of interest will be documented in a Conflicts of Interest Report to
the Proxy Coordinator.

SECURITIES LENDING

   In conjunction with industry standards Proxies are not available to be voted
when the shares are out on loan through either Pioneer's lending program or a
client's managed security lending program. However, Pioneer will reserve the
right to recall lent securities so that they may be voted according to the
Pioneer's instructions. If a portfolio manager would like to vote a block of
previously lent shares, the Proxy Coordinator will work with the portfolio
manager and Investment Operations to recall the security, to the extent
possible, to facilitate the vote on the entire block of shares.

SHARE-BLOCKING

   "Share-blocking" is a market practice whereby shares are sent to a custodian
(which may be different than the account custodian) for record keeping and
voting at the general meeting. The shares are unavailable for sale or delivery
until the end of the blocking period (typically the day after general meeting
date).

   Pioneer will vote in those countries with "share-blocking." In the event a
manager would like to sell a security with "share-blocking", the Proxy
Coordinator will work with the Portfolio Manager and Investment Operations
Department to recall the shares (as allowable within the market time-frame and
practices) and/or communicate with executing brokerage firm. A list of
countries with "share-blocking" is available from the Investment Operations
Department upon request.

RECORD KEEPING

   The Proxy Coordinator shall ensure that Pioneer's proxy voting service:

    .  Retains a copy of the proxy statement received (unless the proxy
       statement is available from the SEC's Electronic Data Gathering,
       Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system);

    .  Retains a record of the vote cast;

    .  Prepares Form N-PX for filing on behalf of each client that is a
       registered investment company; and

    .  Is able to promptly provide Pioneer with a copy of the voting record
       upon its request.

   The Proxy Coordinator shall ensure that for those votes that may require
additional documentation (i.e. conflicts of interest, exception votes and
case-by-case votes) the following records are maintained:

    .  A record memorializing the basis for each referral vote cast;

    .  A copy of any document created by Pioneer that was material in making
       the decision on how to vote the subject proxy; and

    .  A copy of any conflict notice, conflict consent or any other written
       communication (including emails or other electronic communications) to
       or from the client (or in the case of an employee benefit plan, the
       plan's trustee or other fiduciaries) regarding the subject proxy vote
       cast by, or the vote recommendation of, Pioneer.



   Pioneer shall maintain the above records in the client's file for a period
not less than ten (10) years.

DISCLOSURE

   Pioneer shall take reasonable measures to inform its clients of the process
or procedures clients must follow to obtain information regarding how Pioneer
voted with respect to assets held in their accounts. In addition, Pioneer shall
describe to clients its proxy voting policies and procedures and will furnish a
copy of its proxy voting policies and procedures upon request. This information
may be provided to clients through Pioneer's Form ADV (Part II) disclosure, by
separate notice to the client, or through Pioneer's website.

PROXY VOTING OVERSIGHT GROUP

   The members of the Proxy Voting Oversight Group are Pioneer's: Director of
Portfolio Management US, Head of Investment Operations, and Director of
Compliance. Other members of Pioneer will be invited to attend meetings and
otherwise participate as necessary. The Head of Investment Operations will
chair the Proxy Voting Oversight Group.

   The Proxy Voting Oversight Group is responsible for developing, evaluating,
and changing (when necessary) Pioneer's Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.
The group meets at least annually to evaluate and review these policies and
procedures and the services of its third-party proxy voting service. In
addition, the Proxy Voting Oversight Group will meet as necessary to vote on
referral items and address other business as necessary.

AMENDMENTS

   Pioneer may not amend its Proxy Voting Policies And Procedures without the
prior approval of the Proxy Voting Oversight Group and its corporate parent,
Pioneer Global Asset Management S.p.A

                             PROXY VOTING POLICIES

   Pioneer's sole concern in voting proxies is the economic effect of the
proposal on the value of portfolio holdings, considering both the short- and
long-term impact. In many instances, Pioneer believes that supporting the
company's strategy and voting "for" management's proposals builds portfolio
value. In other cases, however, proposals set forth by management may have a
negative effect on that value, while some shareholder proposals may hold the
best prospects for enhancing it. Pioneer monitors developments in the
proxy-voting arena and will revise this policy as needed.

   All proxies that are received promptly will be voted in accordance with the
specific policies listed below. All shares in a company held by Pioneer-managed
accounts will be voted alike, unless a client has given us specific voting
instructions on an issue or has not delegated authority to us. Proxy voting
issues will be reviewed by Pioneer's Proxy Voting Oversight Group, which
consists of the Director of Portfolio Management US, the Director of Investment
Operations (the Proxy Coordinator), and the Director of Compliance.

   Pioneer has established Proxy Voting Procedures for identifying and
reviewing conflicts of interest that may arise in the voting of proxies.

   Clients may request, at any time, a report on proxy votes for securities
held in their portfolios and Pioneer is happy to discuss our proxy votes with
company management. Pioneer retains a proxy voting service to provide research
on proxy issues and to process proxy votes.



ADMINISTRATIVE

   While administrative items appear infrequently in U.S. issuer proxies, they
are quite common in non-U.S. proxies.

   We will generally support these and similar management proposals:

    .  Corporate name change.

    .  A change of corporate headquarters.

    .  Stock exchange listing.

    .  Establishment of time and place of annual meeting.

    .  Adjournment or postponement of annual meeting.

    .  Acceptance/approval of financial statements.

    .  Approval of dividend payments, dividend reinvestment plans and other
       dividend-related proposals.

    .  Approval of minutes and other formalities.

    .  Authorization of the transferring of reserves and allocation of income.

    .  Amendments to authorized signatories.

    .  Approval of accounting method changes or change in fiscal year-end.

    .  Acceptance of labor agreements.

    .  Appointment of internal auditors.

   Pioneer will vote on a case-by-case basis on other routine business;
however, Pioneer will oppose any routine business proposal if insufficient
information is presented in advance to allow Pioneer to judge the merit of the
proposal. Pioneer has also instructed its proxy voting service to inform
Pioneer of its analysis of any administrative items inconsistent, in its view,
with supporting the value of Pioneer portfolio holdings so that Pioneer may
consider and vote on those items on a case-by-case basis.

AUDITORS

   We normally vote for proposals to:

    .  Ratify the auditors. We will consider a vote against if we are concerned
       about the auditors' independence or their past work for the company.
       Specifically, we will oppose the ratification of auditors and withhold
       votes from audit committee members if non-audit fees paid by the company
       to the auditing firm exceed the sum of audit fees plus audit-related
       fees plus permissible tax fees according to the disclosure categories
       proposed by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    .  Restore shareholder rights to ratify the auditors.

   We will normally oppose proposals that require companies to:

    .  Seek bids from other auditors.

    .  Rotate auditing firms, except where the rotation is statutorily required
       or where rotation would demonstrably strengthen financial disclosure.

    .  Indemnify auditors.

    .  Prohibit auditors from engaging in non-audit services for the company.



BOARD OF DIRECTORS

   On issues related to the board of directors, Pioneer normally supports
management. We will, however, consider a vote against management in instances
where corporate performance has been very poor or where the board appears to
lack independence.

GENERAL BOARD ISSUES

   Pioneer will vote for:

    .  Audit, compensation and nominating committees composed of independent
       directors exclusively.

    .  Indemnification for directors for actions taken in good faith in
       accordance with the business judgment rule. We will vote against
       proposals for broader indemnification.

    .  Changes in board size that appear to have a legitimate business purpose
       and are not primarily for anti-takeover reasons.

    .  Election of an honorary director.

   We will vote against:

    .  Minimum stock ownership by directors.

    .  Term limits for directors. Companies benefit from experienced directors,
       and shareholder control is better achieved through annual votes.

    .  Requirements for union or special interest representation on the board.

    .  Requirements to provide two candidates for each board seat.

   We will vote on a case-by case basis on these issues:

    .  Separate chairman and CEO positions. We will consider voting with
       shareholders on these issues in cases of poor corporate performance.

ELECTIONS OF DIRECTORS

   In uncontested elections of directors we will vote against:

    .  Individual directors with absenteeism above 25% without valid reason. We
       support proposals that require disclosure of director attendance.

    .  Insider directors and affiliated outsiders who sit on the audit,
       compensation, stock option or nominating committees. For the purposes of
       our policy, we accept the definition of affiliated directors provided by
       our proxy voting service.

   We will also vote against:

    .  Directors who have failed to act on a takeover offer where the majority
       of shareholders have tendered their shares.

    .  Directors who appear to lack independence or are associated with very
       poor corporate performance.

   We will vote on a case-by case basis on these issues:

    .  Re-election of directors who have implemented or renewed a dead-hand or
       modified dead-hand poison pill (a "dead-hand poison pill" is a
       shareholder rights plan that may be altered only by incumbent or "dead "
       directors. These plans prevent a potential acquirer from disabling a
       poison pill by obtaining control of the board through a proxy vote).

    .  Contested election of directors.



    .  Prior to phase-in required by SEC, we would consider supporting election
       of a majority of independent directors in cases of poor performance.

    .  Mandatory retirement policies.

    .  Directors who have ignored a shareholder proposal that has been approved
       by shareholders for two consecutive years.

TAKEOVER-RELATED MEASURES

   Pioneer is generally opposed to proposals that may discourage takeover
attempts. We believe that the potential for a takeover helps ensure that
corporate performance remains high. Pioneer will vote for:

    .  Cumulative voting.

    .  Increase ability for shareholders to call special meetings.

    .  Increase ability for shareholders to act by written consent.

    .  Restrictions on the ability to make greenmail payments.

    .  Submitting rights plans to shareholder vote.

    .  Rescinding shareholder rights plans ("poison pills").

    .  Opting out of the following state takeover statutes:

    .  Control share acquisition statutes, which deny large holders voting
       rights on holdings over a specified threshold.

    .  Control share cash-out provisions, which require large holders to
       acquire shares from other holders.

    .  Freeze-out provisions, which impose a waiting period on large holders
       before they can attempt to gain control.

    .  Stakeholder laws, which permit directors to consider interests of
       non-shareholder constituencies.

    .  Disgorgement provisions, which require acquirers to disgorge profits on
       purchases made before gaining control.

    .  Fair price provisions.

    .  Authorization of shareholder rights plans.

    .  Labor protection provisions.

    .  Mandatory classified boards.

   We will vote on a case-by-case basis on the following issues:

    .  Fair price provisions. We will vote against provisions requiring
       supermajority votes to approve takeovers. We will also consider voting
       against proposals that require a supermajority vote to repeal or amend
       the provision. Finally, we will consider the mechanism used to determine
       the fair price; we are generally opposed to complicated formulas or
       requirements to pay a premium.

    .  Opting out of state takeover statutes regarding fair price provisions.
       We will use the criteria used for fair price provisions in general to
       determine our vote on this issue.

    .  Proposals that allow shareholders to nominate directors.

   We will vote against:

    .  Classified boards, except in the case of closed-end mutual funds.



    .  Limiting shareholder ability to remove or appoint directors. We will
       support proposals to restore shareholder authority in this area. We will
       review on a case-by-case basis proposals that authorize the board to
       make interim appointments.

    .  Classes of shares with unequal voting rights.

    .  Supermajority vote requirements.

    .  Severance packages ("golden" and "tin" parachutes). We will support
       proposals to put these packages to shareholder vote.

    .  Reimbursement of dissident proxy solicitation expenses. While we
       ordinarily support measures that encourage takeover bids, we believe
       that management should have full control over corporate funds.

    .  Extension of advance notice requirements for shareholder proposals.

    .  Granting board authority normally retained by shareholders (e.g., amend
       charter, set board size).

    .  Shareholder rights plans ("poison pills"). These plans generally allow
       shareholders to buy additional shares at a below-market price in the
       event of a change in control and may deter some bids.

CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   Managements need considerable flexibility in determining the company's
financial structure, and Pioneer normally supports managements' proposals in
this area. We will, however, reject proposals that impose high barriers to
potential takeovers.

   Pioneer will vote for:

    .  Changes in par value.

    .  Reverse splits, if accompanied by a reduction in number of shares.

    .  Share repurchase programs, if all shareholders may participate on equal
       terms.

    .  Bond issuance.

    .  Increases in "ordinary" preferred stock.

    .  Proposals to have blank-check common stock placements (other than shares
       issued in the normal course of business) submitted for shareholder
       approval.

    .  Cancellation of company treasury shares.

   We will vote on a case-by-case basis on the following issues:

    .  Reverse splits not accompanied by a reduction in number of shares,
       considering the risk of delisting.

    .  Increase in authorized common stock. We will make a determination
       considering, among other factors:

    .  Number of shares currently available for issuance;

    .  Size of requested increase (we would normally approve increases of up to
       100% of current authorization);

    .  Proposed use of the additional shares; and

    .  Potential consequences of a failure to increase the number of shares
       outstanding (e.g., delisting or bankruptcy).

    .  Blank-check preferred. We will normally oppose issuance of a new class
       of blank-check preferred, but may approve an increase in a class already
       outstanding if the company has demonstrated that it uses this
       flexibility appropriately.

    .  Proposals to submit private placements to shareholder vote.



    .  Other financing plans.

   We will vote against preemptive rights that we believe limit a company's
financing flexibility.

COMPENSATION

   Pioneer supports compensation plans that link pay to shareholder returns and
believes that management has the best understanding of the level of
compensation needed to attract and retain qualified people. At the same time,
stock-related compensation plans have a significant economic impact and a
direct effect on the balance sheet. Therefore, while we do not want to
micromanage a company's compensation programs, we will place limits on the
potential dilution these plans may impose.

   Pioneer will vote for:

    .  401(k) benefit plans.

    .  Employee stock ownership plans (ESOPs), as long as shares allocated to
       ESOPs are less than 5% of outstanding shares. Larger blocks of stock in
       ESOPs can serve as a takeover defense. We will support proposals to
       submit ESOPs to shareholder vote.

    .  Various issues related to the Omnibus Budget and Reconciliation Act of
       1993 (OBRA), including:

    .  Amendments to performance plans to conform with OBRA;

    .  Caps on annual grants or amendments of administrative features;

    .  Adding performance goals; and

    .  Cash or cash-and-stock bonus plans.

    .  Establish a process to link pay, including stock-option grants, to
       performance, leaving specifics of implementation to the company.

    .  Require that option repricings be submitted to shareholders.

    .  Require the expensing of stock-option awards.

    .  Require reporting of executive retirement benefits (deferred
       compensation, split-dollar life insurance, SERPs, and pension benefits).

    .  Employee stock purchase plans where the purchase price is equal to at
       least 85% of the market price, where the offering period is no greater
       than 27 months and where potential dilution (as defined below) is no
       greater than 10%.

   We will vote on a case-by-case basis on the following issues:

    .  Executive and director stock-related compensation plans. We will
       consider the following factors when reviewing these plans:

       .  The program must be of a reasonable size. We will approve plans where
          the combined employee and director plans together would generate less
          than 15% dilution. We will reject plans with 15% or more potential
          dilution.

          Dilution = (A + B + C) / (A + B + C + D), where
          A = Shares reserved for plan/amendment,
          B = Shares available under continuing plans,
          C = Shares granted but unexercised and
          D = Shares outstanding.

    .  The plan must not:

       .  Explicitly permit unlimited option repricing authority or that have
          repriced in the past without shareholder approval.



       .  Be a self-replenishing "evergreen" plan, plans that grant discount
          options and tax offset payments.

    .  We are generally in favor of proposals that increase participation
       beyond executives.

    .  We generally support proposals asking companies to adopt rigorous
       vesting provisions for stock option plans such as those that vest
       incrementally over, at least, a three- or four-year period with a pro
       rata portion of the shares becoming exercisable on an annual basis
       following grant date.

    .  We generally support proposals asking companies to disclose their window
       period policies for stock transactions. Window period policies ensure
       that employees do not exercise options based on insider information
       contemporaneous with quarterly earnings releases and other material
       corporate announcements.

    .  We generally support proposals asking companies to adopt stock holding
       periods for their executives.

    .  All other employee stock purchase plans.

    .  All other compensation-related proposals, including deferred
       compensation plans, employment agreements, loan guarantee programs and
       retirement plans.

    .  All other proposals regarding stock compensation plans, including
       extending the life of a plan, changing vesting restrictions, repricing
       options, lengthening exercise periods or accelerating distribution of
       awards and pyramiding and cashless exercise programs.

   We will vote against:

    .  Pensions for non-employee directors. We believe these retirement plans
       reduce director objectivity.

    .  Elimination of stock option plans.

   We will vote on a case-by case basis on these issues:

    .  Limits on executive and director pay.

    .  Stock in lieu of cash compensation for directors.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

   Pioneer will vote for:

    .  Confidential Voting.

    .  Equal access provisions, which allow shareholders to contribute their
       opinion to proxy materials.

    .  Proposals requiring directors to disclose their ownership of shares in
       the company.

   We will vote on a case-by-case basis on the following issues:

    .  Change in the state of incorporation. We will support reincorporations
       supported by valid business reasons. We will oppose those that appear to
       be solely for the purpose of strengthening takeover defenses.

    .  Bundled proposals. We will evaluate the overall impact of the proposal.

    .  Adopting or amending the charter, bylaws or articles of association.

    .  Shareholder appraisal rights, which allow shareholders to demand
       judicial review of an acquisition price.

   We will vote against:

    .  Shareholder advisory committees. While management should solicit
       shareholder input, we prefer to leave the method of doing so to
       management's discretion.



    .  Limitations on stock ownership or voting rights.

    .  Reduction in share ownership disclosure guidelines.

MERGERS AND RESTRUCTURINGS

   Pioneer will vote on the following and similar issues on a case-by-case
basis:

    .  Mergers and acquisitions.

    .  Corporate restructurings, including spin-offs, liquidations, asset
       sales, joint ventures, conversions to holding company and conversions to
       self-managed REIT structure.

    .  Debt restructurings.

    .  Conversion of securities.

    .  Issuance of shares to facilitate a merger.

    .  Private placements, warrants, convertible debentures.

    .  Proposals requiring management to inform shareholders of merger
       opportunities.

   We will normally vote against shareholder proposals requiring that the
company be put up for sale.

MUTUAL FUNDS

   Many of our portfolios may invest in shares of closed-end mutual funds or
exchange-traded funds. The non-corporate structure of these investments raises
several unique proxy voting issues.

   Pioneer will vote for:

    .  Establishment of new classes or series of shares.

    .  Establishment of a master-feeder structure.

   Pioneer will vote on a case-by-case on:

    .  Changes in investment policy. We will normally support changes that do
       not affect the investment objective or overall risk level of the fund.
       We will examine more fundamental changes on a case-by-case basis.

    .  Approval of new or amended advisory contracts.

    .  Changes from closed-end to open-end format.

    .  Authorization for, or increase in, preferred shares.

    .  Disposition of assets, termination, liquidation, or mergers.

    .  Classified boards of closed-end mutual funds, but will typically support
       such proposals.

SOCIAL ISSUES

   Pioneer will abstain on stockholder proposals calling for greater disclosure
of corporate activities with regard to social issues. "Social Issues" may
generally be described as shareholder proposals for a company to:

    .  Conduct studies regarding certain issues of public concern and interest;

    .  Study the feasibility of the company taking certain actions with regard
       to such issues; or

    .  Take specific action, including ceasing certain behavior and adopting
       company standards and principles, in relation to issues of public
       concern and interest.



   We believe these issues are important and should receive management
attention. Pioneer will vote against proposals calling for substantial changes
in the company's business or activities. We will also normally vote against
proposals with regard to contributions, believing that management should
control the routine disbursement of funds.



                      RAINIER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

                           2008 PROXY VOTING POLICY

                             SUMMARY & PROCEDURES



                                 INTRODUCTION
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

   This statement sets forth the proxy voting policy of Rainier Investment
Management, Inc.(R) ("RIM") and is intended to be in compliance with 17 CFR
270. 30b1-4 and 17 CFR 275.206(4)-6, rules relating to the voting of proxies by
registered investment advisers and investment companies registered under
Investment Company Act of 1940.

   RIM clients include mutual funds, employee benefit plans, corporations,
charitable organizations and individuals. As an investment adviser, RIM is a
fiduciary that owes each of its clients duties of care and loyalty with respect
to all services undertaken on the client's behalf, including proxy voting. The
duty of care requires RIM, when it has proxy voting authority, to monitor
corporate events and to vote the proxies. To satisfy its duty of loyalty, RIM
will cast the proxy votes in a manner consistent with the best interest of its
clients and will not subrogate client interests to its own.

   RIM is the Adviser of the Rainier Investment Management Mutual Funds
("Funds"). RIM acts as a fiduciary of the Funds and shall vote the proxies of
the Funds' portfolio securities in a manner consistent with the best interest
of the Funds and its shareholders.

   RIM shall analyze each proxy on a case-by-case basis, informed by the
guidelines elaborated below, subject to the requirement that all votes shall be
cast solely in the long-term interest of its clients. RIM does not intend for
these guidelines to be exhaustive. Hundreds of issues appear on proxy ballots
every year, and it is neither practical nor productive to fashion voting
guidelines and policies which attempt to address every eventuality. Rather,
RIM's guidelines are intended to cover the most significant and frequent proxy
issues that arise. RIM shall revise its guidelines as events warrant.



                                  PROCEDURES
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

PROCEDURES USED TO ADDRESS ANY POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.

   RIM votes on a pre-established set of policy guidelines and on the
recommendations of an independent third party, Institutional Shareholder
Services (ISS). ISS makes its recommendations based on its independent,
objective analysis of the economic interests of shareholders. This process
ensures that RIM votes in the best interests of advisory clients and mutual
fund shareholders, and it insulates our voting decisions from any potential
conflicts of interest. Subject to RIM Proxy Policy Committee procedures, RIM
may also override ISS vote recommendations on a case-by case basis on:

    .  Issues called out by other established proxy voting guidelines, such as
       the AFL-CIO Proxy Voting Guidelines

    .  Issues that ISS itself considers on a case-by-case basis

THE EXTENT TO WHICH RIM DELEGATES PROXY VOTING AUTHORITY TO OR RELIES ON
RECOMMENDATIONS OF A THIRD PARTY.

   As noted above, RIM relies on the recommendations of ISS. We retain ultimate
responsibility for the votes, and we have the ability to override ISS vote
recommendations. We will only do so, however, if we believe that a different
vote is in the best interests of our clients and mutual fund shareholders.

   To the extent RIM desires to override ISS's vote recommendations for the
reasons noted above, RIM (through its Proxy Policy Committee) will consider
whether the proxy voting decision poses a material conflict between RIM's
interest and that of the relevant clients. If RIM determines that a proxy
proposal raises a material conflict between RIM's interests and a client's
interest, RIM will resolve such a conflict in the manner described below, in
its discretion:

      (i) RIM may follow the recommendation of another nationally recognized
   third-party proxy advisory service, and document RIM's reasons for
   overriding ISS and vote in accordance with the recommendation of the other
   third party;

      (ii) RIM may decide independently how to vote the proxies notwithstanding
   its material conflict of interest, provided it carefully and fully documents
   its reasons for voting in the manner proposed;

      (iii) RIM may, in its discretion, disclose the conflict to each affected
   client and vote as directed by the client, if RIM receives a timely response
   from the client (and RIM may abstain from voting in the absence of a timely
   client response);

      (iv) RIM may erect information barriers around the person or persons
   making the voting decision sufficient to insulate the decision from the
   conflict;

      (v) RIM may abstain from voting on the proposal, if (a) RIM determines
   that an abstention is in the best interest of the affected clients as a
   whole, (b) the expected benefit to the affected clients as a whole of voting
   the proxy exceeds the costs of voting the proxy, (c) RIM concludes that the
   value of the affected clients' economic interest as a whole in the proposal
   or the value of the portfolio holding is insignificant, or (d) RIM has not
   received a timely response from the client; or

      (vi) RIM may implement any other procedure that results in a decision
   that is demonstrably based on the client's best interest and not the product
   of the conflict.

THE EXTENT TO WHICH RIM WILL SUPPORT OR GIVE WEIGHT TO THE VIEWS OF MANAGEMENT
OF A PORTFOLIO COMPANY.

   We base our voting decisions on our policy guidelines and on ISS
recommendations, both of which are driven by considerations of the best
interests of our clients and mutual fund shareholders. We vote in favor of
management positions only when they coincide with the best interests of our
clients and mutual fund shareholders.



POLICIES AND PROCEDURES RELATING TO MATTERS SUBSTANTIALLY AFFECTING THE RIGHTS
OF THE HOLDERS OF THE SECURITY BEING VOTED.

   Our policy guidelines include a section devoted specifically to shareholder
rights. We generally support shareholder voting rights and oppose efforts to
restrict them.

DISCLOSURE TO CLIENTS.

   RIM will disclose to its clients how they may obtain information from RIM
about how RIM voted with respect to their securities. RIM will provide to its
clients a description or a copy of these proxy voting policies and procedures.

BOOKS AND RECORDS MAINTAINED BY RIM.

   In connection with voting proxies and these Proxy Voting Policies and
Procedures, RIM maintains (in hardcopy or electronic form) such books and
records as may be required by applicable law, rules or regulations, including:

    .  RIM's policies and procedures relating to voting proxies;

    .  A copy of each proxy statement that RIM receives regarding clients'
       securities, provided that RIM may rely on (a) a third party to make and
       retain, on RIM's behalf, pursuant to a written undertaking, a copy of
       proxy statements or (b) obtaining a copy of proxy statements from the
       SEC's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system;

    .  A record of each vote cast by RIM on behalf of clients, provided that
       RIM may rely on a third party to make and retain, on RIM's behalf,
       pursuant to a written undertaking, records of votes cast;

    .  Copies of any documents created by RIM that were material to making a
       decision on how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that
       memorialize the basis for that decision; and

    .  A record of each written client request for proxy voting information and
       a copy of any written response by RIM to any written or oral client
       request for information on how RIM voted proxies on behalf of the
       requesting client.

   Such books and records will be maintained and preserved in an easily
accessible place for a period of not less than five years from the end of the
fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record, the first two
years in RIM's main business office.



[LOGO]
RiskMetrics Group

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                   2008 U.S. PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES SUMMARY

                            ISS GOVERNANCE SERVICES

                               DECEMBER 17, 2007

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Copyright (C) 2007 by RiskMetrics Group.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or
transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including
photocopy, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system, without
permission in writing from the publisher. Requests for permission to make
copies of any part of this work should be sent to: RiskMetrics Group Marketing
Department, One Chase Manhattan Plaza, 44th Floor, New York, NY 10005.
RiskMetrics Group is a trademark used herein under license.


                                                   
Risk Management |   RiskMetrics Labs |   ISS Governance Services |   Financial Research Analysis


                              www.riskmetrics.com



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                            ISS GOVERANCE SERVICES
                   2008 U.S. PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES SUMMARY

                EFFECTIVE FOR MEETINGS ON OR AFTER FEB 1, 2008
                             UPDATED DEC 17, 2007

   The following is a condensed version of the proxy voting recommendations
contained in the ISS Governance Services ("155") Proxy Voting Manual.

TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                                                
1. OPERATIONAL ITEMS..............................................................................  7
   Adjourn Meeting................................................................................  7
   Amend Quorum Requirements......................................................................  7
   Amend Minor Bylaws.............................................................................  7
   Auditor Indemnification and Limitation of Liability............................................  7
   Auditor Ratification...........................................................................  7
   Change Company Name............................................................................  8
   Change Date, Time, or Location of Annual Meeting...............................................  8
   Transact Other Business........................................................................  8

2. BOARD OF DIRECTORS.............................................................................  9
   Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections...........................................  9
   2008 Classification of Directors............................................................... 11
   Age Limits..................................................................................... 13
   Board Size..................................................................................... 13
   Classification/Declassification of the Board................................................... 13
   Cumulative Voting.............................................................................. 13
   Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection.................................. 13
   Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications......................................................... 14
   Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors......................................................... 14
   Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)......................................................... 14
   Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Committees.................................. 15
   Majority Vote Shareholder Proposals............................................................ 16
   Office of the Board............................................................................ 16
   Open Access.................................................................................... 16
   Performance Test for Directors................................................................. 16
   Stock Ownership Requirements................................................................... 17
   Term Limits.................................................................................... 18

3. PROXY CONTESTS................................................................................. 19
   Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections............................................ 19
   Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses........................................................ 19
   Confidential Voting............................................................................ 19

4. ANTITAKEOVER DEFENSES AND VOTING RELATED ISSUES................................................ 20
   Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations.............................. 20
   Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent....................................................... 20


- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                       2



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                                            
   Poison Pills............................................................................... 20
   Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent.............................................. 20
   Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings............................................... 21
   Supermajority Vote Requirements............................................................ 21

5. MERGERS AND CORPORATE RESTRUCTURINGS....................................................... 22
 OVERALL APPROACH............................................................................. 22
   Appraisal Rights........................................................................... 22
   Asset Purchases............................................................................ 22
   Asset Sales................................................................................ 23
   Bundled Proposals.......................................................................... 23
   Conversion of Securities................................................................... 23
   Corporate Reorganization/Debt Restructuring/Prepackaged Bankruptcy Plans/Reverse Leveraged
     Buyouts/Wrap Plans....................................................................... 23
   Formation of Holding Company............................................................... 24
   Going Private Transactions (LBOs, Minority Squeezeouts, and Going Dark).................... 24
   Joint Ventures............................................................................. 25
   Liquidations............................................................................... 25
   Mergers and Acquisitions/Issuance of Shares to Facilitate Merger or Acquisition............ 25
   Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures......................................... 25
   Spinoffs................................................................................... 26
   Value Maximization Proposals............................................................... 26

6. STATE OF INCORPORATION..................................................................... 27
   Control Share Acquisition Provisions....................................................... 27
   Control Share Cash-Out Provisions.......................................................... 27
   Disgorgement Provisions.................................................................... 27
   Fair Price Provisions...................................................................... 27
   Freeze-Out Provisions...................................................................... 28
   Greenmail.................................................................................. 28
   Reincorporation Proposals.................................................................. 28
   Stakeholder Provisions..................................................................... 28
   State Antitakeover Statutes................................................................ 28

7. CAPITAL STRUCTURE.......................................................................... 29
   Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock................................................... 29
   Common Stock Authorization................................................................. 29
   Dual-Class Stock........................................................................... 29
   Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan....................................................... 29
   Preemptive Rights.......................................................................... 29
   Preferred Stock............................................................................ 30
   Recapitalization........................................................................... 30
   Reverse Stock Splits....................................................................... 30
   Share Repurchase Programs.................................................................. 30
   Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends.................................................. 31
   Tracking Stock............................................................................. 31

8. EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION........................................................ 32
 EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS.................................................................... 32
   Cost of Equity Plans....................................................................... 32


- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                       3



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                                        
   Repricing Provisions................................................................... 32
   Pay-for-Performance Disconnect......................................................... 33
   Three-Year Burn Rate/Burn Rate Commitment.............................................. 34
   Poor Pay Practices..................................................................... 35

  SPECIFIC TREATMENT OF CERTAIN AWARD TYPES IN EQUITY PLAN EVALUATIONS:................... 37
   Dividend Equivalent Rights............................................................. 37
   Liberal Share Recycling Provisions..................................................... 37
   Option Overhang Cost................................................................... 37

  OTHER COMPENSATION PROPOSALS AND POLICIES............................................... 38
   401(k) Employee Benefit Plans.......................................................... 38
   Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay) Management Proposals.............. 38
   Director Compensation.................................................................. 39
   Director Retirement Plans.............................................................. 40
   Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)................................................. 40
   Employee Stock Purchase Plans--Qualified Plans......................................... 40
   Employee Stock Purchase Plans--Non-Qualified Plans..................................... 40
   Incentive Bonus Plans and Tax Deductibility Proposals (OBRA-Related Compensation
     Proposals)........................................................................... 40
   Options Backdating..................................................................... 41
   Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options............................................. 41
   Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash............................................................ 42
   Transfer Programs of Stock Options..................................................... 42

  SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS ON COMPENSATION................................................... 43
   Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay)................................... 43
   Compensation Consultants-Disclosure of Board or Company's Utilization.................. 43
   Disclosure/Setting Levels or Types of Compensation for Executives and Directors........ 43
   Pay for Superior Performance........................................................... 43
   Performance-Based Awards............................................................... 44
   Pension Plan Income Accounting......................................................... 45
   Pre-Arranged Trading Plans (10b5-1 Plans).............................................. 45
   Recoup Bonuses......................................................................... 45
   Severance Agreements for Executives/Golden Parachutes.................................. 45
   Share Buyback Holding Periods.......................................................... 46
   Stock Ownership or Holding Period Guidelines........................................... 46
   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)........................................ 46
   Tax Gross-Up Proposals................................................................. 46

9. CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) ISSUES........................................... 47
  ANIMAL WELFARE.......................................................................... 47
   Animal Testing......................................................................... 47
   Animal Welfare Policies................................................................ 47
   Controlled Atmosphere Killing (CAK).................................................... 47

  CONSUMER ISSUES......................................................................... 47
   Genetically Modified Ingredients....................................................... 47
   Consumer Lending....................................................................... 48
   Pharmaceutical Pricing................................................................. 48
   Pharmaceutical Product Reimportation................................................... 48


- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                       4



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                                                 
   Product Safety and Toxic Materials.............................................................. 49
   Tobacco......................................................................................... 49

  DIVERSITY........................................................................................ 50
   Board Diversity................................................................................. 50
   Equality of Opportunity and Glass Ceiling....................................................... 51
   Sexual Orientation and Domestic Partner Benefits................................................ 51

  CLIMATE CHANGE AND THE ENVIRONMENT............................................................... 51
   Climate Change.................................................................................. 51
   Concentrated Area Feeding Operations (CAFO)..................................................... 52
   Energy Efficiency............................................................................... 52
   Facility Safety (Nuclear and Chemical Plant Safety)............................................. 52
   General Environmental Reporting................................................................. 52
   Greenhouse Gas Emissions........................................................................ 52
   Operations in Protected Areas................................................................... 53
   Recycling....................................................................................... 53
   Renewable Energy................................................................................ 53

  GENERAL CORPORATE ISSUES......................................................................... 53
   Charitable Contributions........................................................................ 53
   CSR Compensation-Related Proposals.............................................................. 54
   HIV/AIDS........................................................................................ 54
   Lobbying Expenditures/Initiatives............................................................... 54
   Political Contributions and Trade Associations Spending......................................... 55

  INTERNATIONAL ISSUES, LABOR ISSUES, AND HUMAN RIGHTS............................................. 55
   China Principles................................................................................ 55
   Codes of Conduct................................................................................ 55
   Community Impact Assessments.................................................................... 56
   Foreign Military Sales/Offsets.................................................................. 56
   Internet Privacy and Censorship................................................................. 56
   MacBride Principles............................................................................. 57
   Nuclear and Depleted Uranium Weapons............................................................ 57
   Operations in High Risk Markets................................................................. 57
   Outsourcing/Offshoring.......................................................................... 58
   Vendor Standards................................................................................ 58

  SUSTAINABILITY................................................................................... 58
   Sustainability Reporting........................................................................ 58

10. MUTUAL FUND PROXIES............................................................................ 59
   Election of Directors........................................................................... 59
   Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund..................................................... 59
   Proxy Contests.................................................................................. 59
   Investment Advisory Agreements.................................................................. 59
   Approving New Classes or Series of Shares....................................................... 60
   Preferred Stock Proposals....................................................................... 60
   1940 Act Policies............................................................................... 60
   Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Nonfundamental Restriction.............................. 60


- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                       5



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                                                 
   Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Nonfundamental....................................... 60
   Name Change Proposals........................................................................... 60
   Change in Fund's Subclassification.............................................................. 61
   Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation................................................... 61
   Changes to the Charter Document................................................................. 61
   Changing the Domicile of a Fund................................................................. 61
   Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisors Without Shareholder Approval............ 62
   Distribution Agreements......................................................................... 62
   Master-Feeder Structure......................................................................... 62
   Mergers......................................................................................... 62

  SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS........................................................... 62
   Establish Director Ownership Requirement........................................................ 62
   Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred..................................................... 62
   Terminate the Investment Advisor................................................................ 62


- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                       6



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. OPERATIONAL ITEMS

ADJOURN MEETING

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals to provide management with the authority to
adjourn an annual or special meeting absent compelling reasons to support the
proposal.

   Vote FOR proposals that relate specifically to soliciting votes for a merger
or transaction if supporting that merger or transaction. Vote AGAINST proposals
if the wording is too vague or if the proposal includes 'other business."

AMEND QUORUM REQUIREMENTS

   Vote AGAINST proposals to reduce quorum requirements for shareholder
meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding unless there are compelling
reasons to support the proposal.

AMEND MINOR BYLAWS

   Vote FOR by Law or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature
(updates or corrections).

AUDITOR INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

   Consider the issue of auditor indemnification and limitation of liability on
a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Factors to be assessed include, but are not limited to:

    .  The terms of the auditor agreement- the degree to which these agreements
       impact shareholders rights;

    .  Motivation and rationale for establishing the agreements;

    .  Quality of disclosure; and

    .  Historical practices in the audit area.

   WTHHOLD or vote AGAINST members of an audit committee in situations where
there is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an
inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the
ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal
recourse against the audit firm.

AUDITOR RATIFICATION

   Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

    .  An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company,
       and is therefore not independent;

    .  There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an
       opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company's
       financial position;

    .  Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of
       concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses
       identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

    .  Fees for non-audit services ("Other" fees) are excessive.

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                       7



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


   Non-audit fees are excessive if:

   Non-audit ("other") fees >audit fees + audit-related fees + tax
compliance/preparation fees

   Tax compliance and preparation include the preparation of original, and
amended tax returns, refund claims and tax payment planning. All other services
in the tax category, such as tax advice, planning or consulting should be added
to "Other" fees. If the breakout of tax fees cannot be determined, add all tax
fees to "Other" fees.

   In circumstances where 'Other' fees include fees related to significant
one-time capital structure events: initial public offerings, bankruptcy
emergence, and spin-offs; and the company makes public disclosure of the amount
and nature of those fees which are an exception to the standard "non-audit fee'
category, then such fees may be excluded from the non-audit fees considered in
determining the ratio of non-audit to audit/audit-related fees/tax compliance
and preparation for purposes of determining whether non-audit fees are
excessive.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or
limit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking for audit firm rotation,
taking into account:

    .  The tenure of the audit firm;

    .  The length of rotation specified in the proposal;

    .  Any significant audit-related issues at the company;

    .  The number of Audit Committee meetings held each year;

    .  The number of financial experts serving on the committee; and

    .  Whether the company has a periodic renewal process where the auditor is
       evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price.

CHANGE COMPANY NAME

   Vote FOR proposals to change the corporate name.

CHANGE DATE, TIME, OR LOCATION OF ANNUAL MEETING

   Vote FOR management proposals to change the date, time, and/or location of
the annual meeting unless the proposed change is unreasonable.

   Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to change the date, time, and/or location
of the annual meeting unless the current scheduling or location is unreasonable.

TRANSACT OTHER BUSINESS

   Vote AGAINST proposals to approve other business when it appears as voting
item.

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                       8



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. BOARD OF DIRECTORS:

VOTING ON DIRECTOR NOMINEES IN UNCONTESTED ELECTIONS

   Vote on director nominees should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

   Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD/1/ from individual directors who:

    .  Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without
       a valid excuse (such as illness, service to the nation, work on behalf
       of the company);

    .  Sit on more than six public company boards;

    .  Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two
       public companies besides their own--withhold only at their outside
       boards.

   Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from all nominees of the board of directors,
(except from new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis) if:

    .  The company's proxy indicates that not alt directors attended 75% of the
       aggregate of their board and committee meetings, but fails to provide
       the required disclosure of the names of the directors involved. If this
       information cannot be obtained, vote against/withhold from all incumbent
       directors;

    .  The company's poison pill has a dead-hand or modified dead-hand feature.
       Vote against/withhold every year until this feature is removed;

    .  The board adopts or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval,
       does not commit to putting it to shareholder vote within 12 months of
       adoption (or in the case of an newly public company, does not commit to
       put the pill to a shareholder vote within 12 months following the IPO),
       or reneges on a commitment to put the pill to a vote, and has not yet
       received a withhold/against recommendation for this issue;

    .  The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval
       by a majority of the shares outstanding the previous year (a management
       proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be
       considered as sufficient action taken);

    .  The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval
       of the majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years (a
       management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management
       will not be considered as sufficient action taken);

    .  The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the
       shareholders tendered their shares;

    .  At the previous board election, any director received more than 50
       percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has
       failed to address the underlying issue(s) that caused the high
       withhold/against vote;

    .  The company is a Russell 3000 company that underperformed its industry
       group (GICS group) under the criteria discussed in the section
       "Performance Test for Directors";

- - --------
/1/  In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use "Withhold" as the
     valid contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a
     majority vote standard use "Against". However, it will vary by company and
     the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for
     the particular company.

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                       9



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


    .  The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a
       problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would
       warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election-
       any or all appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable.

   Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside
Directors (per the Classification of Directors below) when:

    .  The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key
       committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

    .  The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so
       that the full board functions as that committee;

    .  The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if board attests
       that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee;

    .  The full board is less than majority independent.

   Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

    .  The non - audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion
       under Auditor Ratification);

    .  Poor accounting practices are identified which rise to a Level of
       serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material
       weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

    .  There is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an
       inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the
       ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal
       recourse against the audit firm.

   Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Compensation Committee if:

    .  There is a negative correlation between the chief executive's pay and
       company performance (see discussion under Equity Compensation Plans);

    .  The company reprices underwater options for stock, cash or other
       consideration without prior shareholder approval, even if allowed in
       their equity plan;

    .  The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a
       shareholder vote;

    .  The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn rate commitment they
       made to shareholders;

    .  The company has backdated options (see "Options Backdating" policy);

    .  The company has poor compensation practices (see "Poor Pay Practices"
       policy). Poor pay practices may warrant withholding votes from the CEO
       and potentially the entire board as welt.

   Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors, individually or the entire board,
for egregious actions or failure to replace management as appropriate.

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      10



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

2008 CLASSIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

INSIDE DIRECTOR (I)

    .  Employee of the company or one of its affiliates/1/

    .  Non-employee officer of the company if among the five most highly paid
       individuals (excluding interim CEO);

    .  Listed as a Section 16 officer/2/

    .  Current interim CEO;

    .  Beneficial owner of more than 50 percent of the company's voting power
       (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than
       one member of a defined group).

AFFILIATED OUTSIDE DIRECTOR (AO)

    .  Board attestation that an outside director is not independent;

    .  Former CEO of the company/3/

    .  Former CEO of an acquired company within the past five years;

    .  Former interim CEO if the service was longer than 18 months. If the
       service was between twelve and eighteen months an assessment of the
       interim CEO's employment agreement will be made;/4/

    .  Former executive/2/ of the company, an affiliate or an acquired firm
       within the past five years;

    .  Executive/2/ of a former parent or predecessor firm at the time the
       company was sold or split off from the parent/predecessor within the
       past five years;

    .  Executive/2/, former executive, general or limited partner of a joint
       venture or partnership with the company;

- - --------
FOOTNOTES:

/1/  "Affiliate" includes a subsidiary, sibling company, or parent company. ISS
     uses 50 percent control ownership by the parent company as the standard
     for applying its affiliate designation.
/2/  "Executives" (officers subject to Section 16 of the Securities and
     Exchange Act of 1934) include the chief executive, operating, financial,
     legal, technology, and accounting officers of a company (including the
     president, treasurer, secretary, controller, or any vice president in
     charge of a principal business unit, division or policy function). A
     non-employee director serving as an officer due to statutory requirements
     (e.g. corporate secretary) will be classified as an Affiliated Outsider.
     If the company provides additional disclosure that the director is not
     receiving additional compensation for serving in that capacity, then the
     director will be classified as an Independent Outsider.
/3/  Includes any former CEO of the company prior to the company's initial
     public offering (IPO).
/4/  ISS will look at the terms of the interim CEO's employment contract to
     determine if it contains severance pay, long-term health and pension
     benefits or other such standard provisions typically contained in
     contracts of permanent, non-temporary CEOs. ISS wilt also consider if a
     formal search process was underway for a full-time CEO at the time.

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      11



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


    .  Relative/5/ of a current Section 16 officer of company or its affiliates;

    .  Relative/5/ of a current employee of company or its affiliates where
       additional factors raise concern (which may include, but are not limited
       to, the following: a director related to numerous employees; the company
       or its affiliates employ relatives of numerous board members; or a
       non-Section 16 officer in a key strategic role);

    .  Relative/5/ of former Section 16 officer, of company or its affiliate
       within the last five years;

    .  Currently provides (or a relative/5/ provides) professional services/6/
       to the company, to an affiliate of the company or an individual officer
       of the company or one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;

    .  Employed by (or a relative/5/ is employed by) a significant customer or
       supplier/7/

    .  Has (or a relative/5/ has) any transactional relationship with the
       company or its affiliates excluding investments in the company through a
       private placement;

    .  Any material financial tie or other related party transactional
       relationship to the company;

    .  Party to a voting agreement to vote in line with management on proposals
       being brought to shareholder vote;

    .  Has (or a relative/5/ has) an interlocking relationship as defined by
       the SEC involving members of the board of directors or its Compensation
       and Stock Option Committee;/8/

    .  Founder/9/ of the company but not currently an employee;

    .  Is (or a relative/5/ is) a trustee, director or employee of a charitable
       or non-profit organization that receives grants or endowments/7/ from
       the company or its affiliates/1/.

- - --------
FOOTNOTES:

/5/  "Relative" follows the SEC's new definition of "immediate family members"
     which covers spouses, parents, children, step-parents, step-children,
     siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee)
     sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive
     officer, or significant shareholder of the company.
/6/  Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and
     generally include the following: investment banking I financial advisory
     services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment
     services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting
     services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of
     participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be
     considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality
     test) rather than a professional relationship.
/7/  If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of
     $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient's gross revenues. (The recipient is
     the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction).
/8/  Interlocks include: (a) executive officers serving as directors on each
     other's compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a
     committee, on the board); or (b) executive officers sitting on each
     other's boards and at Least one serves on the other's compensation or
     similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board).
/9/  The operating involvement of the Founder with the company will be
     considered. Little to no operating involvement may cause ISS to deem the
     Founder as an independent outsider.

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      12



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


INDEPENDENT OUTSIDE DIRECTOR (IO)

    .  No material/10/ connection to the company other than a board seat.

AGE LIMITS

   Vote AGAINST shareholder or management proposals to limit the tenure of
outside directors through mandatory retirement ages.

BOARD SIZE

   Vote FOR proposals seeking to fix the board size or designate a range for
the board size.

   Vote AGAINST proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of
the board outside of a specified range without shareholder approval.

CLASSIFICATION/DECLASSIFICATION OF THE BOARD

   Vote AGAINST proposals to classify the board.

   Vote FOR proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors
annually.

CUMULATIVE VOTING

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate cumulative voting.

   Generally vote FOR proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting
unless:

    .  The company has proxy access or a similar structure/2/ to allow
       shareholders to nominate directors to the company's ballot; and

    .  The company has adopted a majority vote standard, with a carve-out for
       plurality voting in situations where there are more nominees than seats,
       and a director resignation policy to address failed elections.

   Vote FOR proposals for cumulative voting at controlled companies (insider
voting power > 50%).

DIRECTOR AND OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY PROTECTION

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals on director and officer indemnification and
liability protection using Delaware law as the standard.

- - --------
FOOTNOTES:

/2/  Similar structure" would be a structure that allows shareholders to
     nominate candidates who the company will include on the management ballot
     IN ADDITION TO management's nominees, and their bios are included in
     management's proxy.
/10/ For purposes of ISS' director independence classification, "material" will
     be defined as a standard of relationship (financial, personal or
     otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially
     influence one's objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a
     meaningful impact on an individual's ability to satisfy requisite
     fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      13



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


   Vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate entirely directors' and officers'
liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care.

   Vote AGAINST indemnification proposals that would expand coverage beyond
just legal expenses to Liability for acts, such as negligence, that are more
serious violations of fiduciary obligation than mere carelessness.

   Vote AGAINST proposals that would expand the scope of indemnification to
provide for mandatory indemnification of company officials in connection with
acts that previously the company was permitted to provide indemnification for
at the discretion of the company's board (i.e., "permissive indemnification)
but that previously the company was not required to indemnify.

   Vote FOR only those proposals providing such expanded coverage in cases when
a director's or officer's legal defense was unsuccessful if both of the
following apply:

    .  If the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner
       that he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company; and

    .  If only the director's legal expenses would be covered.

ESTABLISH/AMEND NOMINEE QUALIFICATIONS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that establish or amend director
qualifications. Votes should be based on how reasonable the criteria are and to
what degree they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

   Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring two candidates per board seat.

FILLING VACANCIES/REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

   Vote AGAINST proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for
cause.

   Vote FOR proposals to restore shareholders' ability to remove directors with
or without cause.

   Vote AGAINST proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect
replacements to fill board vacancies.

   Vote FOR proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board
vacancies.

INDEPENDENT CHAIR (SEPARATE CHAIR/CEO)

   Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman's
position be filled by an independent director, unless there are compelling
reasons to recommend against the proposal, such as a counterbalancing
governance structure. This should include all the following:

    .  Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board
       members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties. (The role may
       alternatively reside with a presiding director, vice chairman,

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      14



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

      or rotating lead director; however the director must serve a minimum of
       one year in order to qualify as a lead director.) The duties should
       include, but are not limited to, the following:

       .  presides at all meetings of the board at which the chairman is not
          present, including executive sessions of the independent directors;

       .  serves as liaison between the chairman and the independent directors;

       .  approves information sent to the board;

       .  approves meeting agendas for the board;

       .  approves meeting schedules to assure that there is sufficient time
          for discussion of all agenda items;

       .  has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors;

       .  if requested by major shareholders, ensures that he is available for
          consultation and direct communication;

    .  The company publicly discloses a comparison of the duties of its
       independent lead director and its chairman;

    .  The company publicly discloses a sufficient explanation of why it
       chooses not to give the position of chairman to the independent lead
       director, and instead combine the chairman and CEO positions;

    .  Two-thirds independent board;

    .  All independent key committees;

    .  Established governance guidelines;

    .  The company should not have underperformed both its peers and index on
       the basis of both one-year and three-year total shareholder returns*,
       unless there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within that
       time; and

    .  The company does not have any problematic governance issues.

   Vote FOR the proposal if the company does not provide disclosure with
respect to any or all of the bullet points above. If disclosure is provided,
evaluate on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
- - --------
*  The industry peer group used for this evaluation is the average of the 12
   companies in the same 6-digit GICS group that are closest in revenue to the
   company. To fail, the company must under-perform its index and industry
   group on all 4 measures (1 and 3 year on industry peers and index).

MAJORITY OF INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS/ESTABLISHMENT OF COMMITTEES

   Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors
be independent unless the board composition already meets the proposed
threshold by ISS' definition of independent outsider. (See Classification of
Directors.)

   Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation, and/or
nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent directors if they
currently do not meet that standard.

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      15



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


MAJORITY VOTE SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

   Generally vote FOR precatory and binding resolutions requesting that the
board change the company's bylaws to stipulate that directors need to be
elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast, provided it does not
conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. Binding
resolutions need to allow for a carve- out for a plurality vote standard when
there are more nominees than board seats.

   Companies are strongly encouraged to also adopt a post-election policy (also
know as a director resignation policy) that will provide guidelines so that the
company will promptly address the situation of a holdover director.

OFFICE OF THE BOARD

   Generally vote FOR shareholders proposals requesting that the board
establish an Office of the Board of Directors in order to facilitate direct
communications between shareholders and non-management directors, unless the
company has all of the following:

    .  Established a communication structure that goes beyond the exchange
       requirements to facilitate the exchange of information between
       shareholders and members of the board;

    .  Effectively disclosed information with respect to this structure to its
       shareholders;

    .  Company has not ignored majority-supported shareholder proposals or a
       majority withhold vote on a director nominee; and

    .  The company has an independent chairman or a lead/presiding director,
       according to ISS' definition. This individual must be made available for
       periodic consultation and direct communication with major shareholders.

OPEN ACCESS

   Vote shareholder proposals asking for open or proxy access on a CASE-BY-CASE
basis, taking into account:

    .  The ownership threshold proposed in the resolution;

    .  The proponent's rationale for the proposal at the targeted company in
       terms of board and director conduct.

PERFORMANCE TEST FOR DIRECTORS

   On a CASE-BY-CASE basis, Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors of Russell
3000 companies that underperformed relative to their industry peers. The
criterion used to evaluate such underperformance is a combination of four
performance measures:

   One measurement is a market-based performance metric and three measurements
are tied to the company's operational performance. The market performance
metric in the methodology is five-year Total Shareholder Return (TSR) on a
relative basis within each four-digit GICS group. The three operational
performance metrics are sales growth, EBITDA growth (or operating income growth
for companies in the financial sector), and

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      16



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

pre-tax operating Return on Invested Capital (ROIC) (or Return on Average
Assets (ROAA) for companies in the financial sector) on a relative basis within
each four-digit GICS group. All four metrics will be time-weighted as follows:

   40 percent on the trailing 12 month period and 60 percent on the 48 month
period prior to the trailing 12 months. This methodology emphasizes the
company's historical performance over a five-year period yet also accounts for
near-term changes in a company's performance.

   The table below summarizes the framework:



METRICS                                  BASIS OF EVALUATION WEIGHTING 2/ND/ WEIGHTING
- - -------                                  ------------------- --------- -------------
                                                              
OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE.................                                     50%
5-YEAR AVERAGE PRE-TAX OPERATING ROIC OR    MANAGEMENT
  ROAA*.................................    EFFICIENCY IN
                                            DEPLOYING
                                            ASSETS             33.3%
5-YEAR SALES GROWTH.....................    TOP-LINE           33.3%
5-YEAR EBITDA GROWTH OR OPERATING INCOME
  GROWTH*...............................    CORE-EARNINGS      33.3%
                                                               ----
SUB TOTAL...............................                        100%
                                                               ====
STOCK PERFORMANCE.......................                                     50%
5-YEAR TSR..............................    MARKET
                                                                            ---
TOTAL...................................                                    100%
                                                                            ===

- - --------
*  Metric applies to companies in the financial sector

   Adopt a two-phase approach. In Year 1, the worst performers (bottom 5
percent) within each of the 24 GICS groups receive are noted. In Year 2,
consider a vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD votes from director nominees if a company
continues to be in the bottom five percent within its GICS group for that
respective year and shows no improvement in its most recent trailing 12 months
operating and market performance relative to its peers in its GICS group. Take
into account various factors including:

    .  Year-to-date performance;

    .  Situational circumstances;

    .  Change in management/board;

    .  Overall governance practices.

STOCK OWNERSHIP REQUIREMENTS

   Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount
of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain
on the board. While stock ownership on the part of directors is desired, the
company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking that the company adopt a
holding or retention period for its executives (for holding stock after the
vesting or exercise of equity awards), taking into account any stock ownership
requirements or holding period/retention ratio already in place and the actual
ownership level of executives.

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      17



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


TERM LIMITS

   Vote AGAINST shareholder or management proposals to limit the tenure of
outside directors through term limits. However, scrutinize boards where the
average tenure of all directors exceeds 15 years for independence from
management and for sufficient turnover to ensure that new perspectives are
being added to the board.

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      18



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. PROXY CONTESTS

VOTING FOR DIRECTOR NOMINEES IN CONTESTED ELECTIONS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections,
considering the following factors:

    .  Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its
       industry;

    .  Management's track record;

    .  Background to the proxy contest;

    .  Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

    .  Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against
       management;

    .  Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both
       slates);

    .  Stock ownership positions.

REIMBURSING PROXY SOLICITATION EXPENSES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses.
When voting in conjunction with support of a dissident slate, vote FOR the
reimbursement of all appropriate proxy solicitation expenses associated with
the election.

   Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for the reimbursement of
reasonable costs incurred in connection with nominating one or more candidates
in a contested election where the following apply:

    .  The election of fewer than 50% of the directors to be elected is
       contested in the election;

    .  One or more of the dissident's candidates is elected;

    .  Shareholders are not permitted to cumulate their votes for directors; and

    .  The election occurred, and the expenses were incurred, after the
       adoption of this bylaw.

CONFIDENTIAL VOTING

   Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that corporations adopt
confidential voting, use independent vote tabulators, and use independent
inspectors of election, as long as the proposal includes a provision for proxy
contests as follows: In the case of a contested election, management should be
permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting
policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If the dissidents
will not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived.

   Vote FOR management proposals to adopt confidential voting.

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      19



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. ANTITAKEOVER DEFENSES AND VOTING RELATED ISSUES

ADVANCE NOTICE REQUIREMENTS FOR SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS/NOMINATIONS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on advance notice proposals, supporting those proposals
which allow shareholders to submit proposals as close to the meeting date as
reasonably possible and within the broadest window possible.

AMEND BYLAWS WITHOUT SHAREHOLDER CONSENT

   Vote AGAINST proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the
bylaws.

   Vote FOR proposals giving the board the ability to amend the bylaws in
addition to shareholders.

POISON PILLS

   Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison
pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it UNLESS the company has: (1) A
shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a
policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the
board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

    .  Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

    .  The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines
       that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances
       to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from
       seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the "fiduciary out" provision). A
       poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out wilt be put to a
       shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If
       the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue,
       the plan will immediately terminate.

   Vote FOR shareholder proposals catting for poison pills to be put to a vote
within a time period of less than one year after adoption. If the company has
no non-shareholder approved poison pill in place and has adopted a policy with
the provisions outlined above, vote AGAINST the proposal. If these conditions
are not met, vote FOR the proposal, but with the caveat that a vote within 12
months would be considered sufficient.

   Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification,
focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should
contain the following attributes:

    .  No lower than a 20% trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

    .  A term of no more than three years;

    .  No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the
       ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

    .  Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board
       refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is
       announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a
       written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

SHAREHOLDER ABILITY TO ACT BY WRITTEN CONSENT

   Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take
action by written consent.

   Vote FOR proposals to allow or make easier shareholder action by written
consent.

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      20



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SHAREHOLDER ABILITY TO CALL SPECIAL MEETINGS

   Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call
special meetings.

   Vote FOR proposals that remove restrictions on the right of shareholders to
act independently of management.

SUPERMAJORITY VOTE REQUIREMENTS

   Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

   Vote FOR proposals to lower supermajority vote requirements.

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      21



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5. MERGERS AND CORPORATE RESTRUCTURINGS

OVERALL APPROACH

   For mergers and acquisitions, review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks
of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing
factors including:

    .  VALUATION--Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or
       paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide
       an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness,
       emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic
       rationale.

    .  MARKET REACTION--How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A
       negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

    .  STRATEGIC RATIONALE--Does the deal make sense strategically? From where
       is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly
       aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should
       also have a favorable track record of successful integration of
       historical acquisitions.

    .  NEGOTIATIONS AND PROCESS--Were the terms of the transaction negotiated
       at arms-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps
       to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation
       'wins" can also signify the deal makers' competency. The
       comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial
       auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

    .  CONFLICTS OF INTEREST--Are insiders benefiting from the transaction
       disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider
       shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and
       officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger
       than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these
       interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or
       recommend the merger. The CIC figure presented in the "155 Transaction
       Summary" section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in
       certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from
       shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive,
       analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential
       conflict exists.

    .  GOVERNANCE--Will the combined company have a better or worse governance
       profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties
       to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the
       worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as
       valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

APPRAISAL RIGHTS

   Vote FOR proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with rights of
appraisal.

ASSET PURCHASES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on asset purchase proposals, considering the following
factors:

    .  Purchase price;

    .  Fairness opinion;

    .  Financial and strategic benefits;

    .  How the deal was negotiated;

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      22



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


    .  Conflicts of interest;

    .  Other alternatives for the business;

    .  Non-completion risk.

ASSET SALES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on asset sales, considering the following factors:

    .  Impact on the balance sheet/working capital;

    .  Potential elimination of diseconomies;

    .  Anticipated financial and operating benefits;

    .  Anticipated use of funds;

    .  Value received for the asset;

    .  Fairness opinion;

    .  How the deal was negotiated;

    .  Conflicts of interest.

BUNDLED PROPOSALS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on bundled or "conditional" proxy proposals. In the case
of items that are conditioned upon each other, examine the benefits and costs
of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned
items is not in shareholders' best interests, vote AGAINST the proposals. If
the combined effect is positive, support such proposals.

CONVERSION OF SECURITIES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals regarding conversion of securities. When
evaluating these proposals the investor should review the dilution to existing
shareholders, the conversion price relative to market value, financial issues,
control issues, termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.

   Vote FOR the conversion if it is expected that the company will be subject
to onerous penalties or will be forced to file for bankruptcy if the
transaction is not approved.

CORPORATE REORGANIZATION/DEBT RESTRUCTURING/PREPACKAGED BANKRUPTCY
PLANS/REVERSE LEVERAGED BUYOUTS/WRAP PLANS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares
and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan, taking into
consideration the following:

    .  Dilution to existing shareholders' position;

    .  Terms of the offer;

    .  Financial issues;

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      23



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


    .  Management's efforts to pursue other alternatives;

    .  Control issues;

    .  Conflicts of interest.

   Vote FOR the debt restructuring if it is expected that the company will file
for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

FORMATION OF HOLDING COMPANY

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals regarding the formation of a holding company,
taking into consideration the following:

    .  The reasons for the change;

    .  Any financial or tax benefits;

    .  Regulatory benefits;

    .  Increases in capital structure;

    .  Changes to the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the company.

   Absent compelling financial reasons to recommend the transaction, vote
AGAINST the formation of a holding company if the transaction would include
either of the following:

    .  Increases in common or preferred stock in excess of the allowable
       maximum (see discussion under "Capital Structure");

    .  Adverse changes in shareholder rights.

GOING PRIVATE TRANSACTIONS (LBOS, MINORITY SQUEEZEOUTS, AND GOING DARK)

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on going private transactions, taking into account the
following:

    .  Offer price/premium;

    .  Fairness opinion;

    .  How the deal was negotiated;

    .  Conflicts of interest;

    .  Other alternatives/offers considered; and

    .  Non-completion risk.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on "going dark" transactions, determining whether the
transaction enhances shareholder value by taking into consideration:

    .  Whether the company has attained benefits from being publicly-traded
       (examination of trading volume, liquidity, and market research of the
       stock);

    .  Cash-out value;

    .  Whether the interests of continuing and cashed-out shareholders are
       balanced; and

    .  The market reaction to public announcement of transaction.

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      24



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


JOINT VENTURES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to form joint ventures, taking into account
the following:

    .  Percentage of assets/business contributed;

    .  Percentage ownership;

    .  Financial and strategic benefits;

    .  Governance structure;

    .  Conflicts of interest;

    .  Other alternatives;

    .  Noncompletion risk.

LIQUIDATIONS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on liquidations, taking into account the following:

    .  Management's efforts to pursue other alternatives;

    .  Appraisal value of assets; and

    .  The compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.

   Vote FOR the liquidation if the company will file for bankruptcy if the
proposal is not approved.

MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS/ISSUANCE OF SHARES TO FACILITATE MERGER OR ACQUISITION

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions, determining whether the
transaction enhances shareholder value by giving consideration to items listed
under "Mergers and Corporate Restructurings: Overall Approach."

PRIVATE PLACEMENTS/WARRANTS/CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals regarding private placements, taking into
consideration:

    .  Dilution to existing shareholders' position;

    .  Terms of the offer;

    .  Financial issues;

    .  Management's efforts to pursue other alternatives;

    .  Control issues;

    .  Conflicts of interest.

   Vote FOR the private placement if it is expected that the company will file
for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      25



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SPINOFFS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on spin-offs, considering:

    .  Tax and regulatory advantages;

    .  Planned use of the sale proceeds;

    .  Valuation of spinoff;

    .  Fairness opinion;

    .  Benefits to the parent company;

    .  Conflicts of interest;

    .  Managerial incentives;

    .  Corporate governance changes;

    .  Changes in the capital structure.

VALUE MAXIMIZATION PROPOSALS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals seeking to maximize shareholder
value by hiring a financial advisor to explore strategic alternatives, selling
the company or Liquidating the company and distributing the proceeds to
shareholders. These proposals should be evaluated based on the following
factors:

    .  Prolonged poor performance with no turnaround in sight;

    .  Signs of entrenched board and management;

    .  Strategic plan in place for improving value;

    .  Likelihood of receiving reasonable value in a sale or dissolution; and

    .  Whether company is actively exploring its strategic options, including
       retaining a financial advisor.

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      26



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6. STATE OF INCORPORATION

CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITION PROVISIONS

   Control share acquisition statutes function by denying shares their voting
rights when they contribute to ownership in excess of certain thresholds.
Voting rights for those shares exceeding ownership limits may only be restored
by approval of either a majority or supermajority of disinterested shares.
Thus, control share acquisition statutes effectively require a hostile bidder
to put its offer to a shareholder vote or risk voting disenfranchisement if the
bidder continues buying up a large block of shares.

   Vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes unless
doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that would be detrimental to
shareholders.

   Vote AGAINST proposals to amend the charter to include control share
acquisition provisions.

   Vote FOR proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.

CONTROL SHARE CASH-OUT PROVISIONS

   Control share cash-out statutes give dissident shareholders the right to
"cash-out" of their position in a company at the expense of the shareholder who
has taken a control position. In other words, when an investor crosses a preset
threshold level, remaining shareholders are given the right to sell their
shares to the acquirer, who must buy them at the highest acquiring price.

   Vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share cash-out statutes.

DISGORGEMENT PROVISIONS

   Disgorgement provisions require an acquirer or potential acquirer of more
than a certain percentage of a company's stock to disgorge, or pay back, to the
company any profits realized from the sate of that company's stock purchased 24
months before achieving control status. All sales of company stock by the
acquirer occurring within a certain period of time (between 18 months and 24
months) prior to the investor's gaining control status are subject to these
recapture-of-profits provisions.

   Vote FOR proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.

FAIR PRICE PROVISIONS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to adopt fair price provisions (provisions
that stipulate that an acquirer must pay the same price to acquire all shares
as it paid to acquire the control shares), evaluating factors such as the vote
required to approve the proposed acquisition, the vote required to repeal the
fair price provision, and the mechanism for determining the fair price.

   Generally, vote AGAINST fair price provisions with shareholder vote
requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      27



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


FREEZE-OUT PROVISIONS

   Vote FOR proposals to opt out of state freeze-out provisions. Freeze-out
provisions force an investor who surpasses a certain ownership threshold in a
company to wait a specified period of time before gaining control of the
company.

GREENMAIL

   Greenmail payments are targeted share repurchases by management of company
stock from individuals or groups seeking control of the company. Since only the
hostile party receives payment, usually at a substantial premium over the
market value of its shares, the practice discriminates against all other
shareholders.

   Vote FOR proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or
otherwise restrict a company's ability to make greenmail payments.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with
other charter or bylaw amendments.

REINCORPORATION PROPOSALS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to change a company's state of incorporation,
taking into consideration both financial and corporate governance concerns,
including:

    .  The reasons for reincorporating;

    .  A comparison of the governance provisions;

    .  Comparative economic benefits; and

    .  A comparison of the jurisdictional Laws.

   Vote FOR re-incorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or
negative governance changes.

STAKEHOLDER PROVISIONS

   Vote AGAINST proposals that ask the board to consider non-shareholder
constituencies or other non-financial effects when evaluating a merger or
business combination.

STATE ANTITAKEOVER STATUTES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes
(including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes,
freeze-out provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill
endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, anti-greenmail
provisions, and disgorgement provisions).

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      28



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

7. CAPITAL STRUCTURE

ADJUSTMENTS TO PAR VALUE OF COMMON STOCK

   Vote FOR management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock.

COMMON STOCK AUTHORIZATION

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of common
stock authorized for issuance using a model developed by ISS.

   Vote FOR proposals to approve increases beyond the allowable increase when a
company's shares are in danger of being delisted or if a company's ability to
continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain.

   In addition, for capital requests Less than or equal to 300 percent of the
current authorized shares that marginally fail the calculated allowable cap
(i.e., exceed the allowable cap by no more than 5 percent), on a CASE-BY-CASE
basis, vote FOR the increase based on the company's performance and whether the
company's ongoing use of shares has shown prudence. Factors should include, at
a minimum, the following:

    .  Rationale;

    .  Good performance with respect to peers and index on a five-year total
       shareholder return basis;

    .  Absence of non-shareholder approved poison pill;

    .  Reasonable equity compensation burn rate;

    .  No non-shareholder approved pay plans; and

    .  Absence of egregious equity compensation practices.

DUAL-CLASS STOCK

   Vote AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock with superior
voting rights.

   Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with dual-class capital structures to
increase the number of authorized shares of the class of stock that has
superior voting rights.

   Vote FOR proposals to create a new class of nonvoting or sub-voting common
stock if:

    .  It is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to
       current shareholders;

    .  It is not designed to preserve the voting power of an insider or
       significant shareholder.

ISSUE STOCK FOR USE WITH RIGHTS PLAN

   Vote AGAINST proposals that increase authorized common stock for the
explicit purpose of implementing a non-shareholder approved shareholder rights
plan (poison pill).

PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals that seek preemptive rights,
taking into consideration: the size of a company, the characteristics of its
shareholder base, and the liquidity of the stock.

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      29



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


PREFERRED STOCK

   Vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of preferred
stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other
rights ('blank check' preferred stock).

   Vote FOR proposals to create 'declawed" blank check preferred stock (stock
that cannot be used as a takeover defense).

   Vote FOR proposals to authorize preferred stock in cases where the company
specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and
the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.

   Vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred stock
authorized for issuance when no shares have been issued or reserved for a
specific purpose.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of blank check
preferred shares after analyzing the number of preferred shares available for
issue given a company's industry and performance in terms of shareholder
returns.

RECAPITALIZATION

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on recapitalizations (reclassifications of securities),
taking into account the following:

    .  More simplified capital structure;

    .  Enhanced liquidity;

    .  Fairness of conversion terms;

    .  Impact on voting power and dividends;

    .  Reasons for the reclassification;

    .  Conflicts of interest; and

    .  Other alternatives considered.

REVERSE STOCK SPLITS

   Vote FOR management proposals to implement a reverse stock split when the
number of authorized shares wilt be proportionately reduced.

   Vote FOR management proposals to implement a reverse stock split to avoid
delisting.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to implement a reverse stock split that do
not proportionately reduce the number of shares authorized for issue based on
the allowable increased calculated using the Capital Structure model.

SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAMS

   Vote FOR management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase
plans in which alt shareholders may participate on equal terms.

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      30



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


STOCK DISTRIBUTIONS: SPLITS AND DIVIDENDS

   Vote FOR management proposals to increase the common share authorization for
a stock split or share dividend, provided that the increase in authorized
shares would not result in an excessive number of shares available for issuance
as determined using a model developed by ISS.

TRACKING STOCK

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the creation of tracking stock, weighing the strategic
value of the transaction against such factors as:

    .  Adverse governance changes;

    .  Excessive increases in authorized capital stock;

    .  Unfair method of distribution;

    .  Diminution of voting rights;

    .  Adverse conversion features;

    .  Negative impact on stock option plans; and

    .  Alternatives such as spin-off.

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      31



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

8. EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Vote AGAINST the
equity plan if any of the following factors apply:

    .  The total cost of the company's equity plans is unreasonable;

    .  The plan expressly permits the repricing of stock options without prior
       shareholder approval;

    .  There is a disconnect between CEO pay and the company's performance;

    .  The company's three year burn rate exceeds the greater of 2% and the
       mean plus one standard deviation of its industry group; or

    .  The plan is a vehicle for poor pay practices.

   Each of these factors is described below:

COST OF EQUITY PLANS

   Generally, vote AGAINST equity plans if the cost is unreasonable. For
non-employee director plans, vote FOR the plan if certain factors are met (see
Director Compensation section).

   The cost of the equity plans is expressed as Shareholder Value Transfer
(SVT), which is measured using a binomial option pricing model that assesses
the amount of shareholders' equity flowing out of the company to employees and
directors. SVT is expressed as both a dollar amount and as a percentage of
market value, and includes the new shares proposed, shares available under
existing plans, and shares granted but unexercised. All award types are valued.
For omnibus plans, unless limitations are placed on the most expensive types of
awards (for example, full value awards), the assumption is made that all awards
to be granted will be the most expensive types. See discussion of specific
types of awards.

   The Shareholder Value Transfer is reasonable if it falls below the
company-specific allowable cap. The allowable cap is determined as follows: The
top quartile performers in each industry group (using the Global Industry
Classification Standard GICS) are identified. Benchmark SVT levels for each
industry are established based on these top performers' historic SVT.
Regression analyses are run on each industry group to identify the variables
most strongly correlated to SVT. The benchmark industry SVT level is then
adjusted upwards or downwards for the specific company by plugging the
company-specific performance measures, size and cash compensation into the
industry cap equations to arrive at the company's allowable cap.

REPRICING PROVISIONS

   Vote AGAINST plans that expressly permit the repricing of underwater stock
options without prior shareholder approval, even if the cost of the plan is
reasonable. Also, vote AGAINST OR WITHHOLD from members of the Compensation
Committee who approved and/or implemented an option exchange program by
repricing and buying out underwater options for stock, cash or other
consideration or canceling underwater options and regranting options with a
lower exercise price without prior shareholder approval, even if such
repricings are allowed in their equity plan.

   Vote AGAINST plans if the company has a history of repricing options without
shareholder approval, and the applicable listing standards would not preclude
them from doing so.

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      32



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


PAY-FOR-PERFORMANCE DISCONNECT

   Generally vote AGAINST plans in which:

    .  There is a disconnect between the CEO's pay and company performance (an
       increase in pay and a decrease in performance);

    .  The main source of the pay increase (over half) is equity-based; and

    .  The CEO is a participant of the equity proposal.

   Performance decreases are based on negative one- and three-year total
shareholder returns. CEO pay increases are based on the CEO's total direct
compensation (salary, cash bonus, value of non-equity incentive payouts,
present value of stock options, face value of restricted stock, target value of
performance-based awards, change in pension value and nonqualified deferred
compensation earnings, and all other compensation) increasing over the previous
year.

   Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD votes from the Compensation Committee members when
the company has a pay- for-performance disconnect.

   On a CASE-BY-CASE basis, vote for equity plans and FOR compensation
committee members with a pay-for- performance disconnect if compensation
committee members can present strong and compelling evidence of improved
committee performance. This evidence must go beyond the usual compensation
committee report disclosure. This additional evidence necessary includes all of
the following:

    .  The compensation committee has reviewed all, components of the CEO's
       compensation, including the following:

      - Base salary, bonus, long-term incentives;

      - Accumulative realized and unrealized stock option and restricted stock
   gains;

      - Dollar value of perquisites and other personal benefits to the CEO and
   the total cost to the company;

      - Earnings and accumulated payment obligations under the company's
   nonqualified deferred compensation program;

      - Actual projected payment obligations under the company's supplemental
   executive retirement plan (SERPs).

    .  A tally sheet with all the above components should be disclosed for the
       following termination scenarios:

      - Payment if termination occurs within 12 months: $

      - Payment if "not for cause" termination occurs within 12 months: $

      - Payment if "change of control" termination occurs within 12 months:
   $

    .  The compensation committee is committed to providing additional
       information on the named executives' annual cash bonus program and/or
       Long-term incentive cash plan for the current fiscal year. The
       compensation committee will provide full disclosure of the qualitative
       and quantitative performance criteria and hurdle rates used to determine
       the payouts of the cash program. From this disclosure, shareholders will
       know the minimum level of performance required for any cash bonus to be
       delivered, as well as the maximum cash bonus payable for superior
       performance.

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      33



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


   The repetition of the compensation committee report does not meet ISS'
requirement of compelling and strong evidence of improved disclosure. The Level
of transparency and disclosure is at the highest level where shareholders can
understand the mechanics of the annual cash bonus and/or long-term incentive
cash plan based on the additional disclosure.

    .  The compensation committee is committed to granting a substantial
       portion of performance-based equity awards to the named executive
       officers. A substantial portion of performance-based awards would be at
       least 50 percent of the shares awarded to each of the named executive
       officers. Performance-based equity awards are earned or paid out based
       on the achievement of company performance targets. The company will
       disclose the details of the performance criteria (e.g., return on
       equity) and the hurdle rates (e.g., 15 percent) associated with the
       performance targets. From this disclosure, shareholders will know the
       minimum level of performance required for any equity grants to be made.
       The performance-based equity awards do not refer to non-qualified stock
       options/3/ or performance-accelerated grants./4/ Instead,
       performance-based equity awards are performance-contingent grants where
       the individual will not receive the equity grant by not meeting the
       target performance and vice versa.

   The level of transparency and disclosure is at the highest level where
shareholders can understand the mechanics of the performance-based equity
awards based on the additional disclosure.

    .  The compensation committee has the sole authority to hire and fire
       outside compensation consultants. The role of the outside compensation
       consultant is to assist the compensation committee to analyze executive
       pay packages or contracts and understand the company's financial
       measures.

THREE-YEAR BURN RATE/BURN RATE COMMITMENT

   Generally vote AGAINST plans if the company's most recent three-year burn
rate exceeds one standard deviation in excess of the industry mean (per the
following Burn Rate Table) and is over 2 percent of common shares outstanding.
The three-year burn rate policy does not apply to non-employee director plans
unless outside directors receive a significant portion of shares each year.

   The annual burn rate is calculated as follows:

   Annual Burn rate = (# of options granted + # of full value shares awarded *
Multiplier)/Weighted Average common shares outstanding)

   However, vote FOR equity plans if the company fails this burn rate test but
the company commits in a public filing to a three-year average burn rate equal
to its GICS group burn rate mean plus one standard deviation (or 2%, whichever
is greater), assuming all other conditions for voting FOR the plan have been
met.

   If a company fails to fulfill its burn rate commitment, vote AGAINST or
WITHHOLD from the compensation committee.

- - --------
/3/  Non-qualified stock options are not performance-based awards unless the
     grant or the vesting of the stock options is tied to the achievement of a
     pre-determined and disclosed performance measure. A rising stock market
     will generally increase share prices of all companies, despite of the
     company's underlying performance.
/4/  Performance-accelerated grants are awards that vest earlier based on the
     achievement of a specified measure. However, these grants will ultimately
     vest over time even without the attainment of the goal(s).

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      34



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


                             2008 BURN RATE TABLE



                                                 RUSSELL 3000        NON-RUSSELL 3000
                                             --------------------  --------------------
                                                   STANDARD  MEAN+       STANDARD  MEAN+
GICS        DESCRIPTION                      MEAN  DEVIATION STDEV MEAN  DEVIATION STDEV
- - ----        -------------------------------- ----  --------- ----- ----  --------- -----
                                                              
1010        Energy                           1.71%   1.39%   3.09% 2.12%   2.31%   4.43%
1510        Materials                        1.16%   0.77%   1.93% 2.23%   2.26%   4.49%
2010        Capital Goods                    1.51%   1.04%   2.55% 2.36%   2.03%   4.39%
2020        Commercial Services & Supplies   2.35%   1.70%   4.05% 2.20%   2.03%   4.23%
2030        Transportation                   1.59%   1.22%   2.80% 2.02%   2.08%   4.10%
2510        Automobiles & Components         1.89%   1.10%   2.99% 1.73%   2.05%   3.78%
2520        Consumer Durables & Apparel      2.02%   1.31%   3.33% 2.10%   1.94%   4.04%
2530        Hotels Restaurants & Leisure     2.15%   1.18%   3.33% 2.32%   1.93%   4.25%
2540        Media                            1.92%   1.35%   3.27% 3.33%   2.60%   5.93%
2550        Retailing                        1.86%   1.04%   2.90% 3.15%   2.65%   5.80%
3010, 3020,
  3030      Food & Staples Retailing         1.69%   1.23%   2.92% 1.82%   2.03%   3.85%
3510        Health Care Equipment & Services 2.90%   1.67%   4.57% 3.75%   2.65%   6.40%
3520        Pharmaceuticals & Biotechnology  3.30%   1.66%   4.96% 4.92%   3.77%   8.69%
4010        Banks                            1.27%   0.88%   2.15% 1.07%   1.12%   2.19%
4020        Diversified Financials           2.45%   2.07%   4.52% 4.41%   5.31%   9.71%
4030        Insurance                        1.21%   0.93%   2.14% 2.07%   2.28%   4.35%
4040        Real Estate                      1.04%   0.81%   1.85% 0.80%   1.21%   2.02%
4510        Software & Services              3.81%   2.30%   6.11% 5.46%   3.81%   9.27%
4520        Technology Hardware & Equipment  3.07%   1.74%   4.80% 3.43%   2.40%   5.83%
4530        Semiconductors & Semiconductor
            Equipment                        3.78%   1.81%   5.59% 4.51%   2.30%   6.81%
5010        Telecommunication Services       1.57%   1.23%   2.80% 2.69%   2.41%   5.10%
5510        Utilities                        0.72%   0.50%   1.22% 0.59%   0.66%   1.25%


   For companies that grant both full value awards and stock options to their
employees, apply a premium on full value awards for the past three fiscal
years. The guideline for applying the premium is as follows:



ANNUAL STOCK PRICE VOLATILITY       MULTIPLIER
- - -----------------------------       -----------------------------------------
                                 
54.6% and higher                    1 full-value award will count as 1.5 option shares
36.1% or higher and less than 54.6% 1 full-value award will count as 2.0 option shares
24.9% or higher and less than 36.1% 1 full-value award will count as 2.5 option shares
16.5% or higher and less than 24.9% 1 full-value award will count as 3.0 option shares
7.9% or higher and less than 16.5%  1 full-value award will count as 3.5 option shares
Less than 7.9%                      1 full-value award will count as 4.0 option shares


POOR PAY PRACTICES

   Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from compensation committee members, CEO, and
potentially the entire board, if the company has poor compensation practices.
Vote AGAINST equity plans if the plan is a vehicle for poor compensation
practices.

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      35



- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


   The following practices, while not exhaustive, are examples of poor
compensation practices that may warrant voting against or withholding votes:

    .  Egregious employment contracts:

       .  Contracts containing multi-year guarantees for salary increases,
          bonuses, and equity compensation;

    .  Excessive perks:

       .  Overly generous cost and/or reimbursement of taxes for personal use
          of corporate aircraft, personal security systems maintenance and/or
          installation, car allowances, and/or other excessive arrangements
          relative to base salary;

    .  Abnormally large bonus payouts without justifiable performance linkage
       or proper disclosure:

       .  Performance metrics that are changed, canceled, or replaced during
          the performance period without adequate explanation of the action and
          the Link to performance;

    .  Egregious pension/SERP (supplemental executive retirement plan) payouts:

       .  Inclusion of additional years of service not worked that result in
          significant payouts

       .  Inclusion of performance-based equity awards in the pension
          calculation;

    .  New CEO with overly generous new hire package:

       .  Excessive "make whole" provisions;

       .  Any of the poor pay practices listed in this policy;

    .  Excessive severance and/or change-in-control provisions:

       .  Inclusion of excessive change-in-control or severance payments,
          especially those with a multiple in excess of 3X cash pay;

       .  Severance paid for a "performance termination," (i.e., due to the
          executive's failure to perform job functions at the appropriate
          level);

       .  Change-in-control payouts without loss of job or substantial
          diminution of job duties (single-triggered);

       .  Perquisites for former executives such as car allowances, personal
          use of corporate aircraft, or other inappropriate arrangements;

    .  Poor disclosure practices:

       .  Unclear explanation of how the CEO is involved in the pay setting
          process;

       .  Retrospective performance targets and methodology not discussed;

       .  Methodology for benchmarking practices and/or peer group not
          disclosed and explained;

    .  Internal Pay Disparity:

       .  Excessive differential between CEO total pay and that of next
          highest-paid named executive officer (NEO);

    .  Options backdating (covered in a separate policy);

    .  Other excessive compensation payouts or poor pay practices at the
       company.

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      36



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SPECIFIC TREATMENT OF CERTAIN AWARD TYPES IN EQUITY PLAN EVALUATIONS:

DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS

   Options that have Dividend Equivalent Rights (DERs) associated with them
will have a higher calculated award value than those without DERs under the
binomial model, based on the value of these dividend streams. The higher value
will be applied to new shares, shares available under existing plans, and
shares awarded but not exercised per the plan specifications. DERS transfer
more shareholder equity to employees and non-employee directors and this cost
should be captured.

LIBERAL SHARE RECYCLING PROVISIONS

   Under net share counting provisions, shares tendered by an option holder to
pay for the exercise of an option, shares withheld for taxes or shares
repurchased by the company on the open market can be recycled back into the
equity plan for awarding again. All awards with such provisions should be
valued as full-value awards. Stock-settled stock appreciation rights (SSAR5)
will also be considered as full-value awards if a company counts only the net
shares issued to employees towards their plan reserve.

OPTION OVERHANG COST

   Companies with sustained positive stock performance and high overhang cost
(the overhang alone exceeds the allowable cap) attributable to in-the-money
options outstanding in excess of six years may warrant a carve-out of these
options from the overhang as long as the dilution attributable to the new share
request is reasonable and the company exhibits sound compensation practices.
Consider, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, a carve-out of a portion of cost
attributable to overhang, considering the following criteria:

    .  PERFORMANCE: Companies with sustained positive stock performance will
       merit greater scrutiny. Five-year total shareholder return (TSR),
       year-over-year performance, and peer performance could play a
       significant role in this determination.

    .  OVERHANG DISCLOSURE: Assess whether optionees have held in-the-money
       options for a prolonged period (thus reflecting their confidence in the
       prospects of the company). Note that this assessment would require
       additional disclosure regarding a company's overhang. Specifically, the
       following disclosure would be required:

       .  The number of in-the-money options outstanding in excess of six or
          more years with a corresponding weighted average exercise price and
          weighted average contractual remaining term;

       .  The number of all options outstanding less than six years and
          underwater options outstanding in excess of six years with a
          corresponding weighted average exercise price and weighted average
          contractual remaining term;

       .  The general vesting provisions of option grants; and

       .  The distribution of outstanding option grants with respect to the
          named executive officers;

    .  DILUTION: Calculate the expected duration of the new share request in
       addition to all shares currently available for grant under the equity
       compensation program, based on the company's three-year average burn
       rate (or a burn-rate commitment that the company makes for future
       years). The expected duration will be calculated by multiplying the
       company's unadjusted (options and full-value awards accounted on a
       one-for-one basis) three-year average burn rate by the most recent
       fiscal year's weighted average shares outstanding (as used in the
       company's calculation of basic EPS) and divide the sum of the new

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      37



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

      share request and alt available shares under the company's equity
       compensation program by the product. For example, an expected duration
       in excess of five years could be considered problematic; and

    .  Compensation Practices: An evaluation of overall practices could
       include: (1) stock option repricing provisions, (2) high concentration
       ratios (of grants to top executives), or (3) additional practices
       outlined in the Poor Pay Practices policy.

OTHER COMPENSATION PROPOSALS AND POLICIES

401(K) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

   Vote FOR proposals to implement a 401 (k) savings plan for employees.

ADVISORY VOTE ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION (SAY-ON-PAY) MANAGEMENT PROPOSALS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for an advisory vote on executive
compensation. Vote AGAINST these resolutions in cases where boards have failed
to demonstrate good stewardship of investors' interests regarding executive
compensation practices. The following principles and factors should be
considered:

   1. The following five global principles apply to all markets:

    .  Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment with emphasis on
       long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall
       executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and
       appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value
       creation over the long term. It will take into consideration, among
       other factors: the linkage between pay and performance; the mix between
       fixed and variable pay; performance goats; and equity-based plan costs;

    .  Avoid arrangements that risk "pay for failure": This principle addresses
       the use and appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive
       severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

    .  Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This
       principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with
       appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for
       compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent
       expertise and advice when needed);

    .  Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures:
       This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely
       disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices
       fully and fairly;

    .  Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle
       recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation
       to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability
       to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers' pay and
       performance. At the market Level, it may incorporate a variety of
       generally accepted best practices.

   2. For U.S. companies, vote CASE-BY-CASE considering the following factors
in the context of each company's specific circumstances and the board's
disclosed rationale for its practices:

Relative Considerations:

    .  Assessment of performance metrics relative to business strategy, as
       discussed and explained in the CD&A;

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      38



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


    .  Evaluation of peer groups used to set target pay or award opportunities;

    .  Alignment of company performance and executive pay trends over time
       (e.g., performance down: pay down);

    .  Assessment of disparity between total pay of the CEO and other Named
       Executive Officers (NEOs).

Design Considerations:

    .  Balance of fixed versus performance-driven pay;

    .  Assessment of excessive practices with respect to perks, severance
       packages, supplemental executive pension plans, and burn rates.

Communication Considerations:

    .  Evaluation of information and board rationale provided in CDELA about
       how compensation is determined (e.g., why certain elements and pay
       targets are used, and specific incentive plan goals, especially
       retrospective goals);

    .  Assessment of board's responsiveness to investor input and engagement on
       compensation issues (e.g., in responding to majority-supported
       shareholder proposals on executive pay topics).

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on compensation plans for non-employee directors, based on
the cost of the plans against the company's allowable cap.

   On occasion, director stock plans that set aside a relatively small number
of shares when combined with employee or executive stock compensation plans
will exceed the allowable cap. Vote for the plan if ALL of the following
qualitative factors in the board's compensation are met and disclosed in the
proxy statement:

    .  Director stock ownership guidelines with a minimum of three times the
       annual cash retainer.

    .  Vesting schedule or mandatory holding/deferral period:

      - A minimum vesting of three years for stock options or restricted stock;
   or

      - Deferred stock payable at the end of a three-year deferral period.

    .  Mix between cash and equity:

      - A balanced mix of cash and equity, for example 40% cash/60% equity or
   50% cash/50% equity; or

      - If the mix is heavier on the equity component, the vesting schedule or
   deferral period should be more stringent, with the lesser of five years or
   the term of directorship.

    .  No retirement/benefits and perquisites provided to non-employee
       directors; and

    .  Detailed disclosure provided on cash and equity compensation delivered
       to each non-employee director for the most recent fiscal year in a
       table. The column headers for the table may include the following: name
       of each non-employee director, annual retainer, board meeting fees,
       committee retainer, committee-meeting fees, and equity grants.

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      39



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


DIRECTOR RETIREMENT PLANS

   Vote AGAINST retirement plans for non-employee directors.

   Vote FOR shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for
non-employee directors.

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLANS (ESOPS)

   Vote FOR proposals to implement an ESOP or increase authorized shares for
existing ESOPs, unless the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is excessive
(more than five percent of outstanding shares).

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLANS--QUALIFIED PLANS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on qualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote FOR
employee stock purchase plans where all of the following apply:

    .  Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value;

    .  Offering period is 27 months or less; and

    .  The number of shares allocated to the plan is ten percent or less of the
       outstanding shares.

   Vote AGAINST qualified employee stock purchase plans where any of the
following apply:

    .  Purchase price is less than 85 percent of fair market value; or

    .  Offering period is greater than 27 months; or

    .  The number of shares allocated to the plan is more than ten percent of
       the outstanding shares.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLANS--NON-QUALIFIED PLANS

   Vote CASE-by-CASE on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote FOR
nonqualified employee stock purchase plans with all the following features:

    .  Broad-based participation (i.e., all employees of the company with the
       exclusion of individuals with 5 percent or more of beneficial ownership
       of the company);

    .  Limits on employee contribution, which may be a fixed dollar amount or
       expressed as a percent of base salary;

    .  Company matching contribution up to 25 percent of employee's
       contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market
       value;

    .  No discount on the stock price on the date of purchase since there is a
       company matching contribution.

   Vote AGAINST nonqualified employee stock purchase plans when any of the plan
features do not meet the above criteria. If the company matching contribution
exceeds 25 percent of employee's contribution, evaluate the cost of the plan
against its allowable cap.

INCENTIVE BONUS PLANS AND TAX DEDUCTIBILITY PROPOSALS (OBRA-RELATED
COMPENSATION PROPOSALS)

   Vote FOR proposals that simply amend shareholder-approved compensation plans
to include administrative features or place a cap on the annual grants any one
participant may receive to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of the
Internal Revenue Code.

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      40



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


   Vote FOR proposals to add performance goals to existing compensation plans
to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) unless they are clearly
inappropriate.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on amendments to existing plans to increase shares
reserved and to qualify for favorable tax treatment under the provisions of
Section 162(m) as long as the plan does not exceed the allowable cap and the
plan does not violate any of the supplemental policies.

   Generally vote FOR cash or cash and stock bonus plans that are submitted to
shareholders for the purpose of exempting compensation from taxes under the
provisions of Section 162(m) if no increase in shares is requested.

OPTIONS BACKDATING

   In cases where a company has practiced options backdating, vote AGAINST or
WITHHOLD on a CASE-BY-CASE basis from the members of the compensation
committee, depending on the severity of the practices and the subsequent
corrective actions on the part of the board. Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the
compensation committee members who oversaw the questionable options grant
practices or from current compensation committee members who fail to respond to
the issue proactively, depending on several factors, including, but not limited
to:

    .  Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent
       vs. deliberate grant date changes;

    .  Length of time of options backdating;

    .  Size of restatement due to options backdating;

    .  Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as
       canceling or repricing backdated options, or recoupment of option gains
       on backdated grants;

    .  Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creation of a
       fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants going forward.

OPTION EXCHANGE PROGRAMS/REPRICING OPTIONS

   Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to
exchange/reprice options taking into consideration:

    .  Historic trading patterns--the stock price should not be so volatile
       that the options are likely to be back "in-the-money" over the near term;

    .  Rationale for the re-pricing--was the stock price decline beyond
       management's control?

    .  Is this a value-for-value exchange?

    .  Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?

    .  Option vesting--does the new option vest immediately or is there a
       black-out period?

    .  Term of the option--the term should remain the same as that of the
       replaced option;

    .  Exercise price--should be set at fair market or a premium to market;

    .  Participants--executive officers and directors should be excluded.

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      41



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


   If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for
re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company's three-year average
burn rate.

   In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and
timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why
the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time.
Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company's
stock price demonstrates poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in stock
price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential AGAINST vote on the
proposal. At a minimum, the decline should not have happened within the past
year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant
date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options
should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that
repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price
movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above
the 52-week high for the stock price.

   Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder
vote.

STOCK PLANS IN LIEU OF CASH

   Vote CASE-by-CASE on plans that provide participants with the option of
taking all or a portion of their cash compensation in the form of stock.

   Vote FOR non-employee director-only equity plans that provide a
dollar-for-dollar cash-for-stock exchange.

   Vote CASE-by-CASE on plans which do not provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for
stock exchange. In cases where the exchange is not dollar-for-dollar, the
request for new or additional shares for such equity program will be considered
using the binomial option pricing model. In an effort to capture the total cost
of total compensation, 155 will not make any adjustments to carve out the
in-lieu-of cash compensation.

TRANSFER PROGRAMS OF STOCK OPTIONS

   One-time Transfers: Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from compensation committee
members if they fail to submit one-time transfers to shareholders for approval.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on one-time transfers. Vote FOR if:

    .  Executive officers and non-employee directors are excluded from
       participating;

    .  Stock options are purchased by third-party financial institutions at a
       discount to their fair value using option pricing models such as
       Black-Scholes or a Binomial Option Valuation or other appropriate
       financial models;

    .  There is a two-year minimum holding period for sale proceeds (cash or
       stock) for all participants.

   Additionally, management should provide a clear explanation of why options
are being transferred and whether the events leading up to the decline in stock
price were beyond managements control. A review of the company's historic stock
price volatility should indicate if the options are likely to be back
"in-the-money" over the near term.

   Ongoing TSO program: Vote against equity plan proposals if the details of
ongoing TSO programs are not provided to shareholders. Since TSOs will be one
of the award types under a stock plan, the ongoing TSO

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      42



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

program, structure and mechanics must be disclosed to shareholders. The
specific criteria to be considered in evaluating these proposals include, but
not limited, to the following:

    .  Eligibility;

    .  Vesting;

    .  Bid-price;

    .  Term of options;

    .  Transfer value to third-party financial institution, employees and the
       company.

   Amendments to existing plans that allow for introduction of transferability
of stock options should make clear that only options granted post-amendment
shall be transferable.

SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS ON COMPENSATION

ADVISORY VOTE ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION (SAY-ON-PAY)

   Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that call for non-binding
shareholder ratification of the compensation of the Named Executive Officers
and the accompanying narrative disclosure of material factors provided to
understand the Summary Compensation Table.

COMPENSATION CONSULTANTS- DISCLOSURE OF BOARD OR COMPANY'S UTILIZATION

   Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking disclosure regarding the
Company, Board, or Compensation Committee's use of compensation consultants,
such as company name, business relationship(s) and fees paid.

DISCLOSURE/SETTING LEVELS OR TYPES OF COMPENSATION FOR EXECUTIVES AND DIRECTORS

   Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking additional disclosure of
executive and director pay information, provided the information requested is
relevant to shareholders' needs, would not put the company at a competitive
disadvantage relative to its industry, and is not unduly burdensome to the
company.

   Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking to set absolute levels on
compensation or otherwise dictate the amount or form of compensation.

   Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring director fees be paid in stock
only.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all other shareholder proposals regarding executive and
director pay, taking into account company performance, pay level versus peers,
pay level versus industry, and long-term corporate outlook.

PAY FOR SUPERIOR PERFORMANCE

   Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals based on a case-by-case analysis
that requests the board establish a pay-for-superior performance standard in
the company's executive compensation plan for senior executives.

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      43



- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


   The proposal has the following principles:

    .  Sets compensation targets for the Plan's annual and long-term incentive
       pay components at or below the peer group median;

    .  Delivers a majority of the Plan's target long-term compensation through
       performance-vested, not simply time-vested, equity awards;

    .  Provides the strategic rationale and relative weightings of the
       financial and non-financial performance metrics or criteria used in the
       annual and performance-vested long-term incentive components of the plan;

    .  Establishes performance targets for each plan financial metric relative
       to the performance of the company's peer companies;

    .  Limits payment under the annual and performance-vested long-term
       incentive components of the plan to when the company's performance on
       its selected financial performance metrics exceeds peer group median
       performance.

   Consider the following factors in evaluating this proposal:

    .  What aspects of the company's annual and tong-term equity incentive
       programs are performance driven?

    .  If the annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance
       driven, are the performance criteria and hurdle rates disclosed to
       shareholders or are they benchmarked against a disclosed peer group?

    .  Can shareholders assess the correlation between pay and performance
       based on the current disclosure?

    .  What type of industry and stage of business cycle does the company
       belong to?

PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposal requesting that a significant
amount of future long-term incentive compensation awarded to senior executives
shall be performance-based and requesting that the board adopt and disclose
challenging performance metrics to shareholders, based on the following
analytical steps:

    .  First, vote FOR shareholder proposals advocating the use of
       performance-based equity awards, such as performance contingent options
       or restricted stock, indexed options or premium-priced options, unless
       the proposal is overly restrictive or if the company has demonstrated
       that it is using a "substantial" portion of performance-based awards for
       its top executives. Standard stock options and performance-accelerated
       awards do not meet the criteria to be considered as performance-based
       awards. Further, premium-priced options should have a premium of at
       least 25 percent and higher to be considered performance-based awards.

    .  Second, assess the rigor of the company's performance-based equity
       program. If the bar set for the performance-based program is too low
       based on the company's historical or peer group comparison, generally
       vote FOR the proposal. Furthermore, if target performance results in an
       above target payout, vote FOR the shareholder proposal due to program's
       poor design. If the company does not disclose the performance metric of
       the performance-based equity program, vote FOR the shareholder proposal
       regardless of the outcome of the first step to the test.

   In general, vote FOR the shareholder proposal if the company does not meet
both of the above two steps.

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      44



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


PENSION PLAN INCOME ACCOUNTING

   Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals to exclude pension plan income in
the calculation of earnings used in determining executive bonuses/compensation.

PRE-ARRANGED TRADING PLANS (10B5-1 PLANS)

   Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for certain principles
regarding the use of prearranged trading plans (l0bS-I plans) for executives.
These principles include:

    .  Adoption, amendment, or termination of a 10b5-1 Plan must be disclosed
       within two business days in a Form 8-K;

    .  Amendment or early termination of a 10b5-l Plan is allowed only under
       extraordinary circumstances, as determined by the board;

    .  Ninety days must elapse between adoption or amendment of a 10b5-1 Plan
       and initial trading under the plan;

    .  Reports on Form 4 must identify transactions made pursuant to a 10b5-1
       Plan;

    .  An executive may not trade in company stock outside the 10b5-1 Plan.

    .  Trades under a 1 0b5-1 Plan must be handled by a broker who does not
       handle other securities transactions for the executive.

RECOUP BONUSES

   Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to recoup unearned incentive bonuses or
other incentive payments made to senior executives if it is later determined
that fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a
restatement of financial results that Led to the awarding of unearned incentive
compensation, taking into consideration:

    .  If the company has adopted a formal recoupment bonus policy; or

    .  If the company has chronic restatement history or material financial
       problems.

SEVERANCE AGREEMENTS FOR EXECUTIVES/GOLDEN PARACHUTES

   Vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring that golden parachutes or executive
severance agreements be submitted for shareholder ratification, unless the
proposal requires shareholder approval prior to entering into employment
contracts.

   Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on proposals to ratify or cancel golden
parachutes. An acceptable parachute should include, but is not limited to, the
following:

    .  The triggering mechanism should be beyond the control of management;

    .  The amount should not exceed three times base amount (defined as the
       average annual taxable W-2 compensation during the five years prior to
       the year in which the change of control occurs;

    .  Change-in-control payments should be double-triggered, i.e., (1) after a
       change in control has taken place, and (2) termination of the executive
       as a result of the change in control. Change in control is defined as a
       change in the company ownership structure.

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      45



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SHARE BUYBACK HOLDING PERIODS

   Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals prohibiting executives from
selling shares of company stock during periods in which the company has
announced that it may or will be repurchasing shares of its stock. Vote FOR the
proposal when there is a pattern of abuse by executives exercising options or
selling shares during periods of share buybacks.

STOCK OWNERSHIP OR HOLDING PERIOD GUIDELINES

   Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount
of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain
on the board. White ISS favors stock ownership on the part of directors, the
company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt holding
period or retention ratios for their executives, taking into account:

    .  Whether the company has any holding period, retention ratio, or officer
       ownership requirements in place. These should consist of:

       .  Rigorous stock ownership guidelines, or

       .  A short-term holding period requirement (six months to one year)
          coupled with a significant long-term ownership requirement, or

       .  A meaningful retention ratio,

    .  Actual officer stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or
       exceeds the proponent's suggested holding period/retention ratio or the
       company's own stock ownership or retention requirements.

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLANS (SERPS)

   Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting to put extraordinary
benefits contained in SERP agreements to a shareholder vote unless the
company's executive pension plans do not contain excessive benefits beyond what
is offered under employee-wide plans.

   Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting to limit the executive
benefits provided under the company's supplemental executive retirement plan
(SERP) by limiting covered compensation to a senior executive's annual salary
and excluding of all incentive or bonus pay from the plan's definition of
covered compensation used to establish such benefits.

TAX GROSS-UP PROPOSALS

   Generally vote FOR proposals calling for companies to adopt a policy of not
providing tax gross-up payments to executives, except in situations where
gross-ups are provided pursuant to a plan, policy, or arrangement applicable to
management employees of the company, such as a relocation or expatriate tax
equalization policy.

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      46



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

9. CORPORATE SOCIAL. RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) ISSUES

ANIMAL WELFARE

ANIMAL TESTING

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals to phase out the use of animals in product
testing unless:

    .  The company is conducting animal testing programs that are unnecessary
       or not required by regulation;

    .  The company is conducting animal testing when suitable alternatives are
       accepted and used at peer firms;

    .  The company has been the subject of recent, significant controversy
       related to its testing programs.

ANIMAL WELFARE POLICIES

   Generally vote FOR proposals seeking a report on the company's animal
welfare standards unless:

    .  The company has already published a set of animal welfare standards and
       monitors compliance;

    .  The company's standards are comparable to or better than those of peer
       firms; and

    .  There are no recent, significant fines or litigation related to the
       company's treatment of animals.

CONTROLLED ATMOSPHERE KILLING (CAK)

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals requesting the implementation of CAK
methods at company and/or supplier operations unless such methods are required
by legislation or generally accepted as the industry standard.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting a report on the feasibility of
implementing CAK methods, considering the availability of existing research
conducted by the company or industry groups on this topic and any fines or
litigation related to current animal processing procedures at the company.

CONSUMER ISSUES

GENETICALLY MODIFIED INGREDIENTS

   Generally, vote AGAINST proposals asking restaurants and food retail
companies to voluntarily label genetically engineered (GE) ingredients in their
products or alternatively to provide interim labeling and eventually eliminate
GE ingredients due to the costs and feasibility of labeling and/or phasing out
the use of GE ingredients.

   Vote CASE-BY CASE on proposals asking food supply and genetic research
companies to voluntarily Label genetically engineered (GE) ingredients in their
products or alternatively to provide interim labeling and eventually eliminate
GE ingredients due to the costs and feasibility of labeling and/or phasing out
the use of GE ingredients.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking for a report on the feasibility of
labeling products containing GE ingredients taking into account:

    .  The relevance of the proposal in terms of the company's business and the
       proportion of it affected by the resolution;

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      47



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


    .  The quality of the company's disclosure on GE product labeling and
       related voluntary initiatives and how this disclosure compares with peer
       company disclosure;

    .  Company's current disclosure on the feasibility of GE product labeling,
       including information on the related costs;

    .  Any voluntary labeling initiatives undertaken or considered by the
       company.

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals seeking a report on the health and
environmental effects of genetically modified organisms (GMO5). Health studies
of this sort are better undertaken by regulators and the scientific community.

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals to completely phase out GE ingredients from
the company's products or proposals asking for reports outlining the steps
necessary to eliminate GE ingredients from the company's products. Such
resolutions presuppose that there are proven health risks to GE ingredients (an
issue better Left to federal regulators) that outweigh the economic benefits
derived from biotechnology.

CONSUMER LENDING

   Vote CASE-BY CASE on requests for reports on the company's lending
guidelines and procedures, including the establishment of a board committee for
oversight, taking into account:

    .  Whether the company has adequately disclosed mechanisms in place to
       prevent abusive Lending practices;

    .  Whether the company has adequately disclosed the financial risks of the
       lending products in question;

    .  Whether the company has been subject to violations of lending laws or
       serious lending controversies;

    .  Peer companies' policies to prevent abusive lending practices.

PHARMACEUTICAL PRICING

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals requesting that companies implement
specific price restraints on pharmaceutical products unless the company fails
to adhere to legislative guidelines or industry norms in its product pricing.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting that the company evaluate their
product pricing considering:

    .  The existing level of disclosure on pricing policies;

    .  Deviation from established industry pricing norms;

    .  The company's existing initiatives to provide its products to needy
       consumers;

    .  Whether the proposal focuses on specific products or geographic regions.

PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCT REIMPORTATION

   Generally vote FOR proposals requesting that companies report on the
financial and legal impact of their policies regarding prescription drug
reimportation unless such information is already publicly disclosed.

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      48



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   Generally vote AGAINST proposals requesting that companies adopt specific
policies to encourage or constrain prescription drug reimportation.

PRODUCT SAFETY AND TOXIC MATERIALS

   Generally vote FOR proposals requesting the company to report on its
policies, initiatives/procedures, and oversight mechanisms related to toxic
materials and/or product safety in its supply chain, unless:

    .  The company already discloses similar information through existing
       reports or policies such as a Supplier Code of Conduct and/or a
       sustainability report;

    .  The company has formally committed to the implementation of a toxic
       materials and/or product safety and supply chain reporting and
       monitoring program based on industry norms or similar standards within a
       specified time frame; and

    .  The company has not been recently involved in relevant significant
       controversies or violations.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on resolutions requesting that companies develop a
feasibility assessment to phase-out of certain toxic chemicals and/or evaluate
and disclose the potential financial and Legal risks associated with utilizing
certain chemicals, considering:

    .  Current regulations in the markets in which the company operates;

    .  Recent significant controversy, litigation, or fines stemming from toxic
       chemicals or ingredients at the company; and

    .  The current level of disclosure on this topic.

   Generally vote AGAINST resolutions requiring that a company reformulate its
products.

TOBACCO

   Most tobacco-related proposals should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis,
taking into account the following factors:

   Advertising to youth:

    .  Whether the company complies with federal, state, and Local laws on the
       marketing of tobacco or if it has been fined for violations;

    .  Whether the company has gone as far as peers in restricting advertising;

    .  Whether the company entered into the Master Settlement Agreement, which
       restricts marketing of tobacco to youth;

    .  Whether restrictions on marketing to youth extend to foreign countries.

   Cease production of tobacco-related products or avoid selling products to
tobacco companies:

    .  The percentage of the company's business affected;

    .  The economic loss of eliminating the business versus any potential
       tobacco-related liabilities.

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      49



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   Investment in tobacco-related stocks or businesses:

   Vote AGAINST proposals prohibiting investment in tobacco equities. Such
decisions are better left to portfolio managers.

   Second-hand smoke:

    .  Whether the company complies with all local ordinances and regulations;

    .  The degree that voluntary restrictions beyond those mandated by law
       might hurt the company's competitiveness;

    .  The risk of any health-related liabilities.

   Spin-off tobacco-related businesses:

    .  The percentage of the company's business affected;

    .  The feasibility of a spin-off;

    .  Potential future liabilities related to the company's tobacco business.

   Stronger product warnings:

   Vote AGAINST proposals seeking stronger product warnings. Such decisions are
better left to public health authorities.

DIVERSITY

BOARD DIVERSITY

   Generally vote FOR reports on the company's efforts to diversify the board,
unless:

    .  The board composition is reasonably inclusive in relation to companies
       of similar size and business; or

    .  The board already reports on its nominating procedures and diversity
       initiatives.

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals that would call for the adoption of
specific committee charter language regarding diversity initiatives unless the
company fails to publicly disclose existing equal opportunity or
nondiscrimination policies.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking the company to increase the
representation of women and minorities on the board, taking into account:

    .  The degree of board diversity;

    .  Comparison with peer companies;

    .  Established process for improving board diversity;

    .  Existence of independent nominating committee;

    .  Use of outside search firm;

    .  History of EEO violations.

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      50



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EQUALITY OF OPPORTUNITY AND GLASS CEILING

   Generally vote FOR reports outlining the company's equal opportunity
initiatives unless all of the following apply:

    .  The company has well-documented equal opportunity programs;

    .  The company already publicly reports on its diversity initiatives and/or
       provides data on its workforce diversity; and

    .  The company has no recent EEO-related violations or litigation.

   Generally vote FOR requests for reports outlining the company's progress
towards the Glass Ceiling Commission's business recommendations, unless:

    .  The composition of senior management and the board is fairly inclusive;

    .  The company has well-documented programs addressing diversity
       initiatives and leadership development;

    .  The company already publicly reports on its company-wide
       affirmative-action initiatives and provides data on its workforce
       diversity; and

    .  The company has had no recent, significant EEC-related violations or
       litigation.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting disclosure of a company's EEO1
data or the composition of the company's workforce considering:

    .  Existing disclosure on the company's diversity initiatives and policies;

    .  Any recent, significant violations or litigation related to
       discrimination at the company.

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals seeking information on the diversity
efforts of suppliers and service providers, which can pose a significant cost
and administration burden on the company.

SEXUAL ORIENTATION AND DOMESTIC PARTNER BENEFITS

   Generally, vote FOR proposals seeking to amend a company's EEO statement in
order to prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation, unless the change
would result in excessive costs for the company.

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals to extend company benefits to, or eliminate
benefits from domestic partners. Benefits decisions should be left to the
discretion of the company.

CLIMATE CHANGE AND THE ENVIRONMENT

CLIMATE CHANGE

   In general, vote FOR resolutions requesting that a company disclose
information on the impact of climate change on the company's operations unless:

    .  The company already provides current, publicly-available information on
       the perceived impact that climate change may have on the company as well
       as associated policies and procedures to address such risks and/or
       opportunities;

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      51



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


    .  The company's level of disclosure is comparable to or better than
       information provided by industry peers; and

    .  There are no significant fines, penalties, or litigation associated with
       the company's environmental performance.

CONCENTRATED AREA FEEDING OPERATIONS (CAFO)

   Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that companies report to
shareholders on the risks and liabilities associated with CAFOs unless:

    .  The company has publicly disclosed guidelines for its corporate and
       contract farming operations, including compliance monitoring; or

    .  The company does not directly source from CAFOs.

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting a company report on its energy
efficiency policies, considering:

    .  The current Level of disclosure related to energy efficiency policies,
       initiatives, and performance measures;

    .  The company's level of participation in voluntary energy efficiency
       programs and initiatives;

    .  The company's compliance with applicable legislation and/or regulations
       regarding energy efficiency; and

    .  The company's energy efficiency policies and initiatives relative to
       industry peers.

FACILITY SAFETY (NUCLEAR AND CHEMICAL PLANT SAFETY)

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on resolutions requesting that companies report on risks
associated with their operations and/or facilities, considering:

    .  The company's compliance with applicable regulations and guidelines;

    .  The level of existing disclosure related to security and safety
       policies, procedures, and compliance monitoring; and,

    .  The existence of recent, significant violations, fines, or controversy
       related to the safety and security of the company's operations and/or
       facilities.

GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTING

   Generally vote FOR requests for reports disclosing the company's
environmental policies unless it already has well-documented environmental
management systems that are available to the public.

GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS

   Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report on greenhouse gas emissions
from company operations and/or products unless this information is already
publicly disclosed or such factors are not integral to the company's line of
business.

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      52



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   Generally vote AGAINST proposals that call for reduction in greenhouse gas
emissions by specified amounts or within a restrictive time frame unless the
company lags industry standards and has been the subject of recent, significant
fines or litigation resulting from greenhouse gas emissions.

OPERATIONS IN PROTECTED AREAS

   Generally vote FOR requests for reports outlining potential environmental
damage from operations in protected regions unless:

    .  Operations in the specified regions are not permitted by current laws or
       regulations;

    .  The company does not currently have operations or plans to develop
       operations in these protected regions; or,

    .  The company provides disclosure on its operations and environmental
       policies in these regions comparable to industry peers.

RECYCLING

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to adopt a comprehensive recycling strategy,
taking into account:

    .  The nature of the company's business and the percentage affected;

    .  The extent that peer companies are recycling;

    .  The timetable prescribed by the proposal;

    .  The costs and methods of implementation;

    .  Whether the company has a poor environmental track record, such as
       violations of applicable regulations.

RENEWABLE ENERGY

   In general, vote FOR requests for reports on the feasibility of developing
renewable energy sources unless the report is duplicative of existing
disclosure or irrelevant to the company's line of business.

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals requesting that the company invest in
renewable energy sources. Such decisions are best left to management's
evaluation of the feasibility and financial impact that such programs may have
on the company.

GENERAL CORPORATE ISSUES

CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTIONS

   Vote AGAINST proposals restricting the company from making charitable
contributions.

   Charitable contributions are generally useful for assisting worthwhile
causes and for creating goodwill in the community. In the absence of bad faith,
self-dealing, or gross negligence, management should determine which
contributions are in the best interests of the company.

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      53



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


CSR COMPENSATION-RELATED PROPOSALS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to review ways of linking executive
compensation to social factors, such as corporate downsizings, customer or
employee satisfaction, community involvement, human rights, environmental
performance, predatory lending, and executive/employee pay disparities. Such
resolutions should be evaluated in the context of:

    .  The relevance of the issue to be Linked to pay;

    .  The degree that social performance is already included in the company's
       pay structure and disclosed;

    .  The degree that social performance is used by peer companies in setting
       pay;

    .  Violations or complaints filed against the company relating to the
       particular social performance measure;

    .  Artificial limits sought by the proposal, such as freezing or capping
       executive pay;

    .  Independence of the compensation committee;

    .  Current company pay levels.

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals calling for an analysis of the pay
disparity between corporate executives and other employees as such comparisons
may be arbitrary in nature and/or provide information of limited value to
shareholders.

HIV/AIDS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for reports outlining the impact of the health
pandemic (HIV/AIDS, malaria and tuberculosis) on the company's Sub-Saharan
operations and how the company is responding to it, taking into account:

    .  The nature and size of the company's operations in Sub-Saharan Africa
       and the number of local employees;

    .  The company's existing healthcare policies, including benefits and
       healthcare access for local workers; and

    .  Company donations to healthcare providers operating in the region.

   Vote AGAINST proposals asking companies to establish, implement, and report
on a standard of response to the HIV/AIDS, TB, and malaria health pandemic in
Africa and other developing countries, unless the company has significant
operations in these markets and has failed to adopt policies and/or procedures
to address these issues comparable to those of industry peers.

LOBBYING EXPENDITURES/INITIATIVES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting information on a company's
lobbying initiatives, considering any significant controversy or litigation
surrounding a company's public policy activities, the current level of
disclosure on lobbying strategy, and the impact that the policy issue may have
on the company's business operations.

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      54



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND TRADE ASSOCIATIONS SPENDING

   Generally vote AGAINST proposals asking the company to affirm political
nonpartisanship in the workplace so long as:

    .  The company is in compliance with laws governing corporate political
       activities; and

    .  The company has procedures in place to ensure that employee
       contributions to company-sponsored political action committees (PACs)
       are strictly voluntary and not coercive.

   Vote AGAINST proposals to publish in newspapers and public media the
company's political contributions as such publications could present
significant cost to the company without providing commensurate value to
shareholders.

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to improve the disclosure of a company's
political contributions and trade association spending considering:

    .  Recent significant controversy or litigation related to the company's
       political contributions or governmental affairs; and

    .  The public availability of a company policy on political contributions
       and trade association spending including information on the types of
       organizations supported, the business rationale for supporting these
       organizations, and the oversight and compliance procedures related to
       such expenditures of corporate assets.

   Vote AGAINST proposals barring the company from making political
contributions. Businesses are affected by legislation at the federal, state,
and local level and barring contributions can put the company at a competitive
disadvantage.

   Vote AGAINST proposals asking for a list of company executives, directors,
consultants, legal counsels, Lobbyists, or investment bankers that have prior
government service and whether such service had a bearing on the business of
the company. Such a list would be burdensome to prepare without providing any
meaningful information to shareholders.

INTERNATIONAL ISSUES, LABOR ISSUES, AND HUMAN RIGHTS

CHINA PRINCIPLES

   Vote AGAINST proposals to implement the China Principles unless:

    .  There are serious controversies surrounding the company's China
       operations; and

    .  The company does not have a code of conduct with standards similar to
       those promulgated by the International Labor Organization (ILO).

CODES OF CONDUCT

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to implement certain human rights standards
and policies at company facilities. In evaluating these proposals, the
following should be considered:

    .  The degree to which existing human rights policies and practices are
       disclosed;

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      55



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


    .  Whether or not existing policies are consistent with internationally
       recognized labor standards;

    .  Whether company facilities are monitored and how;

    .  Company participation in fair labor organizations or other
       internationally recognized human rights initiatives;

    .  The company's primary business model and methods of operation;

    .  Proportion of business conducted in markets known to have higher risk of
       workplace labor right abuse;

    .  Whether the company has been recently involved in significant labor and
       human rights controversies or violations;

    .  Peer company standards and practices; and

    .  Union presence in company's international factories.

COMMUNITY IMPACT ASSESSMENTS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for reports outlining the potential community
impact of company operations in specific regions considering:

    .  Current disclosure of applicable risk assessment report(s) and risk
       management procedures;

    .  The impact of regulatory non-compliance, litigation, remediation, or
       reputational loss that may be associated with failure to manage the
       company's operations in question, including the management of relevant
       community and stakeholder relations;

    .  The nature, purpose, and scope of the company's operations in the
       specific region(s); and,

    .  The degree to which company policies and procedures are consistent with
       industry norms.

FOREIGN MILITARY SALES/OFFSETS

   Vote AGAINST reports on foreign military sales or offsets. Such disclosures
may involve sensitive and confidential information. Moreover, companies must
comply with government controls and reporting on foreign military sales.

INTERNET PRIVACY AND CENSORSHIP

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on resolutions requesting the disclosure and
implementation of Internet privacy and censorship policies and procedures
considering:

    .  The Level of disclosure of policies and procedures relating to privacy,
       freedom of speech, Internet censorship, and government monitoring of the
       Internet;

    .  Engagement in dialogue with governments and/or relevant groups with
       respect to the Internet and the free flow of information;

    .  The scope of business involvement and of investment in markets that
       maintain government censorship or monitoring of the Internet;

    .  The market-specific Laws or regulations applicable to Internet
       censorship or monitoring that may be imposed on the company; and,

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      56



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


    .  The level of controversy or litigation related to the company's
       international human rights policies and procedures.

MACBRIDE PRINCIPLES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to endorse or increase activity on the
MacBride Principles, taking into account:

    .  Company compliance with or violations of the Fair Employment Act of 1989;

    .  Company antidiscrimination policies that already exceed the Legal
       requirements;

    .  The cost and feasibility of adopting all nine principles;

    .  The cost of duplicating efforts to follow two sets of standards (Fair
       Employment and the

    .  MacBride Principles);

    .  The potential for charges of reverse discrimination;

    .  The potential that any company sales or contracts in the rest of the
       United Kingdom could be negatively impacted;

    .  The level of the company's investment in Northern Ireland;

    .  The number of company employees in Northern Ireland;

    .  The degree that industry peers have adopted the MacBride Principles; and

    .  Applicable state and municipal laws that limit contracts with companies
       that have not adopted the MacBride Principles.

NUCLEAR AND DEPLETED URANIUM WEAPONS

   Vote AGAINST proposals asking a company to cease production or report on the
risks associated with the use of depleted uranium munitions or nuclear weapons
components and delivery systems, including disengaging from current and
proposed contracts. Such contracts are monitored by government agencies, serve
multiple military and non-military uses, and withdrawal from these contracts
could have a negative impact on the company's business.

OPERATIONS IN HIGH RISK MARKETS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for review and a report outlining the
company's potential financial and reputation risks associated with operations
in "high-risk" markets, such as a terrorism-sponsoring state or otherwise,
taking into account:

    .  The nature, purpose, and scope of the operations and business involved
       that could be affected by social or political disruption;

    .  Current disclosure of applicable risk assessment(s) and risk management
       procedures;

    .  Compliance with U.S. sanctions and laws;

    .  Consideration of other international policies, standards, and laws; and

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      57



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


    .  Whether the company has been recently involved in significant
       controversies or violations in "high-risk" markets.

OUTSOURCING/OFFSHORING

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals calling for companies to report on the risks
associated with outsourcing, considering:

    .  Risks associated with certain international markets;

    .  The utility of such a report to shareholders;

    .  The existence of a publicly available code of corporate conduct that
       applies to international operations.

VENDOR STANDARDS

   Generally vote FOR reports outlining vendor standards compliance unless any
of the following apply:

    .  The company does not operate in countries with significant human rights
       violations;

    .  The company has no recent human rights controversies or violations; or

    .  The company already publicly discloses information on its vendor
       standards policies and compliance mechanisms.

SUSTAINABILITY

SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

   Generally vote FOR proposals requesting the company to report on policies
and initiatives related to social, economic, and environmental sustainability,
unless:

    .  The company already discloses similar information through existing
       reports or policies such as an Environment, Health, and Safety (EHS)
       report; a comprehensive Code of Corporate Conduct; and/or a Diversity
       Report; or

    .  The company has formally committed to the implementation of a reporting
       program based on Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines or a
       similar standard within a specified time frame.

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      58



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10. MUTUAL FUND PROXIES

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors and trustees, following the
same guidelines for uncontested directors for public company shareholder
meetings. However, mutual fund boards do not usually have compensation
committees, so do not withhold for the lack of this committee.

CONVERTING CLOSED-END FUND TO OPEN-END FUND

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on conversion proposals, considering the following factors:

    .  Past performance as a closed-end fund;

    .  Market in which the fund invests;

    .  Measures taken by the board to address the discount; and

    .  Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related
       proposals.

PROXY CONTESTS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proxy contests, considering the following factors:

    .  Past performance relative to its peers;

    .  Market in which fund invests;

    .  Measures taken by the board to address the issues;

    .  Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related
       proposals;

    .  Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;

    .  Independence of directors;

    .  Experience and skills of director candidates;

    .  Governance profile of the company;

    .  Evidence of management entrenchment.

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENTS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on investment advisory agreements, considering the
following factors:

    .  Proposed and current fee schedules;

    .  Fund category/investment objective;

    .  Performance benchmarks;

    .  Share price performance as compared with peers;

    .  Resulting fees relative to peers;

    .  Assignments (where the advisor undergoes a change of control).

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      59



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


APPROVING NEW CLASSES OR SERIES OF SHARES

   Vote FOR the establishment of new classes or series of shares.

PREFERRED STOCK PROPOSALS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the authorization for or increase in preferred shares,
considering the following factors:

    .  Stated specific financing purpose;

    .  Possible dilution for common shares;

    .  Whether the shares can be used for antitakeover purposes.

1940 ACT POLICIES

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on policies under the Investment Advisor Act of 1940,
considering the following factors:

    .  Potential competitiveness;

    .  Regulatory developments;

    .  Current and potential returns; and

    .  Current and potential risk.

   Generally vote FOR these amendments as tong as the proposed changes do not
fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and do comply with the
current SEC interpretation.

CHANGING A FUNDAMENTAL RESTRICTION TO A NONFUNDAMENTAL RESTRICTION

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to change a fundamental restriction to a
non-fundamental restriction, considering the following factors:

    .  The fund's target investments;

    .  The reasons given by the fund for the change; and

    .  The projected impact of the change on the portfolio.

CHANGE FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE TO NONFUNDAMENTAL

   Vote AGAINST proposals to change a fund's fundamental investment objective
to non-fundamental.

NAME CHANGE PROPOSALS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on name change proposals, considering the following
factors:

    .  Political/economic changes in the target market;

    .  Consolidation in the target market; and

    .  Current asset composition.

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      60



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


CHANGE IN FUND'S SUBCLASSIFICATION

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on changes in a fund's sub-classification, considering the
following factors:

    .  Potential competitiveness;

    .  Current and potential returns;

    .  Risk of concentration;

    .  Consolidation in target industry.

DISPOSITION OF ASSETS/TERMINATION/LIQUIDATION

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to dispose of assets, to terminate or
liquidate, considering the following factors:

    .  Strategies employed to salvage the company;

    .  The fund's past performance;

    .  The terms of the liquidation.

CHANGES TO THE CHARTER DOCUMENT

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on changes to the charter document, considering the
following factors:

    .  The degree of change implied by the proposal;

    .  The efficiencies that could result;

    .  The state of incorporation;

    .  Regulatory standards and implications.

   Vote AGAINST any of the following changes:

    .  Removal of shareholder approval requirement to reorganize or terminate
       the trust or any of its series;

    .  Removal of shareholder approval requirement for amendments to the new
       declaration of trust;

    .  Removal of shareholder approval requirement to amend the funds
       management contract, allowing the contract to be modified by the
       investment manager and the trust management, as permitted by the 1940
       Act;

    .  Allow the trustees to impose other fees in addition to sates charges on
       investment in a fund, such as deferred sales charges and redemption fees
       that may be imposed upon redemption of a fund's shares;

    .  Removal of shareholder approval requirement to engage in and terminate
       subadvisory arrangements;

    .  Removal of shareholder approval requirement to change the domicile of
       the fund.

CHANGING THE DOMICILE OF A FUND

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on re-incorporations, considering the following factors:

    .  Regulations of both states;

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      61



- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     RiskMetrics Group www.riskmetrics.com
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


    .  Required fundamental policies of both states;

    .  The increased flexibility available.

AUTHORIZING THE BOARD TO HIRE AND TERMINATE SUBADVISORS WITHOUT SHAREHOLDER
APPROVAL

   Vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the board to hire/terminate subadvisors
without shareholder approval.

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENTS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on distribution agreement proposals, considering the
following factors:

    .  Fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar objectives;

    .  The proposed distributor's reputation and past performance;

    .  The competitiveness of the fund in the industry;

    .  The terms of the agreement.

MASTER-FEEDER STRUCTURE

   Vote FOR the establishment of a master-feeder structure.

MERGERS

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on merger proposals, considering the following factors:

    .  Resulting fee structure;

    .  Performance of both funds;

    .  Continuity of management personnel;

    .  Changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights.

SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS

ESTABLISH DIRECTOR OWNERSHIP REQUIREMENT

   Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a specific minimum
amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to
remain on the board.

REIMBURSE SHAREHOLDER FOR EXPENSES INCURRED

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation
expenses. When supporting the dissidents, vote FOR the reimbursement of the
proxy solicitation expenses.

TERMINATE THE INVESTMENT ADVISOR

   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to terminate the investment advisor,
considering the following factors:

    .  Performance of the fund's Net Asset Value (NAV);

    .  The fund's history of shareholder relations;

    .  The performance of other funds under the advisor's management.

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2008 US Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

                                      62



                          RCM PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
                                AND PROCEDURES

                                 MAY 23, 2007



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                         

            Policy Statement and Voting Procedure..........
                                                             page 3

            Resolving Conflicts of Interest................
                                                             page 3

            Cost-Benefit Analysis Involving Voting Proxies.
                                                             page 4

            Proxy Voting Guidelines........................
                                                             page 4

            Ordinary Business Matters......................
                                                             page 4

            Auditors.......................................
                                                             page 4

            Board of Directors.............................
                                                             page 5

            Executive and Director Compensation............
                                                             page 6

            Capital Structure..............................
                                                             page 8

            Mergers and Corporate Restructuring............
                                                             page 8

            Antitakeover Defenses and Voting Related Issues
                                                             page 9

            Social and Environmental Issues................
                                                            page 11


RCM PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES                                           5/23/2007

                                       2



                               POLICY STATEMENT

   RCM exercises our proxy voting responsibilities as a fiduciary. As a result,
in the cases where we have voting authority of our client proxies, we intend to
vote such proxies in a manner consistent with the best interest of our clients.
Our guidelines are designed to meet applicable fiduciary standards. All votes
submitted by RCM on behalf of its clients are not biased by other clients of
RCM. Proxy voting proposals are voted with regard to enhancing shareholder
wealth and voting power.

   A Proxy Committee, including investment, compliance and operations
personnel, is responsible for establishing our proxy voting policies and
procedures. These guidelines summarize our positions on various issues and give
general indication as to how we will vote shares on each issue. However, this
listing is not exhaustive and does not include all potential voting issues and
for that reason, there may be instances when we may not vote proxies in strict
adherence to these Guidelines. To the extent that these guideline policies and
procedures do not cover potential voting issues or a case arises of a material
conflict between our interest and those of a client with respect to proxy
voting, our Proxy Committee will convene to discuss these instances. In
evaluating issues, the Proxy Committee may consider information from many
sources, including our portfolio management team, our analyst responsible for
monitoring the stock of the company at issue, management of a company
presenting a proposal, shareholder groups, and independent proxy research
services. The Proxy Committee will meet annually to review these guidelines and
determine whether any revisions are appropriate.

                               VOTING PROCEDURE

   The voting of all proxies is conducted by the Proxy Specialist in
consultation with a Proxy Committee consisting representatives from the
Research Department, Portfolio Management Team (PMT), the Legal and Compliance
Department, and the Proxy Specialist. The Proxy Specialist performs the initial
review of the proxy statement, third-party proxy research provided by ISS, and
other relevant material, and makes a vote decision in accordance with RCM Proxy
Voting Guidelines. In situations where the Proxy Voting Guidelines do not give
clear guidance on an issue, the Proxy Specialist will, at his or her
discretion, consult the Analyst or Portfolio Manager and/or the Proxy
Committee. In the event that an Analyst or Portfolio Manager wishes to override
the Guidelines, the proposal will be presented to the Proxy Committee for a
final decision.

   RCM retains a third-party proxy voting service, Institutional Shareholder
Services, Inc. (ISS), to assist us in processing proxy votes in accordance with
RCM's vote decisions. ISS is responsible for notifying RCM of all upcoming
meetings, providing a proxy analysis and vote recommendation for each proposal,
verifying that all proxies are received, and contacting custodian banks to
request missing proxies. ISS sends the proxy vote instructions provided by RCM
to the appropriate tabulator. ISS provides holdings reconciliation reports on a
monthly basis, and vote summary reports for clients on a quarterly or annual
basis. RCM keeps proxy materials used in the vote process on site for at least
one year.

                        RESOLVING CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   RCM may have conflicts that can affect how it votes its clients' proxies.
For example, RCM may manage a pension plan whose management is sponsoring a
proxy proposal. RCM may also be faced with clients having conflicting views on
the appropriate manner of exercising shareholder voting rights in general or in
specific situations. Accordingly, RCM may reach different voting decisions for
different clients. Regardless, votes shall only be cast in the best interest of
the client affected by the shareholder right. For this reason, RCM shall not
vote shares held in one client's account in a manner designed to benefit or
accommodate any other client.

   In order to ensure that all material conflicts of interest are addressed
appropriately while carrying out its obligation to vote proxies, the Proxy
Committee shall be responsible for addressing how RCM resolves such material
conflicts of interest with its clients.

RCM PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES                                           5/23/2007

                                       3



                COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS INVOLVING VOTING PROXIES

   RCM shall review various criteria to determine whether the costs associated
with voting the proxy exceeds the expected benefit to its clients and may
conduct a cost-benefit analysis in determining whether it is in the best
economic interest to vote client proxies. Given the outcome of the cost-benefit
analysis, RCM may refrain from voting a proxy on behalf of its clients'
accounts.

   In addition, RCM may refrain from voting under certain circumstances. These
circumstances may include, but are not limited to: 1) proxy statements and
ballots being written in a foreign language, 2) untimely notice of a
shareholder meeting, 3) requirements to vote proxies in person, 4) restrictions
on foreigner's ability to exercise votes, 5) requirements to provide local
agents with power of attorney to facilitate the voting instructions. Such
proxies are voted on a best-efforts basis.

   Proxy voting in certain countries requires "share blocking." To vote proxies
in such countries, shareholders must deposit their shares shortly before the
date of the meeting with a designated depositary and the shares are then
restricted from being sold until the meeting has taken place and the shares are
returned to the shareholders' custodian banks. Absent compelling reasons, RCM
believes the benefit to its clients of exercising voting rights does not
outweigh the effects of not being able to sell the shares. Therefore, if share
blocking is required RCM generally abstains from voting.

   RCM will not be able to vote securities on loan under securities lending
arrangements into which RCM's clients have entered. However, under rare
circumstances, for voting issues that may have a significant impact on the
investment, and if the client holds a sufficient number of shares to have a
material impact on the vote, we may request that clients recall securities that
are on loan if we determine that the benefit of voting outweighs the costs and
lost revenue to the client and the administrative burden of retrieving the
securities.

                            PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

                               ORDINARY BUSINESS

ORDINARY BUSINESS MATTERS: CASE-BY-CASE

   RCM votes FOR management proposals covering routine business matters such as
changing the name of the company, routine bylaw amendments, and changing the
date, time, or location of the annual meeting.

   Routine items that are bundled with non-routine items will be evaluated on a
case-by-case basis. Proposals that are not clearly defined other than to
transact "other business," will be voted AGAINST, to prevent the passage of
significant measures without our express oversight.

                                   AUDITORS

RATIFICATION OF AUDITORS: CASE-BY-CASE

   RCM generally votes FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless there is reason
to believe that there is a conflict of interest, or if the auditor has rendered
an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company's financial
position.

   RCM will review, on a case-by-case basis, instances in which the audit firm
has substantial non-audit relationships with the company, to determine whether
we believe independence has been compromised.

RCM PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES                                           5/23/2007

                                       4



SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS REGARDING ROTATION OF AUDITORS: GENERALLY FOR

   RCM generally will support shareholder proposals asking for audit firm
rotation, unless the rotation period is less than five years, which would be
unduly burdensome to the company.

SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS REGARDING AUDITOR INDEPENDENCE: CASE-BY-CASE

   RCM will evaluate on a case-by-case basis, shareholder proposals asking
companies to prohibit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services or to
cap the level of non-audit services.

                              BOARD OF DIRECTORS

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS: CASE-BY-CASE

   Votes on director nominees are made on a case-by-case basis. RCM favors
boards that consist of a substantial majority of independent directors who
demonstrate a commitment to creating shareholder value. RCM also believes that
key board committees (audit, compensation, and nominating) should include only
independent directors to assure that shareholder interests will be adequately
addressed. When available information demonstrates a conflict of interest or a
poor performance record for specific candidates, RCM may withhold votes from
director nominees.

MAJORITY VOTE REQUIREMENT FOR THE ELECTION OF DIRECTORS: CASE-BY-CASE

   RCM evaluates proposals to require a majority vote for the election of
directors, on a case-by-case basis. RCM generally supports binding and
non-binding (advisory) proposals to initiate a change in the vote threshold
requirement for board nominees, as we believe this may bring greater director
accountability to shareholders. Exceptions may be made for companies with
policies that provide for a meaningful alternative to a full majority-voting
standard.

CLASSIFIED BOARDS: AGAINST

   Classified (or staggered) boards provide for the directors to be divided
into three groups, serving a staggered three-year term. Each year one of the
groups of directors is nominated for re-election and serves a three-year term.
RCM generally opposes classified board structures, as we prefer annual election
of directors to discourage entrenchment. RCM will vote FOR shareholder
proposals to declassify the board of directors.

CHANGING SIZE OF BOARD: CASE-BY-CASE

   RCM votes FOR proposals to change the size of the board of directors, if the
proposed number falls between 6 to 15 members. We generally vote AGAINST
proposals to increase the number of directors to more than 15, because very
large boards may experience difficulty achieving consensus and acting quickly
on important items.

MAJORITY OF INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS ON BOARD: CASE-BY-CASE

   RCM considers how board structure impacts the value of the company and
evaluates shareholder proposals for a majority of independent directors on a
case-by-case basis. RCM generally votes FOR proposals requiring the board to
consist of, at least, a substantial (2/3) majority of independent directors.
Exceptions are made for companies with a controlling shareholder and for boards
with very long term track records of adding shareholder value based on 3, 5 and
10-year stock performance.

RCM PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES                                           5/23/2007

                                       5



MINIMUM SHARE OWNERSHIP BY THE BOARD: AGAINST

   Although stockholders may benefit from directors owning stock in a company
and having a stake in the profitability and well-being of a company, RCM does
not support resolutions that would require directors to make a substantial
investment which would effectively exclude them from accepting directorships
for purely financial reasons.

LIMIT TENURE OF DIRECTORS: AGAINST

   RCM does not support shareholder proposals for term limits, as limiting
tenure may force valuable, experienced directors to leave the board solely
because of their length of service. We prefer to retain the ability to evaluate
director performance, and vote on all director nominees once a year.

DIRECTOR INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY PROTECTION: CASE-BY-CASE

   RCM votes AGAINST proposals that would limit or eliminate all liability for
monetary damages, for directors and officers who violate the duty of care. RCM
will also vote AGAINST proposals that would expand indemnification to cover
acts, such as negligence, that are more serious violations of fiduciary
obligations than mere carelessness. If, however, a director was found to have
acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed was in the best
interest of the company, AND if only the director's legal expenses would be
covered, RCM may vote FOR expanded coverage.

SEPARATE CHAIRMAN/CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER: CASE-BY-CASE

   RCM votes shareholder proposals to separate Chairman and CEO positions on a
case-by-case basis, and considers the impact on management credibility and thus
the value of the company. RCM generally votes FOR shareholder proposals
requiring the position of Chairman to be filled by an independent director,
because a combined title can make it difficult for the board to remove a CEO
that has underperformed, and harder to challenge a CEO's decisions. We are,
however, willing to accept a combined title for companies whose outside
directors hold regularly-scheduled non-management meetings with a powerful and
independent Lead Director.

DIVERSITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: CASE-BY-CASE

   RCM reviews shareholder proposals that request a company to increase the
representation of women and minorities on the board, on a case-by-case basis.
RCM generally votes FOR requests for reports on the company's efforts to
diversify the board, UNLESS the board composition is reasonably inclusive of
women and minorities in relation to companies of similar size and business, AND
if the board already reports on its nominating procedures and diversity
initiatives.

                      EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS: CASE-BY-CASE

   RCM reviews stock incentive plan proposals on a case-by-case basis, to
determine whether the plan is in the best interest of shareholders. We
generally support stock incentive plans that are designed to attract, retain or
encourage executives and employees, while aligning their financial interests
with those of investors. We also prefer plans that limit the transfer of
shareholder wealth to insiders, and favor stock compensation in the form of
performance-based restricted stock over fixed price option plans.

   RCM utilizes research from a third-party proxy voting service (ISS) to
assist us in analyzing all details of a proposed stock incentive plan. Unless
there is evidence that a plan would have a positive economic impact on
shareholder value, we generally vote against plans that result in excessive
dilution, and vote against plans that contain negative provisions, such as
repricing or replacing underwater options without shareholder approval.

RCM PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES                                           5/23/2007

                                       6



SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS REGARDING OPTIONS EXPENSING: FOR

   RCM generally votes FOR shareholder proposals requesting companies to
disclose the cost of stock options as an expense on their income statement, to
clarify the company's earnings and profitability to shareholders.

CASH BONUS PLANS (OBRA RELATED): CASE-BY-CASE

   RCM considers Omnibus Budget and Reconciliation Act (OBRA) Cash Bonus Plan
proposals on a case-by-case basis. OBRA regulations require companies to secure
shareholder approval for their performance-based cash or cash and stock bonus
plans to preserve the tax deduction for bonus compensation exceeding OBRA's $1
million cap.

   The primary objective of such proposals is to avoid tax deduction
limitations imposed by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, and RCM
will generally vote FOR plans that have appropriate performance targets and
measures in place.

   In cases where plans do not meet acceptable standards or we believe
executives are over compensated in the context of shareholder value creation,
RCM may vote AGAINST the cash bonus plan, and may withhold votes from
compensation committee members.

ELIMINATE NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR RETIREMENT PLANS: FOR

   RCM generally supports proposals to eliminate retirement benefits for
non-employee directors, as such plans can create conflicts of interest by their
high value. Additionally, such benefits are often redundant, since many
directors receive pension benefits from their primary employer.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLANS: CASE-BY-CASE

   Employee Stock Purchase Plans give employees the opportunity to purchase
stock of their company, primarily through payroll deductions. Such plans
provide performance incentives and lead employees to identify with shareholder
interests.

   Qualified employee stock purchase plans qualify for favorable tax treatment
under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. RCM will vote FOR Qualified
Employee Stock Purchase Plans that include: (1) a purchase price of at least 85
percent of fair market value, and (2) an offering period of 27 months or less,
and (3) voting power dilution (percentage of outstanding shares) of no more
than 10 percent.

   For Nonqualified Employee Stock Purchase Plans, companies provide a match to
employees' contributions, instead of a discount in stock price. Provided the
cost of the plan is not excessive, RCM generally votes FOR non-qualified plans
that include: (1) broad-based participation (2) limits on employee contribution
(3) company matching contribution up to 25 percent of the employee's
contribution (4) no discount on stock price on the date of purchase.

SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS REGARDING EXECUTIVE PAY: CASE-BY-CASE

   RCM generally votes FOR shareholder proposals that request additional
disclosure of executive and director pay information, provided the information
requested is relevant to shareholders' needs, would not put the company at a
competitive disadvantage relative to its industry, and is not unduly burdensome
to the company.

   RCM votes FOR proposals requesting that at least a significant portion of
the company's awards are performance-based. Preferably, performance measures
should include long term growth metrics.

   RCM votes FOR proposals to require option repricings to be put to a
shareholder vote, and FOR proposals to require shareholder votes on
compensation plans.

RCM PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES                                           5/23/2007

                                       7



   RCM votes AGAINST shareholder proposals that seek to set absolute levels on
compensation or otherwise dictate the amount of compensation, and AGAINST
shareholder proposals requiring director fees to be paid in stock only.

   All other shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay are
voted on a case-by-case basis, taking into account company performance, pay
level versus peers, pay level versus industry, and long term corporate outlook.

EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE AGREEMENTS (GOLDEN PARACHUTES): CASE-BY-CASE

   RCM votes FOR shareholder proposals to require golden and tin parachutes
(executive severance agreements) to be submitted for shareholder ratification,
unless the proposal requires shareholder approval PRIOR to entering into
employment contracts.

   Proposals to ratify or cancel golden or tin parachutes are evaluated on a
case-by-case basis. RCM will vote AGAINST parachute proposals, when the amount
exceeds three times base salary plus guaranteed benefits.

                               CAPITAL STRUCTURE

CAPITAL STOCK AUTHORIZATIONS: CASE-BY-CASE

   RCM votes proposals for an increase in authorized shares of common or
preferred stock on a case-by-case basis, after analyzing the company's industry
and performance in terms of shareholder returns. We generally vote AGAINST
stock increases that are greater than 100 percent, unless the company has
provided a specific reason for the increase. We will also vote AGAINST
proposals for increases in which the stated purpose is to reserve additional
shares to implement a poison pill. (Note: see page 10, for more on preferred
stock).

STOCK SPLITS AND DIVIDENDS: CASE-BY-CASE

   RCM generally votes FOR management proposals to increase common share
authorization for a stock split or share dividend, provided that the increase
in shares is not excessive. We also generally vote in favor shareholder
proposals to initiate a dividend, particularly in the case of poor performing
large cap companies with stock option plans result in excessive dilution.

                      MERGERS AND CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING

MERGERS AND RESTRUCTURINGS: CASE-BY-CASE

   A merger, restructuring, or spin-off in some way affects a change in control
of the company's assets. In evaluating the merit such transactions, RCM will
consider the terms of each proposal and will analyze the potential long-term
value of the investment. RCM will support management proposals for a merger or
restructuring if the transaction appears to offer fair value, but may oppose
them if they include significant changes to corporate governance and takeover
defenses that are not in the best interest of shareholders.

PREVENT A COMPANY FROM PAYING GREENMAIL: FOR

   Greenmail is the payment a corporate raider receives for his/her shares.
This payment is usually at a premium to the market price, so while greenmail
can ensure the continued independence of the company, it discriminates against
other shareholders. RCM will generally vote FOR anti-greenmail provisions.

RCM PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES                                           5/23/2007

                                       8



FAIR PRICE PROVISION: AGAINST

   Standard fair price provisions require that, absent board or shareholder
approval of the acquisition, the bidder must pay the remaining shareholders the
same price for their shares as was paid to buy the control shares (usually
between five and twenty percent of the outstanding shares) that triggered the
provision. An acquirer may avoid such a pricing requirement by obtaining the
support of holders of at least a majority of disinterested shares. Such
provisions may be viewed as marginally favorable to the remaining disinterested
shareholders, since achieving a simple majority vote in favor of an attractive
offer may not be difficult.

   RCM will vote AGAINST fair price provisions, if the shareholder vote
requirement, imbedded in the provision, is greater than a majority of
disinterested shares.

   RCM will vote FOR shareholder proposals to lower the shareholder vote
requirements imbedded in existing fair price provisions.

STATE ANTITAKEOVER STATUTES: CASE-BY-CASE

   RCM evaluates the specific statutes at issue, including their effect on
shareholder rights and votes proposals to opt out-of-state takeover statutes on
a case-by-case basis.

REINCORPORATION: CASE-BY-CASE

   RCM will evaluate reincorporation proposals case-by-case and will consider a
variety of factors including the impact reincorporation might have on the
longer-term valuation of the stock, the quality of the company's financial
disclosure, the impact on current and potential business with the U.S.
government, M&A opportunities and the risk of being forced to reincorporate in
the future. RCM generally supports reincorporation proposals for valid business
reasons such as reincorporating in the same state as its corporate headquarters.

               ANTI-TAKEOVER DEFENSES AND VOTING RELATED ISSUES

POISON PILLS: CASE-BY-CASE

   RCM votes AGAINST poison pills or (or shareholder rights plans) proposed by
a company's management. Poison pills are triggered by an unwanted takeover
attempt and cause a variety of events to occur which may make the company
financially less attractive to the suitor. Typically, directors have enacted
these plans without shareholder approval.

   RCM will always vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting boards to submit
their pills to a shareholder vote or redeem them, as poison pills may lead to
management entrenchment and can discourage legitimate tender offers.

DUAL CLASS CAPITALIZATION WITH UNEQUAL VOTING RIGHTS: CASE-BY-CASE

   RCM will vote AGAINST dual class exchange offers and dual class
capitalizations with unequal voting rights as they can contribute to the
entrenchment of management and allow for voting power to be concentrated in the
hands of management and other insiders. RCM will vote FOR proposals to create a
new class of nonvoting or subvoting common stock if intended for purposes with
minimal or no dilution to current shareholders or not designed to preserve
voting power of insiders or significant shareholders.

BLANK CHECK PREFERRED STOCK: CASE-BY-CASE

   Blank check proposals authorize a class of preferred stock for which voting
rights are not established in advance, but are left to the discretion of the
Board of Directors when issued. Such proposals may give

RCM PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES                                           5/23/2007

                                       9



management needed flexibility to accomplish acquisitions, mergers or
financings. On the other hand, such proposals also give the board the ability
to place a block of stock with a shareholder sympathetic to management, thereby
entrenching management or making takeovers more difficult.

   RCM generally votes AGAINST proposals authorizing the creation of new
classes of preferred stock, unless the company expressly states that the stock
that will not be used as a takeover defense. We also vote AGAINST proposals to
increase the number of authorized preferred stock shares, when no shares have
been issued or reserved for a specific purpose.

   RCM will vote FOR proposals to authorize preferred stock, in cases where the
company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such
stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.

SUPERMAJORITY VOTING PROVISIONS: AGAINST

   Supermajority vote requirements in a company's charter or bylaws require a
level of voting approval in excess of a simple majority. Generally
supermajority provisions require at least 2/3 affirmative vote for passage of
issues.

   RCM votes AGAINST supermajority voting provisions, as this requirement can
make it difficult for shareholders to effect a change regarding a company and
its corporate governance provisions. Requiring more than a simple majority
voting shares, for mergers or changes to the charter or bylaws, may permit
managements to entrench themselves by blocking amendments that are in the best
interests of shareholders.

CUMULATIVE VOTING: CASE-BY-CASE

   Cumulative voting allows shareholders to "stack" their votes behind one or a
few directors running for the board, thereby enabling minority shareholders to
secure board representation. RCM evaluates management proposals regarding
cumulative voting, on a case-by-case basis. For companies that do not have a
record of strong corporate governance policies, we will generally vote FOR
shareholder proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting.

SHAREHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT: CASE-BY-CASE

   Written consent allows shareholders to initiate and carry out a shareholder
action without waiting until the annual meeting or by calling a special
meeting. It permits action to be taken by the written consent of the same
percentage of outstanding shares that would be required to effect the proposed
action at a shareholder meeting.

   RCM will vote FOR shareholder proposals to allow shareholder action by
written consent, and we will oppose management proposals that restrict or
prohibit shareholder ability to take action by written consent.

SHAREHOLDER'S RIGHT TO CALL SPECIAL MEETING: FOR

   RCM votes FOR proposals to restore or expand shareholder rights to call
special meetings. We vote AGAINST management proposals requiring higher vote
requirements in order to call special meetings, and AGAINST proposals that
prohibit the right to call meetings.

CONFIDENTIAL VOTING: FOR

   RCM votes for shareholder proposals requesting companies to adopt
confidential voting because confidential voting may eliminate undue pressure
from company management. Furthermore, RCM maintains records which allow our
clients to have access to our voting decisions.

RCM PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES                                           5/23/2007

                                      10



                        SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS REGARDING SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES: CASE-BY-CASE

   In evaluating social and environmental proposals, RCM first determines
whether the issue should be addressed on a company-specific basis. Many social
and environmental proposals are beyond the scope of any one company and are
more properly the province of government and broader regulatory action. If this
is the case, RCM recommends voting against the proposal. Most proposals raising
issues of public concern require shareholders to apply subjective criteria in
determining their voting decisions. While broad social and environmental issues
are of concern to everyone, institutional shareholders acting as
representatives of their beneficiaries must consider only the economic impact
of the proposal on the target company, which in many cases cannot be clearly
demonstrated.

   RCM considers the following factors in evaluating proposals that address
social and environmental issues:

    .  Cost to implement proposed requirement

    .  Whether any actual abuses exist

    .  Whether the company has taken any action to address the problem

    .  The extent, if any, to which the proposal would interfere with the
       day-to-day management of the company.

   RCM generally supports proposals that encourage corporate social
responsibility. However, RCM does not support proposals that require a company
to cease particular operations, monitor the affairs of other companies with
whom it does business, impose quotas, or otherwise interfere with the
day-to-day management of a company. In the absence of compelling evidence that
a proposal will have a positive economic impact, RCM believes that these
matters are best left to the judgment of management.

SIGN OR ENDORSE THE CERES PRINCIPLES: CASE-BY-CASE

   The CERES Principles represent a voluntary commitment of corporations to
continued environmental improvement beyond what is required by government
regulation. CERES was formed by the Coalition of Environmentally Responsible
Economies in the wake of the March 1989 Exxon Valdez oil spill, to address
environmental issues such as protection of the biosphere, sustainable use of
natural resources, reduction and disposal of wastes, energy conservation, and
employee and community risk reduction. Endorsers of the CERES Principles are
required to pay annual fees based on annual revenue of the company.

   RCM generally supports shareholder requests for reports on activities
related to the goals of the CERES Principles or other in-house environmental
programs. Proposals to adopt the CERES Principles are voted on a case-by-case
basis, taking into account the company's current environmental disclosure, its
environmental track record, and the practices of peer companies.

ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTING: FOR

   RCM generally supports shareholder requests for reports seeking additional
information on activities regarding environmental programs, particularly when
it appears that companies have not adequately addressed shareholder's
environmental concerns.

NORTHERN IRELAND (MACBRIDE PRINCIPLES): CASE-BY-CASE

   The MacBride Principles are aimed at countering anti-Catholic discrimination
in employment in the British state of Northern Ireland. These principles
require affirmative steps to hire Catholic workers and promote them to

RCM PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES                                           5/23/2007

                                      11



management positions, to provide job security and to eliminate inflammatory
religious emblems. Divestment of stock is not called for under these
principles. RCM takes the following factors into consideration regarding
Northern Ireland resolutions:

    .  Whether any discrimination charges have been filed against the subject
       company within the past year;

    .  Whether the subject company has subscribed to the Fair Employment
       Agency's, "Declaration of Principle and Intent." (Northern Ireland
       governmental regulations); and

    .  Whether potentially offensive material is not allowed in the work area
       (flags, posters, etc.).

RCM PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES                                           5/23/2007

                                      12



                         T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC
                       T. ROWE PRICE INTERNATIONAL, INC
                 T. ROWE PRICE GLOBAL INVESTMENT SERVICES, LTD
                  T. ROWE PRICE GLOBAL ASSET MANAGEMENT, LTD

                     PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

RESPONSIBILITY TO VOTE PROXIES

   T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., T. Rowe Price International, Inc., T. Rowe
Price Global Investment Services Limited, and T. Rowe Price Global Asset
Management Limited ("T. ROWE PRICE") recognize and adhere to the principle that
one of the privileges of owning stock in a company is the right to vote in the
election of the company's directors and on matters affecting certain important
aspects of the company's structure and operations that are submitted to
shareholder vote. As an investment adviser with a fiduciary responsibility to
its clients, T. Rowe Price analyzes the proxy statements of issuers whose stock
is owned by the U.S.-registered investment companies which it sponsors and
serves as investment adviser ("T. ROWE PRICE FUNDS") and by institutional and
private counsel clients who have requested that T. Rowe Price be involved in
the proxy process. T. Rowe Price has assumed the responsibility for voting
proxies on behalf of the T. Rowe Price Funds and certain counsel clients who
have delegated such responsibility to T. Rowe Price. In addition, T. Rowe Price
makes recommendations regarding proxy voting to counsel clients who have not
delegated the voting responsibility but who have requested voting advice.

   T. Rowe Price has adopted these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
("POLICIES AND PROCEDURES") for the purpose of establishing formal policies and
procedures for performing and documenting its fiduciary duty with regard to the
voting of client proxies.

   FIDUCIARY CONSIDERATIONS. It is the policy of T. Rowe Price that decisions
with respect to proxy issues will be made in light of the anticipated impact of
the issue on the desirability of investing in the portfolio company from the
viewpoint of the particular client or Price Fund. Proxies are voted solely in
the interests of the client, Price Fund shareholders or, where employee benefit
plan assets are involved, in the interests of plan participants and
beneficiaries. Our intent has always been to vote proxies, where possible to do
so, in a manner consistent with our fiduciary obligations and responsibilities.
Practicalities and costs involved with international investing may make it
impossible at times, and at other times disadvantageous, to vote proxies in
every instance.

   CONSIDERATION GIVEN MANAGEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS. One of the primary factors
T. Rowe Price considers when determining the desirability of investing in a
particular company is the quality and depth of its management. The Policies and
Procedures were developed with the recognition that a company's management is
entrusted with the day-to-day operations of the company, as well as its
long-term direction and strategic planning, subject to the oversight of the
company's board of directors. Accordingly, T. Rowe Price believes that the
recommendation of management on most issues should be given weight in
determining how proxy issues should be voted. However, the position of the
company's management will not be supported in any situation where it is found
to be not in the best interests of the client, and the portfolio manager may
always elect to vote contrary to management when he or she believes a
particular proxy proposal may adversely affect the investment merits of owning
stock in a portfolio company.

ADMINISTRATION OF POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

   PROXY COMMITTEE. T. Rowe Price's Proxy Committee ("PROXY COMMITTEE") is
responsible for establishing positions with respect to corporate governance and
other proxy issues, including those involving social responsibility issues. The
Proxy Committee also reviews questions and responds to inquiries from clients
and mutual fund shareholders pertaining to proxy issues of corporate
responsibility. While the Proxy Committee sets voting guidelines and serves as
a resource for T. Rowe Price portfolio management, it does not have proxy
voting authority for any Price Fund or counsel client. Rather, this
responsibility is held by the Chairperson of the Fund's Investment Advisory
Committee or counsel client's portfolio manager.



   INVESTMENT SERVICES GROUP. The Investment Services Group ("INVESTMENT
SERVICES GROUP") is responsible for administering the proxy voting process as
set forth in the Policies and Procedures.

   PROXY ADMINISTRATOR. The Investment Services Group will assign a Proxy
Administrator ("PROXY ADMINISTRATOR") who will be responsible for ensuring that
all meeting notices are reviewed and important proxy matters are communicated
to the portfolio managers and regional managers for consideration.

HOW PROXIES ARE REVIEWED, PROCESSED AND VOTED

   In order to facilitate the proxy voting process, T. Rowe Price has retained
Institutional Shareholder Services ("ISS") as an expert in the proxy voting and
corporate governance area. ISS specializes in providing a variety of
fiduciary-level proxy advisory and voting services. These services include
in-depth research, analysis, and voting recommendations as well as vote
execution, reporting, auditing and consulting assistance for the handling of
proxy voting responsibility and corporate governance-related efforts. While the
Proxy Committee relies upon ISS research in establishing T. Rowe Price's proxy
voting guidelines, and many of our guidelines are consistent with ISS
positions, T. Rowe Price occasionally deviates from ISS recommendations on
general policy issues or specific proxy proposals.

MEETING NOTIFICATION

   T. Rowe Price utilizes ISS' voting agent services to notify us of upcoming
shareholder meetings for portfolio companies held in client accounts and to
transmit votes to the various custodian banks of our clients. ISS tracks and
reconciles T. Rowe Price holdings against incoming proxy ballots. If ballots do
not arrive on time, ISS procures them from the appropriate custodian or proxy
distribution agent. Meeting and record date information is updated daily, and
transmitted to T. Rowe Price through Governance Analytics, an ISS web-based
application. ISS is also responsible for maintaining copies of all proxy
statements received by issuers and to promptly provide such materials to T.
Rowe Price upon request.

VOTE DETERMINATION

   ISS provides comprehensive summaries of proxy proposals (including social
responsibility issues), publications discussing key proxy voting issues, and
specific vote recommendations regarding portfolio company proxies to assist in
the proxy research process. The final authority and responsibility for proxy
voting decisions remains with T. Rowe Price. Decisions with respect to proxy
matters are made primarily in light of the anticipated impact of the issue on
the desirability of investing in the company from the viewpoint of our clients.

   Portfolio managers may decide to vote their proxies consistent with T. Rowe
Price's policies as set by the Proxy Committee and instruct our Proxy
Administrator to vote all proxies accordingly. Alternatively, portfolio
managers may request to review the vote recommendations and sign-off on all the
proxies before the votes are cast, or may choose only to sign-off on those
votes cast against management. The portfolio managers are also given the option
of reviewing and determining the votes on all proxies without utilizing the
vote guidelines of the Proxy Committee. In all cases, the portfolio managers
may elect to receive current reports summarizing all proxy votes in his or her
client accounts. Portfolio managers who vote their proxies inconsistent with T.
Rowe Price guidelines are required to document the rationale for their vote.
The Proxy Administrator is responsible for maintaining this documentation and
assuring that it adequately reflects the basis for any vote which is cast in
opposition to T. Rowe Price policy.

T. ROWE PRICE VOTING POLICIES

   Specific voting guidelines have been adopted by the Proxy Committee for
routine anti-takeover, executive compensation and corporate governance
proposals, as well as other common shareholder proposals, and are available to
clients upon request. The following is a summary of the significant T. Rowe
Price policies:

   ELECTION OF DIRECTORS--T. Rowe Price generally supports slates with a
majority of independent directors. T. Rowe Price withholds votes for outside
directors that do not meet certain criteria relating to their independence



or their inability to dedicate sufficient time to their board duties due to
their commitments to other boards. We also withhold votes for inside directors
serving on compensation, nominating and audit committees and for directors who
miss more than one-fourth of the scheduled board meetings. We may also withhold
votes from inside directors for the failure to establish a formal nominating
committee. We vote against management efforts to stagger board member terms by
withholding votes from directors because a staggered board may act as a
deterrent to takeover proposals. T. Rowe Price supports shareholder proposals
calling for a majority vote threshold for the election of directors.

   ANTI-TAKEOVER AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ISSUES--T. Rowe Price generally
opposes anti-takeover measures since they adversely impact shareholder rights
and limit the ability of shareholders to act on possible transactions. Such
anti-takeover mechanisms include classified boards, supermajority voting
requirements, dual share classes, and poison pills. We also oppose proposals
that give management a "blank check" to create new classes of stock with
disparate rights and privileges. We generally support proposals to permit
cumulative voting and those that seek to prevent potential acquirers from
receiving a takeover premium for their shares. When voting on corporate
governance proposals, T. Rowe Price will consider the dilutive impact to
shareholders and the effect on shareholder rights. We generally support
shareholder proposals that call for the separation of the Chairman and CEO
positions unless there are sufficient governance safeguards already in place.
With respect to proposals for the approval of a company's auditor, we typically
oppose auditors who have a significant non-audit relationship with the company.

   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ISSUES--T. Rowe Price's goal is to assure that a
company's equity-based compensation plan is aligned with shareholders'
long-term interests. While we evaluate most plans on a case-by-case basis, T.
Rowe Price generally opposes compensation packages that provide what we view as
excessive awards to a few senior executives or that contain excessively
dilutive stock option grants based on a number of criteria such as the costs
associated with the plan, plan features, burn rates which are excessive in
relation to the company's peers, dilution to shareholders and comparability to
plans in the company's peer group. We generally oppose efforts to reprice
options in the event of a decline in value of the underlying stock. For
companies with particularly egregious pay practices such as excessive severance
packages, perks, and bonuses (despite under- performance), or moving
performance targets (to avoid poor payouts), we may withhold votes from
compensation committee members as well the CEO or even the entire board.

   MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS--T. Rowe Price considers takeover offers, mergers,
and other extraordinary corporate transactions on a case-by-case basis to
determine if they are beneficial to shareholders' current and future earnings
stream and to ensure that our Price Funds and clients are receiving fair
compensation in exchange for their investment.

   SOCIAL AND CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY ISSUES--Vote determinations for
corporate responsibility issues are made by the Proxy Committee using ISS
voting recommendations. T. Rowe Price generally votes with a company's
management on the following social, environmental and corporate responsibility
issues unless the issue has substantial economic implications for the company's
business and operations which have not been adequately addressed by management:

    .  Corporate environmental practices;

    .  Employment practices and employment opportunity;

    .  Military, nuclear power and related energy issues;

    .  Tobacco, alcohol, infant formula and safety in advertising practices;

    .  Economic conversion and diversification;

    .  International labor practices and operating policies;

    .  Genetically-modified foods; and

    .  Animal rights.



   T. Rowe Price may support the following well-targeted shareholder proposals
that call for enhanced disclosure and/or policy changes by companies where
relevant to their business:

    .  Political contributions/activities;

    .  Climate change and global warning; and

    .  Board diversity and sexual orientation employment policies.

   GLOBAL PORTFOLIO COMPANIES--ISS applies a two-tier approach to determining
and applying global proxy voting policies. The first tier establishes baseline
policy guidelines for the most fundamental issues, which span the corporate
governance spectrum without regard to a company's domicile. The second tier
takes into account various idiosyncrasies of different countries, making
allowances for standard market practices, as long as they do not violate the
fundamental goals of good corporate governance. The goal is to enhance
shareholder value through effective use of shareholder franchise, recognizing
that application of policies developed for U.S. corporate governance issues are
not necessarily appropriate for foreign markets. The Proxy Committee has
reviewed ISS' general global policies and has developed international proxy
voting guidelines which in most instances are consistent with ISS
recommendations.

   VOTES AGAINST COMPANY MANAGEMENT--Where ISS recommends a vote against
management on any particular proxy issue, the Proxy Administrator ensures that
the portfolio manager reviews such recommendations before a vote is cast.
Consequently, if a portfolio manager believes that management's view on a
particular proxy proposal may adversely affect the investment merits of owning
stock in a particular company, he/she may elect to vote contrary to management.
Also, our research analysts are asked to present their voting recommendations
in such situations to our portfolio managers.

   INDEX AND PASSIVELY MANAGED ACCOUNTS--Proxy voting for index and other
passively-managed portfolios is administered by the Investment Services Group
using ISS voting recommendations when their recommendations are consistent with
T. Rowe Price's policies as set by the Proxy Committee. If a portfolio company
is held in both an actively managed account and an index account, the index
account will default to the vote as determined by the actively managed proxy
voting process.

   DIVIDED VOTES--In the unusual situation where a decision is made which is
contrary to the policies established by the Proxy Committee, or differs from
the vote for any other client or T. Rowe Price Fund, the Investment Services
Group advises the portfolio managers involved of the divided vote. The persons
representing opposing views may wish to confer to discuss their positions.
Opposing votes will be cast only if it is determined to be prudent to do so in
light of each client's investment program and objectives. In such instances, it
is the normal practice for the portfolio manager to document the reasons for
the vote if it is against T. Rowe Price policy. The Proxy Administrator is
responsible for assuring that adequate documentation is maintained to reflect
the basis for any vote which is cast in opposition to T. Rowe Price policy.

   SHAREBLOCKING--Shareblocking is the practice in certain foreign countries of
"freezing" shares for trading purposes in order to vote proxies relating to
those shares. In markets where shareblocking applies, the custodian or
sub-custodian automatically freezes shares prior to a shareholder meeting once
a proxy has been voted. Shareblocking typically takes place between one and
fifteen (15) days before the shareholder meeting, depending on the market. In
markets where shareblocking applies, there is a potential for a pending trade
to fail if trade settlement takes place during the blocking period. T. Rowe
Price's policy is generally to abstain from voting shares in shareblocking
countries unless the matter has compelling economic consequences that outweigh
the potential loss of liquidity in the blocked shares.

   SECURITIES ON LOAN--The T. Rowe Price Funds and our institutional clients
may participate in securities lending programs to generate income. Generally,
the voting rights pass with the securities on loan; however, lending agreements
give the lender the right to terminate the loan and pull back the loaned shares
provided sufficient notice is given to the custodian bank in advance of the
voting deadline. T. Rowe Price's policy is generally not to vote securities on
loan unless the portfolio manager has knowledge of a material voting event



that could affect the value of the loaned securities. In this event, the
portfolio manager has the discretion to instruct the Proxy Administrator to
pull back the loaned securities in order to cast a vote at an upcoming
shareholder meeting.

VOTE EXECUTION AND MONITORING OF VOTING PROCESS

   Once the vote has been determined, the Proxy Administrator enters votes
electronically into ISS's Governance Analytics system. ISS then transmits the
votes to the proxy agents or custodian banks and sends electronic confirmation
to T. Rowe Price indicating that the votes were successfully transmitted.

   On a daily basis, the Proxy Administrator queries the Governance Analytics
system to determine newly announced meetings and meetings not yet voted. When
the date of the stockholders' meeting is approaching, the Proxy Administrator
contacts the applicable portfolio manager if the vote for a particular client
or Price Fund has not yet been recorded in the computer system.

   Should a portfolio manager wish to change a vote already submitted, the
portfolio manager may do so up until the deadline for vote submission, which
varies depending on the company's domicile.

MONITORING AND RESOLVING CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   The Proxy Committee is also responsible for monitoring and resolving
possible material conflicts between the interests of T. Rowe Price and those of
its clients with respect to proxy voting. We have adopted safeguards to ensure
that our proxy voting is not influenced by interests other than those of our
fund shareholders. While membership on the Proxy Committee is diverse, it does
not include individuals whose primary duties relate to client relationship
management, marketing, or sales. Since T. Rowe Price's voting guidelines are
pre-determined by the Proxy Committee using recommendations from ISS, an
independent third party, application of the T. Rowe Price guidelines by fund
portfolio managers to vote fund proxies should in most instances adequately
address any possible conflicts of interest. However, the Proxy Committee
reviews all proxy votes that are inconsistent with T. Rowe Price guidelines to
determine whether the portfolio manager's voting rationale appears reasonable.
The Proxy Committee also assesses whether any business or other relationships
between T. Rowe Price and a portfolio company could have influenced an
inconsistent vote on that company's proxy. Issues raising possible conflicts of
interest are referred to designated members of the Proxy Committee for
immediate resolution prior to the time T. Rowe Price casts its vote. With
respect to personal conflicts of interest, T. Rowe Price's Code of Ethics and
Conduct requires all employees to avoid placing themselves in a "compromising
position" in which their interests may conflict with those of our clients and
restricts their ability to engage in certain outside business activities.
Portfolio managers or Proxy Committee members with a personal conflict of
interest regarding a particular proxy vote must recuse themselves and not
participate in the voting decisions with respect to that proxy.

   SPECIFIC CONFLICT OF INTEREST SITUATIONS--Voting of T. Rowe Price Group,
Inc. common stock (sym: TROW) by certain T. Rowe Price Index Funds will be done
in all instances in accordance with T. Rowe Price policy and votes inconsistent
with policy will not be permitted. In addition, T. Rowe Price has voting
authority for proxies of the holdings of certain T. Rowe Price funds that
invest in other T. Rowe Price funds. In cases where the underlying fund of a T.
Rowe Price fund-of -funds holds a proxy vote, T. Rowe Price will mirror vote
the fund shares held by the fund-of-funds in the same proportion as the votes
cast by the shareholders of the underlying funds.

REPORTING AND RECORD RETENTION

   Vote Summary Reports will be generated for each client that requests T. Rowe
Price to furnish proxy voting records. The report specifies the portfolio
companies, meeting dates, proxy proposals, and votes which have been cast for
the client during the period and the position taken with respect to each issue.
Reports normally cover quarterly or annual periods. All client requests for
proxy information will be recorded and fulfilled by the Proxy Administrator.



   T. Rowe Price retains proxy solicitation materials, memoranda regarding
votes cast in opposition to the position of a company's management, and
documentation on shares voted differently. In addition, any document which is
material to a proxy voting decision such as the T. Rowe Price voting
guidelines, Proxy Committee meeting materials, and other internal research
relating to voting decisions will be kept. Proxy statements received from
issuers (other than those which are available on the SEC's EDGAR database) are
kept by ISS in its capacity as voting agent and are available upon request. All
proxy voting materials and supporting documentation are retained for six years.



SUBSECTION G. PROXY VOTING

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

INTRODUCTION

   As a buy and hold investor, one of TAM's primary considerations for any
purchase candidate is a company's management. TAM's initial decision to buy
securities of a company is generally based, at least in part on TAM's support
for the company's management. It is therefore the policy of TAM to generally
support the management of its investments and therefore a modicum of management
entrenchment. While TAM generally supports a company's management, it is also
mindful of its rights as a shareholder and is therefore always against poison
pill proposals. The policy and procedures below describe how TAM votes proxies
for its clients.

   TAM's policy is to exercise voting and consent rights solely in the interest
of enhancing or preserving value for its clients. To that end, TAM has
established the following guidelines on commonly presented proxy issues, which
shall be subject to ongoing periodic review by TAM's senior management. The
guidelines below are subject to exceptions on a case-by-case basis, as
discussed below. It is impossible to anticipate all voting issues that may
arise. On issues not specifically addressed by the guidelines, TAM will analyze
how the proposal may affect the value of client holdings and vote in accordance
with what it believes to be the best interests of clients.

1. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

A) SUPER-MAJORITY VOTING

   The requirement of a super-majority vote may limit the ability of
shareholders to effect change. Accordingly, TAM will normally support proposals
to eliminate super-majority voting requirements and oppose proposals to impose
such requirements.

B) STATE OF INCORPORATION

   TAM normally opposes proposals seeking to reincorporate the corporation in a
state TAM deems to be unfriendly to shareholder rights.

C) CONFIDENTIAL VOTING

   Confidential voting may increase the independence of shareholders by
allowing voting free from exertion of management influence. This is
particularly significant with respect to employee shareholders. Accordingly,
TAM will normally support such proposals.

D) BARRIERS TO SHAREHOLDER ACTION


   TAM will normally support proposals to lower barriers to shareholder action
and oppose proposals to raise such barriers. Proposals to lower these barriers
may call for shareholder rights to call special meetings or to act by written
consent. TAM will normally support proposals that create or expand rights of
shareholders to act by written consent or to call special meetings.


E) SEPARATE CLASSES OF COMMON STOCK

   Classes of common stock with different voting rights limit the rights of
certain shareholders. Accordingly, TAM will normally oppose adoption of one or
more separate classes of stock with disparate voting rights.

F) BLANK CHECK PREFERRED STOCK

   TAM normally will oppose proposals giving the Board of Directors rights to
issue preferred stocks whose terms may be determined without shareholder
consent.

                                      G-1



G) DIRECTOR NOMINEES

   TAM reviews the qualifications of director nominees on a case-by-case basis.
Absent specific concerns about qualifications, independence or past performance
as a director, TAM normally approves management's recommendations.

H) SHAREHOLDER NOMINATION OF DIRECTORS

   TAM normally supports proposals to expand the ability of shareholders to
nominate directors.

I) APPROVAL OF AUDITOR

   TAM normally supports proposals to ratify independent auditors, absent
reason to believe that:

    .  Fees for non-audit services are excessive; or

    .  The independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is inaccurate and
       not representative of the issuer's financial position.

J) CUMULATIVE VOTING

   TAM normally opposes proposals to eliminate cumulative voting. TAM considers
proposals to institute cumulative voting based on the issuer's other corporate
governance provisions.

2. EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

A) APPROVAL OF PLANS OR PLAN AMENDMENTS

   TAM believes that equity-based compensation plans, when properly designed
and approved by shareholders, may be an effective incentive to officers and
employees to add to shareholder value. TAM evaluates proposals on a
case-by-case basis. However, TAM will normally oppose plans (or plan
amendments) that substantially dilute its clients' ownership, provide excessive
awards to participants, or have other inherently objectionable features.

   TAM normally opposes plans where total potential dilution (including all
equity-based plans) exceeds 15% of outstanding shares.

   Note: This standard is a guideline and TAM will consider other factors such
as the size of the company and the nature of the industry in evaluating a
plan's impact on shareholdings.

   TAM will normally oppose plans that have any of the following structural
features:

    .  Ability to re-price underwater options without shareholder approval.

    .  Ability to issue options with an exercise price below the stock's
       current market price without shareholder approval.

    .  Ability to issue reload options.

    .  Automatic share replenishment feature.

   TAM normally opposes plans not meeting the following conditions:

    .  Shareholder approval should be required in order to make any material
       change to the plan.

    .  Awards to non-employee directors should be subject to the terms of the
       plan and not subject to management or board discretion.

                                      G-2



3. MEASURES RELATING TO TAKEOVERS

A) POISON PILLS

   TAM will normally support proposals to eliminate poison pills and TAM will
normally support proposals to subject poison pills to a shareholder vote.

B) GOLDEN PARACHUTES

   TAM normally opposes the use of accelerated employment contracts that may
result in cash grants of greater than one times annual compensation (salary and
bonus) in the event of termination of employment following a change in control.

C) CLASSIFIED BOARD

   Staggered terms for directors may make it more difficult to change directors
and/or control of a board, and thus to change management. Accordingly, TAM will
normally support proposals to declassify the Board of Directors and oppose
proposals to adopt classified board structures unless a company's charter or
governing corporate law permits shareholders to remove a majority of directors
any time with or without cause by a simple majority of votes cast.

D) INCREASES IN AUTHORIZED COMMON STOCK

   TAM will normally support proposals that would require a shareholder vote in
order to increase authorized shares of any class by 20% or more. Under normal
circumstances, TAM will oppose proposals that would grant directors the
authority to issue additional shares without providing pre-emptive rights to
existing shareholders to the extent such an increase of shares exceeds 5% of
the issuer's outstanding capital.

E) GREENMAIL

   TAM will normally support proposals to restrict a company's ability to make
greenmail payments.

F) STATE ANTI-TAKEOVER STATUTES

   TAM believes that state anti-takeover statutes generally harm shareholders
by discouraging takeover activity. Accordingly, TAM will normally vote for
opting out of state anti-takeover statutes.

4. SOCIAL POLICY ISSUES

   TAM believes that "ordinary business matters" are the responsibility of
management and should be subject only to oversight by the Board of Directors.
Typically, shareholders initiate such proposals to require the company to
disclose or amend certain business practices. Although TAM normally does not
support these types of proposals, it may make exceptions where it believes that
a proposal may have substantial economic impact.

5. ABSTENTION FROM VOTING

   TAM will normally abstain from voting when it believes the cost of voting
will exceed the expected benefit to clients. The most common circumstances
where that may be the case involve foreign proxies and securities out on loan.
In addition, TAM may be restricted from voting proxies during certain periods
if it has made certain regulatory filings with respect to an issuer. These
situations are discussed in more detail below.

6. FOREIGN SECURITIES

   Depending on the country, numerous disadvantages may apply to voting foreign
proxies. In many non-U.S. markets, shareholders who vote proxies may not be
permitted to trade in the issuer's stock within a given period

                                      G-3



of time on or around the shareholder meeting date. This practice is called
"share-blocking." If TAM believes it may wish to buy or sell the security
during the relevant period, it will abstain from voting. In other non-U.S.
markets, travel to the foreign country to vote in person, translation expense
or other cost-prohibitive procedures may lead TAM to abstain from voting. TAM
may be unable to vote in other certain non-U.S. markets that do not permit
foreign holders to vote securities. It is also possible that TAM may not
receive proxy material in time to vote due to operational difficulties in
certain non-U.S. markets, or that TAM may not otherwise receive sufficient
timely information to make a voting determination.

7. SECURITIES LENDING

   In order to vote securities out on loan, the securities must be recalled.
This may cause loss of revenue to advisory clients. Accordingly, TAM normally
will not vote loaned securities on routine matters that would not, in its view,
be important to the value of the investment.

8. RESTRICTIONS AFTER FILING FORM 13D

   If TAM has switched its beneficial ownership reporting with respect to any
security from Form 13G to Form 13D, TAM may not vote or direct the voting of
the securities covered by the filing until the expiration of the 10th day after
the Form 13D was filed.

9. PROCEDURES

   TAM's Legal Department oversees the administration of proxy voting. Under
its supervision, the Accounting Department is responsible for processing
proxies on securities held in client accounts, where voting power has been
granted to TAM.

10. MONITORING FOR UPCOMING VOTES

   TAM's Accounting Department relies on each client's custodian to monitor and
advise of upcoming votes. Upon receiving information of an upcoming vote, the
Accounting department takes all necessary steps to ensure that the appropriate
paperwork and control numbers are obtained to vote shares held for clients. In
addition, the Accounting Department informs the General Counsel or his designee
who shall present proxies received to the Proxy Voting Committee.

11. PROXY VOTING COMMITTEE

   The Proxy Voting Committee, consisting of senior portfolio managers and
research analysts designated by TAM's President, determines how proxies shall
be voted applying TAM's policy guidelines. In most instances, the Committee
shall delegate the responsibility for making each voting determination to an
appropriate member of the Committee who has primary responsibility for the
security in question. TAM's General Counsel or his designee shall participate
in all decisions to present issues for a vote, field any conflict issues,
document deviations from policy guidelines and document all routine voting
decisions. The Proxy Voting Committee may seek the input of TAM's Co-Chief
Investment Officers, other portfolio managers or research analysts who may have
particular familiarity with the matter to be voted. Any exception to policy
guidelines shall be fully documented in writing.

12. SUBMITTING THE VOTE

   TAM's Legal Department instructs the Accounting Department in writing how to
vote the shares held for clients in accordance with the decisions reached under
the process described above. The Accounting Department shall then
electronically, by telephone or via the mail (as appropriate under the
circumstances) submit the vote on shares held for clients and provide the Legal
Department with documentation that (and how) the shares have been voted.

                                      G-4



13. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Should any portfolio manager, research analyst, member of senior management,
or other person at TAM who may have direct or indirect influence on proxy
voting decisions become aware of a potential conflict of interest in voting a
proxy or the appearance of a conflict of interest, that person shall bring the
issue to TAM's General Counsel. Examples of potential conflicts include:

   A) A material client or vendor relationship between TAM (or an affiliate of
TAM, including but not limited to any "access person" of TAM as defined under
TAM's Code of Ethics) and the issuer of the security being voted (or an
affiliate of the issuer, including for this purpose any director, executive
officer or 10% shareholder of the issuer).

   B) TAM (or an affiliate of TAM, including but not limited to any "access
person" of TAM as defined under TAM's Code of Ethics) has representation on the
Board of Directors of the issuer (or an affiliate of the issuer, including for
this purpose any director, executive officer or 10% shareholder of the issuer)
of the security being voted other than in TAM's investment advisory capacity.

   C) TAM (or any "access person" of TAM as defined under the Code of Ethics)
has a personal, family or business relationship with any person in a
significant relationship to the issuer of the security being voted. Persons in
a significant relationship would include executive officers or directors or 10%
shareholders of the issuer.

   D) TAM's clients own different classes of securities of the same issuer that
may have different interests in the matter to be voted on.

   When presented with an actual, potential or appearance of conflict in voting
a proxy, TAM's General Counsel shall address the matter using one of the
following methods, as deemed appropriate, or other similar method designed to
assure that the proxy vote is free from any improper influence:

    .  Determine that there is no conflict or that it is immaterial.

    .  Ensure that the proxy is voted in accordance with the policy guidelines
       stated above.

    .  Engage an independent third party to recommend how the proxy should be
       voted or have the third party vote such proxy.

    .  Discuss the matter with TAM's CCO

    .  Discuss the matter with the client and obtain direction on how to vote
       the client's securities.

   TAM's General Counsel shall document each potential or actual conflict
situation presented and the manner in which it was addressed. In analyzing
whether conflicts are material, TAM's General Counsel shall apply the following
guidelines:

    .  Client or vendor relationships accounting for 2.0% or less of TAHD
       annual revenue will not be deemed material.

    .  In analyzing conflicts relating to representation on an issuer's Board
       of Directors or a personal or family relationship to the issuer, the
       General Counsel will consider the degree of direct or indirect influence
       that the person having the relationship may have on TAM's voting
       process. Such situations involving TAM's senior management, portfolio
       managers or research analysts in the affected issuer will normally be
       deemed material.

14. RECORDKEEPING

   TAM shall maintain all required records relating to its voting
determinations.

   A) TAM shall maintain for five years (the first two in an easily accessible
place) the following records relating to voting for client accounts:

                                      G-5



    .  Proxy statements and other solicitation material received regarding
       securities held in client accounts (NOTE: Proxy statements and other
       materials available on EDGAR need not be maintained separately by TAM);

    .  Records of votes cast on behalf of the clients

   B) TAM's General Counsel shall maintain for six years (two in an easily
accessible place):

    .  Proxy voting policies and procedures;

    .  Written documentation supporting all exceptions to the policy
       guidelines; and

    .  Written documentation relating to any identified actual or potential
       conflicts of interest and the resolution of such situations.

                                      G-6



                       TURNER INVESTMENT PARTNERS, INC.
                       TURNER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LLC

                      PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES

   Turner Investment Partners, Inc., as well as its investment advisory
affiliate, Turner Investment Management LLC (collectively, Turner), act as
fiduciaries in relation to their clients and the assets entrusted by them to
their management. Where the assets placed in Turner's care include shares of
corporate stock, and except where the client has expressly reserved to itself
or another party the duty to vote proxies, it is Turner's duty as a fiduciary
to vote all proxies relating to such shares.

   Duties with Respect to Proxies:

   Turner has an obligation to vote all proxies appurtenant to shares of
corporate stock owned by its client accounts in the best interests of those
clients. In voting these proxies, Turner may not be motivated by, or
subordinate the client's interests to, its own objectives or those of persons
or parties unrelated to the client. Turner will exercise all appropriate and
lawful care, skill, prudence and diligence in voting proxies, and shall vote
all proxies relating to shares owned by its client accounts and received by
Turner. Turner shall not be responsible, however, for voting proxies that it
does not receive in sufficient time to respond.

   Delegation:

   In order to carry out its responsibilities in regard to voting proxies,
Turner must track all shareholder meetings convened by companies whose shares
are held in Turner client accounts, identify all issues presented to
shareholders at such meetings, formulate a principled position on each such
issue and ensure that proxies pertaining to all shares owned in client accounts
are voted in accordance with such determinations.

   Consistent with these duties, Turner has delegated certain aspects of the
proxy voting process to Institutional Shareholder Services, and its Proxy Voter
Services (PVS) subsidiary. PVS is a separate investment adviser registered
under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Under an agreement
entered into with Turner, PVS has agreed to vote proxies in accordance with
recommendations developed by PVS and overseen by Turner, except in those
instances where Turner has provided it with different direction.

   Review and Oversight:

   Turner has reviewed the methods used by PVS to identify and track
shareholder meetings called by publicly traded issuers throughout the United
States and around the globe. Turner has satisfied itself that PVS operates a
system reasonably designed to identify all such meetings and to provide Turner
with timely notice of the date, time and place of such meetings. Turner has
further reviewed the principles and procedures employed by PVS in making
recommendations on voting proxies on each issue presented, and has satisfied
itself that PVS's recommendations are: (i) based upon an appropriate level of
diligence and research, and (ii) designed to further the interests of
shareholders and not serve other unrelated or improper interests. Turner,
either directly or through its duly-constituted Proxy Committee, shall review
its determinations as to PVS at least annually.

   Notwithstanding its belief that PVS's recommendations are consistent with
the best interests of shareholders and appropriate to be implemented for
Turner's client accounts, Turner has the right and the ability to depart from a
recommendation made by PVS as to a particular vote, slate of candidates or
otherwise, and can direct PVS to vote all or a portion of the shares owned for
client accounts in accordance with Turner's preferences. PVS is bound to vote
any such shares subject to that direction in strict accordance with all such
instructions. Turner, through its Proxy Committee, reviews on a regular basis
the overall shareholder meeting agenda, and seeks to identify shareholder votes
that warrant further review based upon either (i) the total number of shares of
a particular company stock that Turner holds for its clients accounts, or
(ii) the particular subject matter of a shareholder vote, such as board
independence or shareholders' rights issues. In determining whether to depart
from a PVS recommendation, the Turner Proxy Committee looks to its view of the
best interests of shareholders, and provides direction to PVS only where in
Turner's view departing from the PVS recommendation appears to be in the best
interests of Turner's clients as shareholders. The Proxy Committee keeps
minutes of its determinations in this regard.



   Conflicts of Interest:

   Turner stock is not publicly traded, and Turner is not otherwise affiliated
with any issuer whose shares are available for purchase by client accounts.
Further, no Turner affiliate currently provides brokerage, underwriting,
insurance, banking or other financial services to issuers whose shares are
available for purchase by client accounts.

   Where a client of Turner is a publicly traded company in its own right,
Turner may be restricted from acquiring that company's securities for the
client's benefit. Further, while Turner believes that any particular proxy
issues involving companies that engage Turner, either directly or through their
pension committee or otherwise, to manage assets on their behalf, generally
will not present conflict of interest dangers for the firm or its clients, in
order to avoid even the appearance of a conflict of interest, the Proxy
Committee will determine, by surveying the Firm's employees or otherwise,
whether Turner, an affiliate or any of their officers has a business, familial
or personal relationship with a participant in a proxy contest, the issuer
itself or the issuer's pension plan, corporate directors or candidates for
directorships. In the event that any such relationship is found to exist, the
Proxy Committee will take appropriate steps to ensure that any such
relationship (or other potential conflict of interest), does not influence
Turner's or the Committee's decision to provide direction to PVS on a given
vote or issue. Further to that end, Turner will adhere to all recommendations
made by PVS in connection with all shares issued by such companies and held in
Turner client accounts, and, absent extraordinary circumstances that will be
documented in writing, will not subject any such proxy to special review by the
Proxy Committee. Turner will seek to resolve any conflicts of interests that
may arise prior to voting proxies in a manner that reflects the best interests
of its clients.

   Securities Lending:

   Turner will generally not vote nor seek to recall in order to vote shares on
loan in connection with client administered securities lending programs, unless
it determines that a vote is particularly significant. Seeking to recall
securities in order to vote them even in these limited circumstances may
nevertheless not result in Turner voting the shares because the securities are
unable to be recalled in time from the party with custody of the securities, or
for other reasons beyond Turner's control.

   Obtaining Proxy Voting Information:

   To obtain information on how Turner voted proxies, please contact:

      Andrew Mark, Director of Operations and Technology Administration
      c/o Turner Investment Partners, Inc.
      1205 Westlakes Drive, Suite 100
      Berwyn, PA 19312

   Recordkeeping:

   Turner shall retain its (i) proxy voting policies and procedures; (ii) proxy
statements received regarding client statements; (iii) records or votes it
casts on behalf of clients; (iv) records of client requests for proxy voting
information, and (v) any documents prepared by Turner that are material in
making a proxy voting decision. Such records may be maintained with a third
party, such as PVS, that will provide a copy of the documents promptly upon
request.

Adopted: July 1, 2003
Last revised: April 1, 2007



                                  APPENDIX C

                              PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

   The Advisers have provided the Trust with the following information
regarding each Portfolio's portfolio managers identified in the Trust's
Prospectus. The tables below list the number of other accounts managed by each
such portfolio manager as of December 31, 2007 within each of three categories:
(A) registered investment companies, (B) other pooled investment vehicles, and
(C) other accounts; as well as the total assets in the accounts managed within
each category. For each category, the tables also list the number of accounts
and the total assets in the accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is
based on the performance of the account. Below each table, the Advisers have
provided a description of any material conflicts of interest that may arise in
connection with each portfolio manager's management of the Portfolio's
investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the
other. The Advisers have also provided a description of the structure of, and
the method used to determine, the portfolio managers' compensation as of
December 31, 2007. Other than as set forth below, as of December 31, 2007, no
portfolio manager identified in the Prospectus beneficially owned equity
securities of any Portfolio for which he or she serves as portfolio manager.

MET/AIM CAPITAL APPRECIATION PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
   Ryan A. Amermann(1)... Registered Investment      0            N/A            0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0            N/A            0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0            N/A            0               N/A

   Robert J. Lloyd....... Registered Investment      6      $11,297,182,661      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               1        $45,583,320        0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0            N/A            0               N/A

- - --------
(1)Mr. Amermann began serving as portfolio manager on Met/AIM Capital
   Appreciation Portfolio on February 4, 2008. Information for Mr. Amermann has
   been provided as of December 31, 2007.

MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager
has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund
or other account. More specifically, portfolio managers who manage multiple
funds and /or other accounts may be presented with one or more of the following
potential conflicts:

    .  The management of multiple funds and/or other accounts may result in a
       portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management
       of each fund and/or other account. Invesco AIM seeks to manage such
       competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by
       having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline.
       Most other accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the
       same investment models that are used in connection with the management
       of the funds.

                                      C-1



    .  If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity which
       may be suitable for more than one fund or other account, a fund may not
       be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation
       of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible funds and other
       accounts. To deal with these situations, Invesco Aim and the funds have
       adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple
       accounts.

    .  With respect to securities transactions for the funds, Invesco Aim
       determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with
       its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with
       respect to certain other accounts (such as mutual funds for which
       Invesco AIM or an affiliate acts as sub-advisor, other pooled investment
       vehicles that are not registered mutual funds, and other accounts
       managed for organizations and individuals), Invesco Aim may be limited
       by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be
       instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases,
       trades for a fund in a particular security may be placed separately
       from, rather than aggregated with, such other accounts. Having separate
       transactions with respect to a security may temporarily affect the
       market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or
       both, to the possible detriment of the fund or other account(s) involved.

    .  Finally, the appearance of a conflict of interest may arise where
       Invesco Aim has an incentive, such as a performance-based management
       fee, which relates to the management of one fund or account but not all
       funds and accounts with respect to which a portfolio manager has
       day-to-day management responsibilities.

   Invesco Aim and the funds have adopted certain compliance procedures which
are designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no
guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a
conflict arises.

COMPENSATION

   Invesco Aim seeks to maintain a compensation program that is competitively
positioned to attract and retain high-caliber investment professionals.
Portfolio managers receive a base salary, an incentive bonus opportunity, an
equity compensation opportunity, a benefits package, and a relocation package
if such benefit is applicable. Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed and
may be modified each year as appropriate to reflect changes in the market, as
well as to adjust the factors used to determine bonuses to promote good
sustained fund performance. Invesco Aim evaluates competitive market
compensation by reviewing compensation survey results conducted by an
independent third party of investment industry compensation. Each portfolio
manager's compensation consists of the following five elements:

    .  BASE SALARY. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. In setting
       the base salary, Invesco Aim's intention is to be competitive in light
       of the particular portfolio manager's experience and responsibilities.

    .  ANNUAL BONUS. Each portfolio manager is eligible to receive an annual
       cash bonus which has quantitative and non-quantitative components.
       Generally, 70% of the bonus is quantitatively determined, based
       typically on a four-year rolling average of pre-tax performance of all
       registered investment company accounts for which a portfolio manager has
       day-to-day management responsibilities versus the performance of a
       pre-determined peer group. In instances where a portfolio manager has
       responsibility for management of more than one fund, an asset weighted
       four-year rolling average is used.

       High fund performance (against applicable peer group) would deliver
       compensation generally associated with top pay in the industry
       (determined by reference to the third-party provided compensation survey
       information) and poor fund performance (versus applicable peer group)
       could result in no bonus. The amount of fund assets under management
       typically have an impact on the bonus potential (for example, managing
       more assets increases the bonus potential); however, this factor
       typically carries less weight than relative performance. The remaining
       30% portion of the bonus is discretionary as determined by Invesco Aim
       and takes into account other subjective factors.

                                      C-2



    .  EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION. Portfolio managers may be awarded options to
       purchase common shares and/or granted restricted shares of Invesco stock
       from pools determined from time to time by the Remuneration Committee of
       the Invesco Board of Directors. Awards of equity-based compensation
       typically vest over time, so as to create incentives to retain key
       talent.

    .  PARTICIPATION IN GROUP INSURANCE PROGRAMS. Portfolio managers are
       provided life insurance coverage in the form of a group variable
       universal life insurance policy, under which they may make additional
       contributions to purchase additional insurance coverage or for
       investment purposes.

    .  PARTICIPATION IN DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN. Portfolio managers are
       eligible to participate in a non-qualified deferred compensation plan,
       which affords participating employees the tax benefits of deferring the
       receipt of a portion of their cash compensation.

   Portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans and programs available
generally to all employees.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                  $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - ----------------- ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                    
Ryan A. Amermann.  X

Robert J. Lloyd..
                   X


MET/AIM SMALL CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                              ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                              THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                        OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED                PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          --------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                   NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                  ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER   CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT    CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- ----------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                              
   Juliet S. Ellis....... Registered Investment        6      $3,019,298,461       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled Investment      0           N/A             0               N/A
                          Vehicles
                          Other Accounts               0           N/A             0               N/A

   Juan R. Hartsfield.... Registered Investment        6      $3,019,298,461       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled Investment      0           N/A             0               N/A
                          Vehicles
                          Other Accounts               0           N/A             0               N/A

   Clay Manley(1)........ Registered Investment        0           N/A            N/A              N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled Investment      0           N/A            N/A              N/A
                          Vehicles
                          Other Accounts               0           N/A            N/A              N/A

- - --------
(1)Mr. Manley began serving as portfolio manager on Met/AIM Small Cap Growth
   Portfolio on February 4, 2008. Information for Mr. Manley has been provided
   as of December 31, 2007.

                                      C-3



MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager
has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund
or other account. More specifically, portfolio managers who manage multiple
funds and /or other accounts may be presented with one or more of the following
potential conflicts:

    .  The management of multiple funds and/or other accounts may result in a
       portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management
       of each fund and/or other account. Invesco Aim seeks to manage such
       competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by
       having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline.
       Most other accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the
       same investment models that are used in connection with the management
       of the funds.

    .  If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity which
       may be suitable for more than one fund or other account, a fund may not
       be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation
       of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible funds and other
       accounts. To deal with these situations, Invesco Aim and the funds have
       adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple
       accounts.

    .  With respect to securities transactions for the funds, Invesco Aim
       determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with
       its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with
       respect to certain other accounts (such as mutual funds for which
       Invesco Aim or an affiliate acts as sub-advisor, other pooled investment
       vehicles that are not registered mutual funds, and other accounts
       managed for organizations and individuals), Invesco Aim may be limited
       by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be
       instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases,
       trades for a fund in a particular security may be placed separately
       from, rather than aggregated with, such other accounts. Having separate
       transactions with respect to a security may temporarily affect the
       market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or
       both, to the possible detriment of the fund or other account(s) involved.

    .  Finally, the appearance of a conflict of interest may arise where
       Invesco Aim has an incentive, such as a performance-based management
       fee, which relates to the management of one fund or account but not all
       funds and accounts with respect to which a portfolio manager has
       day-to-day management responsibilities.

   Invesco Aim and the funds have adopted certain compliance procedures which
are designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no
guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a
conflict arises.

COMPENSATION

   Invesco Aim seeks to maintain a compensation program that is competitively
positioned to attract and retain high-caliber investment professionals.
Portfolio managers receive a base salary, an incentive bonus opportunity, an
equity compensation opportunity, a benefits package, and a relocation package
if such benefit is applicable. Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed and
may be modified each year as appropriate to reflect changes in the market, as
well as to adjust the factors used to determine bonuses to promote good
sustained fund performance. Invesco Aim evaluates competitive market
compensation by reviewing compensation survey results conducted by an
independent third party of investment industry compensation. Each portfolio
manager's compensation consists of the following five elements:

    .  BASE SALARY. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. In setting
       the base salary, Invesco Aim's intention is to be competitive in light
       of the particular portfolio manager's experience and responsibilities.

                                      C-4



    .  ANNUAL BONUS. Each portfolio manager is eligible to receive an annual
       cash bonus which has quantitative and non-quantitative components.
       Generally, 70% of the bonus is quantitatively determined, based
       typically on a four-year rolling average of pre-tax performance of all
       registered investment company accounts for which a portfolio manager has
       day-to-day management responsibilities versus the performance of a
       pre-determined peer group. In instances where a portfolio manager has
       responsibility for management of more than one fund, an asset weighted
       four-year rolling average is used.

       High fund performance (against applicable peer group) would deliver
       compensation generally associated with top pay in the industry
       (determined by reference to the third-party provided compensation survey
       information) and poor fund performance (versus applicable peer group)
       could result in no bonus. The amount of fund assets under management
       typically have an impact on the bonus potential (for example, managing
       more assets increases the bonus potential); however, this factor
       typically carries less weight than relative performance. The remaining
       30% portion of the bonus is discretionary as determined by Invesco Aim
       and takes into account other subjective factors.

    .  EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION. Portfolio managers may be awarded options to
       purchase common shares and/or granted restricted shares of Invesco stock
       from pools determined from time to time by the Remuneration Committee of
       the Invesco Board of Directors. Awards of equity-based compensation
       typically vest over time, so as to create incentives to retain key
       talent.

    .  PARTICIPATION IN GROUP INSURANCE PROGRAMS. Portfolio managers are
       provided life insurance coverage in the form of a group variable
       universal life insurance policy, under which they may make additional
       contributions to purchase additional insurance coverage or for
       investment purposes.

    .  PARTICIPATION IN DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN. Portfolio managers are
       eligible to participate in a non-qualified deferred compensation plan,
       which affords participating employees the tax benefits of deferring the
       receipt of a portion of their cash compensation.

   Portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans and programs available
generally to all employees.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                     $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER    NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - -----------------    ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                       
Juliet S. Ellis.....  X

Juan R. Hartsfield..
                      X

Clay Manley.........
                      X


BATTERYMARCH GROWTH AND INCOME PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
  Yu-Nien (Charles) Ko,   Registered Investment     16      $4,931,248,213       0              N/A
    CFA.................. Companies
                          Other Pooled              13      $1,006,333,474       2          $169,822,487
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            157     $9,146,891.171       9          $876,256,476


                                      C-5





                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
 Stephen A. Lanzendorf,   Registered Investment     16      $4,931,248,213       0              N/A
   CFA................... Companies
                          Other Pooled              13      $1,006,333,474       2          $169,822,487
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            157     $9,146,891.171       9          $876,256,476


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Actual or potential conflicts may arise in managing the Funds in conjunction
with the portfolios of Batterymarch's other clients. A brief description of
some of the potential conflicts of interest and compliance factors that may
arise as a result is included below. We do not believe any of these potential
conflicts of interest and compliance factors pose significant risk to the Funds.

   Although Batterymarch believes that its compliance policies and procedures
are appropriate to prevent or eliminate many potential conflicts of interest
between Batterymarch, its related persons and clients, clients should be aware
that no set of policies and procedures can possibly anticipate or relieve all
potential conflicts of interest. Moreover, it is possible that additional
potential conflicts of interest may exist that Batterymarch has not identified
in the summary below.

ALLOCATION OF LIMITED INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES

   If an investment team identifies a limited investment opportunity (including
initial public offerings) that may be suitable for multiple client accounts,
the Funds may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to
liquidity constraints or other factors. Batterymarch has adopted policies and
procedures designed to ensure that allocations of limited investment
opportunities are conducted in a fair and equitable manner between client
accounts.

   Although Batterymarch strives to ensure that client accounts managed under
similar investment mandates have similar portfolio characteristics,
Batterymarch does not "clone" client accounts (i.e., assemble multiple client
accounts with identical portfolios of securities). As a result, the portfolio
of securities held in any single client account may perform better or worse
than the portfolio of securities held in another similarly managed client
account.

ALLOCATION OF PARTIALLY-FILLED TRANSACTIONS IN SECURITIES

   Batterymarch often aggregates for execution as a single transaction orders
for the purchase or sale of a particular security for multiple client accounts.
If Batterymarch is unable to fill an aggregated order completely, but receives
a partial fill, Batterymarch will typically allocate the transactions relating
to the partially filled order to clients on a pro-rata basis with a minimum
fill size. Batterymarch may make exceptions from this general policy from time
to time based on factors such as the availability of cash,
country/regional/sector allocation decisions, investment guidelines and
restrictions, and the costs for minimal allocation actions.

OPPOSITE (I.E., CONTRADICTORY) TRANSACTIONS IN SECURITIES

   Batterymarch provides investment advisory services for various clients and
under various investment mandates and may give advice, and take action, with
respect to any of those clients that may differ from the advice given, or the
timing or nature of action taken, with respect to any other individual client
account.

                                      C-6



   In the course of providing advisory services, Batterymarch may
simultaneously recommend the sale of a particular security for one client
account while recommending the purchase of the same or a similar security for
another account. This may occur for a variety of reasons. For example, in order
to raise cash to handle a redemption/withdrawal from a client account,
Batterymarch may be forced to sell a security that is ranked a "buy" by its
stock selection model.

   Certain Batterymarch portfolio managers that manage long-only portfolios
also manage portfolios that sell securities short. As such, Batterymarch may
purchase or sell a security in one or more of its long-only portfolios under
management during the same day it executes an opposite transaction in the same
or a similar security for one or more of its portfolios under management that
hold securities short, and certain Batterymarch client account portfolios may
contain securities sold short that are simultaneously held as long positions in
certain of the long-only portfolios managed by Batterymarch. The stock
selection model(s), risk controls and portfolio construction rules used by
Batterymarch to manage its clients' long-only portfolios may differ from the
model and rules that are used to manage client account portfolios that hold
securities short. Because different stock selection models, risk controls and
portfolio construction rules are used, it is possible that the same or similar
securities may be ranked differently for different mandates and that the timing
of trading in such securities may differ.

   Batterymarch has created certain compliance policies and procedures designed
to minimize harm from such contradictory activities/events. Selection of
Brokers/Dealers

   In selecting a broker or dealer, Batterymarch may choose a broker whose
commission rate is in excess of that which another broker might have charged
for the same transaction, based upon Batterymarch's judgment of that broker's
superior execution capabilities and/or as a result of Batterymarch's perceived
value of the broker's research services. Although Batterymarch does not
participate in any traditional soft dollar arrangements whereby a broker
purchases research from a third party on Batterymarch's behalf, Batterymarch
does receive proprietary research services from brokers. Batterymarch generally
seeks to achieve trade executions with brokers of the highest quality and at
the lowest possible cost, although there can be no assurance that this
objective will always be achieved. Batterymarch does not enter into any
arrangements with brokers, formal or otherwise, regarding order flow as a
result of research received. Clients should consider that there is a potential
conflict of interest between their interests in obtaining best execution and an
investment adviser's receipt of research from brokers selected by the
investment adviser for trade executions. The proprietary research services
which Batterymarch obtains from brokers may be used to service all of
Batterymarch's clients and not just those clients paying commissions to brokers
providing those research services, and not all proprietary research may be used
by Batterymarch for the benefit of the one or more client accounts which paid
commissions to a broker providing such research.

PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

   Batterymarch allows its employees to trade in securities that it recommends
to advisory clients, including the Funds. Batterymarch's supervised persons (to
the extent not prohibited by Batterymarch's Code of Ethics) might buy, hold or
sell securities or investment products (including interests in partnerships and
investment companies) at or about the same time that Batterymarch is
purchasing, holding or selling the same or similar securities or investment
products for client account portfolios and the actions taken by such persons on
a personal basis may be, or may be deemed to be, inconsistent with the actions
taken by Batterymarch for its client accounts. Clients should understand that
these activities might create a conflict of interest between Batterymarch, its
supervised persons and its clients.

   Batterymarch employees may also invest in mutual funds, including the Funds,
which are managed by Batterymarch. This may result in a potential conflict of
interest since Batterymarch employees have knowledge of such funds' investment
holdings, which is non-public information.

                                      C-7



   To address this, Batterymarch has adopted a written Code of Ethics designed
to prevent and detect personal trading activities that may interfere or
conflict with client interests (including shareholders' interests in the Funds).

   Batterymarch and certain Batterymarch employees may also have ownership
interests in certain other client accounts managed by Batterymarch, including
pooled investment vehicles, that invest in long and short positions. Firm and
employee ownership of such accounts may create additional potential conflicts
of interest for Batterymarch.

COMPENSATION

   Compensation for investment professionals includes a combination of base
salary, annual bonus and long-term incentive compensation, as well as generous
benefits package made available to all Batterymarch employees on a
non-discretionary basis. Specifically, the package includes:

    .  competitive base salaries;

    .  individual performance-based bonuses based on the investment
       professionals' added value to the portfolios for which they are
       responsible measured on a one-, three- and five-year basis versus
       benchmarks and peer universes as well as their contributions to
       research, client service and new business development;

    .  corporate profit-sharing; and

    .  a non-qualified deferred compensation plan that has a cliff-vesting
       provision with annual contributions. In order for an employee to receive
       any contribution, they must remain employed for at least 31 months after
       the initial award.

   Portfolio manager compensation is not tied to, nor increased or decreased as
the direct result of, any performance fees that may be earned by Batterymarch.
As noted above, compensation is not impacted by the investment performance of
any one client account; all performance analysis is reviewed on an aggregate
product basis. Portfolio managers do not receive a percentage of the revenue
earned on any of Batterymarch's client portfolios.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                     $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER    NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - -----------------    ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                       
Yu-Nien (Charles)
  Ko, CFA...........  X

Stephen A.
  Lanzendorf, CFA...
                      X


BLACKROCK HIGH YIELD PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
        Jeff Gary........ Registered Investment     16       $6.6 Billion        0              N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              6        $6.3 Billion        4          $1.7 Billion
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            23       $3.5 Billion        5          $768 Million


                                      C-8





                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
      Scott Amero........ Registered Investment     41       $31.4 Billion      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              31       $7.8 Billion       4           $1.6 Million
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            281      $94.1 Billion      24          $7.8 Billion

      James Keenan....... Registered Investment      9       $4.4 Billion       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               3       $486 Million       1           $348 Million
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            18       $2.7 Million       3           $398 Million


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   BlackRock has built a professional working environment, firm-wide compliance
culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against
potential incentives that may favor one account over another. BlackRock has
adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment
opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by
employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure
that all client accounts are treated equitably over time. Nevertheless,
BlackRock furnishes investment management and advisory services to numerous
clients in addition to the Portfolio, and BlackRock may, consistent with
applicable law, make investment recommendations to other clients or accounts
(including accounts which are hedge funds or have performance or higher fees
paid to BlackRock, or in which portfolio managers have a personal interest in
the receipt of such fees), which may be the same as or different from those
made to the Portfolio. In addition, BlackRock, its affiliates and any officer,
director, stockholder or employee may or may not have an interest in the
securities whose purchase and sale BlackRock recommends to the Portfolio.
BlackRock, or any of its affiliates, or any officer, director, stockholder,
employee or any member of their families may take different actions than those
recommended to the Portfolio by BlackRock with respect to the same securities.
Moreover, BlackRock may refrain from rendering any advice or services
concerning securities of companies of which any of BlackRock's (or its
affiliates') officers, directors or employees are directors or officers, or
companies as to which BlackRock or any of its affiliates or the officers,
directors and employees of any of them has any substantial economic interest or
possesses material non-public information. Each portfolio manager also may
manage accounts whose investment strategies may at times be opposed to the
strategy utilized for the Portfolio. In this connection, it should be noted
that Messrs. Amero, Booth, Keenan and Gary currently manage certain accounts
that are subject to performance fees. In addition, Messrs. Amero and Keenan
assist in managing certain hedge funds and may be entitled to receive a portion
of any incentive fees earned on such funds and a portion of such incentive fees
may be voluntarily or involuntarily deferred. Additional portfolio managers may
in the future manage other such accounts or funds and may be entitled to
receive incentive fees.

   As a fiduciary, BlackRock owes a duty of loyalty to its clients and must
treat each client fairly. When BlackRock purchases or sells securities for more
than one account, the trades must be allocated in a manner consistent with its
fiduciary duties. BlackRock attempts to allocate investments in a fair and
equitable manner among client accounts, with no account receiving preferential
treatment. To this end, BlackRock has adopted a policy that is intended to
ensure that investment opportunities are allocated fairly and equitably among
client accounts over time. This policy also seeks to achieve reasonable
efficiency in client transactions and provide BlackRock with sufficient
flexibility to allocate investments in a manner that is consistent with the
particular investment discipline and client base.

                                      C-9



COMPENSATION

   BlackRock's financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its
competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the
value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a
variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of
factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a
discretionary bonus, participation in various benefits programs and one or more
of the incentive compensation programs established by BlackRock such as its
Long-Term Retention and Incentive Plan and Restricted Stock Program.

BASE COMPENSATION

   Generally, portfolio managers receive base compensation based on their
seniority and/or their position with the firm.

DISCRETIONARY COMPENSATION

   In addition to base compensation, portfolio managers may receive
discretionary compensation, which can be a substantial portion of total
compensation. Discretionary compensation can include a discretionary cash bonus
as well as one or more of the following:

   LONG-TERM RETENTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN ("LTIP")--The LTIP is a long-term
incentive plan that seeks to reward certain key employees. Prior to 2006, the
plan provided for the grant of awards that were expressed as an amount of cash
that, if properly vested and subject to the attainment of certain performance
goals, will be settled in cash and/or in BlackRock, Inc. common stock ("LTIP
awards"). Beginning in 2006, awards are granted under the plan in the form of
BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units that, if properly vested and subject to
the attainment of certain performance goals, will be settled in BlackRock, Inc.
common stock ("LTIP II awards"). Each portfolio manager except for Philip
Soccio has received awards under the LTIP.

   DEFERRED COMPENSATION PROGRAM--A portion of the compensation paid to each
portfolio manager may be voluntarily deferred by the portfolio manager into an
account that tracks the performance of certain of the firm's investment
products. Each portfolio manager is permitted to allocate his deferred amounts
among various options, including to certain of the firm's hedge funds and other
unregistered products. In addition, prior to 2005, a portion of the annual
compensation of certain senior managers, including Messrs. Gary, Amero, Keenan
and Booth was mandatorily deferred in a similar manner for a number of years.
Beginning in 2005, a portion of the annual compensation of each portfolio
manager is eligible to be paid in the form of BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock
units which vest ratably over a number of years. Every portfolio manager except
for Philip Soccio participates in the deferred compensation program. Paying a
portion of annual bonuses in stock puts compensation earned by a portfolio
manager for a given year "at risk" based on the Company's ability to sustain
and improve its performance over future periods.

   OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS--Prior to manditorily deferring a
portion of a portfolio manager's annual bonus in BlackRock, Inc. restricted
stock units, the Company granted stock options to key employees, including
certain portfolio managers who may still hold unexercised or unvested options.
BlackRock, Inc. also granted restricted stock awards designed to reward certain
key employees as an incentive to contribute to the long-term success of
BlackRock. These awards vest over a period of years. Messrs. Amero and Keenan
have been granted stock options and/or restricted stock in prior years.

   INCENTIVE SAVINGS PLANS--BlackRock, Inc. has created a variety of incentive
savings plans in which BlackRock employees are eligible to participate,
including a 401(k) plan, the BlackRock Retirement Savings Plan (RSP) and the
BlackRock Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). The employer contribution
components of the RSP include a company match equal to 50% of the first 6% of
eligible pay contributed to the plan capped at $4,000 per year, and a company
retirement contribution equal to 3% of eligible compensation, plus an
additional contribution of 2% for any year in which BlackRock has positive net
operating income. The RSP

                                     C-10



offers a range of investment options, including registered investment companies
managed by the firm. Company contributions follow the investment direction set
by participants for their own contributions or absent, employee investment
direction, are invested into a balanced portfolio. The ESPP allows for
investment in BlackRock common stock at a 5% discount on the fair market value
of the stock on the purchase date. Annual participation in the ESPP is limited
to the purchase of 1,000 shares or a dollar value of $25,000. Each portfolio
manager is eligible to participate in these plans.

   Annual incentive compensation for each portfolio manager is a function of
several components: the performance of BlackRock, Inc., the performance of the
portfolio manager's group within BlackRock, the investment performance,
including risk-adjusted returns, of the firm's assets under management or
supervision by that portfolio manager relative to predetermined benchmarks, and
the individual's teamwork and contribution to the overall performance of these
portfolios and BlackRock. Unlike many other firms, portfolio managers at
BlackRock compete against benchmarks rather than each other. In most cases,
including for the portfolio managers of the Portfolio, these benchmarks are the
same as the benchmark or benchmarks against which the performance of the
Portfolio or other accounts are measured. A group of BlackRock, Inc.'s officers
determines the benchmarks against which to compare the performance of funds and
other accounts managed by each portfolio manager.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                  $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - ----------------- ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                    
  Jeff Gary......  X

  Scott Amero....
                   X

  James Keenan...
                   X


BLACKROCK LARGE CAP CORE PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
     Robert C. Doll...... Registered Investment     23       $18.1 Billion       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              4        $8.6 Billion        0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            7        $495 Million        0               N/A


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   BlackRock has built a professional working environment, firm-wide compliance
culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against
potential incentives that may favor one account over another. BlackRock has
adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment
opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by
employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure
that all client accounts are treated equitably over time. Nevertheless,
BlackRock furnishes investment management and advisory services to numerous
clients in addition to the Portfolio, and BlackRock may, consistent with
applicable law, make investment recommendations to other clients or accounts
(including

                                     C-11



accounts which are hedge funds or have performance or higher fees paid to
BlackRock, or in which portfolio managers have a personal interest in the
receipt of such fees) which may be the same as or different from those made to
the Portfolio. In addition, BlackRock, its affiliates, and any officer,
director, stockholder, or employee may or may not have an interest in the
securities whose purchase and sale BlackRock recommends to the Portfolio.
BlackRock, or any of its affiliates, or any officer, director, stockholder,
employee or any member of their families may take different actions than those
recommended to the Portfolio by BlackRock with respect to the same securities.
Moreover, BlackRock may refrain from rendering any advice or services
concerning securities of companies of which any of BlackRock's (or its
affiliates.) officers, directors, or employees are directors or officers, or
companies as to which BlackRock or any of its affiliates or the officers,
directors and employees of any of them has any substantial economic interest or
possesses material non-public information. Each portfolio manager also may
manage accounts whose investment strategies may at times be opposed to the
strategy utilized for the Portfolio. In this connection, it should be noted
that certain portfolio managers manage accounts that are subject to performance
fees. In addition, certain portfolio managers assist in managing certain hedge
funds and may be entitled to receive a portion of any incentive fees earned on
such funds and a portion of such incentive fees may be voluntarily or
involuntarily deferred.

   As a fiduciary, BlackRock owes a duty of loyalty to its clients and must
treat each client fairly. When BlackRock purchases or sells securities for more
than one account, the trades must be allocated in a manner consistent with its
fiduciary duties. BlackRock attempts to allocate investments in a fair and
equitable manner among client accounts, with no account receiving preferential
treatment. To this end, BlackRock has adopted a policy that is intended to
ensure that investment opportunities are allocated fairly and equitably among
client accounts over time. This policy also seeks to achieve reasonable
efficiency in client transactions and provide BlackRock with sufficient
flexibility to allocate investments in a manner that is consistent with the
particular investment discipline and client base.

COMPENSATION

   BlackRock's financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its
competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the
value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a
variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of
factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a
performance based bonus, a discretionary bonus, participation in various
benefits programs and one or more of the incentive compensation programs
established by BlackRock such as its Long-Term Retention and Incentive Plan and
Restricted Stock Program.

BASE COMPENSATION

   Generally, portfolio managers receive base compensation based on their
seniority and/or their position with the firm.

PERFORMANCE BASED COMPENSATION

   BlackRock believes that the best interests of investors are served by
recruiting and retaining exceptional asset management talent and managing their
compensation within a consistent and disciplined framework that emphasizes pay
for performance in the context of an intensely competitive market for talent.
To that end, the portfolio manager incentive compensation is based on a
formulaic compensation program. BlackRock's formulaic portfolio manager
compensation program includes: pre-tax investment performance relative to
appropriate competitors or benchmarks over 1-, 3- and 5-year performance
periods and a measure of operational efficiency. If a portfolio manager's
tenure is less than 5-years, performance periods will reflect time in position.
For these purposes, the investment performance of the Fund is compared to the
Lipper Large Cap Core Funds classification. Portfolio managers who meet
relative investment performance and financial management objectives during a
specified performance time period are eligible to receive an additional bonus
which may or may not be a large part of their overall compensation. Portfolio
managers are compensated based on products

                                     C-12



they manage. A smaller discretionary element of portfolio manager compensation
may include consideration of: financial results, expense control, profit
margins, strategic planning and implementation, quality of client service,
market share, corporate reputation, capital allocation, compliance and risk
control, leadership, workforce diversity, supervision, technology and
innovation. All factors are considered collectively by BlackRock management.

   Due to Portfolio Manager Bob Doll's unique position (Portfolio Manager, Vice
Chairman and Global Chief Investment Officer--Equity Investments of BlackRock)
his compensation does not solely reflect his role as portfolio manager of the
funds managed by him. The performance of his fund(s) are included in
consideration of his incentive compensation but given his unique role it is not
the primary driver of compensation.

DISCRETIONARY COMPENSATION

   Portfolio managers may receive discretionary compensation, which can be a
substantial portion of total compensation. Discretionary compensation can
include a discretionary cash bonus as well as one or more of the following:

   LONG-TERM RETENTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN ("LTIP")--The LTIP is a long-term
incentive plan that seeks to reward certain key employees. Prior to 2006, the
plan provided for the grant of awards that were expressed as an amount of cash
that, if properly vested and subject to the attainment of certain performance
goals, will be settled in cash and/or in BlackRock, Inc. common stock ("LTIP
awards"). Beginning in 2006, awards are granted under the plan in the form of
BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units that, if properly vested and subject to
the attainment of certain performance goals, will be settled in BlackRock, Inc.
common stock ("LTIP II awards").

   DEFERRED COMPENSATION PROGRAM--A portion of the compensation paid to each
portfolio manager may be voluntarily deferred by the portfolio manager into an
account that tracks the performance of certain of the firm's investment
products. Each portfolio manager is permitted to allocate his deferred amounts
among various options, including to certain of the firm's hedge funds and other
unregistered products. In addition, prior to 2005, a portion of the annual
compensation of certain senior managers was mandatorily deferred in a similar
manner for a number of years. Beginning in 2005, a portion of the annual
compensation of each portfolio manager is eligible to be paid in the form of
BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units which vest ratably over a number of
years. Every portfolio manager participates in the deferred compensation
program. Paying a portion of annual bonuses in stock puts compensation earned
by a portfolio manager for a given year "at risk" based on the Company's
ability to sustain and improve its performance over future periods.

   OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS--Prior to mandatorily deferring a
portion of a portfolio manager's annual bonus in BlackRock, Inc. restricted
stock units, the Company granted stock options to key employees, including
certain portfolio managers who may still hold unexercised or unvested options.
BlackRock, Inc. also granted restricted stock awards designed to reward certain
key employees as an incentive to contribute to the long-term success of
BlackRock. These awards vest over a period of years.

   INCENTIVE SAVINGS PLANS--BlackRock, Inc. has created a variety of incentive
savings plans in which BlackRock employees are eligible to participate,
including a 401(k) plan, the BlackRock Retirement Savings Plan (RSP) and the
BlackRock Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). The employer contribution
components of the RSP include a company match equal to 50% of the first 6% of
eligible pay contributed to the plan capped at $4,000 per year, and a company
retirement contribution equal to 3% of eligible compensation, plus an
additional contribution of 2% for any year in which BlackRock has positive net
operating income. The RSP offers a range of investment options, including
registered investment companies managed by the firm. Company contributions
follow the investment direction set by participants for their own contributions
or absent, employee investment direction, are invested into a balanced
portfolio. The ESPP allows for investment in BlackRock common stock at a 5%
discount on the fair market value of the stock on the purchase date. Annual
participation in the ESPP is limited to the purchase of 1,000 shares or a
dollar value of $25,000. Each portfolio manager is eligible to participate in
these plans.

                                     C-13



OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                  $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - ----------------- ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                    
 Robert C. Doll..  X


DREMAN SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                              ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                              THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                        OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED                PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          --------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                   NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                  ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER   CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT    CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- ----------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                              
  David E. Dreman........ Registered Investment       21       $15.4 Billion       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled Investment      9      $414.65 Million      4          $71.9 Million
                          Vehicles
                          Other Accounts              201      $2.67 Billion       0               N/A

  E. Clifton Hoover Jr... Registered Investment       16      $14.08 Billion       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled Investment      0            N/A            0               N/A
                          Vehicles
                          Other Accounts              182      $2.56 Billion       0               N/A

  Mark Roach............. Registered Investment       12       $3.15 Billion       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled Investment      0            N/A            0               N/A
                          Vehicles
                          Other Accounts              19      $107.95 Million      0               N/A


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   In addition to managing the assets of the Fund, the portfolio manager may
manage other client accounts of the subadviser. The tables below show, for each
portfolio manager, the number and asset size of (1) SEC registered investment
companies other than the Fund, (2) pooled investment vehicles that are not
registered investment companies and (3) other accounts (e.g., accounts managed
for individuals or organizations) managed by each portfolio manager. The tables
also show the number of performance based fee accounts, as well as the total
assets of the accounts for which the advisory fee is based on the performance
of the account. This information is provided as of the Fund's most recent
fiscal year end.

COMPENSATION

   The Fund has been advised that the sub-adviser has implemented a highly
competitive compensation plan which seeks to attract and retain exceptional
investment professionals who have demonstrated that they can consistently
outperform their respective fund's benchmark. The compensation plan is
comprised of both a fixed component and a variable component. The variable
component is determined by assessing the investment professional's performance
measured utilizing both quantitative and qualitative factors.

                                     C-14



   The Sub-adviser's investment professionals are each paid a fixed base salary
that is determined based on their job function and responsibilities. The base
salary is deemed to be competitive with the marketplace and specifically with
salaries in the financial services industry by utilizing various salary surveys
compiled for the financial services industry specifically investment advisory
firms. The variable component of the subadviser's compensation plan which takes
the form of a cash bonus combined with employee retention bonus units payable
over time is designed to reward and retain investment professionals including
portfolio managers and research analysts for their contributions to the Fund's
performance relative to its benchmark.

   Investment professionals may also receive equity in the form of units or
fractional units of membership interest in the subadviser or they may receive
employee retention bonus units which enable them to participate in the growth
of the firm. Investment professionals also participate in the subadviser's
profit sharing plan, a defined contribution plan that allows the subadviser to
contribute up to twenty percent of an employee's total compensation, subject to
various regulatory limitations, to each employee's profit sharing account. The
subadviser maintains both a qualified and non-qualified profit sharing plan
which benefits employees of the firm including both portfolio managers and
research analysts. Contributions to the subadvsier's profit sharing plan vest
over a specified term. Finally all employees of the subadviser including
investment professionals receive additional fringe benefits in the form of
subsidized medical, dental, vision, group-term, and life insurance coverage.

   The basis for determining the variable component of an investment
professional's total compensation is determined through a subjective process
which evaluates an investment professional performance against several
quantitative and qualitative factors including the following:

QUANTITATIVE FACTORS:

    (i)Relative ranking of the Fund's performance against its peers in the one,
       three and five year pre-tax investment performance categories. The
       Fund's performance is evaluated against peers in its fund category and
       performance is ranked from one to four on a declining scale depending on
       the quartile in which the portfolio manager's absolute performance
       falls. The portfolio manager is rewarded on a graduated scale for
       outperforming relative to his peers.

   (ii)Relative performance of the Fund's performance against the
       pre-determined indices for the product strategy against which the Fund's
       performance is measured. The portfolio manager is rewarded on a
       graduated scale for outperforming relative to the Fund's benchmark index.

  (iii)Performance of the Fund's portfolio measured through attribution
       analysis models which analyzes the portfolio manager's contribution from
       both an asset allocation or sector allocation perspective and security
       selection perspective. This factor evaluates how the investment
       professional performs in linking performance with the client's
       investment objective including investment parameters and risk and return
       objectives. This factor may include some qualitative characteristics.

QUALITATIVE FACTORS:

    (i)Ability to work well with other members of the investment professional
       team and mentor junior members.

   (ii)Contributions to the organizational overall success with new product
       strategies.

  (iii)Other factors such as contributing to the team in a leadership role and
       by being responsive to requests for assistance.

                                     C-15



OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                       $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER      NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - -----------------      ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                         
David Dreman..........  X

E. Clifton Hoover, Jr.
                        X

Mark Roach............
                        X


MET/FRANKLIN INCOME PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
  Edward D. Perks, CFA... Registered Investment     10         $7,416.37         0                0
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              1          $61,120.6         0                0
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            0              0             0                0

  Charles B. Johnson..... Registered Investment     6          $71,504.8         0                0
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              1           $778.2           0                0
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            0              0             0                0


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   The management of multiple funds, including the Fund, and accounts may also
give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the funds and other accounts
have different objectives, benchmarks, time horizons, and fees as the portfolio
manager must allocate his or her time and investment ideas across multiple
funds and accounts. The manager seeks to manage such competing interests for
the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus
on a particular investment discipline. Most other accounts managed by a
portfolio manager are managed using the same investment strategies that are
used in connection with the management of the Fund. Accordingly, portfolio
holdings, position sizes, and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar
across similar portfolios, which may minimize the potential for conflicts of
interest. The separate management of the trade execution and valuation
functions from the portfolio management process also helps to reduce potential
conflicts of interest. However, securities selected for funds or accounts other
than the Fund may outperform the securities selected for the Fund. Moreover, if
a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be
suitable for more than one fund or other account, the Fund may not be able to
take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of that
opportunity across all eligible funds and other accounts. The manager seeks to
manage such potential conflicts by using procedures intended to provide a fair
allocation of buy and sell opportunities among funds and other accounts.

   The structure of a portfolio manager's compensation may give rise to
potential conflicts of interest. A portfolio manager's base pay and bonus tend
to increase with additional and more complex responsibilities that include
increased assets under management. As such, there may be an indirect
relationship between a portfolio manager's marketing or sales efforts and his
or her bonus.

                                     C-16



   Finally, the management of personal accounts by a portfolio manager may give
rise to potential conflicts of interest. While the funds and the manager have
adopted a code of ethics which they believe contains provisions reasonably
necessary to prevent a wide range of prohibited activities by portfolio
managers and others with respect to their personal trading activities, there
can be no assurance that the code of ethics addresses all individual conduct
that could result in conflicts of interest.

   The manager and the Fund have adopted certain compliance procedures that are
designed to address these, and other, types of conflicts. However, there is no
guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation where a
conflict arises.

COMPENSATION

   The manager seeks to maintain a compensation program that is competitively
positioned to attract, retain and motivate top-quality investment
professionals. Portfolio managers receive a base salary, a cash incentive bonus
opportunity, an equity compensation opportunity, and a benefits package.
Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed annually and the level of
compensation is based on individual performance, the salary range for a
portfolio manager's level of responsibility and Franklin Templeton guidelines.
Portfolio managers are provided no financial incentive to favor one fund or
account over another. Each portfolio manager's compensation consists of the
following three elements:

          BASE SALARY--Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary.

          ANNUAL BONUS--Annual bonuses are structured to align the interests of
          the portfolio manager with those of the Fund's shareholders. Each
          portfolio manager is eligible to receive an annual bonus. Bonuses
          generally are split between cash (50% to 65%) and restricted shares
          of Franklin Resources stock (17.5% to 25%) and mutual fund shares
          (17.5% to 25%). The deferred equity-based compensation is intended to
          build a vested interest of the portfolio manager in the financial
          performance of both Franklin Resources and mutual funds advised by
          the manager. The bonus plan is intended to provide a competitive
          level of annual bonus compensation that is tied to the portfolio
          manager achieving consistently strong investment performance, which
          aligns the financial incentives of the portfolio manager and Fund
          shareholders. The Chief Investment Officer of the manager and/or
          other officers of the manager, with responsibility for the Fund, have
          discretion in the granting of annual bonuses to portfolio managers in
          accordance with Franklin Templeton guidelines. The following factors
          are generally used in determining bonuses under the plan:

    .  INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE. Primary consideration is given to the historic
       investment performance of all accounts managed by the portfolio manager
       over the 1, 3 and 5 preceding years measured against risk benchmarks
       developed by the fixed income management team. The pre-tax performance
       of each fund managed is measured relative to a relevant peer group
       and/or applicable benchmark as appropriate.

    .  NON-INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE. The more qualitative contributions of the
       portfolio manager to the manager's business and the investment
       management team, including business knowledge, productivity, customer
       service, creativity, and contribution to team goals, are evaluated in
       determining the amount of any bonus award.

    .  RESPONSIBILITIES. The characteristics and complexity of funds managed by
       the portfolio manager are factored in the manager's appraisal.

          Additional long-term equity-based compensation Portfolio managers may
          also be awarded restricted shares or units of Franklin Resources
          stock or restricted shares or units of one or more mutual funds, and
          options to purchase common shares of Franklin Resources stock. Awards
          of such deferred equity-based compensation typically vest over time,
          so as to create incentives to retain key talent.

   Portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans and programs available
generally to all employees of the manager.

                                     C-17



OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                          $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER         NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - -----------------         ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                            
Edward D. Perks, CFA.....  X

Charles B. Johnson.......
                           X


MET/FRANKLIN MUTUAL SHARES PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
 Peter A. Langerman...... Registered Investment      7         $33,295.6         0                0
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               3         $3,096.5          0                0
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0             0             0                0

 F. David Segal, CFA..... Registered Investment      7         $33,575.1         0                0
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0             0             0                0
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0             0             0                0

 Deborah A. Turner, CFA.. Registered Investment      6         $33,257.7         0                0
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               1          $111.5           0                0
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0             0             0                0


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   The management of multiple funds, including the Fund, and accounts may also
give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the funds and other accounts
have different objectives, benchmarks, time horizons, and fees as the portfolio
manager must allocate his or her time and investment ideas across multiple
funds and accounts. The manager seeks to manage such competing interests for
the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus
on a particular investment discipline. Most other accounts managed by a
portfolio manager are managed using the same investment strategies that are
used in connection with the management of the Fund. Accordingly, portfolio
holdings, position sizes, and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar
across similar portfolios, which may minimize the potential for conflicts of
interest. The separate management of the trade execution and valuation
functions from the portfolio management process also helps to reduce potential
conflicts of interest. However, securities selected for funds or accounts other
than the Fund may outperform the securities selected for the Fund. Moreover, if
a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be
suitable for more than one fund or other account, the Fund may not be able to
take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of that
opportunity across all eligible funds and other accounts. The manager seeks to
manage such potential conflicts by using procedures intended to provide a fair
allocation of buy and sell opportunities among funds and other accounts.

                                     C-18



   The structure of a portfolio manager's compensation may give rise to
potential conflicts of interest. A portfolio manager's base pay and bonus tend
to increase with additional and more complex responsibilities that include
increased assets under management. As such, there may be an indirect
relationship between a portfolio manager's marketing or sales efforts and his
or her bonus.

   Finally, the management of personal accounts by a portfolio manager may give
rise to potential conflicts of interest. While the funds and the manager have
adopted a code of ethics which they believe contains provisions reasonably
necessary to prevent a wide range of prohibited activities by portfolio
managers and others with respect to their personal trading activities, there
can be no assurance that the code of ethics addresses all individual conduct
that could result in conflicts of interest.

   The manager and the Fund have adopted certain compliance procedures that are
designed to address these, and other, types of conflicts. However, there is no
guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation where a
conflict arises.

COMPENSATION

   The manager seeks to maintain a compensation program that is competitively
positioned to attract, retain and motivate top-quality investment
professionals. Portfolio managers receive a base salary, a cash incentive bonus
opportunity, an equity compensation opportunity, and a benefits package.
Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed annually and the level of
compensation is based on individual performance, the salary range for a
portfolio manager's level of responsibility and Franklin Templeton guidelines.
Portfolio managers are provided no financial incentive to favor one fund or
account over another. Each portfolio manager's compensation consists of the
following three elements:

          BASE SALARY--Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary.

          ANNUAL BONUS--Annual bonuses are structured to align the interests of
          the portfolio manager with those of the Fund's shareholders. Each
          portfolio manager is eligible to receive an annual bonus. Bonuses
          generally are split between cash (50% to 65%) and restricted shares
          of Franklin Resources stock (17.5% to 25%) and mutual fund shares
          (17.5% to 25%). The deferred equity-based compensation is intended to
          build a vested interest of the portfolio manager in the financial
          performance of both Franklin Resources and mutual funds advised by
          the manager. The bonus plan is intended to provide a competitive
          level of annual bonus compensation that is tied to the portfolio
          manager achieving consistently strong investment performance, which
          aligns the financial incentives of the portfolio manager and Fund
          shareholders. The Chief Investment Officer of the manager and/or
          other officers of the manager, with responsibility for the Fund, have
          discretion in the granting of annual bonuses to portfolio managers in
          accordance with Franklin Templeton guidelines. The following factors
          are generally used in determining bonuses under the plan:

    .  INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE. Primary consideration is given to the historic
       investment performance over the 1, 3 and 5 preceding years of all
       accounts managed by the portfolio manager. The pre-tax performance of
       each fund managed is measured relative to a relevant peer group and/or
       applicable benchmark as appropriate.

    .  NON-INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE. The more qualitative contributions of a
       portfolio manager to the manager's business and the investment
       management team, including business knowledge, contribution to team
       efforts, mentoring of junior staff, and contribution to the marketing of
       the Funds, are evaluated in determining the amount of any bonus award.

    .  RESEARCH. Where the portfolio management team also has research
       responsibilities, each portfolio manager is evaluated on the number and
       performance of recommendations over time.

    .  RESPONSIBILITIES. The characteristics and complexity of funds managed by
       the portfolio manager are factored in the manager's appraisal.

                                     C-19



          Additional long-term equity-based compensation Portfolio managers may
          also be awarded restricted shares or units of Franklin Resources
          stock or restricted shares or units of one or more mutual funds, and
          options to purchase common shares of Franklin Resources stock. Awards
          of such deferred equity-based compensation typically vest over time,
          so as to create incentives to retain key talent.

   Portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans and programs available
generally to all employees of the manager.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                       $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER      NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - -----------------      ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                         
Peter A. Langerman....  X

F. David Segal, CFA...
                        X

Deborah A. Turner, CFA
                        X


MET/TEMPLETON GROWTH PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
   Cindy Sweeting, CFA... Registered Investment     13         $80,762.3         0                0
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              1           $165.6           0                0
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            14         $4,9112.0         0                0

   Tucker Scott, CFA..... Registered Investment     16         $71,403.2         0                0
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              3          $1,630.8          0                0
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            28         $5,994.2          0                0

   Lisa Myers, CFA....... Registered Investment     13         $80,762.3         0                0
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              1           $165.6           0                0
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            14         $4,912.0          0                0


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   The management of multiple funds, including the Fund, and accounts may also
give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the funds and other accounts
have different objectives, benchmarks, time horizons, and fees as the portfolio
manager must allocate his or her time and investment ideas across multiple
funds and accounts. The manager seeks to manage such competing interests for
the time and attention of portfolio managers

                                     C-20



by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most
other accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same
investment strategies that are used in connection with the management of the
Fund. Accordingly, portfolio holdings, position sizes, and industry and sector
exposures tend to be similar across similar portfolios, which may minimize the
potential for conflicts of interest. The separate management of the trade
execution and valuation functions from the portfolio management process also
helps to reduce potential conflicts of interest. However, securities selected
for funds or accounts other than the Fund may outperform the securities
selected for the Fund. Moreover, if a portfolio manager identifies a limited
investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one fund or other
account, the Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity
due to an allocation of that opportunity across all eligible funds and other
accounts. The manager seeks to manage such potential conflicts by using
procedures intended to provide a fair allocation of buy and sell opportunities
among funds and other accounts.

   The structure of a portfolio manager's compensation may give rise to
potential conflicts of interest. A portfolio manager's base pay and bonus tend
to increase with additional and more complex responsibilities that include
increased assets under management. As such, there may be an indirect
relationship between a portfolio manager's marketing or sales efforts and his
or her bonus.

   Finally, the management of personal accounts by a portfolio manager may give
rise to potential conflicts of interest. While the funds and the manager have
adopted a code of ethics which they believe contains provisions reasonably
necessary to prevent a wide range of prohibited activities by portfolio
managers and others with respect to their personal trading activities, there
can be no assurance that the code of ethics addresses all individual conduct
that could result in conflicts of interest.

   The manager and the Fund have adopted certain compliance procedures that are
designed to address these, and other, types of conflicts. However, there is no
guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation where a
conflict arises.

COMPENSATION

   The manager seeks to maintain a compensation program that is competitively
positioned to attract, retain and motivate top-quality investment
professionals. Portfolio managers receive a base salary, a cash incentive bonus
opportunity, an equity compensation opportunity, and a benefits package.
Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed annually and the level of
compensation is based on individual performance, the salary range for a
portfolio manager's level of responsibility and Franklin Templeton guidelines.
Portfolio managers are provided no financial incentive to favor one fund or
account over another. Each portfolio manager's compensation consists of the
following three elements:

          BASE SALARY--Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary.

          ANNUAL BONUS--Annual bonuses are structured to align the interests of
          the portfolio manager with those of the Fund's shareholders. Each
          portfolio manager is eligible to receive an annual bonus. Bonuses
          generally are split between cash (50% to 65%) and restricted shares
          of Franklin Resources stock (17.5% to 25%) and mutual fund shares
          (17.5% to 25%). The deferred equity-based compensation is intended to
          build a vested interest of the portfolio manager in the financial
          performance of both Franklin Resources and mutual funds advised by
          the manager. The bonus plan is intended to provide a competitive
          level of annual bonus compensation that is tied to the portfolio
          manager achieving consistently strong investment performance, which
          aligns the financial incentives of the portfolio manager and Fund
          shareholders. The Chief Investment Officer of the manager and/or
          other officers of the manager, with responsibility for the Fund, have
          discretion in the granting of annual bonuses to portfolio managers in
          accordance with Franklin Templeton guidelines. The following factors
          are generally used in determining bonuses under the plan:

    .  INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE. Primary consideration is given to the historic
       investment performance over the 1, 3 and 5 preceding years of all
       accounts managed by the portfolio manager. The pre-tax

                                     C-21



      performance of each fund managed is measured relative to a relevant peer
       group and/or applicable benchmark as appropriate.

    .  Research Where the portfolio management team also has research
       responsibilities, each portfolio manager is evaluated on the number and
       performance of recommendations over time, productivity and quality of
       recommendations, and peer evaluation.

    .  NON-INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE. For senior portfolio managers, there is a
       qualitative evaluation based on leadership and the mentoring of staff.

    .  RESPONSIBILITIES. The characteristics and complexity of funds managed by
       the portfolio manager are factored in the manager's appraisal.

          Additional long-term equity-based compensation Portfolio managers may
          also be awarded restricted shares or units of Franklin Resources
          stock or restricted shares or units of one or more mutual funds, and
          options to purchase common shares of Franklin Resources stock. Awards
          of such deferred equity-based compensation typically vest over time,
          so as to create incentives to retain key talent.

   Portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans and programs available
generally to all employees of the manager.


OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                     $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER    NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - -----------------    ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                       
Cindy Sweeting, CFA.  X

Tucker Scott, CFA...
                      X

Lisa Myers, CFA.....
                      X


GOLDMAN SACHS MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
     Eileen Rominger..... Registered Investment     34       $14.4 Billion       0              N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               3       $341 Million        3          $341 Million
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            249       $13 Billion        1         $77.1 Million

     Dolores Bamford..... Registered Investment     41       $16.1 Billion       0              N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               3       $341 Million        3          $341 Million
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            268      $14.3 Billion       2         $207.8 Million


                                     C-22





                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
     David L. Berdon..... Registered Investment     34       $14.4 Billion       0              N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               3       $341 Million        3          $341 Million
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            249       $13 Billion        1         $77.1 Million

     Andrew Braun........ Registered Investment     34       $14.4 Billion       0              N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               3       $341 Million        3          $341 Million
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            249       $13 Billion        1         $77.1 Million

     Sean Butkus......... Registered Investment     34       $14.4 Billion       0              N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               3       $341 Million        3          $341 Million
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            249       $13 Billion        1         $77.1 Million

     Scott Carroll....... Registered Investment     41       $16.1 Billion       0              N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               3       $341 Million        3          $341 Million
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            268      $14.3 Billion       2         $207.8 Million

     J. Kelly Flynn...... Registered Investment     15       $10.9 Billion       0              N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               3       $341 Million        3          $341 Million
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            54       $4.1 Billion        1         $130.6 Million

     Sean Gallagher...... Registered Investment     34       $14.4 Billion       0              N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               3       $341 Million        3          $341 Million
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            249       $13 Billion        1         $77.1 Million

     Lisa Parisi......... Registered Investment     41       $16.1 Billion       0              N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               3       $341 Million        3          $341 Million
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            268      $14.3 Billion       2         $207.8 Million

     Edward Perkin....... Registered Investment     34       $14.4 Billion       0              N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               3       $341 Million        3          $341 Million
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            249       $13 Billion        1         $77.1 Million


                                     C-23



MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Conflicts of Interest. GSAM's portfolio managers are often responsible for
managing one or more funds as well as other accounts, including proprietary
accounts, separate accounts and other pooled investment vehicles, such as
unregistered hedge funds. A portfolio manager may manage a separate account or
other pooled investment vehicle which may have materially higher fee
arrangements than the Fund and may also have a performance-based fee. The
side-by-side management of these funds may raise potential conflicts of
interest relating to cross trading, the allocation of investment opportunities
and the aggregation and allocation of trades.

   GSAM has a fiduciary responsibility to manage all client accounts in a fair
and equitable manner. GSAM seeks to provide best execution of all securities
transactions and aggregate and then allocate securities to client accounts in a
fair and timely manner. To this end, GSAM has developed policies and procedures
designed to mitigate and manage the potential conflicts of interest that may
arise from side-by-side management. In addition, GSAM has adopted policies
limiting the circumstances under which cross-trades may be effected between a
Fund and another client account. GSAM conducts periodic reviews of trades for
consistency with these policies.

COMPENSATION

   The Investment Adviser's Value Team ("Value Team") compensation package for
its portfolio managers is comprised of a base salary and a performance bonus.
The performance bonus is a function of each portfolio manager's individual
performance and his or her contribution to overall team performance. Portfolio
managers are rewarded for their ability to outperform a benchmark while
managing risk appropriately. Compensation is also influenced by the Value
Team's total revenues for the past year which in part is derived from advisory
fees, and for certain accounts performance based fees. Anticipated compensation
levels among competitor firms may also be considered, but are not a principal
factor.

   The performance bonus is significantly influenced by 3 year period of
investment performance. The following criteria are considered:

    .  Individual performance (relative, absolute)

    .  Team performance (relative, absolute)

    .  Consistent performance that aligns with clients' objectives

    .  Achievement of top rankings (relative and competitive)

OTHER COMPENSATION

   In addition to base salary and performance bonus, GSAM has a number of
additional benefits/deferred compensation programs for all portfolio managers
in place including (i) a 401k program that enables employees to direct a
percentage of their pretax salary and bonus income into a tax-qualified
retirement plan; (ii) a profit sharing program to which Goldman, Sachs & Co.
makes a pretax contribution; and (iii) investment opportunity programs in which
certain professionals are eligible to participate subject to certain net worth
requirements. Portfolio managers may also receive grants of restricted stock
units and/or stock options as part of their compensation.

   Certain GSAM portfolio managers may also participate in the firm's Partner
Compensation Plan, which covers many of the firm's senior executives. In
general, under the Partner Compensation Plan, participants receive a base
salary and a bonus (which may be paid in cash or in the form of an equity-based
award) that is linked to Goldman Sachs' overall financial performance.

                                     C-24



OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES*



                                  $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - ----------------- ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                    
 Eileen Rominger.  X

 Dolores Bamford.
                   X

 David L. Berdon.
                   X

 Andrew Braun....
                   X

 Sean Butkus.....
                   X

 Scott Carroll...
                   X

 J. Kelly Flynn..
                   X

 Sean Gallagher..
                   X

 Lisa Parisi.....
                   X

 Edward Perkin...
                   X

- - --------
*  Due to GSAM's internal policies, GSAM portfolio managers are generally
   prohibited from purchasing shares of Sub-Advised Funds for which they have
   primary responsibility.

HARRIS OAKMARK INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
    David G. Herro....... Registered Investment     8       $10,634,434,405      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              10      $2,289,102,859       0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            15      $3,062,551,019       0               N/A

    Robert A. Taylor..... Registered Investment     2       $1,845,431,100       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              2        $705,864,012        0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            8       $1,274,131,350       0               N/A


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Conflicts of interest may arise in the allocation of investment
opportunities and the allocation of aggregated orders among the Funds and the
other accounts managed by the portfolio managers. A portfolio manager
potentially could give favorable treatment to some accounts for a variety of
reasons, including favoring larger accounts, accounts that have a different
advisory fee arrangement (including any accounts that pay performance-based
fees), accounts of affiliated companies, or accounts in which the portfolio
manager has a personal investment. With respect to the allocation of investment
opportunities, the Adviser makes decisions to recommend, purchase, sell or hold
securities for all of its client accounts, including the Funds, based on the

                                     C-25



specific investment objectives, guidelines, restrictions and circumstances of
each account. It is the Adviser's policy to allocate investment opportunities
to each account, including the Funds, over a period of time on a fair and
equitable basis relative to its other accounts. With respect to the allocation
of aggregated orders, each account that participates in the aggregated order
will participate at the average share price, and where the order has not been
completely filled, each institutional account, including the Funds, will
generally participate on a pro rata basis.

   The Adviser has compliance policies and procedures in place that it believes
are reasonably designed to mitigate these conflicts. However, there is no
guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which an
actual or potential conflict may arise.

COMPENSATION

   David G. Herro and Robert A. Taylor are portfolio managers of the Harris
Oakmark International Fund (the "Fund"). Each of the portfolio managers is an
employee of Harris Associates L.P. (the "Firm"), a subadviser to the Portfolio.
The portfolio managers are compensated solely by the Firm. Compensation for
each of the portfolio managers is based on the Firm's assessment of the
individual's long-term contribution to the investment success of the Firm and
is structured as follows:

    (1)BASE SALARY. The base salary is a fixed amount, and each portfolio
       manager receives the same base salary.

    (2)PARTICIPATION IN A DISCRETIONARY BONUS POOL. A discretionary bonus pool
       for each of the Firm's domestic and international investment groups is
       divided among the senior level employees of each group and is paid
       annually.

    (3)Participation in a long-term compensation plan that provides current
       compensation to certain key employees of the Firm and deferred
       compensation to both current and former key employees. The compensation
       plan consists of bonus units awarded to participants that vest and pay
       out over a period of time.

   The determination of the amount of each portfolio manager's participation in
the discretionary bonus pool and the long-term compensation plan is based on a
variety of qualitative and quantitative factors. The factor given the most
significant weight is the subjective assessment of the individual's
contribution to the overall investment results of the Firm's domestic or
international investment group, whether as a portfolio manager, a research
analyst, or both.

   The quantitative factors considered in evaluating the contribution of a
portfolio manager include the performance of the portfolios managed by that
individual relative to benchmarks, peers and other portfolio managers, as well
as the assets under management in the accounts managed by the portfolio
manager. The portfolio managers' compensation is not based solely on an
evaluation of the performance of the funds or the amount of fund assets.
Performance is measured in a number of ways, including by accounts and by
strategy, and is compared to one or more of the following benchmarks: S&P500,
Russell Mid-Cap Value, Russell 1000 Value, Lipper Balanced, 60/40 S&P/Lehman
(60% S&P500 and 40% Lehman Bond Index), Morgan Stanley Capital International
("MSCI") World Index, MCSI World ex-U.S. Index and the Firm's approved lists of
stocks, depending on whether the portfolio manager manages accounts in the
particular strategy to which these benchmarks would be applicable. Performance
is measured over shorter- and longer-term periods, including one year, three
years, five years, ten years, since a fund's inception or since a portfolio
manager has been managing a fund, as applicable. Performance is measured on a
pre-tax and after-tax basis to the extent such information is available.

   If a portfolio manager also serves as a research analyst, then his
compensation is also based on the contribution made to the Firm in that role.
The specific quantitative and qualitative factors considered in evaluating a
research analyst's contributions include, among other things, new investment
ideas, the performance

                                     C-26



of investment ideas covered by the analyst during the current year as well as
over longer-term periods, the portfolio impact of the analyst's investment
ideas, other contributions to the research process, and an assessment of the
quality of analytical work. In addition, an individual's other contributions to
the Firm, such as a role in investment thought leadership and management, are
taken into account in the overall compensation process.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                  $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - ----------------- ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                    
David G. Herro...  X

Robert A. Taylor.
                   X


JANUS FORTY PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                              ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                              THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                        OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED                PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          --------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                   NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                  ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER   CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT    CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- ----------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                              
      Ron Sachs(1)....... Registered Investment        6      $6,044,047,066       0              N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled Investment      0            0              0              N/A
                          Vehicles
                          Other Accounts               1       $287,884,692        1          $287,884,692

- - --------
(1)Effective January 1, 2008, Ron Sachs assumed day-to-day management of Janus
   Forty Portfolio. Therefore the information provided as of December 31, 2007
   does not account for any portfolio manager changes subsequent to that date.

MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   As shown in the accompanying table, the portfolio manager may manage other
accounts with investment strategies similar to the Portfolio. Those other
accounts may include other Janus funds, private-label mutual funds for which
Janus serves as subadviser, and separately managed accounts. Fees earned by
Janus may vary among these accounts, the portfolio manager may personally
invest in some but not all of these accounts, and certain of these accounts may
have a greater impact on his compensation than others. These factors could
create conflicts of interest because the portfolio manager may have incentives
to favor certain accounts over others, resulting in the potential for other
accounts outperforming the Portfolio. A conflict may also exist if the
portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be
appropriate for more than one account, but the Portfolio is not able to take
full advantage of that opportunity due to the need to allocate that opportunity
among multiple accounts. In addition, the portfolio manager may execute
transactions for another account that may adversely impact the value of
securities held by the Portfolio. However, Janus believes that these conflicts
may be mitigated to a certain extent by the fact that accounts with like
investment strategies managed by a particular portfolio manager are generally
managed in a similar fashion, subject to a variety of exceptions, for example
particular investment restrictions or policies applicable only to certain
accounts, certain portfolio holdings that may be transferred in-kind when an
account is opened, differences in cash flows and account sizes, and similar
factors. In addition, Janus has adopted trade allocation procedures that govern
allocation of securities among various Janus accounts.

                                     C-27



COMPENSATION

   The following describes the structure and method of calculating the
portfolio manager's compensation as of December 31, 2007.

   The portfolio manager is compensated for managing the Portfolio and any
other funds, portfolios or accounts for which he has exclusive or shared
responsibilities (collectively, the "Managed Funds") through two components:
fixed compensation and variable compensation.

FIXED COMPENSATION

   Fixed compensation is paid in cash and is comprised of an annual base salary
based on factors such as the complexity of managing funds and other accounts
and scope of responsibility (including assets under management).

VARIABLE COMPENSATION

   Variable compensation is paid in the form of cash and long-term incentive
awards (consisting of a mixture of Janus Capital Group, Inc. ("JCGI")
restricted stock, stock options and a cash deferred award that is credited with
income, gains and losses based on the performance of Janus mutual fund
investments selected by the portfolio manager). Variable compensation is based
on pre-tax performance of the Managed Funds.

   Variable compensation is structured to pay the portfolio manager primarily
on the Managed Fund's performance, with additional discretionary compensation
available from one or more bonus pools as discussed below.

   Aggregate compensation derived from the Managed Funds' performance is
calculated based upon a percentage of the total revenue received on the Managed
Funds adjusted to reflect the actual performance of such Managed Funds. Actual
performance is calculated based on the Managed Funds' aggregate asset-weighted
Lipper peer group performance ranking on a one-, three-, and five-year rolling
period basis with a predominant weighting on the Managed Funds' performance in
the three- and five-year periods. The compensation determined from the Managed
Funds' performance is then allocated to the respective portfolio manager(s).

   The portfolio manager is also eligible to participate in a portfolio manager
discretionary bonus pool. The size of the portfolio manager bonus pool
fluctuates depending on both the revenue derived from firm-wide managed assets
(excluding assets managed by subadvisers) and the investment performance of
such firm-wide managed assets. Compensation from the portfolio manager bonus
pool is then allocated among the eligible respective participants at the
discretion of Janus based upon, among other things: (i) teamwork and support of
team culture; (ii) mentoring of analysts; (iii) contributions to the sales
process; and (iv) client relationships.

   The Portfolio manager may elect to defer payment of a designated percentage
of fixed compensation and/or up to all variable compensation in accordance with
JCGI's Executive Income Deferral Program.

   The Fund's Lipper peer group for compensation purposes is the Large-Cap
Growth Funds.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                  $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - ----------------- ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                    
    Ron Sachs....  X


                                     C-28



LAZARD MID CAP PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                               ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                               THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                         OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED                PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ---------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF   TOTAL ASSETS IN    NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN    ACCOUNTS IN     ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY       CATEGORY        CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- ------------------ -----------    ---------------
                                                                               
    Christopher Blake.... Registered Investment      7      $12,749,210,585.60      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              16       $627,823,631.07        0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            94      $1,319,701,988.75       0               N/A

    Gary Buesser......... Registered Investment      7      $12,749,210,585.60      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              16       $627,823,631.07        0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            94      $1,319,701,988.75       0               N/A

    Robert A. Failla..... Registered Investment      7      $12,749,210,584.60      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              25      $1,663,632,682.81       0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            61      $3,353,348,967.93       0               N/A

    Andrew D. Lacey...... Registered Investment      8      $12,758,113,009.52      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              46      $1,206,837,196.55       0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            489     $3,876,789,581.54       0               N/A


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Although the potential for conflicts of interest exist when an investment
adviser and portfolio managers manage other accounts with similar investment
objectives and strategies as the Fund ("Similar Accounts"), Lazard has
procedures in place that are designed to ensure that all accounts are treated
fairly and that the Fund is not disadvantaged, including procedures regarding
trade allocations and "conflicting trades" (e.g., long and short positions in
the same security, as described below). In addition, the Fund, as a registered
investment company, is subject to different regulations than certain of the
Similar Accounts, and, consequently, may not be permitted to engage in all the
investment techniques or transactions, or to engage in such techniques or
transactions to the same degree, as the Similar Accounts.

   Potential conflicts of interest may arise because of Lazard's management of
the Fund and Similar Accounts. For example, conflicts of interest may arise
with both the aggregation and allocation of securities transactions and
allocation of limited investment opportunities, as Lazard may be perceived as
causing accounts it manages to participate in an offering to increase Lazard's
overall allocation of securities in that offering, or to increase Lazard's
ability to participate in future offerings by the same underwriter or issuer.
Allocations of bunched trades, particularly trade orders that were only
partially filled due to limited availability, and allocation of investment
opportunities generally, could raise a potential conflict of interest, as
Lazard may have an incentive to allocate securities that are expected to
increase in value to preferred accounts. Initial public offerings, in

                                     C-29



particular, are frequently of very limited availability. Additionally,
portfolio managers may be perceived to have a conflict of interest because of
the large number of Similar Accounts, in addition to the Fund, that they are
managing on behalf of Lazard. Although Lazard does not track each individual
portfolio manager's time dedicated to each account, Lazard periodically reviews
each portfolio manager's overall responsibilities to ensure that they are able
to allocate the necessary time and resources to effectively manage the Fund. In
addition, Lazard could be viewed as having a conflict of interest to the extent
that Lazard and/or portfolios managers have a materially larger investment in a
Similar Account than their investment in the Fund.

   A potential conflict of interest may be perceived to arise if transactions
in one account closely follow related transactions in a different account, such
as when a purchase increases the value of securities previously purchase by the
other account, or when a sale in one account lowers the sale price received in
a sale by a second account. Lazard manages hedge funds that are subject to
performance/incentive fees. Certain hedge funds managed by Lazard may also be
permitted to sell securities short. When Lazard engages in short sales of
securities of the type in which the Fund invests, Lazard could be seen as
harming the performance of the Fund for the benefit of the account engaging in
short sales if the short sales cause the market value of the securities to
fall. As described above, Lazard has procedures in place to address these
conflicts. Additionally, Lazard currently does not have any portfolio managers
that manage both hedge funds that engage in short sales and long-only accounts,
including open-end and closed-end registered investment companies.

COMPENSATION

   Lazard's portfolio managers are generally responsible for managing multiple
types of accounts that may, or may not, have similar investment objectives,
strategies, risks and fees to those managed on behalf of the Fund. Portfolio
managers responsible for managing the Fund may also manage sub-advised
registered investment companies, collective investment trusts, unregistered
funds and/or other pooled investment vehicles, separate accounts, separately
managed account programs (often referred to as "wrap accounts") and model
portfolios.

   Lazard compensates portfolio managers by a competitive salary and bonus
structure, which is determined both quantitatively and qualitatively. Salary
and bonus are paid in cash. Portfolio managers are compensated on the
performance of the aggregate group of portfolios managed by them rather than
for a specific fund or account. Various factors are considered in the
determination of a portfolio manager's compensation. All of the portfolios
managed by a portfolio manager are comprehensively evaluated to determine his
or her positive and consistent performance contribution over time. Further
factors include the amount of assets in the portfolios as well as qualitative
aspects that reinforce Lazard's investment philosophy such as leadership,
teamwork and commitment.

   Total compensation is not fixed, but rather is based on the following
factors: (i) maintenance of current knowledge and opinions on companies owned
in the portfolio; (ii) generation and development of new investment ideas,
including the quality of security analysis and identification of appreciation
catalysts; (iii) ability and willingness to develop and share ideas on a team
basis; and (iv) the performance results of the portfolios managed by the
investment team.

   Variable bonus is based on the portfolio manager's quantitative performance
as measured by his or her ability to make investment decisions that contribute
to the pre-tax absolute and relative returns of the accounts managed by them,
by comparison of each account to a predetermined benchmark (as set forth in the
prospectus) over the current fiscal year and the longer-term performance (3-,
5- or 10-year, if applicable) of such account, as well as performance of the
account relative to peers. In addition, the portfolio manager's bonus can be
influenced by subjective measurement of the manager's ability to help others
make investment decisions.

   Portfolio managers also have an interest in the Lazard Asset Management LLC
Equity Plan, an equity based incentive program for Lazard Asset Management. The
plan offers permanent equity in Lazard Asset Management to a significant number
of its professionals, including portfolio managers, as determined by the Board
of Directors of Lazard Asset Management, from time to time. This plan gives
certain Lazard employees a permanent equity interest in Lazard and an
opportunity to participate in the future growth of Lazard.

                                     C-30



   In addition, effective May 4, 2005, the Lazard Ltd 2005 Equity Incentive
Plan was adopted and approved by the Board of Directors of Lazard Ltd. The
purpose of this plan is to give the company a competitive advantage in
attracting, retaining and motivating officers, employees, directors, advisors
and/or consultants and to provide the company and its subsidiaries and
affiliates with a stock plan providing incentives directly linked to
shareholder value.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                  $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - ----------------- ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                    
Christopher Blake  X

Gary Buesser.....
                   X

Robert A. Failla.  X

Andrew D. Lacey..  X


LEGG MASON PARTNERS AGGRESSIVE GROWTH PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
     Richard Freeman..... Registered Investment     5       $12.48 Billion       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              3       $0.38 Billion        0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts          54,023    $14.38 Billion       0               N/A

     Evan Bauman......... Registered Investment     3       $2.14 Billion        0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              3       $0.38 Billion        0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts          54,375    $15.19 Billion       0               N/A


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Potential conflicts of interest may arise when a Fund's portfolio manager
has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other
funds or other accounts, as is the case for certain of the portfolio managers
listed in the table above.

   The investment adviser and the fund(s) have adopted compliance policies and
procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may
arise for the investment adviser and the individuals that it employs. For
example, ClearBridge seeks to minimize the effects of competing interests for
the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to
manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. ClearBridge
has also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate
the fair allocation of limited investment opportunities among multiple funds
and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures
adopted by ClearBridge and the fund(s) will be able to detect and/or prevent
every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear. These
potential conflicts include:

                                     C-31



ALLOCATION OF LIMITED TIME AND ATTENTION

   A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or
accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds
and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to
formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment
opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were
to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The
effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or
accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment
strategies.

ALLOCATION OF LIMITED INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES

   If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may
be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be
allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit a fund's
ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.

PURSUIT OF DIFFERING STRATEGIES

   At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity
may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or
she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the
funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a
particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate
transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market
price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the
detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

VARIATION IN COMPENSATION

   A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits
available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that
he or she manages. If the structure of the investment adviser's management fee
and/or the portfolio manager's compensation differs among funds and/or accounts
(such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or
performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to
help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio manager might be
motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or
in which the investment advisor and/or its affiliates have interests.
Similarly, the desire to maintain or raise assets under management or to
enhance the portfolio manager's performance record or to derive other rewards,
financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager to lend
preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most
significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

SELECTION OF BROKER/DEALERS

   Portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the selection of the
brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the
funds and/or accounts that they supervise. In addition to executing trades,
some brokers and dealers provide brokerage and research services (as those
terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934),
which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might otherwise
be available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or
accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is
subject to the requirement that the sub-adviser determines in good faith that
the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and
research services provided to the fund, a decision as to the selection of
brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the
funds and/or accounts managed. For this reason, the sub-adviser has formed a
brokerage committee that reviews, among other things, the allocation of
brokerage to broker/dealers, best execution and soft dollar usage.

                                     C-32



RELATED BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES

   The investment adviser or its affiliates may provide more services (such as
distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for
others. In such cases, a portfolio manager may benefit, either directly or
indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of fund
and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to the investment manager
and its affiliates.

COMPENSATION

   ClearBridge Advisors, LLC ("ClearBridge") investment professionals receive
base salary and other employee benefits and are eligible to receive incentive
compensation. Base salary is fixed and typically determined based on market
factors and the skill and experience of individual investment personnel.

   ClearBridge has implemented an investment management incentive and deferred
compensation plan (the "Plan") for its investment professionals, including the
fund's portfolio manager(s). Each investment professional works as a part of an
investment team. The Plan is designed to align the objectives of ClearBridge
investment professionals with those of fund shareholders and other ClearBridge
clients. Under the Plan a "base incentive pool" is established for each team
each year as a percentage of ClearBridge's revenue attributable to the team
(largely management and related fees generated by funds and other accounts). A
team's revenues are typically expected to increase or decrease depending on the
effect that the team's investment performance as well as inflows and outflows
have on the level of assets in the investment products managed by the team. The
"base incentive pool" of a team is reduced by base salaries paid to members of
the team and other employee expenses attributable to the team.

   The investment team's incentive pool is then adjusted to reflect its ranking
among a "peer group" of non-ClearBridge investment managers and the team's
pre-tax investment performance against the applicable product benchmark (e.g. a
securities index and, with respect to a fund, the benchmark set forth in the
fund's prospectus to which the fund's average annual total returns are compared
or, if none, the benchmark set forth in the fund's annual report). Longer-term
(5- year) performance will be more heavily weighted than shorter-term (1- year)
performance in the calculation of the performance adjustment factor.

   The incentive pool for a team may also be adjusted based on other
qualitative factors by the applicable ClearBridge Chief Investment Officer.).
The incentive pool will be allocated by the applicable ClearBridge chief
investment officer to the team leader and, based on the recommendations of the
team leader, to the other members of the team.

   Up to 20% of an investment professional's annual incentive compensation is
subject to deferral. Of that principal deferred award amount, 25% will accrue a
return based on the hypothetical returns of the investment fund or product that
is the primary focus of the investment professional's business activities with
the Firm, 25% will accrue a return based on the hypothetical returns of an
employee chosen composite fund, and 50% may be received in the form of Legg
Mason restricted stock shares.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                  $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - ----------------- ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                    
 Richard Freeman.  X

 Evan Bauman.....  X


                                     C-33



LEGG MASON PARTNERS MANAGED ASSETS PORTFOLIO--BATTERYMARCH FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT, INC.

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
 Yu-Nien (Charles) Ko,    Registered Investment     16      $4,931,248,213       0              N/A
   CFA................... Companies
                          Other Pooled              13      $1,006,333,474       2          $169,822,487
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            157     $9,146,891.171       9          $876,256,476

 Stephen A. Lanzendorf,   Registered Investment     16      $4,931,248,213       0              N/A
   CFA................... Companies
                          Other Pooled              13      $1,006,333,474       2          $169,822,487
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            157     $9,146,891.171       9          $876,256,476


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Actual or potential conflicts may arise in managing the Funds in conjunction
with the portfolios of Batterymarch's other clients. A brief description of
some of the potential conflicts of interest and compliance factors that may
arise as a result is included below. We do not believe any of these potential
conflicts of interest and compliance factors pose significant risk to the Funds.

   Although Batterymarch believes that its compliance policies and procedures
are appropriate to prevent or eliminate many potential conflicts of interest
between Batterymarch, its related persons and clients, clients should be aware
that no set of policies and procedures can possibly anticipate or relieve all
potential conflicts of interest. Moreover, it is possible that additional
potential conflicts of interest may exist that Batterymarch has not identified
in the summary below.

ALLOCATION OF LIMITED INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES

   If an investment team identifies a limited investment opportunity (including
initial public offerings) that may be suitable for multiple client accounts,
the Funds may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to
liquidity constraints or other factors. Batterymarch has adopted policies and
procedures designed to ensure that allocations of limited investment
opportunities are conducted in a fair and equitable manner between client
accounts.

   Although Batterymarch strives to ensure that client accounts managed under
similar investment mandates have similar portfolio characteristics,
Batterymarch does not "clone" client accounts (i.e., assemble multiple client
accounts with identical portfolios of securities). As a result, the portfolio
of securities held in any single client account may perform better or worse
than the portfolio of securities held in another similarly managed client
account.

ALLOCATION OF PARTIALLY-FILLED TRANSACTIONS IN SECURITIES

   Batterymarch often aggregates for execution as a single transaction orders
for the purchase or sale of a particular security for multiple client accounts.
If Batterymarch is unable to fill an aggregated order completely,

                                     C-34



but receives a partial fill, Batterymarch will typically allocate the
transactions relating to the partially filled order to clients on a pro-rata
basis with a minimum fill size. Batterymarch may make exceptions from this
general policy from time to time based on factors such as the availability of
cash, country/regional/sector allocation decisions, investment guidelines and
restrictions, and the costs for minimal allocation actions.

OPPOSITE (I.E., CONTRADICTORY) TRANSACTIONS IN SECURITIES

   Batterymarch provides investment advisory services for various clients and
under various investment mandates and may give advice, and take action, with
respect to any of those clients that may differ from the advice given, or the
timing or nature of action taken, with respect to any other individual client
account.

   In the course of providing advisory services, Batterymarch may
simultaneously recommend the sale of a particular security for one client
account while recommending the purchase of the same or a similar security for
another account. This may occur for a variety of reasons. For example, in order
to raise cash to handle a redemption/withdrawal from a client account,
Batterymarch may be forced to sell a security that is ranked a "buy" by its
stock selection model.

   Certain Batterymarch portfolio managers that manage long-only portfolios
also manage portfolios that sell securities short. As such, Batterymarch may
purchase or sell a security in one or more of its long-only portfolios under
management during the same day it executes an opposite transaction in the same
or a similar security for one or more of its portfolios under management that
hold securities short, and certain Batterymarch client account portfolios may
contain securities sold short that are simultaneously held as long positions in
certain of the long-only portfolios managed by Batterymarch. The stock
selection model(s), risk controls and portfolio construction rules used by
Batterymarch to manage its clients' long-only portfolios may differ from the
model and rules that are used to manage client account portfolios that hold
securities short. Because different stock selection models, risk controls and
portfolio construction rules are used, it is possible that the same or similar
securities may be ranked differently for different mandates and that the timing
of trading in such securities may differ.

   Batterymarch has created certain compliance policies and procedures designed
to minimize harm from such contradictory activities/events.

SELECTION OF BROKERS/DEALERS

   In selecting a broker or dealer, Batterymarch may choose a broker whose
commission rate is in excess of that which another broker might have charged
for the same transaction, based upon Batterymarch's judgment of that broker's
superior execution capabilities and/or as a result of Batterymarch's perceived
value of the broker's research services. Although Batterymarch does not
participate in any traditional soft dollar arrangements whereby a broker
purchases research from a third party on Batterymarch's behalf, Batterymarch
does receive proprietary research services from brokers. Batterymarch generally
seeks to achieve trade executions with brokers of the highest quality and at
the lowest possible cost, although there can be no assurance that this
objective will always be achieved. Batterymarch does not enter into any
arrangements with brokers, formal or otherwise, regarding order flow as a
result of research received. Clients should consider that there is a potential
conflict of interest between their interests in obtaining best execution and an
investment adviser's receipt of research from brokers selected by the
investment adviser for trade executions. The proprietary research services
which Batterymarch obtains from brokers may be used to service all of
Batterymarch's clients and not just those clients paying commissions to brokers
providing those research services, and not all proprietary research may be used
by Batterymarch for the benefit of the one or more client accounts which paid
commissions to a broker providing such research.

                                     C-35



PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

   Batterymarch allows its employees to trade in securities that it recommends
to advisory clients, including the Funds. Batterymarch's supervised persons (to
the extent not prohibited by Batterymarch's Code of Ethics) might buy, hold or
sell securities or investment products (including interests in partnerships and
investment companies) at or about the same time that Batterymarch is
purchasing, holding or selling the same or similar securities or investment
products for client account portfolios and the actions taken by such persons on
a personal basis may be, or may be deemed to be, inconsistent with the actions
taken by Batterymarch for its client accounts. Clients should understand that
these activities might create a conflict of interest between Batterymarch, its
supervised persons and its clients.

   Batterymarch employees may also invest in mutual funds, including the Funds,
which are managed by Batterymarch. This may result in a potential conflict of
interest since Batterymarch employees have knowledge of such funds' investment
holdings, which is non-public information.

   To address this, Batterymarch has adopted a written Code of Ethics designed
to prevent and detect personal trading activities that may interfere or
conflict with client interests (including shareholders' interests in the Funds).

   Batterymarch and certain Batterymarch employees may also have ownership
interests in certain other client accounts managed by Batterymarch, including
pooled investment vehicles, that invest in long and short positions. Firm and
employee ownership of such accounts may create additional potential conflicts
of interest for Batterymarch.

COMPENSATION

   Compensation for investment professionals includes a combination of base
salary, annual bonus and long-term incentive compensation, as well as generous
benefits package made available to all Batterymarch employees on a
non-discretionary basis. Specifically, the package includes:

    .  competitive base salaries;

    .  individual performance-based bonuses based on the investment
       professionals' added value to the portfolios for which they are
       responsible measured on a one-, three- and five-year basis versus
       benchmarks and peer universes as well as their contributions to
       research, client service and new business development;

    .  corporate profit-sharing; and

    .  a non-qualified deferred compensation plan that has a cliff-vesting
       provision with annual contributions. In order for an employee to receive
       any contribution, they must remain employed for at least 31 months after
       the initial award.

   Portfolio manager compensation is not tied to, nor increased or decreased as
the direct result of, any performance fees that may be earned by Batterymarch.
As noted above, compensation is not impacted by the investment performance of
any one client account; all performance analysis is reviewed on an aggregate
product basis. Portfolio managers do not receive a percentage of the revenue
earned on any of Batterymarch's client portfolios.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                     $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER    NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - -----------------    ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                       
Yu-Nien (Charles)
  Ko, CFA...........  X

Stephen A.
  Lanzendorf, CFA...
                      X


                                     C-36



LEGG MASON PARTNERS MANAGED ASSETS PORTFOLIO--CLEARBRIDGE ADVISORS, LLC

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
       Peter Luke........ Registered Investment      1       $0.07 Billion       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0            N/A            0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             1       $0.28 Billion       0               N/A


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Potential conflicts of interest may arise when a Fund's portfolio manager
has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other
funds or other accounts, as is the case for certain of the portfolio managers
listed in the table above.

   The investment adviser and the fund(s) have adopted compliance policies and
procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may
arise for the investment adviser and the individuals that it employs. For
example, ClearBridge seeks to minimize the effects of competing interests for
the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to
manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. ClearBridge
has also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate
the fair allocation of limited investment opportunities among multiple funds
and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures
adopted by ClearBridge and the fund(s) will be able to detect and/or prevent
every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear. These
potential conflicts include:

ALLOCATION OF LIMITED TIME AND ATTENTION

   A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or
accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds
and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to
formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment
opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were
to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The
effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or
accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment
strategies.

ALLOCATION OF LIMITED INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES

   If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may
be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be
allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit a fund's
ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.

PURSUIT OF DIFFERING STRATEGIES

   At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity
may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or
she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the
funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a
particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate
transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market
price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the
detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

                                     C-37



VARIATION IN COMPENSATION

   A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits
available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that
he or she manages. If the structure of the investment adviser's management fee
and/or the portfolio manager's compensation differs among funds and/or accounts
(such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or
performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to
help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio manager might be
motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or
in which the investment advisor and/or its affiliates have interests.
Similarly, the desire to maintain or raise assets under management or to
enhance the portfolio manager's performance record or to derive other rewards,
financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager to lend
preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most
significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

SELECTION OF BROKER/DEALERS

   Portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the selection of the
brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the
funds and/or accounts that they supervise. In addition to executing trades,
some brokers and dealers provide brokerage and research services (as those
terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934),
which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might otherwise
be available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or
accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is
subject to the requirement that the sub-adviser determines in good faith that
the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and
research services provided to the fund, a decision as to the selection of
brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the
funds and/or accounts managed. For this reason, the sub-adviser has formed a
brokerage committee that reviews, among other things, the allocation of
brokerage to broker/dealers, best execution and soft dollar usage.

RELATED BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES

   The investment adviser or its affiliates may provide more services (such as
distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for
others. In such cases, a portfolio manager may benefit, either directly or
indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of fund
and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to the investment manager
and its affiliates.

COMPENSATION

   ClearBridge Advisors, LLC ("ClearBridge") investment professionals receive
base salary and other employee benefits and are eligible to receive incentive
compensation. Base salary is fixed and typically determined based on market
factors and the skill and experience of individual investment personnel.

   ClearBridge has implemented an investment management incentive and deferred
compensation plan (the "Plan") for its investment professionals, including the
fund's portfolio manager(s). Each investment professional works as a part of an
investment team. The Plan is designed to align the objectives of ClearBridge
investment professionals with those of fund shareholders and other ClearBridge
clients. Under the Plan a "base incentive pool" is established for each team
each year as a percentage of ClearBridge's revenue attributable to the team
(largely management and related fees generated by funds and other accounts). A
team's revenues are typically expected to increase or decrease depending on the
effect that the team's investment performance as well as inflows and outflows
have on the level of assets in the investment products managed by the team. The
"base incentive pool" of a team is reduced by base salaries paid to members of
the team and other employee expenses attributable to the team.

   The investment team's incentive pool is then adjusted to reflect its ranking
among a "peer group" of non-ClearBridge investment managers and the team's
pre-tax investment performance against the applicable

                                     C-38



product benchmark (e.g. a securities index and, with respect to a fund, the
benchmark set forth in the fund's prospectus to which the fund's average annual
total returns are compared or, if none, the benchmark set forth in the fund's
annual report). Longer-term (5- year) performance will be more heavily weighted
than shorter-term (1- year) performance in the calculation of the performance
adjustment factor.

   The incentive pool for a team may also be adjusted based on other
qualitative factors by the applicable ClearBridge Chief Investment Officer.).
The incentive pool will be allocated by the applicable ClearBridge chief
investment officer to the team leader and, based on the recommendations of the
team leader, to the other members of the team.

   Up to 20% of an investment professional's annual incentive compensation is
subject to deferral. Of that principal deferred award amount, 25% will accrue a
return based on the hypothetical returns of the investment fund or product that
is the primary focus of the investment professional's business activities with
the Firm, 25% will accrue a return based on the hypothetical returns of an
employee chosen composite fund, and 50% may be received in the form of Legg
Mason restricted stock shares.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                  $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - ----------------- ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                    
   Peter Luke....  X


LEGG MASON PARTNERS MANAGED ASSETS PORTFOLIO--WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT CO.

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                             ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                             THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED*               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          -------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN   NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN    ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY       CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- ---------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                             
   S. Kenneth Leech...... Registered Investment    114      $121,699,159,434     0                N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled             239      $211,995,391,168     0                N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts           1069     $300,567,840,634     95         $32,730,534,560

   Stephen A. Walsh...... Registered Investment    114      $121,699,159,434     0                N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled             239      $211,995,391,168     0                N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts           1069     $300,567,840,634     95         $32,730,534,560

   Carl L. Eichstaedt.... Registered Investment     12       $3,777,602,394      0                N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              6        $1,841,238,845      0                N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            98      $20,235,499,347      3          $1,075,804,167


                                     C-39





                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED*              PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
    Edward A. Moody...... Registered Investment     3        $821,445,674        0              N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              1         $64,451,154        0              N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            88      $17,049,446,178      8         $3,137,049,788

    Mark S. Lindbloom.... Registered Investment     6       $2,731,229,151       0              N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              3        $242,076,056        0              N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            32      $7,188,685,801       4         $1,302,805,250

- - --------
*  The numbers above reflect the overall number of portfolios managed by
   Western Asset. Mr. Leech and Mr. Walsh are involved in the management of all
   the Firm's portfolios, but they are not solely responsible for particular
   portfolios. Western's investment discipline emphasizes a team approach that
   combines the efforts of groups of specialists working in different market
   sectors. The individuals that have been identified are responsible for
   overseeing implementation of the Firm's overall investment ideas and
   coordinating the work of the various sector teams. This structure ensures
   that client portfolios benefit from a consensus that draws on the expertise
   of all team members.

MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Western has identified several potential conflicts of interest that could
directly impact client portfolios. For example, potential conflicts of interest
may arise in connection with the management of multiple portfolios (including
portfolios managed in a personal capacity). These could include potential
conflicts of interest related to the knowledge and timing of a portfolio's
trades, investment opportunities and broker selection. Portfolio managers are
privy to the size, timing, and possible market impact of a portfolio's trades.

   It is possible that an investment opportunity may be suitable for both a
portfolio and other accounts managed by a portfolio manager, but may not be
available in sufficient quantities for both the portfolio and the other
accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to
sell an investment held by a portfolio and another account. A conflict may
arise where the portfolio manager may have an incentive to treat an account
preferentially as compared to a portfolio because the account pays a
performance-based fee or the portfolio manager, the Advisers or an affiliate
has an interest in the account. The Firm has adopted procedures for allocation
of portfolio transactions and investment opportunities across multiple client
accounts on a fair and equitable basis over time. All eligible accounts that
can participate in a trade share the same price on a pro-rata allocation basis
to ensure that no conflict of interest occurs. Trades are allocated among
similarly managed accounts to maintain consistency of portfolio strategy,
taking into account cash availability, investment restrictions and guidelines,
and portfolio composition versus strategy.

   With respect to securities transactions for mutual funds, the Adviser
determines which broker or dealer to use to execute each order, consistent with
their duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to
certain other accounts (such as pooled investment vehicles that are not
registered investment companies and other accounts managed for organizations
and individuals), the Firm may be limited by the client with respect to the
selection of brokers or dealers or may be instructed to direct trades through a
particular broker or dealer. In these cases, trades for a portfolio in a
particular security may be placed separately from, rather than aggregated with,
such other accounts. Having separate transactions with respect to a security
may temporarily

                                     C-40



affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or
both, to the possible detriment of a portfolio or the other account(s)
involved. Additionally, the management of multiple portfolios and/or other
accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention
to the management of each portfolio and/or other account. Western's team
approach to portfolio management and block trading approach works to limit this
potential risk.

   The Firm also maintains a gift and entertainment policy to address the
potential for a business contact to give gifts or host entertainment events
that may influence the business judgment of an employee. Employees are
permitted to retain gifts of only a nominal value and are required to make
reimbursement for entertainment events above a certain value. All gifts (except
those of a de minimums value) and entertainment events that are given or
sponsored by a business contact are required to be reported in a gift and
entertainment log which is reviewed on a regular basis for possible issues.

   Employees of the Firm have access to transactions and holdings information
regarding client accounts and the Firm's overall trading activities. This
information represents a potential conflict of interest because employees may
take advantage of this information as they trade in their personal accounts.
Accordingly, the Firm maintains a Code of Ethics that is compliant with Rule
17j-1 and Rule 204A-1 to address personal trading. In addition, the Code of
Ethics seeks to establish broader principles of good conduct and fiduciary
responsibility in all aspects of the Firm's business. The Code of Ethics is
administered by the Legal and Compliance Department and monitored through the
Firm's compliance monitoring program.

   The Firm may also face other potential conflicts of interest with respect to
managing client assets, and the description above is not a complete description
of every conflict of interest that could be deemed to exist. As a general
matter, the Firm has adopted compliance policies and procedures to address a
wide range of potential conflicts of interest.

COMPENSATION

   At Western, one compensation methodology covers all products and functional
areas.

   The Firm's methodology assigns each position a total compensation "target"
which is derived from annual market surveys that benchmark each role with their
job function and peer universe. This method is designed to reward employees
with total compensation reflective of the external market value of their
skills, experience, and ability to produce desired results.

   Standard compensation includes competitive base salaries, generous employee
benefits, and a retirement plan which includes an employer match and
discretionary profit sharing.

   In addition, employees are eligible for bonuses. These are structured to
reward sector specialists for contributions to the Firm as well as relative
performance of their specific portfolios/product and are determined by the
professional's job function and performance as measured by a formal review
process. All bonuses are completely discretionary, and usually distributed in
May. This is described in more details below:

    .  Incentive compensation is based on individual performance, team
       performance and the performance of the company. Western's philosophy is
       to reward its employees through Total Compensation. Total Compensation
       is reflective of the external market value for skills, experience,
       ability to produce results, and the performance of one's group and the
       Firm as a whole.

    .  Incentive compensation is the primary focus of management decisions when
       determining Total Compensation. The components of Total Compensation
       include benefits, base salary, incentive compensation and assets under
       management (AUM) bonuses. Incentive Compensation is based on the success
       of the Firm and one's team, and personal contribution to that success.
       Incentive compensation

                                     C-41



      is paid annually and is fully discretionary. AUM bonuses are
       discretionary awards paid to eligible employees on an annual basis. AUM
       bonuses are calculated according to the company's annual AUM growth.

    .  Western offers a Long Term Incentive Plan, which affords eligible
       employees the opportunity to earn additional long-term compensation from
       discretionary contributions which will be made on their behalf. These
       contributions are made by Western Asset and are paid to the employee if
       he/she remains employed with Western Asset until the discretionary
       contributions become vested. The Discretionary Contributions allocated
       to the employee will be credited with tax-deferred investment earnings
       indexed against mutual fund options or other investment options selected
       by Western Asset. Discretionary Contributions made to the Plan will be
       placed in a special trust (known as a rabbi trust) that restricts
       management's use and of access to the money.

    .  Under certain pre-existing arrangements, key professionals are paid
       incentives in recognition of outstanding performance. These incentives
       may include Legg Mason stock options.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                     $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER    NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - -----------------    ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                       
S. Kenneth Leech....  X
Stephen A. Walsh....  X
Carl L. Eichstaedt..  X
Edward A. Moody.....  X
Mark S. Lindbloom...  X


LEGG MASON VALUE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
     Mary Chris Gay*..... Registered Investment     7        $5.1 Billion        0              N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              13       $4.1 Billion        0              N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            5        $1.2 Billion        1          $295 Million

- - --------
*  Bill Miller, Chief Investment Officer of Legg Mason Capital Management, Inc.
   ("LMCM"), manages a master portfolio that serves as a model for the Fund.
   Ms. Gay, however, is solely responsible for the day-to-day management of the
   Fund and for implementing the investment strategies pursued by the master
   portfolio, subject to the Fund's investment objectives, restrictions, cash
   flows, and other considerations.

MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   The portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibility for multiple
accounts, which may include mutual funds, separately managed advisory accounts,
commingled trust accounts, offshore funds, and insurance company separate
accounts. The management of multiple accounts by the portfolio manager may
create the potential for conflicts to arise. For example, even though all
accounts in the same investment style are managed

                                     C-42



similarly, the portfolio manager make investment decisions for each account
based on the investment guidelines, cash flows, and other factors that the
manager believes are applicable to that account. Consequently, the portfolio
manager may purchase (or sell) the same security for multiple accounts at
different times. A portfolio manager may also manage accounts whose style,
objectives, and policies differ from those of the Fund. Trading activity
appropriate for one account managed by the portfolio manager may have adverse
consequences for another account managed by the portfolio manager. For example,
if an account were to sell a significant position in a security, that sale
could cause the market price of the security to decrease, while the Fund
maintained its position in the security. A potential conflict may also arise
when a portfolio manager is responsible for accounts that have different
advisory fees--the difference in the fees may create an incentive for the
portfolio manager to favor one account over another, for example, in terms of
access to investment opportunities of limited availability. This conflict may
be heightened where an account is subject to a performance-based fee. A
portfolio manager's personal investing may also give rise to potential
conflicts of interest. Legg Mason Capital Management, Inc. has adopted
brokerage, trade allocation, personal investing and other policies and
procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to address the potential
conflicts of interest described above.

COMPENSATION

   The Portfolio Manager is paid a fixed base salary and a bonus. Bonus
compensation is reviewed annually and is determined by a number of factors,
including the total value of the assets, and the growth in assets, managed by
the Portfolio Manager (these are a function of performance, retention of
assets, and flows of new assets), the Portfolio Manager's contribution to the
investment manager's research process, and trends in industry compensation
levels and practices.

   The Portfolio Manager is also eligible to receive stock options from Legg
Mason based upon an assessment of the Portfolio Manager's contribution to the
success of the company, as well employee benefits, including, but not limited
to, health care and other insurance benefits, participation in the Legg Mason
401(k) program, and participation in other Legg Mason deferred compensation
plans.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                  $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - ----------------- ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                    
 Mary Chris Gay..  X


LOOMIS SAYLES GLOBAL MARKETS PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                              ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                              THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                        OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED                PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          --------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF   TOTAL ASSETS IN   NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN    ACCOUNTS IN    ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY       CATEGORY       CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- ----------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                              
    Mark B. Baribeau..... Registered Investment     10      $3,216,768,503.41      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               7      $1,434,131,656.58      1         $157,756,501.34
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            151     $4,768,989,359.62      0               N/A


                                     C-43





                                                                               ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                               THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                         OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED                PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ---------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF   TOTAL ASSETS IN    NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN    ACCOUNTS IN     ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY       CATEGORY        CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- ------------------ -----------    ---------------
                                                                               
     Daniel J. Fuss...... Registered Investment     15      $30,446,315,874.80      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              4        $485,263,420.10        0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            81      $10,315,967,707.74      4         $892,201,221.93

     Warren Koontz....... Registered Investment     4       $1,058,730,009.17       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              0              N/A              0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            94      $1,595,044,905.95       0               N/A

     David Rolley........ Registered Investment     3       $1,994,030,960.35       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              6        $880,038,991.20        1         $340,153,526.18
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            40      $7,254,641,275.05       3         $676,495,292.18


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   The fact that a portfolio manager manages a mutual fund as well as other
accounts creates the potential for conflicts of interest. A portfolio manager
potentially could give favorable treatment to some accounts for a variety of
reasons, including favoring larger accounts, accounts that pay higher fees,
accounts that pay performance-based fees or accounts of affiliated companies.
Such favorable treatment could lead to more favorable investment opportunities
for some accounts. Loomis Sayles makes investment decisions for all accounts
(including institutional accounts, mutual funds, hedge funds and affiliated
accounts) based on each account's specific investment objectives, guidelines,
restrictions and circumstances and other relevant factors, such as the size of
an available investment opportunity, the availability of other comparable
investment opportunities and Loomis Sayles' desire to treat all accounts fairly
and equitably over time. In addition, Loomis Sayles maintains trade allocation
and aggregation policies and procedures to address this potential conflict.

COMPENSATION

   Loomis Sayles believes that portfolio manager compensation should be driven
primarily by the delivery of consistent and superior long-term performance for
its clients. Portfolio manager compensation is made up of three main
components--base salary, variable compensation and a long-term incentive
program. Although portfolio manager compensation is not directly tied to assets
under management, a portfolio manager's base salary and/or variable
compensation potential may reflect the amount of assets for which the manager
is responsible relative to other portfolio managers. Loomis Sayles also offers
a profit sharing plan.

BASE SALARY

   A fixed amount based on a combination of factors including industry
experience, firm experience, job performance and market considerations.

                                     C-44



VARIABLE COMPENSATION

   An incentive-based component and generally represents a significant multiple
of base salary. It is based on four factors--investment performance, profit
growth of the firm, profit growth of the manager's business unit and team
commitment. Investment performance is the primary component and generally
represents at least 60% of the total for fixed income managers and 70% for
equity managers. The other three factors are used to determine the remainder of
variable compensation, subject to the discretion of the group's Chief
Investment Officer (CIO) and senior management. The CIO and senior management
evaluate these other factors annually.

FIXED INCOME MANAGERS

   While mutual fund performance and asset size do not directly contribute to
the compensation calculation, investment performance for fixed income managers
is measured by comparing the performance of the firm's institutional composite
(pre-tax and net of fees) in the manager's style to the performance of an
external benchmark and a customized peer group. The benchmarks used for the
fixed income investment styles utilized for the Loomis Sayles Global Markets
Portfolio are the Lehman Government/Credit Index, Lehman Global Aggregate Index
and Citigroup World Government Bond Index.

   The customized peer group is created by the firm and is made up of
institutional managers in the particular investment style. A manager's relative
performance for the past five years is used to calculate the amount of variable
compensation payable due to performance. To ensure consistency, the firm
analyzes the five-year performance on a rolling three-year basis. If a manager
is responsible for more than one product, the rankings of each product are
weighted based on relative asset size of accounts represented in each product.

   Loomis Sayles uses both an external benchmark and a customized peer group as
measuring sticks for fixed income manager performance because it believes they
represent an appropriate combination of the competitive fixed income product
universe and the investment styles offered by the firm.

   Mr. Fuss's compensation is also based on his overall contributions to the
firm in his various roles as Senior Portfolio Manager, Vice Chairman and
Director. As a result of these factors, the contribution of investment
performance to Mr. Fuss' total variable compensation may be significantly lower
the percentage reflected above.

EQUITY MANAGERS

   While mutual fund performance and asset size do not directly contribute to
the compensation calculation, investment performance for equity managers is
measured by comparing the performance of the firm's institutional composite
(pre-tax and net of fees) in the manager's style to the performance of a peer
group of institutional managers in that style. A manager's performance relative
to the peer group for the 1, 3 and 5 year periods is used to calculate the
amount of variable compensation payable due to performance. Longer-term
performance (3 and 5 years) combined is weighted more than shorter-term
performance (1 year). If a manager is responsible for more than one product,
the rankings of each product are weighted based on relative asset size of
accounts represented in each product. An external benchmark is used as a
secondary comparison. The benchmarks used for the equity investment styles
utilized for the Loomis Sayles Global Market Portfolio are the Russell 1000
Value Index and the Russell 1000 Growth Index.

   Loomis Sayles uses the institutional peer groups as the primary measuring
stick for equity manager performance because it believes they represent the
most competitive product universe while closely matching the investment styles
offered by the firm. Loomis Sayles considers the institutional composite an
accurate proxy for the performance of each investment style.

                                     C-45



EQUITY AND FIXED INCOME MANAGERS

   Loomis Sayles has developed and implemented two long-term incentive plans to
attract and retain investment talent. These plans supplement existing
compensation. The first plan has several important components distinguishing it
from traditional equity ownership plans:

    .  the plan grants units that entitle participants to an annual payment
       based on a percentage of company earnings above an established threshold;

    .  upon retirement a participant will receive a multi-year payout for his
       or her vested units;

    .  participation is contingent upon signing an award agreement, which
       includes a non-compete covenant.

   The second plan also is similarly constructed although the participants'
annual participation in company earnings is deferred for three years from the
time of award and is only payable if the portfolio manager remains at Loomis
Sayles. In this plan, there is no post-retirement payments or non-compete
covenants.

   Senior management expects that the variable compensation portion of overall
compensation will continue to remain the largest source of income for those
investment professionals included in the plan.

   The plan is initially offered to portfolio managers and over time the scope
of eligibility is likely to widen. Management has full discretion on what units
are issued and to whom.

   Portfolio managers also participate in the Loomis Sayles profit sharing
plan, in which Loomis Sayles makes a contribution to the retirement plan of
each employee based on a percentage of base salary (up to a maximum amount).
The portfolio managers also participate in the Loomis Sayles defined benefit
pension plan, which applies to all Loomis Sayles employees who joined the firm
prior to May 3, 2003. The defined benefit is based on years of service and base
compensation (up to a maximum amount).

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                  $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - ----------------- ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                    
Mark B. Baribeau.  X

Daniel J. Fuss...
                   X

Warren Koontz....
                   X

David Rolley.....
                   X


LORD ABBETT BOND DEBENTURE PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                              ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                              THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                        OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED                PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          --------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF   TOTAL ASSETS IN   NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN    ACCOUNTS IN    ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY       CATEGORY       CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- ----------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                              
  Christopher J. Towle... Registered Investment     13      $13,498.5 Million      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               3       $983.1 Million        0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts           4,434    $2,488.2 Million       0               N/A


                                     C-46



MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the investment managers'
management of the investments of the Portfolios and the investments of the
other accounts included in the table above. Such conflicts may arise with
respect to the allocation of investment opportunities among the Portfolios and
other accounts with similar investment objectives and policies. An investment
manager potentially could use information concerning a Portfolio's transactions
to the advantage of other accounts and to the detriment of the Portfolios. To
address these potential conflicts of interest, Lord Abbett has adopted and
implemented a number of policies and procedures. Lord Abbett has adopted
Policies and Procedures for Evaluating Best Execution of Equity Transactions,
as well as Trading Practices/Best Execution Procedures. The objective of these
policies and procedures is to ensure the fair and equitable treatment of
transactions and allocation of investment opportunities on behalf of all
accounts managed by Lord Abbett. In addition, Lord Abbett's Code of Ethics sets
forth general principles for the conduct of employee personal securities
transactions in a manner that avoids any actual or potential conflicts of
interest with the interests of Lord Abbett's clients including the Portfolios.
Moreover, Lord Abbett's Statement of Policy and Procedures on Receipt and Use
of Inside Information sets forth procedures for personnel to follow when they
have inside information. Lord Abbett is not affiliated with a full service
broker-dealer and therefore does not execute any portfolio transactions through
such an entity, a structure that could give rise to additional conflicts. Lord
Abbett does not conduct any investment bank functions and does not manage any
hedge funds. Lord Abbett does not believe that any material conflicts of
interest exist in connection with the investment managers' management of the
investments of the Portfolios and the investments of the other accounts
referenced in the table above.

COMPENSATION

   Lord Abbett compensates its investment managers on the basis of salary,
bonus and profit sharing plan contributions. The level of compensation takes
into account the investment manager's experience, reputation and competitive
market rates.

   Fiscal year-end bonuses, which can be a substantial percentage of base level
compensation, are determined after an evaluation of various factors. These
factors include the investment manager's investment results and style
consistency, the dispersion among portfolios with similar objectives, the risk
taken to achieve the portfolio returns, and similar factors. Investment results
are evaluated based on an assessment of the investment manager's three- and
five-year investment returns on a pre-tax basis vs. both the appropriate style
benchmarks and the appropriate peer group rankings. Finally, there is a
component of the bonus that reflects leadership and management of the
investment team. The evaluation does not follow a formulaic approach, but
rather is reached following a review of these factors. No part of the bonus
payment is based on the investment manager's assets under management, the
revenues generated by those assets, or the profitability of the investment
manager's unit. Lord Abbett does not manage hedge funds. Lord Abbett may
designate a bonus payment of a manager for participation in the firm's senior
incentive compensation plan, which provides for a deferred payout over a
five-year period. The plan's earnings are based on the overall asset growth of
the firm as a whole. Lord Abbett believes this incentive focuses investment
managers on the impact their portfolio's performance has on the overall
reputation of the firm as a whole and encourages exchanges of investment ideas
among investment professionals managing different mandates.

   Lord Abbett provides a 401(k) profit-sharing plan for all eligible
employees. Contributions to an investment manager's profit-sharing account are
based on a percentage of the investment manager's total base and bonus paid
during the fiscal year, subject to a specified maximum amount. The assets of
this profit-sharing plan are entirely invested in Lord Abbett-sponsored funds.

                                     C-47



OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                     $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER    NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - -----------------    ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                       
Christopher J. Towle  X


LORD ABBETT GROWTH AND INCOME PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                               ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                               THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                         OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED                PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ---------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF   TOTAL ASSETS IN    NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN    ACCOUNTS IN     ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY       CATEGORY        CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- ------------------ -----------    ---------------
                                                                               
     Eli M. Salzmann..... Registered Investment      9      $22,662.4 Million       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               8        $458.4 Million        0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts          40,881*   $17,331.5* Million      0               N/A

- - --------
*  Included in the number of accounts and total assets is 1 account with
   respect to which the management fee is based on the performance of the
   account; such account totals approximately $276.0 million in total assets.

MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the investment managers'
management of the investments of the Portfolios and the investments of the
other accounts included in the table above. Such conflicts may arise with
respect to the allocation of investment opportunities among the Portfolios and
other accounts with similar investment objectives and policies. An investment
manager potentially could use information concerning a Portfolio's transactions
to the advantage of other accounts and to the detriment of the Portfolios. To
address these potential conflicts of interest, Lord Abbett has adopted and
implemented a number of policies and procedures. Lord Abbett has adopted
Policies and Procedures for Evaluating Best Execution of Equity Transactions,
as well as Trading Practices/Best Execution Procedures. The objective of these
policies and procedures is to ensure the fair and equitable treatment of
transactions and allocation of investment opportunities on behalf of all
accounts managed by Lord Abbett. In addition, Lord Abbett's Code of Ethics sets
forth general principles for the conduct of employee personal securities
transactions in a manner that avoids any actual or potential conflicts of
interest with the interests of Lord Abbett's clients including the Portfolios.
Moreover, Lord Abbett's Statement of Policy and Procedures on Receipt and Use
of Inside Information sets forth procedures for personnel to follow when they
have inside information. Lord Abbett is not affiliated with a full service
broker-dealer and therefore does not execute any portfolio transactions through
such an entity, a structure that could give rise to additional conflicts. Lord
Abbett does not conduct any investment bank functions and does not manage any
hedge funds. Lord Abbett does not believe that any material conflicts of
interest exist in connection with the investment managers' management of the
investments of the Portfolios and the investments of the other accounts
referenced in the table above.

COMPENSATION

   Lord Abbett compensates its investment managers on the basis of salary,
bonus and profit sharing plan contributions. The level of compensation takes
into account the investment manager's experience, reputation and competitive
market rates.

                                     C-48



   Fiscal year-end bonuses, which can be a substantial percentage of base level
compensation, are determined after an evaluation of various factors. These
factors include the investment manager's investment results and style
consistency, the dispersion among portfolios with similar objectives, the risk
taken to achieve the portfolio returns, and similar factors. Investment results
are evaluated based on an assessment of the investment manager's three- and
five-year investment returns on a pre-tax basis vs. both the appropriate style
benchmarks and the appropriate peer group rankings. Finally, there is a
component of the bonus that reflects leadership and management of the
investment team. The evaluation does not follow a formulaic approach, but
rather is reached following a review of these factors. No part of the bonus
payment is based on the investment manager's assets under management, the
revenues generated by those assets, or the profitability of the investment
manager's unit. Lord Abbett does not manage hedge funds. Lord Abbett may
designate a bonus payment of a manager for participation in the firm's senior
incentive compensation plan, which provides for a deferred payout over a
five-year period. The plan's earnings are based on the overall asset growth of
the firm as a whole. Lord Abbett believes this incentive focuses investment
managers on the impact their portfolio's performance has on the overall
reputation of the firm as a whole and encourages exchanges of investment ideas
among investment professionals managing different mandates.

   Lord Abbett provides a 401(k) profit-sharing plan for all eligible
employees. Contributions to an investment manager's profit-sharing account are
based on a percentage of the investment manager's total base and bonus paid
during the fiscal year, subject to a specified maximum amount. The assets of
this profit-sharing plan are entirely invested in Lord Abbett-sponsored funds.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                  $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - ----------------- ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                    
  Eli Salzmann...  X

  Sholom Dinsky..
                   X


LORD ABBETT MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                              ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                              THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                        OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED                PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          --------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF   TOTAL ASSETS IN   NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN    ACCOUNTS IN    ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY       CATEGORY       CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- ----------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                              
    Edward K. von der     Registered Investment      10     $13,124.6 Million      0               N/A
      Linde.............. Companies
                          Other Pooled               0             N/A             0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts           1,681    $1,249.5 Million       0               N/A

    Howard E. Hansen..... Registered Investment      12     $14,773.8 Million      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               3       $457.3 Million        0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts           1,692*   $2,131.8* Million      0               N/A

- - --------
*  Included in the number of accounts and total assets is 1 account with
   respect to which the management fee is based on the performance of the
   account; such account totals approximately $461.7 million in total assets.

                                     C-49



MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the investment managers'
management of the investments of the Portfolios and the investments of the
other accounts included in the table above. Such conflicts may arise with
respect to the allocation of investment opportunities among the Portfolios and
other accounts with similar investment objectives and policies. An investment
manager potentially could use information concerning a Portfolio's transactions
to the advantage of other accounts and to the detriment of the Portfolios. To
address these potential conflicts of interest, Lord Abbett has adopted and
implemented a number of policies and procedures. Lord Abbett has adopted
Policies and Procedures for Evaluating Best Execution of Equity Transactions,
as well as Trading Practices/Best Execution Procedures. The objective of these
policies and procedures is to ensure the fair and equitable treatment of
transactions and allocation of investment opportunities on behalf of all
accounts managed by Lord Abbett. In addition, Lord Abbett's Code of Ethics sets
forth general principles for the conduct of employee personal securities
transactions in a manner that avoids any actual or potential conflicts of
interest with the interests of Lord Abbett's clients including the Portfolios.
Moreover, Lord Abbett's Statement of Policy and Procedures on Receipt and Use
of Inside Information sets forth procedures for personnel to follow when they
have inside information. Lord Abbett is not affiliated with a full service
broker-dealer and therefore does not execute any portfolio transactions through
such an entity, a structure that could give rise to additional conflicts. Lord
Abbett does not conduct any investment bank functions and does not manage any
hedge funds. Lord Abbett does not believe that any material conflicts of
interest exist in connection with the investment managers' management of the
investments of the Portfolios and the investments of the other accounts
referenced in the table above.

COMPENSATION

   Lord Abbett compensates its investment managers on the basis of salary,
bonus and profit sharing plan contributions. The level of compensation takes
into account the investment manager's experience, reputation and competitive
market rates.

   Fiscal year-end bonuses, which can be a substantial percentage of base level
compensation, are determined after an evaluation of various factors. These
factors include the investment manager's investment results and style
consistency, the dispersion among portfolios with similar objectives, the risk
taken to achieve the portfolio returns, and similar factors. Investment results
are evaluated based on an assessment of the investment manager's three- and
five-year investment returns on a pre-tax basis vs. both the appropriate style
benchmarks and the appropriate peer group rankings. Finally, there is a
component of the bonus that reflects leadership and management of the
investment team. The evaluation does not follow a formulaic approach, but
rather is reached following a review of these factors. No part of the bonus
payment is based on the investment manager's assets under management, the
revenues generated by those assets, or the profitability of the investment
manager's unit. Lord Abbett does not manage hedge funds. Lord Abbett may
designate a bonus payment of a manager for participation in the firm's senior
incentive compensation plan, which provides for a deferred payout over a
five-year period. The plan's earnings are based on the overall asset growth of
the firm as a whole. Lord Abbett believes this incentive focuses investment
managers on the impact their portfolio's performance has on the overall
reputation of the firm as a whole and encourages exchanges of investment ideas
among investment professionals managing different mandates.

   Lord Abbett provides a 401(k) profit-sharing plan for all eligible
employees. Contributions to an investment manager's profit-sharing account are
based on a percentage of the investment manager's total base and bonus paid
during the fiscal year, subject to a specified maximum amount. The assets of
this profit-sharing plan are entirely invested in Lord Abbett-sponsored funds.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                          $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER         NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - -----------------         ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                            
Edward Von Der Linde.....  X

Howard Hansen............
                           X


                                     C-50



MFS(R) EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                              ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                              THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                        OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED                PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          --------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                   NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                  ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER   CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT    CATEGORY      CATEGORY*     CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- ----------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                              
   Nicholas D. Smithie... Registered Investment        6       $2.0 Billion        0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled Investment      2      $187.3 Million       0               N/A
                          Vehicles
                          Other Accounts               3      $86.7 Million        0               N/A

- - --------
*  Includes the portfolio

MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   MFS seeks to identify potential conflicts of interest resulting from a
portfolio manager's management of both the Portfolio and other accounts, and
has adopted policies and procedures designed to address potential conflicts.

   The management of multiple portfolios and accounts (including proprietary
accounts) may give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the portfolios
and accounts have different objectives and strategies, benchmarks, time
horizons and fees as a portfolio manager must allocate his or her time and
investment ideas across multiple portfolios and accounts. In certain instances
there may be securities which are suitable for the Portfolio's portfolio as
well as for accounts of MFS or its subsidiaries with similar investment
objectives. A Portfolio's trade allocation policies may give rise to conflicts
of interest if the Portfolio's orders do not get fully executed or are delayed
in getting executed due to being aggregated with those of other accounts of MFS
or its subsidiaries. A portfolio manager may execute transactions for another
portfolio or account that may adversely impact the value of the Portfolio's
investments. Investments selected for portfolios or accounts other than the
Portfolio may outperform investments selected for the Portfolio.

   When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale
of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner
believed by MFS to be fair and equitable to each. It is recognized that in some
cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the
security as far as the Portfolio is concerned. In most cases, however, MFS
believes that the Portfolio's ability to participate in volume transactions
will produce better executions for the Portfolio.

   MFS does not receive a performance fee for its management of the Portfolio.
As a result, MFS and/or a portfolio manager may have a financial incentive to
allocate favorable or limited opportunity investments or structure the timing
of investments to favor accounts other than the Portfolio--for instance, those
that pay a higher advisory fee and/or have a performance fee.

COMPENSATION

   Portfolio manager total cash compensation is a combination of base salary
and performance bonus:

    .  BASE SALARY--Base salary represents a smaller percentage of portfolio
       manager total cash compensation (generally below 33%) than incentive
       compensation.

                                     C-51



    .  PERFORMANCE BONUS--Generally, incentive compensation represents a
       majority of portfolio manager total cash compensation. The performance
       bonus is based on a combination of quantitative and qualitative factors,
       with more weight given to the former (generally over 60%) and less
       weight given to the latter.

    .  The quantitative portion is based on pre-tax performance of all of the
       accounts managed by the portfolio manager (which includes the Portfolio
       and any other accounts managed by the portfolio manager) over a one-,
       three- and five-year period relative to the appropriate Lipper peer
       group universe and/or benchmark index with respect to each account.
       (Generally the benchmark index used is a benchmark index set forth in
       the Fund's prospectus to which the Fund's performance is compared.)
       Additional or different appropriate peer group or benchmark indices may
       also be used. Primary weight is given to portfolio performance over
       three-year and five-year time periods with lesser consideration given to
       portfolio performance over a one-year period (adjusted as appropriate if
       the portfolio manager has served for less than five years).

    .  The qualitative portion is based on the results of an annual internal
       peer review process (conducted by other portfolio managers, analysts and
       traders) and management's assessment of overall portfolio manager
       contributions to investor relations and the investment process (distinct
       from portfolio and other account performance).

   Portfolio managers also typically benefit from the opportunity to
participate in the MFS Equity Plan. Equity interests and/or options to acquire
equity interests in MFS or its parent company are awarded by management, on a
discretionary basis, taking into account tenure at MFS, contribution to the
investment process and other factors.

   Finally, portfolio managers are provided with a benefits package, including
a defined contribution plan, health coverage and other insurance, which are
available to other employees of MFS on substantially similar terms. The
percentage such benefits represent of any portfolio manager's compensation
depends upon the length of the individual's tenure at MFS and salary level as
well as other factors.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                     $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER    NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - -----------------    ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                       
Nicholas D. Smithie.  X


MFS(R) RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                              ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                              THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                        OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED                PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          --------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                   NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                  ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER   CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT    CATEGORY      CATEGORY*     CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- ----------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                              
    Jose Luis Garcia..... Registered Investment        8       $12.1 Billion       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled Investment      1       $782 Million        0               N/A
                          Vehicles
                          Other Accounts               2       $52.2 Billion       0               N/A

    Thomas Melendez...... Registered Investment        3       $7.0 Billion        0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled Investment      0            N/A            0               N/A
                          Vehicles
                          Other Accounts               0            N/A            0               N/A

- - --------
*  Includes the portfolio.

                                     C-52



MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   MFS seeks to identify potential conflicts of interest resulting from a
portfolio manager's management of both the Portfolio and other accounts and has
adopted policies and procedures designed to address potential conflicts.

   The management of multiple portfolios and accounts (including proprietary
accounts) may give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the portfolios
and accounts have different objectives and strategies, benchmarks, time
horizons and fees as a portfolio manager must allocate his or her time and
investment ideas across multiple portfolios and accounts. In certain instances
there may be securities which are suitable for the Portfolio's portfolio as
well as for accounts of MFS or its subsidiaries with similar investment
objectives. A Portfolio's trade allocation policies may give rise to conflicts
of interest if the Portfolio's orders do not get fully executed or are delayed
in getting executed due to being aggregated with those of other accounts of MFS
or its subsidiaries. A portfolio manager may execute transactions for another
portfolio or account that may adversely impact the value of the Portfolio's
investments. Investments selected for portfolios or accounts other than the
Portfolio may outperform investments selected for the Portfolio.

   When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale
of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner
believed by MFS to be fair and equitable to each. It is recognized that in some
cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the
security as far as the Portfolio is concerned. In most cases, however, MFS
believes that the Portfolio's ability to participate in volume transactions
will produce better executions for the Portfolio.

   MFS does not receive a performance fee for its management of the Portfolio.
As a result, MFS and/or a portfolio manager may have a financial incentive to
allocate favorable or limited opportunity investments or structure the timing
of investments to favor accounts other than the Portfolio--for instance, those
that pay a higher advisory fee and/or have a performance fee.

COMPENSATION

   Portfolio manager total cash compensation is a combination of base salary
and performance bonus:

    .  BASE SALARY--Base salary represents a smaller percentage of portfolio
       manager total cash compensation (generally below 33%) than incentive
       compensation.

    .  PERFORMANCE BONUS--Generally, incentive compensation represents a
       majority of portfolio manager total cash compensation. With respect to
       the MFS Research International Portfolio, the performance bonus is based
       on the results of an annual internal peer review process (conducted by
       other portfolio managers, analysts, traders, and non-investment
       personnel) and management's assessment of overall portfolio manager
       contributions to investor relations, the investment process and overall
       performance (distinct from Portfolio and other account performance)

   Portfolio managers also typically benefit from the opportunity to
participate in the MFS Equity Plan. Equity interests and/or options to acquire
equity interests in MFS or its parent company are awarded by management, on a
discretionary basis, taking into account tenure at MFS, contribution to the
investment process and other factors.

   Finally, portfolio managers are provided with a benefits package, including
a defined contribution plan, health coverage and other insurance, which are
available to other employees of MFS on substantially similar terms. The
percentage such benefits represent of any portfolio manager's compensation
depends upon the length of the individual's tenure at MFS and salary level as
well as other factors.

                                     C-53



OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                  $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - ----------------- ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                    
Jose Luis Garcia.  X

Thomas Melendez..
                   X


CLARION GLOBAL REAL ESTATE PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                            TOTAL ASSETS IN                TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                 NUMBER OF    ACCOUNTS IN    NUMBER OF       ACCOUNTS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN    CATEGORY     ACCOUNTS IN       CATEGORY
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY    (IN MILLIONS)   CATEGORY       (IN MILLIONS)
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
   T. Ritson Ferguson.... Registered Investment     19         $14,434.1         0               $0
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              11          $871.7           9             $819.9
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            61         $2,376.4          6              $428

   Steven D. Burton...... Registered Investment     16         $13,006.1         0               $0
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              1            $27.4           1             $212.1
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            39         $1,675.6          2             $319.9

   Joseph P. Smith....... Registered Investment     16          $13,803          0               $0
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              11          $871.7           9             $819.9
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            56         $2,291.5          6              $428


POTENTIAL MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   A portfolio manager may be subject to potential conflicts of interest
because the portfolio manager is responsible for other accounts in addition to
the Fund. These other accounts may include, among others, other mutual funds,
separately managed advisory accounts, commingled trust accounts, insurance
separate accounts, wrap fee programs and hedge funds. Potential conflicts may
arise out of the implementation of differing investment strategies for a
portfolio manager's various accounts, the allocation of investment
opportunities among those accounts or differences in the advisory fees paid by
the portfolio manager's accounts.

   A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of a portfolio
manager's responsibility for multiple accounts with similar investment
guidelines. Under these circumstances, a potential investment may be suitable
for more than one of the portfolio manager's accounts, but the quantity of the
investment available for purchase is less than the aggregate amount the
accounts would ideally devote to the opportunity. Similar conflicts may arise
when multiple accounts seek to dispose of the same investment.

   A portfolio manager may also manage accounts whose objectives and policies
differ from those of the Fund. These differences may be such that under certain
circumstances, trading activity appropriate for one account

                                     C-54



managed by the portfolio manager may have adverse consequences for another
account managed by the portfolio manager. For example, if an account were to
sell a significant position in a security, which could cause the market price
of that security to decrease, while the Fund maintained its position in that
security.

   A potential conflict may arise when a portfolio manager is responsible for
accounts that have different advisory fees--the difference in the fees may
create an incentive for the portfolio manager to favor one account over
another, for example, in terms of access to particularly appealing investment
opportunities. This conflict may be heightened where an account is subject to a
performance-based fee.

COMPENSATION

   There are three pieces of compensation for portfolio managers--fixed-based
salary, bonus and deferred compensation. Fixed-based salary is set and market
competitive. Bonus and deferred compensation is based upon a variety of
factors, one of which is performance across all accounts.

OPPENHEIMER CAPITAL APPRECIATION PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED*              PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                            TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                 NUMBER OF    ACCOUNTS IN    NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN    CATEGORY     ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY    (IN MILLIONS)   CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
       Marc Baylin....... Registered Investment      8          $17,483          0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               1          $1,217           0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0            N/A            0               N/A

- - --------
*  Does not include personal accounts of portfolio managers and their families,
   which are subject to the Code of Ethics.

MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   As indicated above, the Portfolio Manager also manages other funds and
accounts. Potentially, at times, those responsibilities could conflict with the
interests of the Portfolio. That may occur whether the investment objectives
and strategies of the other funds and accounts are the same as, or different
from, the Portfolio's investment objectives and strategies. For example, the
Portfolio Manager may need to allocate investment opportunities between the
Portfolio and another fund or account having similar objectives or strategies,
or she may need to execute transactions for another fund or account that could
have a negative impact on the value of securities held by the Portfolio. Not
all funds and accounts advised by the Manager have the same management fee. If
the management fee structure of another fund or account is more advantageous to
the Manager than the fee structure of the Portfolio, the Manager could have an
incentive to favor the other fund or account. However, the Manager's compliance
procedures and Code of Ethics recognize the Manager's fiduciary obligation to
treat all of its clients, including the Portfolio, fairly and equitably, and
are designed to preclude the Portfolio Manager from favoring one client over
another. It is possible, of course, that those compliance procedures and the
Code of Ethics may not always be adequate to do so. At different times, the
Portfolio's Portfolio Manager may manage other funds or accounts with
investment objectives and strategies similar to those of the Fund, or she may
manage funds or accounts with different investment objectives and strategies.

                                     C-55



COMPENSATION

   The Portfolio's Portfolio Manager is employed and compensated by the
Manager, not the Portfolio. Under the Manager's compensation program for its
portfolio managers and portfolio analysts, their compensation is based
primarily on the investment performance results of the funds and accounts they
manage, rather than on the financial success of the Manager. This is intended
to align the portfolio managers' and analysts' interests with the success of
the funds and accounts and their investors. The Manager's compensation
structure is designed to attract and retain highly qualified investment
management professionals and to reward individual and team contributions toward
creating shareholder value. As of December 31, 2007, the Portfolio Manager's
compensation consisted of three elements: a base salary, an annual
discretionary bonus and eligibility to participate in long-term awards of
options and appreciation rights in regard to the common stock of the Manager's
holding company parent. Senior portfolio managers may also be eligible to
participate in the Manager's deferred compensation plan.

   The base pay component of each portfolio manager is reviewed regularly to
ensure that it reflects the performance of the individual, is commensurate with
the requirements of the particular portfolio, reflects any specific competence
or specialty of the individual manager, and is competitive with other
comparable positions, to help the Manager attract and retain talent. The annual
discretionary bonus is determined by senior management of the Manager and is
based on a number of factors, including a fund's pre-tax performance for
periods of up to five years, measured against an appropriate benchmark selected
by management. The Lipper benchmark with respect to the Portfolio is Lipper
Large Cap Growth Funds. Other factors include management quality (such as style
consistency, risk management, sector coverage, team leadership and coaching)
and organizational development. The Portfolio Manager's compensation is not
based on the total value of the Portfolio's assets, although the Portfolio's
investment performance may increase those assets. The compensation structure is
also intended to be internally equitable and serve to reduce potential
conflicts of interest between the Portfolio and other funds managed by the
Portfolio Manager. The compensation structure of the other funds managed by the
Portfolio Manager is the same as the compensation structure of the Portfolio,
described above.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                  $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - ----------------- ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                    
   Marc Baylin...  X


PIMCO INFLATION PROTECTED BOND PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                               ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                               THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                         OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED                 PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ---------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF   TOTAL ASSETS IN    NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN    ACCOUNTS IN     ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY       CATEGORY        CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- ------------------ -----------   -----------------
                                                                              
       Mihir Worah....... Registered Investment     15      $31,185.51 Million     0                N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              23      $3,847.41 Million      0                N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            29      $10,700.18 Million     10        $1,315.18 Million


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   From time to time, potential conflicts of interest may arise between a
portfolio manager's management of the investments of a Fund, on the one hand,
and the management of other accounts, on the other. The other

                                     C-56



accounts might have similar investment objectives or strategies as the Funds,
track the same index a Fund tracks or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell
securities that are eligible to be held, purchased or sold by the Funds. The
other accounts might also have different investment objectives or strategies
than the Funds.

   Knowledge and Timing of Fund Trades. A potential conflict of interest may
arise as a result of the portfolio manager's day-to-day management of a Fund.
Because of their positions with the Funds, the portfolio managers know the
size, timing and possible market impact of a Fund's trades. It is theoretically
possible that the portfolio managers could use this information to the
advantage of other accounts they manage and to the possible detriment of a Fund.

INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES

   A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio
manager's management of a number of accounts with varying investment
guidelines. Often, an investment opportunity may be suitable for both a Fund
and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, but may not be available
in sufficient quantities for both the Fund and the other accounts to
participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an
investment held by a Fund and another account. PIMCO has adopted policies and
procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair
and equitable basis over time.

   Under PIMCO's allocation procedures, investment opportunities are allocated
among various investment strategies based on individual account investment
guidelines and PIMCO's investment outlook. PIMCO has also adopted additional
procedures to complement the general trade allocation policy that are designed
to address potential conflicts of interest due to the side-by-side management
of the Funds and certain pooled investment vehicles, including investment
opportunity allocation issues.

PERFORMANCE FEES

   A portfolio manager may advise certain accounts with respect to which the
advisory fee is based entirely or partially on performance. Performance fee
arrangements may create a conflict of interest for the portfolio manager in
that the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate the investment
opportunities that he or she believes might be the most profitable to such
other accounts instead of allocating them to a Fund. PIMCO has adopted policies
and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities between
the Funds and such other accounts on a fair and equitable basis over time.

COMPENSATION

   PIMCO has adopted a "Total Compensation Plan" for its professional level
employees, including its portfolio managers, that is designed to pay
competitive compensation and reward performance, integrity and teamwork
consistent with the firm's mission statement. The Total Compensation Plan
includes a significant incentive component that rewards high performance
standards, work ethic and consistent individual and team contributions to the
firm. The compensation of portfolio managers consists of a base salary, a
bonus, and may include a retention bonus. Portfolio managers who are Managing
Directors of PIMCO also receive compensation from PIMCO's profits. Certain
employees of PIMCO, including portfolio managers, may elect to defer
compensation through PIMCO's deferred compensation plan. PIMCO also offers its
employees a non-contributory defined contribution plan through which PIMCO
makes a contribution based on the employee's compensation. PIMCO's contribution
rate increases at a specified compensation level, which is a level that would
include portfolio managers.

SALARY AND BONUS

   Base salaries are determined by considering an individual portfolio
manager's experience and expertise and may be reviewed for adjustment annually.
Portfolio managers are entitled to receive bonuses, which may be

                                     C-57



significantly more than their base salary, upon attaining certain performance
objectives based on predetermined measures of group or department success.
These goals are specific to individual portfolio managers and are mutually
agreed upon annually by each portfolio manager and his or her manager.
Achievement of these goals is an important, but not exclusive, element of the
bonus decision process.

   In addition, the following non-exclusive list of qualitative criteria
(collectively, the "Bonus Factors") may be considered when determining the
bonus for portfolio managers:

    .  3-year, 2-year and 1-year dollar-weighted and account-weighted, pre-tax
       investment performance as judged against the applicable benchmarks for
       each account managed by a portfolio manager (including the Funds) and
       relative to applicable industry peer groups;

    .  Appropriate risk positioning that is consistent with PIMCO's investment
       philosophy and the Investment Committee/CIO approach to the generation
       of alpha;

    .  Amount and nature of assets managed by the portfolio manager;

    .  Consistency of investment performance across portfolios of similar
       mandate and guidelines (reward low dispersion);

    .  Generation and contribution of investment ideas in the context of
       PIMCO's secular and cyclical forums, portfolio strategy meetings,
       Investment Committee meetings, and on a day-to-day basis;

    .  Absence of defaults and price defaults for issues in the portfolios
       managed by the portfolio manager;

    .  Contributions to asset retention, gathering and client satisfaction;

    .  Contributions to mentoring, coaching and/or supervising; and

    .  Personal growth and skills added.

   A portfolio manager's compensation is not based directly on the performance
of any Fund or any other account managed by that portfolio manager. Final bonus
award amounts are determined by the PIMCO Compensation Committee.

RETENTION BONUSES

   Certain portfolio managers may receive a discretionary, fixed amount
retention bonus, based upon the Bonus Factors and continued employment with
PIMCO. Each portfolio manager who is a Senior Vice President or Executive Vice
President of PIMCO receives a variable amount retention bonus, based upon the
Bonus Factors and continued employment with PIMCO.

   Investment professionals, including portfolio managers, are eligible to
participate in a Long Term Cash Bonus Plan ("Cash Bonus Plan"), which provides
cash awards that appreciate or depreciate based upon the performance of PIMCO's
parent company, Allianz Global Investors, and PIMCO over a three-year period.
The aggregate amount available for distribution to participants is based upon
Allianz Global Investors' profit growth and PIMCO's profit growth.
Participation in the Cash Bonus Plan is based upon the Bonus Factors, and the
payment of benefits from the Cash Bonus Plan, is contingent upon continued
employment at PIMCO.

PROFIT SHARING PLAN

   Instead of a bonus, portfolio managers who are Managing Directors of PIMCO
receive compensation from a non-qualified profit sharing plan consisting of a
portion of PIMCO's net profits. Portfolio managers who are Managing Directors
receive an amount determined by the Managing Director Compensation Committee,
based upon an individual's overall contribution to the firm and the Bonus
Factors. Under his employment agreement, William receives a fixed percentage of
the profit sharing plan.

                                     C-58



ALLIANZ TRANSACTION RELATED COMPENSATION

   In May 2000, a majority interest in the predecessor holding company of PIMCO
was acquired by a subsidiary of Allianz AG (currently known as Allianz SE)
("Allianz"). In connection with the transaction, Mr. Gross received a grant of
restricted stock of Allianz, the last of which vested on May 5, 2005.

   From time to time, under the PIMCO Class B Unit Purchase Plan, Managing
Directors and certain executive management (including Executive Vice
Presidents) of PIMCO may become eligible to purchase Class B Units of PIMCO.
Upon their purchase, the Class B Units are immediately exchanged for Class A
Units of PIMCO Partners, LLC, a California limited liability company that holds
a minority interest in PIMCO and is owned by the Managing Directors and certain
executive management of PIMCO. The Class A Units of PIMCO Partners, LLC entitle
their holders to distributions of a portion of the profits of PIMCO. The PIMCO
Compensation Committee determines which Managing Directors and executive
management may purchase Class B Units and the number of Class B Units that each
may purchase. The Class B Units are purchased pursuant to full recourse notes
issued to the holder. The base compensation of each Class B Unit holder is
increased in an amount equal to the principal amortization applicable to the
notes given by the Managing Director or member of executive management.

   Portfolio managers who are Managing Directors also have long-term employment
contracts, which guarantee severance payments in the event of involuntary
termination of a Managing Director's employment with PIMCO.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                  $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - ----------------- ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                    
   Mihir Worah...  X


PIMCO TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                                  ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                                  THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                          OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED                    PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
- - -                         -------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------
                                                   NUMBER OF    TOTAL ASSETS IN    NUMBER OF    TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                  ACCOUNTS IN     ACCOUNTS IN     ACCOUNTS IN     ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER   CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT    CATEGORY        CATEGORY        CATEGORY        CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- ----------------------- ----------- ------------------- -----------
- ------------------
                                                                                
    William H. Gross..... Registered Investment       36      $157,683.55 Million     0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled Investment     19       $8,422.59 Million      3         $836.98 Million
                          Vehicles
                          Other Accounts              162     $42,263.70 Million      21       $19,071.41 Million


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   From time to time, potential conflicts of interest may arise between a
portfolio manager's management of the investments of a Fund, on the one hand,
and the management of other accounts, on the other. The other accounts might
have similar investment objectives or strategies as the Funds, track the same
index a Fund tracks or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are
eligible to be held, purchased or sold by the Funds. The other accounts might
also have different investment objectives or strategies than the Funds.

   Knowledge and Timing of Fund Trades. A potential conflict of interest may
arise as a result of the portfolio manager's day-to-day management of a Fund.
Because of their positions with the Funds, the portfolio managers

                                     C-59



know the size, timing and possible market impact of a Fund's trades. It is
theoretically possible that the portfolio managers could use this information
to the advantage of other accounts they manage and to the possible detriment of
a Fund.

INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES

   A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio
manager's management of a number of accounts with varying investment
guidelines. Often, an investment opportunity may be suitable for both a Fund
and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, but may not be available
in sufficient quantities for both the Fund and the other accounts to
participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an
investment held by a Fund and another account. PIMCO has adopted policies and
procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair
and equitable basis over time.

   Under PIMCO's allocation procedures, investment opportunities are allocated
among various investment strategies based on individual account investment
guidelines and PIMCO's investment outlook. PIMCO has also adopted additional
procedures to complement the general trade allocation policy that are designed
to address potential conflicts of interest due to the side-by-side management
of the Funds and certain pooled investment vehicles, including investment
opportunity allocation issues.

PERFORMANCE FEES

   A portfolio manager may advise certain accounts with respect to which the
advisory fee is based entirely or partially on performance. Performance fee
arrangements may create a conflict of interest for the portfolio manager in
that the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate the investment
opportunities that he or she believes might be the most profitable to such
other accounts instead of allocating them to a Fund. PIMCO has adopted policies
and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities between
the Funds and such other accounts on a fair and equitable basis over time.

COMPENSATION

   PIMCO has adopted a "Total Compensation Plan" for its professional level
employees, including its portfolio managers, that is designed to pay
competitive compensation and reward performance, integrity and teamwork
consistent with the firm's mission statement. The Total Compensation Plan
includes a significant incentive component that rewards high performance
standards, work ethic and consistent individual and team contributions to the
firm. The compensation of portfolio managers consists of a base salary, a
bonus, and may include a retention bonus. Portfolio managers who are Managing
Directors of PIMCO also receive compensation from PIMCO's profits. Certain
employees of PIMCO, including portfolio managers, may elect to defer
compensation through PIMCO's deferred compensation plan. PIMCO also offers its
employees a non-contributory defined contribution plan through which PIMCO
makes a contribution based on the employee's compensation. PIMCO's contribution
rate increases at a specified compensation level, which is a level that would
include portfolio managers.

SALARY AND BONUS

   Base salaries are determined by considering an individual portfolio
manager's experience and expertise and may be reviewed for adjustment annually.
Portfolio managers are entitled to receive bonuses, which may be significantly
more than their base salary, upon attaining certain performance objectives
based on predetermined measures of group or department success. These goals are
specific to individual portfolio managers and are mutually agreed upon annually
by each portfolio manager and his or her manager. Achievement of these goals is
an important, but not exclusive, element of the bonus decision process.

                                     C-60



   In addition, the following non-exclusive list of qualitative criteria
(collectively, the "Bonus Factors") may be considered when determining the
bonus for portfolio managers:

    .  3-year, 2-year and 1-year dollar-weighted and account-weighted, pre-tax
       investment performance as judged against the applicable benchmarks for
       each account managed by a portfolio manager (including the Funds) and
       relative to applicable industry peer groups;

    .  Appropriate risk positioning that is consistent with PIMCO's investment
       philosophy and the Investment Committee/CIO approach to the generation
       of alpha;

    .  Amount and nature of assets managed by the portfolio manager;

    .  Consistency of investment performance across portfolios of similar
       mandate and guidelines (reward low dispersion);

    .  Generation and contribution of investment ideas in the context of
       PIMCO's secular and cyclical forums, portfolio strategy meetings,
       Investment Committee meetings, and on a day-to-day basis;

    .  Absence of defaults and price defaults for issues in the portfolios
       managed by the portfolio manager;

    .  Contributions to asset retention, gathering and client satisfaction;

    .  Contributions to mentoring, coaching and/or supervising; and

    .  Personal growth and skills added.

   A portfolio manager's compensation is not based directly on the performance
of any Fund or any other account managed by that portfolio manager. Final bonus
award amounts are determined by the PIMCO Compensation Committee.

RETENTION BONUSES

   Certain portfolio managers may receive a discretionary, fixed amount
retention bonus, based upon the Bonus Factors and continued employment with
PIMCO. Each portfolio manager who is a Senior Vice President or Executive Vice
President of PIMCO receives a variable amount retention bonus, based upon the
Bonus Factors and continued employment with PIMCO.

   Investment professionals, including portfolio managers, are eligible to
participate in a Long Term Cash Bonus Plan ("Cash Bonus Plan"), which provides
cash awards that appreciate or depreciate based upon the performance of PIMCO's
parent company, Allianz Global Investors, and PIMCO over a three-year period.
The aggregate amount available for distribution to participants is based upon
Allianz Global Investors' profit growth and PIMCO's profit growth.
Participation in the Cash Bonus Plan is based upon the Bonus Factors, and the
payment of benefits from the Cash Bonus Plan, is contingent upon continued
employment at PIMCO.

PROFIT SHARING PLAN

   Instead of a bonus, portfolio managers who are Managing Directors of PIMCO
receive compensation from a non-qualified profit sharing plan consisting of a
portion of PIMCO's net profits. Portfolio managers who are Managing Directors
receive an amount determined by the Managing Director Compensation Committee,
based upon an individual's overall contribution to the firm and the Bonus
Factors. Under his employment agreement, William receives a fixed percentage of
the profit sharing plan.

ALLIANZ TRANSACTION RELATED COMPENSATION

   In May 2000, a majority interest in the predecessor holding company of PIMCO
was acquired by a subsidiary of Allianz AG (currently known as Allianz SE)
("Allianz"). In connection with the transaction, Mr. Gross received a grant of
restricted stock of Allianz, the last of which vested on May 5, 2005.

                                     C-61



   From time to time, under the PIMCO Class B Unit Purchase Plan, Managing
Directors and certain executive management (including Executive Vice
Presidents) of PIMCO may become eligible to purchase Class B Units of PIMCO.
Upon their purchase, the Class B Units are immediately exchanged for Class A
Units of PIMCO Partners, LLC, a California limited liability company that holds
a minority interest in PIMCO and is owned by the Managing Directors and certain
executive management of PIMCO. The Class A Units of PIMCO Partners, LLC entitle
their holders to distributions of a portion of the profits of PIMCO. The PIMCO
Compensation Committee determines which Managing Directors and executive
management may purchase Class B Units and the number of Class B Units that each
may purchase. The Class B Units are purchased pursuant to full recourse notes
issued to the holder. The base compensation of each Class B Unit holder is
increased in an amount equal to the principal amortization applicable to the
notes given by the Managing Director or member of executive management.

   Portfolio managers who are Managing Directors also have long-term employment
contracts, which guarantee severance payments in the event of involuntary
termination of a Managing Director's employment with PIMCO.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                  $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - ----------------- ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                    
William H. Gross.  X


PIONEER FUND PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
  John A. Carey.......... Registered Investment     10      $11,454,393,000      1         $7,918,558,000
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              3       $1,883,897,000       0              N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            2        $184,145,000        0              N/A

  Walter Hunnewell, Jr... Registered Investment     10      $11,454,393,000      1         $7,918,558,000
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              3       $1,883,897,000       0              N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            2        $184,145,000        0              N/A


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   When a portfolio manager is responsible for the management of more than one
account, the potential arises for the portfolio manager to favor one account
over another. The principal types of potential conflicts of interest that may
arise are discussed below. For the reasons outlined below, Pioneer does not
believe that any material conflicts are likely to arise out of a portfolio
manager's responsibility for the management of the fund as well as one or more
other accounts. Although Pioneer has adopted procedures that it believes are
reasonably designed to detect and prevent violations of the federal securities
laws and to mitigate the potential for conflicts of interest to affect its
portfolio management decisions, there can be no assurance that all conflicts
will be identified or that all procedures will be effective in mitigating the
potential for such risks. Generally, the risks of such conflicts of interests
are increased to the extent that a portfolio manager has a financial incentive
to favor one account over

                                     C-62



another. Pioneer has structured its compensation arrangements in a manner that
is intended to limit such potential for conflicts of interests. See
"Compensation of Portfolio Managers" below.

   A portfolio manager could favor one account over another in allocating new
investment opportunities that have limited supply, such as initial public
offerings and private placements. If, for example, an initial public offering
that was expected to appreciate in value significantly shortly after the
offering was allocated to a single account, that account may be expected to
have better investment performance than other accounts that did not receive an
allocation of the initial public offering.

   A portfolio manager could favor one account over another in the order in
which trades for the accounts are placed. If a portfolio manager determines to
purchase a security for more than one account in an aggregate amount that may
influence the market price of the security, accounts that purchased or sold the
security first may receive a more favorable price than accounts that made
subsequent transactions. The less liquid the market for the security or the
greater the percentage that the proposed aggregate purchases or sales represent
of average daily trading volume, the greater the potential for accounts that
make subsequent purchases or sales to receive a less favorable price. When a
portfolio manager intends to trade the same security on the same day for more
than one account, the trades typically are "bunched," which means that the
trades for the individual accounts are aggregated and each account receives the
same price. There are some types of accounts as to which bunching may not be
possible for contractual reasons (such as directed brokerage arrangements).
Circumstances may also arise where the trader believes that bunching the orders
may not result in the best possible price. Where those accounts or
circumstances are involved, Pioneer will place the order in a manner intended
to result in as favorable a price as possible for such client.

   A portfolio manager could favor an account if the portfolio manager's
compensation is tied to the performance of that account to a greater degree
than other accounts managed by the portfolio manager. If, for example, the
portfolio manager receives a bonus based upon the performance of certain
accounts relative to a benchmark while other accounts are disregarded for this
purpose, the portfolio manager will have a financial incentive to seek to have
the accounts that determine the portfolio manager's bonus achieve the best
possible performance to the possible detriment of other accounts. Similarly, if
Pioneer receives a performance-based advisory fee, the portfolio manager may
favor that account, whether or not the performance of that account directly
determines the portfolio manager's compensation.

   A portfolio manager could favor an account if the portfolio manager has a
beneficial interest in the account, in order to benefit a large client or to
compensate a client that had poor returns. For example, if the portfolio
manager held an interest in an investment partnership that was one of the
accounts managed by the portfolio manager, the portfolio manager would have an
economic incentive to favor the account in which the portfolio manager held an
interest.

   If the different accounts have materially and potentially conflicting
investment objectives or strategies, a conflict of interest could arise. For
example, if a portfolio manager purchases a security for one account and sells
the same security for another account, such trading pattern may disadvantage
either the account that is long or short. In making portfolio manager
assignments, Pioneer seeks to avoid such potentially conflicting situations.
However, where a portfolio manager is responsible for accounts with differing
investment objectives and policies, it is possible that the portfolio manager
will conclude that it is in the best interest of one account to sell a
portfolio security while another account continues to hold or increase the
holding in such security.

COMPENSATION

COMPENSATION OF PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

   Pioneer has adopted a system of compensation for portfolio managers and
seeks to align the financial interests of the portfolio managers with both
those of shareholders of the accounts the portfolio managers manage, through
incentive payments based in part on the relative investment performance of
those funds, and also Pioneer through incentive payments based in part on
Pioneer's financial performance. Pioneer's

                                     C-63



compensation arrangements with its portfolio managers are determined on the
basis of the portfolio manager's overall services to Pioneer and its affiliates
and not on the basis of specific funds or accounts managed by the portfolio
manager. The compensation program for all Pioneer portfolio managers includes a
base salary (determined by the rank and tenure of the employee) and an annual
bonus program, as well as customary benefits that are offered generally to all
full-time employees. Base compensation is fixed and normally reevaluated on an
annual basis. Pioneer seeks to set base compensation at market rates, taking
into account the experience and responsibilities of the portfolio manager. The
bonus plan is intended to provide a competitive level of annual bonus
compensation that is tied to the portfolio manager achieving superior
investment performance and aligns the financial incentives of Pioneer and the
investment professional. Any bonus under the plan is completely discretionary,
with a maximum annual bonus that may be in excess of base salary. The annual
bonus is based upon a combination of the following factors:

QUANTITATIVE INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE

   The quantitative investment performance calculation is based on pre-tax
performance of all of the accounts managed by the portfolio manager (which
includes the fund and any other accounts managed by the portfolio manager) over
a one-year period (20% weighting) and four-year period (80% weighting),
measured for periods ending on December 31. The account is ranked against its
peer group universe (60%) and a broad-based securities market index (40%).

QUALITATIVE PERFORMANCE

   The qualitative performance component includes specific objectives that are
mutually established and evaluated by each portfolio manager and management.

COMPANY RESULTS AND BUSINESS LINE RESULTS

   Company results and business/division line results affect a portfolio
manager's actual bonus by a leverage factor of plus or minus (+/-) a
predetermined percentage.

   Certain portfolio managers participate in an incentive plan whereby senior
executives or other key employees are granted options in stock of Pioneer
Global Asset Management S.p.A., an affiliate of Pioneer, at the then fair value
of the underlying stock. These options are generally exercisable within three
years.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                     $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER    NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - -----------------    ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                       
John A. Carey.......  X

Walter Hunnewell,
  Jr................
                      X


PIONEER STRATEGIC INCOME PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
    Kenneth J. Taubes.... Registered Investment      9      $2,967,604,000       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               2      $1,532,471,000       0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0           N/A             0               N/A


                                     C-64



MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   When a portfolio manager is responsible for the management of more than one
account, the potential arises for the portfolio manager to favor one account
over another. The principal types of potential conflicts of interest that may
arise are discussed below. For the reasons outlined below, Pioneer does not
believe that any material conflicts are likely to arise out of a portfolio
manager's responsibility for the management of the fund as well as one or more
other accounts. Although Pioneer has adopted procedures that it believes are
reasonably designed to detect and prevent violations of the federal securities
laws and to mitigate the potential for conflicts of interest to affect its
portfolio management decisions, there can be no assurance that all conflicts
will be identified or that all procedures will be effective in mitigating the
potential for such risks. Generally, the risks of such conflicts of interests
are increased to the extent that a portfolio manager has a financial incentive
to favor one account over another. Pioneer has structured its compensation
arrangements in a manner that is intended to limit such potential for conflicts
of interests. See "Compensation of Portfolio Managers" below.

   A portfolio manager could favor one account over another in allocating new
investment opportunities that have limited supply, such as initial public
offerings and private placements. If, for example, an initial public offering
that was expected to appreciate in value significantly shortly after the
offering was allocated to a single account, that account may be expected to
have better investment performance than other accounts that did not receive an
allocation of the initial public offering.

   A portfolio manager could favor one account over another in the order in
which trades for the accounts are placed. If a portfolio manager determines to
purchase a security for more than one account in an aggregate amount that may
influence the market price of the security, accounts that purchased or sold the
security first may receive a more favorable price than accounts that made
subsequent transactions. The less liquid the market for the security or the
greater the percentage that the proposed aggregate purchases or sales represent
of average daily trading volume, the greater the potential for accounts that
make subsequent purchases or sales to receive a less favorable price. When a
portfolio manager intends to trade the same security on the same day for more
than one account, the trades typically are "bunched," which means that the
trades for the individual accounts are aggregated and each account receives the
same price. There are some types of accounts as to which bunching may not be
possible for contractual reasons (such as directed brokerage arrangements).
Circumstances may also arise where the trader believes that bunching the orders
may not result in the best possible price. Where those accounts or
circumstances are involved, Pioneer will place the order in a manner intended
to result in as favorable a price as possible for such client.

   A portfolio manager could favor an account if the portfolio manager's
compensation is tied to the performance of that account to a greater degree
than other accounts managed by the portfolio manager. If, for example, the
portfolio manager receives a bonus based upon the performance of certain
accounts relative to a benchmark while other accounts are disregarded for this
purpose, the portfolio manager will have a financial incentive to seek to have
the accounts that determine the portfolio manager's bonus achieve the best
possible performance to the possible detriment of other accounts. Similarly, if
Pioneer receives a performance-based advisory fee, the portfolio manager may
favor that account, whether or not the performance of that account directly
determines the portfolio manager's compensation. A portfolio manager could
favor an account if the portfolio manager has a beneficial interest in the
account, in order to benefit a large client or to compensate a client that had
poor returns. For example, if the portfolio manager held an interest in an
investment partnership that was one of the accounts managed by the portfolio
manager, the portfolio manager would have an economic incentive to favor the
account in which the portfolio manager held an interest.

   If the different accounts have materially and potentially conflicting
investment objectives or strategies, a conflict of interest could arise. For
example, if a portfolio manager purchases a security for one account and sells
the same security for another account, such trading pattern may disadvantage
either the account that is long or short. In making portfolio manager
assignments, Pioneer seeks to avoid such potentially conflicting situations.
However, where a portfolio manager is responsible for accounts with differing
investment objectives and

                                     C-65



policies, it is possible that the portfolio manager will conclude that it is in
the best interest of one account to sell a portfolio security while another
account continues to hold or increase the holding in such security.

COMPENSATION

COMPENSATION OF PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

   Pioneer has adopted a system of compensation for portfolio managers and
seeks to align the financial interests of the portfolio managers with both
those of shareholders of the accounts the portfolio managers manage, through
incentive payments based in part on the relative investment performance of
those funds, and also Pioneer through incentive payments based in part on
Pioneer's financial performance. Pioneer's compensation arrangements with its
portfolio managers are determined on the basis of the portfolio manager's
overall services to Pioneer and its affiliates and not on the basis of specific
funds or accounts managed by the portfolio manager. The compensation program
for all Pioneer portfolio managers includes a base salary (determined by the
rank and tenure of the employee) and an annual bonus program, as well as
customary benefits that are offered generally to all full-time employees. Base
compensation is fixed and normally reevaluated on an annual basis. Pioneer
seeks to set base compensation at market rates, taking into account the
experience and responsibilities of the portfolio manager. The bonus plan is
intended to provide a competitive level of annual bonus compensation that is
tied to the portfolio manager achieving superior investment performance and
aligns the financial incentives of Pioneer and the investment professional. Any
bonus under the plan is completely discretionary, with a maximum annual bonus
that may be in excess of base salary. The annual bonus is based upon a
combination of the following factors:

QUANTITATIVE INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE

   The quantitative investment performance calculation is based on pre-tax
performance of all of the accounts managed by the portfolio manager (which
includes the fund and any other accounts managed by the portfolio manager) over
a one-year period (20% weighting) and four-year period (80% weighting),
measured for periods ending on December 31. The account is ranked against its
peer group universe (60%) and a broad-based securities market index (40%).

QUALITATIVE PERFORMANCE

   The qualitative performance component includes specific objectives that are
mutually established and evaluated by each portfolio manager and management.

COMPANY RESULTS AND BUSINESS LINE RESULTS

   Company results and business/division line results affect a portfolio
manager's actual bonus by a leverage factor of plus or minus (+/-) a
predetermined percentage.

   Certain portfolio managers participate in an incentive plan whereby senior
executives or other key employees are granted options in stock of Pioneer
Global Asset Management S.p.A., an affiliate of Pioneer, at the then fair value
of the underlying stock. These options are generally exercisable within three
years.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                     $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER    NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - -----------------    ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                       
Kenneth J. Taubes...  X


                                     C-66



RCM TECHNOLOGY PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
      Walter Price....... Registered Investment     10      $2.986 Billion       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              2        $10 Million         2           $10 Million
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            8        $45 Million         0               N/A

      Huachen Chen....... Registered Investment     8       $2.941 Billion       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              0            N/A             0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            14       $104 Million        0               N/A


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Like other investment professionals with multiple clients, a portfolio
manager for a fund may face certain potential conflicts of interest in
connection with managing both a fund and other accounts at the same time. The
paragraphs below describe some of these potential conflicts, which RCM believes
are faced by investment professionals at most major financial firms. RCM has
adopted compliance policies and procedures that attempt to address certain of
these potential conflicts. The management of accounts with different advisory
fee rates and/or fee structures, including accounts that pay advisory fees
based on account performance ("performance fee accounts"), may raise potential
conflicts of interest by creating an incentive to favor higher-fee accounts.

   These potential conflicts may include, among others:

    .  The most attractive investments could be allocated to higher-fee
       accounts or performance fee accounts.

    .  The trading of higher-fee accounts could be favored as to timing and/or
       execution price. For example, higher fee accounts could be permitted to
       sell securities earlier than other accounts when a prompt sale is
       desirable or to buy securities at an earlier and more opportune time.

    .  The investment management team could focus their time and efforts
       primarily on higher-fee accounts due to a personal stake in compensation.

   A potential conflict of interest may arise when a fund and other accounts
purchase or sell the same securities. On occasions when a portfolio manager
considers the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of a
fund as well as other accounts, RCM's trading desk may, to the extent permitted
by applicable laws and regulations, aggregate the securities to be sold or
purchased in order to obtain the best execution and lower brokerage
commissions, if any. Aggregation of trades may create the potential for
unfairness to a fund or another account if one account is favored over another
in allocating securities purchased or sold--for example, by allocating a
disproportionate amount of a security that is likely to increase in value to a
favored account.

   "Cross trades," in which one RCM account sells a particular security to
another account (potentially saving transaction costs for both accounts), may
also pose a potential conflict of interest. Cross trades may be seen to involve
a potential conflict of interest if, for example, one account is permitted to
sell a security to another account at a higher price than an independent third
party would pay. RCM has adopted compliance procedures

                                     C-67



that provide that any transaction between funds and another RCM-advised account
are to be made at an independent current market price, as required by law.

   Another potential conflict of interest may arise based on the different
investment objectives and strategies of a fund and other accounts. For example,
another account may have a shorter-term investment horizon or different
investment objectives, policies or restrictions than a fund. Depending on
another account's objectives or other factors, a portfolio manager may give
advice and make decisions that may differ from advice given, or the timing or
nature of decisions made, with respect to a fund. In addition, investment
decisions are the product of many factors in addition to basic suitability for
the particular account involved. Thus, a particular security may be bought or
sold for certain accounts even though it could have been bought or sold for
other accounts at the same time. More rarely, a particular security may be
bought for one or more accounts managed by a portfolio manager when one or more
other accounts are selling the security (including short sales). There may be
circumstances when purchases or sales of portfolio securities for one or more
accounts may have an adverse effect on other accounts.

   A fund's portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds
and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of
those funds and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able
to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment
opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were
to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The
effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or
accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment
strategies.

   A fund's portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the selection
of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for
the Funds. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide
portfolio managers with brokerage and research services (as those terms are
defined in Section 28(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), which may
result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been
available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts
than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the
requirement that the portfolio manager determine in good faith that the
commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and
research services provided to the fund, a portfolio manager's decision as to
the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and
benefits among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages.

   A fund's portfolio managers may also face other potential conflicts of
interest in managing a fund, and the description above is not a complete
description of every conflict that could be deemed to exist in managing both
the Funds and other accounts. In addition, a fund's portfolio manager may also
manage other accounts (including their personal assets or the assets of family
members) in their personal capacity. The management of these accounts may also
involve certain of the potential conflicts described above. RCM's investment
personnel, including each fund's portfolio manager, are subject to restrictions
on engaging in personal securities transactions, pursuant to Codes of Ethics
adopted by RCM, which contain provisions and requirements designed to identify
and address certain conflicts of interest between personal investment
activities and the interests of the Funds. See "Code of Ethics".

PALLAS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P. ("PALLAS") AND RELATED ENTITIES

   Pallas is an investment adviser registered with the SEC. Pallas is owned by
Walter Price. Mr. Price is dually employed by Pallas and by RCM.

   Pallas serves as investment manager to two unregistered investment companies
(the "Pallas Hedge Funds")--Pallas Global Technology Hedge Fund, L.P. and
Pallas Investments II, L.P., each a Delaware limited partnership. The general
partner of Pallas Investments II, L.P. and Pallas Global Technology Hedge Fund,
L.P. is Pallas Investments, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the
"General Partner"). Mr. Price owns a majority of the interests in the General
Partner. RCM has the right to a minority percentage of the profits of Pallas
that are derived from the Pallas Hedge Funds. RCM has a minority ownership
interest in the General Partner.

                                     C-68



   Each of the Pallas Hedge Funds pays a management fee and an incentive fee
(based on a percentage of profits) to either Pallas or the General Partner. The
management fee is 1.25% for Pallas Investments II, L.P. and 1.50% for Pallas
Global Technology Hedge Fund, L.P. Mr. Price acts as portfolio manager for
certain RCM client accounts including, among others, the RCM Technology
Portfolio.

   RCM and Pallas share common employees, facilities, and systems. Pallas may
act as investment adviser to one or more of RCM's affiliates, and may serve as
sub-adviser for accounts or clients for which RCM or one of its affiliates
serves as investment manager or investment adviser. RCM also may provide other
services, including but not limited to investment advisory services or
administrative services, to Pallas.

   RCM, Pallas, and the Allianz Advisory Affiliates all engage in proprietary
research and all acquire investment information and research services from
broker-dealers. RCM and the Allianz Advisory Affiliates share such research and
investment information.

   In addition, trades entered into by Pallas on behalf of Pallas' clients are
executed through RCM's equity trading desk, and trades by Pallas on behalf of
Pallas' clients (including the Pallas Hedge Funds) are aggregated with trades
by RCM on behalf of RCM's clients. All trades on behalf of Pallas' clients that
are executed through RCM's equity trading desk will be executed pursuant to
procedures designed to ensure that all clients of both RCM and Pallas
(including the Pallas Hedge Funds) is treated fairly and equitably over time.
The General Partner and/or Pallas receive a participation in the profits of the
Pallas Hedge Funds. Mr. Price also invested personally in one or more of the
Pallas Hedge Funds. As a result, Mr. Price has a conflict of interest with
respect to the management of the Pallas Hedge Funds and the other accounts that
he manages, and he may have an incentive to favor the Pallas Hedge Funds over
other accounts that he manages. RCM has adopted procedures reasonably designed
to ensure that Mr. Price meets his fiduciary obligations to all clients for
whom he acts as portfolio manager and treats all such clients fairly and
equitably over time.

COMPENSATION

   RCM goes to great lengths to ensure that its compensation packages are
competitive. RCM's compensation strategy begins with participation in annual
industry compensation reviews to benchmark "best in class" compensation amounts
at every level in the firm. RCM is a member of the McLagan Partners, Inc.
Roundtable, and we benchmark each position's compensation package against the
most competitive standards in compensation for companies in our region and in
the investment management community.

   RCM maintains a compensation system that is designed to reward excellence,
retain talent and align the individual interests of our staff with the
investment results generated on behalf of our clients. The primary components
of this system are base compensation, incentive bonus, and long term incentive
units (LTIP). We strive to provide our staff with competitive salaries and
incentive compensation that is driven by peer data and investment performance.
In addition, our key staff will benefit by the overall success of our business
in both the short term (incentive bonus) and the long term (LTIP), ensuring
that monetary reward is competitive and reflective of the investment results
received by our clients.

   RCM compensates its portfolio managers using one of two compensation
programs. The first program consists of a base salary, a variable bonus
opportunity, and a benefits package (the "Bonus Program"). The other program
consists of profit sharing relating to the profits generated by the mutual fund
managed by a particular portfolio manager (the "Profit Program").

BONUS PROGRAM

   BASE SALARY--Each Portfolio Manager is paid a fixed base salary set at a
   competitive level, taking into consideration the Portfolio Manager's
   experience and responsibilities, as determined by RCM.

                                     C-69



   ANNUAL BONUS AND PROFIT SHARING OPPORTUNITY--Each Portfolio Manager's
   compensation is directly affected by the performance of the individual
   portfolios he or she manages, as well as the performance of the individual's
   portfolio management team and the overall success of the firm. A target
   bonus amount is established at the beginning of the year based on peer data.
   The target bonus is subject to an increase or decrease at year-end based on
   firm profitability and individual performance. The individual performance
   criterion is derived from a calculation using both quantitative and
   qualitative factors. Approximately 70% of the individual's performance
   rating is quantities, based on the pre-tax investment performance of the
   accounts managed by both the team and the individual, with 50% of the
   performance rating measured relative to the relevant portfolio/Fund's
   benchmark and 50% of the rating measured relative to the performance of an
   appropriate peer group (either the relevant Fund's Lipper or institutional
   peer group). Performance is calculated over a three year trailing period.
   The remaining 30% of the bonus is based on a qualitative review of the
   individual's performance (with 10% from peer reviews and 20% from the
   appraisal by the individual's manager.

   ADDITIONAL INCENTIVES--Our key staff will benefit by the overall success of
   our business in both the short term (incentive bonus) and the long term
   (LTIP), ensuring that monetary reward is competitive and reflective of the
   investment results received by our clients over the various market cycles.

PROFIT PROGRAM

   RCM compensates the portfolio managers of the RCM Technology Portfolio under
the Profit Program. In the Profit Program portfolio managers share in the
profits generated by the mutual fund they manage. In this program, portfolio
managers receive compensation based on the revenues produced by a mutual fund
less designated expenses incurred by RCM to manage the fund. Under this program
portfolio managers also are eligible to participate in the LTIP program and the
retirement plans referenced above.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                  $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - ----------------- ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                    
  Walter Price...  X

  Huachen Chen...
                   X


RAINIER LARGE CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO (AS OF 6/30/07)

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                              ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                              THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                        OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED                PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          --------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                   NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                  ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER   CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT    CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- ----------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                              
    James R. Margard..... Registered Investment        0            N/A            0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled Investment      0            N/A            0               N/A
                          Vehicles
                          Other Accounts              136     $13.524 Billion      0               N/A

    Daniel M. Brewer..... Registered Investment        0            N/A            0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled Investment      0            N/A            0               N/A
                          Vehicles
                          Other Accounts              136     $13.524 Billion      0               N/A


                                     C-70





                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
    Mark W. Broughton.... Registered Investment      0            N/A            0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0            N/A            0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            136     $13.524 Billion      0               N/A

    Stacie L. Cowell..... Registered Investment      0            N/A            0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0            N/A            0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            136     $13.524 Billion      0               N/A

    Mark H. Dawson....... Registered Investment      0            N/A            0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0            N/A            0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            136     $13.524 Billion      0               N/A

    Peter M. Musser...... Registered Investment      0            N/A            0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0            N/A            0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            136     $13.524 Billion      0               N/A


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   The compensation paid to the Adviser for managing the Portfolio is based
only on a percentage of assets under management. Portfolio managers benefit
from the Adviser's revenues and profitability. But no portfolio managers are
compensated based directly on fee revenue earned by the Adviser on particular
accounts in a way that would create a material conflict of interest in favoring
particular accounts over other accounts.

   Execution and research services provided by brokers may not always be
utilized in connection with the Portfolio or other client accounts that may
have provided the commission or a portion of the commission paid to the broker
providing the services. The Adviser allocates brokerage commissions for these
services in a manner that it believes is fair and equitable and consistent with
its fiduciary obligations to each of its clients.

   If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may
be suitable for more than one Portfolio or other client account, the Portfolio
may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity. To mitigate this
conflict of interest, the Adviser aggregates orders of the portfolios it
advises with orders from each of its other client accounts in order to ensure
that all clients are treated fairly and equitably over time and consistent with
its fiduciary obligations to each of its clients.

COMPENSATION

   All portfolio managers are compensated by the Portfolio's Adviser. All
portfolio managers receive a fixed salary. Portfolio managers who are
shareholders (principals) receive a dividend based on number of Rainier
Management shares owned. Portfolio managers who are neither shareholders nor
principals receive an annual

                                     C-71



subjective bonus based on the employee's contribution to the performance of the
Portfolio and other accounts that he or she manages, as well as the employee's
teamwork, constructive attitude and other contributions to the Adviser's
business, but not based on the size of the portfolio or assets under
management. The measurement of a non-shareholder portfolio manager's
contribution to the performance of a Portfolio is not strictly a quantitative
measurement of security performance compared to a benchmark. However,
attribution analysis comparing performance of the portfolio holdings to a
benchmark for the industry for which the portfolio manager has responsibility
is normally reviewed. Typically, periods of one and three years receive
greatest scrutiny in performance evaluations, without regard to the effect any
taxes would have on those portfolio recommendations.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                          $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER         NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - -----------------         ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                            
James R. Margard.........  X

Daniel M. Brewer.........
                           X

Mark W. Broughton........
                           X

Stacie L. Cowell.........
                           X

Mark H. Dawson...........
                           X

Peter M. Musser..........
                           X


T. ROWE PRICE MID CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                              ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                              THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                        OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED*               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          --------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF   TOTAL ASSETS IN   NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN    ACCOUNTS IN    ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY       CATEGORY       CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- ----------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                              
     Brian Berghuis...... Registered Investment      7      $20,984.0 Million      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               1       $307.8 Million        0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             5       $667.4 Million        0               N/A

- - --------
*  Please note the information above does not include any of the funds for
   which T. Rowe Price serves as subadviser for Met Investors Advisory, LLC.
   The assets have not yet been reconciled, and therefore, are subject to
   change.

MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Portfolio managers at T. Rowe Price typically manage multiple accounts.
These accounts may include, among others, mutual funds, separate accounts
(assets managed on behalf of institutions such as pension funds, colleges and
universities, foundations), and commingled trust accounts. Portfolio managers
make investment decisions for each portfolio based on the investment
objectives, policies, practices and other relevant investment considerations
that the managers believe are applicable to that portfolio. Consequently,
portfolio managers may purchase (or sell) securities for one portfolio and not
another portfolio. T. Rowe Price has adopted brokerage and trade allocation
policies and procedures which it believes are reasonably designed to address
any potential conflicts associated with managing multiple accounts for multiple
clients. Also, as disclosed under the "Portfolio

                                     C-72



Manager's Compensation" section, our portfolio managers' compensation is
determined in the same manner with respect to all portfolios managed by the
portfolio manager.

COMPENSATION

   Portfolio manager compensation consists primarily of a base salary, a cash
bonus, and an equity incentive that usually comes in the form of a stock option
grant. Occasionally, portfolio managers will also have the opportunity to
participate in venture capital partnerships. Compensation is variable and is
determined based on the following factors:

   Investment performance over one-, three-, five-, and 10-year periods is the
most important input. We evaluate performance in absolute, relative, and
risk-adjusted terms. Relative performance and risk-adjusted performance are
determined with reference to the broad based index (ex. S&P500) and an
applicable Lipper index (ex. Mid-Cap Growth), though other benchmarks may be
used as well. Investment results are also compared to comparably managed funds
of competitive investment management firms.

   Performance is primarily measured on a pre-tax basis though tax-efficiency
is considered and is especially important for tax efficient funds. It is
important to note that compensation is viewed with a long term time horizon.
The more consistent a manager's performance over time, the higher the
compensation opportunity. The increase or decrease in a fund's assets due to
the purchase or sale of fund shares is not considered a material factor.

   Contribution to our overall investment process is an important consideration
as well. Sharing ideas with other portfolio managers, working effectively with
and mentoring our younger analysts, and being good corporate citizens are
important components of our long term success and are highly valued.

   All employees of T. Rowe Price, including portfolio managers, participate in
a 401(k) plan sponsored by T. Rowe Price Group. In addition, all employees are
eligible to purchase T. Rowe Price common stock through an employee stock
purchase plan that features a limited corporate matching contribution.
Eligibility for and participation in these plans is on the same basis as for
all employees. Finally, all vice presidents of T. Rowe Price Group, including
all portfolio managers, receive supplemental medical/hospital reimbursement
benefits.

   This compensation structure is used for all portfolios managed by the
portfolio manager.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                  $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - ----------------- ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                    
 Brian Berghuis..  X


THIRD AVENUE SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
      Curtis Jensen...... Registered Investment      5       $3.6 Billion        0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0            N/A            0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             4*     Over $1 Million      0               N/A


                                     C-73





                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
    Ian Lapey............ Registered Investment      7       $2.1 Billion        0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               3       $223 Million        0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0           N/A             0               N/A

    Kathleen Crawford.... Registered Investment      7       $2.1 Billion        0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               3       $223 Million        0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0           N/A             0               N/A

- - --------
*  Curtis Jensen manages these accounts in a personal capacity and receives no
   advisory fee for these accounts.

MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Circumstances may arise under which Third Avenue Management LLC (the
"Adviser") determines that, while it would be both desirable and suitable that
a particular security or other investment be purchased or sold for the account
of more than one of its client accounts, there is a limited supply or demand
for the security or other investment. Each portfolio manager also may manage
accounts whose investment strategies may at times be opposed to the strategy
utilized for the Fund. The Adviser has adopted policies and procedures to
monitor and manage these potential conflicts of interest to protect its
clients' interests.

COMPENSATION

   Each portfolio manager receives a fixed base salary and a cash bonus,
payable each year. A portion of the bonus is deferred, pursuant to a deferred
compensation plan of the Adviser. The bonus is determined in the discretion of
senior management of the Adviser, and is based on a qualitative analysis of
several factors, including the profitability of the Adviser and the
contribution of the individual employee. Portfolio managers who perform
additional management functions within the Adviser may receive additional
compensation in these other capacities.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                          $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER         NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - -----------------         ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                            
Curtis Jensen............  X

Ian Lapey................
                           X

Kathleen Crawford........
                           X


                                     C-74



TURNER MID CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
  Christopher K. McHugh.. Registered Investment     14       $4.6 Billion        3          $1.3 Billion
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              27       $636 Million        2           $4 Million
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            23       $2.8 Billion        2          $162 Million

  Jason D. Schrotberger.. Registered Investment     15       $3.8 Billion        1          $103 Million
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              26       $551 Million        2           $4 Million
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            55       $3.3 Billion        4          $264 Million

  Tara R. Hedlund........ Registered Investment     10       $3.3 Billion        1          $103 Million
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              20       $505 Million        2           $4 Million
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts            15       $916 Million        1          $127 Million


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   As is typical for many money managers, potential conflicts of interest may
arise related to Turner's management of accounts including the Fund where not
all accounts are able to participate in a desired IPO, or other limited
opportunity, relating to use of soft dollars and other brokerage practices,
related to the voting of proxies, employee personal securities trading, and
relating to a variety of other circumstances. In all cases, however, Turner
believes it has written policies and procedures in place reasonably designed to
prevent violations of the federal securities laws and to prevent material
conflicts of interest from arising. Please also see Turner's Form ADV, Part II
for a description of some of its policies and procedures in this regard.

COMPENSATION

   Turner's investment professionals receive a base salary commensurate with
their level of experience. Turner's goal is to maintain competitive base
salaries through review of industry standards, market conditions, and salary
surveys. Bonus compensation, which is a multiple of base salary, is based on
the performance of each individual's sector and portfolio assignments relative
to appropriate market benchmarks. In addition, each employee is eligible for
equity ownership and equity owners share the firm's profits. Most of the
members of the Investment Team and all Portfolio Managers for The Funds, are
equity owners of Turner. This compensation and ownership structure provides
incentive to attract and retain highly qualified people, as each member of the
firm has the opportunity to share directly in the accomplishments of the
business.

   The objective performance criteria noted above accounts for 90% of the bonus
calculation. The remaining 10% is based upon subjective, "good will" factors
including teamwork, interpersonal relations, the individual's contribution to
overall success of the firm, media and client relations, presentation skills,
and professional development. Portfolio managers/analysts are reviewed on an
annual basis. The Chief Investment Officer is

                                     C-75



responsible for setting base salaries, bonus targets, and making all subjective
judgments related to an investment professionals' compensation. The CIO is also
responsible for identifying investment professionals that should be considered
for equity ownership on an annual basis.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                     $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER    NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - -----------------    ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                       
Christopher McHugh..  X

Jason Schrotberger..
                      X

Tara Hedlund........
                      X


VAN KAMPEN COMSTOCK PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
   R. Robert Baker....... Registered Investment     18      $30,734,855,846      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              1        $671,039,889        0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts          13,252    $2,554,294,172       0               N/A

   Jason S. Leder........ Registered Investment     18      $30,734,855,846      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              1        $671,039,889        0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts          13,252    $2,554,294,172       0               N/A

   Kevin C. Holt......... Registered Investment     18      $30,734,855,846      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              1        $671,039,889        0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts          13,252    $2,554,294,172       0               N/A

   Devin E. Armstrong.... Registered Investment     18      $30,734,855,846      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              1        $671,039,889        0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts          13,252    $2,554,294,172       0               N/A

   James N. Warwick...... Registered Investment     18      $30,734,855,846      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              1        $671,039,889        0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts          13,252    $2,554,294,172       0               N/A


                                     C-76



MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Because the portfolio managers manage assets for other investment companies,
pooled investment vehicles and/or other accounts (including institutional
clients, pension plans and certain high net worth individuals), there may be an
incentive to favor one client over another resulting in conflicts of interest.
For instance, the Investment Adviser may receive fees from certain accounts
that are higher than the fee it receives from the Fund, or it may receive a
performance-based fee on certain accounts. In those instances, the portfolio
managers may have an incentive to favor the higher and/or performance-based fee
accounts over the Fund. In addition, a conflict of interest could exist to the
extent the Investment Adviser has proprietary investments in certain accounts,
where portfolio managers have personal investments in certain accounts or when
certain accounts are investment options in the Investment Adviser's employee
benefits and/or deferred compensation plans. The portfolio manager may have an
incentive to favor these accounts over others. If the Investment Adviser
manages accounts that engage in short sales of securities of the type in which
the Fund invests, the Investment Adviser could be seen as harming the
performance of the Fund for the benefit of the accounts engaging in short sales
if the short sales cause the market value of the securities to fall. The
Investment Adviser has adopted trade allocation and other policies and
procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to address these and other
conflicts of interest.

COMPENSATION

   Portfolio managers receive a combination of base compensation and
discretionary compensation, comprising a cash bonus and several deferred
compensation programs described below. The methodology used to determine
portfolio manager compensation is applied across all funds/accounts managed by
the portfolio managers.

BASE SALARY COMPENSATION

   Generally, portfolio managers receive base salary compensation based on the
level of their position with the Investment Adviser.

DISCRETIONARY COMPENSATION

   In addition to base compensation, portfolio managers may receive
discretionary compensation.

   Discretionary compensation can include:

    .  Cash Bonus

    .  MORGAN STANLEY'S LONG TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION AWARDS--a mandatory
       program that defers a portion of discretionary year-end compensation
       into restricted stock units or other awards based on Morgan Stanley
       common stock or other investments that are subject to vesting and other
       conditions.

    .  INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ALIGNMENT PLAN (IMAP) AWARDS--a mandatory program
       that defers a portion of discretionary year-end compensation and
       notionally invests it in designated funds advised by the Investment
       Adviser or its affiliates. The award is subject to vesting and other
       conditions. Portfolio managers must notionally invest a minimum of 25%
       to a maximum of 100% of the IMAP deferral into a combination of the
       designated funds they manage that are included in the IMAP fund menu,
       which may or may not include the Fund.

    .  VOLUNTARY DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS--voluntary programs that permit
       certain employees to elect to defer a portion of their discretionary
       year-end compensation and directly or notionally invest the deferred
       amount: (1) across a range of designated investment funds, including
       funds advised by the Investment Adviser or its affiliates; and/or (2) in
       Morgan Stanley stock units.

                                     C-77



   Several factors determine discretionary compensation, which can vary by
portfolio management team and circumstances. In order of relative importance,
these factors include:

    .  INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE. A portfolio manager's compensation is linked to
       the pre-tax investment performance of the funds/accounts managed by the
       portfolio manager. Investment performance is calculated for one-, three-
       and five-year periods measured against a fund's/account's primary
       benchmark (as set forth in the fund's prospectus), indices and/or peer
       groups where applicable. Generally, the greatest weight is placed on the
       three- and five-year periods.

    .  Revenues generated by the investment companies, pooled investment
       vehicles and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager.

    .  Contribution to the business objectives of the Investment Adviser.

    .  The dollar amount of assets managed by the portfolio manager.

    .  Market compensation survey research by independent third parties.

    .  Other qualitative factors, such as contributions to client objectives.

    .  Performance of Morgan Stanley and Morgan Stanley Investment Management,
       and the overall performance of the investment team(s) of which the
       portfolio manager is a member.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                     $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER    NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - -----------------    ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                       
R. Robert Baker.....  X

Jason S. Leder......
                      X

Kevin C. Holt.......
                      X

Devin E. Armstrong..
                      X

James N. Warwick....
                      X


VAN KAMPEN MID CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
      Dennis Lynch....... Registered Investment     37      $32,189,208,866      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               5      $1,525,680,441       0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts           7,247    $1,981,330,357       0               N/A

      David Cohen........ Registered Investment     37      $32,189,208,866      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               5      $1,525,680,441       0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts           7,247    $1,981,330,357       0               N/A


                                     C-78





                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
    Sam Chainani......... Registered Investment     37      $32,189,208,866      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               5      $1,525,680,441       0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts           7,247    $1,981,330,357       0               N/A

    Alexander Norton..... Registered Investment     37      $32,189,208,866      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               5      $1,525,680,441       0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts           7,247    $1,981,330,357       0               N/A

    Jason Yeung.......... Registered Investment     37      $32,189,208,866      0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               5      $1,525,680,441       0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts           7,247    $1,981,330,357       0               N/A


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Because the portfolio managers manage assets for other investment companies,
pooled investment vehicles and/or other accounts (including institutional
clients, pension plans and certain high net worth individuals), there may be an
incentive to favor one client over another resulting in conflicts of interest.
For instance, the Investment Adviser may receive fees from certain accounts
that are higher than the fee it receives from the Fund, or it may receive a
performance-based fee on certain accounts. In those instances, the portfolio
managers may have an incentive to favor the higher and/or performance-based fee
accounts over the Fund. In addition, a conflict of interest could exist to the
extent the Investment Adviser has proprietary investments in certain accounts,
where portfolio managers have personal investments in certain accounts or when
certain accounts are investment options in the Investment Adviser's employee
benefits and/or deferred compensation plans. The portfolio manager may have an
incentive to favor these accounts over others. If the Investment Adviser
manages accounts that engage in short sales of securities of the type in which
the Fund invests, the Investment Adviser could be seen as harming the
performance of the Fund for the benefit of the accounts engaging in short sales
if the short sales cause the market value of the securities to fall. The
Investment Adviser has adopted trade allocation and other policies and
procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to address these and other
conflicts of interest.

COMPENSATION

   Portfolio managers receive a combination of base compensation and
discretionary compensation, comprising a cash bonus and several deferred
compensation programs described below. The methodology used to determine
portfolio manager compensation is applied across all funds/accounts managed by
the portfolio managers.

BASE SALARY COMPENSATION

   Generally, portfolio managers receive base salary compensation based on the
level of their position with the Investment Adviser.

                                     C-79



DISCRETIONARY COMPENSATION

   In addition to base compensation, portfolio managers may receive
discretionary compensation.

   Discretionary compensation can include:

    .  Cash Bonus.

    .  MORGAN STANLEY'S LONG TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION AWARDS--a mandatory
       program that defers a portion of discretionary year-end compensation
       into restricted stock units or other awards based on Morgan Stanley
       common stock or other investments that are subject to vesting and other
       conditions.

    .  INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ALIGNMENT PLAN (IMAP) AWARDS--a mandatory program
       that defers a portion of discretionary year-end compensation and
       notionally invests it in designated funds advised by the Investment
       Adviser or its affiliates. The award is subject to vesting and other
       conditions. Portfolio managers must notionally invest a minimum of 25%
       to a maximum of 100% of the IMAP deferral into a combination of the
       designated funds they manage that are included in the IMAP fund menu,
       which may or may not include the Fund.

    .  VOLUNTARY DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS--voluntary programs that permit
       certain employees to elect to defer a portion of their discretionary
       year-end compensation and directly or notionally invest the deferred
       amount: (1) across a range of designated investment funds, including
       funds advised by the Investment Adviser or its affiliates; and/or (2) in
       Morgan Stanley stock units.

   Several factors determine discretionary compensation, which can vary by
portfolio management team and circumstances. In order of relative importance,
these factors include:

    .  INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE. A portfolio manager's compensation is linked to
       the pre-tax investment performance of the funds/accounts managed by the
       portfolio manager. Investment performance is calculated for one-, three-
       and five-year periods measured against a fund's/account's primary
       benchmark (as set forth in the fund's prospectus), indices and/or peer
       groups where applicable. Generally, the greatest weight is placed on the
       three- and five-year periods.

    .  Revenues generated by the investment companies, pooled investment
       vehicles and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager.

    .  Contribution to the business objectives of the Investment Adviser.

    .  The dollar amount of assets managed by the portfolio manager.

    .  Market compensation survey research by independent third parties.

    .  Other qualitative factors, such as contributions to client objectives.

    .  Performance of Morgan Stanley and Morgan Stanley Investment Management,
       and the overall performance of the investment team(s) of which the
       portfolio manager is a member.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                     $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER    NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - -----------------    ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                       
Dennis Lynch........  X

David Cohen.........
                      X

Sam Chainani........
                      X

Alexander Norton....
                      X

Jason Yeung.........
                      X


                                     C-80



AMERICAN FUNDS BALANCED ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO, AMERICAN FUNDS GROWTH ALLOCATION
PORTFOLIO AND AMERICAN FUNDS MODERATE ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
   Elizabeth M. Forget... Registered Investment      6      $6,644,783,921       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0           N/A             0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0           N/A             0               N/A

   Alan Leland........... Registered Investment      6      $6,644,783,921       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0           N/A             0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0           N/A             0               N/A

   Darrel A. Olson....... Registered Investment      6      $6,644,783,921       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0           N/A             0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0           N/A             0               N/A

   John F. Guthrie....... Registered Investment      6      $6,644,783,921       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0           N/A             0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0           N/A             0               N/A

   Thomas C. McDevitt.... Registered Investment      6      $6,644,783,921       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0           N/A             0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0           N/A             0               N/A


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Met Investors Advisory, LLC is not aware of any material conflicts of
interest that may arise in connection with the management of the Asset
Allocation Portfolios and the management of the other accounts included in the
table above.

COMPENSATION

   The portfolio managers for the Asset Allocation Portfolios are compensated
following MetLife's compensation methodology, which applies to all employees.
Employees receive a salary and are eligible to receive an incentive bonus. The
portfolio managers receive a majority of their compensation in the form of base
salary. The size of the incentive pool is based on various factors, including
MetLife-wide performance and

                                     C-81



business unit performance. The bonus for each individual is based on a number
of qualitative and quantitative performance factors. These factors include
performance versus individual goals and objectives, judgment, communications
skills, innovation and teamwork. Years of experience and level of
responsibility also are factors in determining bonus size. This bonus is not
tied directly to the performance of Portfolios or the other accounts included
in the tables above. All employees are eligible for participation in MetLife's
retirement plan, which applies to all company employees.

   The portfolio managers who are officers of MetLife are eligible to
participate in its deferred compensation program, which allows officers to
elect to defer a portion of their total annual compensation. Certain senior
officers of MetLife are also eligible to receive Long-Term Incentive payments
(LTIs). LTIs may be comprised of stock options, performance shares and cash.
They give eligible employees a stake in MetLife's long-term performance as well
as providing such employees with an opportunity for significant financial gain
when MetLife experiences financial success. Stock options are granted to
eligible employees on an annual basis and provide the potential for financial
gain, without personal investment, equal to the increase in the price of
MetLife stock from the price on the date of grant. Eligible employees have a
ten-year exercise period for vested options. Performance shares are awarded to
certain senior officers as part of a three-year plan. At the end of the
three-year period, the number of shares awarded is adjusted up or down based on
business performance over the period. The primary performance measures are
total shareholder return and operating earnings per share. Adjusted performance
share awards can range from zero to 200% of the original grant.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                          $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER         NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - -----------------         ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                            
Elizabeth M. Forget......  X

Alan Leland..............
                           X

Darrel A. Olson..........
                           X

John F. Guthrie..........
                           X

Thomas C. McDevitt.......
                           X


METLIFE AGGRESSIVE STRATEGY PORTFOLIO, METLIFE BALANCED STRATEGY PORTFOLIO,
METLIFE DEFENSIVE STRATEGY PORTFOLIO, METLIFE GROWTH STRATEGY PORTFOLIO AND
METLIFE MODERATE STRATEGY PORTFOLIO.

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
   Elizabeth M. Forget... Registered Investment      6      $6,644,783,921       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0           N/A             0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0           N/A             0               N/A

   Alan Leland........... Registered Investment      6      $6,644,783,921       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0           N/A             0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0           N/A             0               N/A


                                     C-82





                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
   Darrel A. Olson....... Registered Investment      6      $6,644,783,921       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0           N/A             0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0           N/A             0               N/A

   John F. Guthrie....... Registered Investment      6      $6,644,783,921       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0           N/A             0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0           N/A             0               N/A

   Thomas C. McDevitt.... Registered Investment      6      $6,644,783,921       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0           N/A             0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0           N/A             0               N/A


MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Met Investors Advisory, LLC is not aware of any material conflicts of
interest that may arise in connection with the management of the Asset
Allocation Portfolios and the management of the other accounts included in the
table above.

COMPENSATION

   The portfolio managers for the Asset Allocation Portfolios are compensated
following MetLife's compensation methodology, which applies to all employees.
Employees receive a salary and are eligible to receive an incentive bonus. The
portfolio managers receive a majority of their compensation in the form of base
salary. The size of the incentive pool is based on various factors, including
MetLife-wide performance and business unit performance. The bonus for each
individual is based on a number of qualitative and quantitative performance
factors. These factors include performance versus individual goals and
objectives, judgment, communications skills, innovation and teamwork. Years of
experience and level of responsibility also are factors in determining bonus
size. This bonus is not tied directly to the performance of Portfolios or the
other accounts included in the tables above. All employees are eligible for
participation in MetLife's retirement plan, which applies to all company
employees.

   The portfolio managers who are officers of MetLife are eligible to
participate in its deferred compensation program, which allows officers to
elect to defer a portion of their total annual compensation. Certain senior
officers of MetLife are also eligible to receive Long-Term Incentive payments
(LTIs). LTIs may be comprised of stock options, performance shares and cash.
They give eligible employees a stake in MetLife's long-term performance as well
as providing such employees with an opportunity for significant financial gain
when MetLife experiences financial success. Stock options are granted to
eligible employees on an annual basis and provide the potential for financial
gain, without personal investment, equal to the increase in the price of
MetLife stock from the price on the date of grant. Eligible employees have a
ten-year exercise period for vested options. Performance shares are awarded to
certain senior officers as part of a three-year plan. At the end of the
three-year

                                     C-83



period, the number of shares awarded is adjusted up or down based on business
performance over the period. The primary performance measures are total
shareholder return and operating earnings per share. Adjusted performance share
awards can range from zero to 200% of the original grant.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                          $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER         NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - -----------------         ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                            
Elizabeth M. Forget......  X

Alan Leland..............
                           X

Darrel A. Olson..........
                           X

John F. Guthrie..........
                           X

Thomas C. McDevitt.......
                           X


STRATEGIC CONSERVATIVE GROWTH PORTFOLIO, STRATEGIC GROWTH PORTFOLIO AND
STRATEGIC GROWTH AND INCOME PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED*              PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
     Mark A. Keller...... Registered Investment      1      $232.0 Million       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled              13      $531.3 Million       0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts           7,800     $1.4 Billion        0               N/A

     James M. Havey...... Registered Investment      0           N/A             0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0           N/A             0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0           N/A             0               N/A

- - --------
*  Number of other accounts is approximate and includes individually managed
   wrap fee accounts.

MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   As part of its compliance program, Gallatin has adopted policies and
procedures that seek to address potential conflicts of interest. The firm's
compliance program and code of ethics is designed to detect and prevent
violations and ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time
and protect against potential incentives that may favor one account over
another.

   Gallatin has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of
investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading
by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to
ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time. Nonetheless,
Gallatin or an affiliate furnishes investment management and brokerage services
to numerous clients in addition to the Portfolios. In managing multiple
portfolios, certain potential conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio
manager also has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or
more portfolio or other accounts.

                                     C-84



   Gallatin has adopted brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures
which it believes are reasonably designed to address any potential conflicts
associated with managing multiple accounts for multiple clients. A portfolio
manager who is responsible for managing multiple portfolios may devote unequal
time and attention to the management of those accounts. The effects of this
potential conflict may be more pronounced where accounts overseen by a
particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies. Portfolio
managers have the responsibility to determine which broker-dealer to use to
execute each order, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the
transaction. Gallatin may be limited by the client with respect to the
selection of broker-dealers or may be instructed to direct trades through a
particular broker for its separate accounts. In these cases, Gallatin may place
separate, non-simultaneous transactions for a portfolio and another account,
which could temporarily affect the market price of the security or the
execution of the transaction, possibly to the detriment of the portfolio, or
its other accounts. When Gallatin believes it is desirable, appropriate, and
feasible to purchase the same security for a number of client accounts at the
same time, Gallatin will aggregate its clients' orders, in a way that seeks to
obtain the most favorable executions in terms of the price at which the
security is purchased or sold, the costs of executions and the efficiency of
the processing of the transactions. Portfolio managers may choose to execute
orders with an affiliated broker-dealer if it believes it can obtain a more
favorable net price for the Portfolio and other clients. Each account that
participates in an aggregated order will participate at the average net unit
price.

COMPENSATION

   Gallatin's portfolio managers participate in a compensation program which
consists primarily of a base salary and an annual bonus.

BASE SALARY

   Each portfolio manager's base salary is reviewed annually and adjusted based
on consideration of various factors specific to the individual portfolio
manager, including among others, experience, quality of performance record and
breadth of management responsibility, and a comparison to competitive market
data provided by external compensation consultants.

ANNUAL BONUS

   The annual bonus pool for portfolio managers and other employees that are
eligible to receive bonuses is determined based on the overall profitability of
the firm during the relevant year. The bonus is typically paid in a combination
of cash and equity incentive awards (non-qualified stock options and/or
restricted stock) in Wachovia Corporation, Gallatin's publicly traded parent
company.

ADDITIONAL BENEFITS

   In addition to a base salary and annual bonus, portfolio managers may
participate, at their election, in various benefits programs, including the
following:

    .  medical, dental, vision and prescription benefits;

    .  life, disability, and long-term care insurance;

    .  before-tax spending accounts relating to dependent care and healthcare;
       and various other services, such as family counseling and employee
       assistance programs, pre-paid or discounted legal services and health
       care advisory programs.

   These benefits are broadly available to all employees. Senior level
employees, including many portfolio managers but also including many other
senior level executives, may pay more or less than employees that are not
senior level for certain benefits, or be eligible for, or required to
participate in, certain benefits programs not

                                     C-85



available to employees who are not senior level. For example, only senior level
employees above a certain compensation level are eligible to participate in the
Wachovia Corporation deferred compensation plan, and certain senior level
employees are required to participate in the deferred compensation plan.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                  $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - ----------------- ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                    
 Mark A. Keller..  X

 James M. Havey..
                   X


MET/FRANKLIN TEMPLETON FOUNDING STRATEGY PORTFOLIO

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED



                                                                            ACCOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO WHICH
                                                                            THE ADVISORY FEE IS BASED ON THE
                                       OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED               PERFORMANCE OF THE ACCOUNT
                          ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                 NUMBER OF  TOTAL ASSETS IN  NUMBER OF     TOTAL ASSETS IN
                                                ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN   ACCOUNTS IN      ACCOUNTS IN
NAME OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER  CATEGORY OF ACCOUNT   CATEGORY      CATEGORY      CATEGORY         CATEGORY
- - ------------------------- --------------------- ----------- --------------- -----------    ---------------
                                                                            
   Elizabeth M. Forget... Registered Investment      6      $6,644,783,921       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0           N/A             0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0           N/A             0               N/A

   Alan Leland........... Registered Investment      6      $6,644,783,921       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0           N/A             0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0           N/A             0               N/A

   Darrel A. Olson....... Registered Investment      6      $6,644,783,921       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0           N/A             0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles

                          Other Accounts             0           N/A             0               N/A

   John F. Guthrie....... Registered Investment      6      $6,644,783,921       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0           N/A             0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0           N/A             0               N/A

   Thomas C. McDevitt.... Registered Investment      6      $6,644,783,921       0               N/A
                          Companies
                          Other Pooled               0           N/A             0               N/A
                          Investment Vehicles
                          Other Accounts             0           N/A             0               N/A


                                     C-86



MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

   Met Investors Advisory, LLC is not aware of any material conflicts of
interest that may arise in connection with the management of the Asset
Allocation Portfolios and the management of the other accounts included in the
table above.

COMPENSATION

   The portfolio managers for the Asset Allocation Portfolios are compensated
following MetLife's compensation methodology, which applies to all employees.
Employees receive a salary and are eligible to receive an incentive bonus. The
portfolio managers receive a majority of their compensation in the form of base
salary. The size of the incentive pool is based on various factors, including
MetLife-wide performance and business unit performance. The bonus for each
individual is based on a number of qualitative and quantitative performance
factors. These factors include performance versus individual goals and
objectives, judgment, communications skills, innovation and teamwork. Years of
experience and level of responsibility also are factors in determining bonus
size. This bonus is not tied directly to the performance of Portfolios or the
other accounts included in the tables above. All employees are eligible for
participation in MetLife's retirement plan, which applies to all company
employees.

   The portfolio managers who are officers of MetLife are eligible to
participate in its deferred compensation program, which allows officers to
elect to defer a portion of their total annual compensation. Certain senior
officers of MetLife are also eligible to receive Long-Term Incentive payments
(LTIs). LTIs may be comprised of stock options, performance shares and cash.
They give eligible employees a stake in MetLife's long-term performance as well
as providing such employees with an opportunity for significant financial gain
when MetLife experiences financial success. Stock options are granted to
eligible employees on an annual basis and provide the potential for financial
gain, without personal investment, equal to the increase in the price of
MetLife stock from the price on the date of grant. Eligible employees have a
ten-year exercise period for vested options. Performance shares are awarded to
certain senior officers as part of a three-year plan. At the end of the
three-year period, the number of shares awarded is adjusted up or down based on
business performance over the period. The primary performance measures are
total shareholder return and operating earnings per share. Adjusted performance
share awards can range from zero to 200% of the original grant.

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES



                                          $10,001- $50,001- $100,001- $500,001-     OVER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER         NONE $1-$10,000 $50,000  $100,000 $500,000  $1,000,000 $1,000,000
- - -----------------         ---- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                            
Elizabeth M. Forget......  X

Alan Leland..............
                           X

Darrel A. Olson..........
                           X

John F. Guthrie..........
                           X

Thomas C. McDevitt.......
                           X


                                     C-87

                         METROPOLITAN SERIES FUND, INC.

                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                 APRIL 28, 2008

This Statement of Additional Information ("SAI") is not a prospectus. This SAI
relates to the prospectuses of the Portfolios of the Metropolitan Series Fund,
Inc. (the "Fund") dated April 28, 2008, as any prospectus may be supplemented or
amended from time to time (the "Prospectus"), and should only be read, with
respect to a Portfolio, along with the Prospectus for that Portfolio. The annual
report of the Fund for the year ending December 31, 2007 accompanies this SAI.
The audited financial statements included in the annual report, including any
notes thereto, and the report of the independent registered public accounting
firm thereon are incorporated by reference into this document, which means that
their contents are legally considered to be a part of this Statement of
Additional Information. A copy of the Prospectus and the annual report may be
obtained from Metropolitan Series Fund, Inc., c/o Metropolitan Life Insurance
Company, Attn: Annuity Fulfillment Unit - MSF, 1600 Division Road, West Warwick,
Rhode Island 02893 or by calling (800) 638-7732.

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               -----
                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                  1
GENERAL

                                                                                                                  1
INVESTMENT POLICIES

                                                                                                                  7
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

                                                                                                                  9
INVESTMENT PRACTICES

                                                                                                                 32
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

                                                                                                                 34
RESOLVING MATERIAL CONFLICTS

                                                                                                                 34
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUES

                                                                                                                 36
EXPENSES

                                                                                                                 37
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

                                                                                                                 43
ADVISORY ARRANGEMENTS

                                                                                                                 57
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

                                                                                                                 92
DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

                                                                                                                 95
OTHER SERVICES

                                                                                                                 96
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

                                                                                                                103
CODE OF ETHICS

                                                                                                                103
DESCRIPTION OF THE FUND

                                                                                                                104
TAXES

                                                                                                                107
TRANSFER AGENT

                                                                                                                107
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                                                                107
INDEX SPONSORS

                                                                                                                110
APPENDIX A-1 -- DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS

                                                                                                                115
APPENDIX A-2 -- DESCRIPTION OF COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS

                                                                                                                116
APPENDIX B -- INFORMATION ABOUT PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]


Table of Contents

                                     GENERAL

      Defined terms used in this SAI, but not defined herein, are used as they
are defined in the Prospectus.

                               INVESTMENT POLICIES

      The investment objective(s) and principal investment strategies of each
Portfolio (each, a "Portfolio," and, collectively, the "Portfolios") of the Fund
are set forth in the Prospectus. There can be no assurance that a Portfolio will
achieve its investment objective(s). The information that follows sets out
certain investment policies of certain Portfolios. For more information about
the investment policies of each Portfolio, see below under "Investment
Restrictions" and "Investment Practices" and the Prospectus.

      Each of MetLife Conservative Allocation Portfolio, MetLife Conservative to
Moderate Allocation Portfolio, MetLife Moderate Allocation Portfolio, MetLife
Moderate to Aggressive Allocation Portfolio and MetLife Aggressive Allocation
Portfolio (each, an "Asset Allocation Portfolio" and, collectively, the "Asset
Allocation Portfolios") operates under a "fund of funds" structure, investing
substantially all of its assets in other mutual funds advised by MetLife
Advisers, LLC ("MetLife Advisers") or its affiliates (each, an "Underlying
Portfolio" and, collectively, the "Underlying Portfolios"). In addition to the
fees directly associated with an Asset Allocation Portfolio, an investor in that
Portfolio will also indirectly bear the fees of the Underlying Portfolios in
which the Asset Allocation Portfolio invests. Each Underlying Portfolio may have
a different subadviser who will use a separate set of investment strategies,
exposing each Underlying Portfolio to its own investment risks. For a list of
the Underlying Portfolios in which each Asset Allocation Portfolio may invest as
of the date of this SAI, please see the Prospectus. For more information about
the investment strategies of the Underlying Portfolios of the Fund, and the
risks associated with those strategies, please refer to any information in this
section relating to the particular Underlying Portfolio of the Fund and the
sections below entitled "Investment Restrictions" and "Investment Practices."
For additional information about the investment strategies and associated risks
of the Underlying Portfolios that are series of Met Investors Series Trust
("MIST"), please see the April 28, 2008 prospectus and statement of additional
information of MIST (SEC File No. 811-10183).

      Except as otherwise indicated, each Portfolio's investment objective(s)
and policies set forth in the Prospectus and this SAI are not fundamental and
may be changed without shareholder approval. For purposes of a Portfolio's
policy to invest at least 80% of its net assets in certain investments, net
assets include the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

      The terms "shareholder approval" and "approval of a majority of the
outstanding voting securities," as used in the Prospectus and this SAI, mean,
with respect to a class of a Portfolio, approval by the lesser of (i) 67% of the
shares of a class of the Portfolio represented at a meeting at which more than
50% of the outstanding shares of such class are represented or (ii) more than
50% of the outstanding shares of such class.

BlackRock  Aggressive  Growth  Portfolio,  BlackRock  Legacy  Large  Cap  Growth
Portfolio,  BlackRock  Large Cap Value  Portfolio and BlackRock  Strategic Value
Portfolio

      The Portfolio may invest without limitation in securities of non-U.S.
issuers directly, or indirectly in the form of American Depositary Receipts
("ADRs"), European Depositary Receipts ("EDRs") and Global Depositary Receipts
("GDRs").

      The Portfolio may hold up to 100% of its assets in cash or high-quality
debt securities for temporary defensive purposes. The Portfolio will adopt a
temporary defensive position when, in the opinion of BlackRock Advisors, LLC
("BlackRock"), the Portfolio's subadviser, such a position is more likely to
provide protection against adverse market conditions than adherence to the
Portfolio's other investment policies. The types of high-quality instruments in
which the Portfolio may invest for such purposes include money market
securities, such as repurchase agreements, and securities issued or guaranteed
by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities, certificates of
deposit, time deposits and bankers' acceptances of certain qualified financial
institutions and corporate commercial paper, which at the time of purchase are
rated
                                       -1-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

at least within the "A" major rating category by Standards & Poor's Corporation
("S&P") or the "Prime" major rating category by Moody's Investor Services, Inc.
("Moody's"), or, if not rated, issued by companies having an outstanding
long-term unsecured debt issue rated at least within the "A" category by S&P or
Moody's.

      Securities Ratings Policies. When securities are rated by one or more
independent rating agencies, the Portfolio uses these ratings to determine
credit quality. The Portfolio may invest in debt instruments that are split
rated; for example, rated investment grade by one rating agency, but lower than
investment grade by the other. Where an investment is split rated, the Portfolio
may invest on the basis of the higher rating. Also, the Portfolio may invest in
debt securities that are unrated. If a security is unrated, the Portfolio may
assign it to a given category based on its own credit research.

BlackRock Bond Income Portfolio
      The Portfolio may lend securities it owns so long as such loans do not
exceed 33 1/3 % of the Portfolio's total assets.

      The Portfolio may hold up to 100% of its assets in cash or high-quality
debt securities for temporary defensive purposes. The Portfolio will adopt a
temporary defensive position when, in the opinion of BlackRock, such a position
is more likely to provide protection against adverse market conditions than
adherence to the Portfolio's other investment policies. The types of
high-quality instruments in which the Portfolio may invest for such purposes
include money market securities, such as repurchase agreements, and securities
issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or
instrumentalities, certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers'
acceptances of certain qualified financial institutions and corporate commercial
paper, which at the time of purchase are rated at least within the "A" major
rating category by S&P or the "Prime" major rating category by Moody's, or, if
not rated, issued by companies having an outstanding long-term unsecured debt
issue rated at least within the "A" category by S&P or Moody's.

      Securities Ratings Policies. When securities are rated by one or more
independent rating agencies, the Portfolio uses these ratings to determine
credit quality. The Portfolio may invest in debt instruments which are split
rated; for example, rated investment grade by one rating agency, but lower than
investment grade by the other. Where an investment is split rated, the Portfolio
may invest on the basis of the higher rating. Also, the Portfolio may invest in
debt securities that are unrated. If a security is unrated, the Portfolio may
assign it to a given category based on its own credit research.

BlackRock Diversified Portfolio
      The Portfolio may hold up to 100% of its assets in cash or high-quality
debt securities for temporary defensive purposes. The Portfolio will adopt a
temporary defensive position when, in the opinion of BlackRock, such a position
is more likely to provide protection against adverse market conditions than
adherence to the Portfolio's other investment policies. The types of
high-quality instruments in which the Portfolio may invest for such purposes
include money market securities, such as repurchase agreements, and securities
issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or
instrumentalities, certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers'
acceptances of certain qualified financial institutions and corporate commercial
paper, which at the time of purchase are rated at least within the "A" major
rating category by S&P or the "Prime" major rating category by Moody's, or, if
not rated, issued by companies having an outstanding long-term unsecured debt
issue rated at least within the "A" category by S&P or Moody's.

      Securities Ratings Policies. When securities are rated by one or more
independent rating agencies, the Portfolio uses these ratings to determine
credit quality. The Portfolio may invest in debt instruments which are split
rated; for example, rated investment grade by one rating agency, but lower than
investment grade by the other. Where an investment is split rated, the Portfolio
may invest on the basis of the higher rating. Also, the Portfolio may invest in
debt securities that are unrated. If a security is unrated, the Portfolio may
assign it to a given category based on its own credit research.

BlackRock Money Market Portfolio
      In determining how much of the Portfolio's investments are in a given
industry, securities issued by foreign governments are excluded. Companies
engaged in the business of financing may be classified according to the
industries of their parent or sponsor companies, or industries that otherwise
most affect such financing companies. Issuers of asset-backed pools will be
classified as separate industries based on the nature of the underlying assets,
such as mortgages and credit card receivables. "Asset-backed mortgages" includes
private pools of nongovernment-backed mortgages.

                                       -2-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      The Portfolio may elect to concentrate its investments in obligations of
domestic banks, including certain U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks
and certain foreign branches of U.S. banks. The Portfolio expects that
investments, if any, in such obligations will consist principally of obligations
that are issued by U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks for sale in the
U.S., subject to the belief of BlackRock that the risks described below are
reduced in the case of such bank obligations. The Portfolio also may invest up
to 25% of its total assets in obligations of foreign banks located abroad and
obligations of foreign branches of domestic banks not having a guarantee of a
U.S. bank. This 25% limit does not apply to investments in U.S. branches of
foreign banks, which may be considered domestic banks if it can be demonstrated
that they are subject to the same regulation as U.S. banks.

      All the Portfolio's investments mature in less than 397 days and the
average maturity of the Portfolio's securities based on their dollar value will
not exceed 90 days at the time of each investment. Money market instruments
maturing in less than 397 days tend to yield less than obligations of comparable
quality having longer maturities. See "Determination of Net Asset Values." Where
obligations of greater than one year are used to secure the Portfolio's
repurchase agreements, the repurchase agreements themselves will have very short
maturities. If the disposition of a portfolio security results in a
dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity in excess of 90 days, the Portfolio
will invest its available cash in such a manner as to reduce its dollar-weighted
average portfolio maturity to 90 days or less as soon as reasonably practicable.

      In seeking to provide a high level of current income consistent with
preservation of capital, the Portfolio may not necessarily invest in money
market instruments paying the highest available yield at a particular time. The
Portfolio, consistent with its investment objective, attempts to maximize income
by engaging in portfolio trading and by buying and selling portfolio investments
in anticipation of or in response to changing economic and money market
conditions and trends. The Portfolio may also invest to take advantage of what
are believed to be temporary disparities in the yields of different segments of
the high grade money market or among particular instruments within the same
segment of the market. These policies, as well as the relatively short maturity
of obligations to be purchased by the Portfolio, may result in frequent changes
in the Portfolio's investment portfolio of money market instruments. The value
of the securities in the Portfolio's investment portfolio can be expected to
vary inversely to changes in prevailing interest rates. Thus, if interest rates
increase after a security is purchased, that security, if sold, might be sold at
less than cost. Conversely, if interest rates decline after purchase, the
security, if sold, might be sold at a profit. In either instance, if the
security were held to maturity, no gain or loss would normally be realized as a
result of these fluctuations. Substantial redemptions of shares of the Portfolio
could require the sale of portfolio investments at a time when a sale might not
be desirable.

Davis Venture Value Portfolio
      The Portfolio may invest in foreign securities, and may hedge currency
fluctuation risks related thereto. The Portfolio may invest in U.S. registered
investment companies that primarily invest in foreign securities, provided that
no such investment may cause more than 10% of the Portfolio's total assets to be
invested in such companies. The Portfolio may invest in restricted securities,
which may include Rule 144A securities.

      The Portfolio may write covered call options on its portfolio securities,
but currently intends to write such options only to the extent that less than 5%
of its net assets would be subject to the options.

FI Large Cap Portfolio and FI Value Leaders Portfolio
      As a non-fundamental policy, the Portfolio will not: (a) sell futures
contracts, purchase put options, or write call options if, as a result, more
than 25% of the Portfolio's total assets would be hedged with futures and
options under normal conditions; (b) purchase futures contracts or write put
options if, as a result, the Portfolio's total obligations upon settlement or
exercise of purchased futures contracts and written put options would exceed 25%
of its total assets under normal conditions; or (c) purchase call options if, as
a result, the current value of option premiums for call options purchased by the
Portfolio would exceed 5% of the Portfolio's total assets. These limitations do
not apply to options attached to or acquired or traded together with their
underlying securities, and do not apply to securities that incorporate features
similar to options.

                                       -3-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

FI Mid Cap Opportunities Portfolio
      For purposes of normally investing at least 80% of the Portfolio's assets
in securities of companies with medium market capitalizations, Pyramis Global
Advisers, LLC ("Pyramis"), the Portfolio's subadviser, intends to measure the
capitalization range of the S&P MidCap 400 Index and the Russell Midcap Index no
less frequently than once a month.

      The Portfolio will not: (a) sell futures contracts, purchase put options,
or write call options if, as a result, more than 25% of the Portfolio's total
assets would be hedged with futures and options under normal conditions; (b)
purchase futures contracts or write put options if, as a result, the Portfolio's
total obligations upon settlement or exercise of purchased futures contracts and
written put options would exceed 25% of the Portfolio's total assets under
normal conditions; or (c) purchase call options if, as a result, the current
value of option premiums for call options purchased by the Portfolio would
exceed 5% of the Portfolio's total assets. These limitations do not apply to
options attached to or acquired or traded together with their underlying
securities, and do not apply to securities that incorporate features similar to
options.

Franklin Templeton Small Cap Growth Portfolio
      The Portfolio may invest up to 5% of its total assets in corporate debt
securities that Franklin Advisers, Inc. ("Franklin"), the Portfolio's
subadviser, believes have the potential for capital appreciation as a result of
improvement in the creditworthiness of the issuer. The receipt of income from
debt securities is incidental to the Portfolio's investment goal. The Portfolio
may buy both rated and unrated debt securities. The Portfolio will invest in
securities rated B or better by Moody's or S&P or unrated securities of
comparable quality. Currently, however, the Portfolio does not intend to invest
more than 5% of its assets in debt securities (including convertible debt
securities) rated lower than BBB by S&P or Baa by Moody's or unrated securities
of comparable quality.

Harris Oakmark Focused Value Portfolio
      Harris Associates L.P. ("Harris"), the Portfolio's subadviser, invests the
Portfolio's assets primarily in common stocks of U.S. companies, although it may
invest up to 25% of its total assets (valued at the time of investment) in
non-U.S. dollar-denominated securities of U.S. or foreign companies (other than
securities represented by American Depositary Receipts (as defined in
"Investment Practices - Foreign Equity Depositary Receipts")). Although
securities represented by American Depositary Receipts are not subject to the
above referenced 25% restriction, Harris has no present intention to invest more
than 25% of the Portfolio's total assets in American Depositary Receipts and
securities of foreign issuers.

      Harris may invest the Portfolio's assets in debt securities, including
high yield debt (as defined in "Investment Practices - Lower Rated Fixed-income
Securities (High Yield Debt)") and securities that are not rated. There are no
restrictions as to the ratings of debt securities Harris may acquire or the
portion of the Portfolio's assets that Harris may invest in debt securities in a
particular ratings category except that Harris will not invest more than 20% of
the Portfolio's total assets in high yield debt.

      Harris may engage in lending of portfolio securities (as defined in
"Investment Practices - Lending of Portfolio Securities") with up to 33 (1)/3%
of the Portfolio's total assets and in short sales (as defined in "Investment
Practices - Short Sales `Against the Box'") with up to 20% of the Portfolio's
total assets.

      Harris may purchase and sell both call options and put options on
securities (as defined in "Investment Practices - Purchasing and Selling Options
on Securities") for the Portfolio. Harris does not expect to purchase a call
option or a put option if the aggregate value of all call and put options held
by the Portfolio would exceed 5% of its assets. Harris will write call options
and put options for the Portfolio only if such options are "covered" (as defined
in "Investment Practices - Purchasing and Selling Options on Securities" under
the heading "Writing Covered Options").

Jennison Growth Portfolio
      Jennison Associates LLC ("Jennison"), the Portfolio's subadviser, will
normally invest at least 65% of the Portfolio's assets in equity-related
securities of U.S. companies that exceed $1 billion in market capitalization and
that Jennison believes have strong capital appreciation potential. These
companies are generally considered to be in the medium-to-large capitalization
range. The Portfolio may invest in common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible
stocks and equity
                                       -4-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

interests in partnerships, joint ventures and other noncorporate entities. The
Portfolio may also invest in warrants and similar rights that can be exercised
for equity securities. The Portfolio may invest up to 20% of its assets in money
market instruments, U.S. government securities and derivatives. The Portfolio
may invest up to 20% of its total assets in foreign securities. The 20%
limitation on foreign securities does not include American Depositary Receipts
("ADRs") and other similar securities trading on U.S. exchanges or markets. The
Portfolio may have exposure to foreign currencies through its investments in
foreign securities.

      The Portfolio may not invest more than 5% of its total assets in
unattached warrants or rights.

      The Portfolio may not, except as part of a merger, consolidation,
acquisition or reorganization, invest more than 5% of the value of its total
assets in the securities of any one investment company or more than 10% of the
value of its total assets, in the aggregate, in the securities of two or more
investment companies, or acquire more than 3% of the total outstanding voting
securities of any one investment company; provided, however, that the Portfolio
may invest in the securities of one or more investment companies to the extent
permitted by any order of exemption granted by the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "SEC").

Julius Baer International Stock Portfolio
      Although the Portfolio will not normally invest in the securities of U.S.
issuers, it may make such investments. The Portfolio may invest up to 25% of its
total assets in emerging market securities. The Portfolio may invest up to 10%
of its net assets in equity warrants and interest rate warrants of international
issuers.

      Although the Portfolio normally invests 80% of its assets in stocks, it
may increase its cash or non-equity position when the Portfolio's subadviser,
Julius Baer Investment Management LLC ("JBIM"), is unable to locate investment
opportunities with desirable risk/reward characteristics. The Portfolio may
invest in preferred stocks that are not convertible into common stock,
government securities, corporate bonds and debentures, including high-risk and
high-yield debt instruments (but in no event will an amount exceeding 10% of the
Portfolio's total assets be invested in such high-risk/high-yield securities),
high-grade commercial paper, certificates of deposit or other debt securities
when JBIM perceives an opportunity for capital growth from such securities or so
that the Portfolio may receive a return on idle cash. The Portfolio may invest
in debt securities of U.S. or foreign corporate issuers, the U.S. government,
foreign governments, domestic or foreign governmental entities or supranational
organizations, such as the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development
(the World Bank). The Portfolio also may use debt-like instruments (for example,
structured notes and equity baskets) that provide exposure to equity markets or
indices.

Loomis Sayles Small Cap Portfolio
      As described in the Prospectus, the Portfolio normally invests at least
80% of its assets in equity securities of companies with market capitalizations
that fall, at the time of purchase, within the capitalization range of the
Russell 2000 Index. The capitalization range of the Russell 2000 Index will vary
due to the market value fluctuations of the stocks in the Index. The index is
reconstituted annually, normally in June. Just following this reconstitution,
the capitalization range of the Index may be significantly different than it was
prior to the reconstitution.

MFS Value Portfolio
      As a non-fundamental policy, the Portfolio may not purchase a call option
or a put option if, immediately thereafter, the aggregate value of all call and
put options then held would exceed 10% of its net assets.

Neuberger Berman Mid Cap Value Portfolio
      The Portfolio normally may invest up to 20% of its total assets in debt
securities.

Oppenheimer Global Equity Portfolio
      Although the Portfolio may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid
securities, the Portfolio does not intend to invest more than 10% of its net
assets in illiquid securities.

                                       -5-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      The Portfolio will not enter into swaps with respect to more than 25% of
its total assets.

      The Portfolio may not invest more than 5% of its total assets in warrants
or rights. That limit does not apply to warrants acquired as part of a unit or
that are attached to other securities.

T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth Portfolio
      The Portfolio may not purchase securities of open-end or closed-end
investment companies except (i) in compliance with the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended (the "1940 Act") or (ii) securities of the T. Rowe Price
Reserve Investment or Government Reserve Investment Funds.

      The Portfolio may not purchase participations or other direct interests in
or enter into leases with respect to oil, gas, or other mineral exploration or
development programs if, as a result thereof, more than 5% of the value of the
total assets of the Portfolio would be invested in such programs.

      The Portfolio may not invest in warrants if, as a result thereof, more
than 10% of the value of the net assets of the Portfolio would be invested in
warrants.

T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth Portfolio
      The Portfolio may not purchase securities of open-end or closed-end
investment companies except (i) in compliance with the 1940 Act or (ii)
securities of the T. Rowe Price Reserve Investment or Government Reserve
Investment Funds.

      The Portfolio may not purchase participations or other direct interests in
or enter into leases with respect to oil, gas, or other mineral exploration or
development programs if, as a result thereof, more than 5% of the value of the
total assets of the Portfolio would be invested in such programs.

      The Portfolio may not invest in warrants if, as a result thereof, more
than 10% of the value of the net assets of the Portfolio would be invested in
warrants.

Western Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities Portfolio
      The Portfolio may invest in fixed and floating rate loans ("Loans")
arranged through private negotiations between a foreign sovereign entity and one
or more financial institutions, in the form of participation in such Loans and
assignments of all or a portion of such Loans from third parties. See
"Investment Practices-Loan Participations, Assignments and Other Direct
Indebtedness" below.

      Certain of the debt securities in which the Portfolio may invest may be
rated as low as "C" by Moody's or "D" by S&P or, if unrated, determined to be of
comparable quality to securities so rated. Securities rated below investment
grade quality are considered high yield, high risk securities and are commonly
known as "high yield debt" or "junk bonds." See "Investment Practices - Lower
Rated Fixed-Income Securities" below. See Appendix A for more complete
information on bond ratings.

      In addition, the Portfolio may invest in securities issued or guaranteed
as to principal or interest by the U.S. Government or its agencies or
instrumentalities, including mortgage-backed securities, and may also invest in
preferred stocks, convertible securities (including those issued in the
Euromarket), securities carrying warrants to purchase equity securities,
privately placed debt securities, stripped mortgage securities, zero coupon
securities and inverse floaters.

      There is no limit on the value of the Portfolio's assets that may be
invested in the securities of any one country or in assets denominated in any
one country's currency.

      The Portfolio may also invest in debt obligations issued or guaranteed by
a foreign sovereign government or one of its agencies or political subdivisions
and debt obligations issued or guaranteed by supranational entities.
Supranational entities include international organizations designated or
supported by governmental entities to promote economic reconstruction or
development and international banking institutions and related government
agencies. Examples include the
                                       -6-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the "World Bank"), the
European Coal and Steel Community, the Asian Development Bank and the
Inter-American Development Bank. Such supranational issued instruments may be
denominated in multi-national currency units.

      In order to maintain liquidity, the Portfolio may invest up to 20% of its
assets in high-quality short-term money market instruments, provided, however,
that short-term investment in securities for the forward settlement of trades is
not included in this 20%.

      The Portfolio's subadviser has the discretion to select the range of
maturities of the various fixed-income securities in which the Portfolio will
invest. The weighted average maturity and the duration of the Portfolio may vary
substantially from time to time depending on economic and market conditions.

      Although the Portfolio's investment objective is to maximize total return
consistent with the preservation of capital, it frequently sells securities to
reflect changes in market, industry or individual company conditions or outlook
even though it may only have held those securities for a short period. As a
result of these policies, the Portfolio, under certain market conditions, may
experience high portfolio turnover, although specific portfolio turnover rates
are impossible to predict. In recent years, the portfolio turnover rate of the
Portfolio has fluctuated considerably as a result of strategic shifts in
portfolio holdings designed to maintain an optimum portfolio structure in view
of general market conditions and movements in individual stock prices. The
Portfolio's use of reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls leads to
higher portfolio turnover rates, which involve higher expenses.

Western Asset Management U.S. Government Portfolio
      Any guarantee of the securities in which the Portfolio invests will run
only to principal and interest payments on the securities and not to the market
value of such securities or the principal and interest payments on the
underlying securities. In addition, any such guarantee will run to the portfolio
securities held by the Portfolio and not to the purchase of shares of the
Portfolio.

      Up to 20% of the assets of the Portfolio may be invested in marketable
debt securities of domestic issuers and of foreign issuers (payable in U.S.
dollars) rated "investment grade" (i.e., securities that earn one of the top
four ratings from Moody's or S&P or any other nationally recognized rating
agency; or, if the securities are unrated, judged by the subadviser to be of
similar quality), convertible securities (including those issued in the
Euromarket), securities carrying warrants to purchase equity securities and
privately placed debt securities.

Zenith Equity Portfolio
      The Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in
three other Portfolios of the Fund. MetLife Advisers generally invests the
Portfolio's assets approximately equally among Capital Guardian U.S. Equity,
Jennison Growth and FI Value Leaders (the "Zenith Underlying Portfolios").
MetLife Advisers seeks to maintain this equal division of assets among the
Zenith Underlying Portfolios by rebalancing the Portfolio's assets each fiscal
quarter. Each Zenith Underlying Portfolio has a different subadviser who will
use a separate set of investment strategies, exposing each Zenith Underlying
Portfolio to its own investment risks. For information regarding the investment
strategies of the Zenith Underlying Portfolios, and the risks associated with
those strategies, please refer to the Prospectus and the information above which
relates to the Zenith Underlying Portfolios and the sections below entitled
"Investment Restrictions" and "Investment Practices."

                             INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

      The following is a description of fundamental and non-fundamental
restrictions on the investments to be made by the 36 Portfolios. Fundamental
restrictions may not be changed without the approval of a majority of the
outstanding voting securities of the relevant Portfolio. Non-fundamental
restrictions may be changed without such vote. Percentage tests regarding any
investment restriction apply only at the time that a Portfolio is making that
investment. State insurance laws and regulations may impose additional
limitations on a Portfolio's investments, including its ability to borrow, lend,
and use options, futures and other derivative instruments. In addition, these
laws may require that a Portfolio's investments meet additional diversification
or other requirements. A policy is fundamental only if the Prospectus or this
SAI states that it is fundamental or that it may be changed only by shareholder
vote.

                                       -7-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Fundamental Investment Restrictions
      None of the Portfolios will:

1.   Borrow money,  except to the extent permitted by applicable law, regulation
     or order;

2.   Underwrite securities issued by other persons except to the extent that, in
     connection with the 2 disposition of its portfolio  investments,  it may be
     deemed to be an underwriter under certain federal securities laws;

3.   Purchase or sell real estate,  except that,  consistent with its investment
     policies,  the Portfolio  may purchase  securities of issuers which deal in
     real estate,  securities which are secured by interests in real estate, and
     securities which represent interests in real estate, and it may acquire and
     dispose of real estate or  interests  in real estate  acquired  through the
     exercise  of its  rights as a holder of debt  obligations  secured  by real
     estate or interests therein;

4.   Purchase  or  sell  commodities  or  commodity   contracts,   except  that,
     consistent  with its  investment  policies,  the Portfolio may purchase and
     sell  financial  futures  contracts  and  options  and may enter  into swap
     agreements, foreign exchange contracts and other financial transactions not
     requiring the delivery of physical commodities;

5.   Make loans,  except by purchasing  debt  obligations in which the Portfolio
     may invest  consistent  with its 5 investment  policies,  by entering  into
     repurchase agreements, by lending its portfolio securities, or as otherwise
     permitted by applicable law, regulation or order;

6.   Purchase  securities (other than (i) securities issued or guaranteed by the
     U.S. government,  its agencies or  instrumentalities,  (ii) securities of a
     registered  investment  company,  and (iii) in the case of BlackRock  Money
     Market,  bank  instruments  issued by domestic  banks and U.S.  branches of
     foreign banks) if, as a result of such purchase, more than 25% of the total
     assets of the Portfolio (as of the time of investment) would be invested in
     any one  industry,  except  to the  extent  permitted  by  applicable  law,
     regulation or order; or

7.   *Issue any senior  securities  except to the extent permitted by applicable
     law, regulation or order.


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*  For purposes of fundamental investment restriction (7), collateral
   arrangements with respect to any type of swap, option, forward contract or
   futures contract and collateral arrangements with respect to initial and
   variation margin are not deemed to involve the issuance of a senior security.

Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions
None of the Portfolios will:

1.   Invest in securities  of other  investment  companies  except to the extent
     permitted by applicable law, regulation or order;

2.   *Invest  more than 15% (10% in the case of BlackRock  Money  Market) of the
     value of the net assets of the Portfolio in illiquid  securities (as of the
     time of investment), including variable amount master demand notes (if such
     notes provide for  prepayment  penalties) and  repurchase  agreements  with
     remaining  maturities  in excess of seven  days.  (If,  through a change in
     security values or net assets, or due to other circumstances,  the value of
     illiquid  securities held by the Portfolio  exceeds 15% (10% in the case of
     BlackRock  Money  Market) of the value of the net assets of the  Portfolio,
     the Portfolio shall consider appropriate steps to protect liquidity);

3.   Sell securities  short or purchase any securities on margin,  except to the
     extent permitted by applicable law, regulation or order;

*    With respect to 75% of its total  assets,  invest in the  securities of any
     issuer if,  immediately after * such investment,  more than 5% of the total
     assets of the Portfolio would be invested in the securities of such issuer;
     provided  that  this  limitation  does not  apply  to cash  and cash  items
     (including receivables), obligations issued or guaranteed as to

                                       -8-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

     interest  or  principal  by  the  U.S.   government   or  its  agencies  or
     instrumentalities,  or to securities of any registered  investment company;
     or

5.   **With  respect to 75% of its total  assets,  acquire  more than 10% of the
     outstanding   voting   securities   of  any  issuer  (as  of  the  time  of
     acquisition); provided that this limitation does not apply to cash and cash
     items  (including  receivables),  obligations  issued or  guaranteed  as to
     interest  or  principal  by  the  U.S.   government   or  its  agencies  or
     instrumentalities, or to securities of any registered investment company.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    For purposes of non-fundamental investment restriction (2), "illiquid
     securities" is defined in this SAI under "Investment Practices - Illiquid
     Securities."

**   The non-fundamental investment restrictions in (4) and (5) above do not
     apply to Harris Oakmark Focused Value, MetLife Conservative Allocation,
     MetLife Conservative to Moderate Allocation, MetLife Moderate Allocation,
     MetLife Moderate to Aggressive Allocation or MetLife Aggressive Allocation.

Insurance Law Restrictions
      The ability to sell contracts in New York requires that each portfolio
manager use his or her best efforts to assure that each Portfolio complies with
the investment restrictions and limitations prescribed by Sections 1405 and 4240
of the New York State Insurance Law and regulations thereunder in so far as such
restrictions and limitations are applicable to investment of separate account
assets in mutual funds. Failure to comply with these restrictions or limitations
will result in the insurance companies that invest in the Fund ceasing to make
investments in that Portfolio for the separate accounts. The current law and
regulations permit the Fund to make any purchase if made on the basis of good
faith and with that degree of care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like
position would use under similar circumstances.

Variable Contract Related Investment Restrictions
      Separate accounts supporting variable life insurance and variable annuity
contracts are subject to certain diversification requirements imposed by
regulations adopted under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Internal Revenue Code" or the "Code"). Because each Portfolio is intended as an
investment vehicle for variable life insurance and variable annuity separate
accounts, Section 817(h) of the Internal Revenue Code requires that the
investments of each Portfolio, be "adequately diversified" in accordance with
regulations promulgated by the Department of the Treasury. Failure to do so
means the variable life insurance and variable annuity contracts would cease to
qualify as life insurance and annuity contracts for federal tax purposes.
Regulations specifying the diversification requirements have been issued by the
Department of the Treasury. The Fund and each Portfolio intends to comply with
these requirements.

                              INVESTMENT PRACTICES

      The following information relates to some of the investment practices in
which certain Portfolios may engage. The table indicates which Portfolios may
engage in each of these practices.

      Each Asset Allocation Portfolio invests in shares of certain Underlying
Portfolios and its performance is directly related to the ability of such
Underlying Portfolios to meet their respective investment objectives, as well as
MetLife Advisers' allocation among the Underlying Portfolios. Accordingly, each
Asset Allocation Portfolio's investment performance will be influenced by the
investment practices of and risks associated with the Underlying Portfolios, as
described below, in direct proportion to the amount of assets each Asset
Allocation Portfolio allocates to the Underlying Portfolios utilizing such
practices. Similar to the Asset Allocation Portfolios, Zenith Equity indirectly
engages in the investment practices of the Zenith Underlying Portfolios.
Information in "Investment Company Securities" below also applies generally to
direct investments that may be made by the Asset Allocation Portfolios and
Zenith Equity.

      A Portfolio may be subject to specific limitations on these investment
practices, as stated above under "Investment Policies" or "Investment
Restrictions" or in the Prospectus. The information below does not describe
every type of investment, technique or risk to which a Portfolio may be exposed.
Each Portfolio reserves the right, without notice, to make any investment, or
use any investment technique, except to the extent that such activity would
require a shareholder vote, as
                                       -9-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

discussed above under "Investment Restrictions." The Russell 2000 Index
Portfolio, MetLife Mid Cap Stock Index Portfolio, Morgan Stanley EAFE Index
Portfolio and MetLife Stock Index Portfolio are collectively referred to as the
"Equity Index Portfolios" and, together with the Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond
Index Portfolio, the "Index Portfolios."




Investment Practices                                         Portfolios
                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
                                                          
Equity Securities                                            All Portfolios other than Lehman Brothers Aggregate
                                                             Bond Index and BlackRock Money Market

Convertible Securities                                       All Portfolios other than BlackRock Money Market

Fixed-income Securities                                      All Portfolios

Money Market Instruments                                     All Portfolios

U.S. Government Securities All Portfolios

Mortgage-Related Securities                                  All Portfolios other than Equity Index Portfolios, FI
                                                             Mid Cap Opportunities, FI Value Leaders and Julius
                                                             Baer International Stock

Stripped Mortgage Securities                                 All Portfolios other than Equity Index Portfolios, FI
                                                             Mid Cap Opportunities, FI Value Leaders and Julius
                                                             Baer International Stock

Asset-backed Securities                                      All Portfolios other than Equity Index Portfolios, FI
                                                             Mid Cap Opportunities, FI Value Leaders and Julius
                                                             Baer International Stock

Zero Coupon Securities                                       All Portfolios other than BlackRock Money Market and
                                                             Equity Index Portfolios

Lower Rated Fixed-income Securities                           ll Portfolios other than BlackRock Money Market and
- -----------------------------------------------------------  Aquity Index Portfolios
(High Yield Debt)                                            E

Foreign Securities                                           All Portfolios

High Yield/High Risk Foreign Sovereign Debt Securities       All Portfolios other than Equity Index Portfolios and
                                                             BlackRock Money Market

       Brady Bonds All Portfolios other than Equity Index Portfolios, FI
                   Mid Cap Opportunities and FI Value Leaders

Foreign Equity Depositary Receipts All Portfolios other than Lehman Brothers Aggregate
                      Bond Index and BlackRock Money Market

         Yankee Bonds All Portfolios other than BlackRock Money Market,
              Equity Index Portfolios, FI Mid Cap Opportunities, FI
                Value Leaders and Julius Baer International Stock

Foreign Currency Transactions, including Forward             All Portfolios other than BlackRock Money Market,
Contracts, Futures and Options                               Russell 2000 Index, MetLife Mid Cap Stock Index and
                                                             MetLife Stock Index
                                                             (except that
                                                             Neuberger Berman
                                                             Mid Cap Value may
                                                             not purchase
                                                             options on foreign
                                                             currencies)

Emerging Markets                                             All Portfolios other than BlackRock Money Market

                                      -10-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                    ortfolios
Investment Practices                                         P
                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
Obligations of Supranational Agencies                        All Portfolios other than Equity Index Portfolios

Illiquid Securities                                          All Portfolios

Rule 144A Securities                                         All Portfolios

Real Estate Investment Trusts                                All Portfolios other than BlackRock Money Market and
                                MFS Total Return

Investment Company Securities                                All Portfolios

Exchange Traded Funds                                        All Portfolios other than BlackRock Money Market

Repurchase Agreements                                        All Portfolios

Reverse Repurchase Agreements                                All Portfolios other than FI Mid Cap Opportunities,
                                                             FI Value Leaders and Julius Baer International Stock

Dollar Rolls                                                 All Portfolios other than FI Mid Cap Opportunities,
                                                             FI Value Leaders and Julius Baer International Stock

Purchasing and Selling Futures (and options thereon)         All Portfolios other than Neuberger Berman Mid Cap
                                                             Value, BlackRock Money Market and Harris Oakmark
                                  Focused Value

Purchasing and Selling Options                               All Portfolios other than Neuberger Berman Mid Cap
                                                             Value and BlackRock Money Market

Eurodollar Futures and Options                               All Portfolios other than BlackRock Money Market,
                                                             Neuberger Berman Mid Cap Value, FI Mid Cap
                                                             Opportunities and FI Value Leaders

Loan Participations, Assignments and Other Direct            All Portfolios other than BlackRock Money Market,
Indebtedness                                                 Equity Index Portfolios, FI Mid Cap Opportunities and
                                FI Value Leaders

Swaps, Caps, Floors, Collars, Etc.                           All Portfolios other than BlackRock Money Market, FI
                                                             Mid Cap Opportunities and FI Value Leaders (Neuberger
                                                             Berman Mid Cap Value may not engage in swaps)

Credit Default Swaps                                         All Portfolios other than Capital Guardian U.S.
                                                             Equity and Loomis Sayles Small Cap

Inverse Floaters                                             All Portfolios other than BlackRock Money Market,
                                                             Equity Index Portfolios, FI Mid Cap Opportunities and
                                FI Value Leaders

Structured Notes                                             All Portfolios other than BlackRock Money Market,
                                                             Equity Index Portfolios, FI Mid Cap Opportunities and
                                FI Value Leaders

Capital Securities                                           All Portfolios other than BlackRock Money Market,
                                                             Equity Index Portfolios, FI Mid Cap Opportunities, FI
                                                             Value Leaders and Julius Baer International Stock

Payment-in-Kind securities ("PIKs")                          All Portfolios other than BlackRock Money Market,
                                                             Equity Index Portfolios, FI Mid Cap Opportunities, FI
                                                             Value Leaders and

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -11-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                    ortfolios
Investment Practices                                         P
                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Julius Baer International Stock

Warrants                                                     All Portfolios other than BlackRock Money Market

Indexed Securities                                           All Portfolios other than BlackRock Money Market

When Issued Securities                                       All Portfolios

Forward Commitments                                          All Portfolios other than BlackRock Money Market

Hybrid Instruments                                           All Portfolios other than BlackRock Money Market (up
                                                             to 10% of total assets for T. Rowe Price Large Cap
                                                             Growth and T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth)

Short Sales "Against the Box"                                Harris Oakmark Focused Value, BlackRock Legacy Large
                                                             Cap Growth and BlackRock Bond Income



Lending of Portfolio Securities                              All Portfolios

Equity Securities - The Portfolios listed above may invest in equity securities.
Equity securities are more volatile and more risky than some other forms of
investment. Therefore, the value of your investment in a Portfolio may sometimes
decrease instead of increase. Investments in companies with relatively small
capitalization may involve greater risk than is usually associated with more
established companies. These companies often have sales and earnings growth
rates that exceed those of companies with larger capitalization. Such growth
rates may in turn be reflected in more rapid share price appreciation. However,
companies with smaller capitalization often have limited product lines, markets
or financial resources and they may be dependent upon a relatively small
management group. The securities may have limited marketability and may be
subject to more abrupt or erratic movements in price than securities of
companies with larger capitalization or the market averages in general. The net
asset value of each class of a Portfolio that invests in companies with smaller
capitalization, therefore, may fluctuate more widely than market averages.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Convertible Securities - The Portfolios listed above may invest in convertible
securities, including corporate bonds, notes or preferred stocks of U.S. or
foreign issuers that can be converted into (that is, exchanged for) common
stocks or other equity securities. Convertible securities also include other
securities, such as warrants, that provide an opportunity for equity
participation. Because convertible securities can be converted into equity
securities, their values will normally vary in some proportion with those of the
underlying equity securities. Convertible securities usually provide a higher
yield than the underlying equity, however, so that the price decline of a
convertible security may sometimes be less substantial than that of the
underlying equity security. The value of convertible securities that pay
dividends or interest, like the value of other fixed-income securities,
generally fluctuates inversely with changes in interest rates. Warrants have no
voting rights, pay no dividends and have no rights with respect to the assets of
the corporation issuing them. They do not represent ownership of the securities
for which they are exercisable, but only the right to buy such securities at a
particular price.

Fixed-Income Securities - The Portfolios listed above may invest in fixed-income
securities. Fixed-income securities include a broad array of short, medium and
long term obligations issued by the U.S. or foreign governments, government or
international agencies and instrumentalities, and corporate issuers of various
types. Some fixed-income securities represent uncollateralized obligations of
their issuers; in other cases, the securities may be backed by specific assets
(such as mortgages or other receivables) that have been set aside as collateral
for the issuer's obligation. Fixed-income securities generally involve an
obligation of the issuer to pay interest or dividends on either a current basis
or at the maturity of the security, as well as the obligation to repay the
principal amount of the security at maturity.

      Fixed-income securities involve both credit risk and market risk. Credit
risk is the risk that the security's issuer will fail to fulfill its obligation
to pay interest, dividends or principal on the security. Market risk is the risk
that the value of the security will fall because of changes in market rates of
interest or other factors. Except to the extent values are affected by
                                      -12-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

other factors such as developments relating to a specific issuer, generally the
value of a fixed-income security can be expected to rise when interest rates
decline and, conversely, the value of such a security can be expected to fall
when interest rates rise. Some fixed-income securities also involve prepayment
or call risk. This is the risk that the issuer will repay a Portfolio the
principal on the security before it is due, thus depriving the Portfolio of a
favorable stream of future interest or dividend payments. In addition, many
fixed-income securities contain call or buy-back features that permit their
issuers to call or repurchase the securities from their holders. Such securities
may present risks based on payment expectations. Although a Portfolio would
typically receive a premium if an issuer were to redeem a security, if an issuer
were to exercise a "call option" and redeem the security during times of
declining interest rates, the Portfolio may realize a capital loss on its
investment if the security was purchased at a premium and the Portfolio may be
forced to replace the called security with a lower yielding security.

      Because interest rates vary, it is impossible to predict the income, if
any, for any particular period for a Portfolio that invests in fixed-income
securities. Fluctuations in the value of a Portfolio's investments in
fixed-income securities will cause the net asset value of each class of the
Portfolio to fluctuate also.

      Duration is a measure of the price volatility of a bond equal to the
weighted average term to maturity of the bond's cash flows. The weights are the
present values of each cash flow as a percentage of the present value of all
cash flows. The greater the duration of a bond, the greater its percentage price
volatility. Only a pure discount bond - that is, one with no coupon or
sinking-fund payments - has a duration equal to the remaining maturity of the
bond, because only in this case does the present value of the final redemption
payment represent the entirety of the present value of the bond. For all other
bonds, duration is less than maturity.

      The difference between duration and maturity depends on: (a) the size of
the coupon, (b) whether or not there are to be sinking-fund payments, and (c)
the yield-to-maturity represented by the bond's current market value. The higher
the coupon the shorter the duration. This is because the final redemption
payment accounts for a smaller percentage of the bond's current value. The
higher the yield the shorter the duration. This is because the present values of
the distant payments become less important relative to the present values of the
nearer payments. A typical sinking fund reduces duration by about 1.5 years. For
bonds of less than five years to maturity, duration expands rapidly as maturity
expands. From 5 to 15 years remaining maturity, duration continues to expand as
maturity lengthens, but at a considerably slower rate. Beyond 15 years'
maturity, increments to duration are quite small, and only a bond with very low
(or no) coupon would have a duration of more than 15 years.

      There is a close relationship between duration and the price sensitivity
of a bond to changes in interest rates. The relationship is approximately as
follows:

      Percent change in bond price = - (Duration x Absolute change in yield).

      For example, a bond with 10 years' duration will decline (or rise) in
price by approximately 5 percent when yield increases (or decreases) by one half
percent. Similarly, a yield increase of 2 percent will produce a price decline
of about 24 percent for a bond with 12 years' duration; but the same 2 percent
yield increase will produce a price decline of only some 10 percent for a bond
with five-years' duration. This same relationship holds true for the duration
and price of the entire portfolio of a Portfolio.

Money Market Instruments - Obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and
other foreign securities are subject to risks of foreign political, economic and
legal developments, which include foreign governmental restrictions adversely
affecting payment of principal and interest on the obligations, foreign
withholding and other taxes on interest income, and difficulties in obtaining
and enforcing a judgment against a foreign branch of a domestic bank. With
respect to bank obligations, different risks may result from the fact that
foreign banks are not necessarily subject to the same or similar regulatory
requirements that apply to domestic banks. For instance, such branches may not
be subject to the types of requirements imposed on domestic banks with respect
to mandatory reserves, loan limitations, examinations, accounting, auditing,
recordkeeping and the public availability of information. Obligations of such
branches will be purchased by a Portfolio only when the Portfolio's adviser or
subadviser believes the risks are minimal.

      The following constitutes a description of the debt instruments that may
be purchased by each Portfolio, some of which may only be used for investment
for temporary defensive purposes, pending investment in other securities or for
liquidity purposes.

                                      -13-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      U.S. Government Securities - are bills, certificates of indebtedness,
notes and bonds issued by agencies, authorities and instrumentalities of the
U.S. Government. Some obligations, such as those issued by the U.S. Treasury,
the Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA"), the Farmers' Home
Administration and the Small Business Administration, are backed by the full
faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury. Other obligations are backed by the right
of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury or by the credit of the agency,
authority or instrumentality itself. Such obligations include, but are not
limited to, obligations issued by the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Bank for
Cooperatives, Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks,
Federal Land Banks and the Federal National Mortgage Association.

      Certificates of Deposit - are certificates issued against funds deposited
in a bank, are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return
and are normally negotiable.

      Bankers' Acceptances - are short-term credit instruments used to finance
the import, export, transfer or storage of goods. They are termed "accepted"
when a bank guarantees their payment at maturity.

     Eurodollar Obligations - are obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks.

      Commercial Paper - refers to promissory notes issued by corporations in
order to finance their short-term credit needs. Commercial paper may also be
backed by segregated assets. See "Asset-backed securities" below. For a
description of commercial paper ratings see Appendix A-2. Commercial paper may
also be issued by foreign companies or banks or their U.S. affiliates.

U.S. Government Securities - The Portfolios listed above may invest in some or
all of the following U.S. Government securities, as well as in other types of
securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies,
authorities or instrumentalities:

      U.S. Treasury Bills - Direct obligations of the United States Treasury
that are issued in maturities of one year or less. No interest is paid on
Treasury bills; instead, they are issued at a discount and repaid at full face
value when they mature. They are backed by the full faith and credit of the
United States Government.

      U.S. Treasury Notes and Bonds - Direct obligations of the United States
Treasury issued in maturities that vary between one and 40 years, with interest
normally payable every six months. These obligations are backed by the full
faith and credit of the United States Government.

      "Ginnie Maes" - Debt securities issued by a mortgage banker or other
mortgagee that represent an interest in a pool of mortgages insured by the
Federal Housing Administration or the Farmer's Home Administration or guaranteed
by the Veterans Administration. The GNMA guarantees the timely payment of
principal and interest when such payments are due, whether or not these amounts
are collected by the issuer of these certificates on the underlying mortgages.
Mortgages included in single family or multi-family residential mortgage pools
backing an issue of Ginnie Maes have a maximum maturity of up to 30 years.
Scheduled payments of principal and interest are made to the registered holders
of Ginnie Maes (such as the Fund) each month. Unscheduled prepayments may be
made by homeowners, or as a result of a default. Prepayments are passed through
to the registered holder (such as a Portfolio, which reinvests any prepayments)
of Ginnie Maes along with regular monthly payments of principal and interest.

      "Fannie Maes" - The Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA") is a
government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private stockholders that
purchases residential mortgages from a list of approved seller/servicers. Fannie
Maes are pass-through securities issued by FNMA that are guaranteed as to timely
payment of principal and interest by FNMA but are not backed by the full faith
and credit of the United States Government.

      "Freddie Macs" - The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC") is a
corporate instrumentality of the United States Government. Freddie Macs are
participation certificates issued by FHLMC that represent an interest in
residential mortgages from FHLMC's National Portfolio. FHLMC guarantees the
timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal, but Freddie
Macs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States
Government.

      U.S. Government securities often do not involve the same credit risks
associated with investments in other types of fixed-income securities, although,
as a result, the yields available from U.S. Government securities are generally
lower than
                                      -14-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

the yields available from corporate fixed-income securities. Like other
fixed-income securities, however, the values of U.S. Government securities
change as interest rates fluctuate. Fluctuations in the value of portfolio
securities will not affect interest income on existing portfolio securities but
will be reflected in the net asset value of each class of a Portfolio. Since the
magnitude of these fluctuations will generally be greater at times when the
Portfolio's average maturity is longer, under certain market conditions, a
Portfolio may, for temporary defensive purposes, accept lower current income
from short-term investments rather than investing in higher yielding long-term
securities.

Mortgage-Related Securities - The Portfolios listed above may invest in the
      following types of mortgage-related securities: Privately Issued Mortgage
      Securities - These privately-issued pass through securities provide for
      the monthly principal and
interest payments made by individual borrowers to pass through to investors on a
corporate basis, and in privately issued collateralized mortgage obligations
("CMOs"; see the general description below). Privately-issued mortgage
securities are issued by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage
loans, including mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment banks, savings
and loan associations and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Since
privately-issued mortgage certificates are not guaranteed by an entity having
the credit status of GNMA or FHLMC, such securities generally are structured
with one or more types of credit enhancement. For a description of the types of
credit enhancements that may accompany privately-issued mortgage securities, see
"Types of Credit Support" below. A Portfolio will not limit its investments to
asset-backed securities with credit enhancements.

      Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities - An Adjustable Rate Mortgage Security
("ARM"), like a traditional mortgage security, is an interest in a pool of
mortgage loans that provides investors with payments consisting of both
principal and interest as mortgage loans in the underlying mortgage pool are
paid off by the borrowers. Unlike fixed rate mortgage securities, ARMs are
collateralized by or represent interests in mortgage loans with variable rates
of interest. These interest rates are reset at periodic intervals, usually by
reference to some interest rate index or market interest rate. Although the rate
adjustment feature may act as a buffer to reduce sharp changes in the value of
adjustable rate securities, these securities are still subject to changes in
value based on changes in market interest rates or changes in the issuer's
creditworthiness. Because the interest rates are reset only periodically,
changes in the interest rate on ARMs may lag changes in prevailing market
interest rates. Also, some ARMs (or the underlying mortgages) are subject to
caps or floors that limit the maximum change in interest rate during a specified
period or over the life of the security. As a result, changes in the interest
rate on an ARM may not fully reflect changes in prevailing market interest rates
during certain periods. Because of the resetting of interest rates, ARMs are
less likely than non-adjustable rate securities of comparable quality and
maturity to increase significantly in value when market interest rates fall.

      Collateralized Mortgage Obligations - A CMO is a debt security
collateralized by a portfolio of mortgages or mortgage securities held under a
trust indenture. In some cases, the underlying mortgages or mortgage securities
are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or an agency or instrumentality
thereof, but the obligations purchased by a Portfolio will in many cases not be
so issued or guaranteed. The issuer's obligation to make interest and principal
payments is secured by the underlying portfolio of mortgages or mortgage
securities. CMOs are issued with a number of classes or series which have
different maturities and which may represent interests in some or all of the
interest or principal on the underlying collateral or a combination thereof. In
the event of sufficient early prepayments on such mortgages, the class or series
of CMO first to mature generally will be retired prior to its maturity. The
early retirement of a particular class or series of CMO held by a Portfolio
would have the same effect as the prepayment of mortgages underlying a mortgage
pass-through security.

Stripped Mortgage Securities - The Portfolios listed above may invest in
stripped mortgage securities, which are derivative multi-class mortgage
securities. Stripped mortgage securities may be issued by agencies or
instrumentalities of the U.S. Government, or by private issuers, including
savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment
banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Stripped mortgage
securities have greater volatility than other types of mortgage securities in
which the Portfolios invest. Stripped mortgage securities may not be as liquid
as other securities in which the Portfolios may invest.

      Stripped mortgage securities are usually structured with two classes that
receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a
pool of mortgage assets. A common type of stripped mortgage security will have
one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the
mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the
remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all
of the interest (the interest-only or "IO" class), while the other class will
receive all of the principal (the principal-only or "PO" class). The
yield-to-maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive not only to changes in
prevailing interest rates but also the rate of principal
                                      -15-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and
a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the
Portfolio's yield-to-maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience
greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Portfolio may fail to
fully recoup its initial investment in these securities even if the securities
are rated in a top rating category.

      As interest rates rise and fall, the value of IOs tends to move in the
same direction as interest rates. The value of other mortgage securities, like
other debt instruments, will tend to move in the opposite direction of interest
rates. Accordingly, investing in IOs, in conjunction with the other mortgage
securities described herein, may reduce fluctuations in the net asset value of
each class of a Portfolio.

      In addition to the stripped mortgage securities described above, the
Portfolios listed above may invest in similar securities such as "Super POs,"
"Levered IOs" and "IOettes," all of which are more volatile than conventional
POs or IOs. Risks associated with instruments such as Super POs are similar in
nature to those risks related to investments in POs. Risks connected with
Levered IOs and IOettes are similar in nature to those associated with IOs. The
Portfolios may also invest in other similar instruments developed in the future
that are deemed consistent with the investment objectives, policies and
restrictions of the Portfolio.

      Under the Internal Revenue Code, certain stripped mortgage securities may
generate taxable income from the current accrual of original issue discount,
without a corresponding distribution of cash to the Portfolio.

Asset-Backed Securities - The Portfolios listed above may invest in asset-backed
securities. As with mortgage securities, asset-backed securities are often
backed by a pool of assets representing the obligation of a number of different
parties and use similar credit enhancement techniques. For a description of the
types of credit enhancement that may accompany privately-issued mortgage
securities, see "Types of Credit Support" below. A Portfolio will not limit its
investments to asset-backed securities with credit enhancements. Although
asset-backed securities are not generally traded on a national securities
exchange, many such securities are widely traded by brokers and dealers, and in
such cases will not be deemed by that Portfolio's adviser or subadviser to be
illiquid securities for the purposes of the investment policy that limits a
Portfolio's investments in illiquid securities.

      Types of Credit Support - Mortgage securities and asset-backed securities
are often backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of
different parties. To lessen the effect of failure by obligors on underlying
assets to make payments, such securities may contain elements of credit support.
Such credit support falls into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii)
protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the
underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances,
generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the
pass-through of payments due on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion.
Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default enhances the
likelihood of ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the
assets in the pool. Such protection may be provided through guarantees,
insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from
third parties, through various means of structuring the transaction or through a
combination of such approaches. A Portfolio will not pay any additional fees for
such credit support, although the existence of credit support may increase the
price of a security.

      The ratings of mortgage securities and asset-backed securities for which
third-party credit enhancement provides liquidity protection or protection
against losses from default are generally dependent upon the continued
creditworthiness of the provider of the credit enhancement. The ratings of such
securities could be subject to reduction in the event of deterioration in the
creditworthiness of the credit enhancement provider even in cases where the
delinquency and loss experience on the underlying pool of assets is better than
expected.

      Examples of credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction
include "senior subordinated securities" (multiple class securities with one or
more classes subordinate to other classes as to the payment of principal and
interest, with the result that defaults on the underlying assets are borne first
by the holders of the subordinated class), creation of "reserve funds" (where
cash or investments, sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the
underlying assets, are held in reserve against future losses) and
"over-collateralization" (where the scheduled payments on, or the principal
amount of, the underlying assets exceed those required to make payment of the
securities and pay any servicing or other fees). The degree of credit support
provided for each issue is generally based on historical information with
respect to the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets.
Delinquency or loss in excess of that which is anticipated could adversely
affect the return on an investment in such a security.

                                      -16-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Zero Coupon Securities - The Portfolios listed above may invest in zero coupon
securities. Zero coupon securities involve special risk considerations. Zero
coupon securities include debt securities that pay no cash income but are sold
at substantial discounts from their value at maturity. When such a zero coupon
security is held to maturity, its entire return (other than the return of the
principal upon maturity) consists of the amortization of discount and comes from
the difference between its purchase price and its maturity value. The difference
is known at the time of purchase, so that investors holding zero coupon
securities until maturity know at the time of their investment what the return
on their return on their investment is expected to be. Certain other zero coupon
securities, which also are sold at substantial discounts from their maturity
value, provide for the commencement of regular interest payments at a deferred
date.

      Zero coupon securities tend to be subject to greater price fluctuations in
response to changes in interest rates than are ordinary interest-paying debt
securities with similar maturities. The values of zero coupon securities
appreciate more during periods of declining interest rates and depreciate more
during periods of rising interest rates. Zero coupon securities may be issued by
a wide variety of corporate and governmental issuers. Although zero coupon
securities are generally not traded on a national securities exchange, many such
securities are widely traded by brokers and dealers and, if so, will not be
considered illiquid.

      Current federal income tax law requires the holder of a zero coupon
security (as well as the holders of other securities, such as Brady Bonds, which
may be acquired at a discount) to accrue income with respect to these securities
prior to the receipt of cash payments. To maintain its qualification as a
regulated investment company and avoid liability for federal income and excise
taxes, a Portfolio may be required to distribute income accrued with respect to
these securities and may have to dispose of portfolio securities under
disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate cash to satisfy these
distribution requirements.

Lower Rated Fixed-Income Securities (High Yield Debt) - The Portfolios listed
above may invest in high yield debt. Fixed-income securities rated below
"investment grade" (i.e., rated below one of the top four ratings from Moody's
or S&P or any other nationally recognized rating agency; or, if the securities
are unrated, judged by the relevant adviser or subadviser to be of similar
quality) are considered high yield, high risk securities and are commonly known
as "high yield debt" or "junk bonds." Lower quality fixed-income securities
generally provide higher yields, but are subject to greater credit and market
risk than higher quality fixed-income securities. Lower quality fixed-income
securities are considered predominantly speculative with respect to the ability
of the issuer to meet principal and interest payments. The ability of a
Portfolio investing in lower quality fixed-income securities to achieve its
investment objective(s) may be more dependent on the relevant adviser's or
subadviser's own credit analysis than it would be for a Portfolio investing in
higher quality bonds. The market for lower quality fixed-income securities may
be more severely affected than some other financial markets by economic
recession or substantial interest rate increases, by changing public perceptions
of this market or by legislation that limits the ability of certain categories
of financial institutions to invest in these securities. In addition, the
secondary market may be less liquid for lower rated fixed-income securities.
This lack of liquidity at certain times may affect the valuation of these
securities and may make the valuation and sale of these securities more
difficult. For more information, including a detailed description of the ratings
assigned by S&P, Moody's and Fitch, Inc., please refer to "Appendix
A-1-Description of Bond Ratings."

Foreign Securities - The Portfolios listed above may invest in foreign
securities. Unless otherwise indicated in the Prospectus or this SAI with
respect to a Portfolio, foreign securities refer to securities of issuers
organized or headquartered outside the United States or primarily traded outside
the United States.

      Although investing in foreign securities may increase a Portfolio's
diversification and reduce portfolio volatility, foreign securities may present
risks not associated with investments in comparable securities of U.S. issuers.
There may be less information publicly available about a foreign corporate or
governmental issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and foreign corporate issuers are
not generally subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards
and practices comparable to those in the United States. The securities of some
foreign issuers are less liquid and at times more volatile than securities of
comparable U.S. issuers. Foreign brokerage commissions and securities custody
costs are often higher than in the United States. With respect to certain
foreign countries, there is a possibility of governmental expropriation of
assets, confiscatory taxation, political or financial instability and diplomatic
developments that could affect the value of investments in those countries. A
Portfolio's receipt of interest on foreign government securities may depend on
the availability of tax or other revenues to satisfy the issuer's obligations.

                                      -17-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      A Portfolio's investments in foreign securities may include investments in
countries whose economies or securities markets are not yet highly developed.
Special considerations associated with these investments (in addition to the
considerations regarding foreign investments generally) may include, among
others, greater political uncertainties, an economy's dependence on revenues
from particular commodities or on international aid or development assistance,
currency transfer restrictions, highly limited numbers of potential buyers for
such securities and delays and disruptions in securities settlement procedures.

      Since most foreign securities are denominated in foreign currencies or
trade primarily in securities markets in which settlements are made in foreign
currencies, the value of these investments and the net investment income
available for distribution to shareholders of a Portfolio investing in these
securities may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency
exchange rates or exchange control regulations. Changes in the value relative to
the U.S. dollar of a foreign currency in which a Portfolio's holdings are
denominated will result in a change in the U.S. dollar value of the Portfolio's
assets and the Portfolio's income available for distribution.

      In addition, although part of a Portfolio's income may be received or
realized in foreign currencies, the Portfolio will be required to compute and
distribute its income in U.S. dollars. Therefore, if the value of a currency
relative to the U.S. dollar declines after a Portfolio's income has been earned
in that currency, translated into U.S. dollars and declared as a dividend, but
before payment of the dividend, the Portfolio could be required to liquidate
portfolio securities to pay the dividend. Similarly, if the value of a currency
relative to the U.S. dollar declines between the time a Portfolio accrues
expenses in U.S. dollars and the time such expenses are paid, the amount of such
currency required to be converted into U.S. dollars will be greater than the
equivalent amount in such currency of such expenses at the time they were
incurred.

      Each Portfolio may also purchase shares of investment companies investing
primarily in foreign securities, including shares of funds that invest primarily
in securities of issuers located in one foreign country or region. Each
Portfolio may, subject to the limitations stated above, invest in World Equity
Benchmark Shares ("WEBS") and similar securities that invest in securities
included in foreign securities indices. See "Investment Practices - Foreign
Equity Depositary Receipts."

High Yield/High Risk Foreign Sovereign Debt Securities - The Portfolios listed
above may invest in high yield/high risk foreign sovereign debt securities,
which are typically issued by developing or emerging market countries. Such
countries' ability to pay principal and interest may be adversely affected by
many factors, including high rates of inflation, high interest rates, currency
exchange rate fluctuations or difficulties, political uncertainty or
instability, the country's cash flow position, the availability of sufficient
foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of its debt
service burden to the economy as a whole, the policy of the International
Monetary Fund (the "IMF"), the World Bank and other international agencies, the
obligor's balance of payments, including export performance, its access to
international credit and investments, fluctuations in the international prices
of commodities which it imports or exports and the extent of its foreign
reserves and access to foreign exchange. Currency devaluations may also
adversely affect the ability of a sovereign obligor to obtain sufficient foreign
exchange to service its external debt.

      If a foreign sovereign obligor cannot generate sufficient earnings from
foreign trade to service its external debt, it may need to depend on continuing
loans and aid from foreign governments, commercial banks and multilateral
organizations, and inflows of foreign investment. The commitment on the part of
these entities to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the government's
implementation of economic reforms or other requirements. Failure to meet such
conditions may result in the cancellation of such third parties' commitments to
lend funds, which may further impair the obligor's ability or willingness to
timely service its debts.

      A Portfolio may invest in the sovereign debt of foreign countries which
have issued or have announced plans to issue Brady Bonds, and expect that a
substantial portion of their investments in sovereign debt securities will
consist of Brady Bonds.

Brady Bonds - The Portfolios listed above may invest in Brady Bonds, which are
debt securities issued under the framework of the Brady Plan, an initiative
announced by then U.S. Treasury Secretary Nicholas F. Brady in 1989 as a
mechanism for debtor nations to restructure their outstanding external
commercial bank indebtedness. In restructuring its external debt under the Brady
Plan framework, a debtor nation negotiates with its existing bank lenders as
well as multilateral institutions such as the World Bank and the IMF. The Brady
Plan framework, as it has developed, contemplates the exchange of commercial
bank debt for newly issued bonds ("Brady Bonds"). Brady Bonds may also be issued
in respect of new money being advanced by existing lenders in connection with
the debt restructuring. The World Bank and/or the IMF support the
                                      -18-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

restructuring by providing funds pursuant to loan agreements or other
arrangements which enable the debtor nation to collateralize the new Brady Bonds
or to repurchase outstanding bank debt at a discount. Under these arrangements
with the World Bank or the IMF, debtor nations have been required to agree to
the implementation of certain domestic monetary and fiscal reforms. Such reforms
have included the liberalization of trade and foreign investment, the
privatization of state-owned enterprises and the setting of targets for public
spending and borrowing. These policies and programs seek to promote the debtor
country's economic growth and development. Investors should recognize that the
Brady Plan only sets forth general guiding principles for economic reform and
debt reduction, emphasizing that solutions must be negotiated on a case-by-case
basis between debtor nations and their creditors.

      Agreements implemented under the Brady Plan to date are designed to
achieve debt and debt-service reduction through specific options negotiated by a
debtor nation with its creditors. As a result, the financial packages offered by
each country differ. The types of options have included the exchange of
outstanding commercial bank debt for bonds issued at 100% of face value of such
debt, which carry a below-market stated rate of interest (generally known as par
bonds), bonds issued at a discount from face value of such debt (generally known
as discount bonds), bonds bearing an interest rate which increases over time and
bonds issued in exchange for the advancement of new money by existing lenders.
Regardless of the stated face amount and stated interest rate of the various
types of Brady Bonds, a Portfolio will purchase Brady Bonds in secondary
markets, as described below, in which the price and yield to the investor
reflect market conditions at the time of purchase. Brady Bonds issued to date
have traded at a deep discount from their face value. Certain Brady Bonds have
been collateralized as to principal due at maturity (typically 30 years from the
date of issuance) by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds with a maturity equal to
the final maturity of such Brady Bonds, although the collateral is not available
to investors until the final maturity of the Brady Bonds. Collateral purchases
are financed by the IMF, the World Bank and the debtor nations' reserves. In
addition, interest payments on certain types of Brady Bonds may be
collateralized by cash or high-grade securities in amounts that typically
represent between 12 and 18 months of interest accruals on these instruments
with the balance of the interest accruals being uncollateralized. A Portfolio
may purchase Brady Bonds with no or limited collateralization, and will be
relying for payment of interest and (except in the case of principal
collateralized Brady Bonds) principal primarily on the willingness and ability
of the foreign government to make payment in accordance with the terms of the
Brady Bonds. Brady Bonds issued to date are purchased and sold in secondary
markets through U.S. securities dealers and other financial institutions and are
generally maintained through European transnational securities depositories.

      In the event of a default with respect to collateralized Brady Bonds as a
result of which the payment obligations of the issuer are accelerated, the U.S.
Treasury zero coupon obligations held as collateral for the payment of principal
will not be distributed to investors, nor will such obligations be sold and the
proceeds distributed. The collateral will be held by the collateral agent to the
scheduled maturity of the defaulted Brady Bonds, which will continue to be
outstanding, at which time the face amount of the collateral will equal the
principal payments which would have then been due on the Brady Bonds in the
normal course. In light of the residual risk of the Brady Bonds and, among other
factors, the history of default with respect to commercial bank loans by public
and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds, investments in Brady
Bonds are to be viewed as speculative.

      Sovereign obligors in developing and emerging market countries have in the
past experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt
obligations, which has led to defaults on certain obligations and the
restructuring of certain indebtedness including, among other things, reducing
and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended
credit agreements or converting outstanding principal and unpaid interest to
Brady Bonds and obtaining new credit to finance interest payments. There can be
no assurance that the Brady Bonds and other foreign sovereign debt securities in
which a Portfolio may invest will not be subject to similar restructuring
arrangements or to requests for new credit which may adversely affect the
Portfolio's holdings. Brady Bonds involving an emerging market country are
included in any Portfolio's limitation on investments in emerging markets.

Foreign Equity Depositary Receipts - In addition to purchasing foreign
securities directly, each Portfolio listed above may purchase Foreign Equity
Depositary Receipts, which are instruments issued by a bank that represent an
interest in equity securities held by arrangement with the bank. The Portfolios
listed above may invest in European Depositary Receipts ("EDRs"), Global
Depositary Receipts ("GDRs") and International Depositary Receipts ("IDRs"). In
addition, the Portfolios listed above may invest in American Depositary Receipts
("ADRs"), which represent the right to receive securities of foreign issuers
deposited in a domestic bank or a correspondent bank. ADRs are traded on
domestic exchanges or in the U.S. over-the-counter market and, generally, are in
registered form. EDRs, GDRs and IDRs are receipts evidencing an arrangement with
a non-U.S. bank similar to that for ADRs and are designed for use in the
non-U.S. securities markets. EDRs, GDRs and IDRs are not necessarily quoted in
the same currency as the underlying security.

                                      -19-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      Foreign Equity Depositary Receipts can be either "sponsored" or
"unsponsored." Sponsored Foreign Equity Depositary Receipts are issued by banks
in cooperation with the issuer of the underlying equity securities. Unsponsored
Foreign Equity Depositary Receipts are arranged without involvement by the
issuer of the underlying equity securities. Less information about the issuer of
the underlying equity securities may be available in the case of unsponsored
Foreign Equity Depositary Receipts.

      To the extent a Portfolio acquires Foreign Equity Depositary Receipts
through banks that do not have a contractual relationship with the foreign
issuer of the security underlying the Foreign Equity Depositary Receipts to
issue and service such Foreign Equity Depositary Receipts (unsponsored), there
may be an increased possibility that such Portfolio would not become aware of
and be able to respond to corporate actions such as stock splits or rights
offerings involving the foreign issuer in a timely manner. In addition, the lack
of information may result in inefficiencies in the valuation of such
instruments. Investment in Foreign Equity Depositary Receipts does not eliminate
the risks inherent in investing in securities of non-U.S. issuers. The market
value of Foreign Equity Depositary Receipts is dependent upon the market value
of the underlying securities and fluctuations in the relative value of the
currencies in which the Foreign Equity Depositary Receipts and the underlying
securities are quoted. However, by investing in Foreign Equity Depositary
Receipts, such as ADRs that are quoted in U.S. dollars, a Portfolio may avoid
foreign risks during the settlement period for purchases and sales.

Yankee Bonds - The Portfolios listed above may invest in Yankee bonds, which are
bonds denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by foreign entities for sale in the
United States. Yankee bonds are affected by interest rates in the U.S. and by
the economic, political and other forces which impact the issuer locally.

Foreign Currency Transactions, including Forward Contracts, Futures and Options
- - The Portfolios listed above may engage in foreign currency transactions to
protect against a change in the foreign currency exchange rate between the date
on which a Portfolio contracts to purchase or sell a security that settles in a
foreign currency and the settlement date for the purchase or sale. In order to
"lock in" the equivalent of a dividend or interest payment in another currency,
a Portfolio may purchase or sell a foreign currency on a spot (or cash) basis at
the prevailing spot rate. If conditions warrant, a Portfolio may also enter into
contracts with banks or broker-dealers to purchase or sell foreign currencies at
a future date ("forward contracts"). A Portfolio will maintain cash or other
liquid assets in a segregated account with the custodian in an amount at least
equal to (i) the difference between the current value of the Portfolio's liquid
holdings that settle in the relevant currency and the Portfolio's outstanding
net obligations under currency forward contracts in that currency, or (ii) the
current amount, if any, that would be required to be paid to enter into an
offsetting forward currency contract which would have the effect of closing out
the original forward contract.

      Subject to the investment policies described above in "Investment
Policies" and "Investment Restrictions" and in the Prospectus, the Portfolios
listed above may also purchase or sell foreign currency futures contracts traded
on futures exchanges. Foreign currency futures contract transactions involve
risks similar to those of other futures transactions. Certain Portfolios may
also purchase options on foreign currencies. See "Purchasing and Selling Options
on Securities," and "Purchasing and Selling Futures (and options thereon)"
below. A Portfolio's use of such transactions may be limited by tax
considerations.

Emerging Markets - The Portfolios listed above may invest in the securities of
issuers in emerging market countries (up to the limit of each Portfolio's
ability to invest in foreign securities). Investing in securities of issuers in
emerging market countries involves risks in addition to those discussed in the
Prospectus and this SAI under "Foreign Securities." Emerging market countries
are generally located in the Asia-Pacific region, Eastern Europe, Latin and
South America and Africa. A Portfolio's purchase and sale of portfolio
securities in certain emerging market countries may be constrained by
limitations as to daily changes in the prices of listed securities, periodic
trading or settlement volume and/or limitations on aggregate holdings of foreign
investors. Such limitations may be computed based on the aggregate trading
volume by or holdings of a Portfolio, the subadviser, its affiliates and their
respective clients and other service providers. A Portfolio may not be able to
sell securities in circumstances where price, trading or settlement volume
limitations have been reached.

      Foreign investment in the securities markets of certain emerging market
countries is restricted or controlled to varying degrees which may limit
investment in such countries or increase the administrative costs of such
investments. For example, certain Asian countries require governmental approval
prior to investments by foreign countries or limit investment by foreign
countries to only a specified percentage of an issuer's outstanding securities
or a specific class of securities which may have less advantageous terms
(including price) than securities of the issuer available for purchase by
nationals. In addition, certain countries may restrict or prohibit investment
opportunities in issuers or industries deemed important to
                                      -20-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

national interests. Such restrictions may affect the market price, liquidity and
rights of securities that may be purchased by a Portfolio. The repatriation of
both investment income and capital from certain emerging market countries is
subject to restrictions such as the need for governmental consents. Due to
restrictions on direct investment in equity securities in certain Asian
countries, such as Taiwan, it is anticipated that a Portfolio may invest in such
countries only through other investment funds in such countries. See "Investment
Company Securities" below.

      Emerging market countries in many cases do not have a sophisticated or
well-established capital market structure for the sale and trading of
securities. Participation in the investment markets in some of those countries
may be available initially or solely through investment in joint ventures, state
enterprises, private placements, unlisted securities or other similar illiquid
investment vehicles.

      In addition, although investment opportunities may exist in emerging
market countries, any change in the leadership or policies of the governments of
those countries, or changes in the leadership or policies of any other
government that exercises a significant influence over those countries, may halt
the expansion of or reverse the liberalization of foreign investment policies
that may be occurring. As a result investment opportunities that may currently
exist may be threatened.

      Prior authoritarian governments of certain emerging market countries
previously expropriated large amounts of real and personal property, which may
include property that will be represented by or held by entities issuing the
securities a Portfolio might wish to purchase. In many cases, the claims of the
prior property owners against those governments were never finally settled.
There can be no assurance that any property represented by or held by entities
issuing securities purchased by a Portfolio will not also be expropriated,
nationalized, or confiscated. If that property were confiscated, the Portfolio
could lose a substantial portion of its investments in such countries. A
Portfolio's investments could also be adversely affected by exchange control
regulations imposed in any of those countries.

Obligations of Supranational Agencies - The Portfolios listed above may invest
in obligations issued by supranational agencies such as the International Bank
for Reconstruction and Development (commonly known as the World Bank) which was
chartered to finance development projects in developing member countries; the
European Community, which is a twelve-nation organization engaged in cooperative
economic activities; the European Coal and Steel Community, which is an economic
union of various European nations' steel and coal industries; and the Asian
Development Bank, which is an international development bank established to lend
funds, promote investment and provide technical assistance to member nations in
the Asian and Pacific regions. Debt obligations of supranational agencies are
not considered U.S. Government securities and are not supported, directly or
indirectly, by the U.S. Government.

Illiquid Securities - Each Portfolio may invest up to 15% (10% in the case of
BlackRock Money Market) of its net assets in "illiquid securities," that is,
securities which in the opinion of the subadviser may not be resalable at the
price at which the Portfolio is valuing the security, within seven days, except
as qualified below. Illiquid securities include securities whose disposition is
restricted by federal securities laws (other than Rule 144A securities deemed
liquid by the Portfolio's subadviser) and certificates of deposit and repurchase
agreements of more than seven days duration or any time deposit with a
withdrawal penalty. If through the appreciation of illiquid securities or the
depreciation of liquid securities, a Portfolio is in a position where more than
15% (10% in the case of BlackRock Money Market) of the value of its net assets
are invested in illiquid assets, the Portfolio is not required to immediately
sell any illiquid securities if to do so would not be in, the subadviser's
opinion the best interest of the Portfolio's shareholders.

Rule 144A Securities - The Portfolios listed above may purchase Rule 144A
securities. These are privately offered securities that can be resold only to
certain qualified institutional buyers. Rule 144A securities are treated as
illiquid, unless the Portfolio's subadviser has determined, under guidelines
established by the Fund's Board of Directors, that the particular issue of Rule
144A securities is liquid.

Real Estate Investment Trusts ("REITs") - The Portfolios listed above may invest
in REITs, which are pooled investment vehicles which invest primarily in
income-producing real estate or real estate related loans or interest. REITs are
generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity
and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in
real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity
REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated
in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate
mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. Like
regulated investment companies such as the Portfolios, REITs are not taxed on
income they distribute to shareholders provided that they comply
                                      -21-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

with certain requirements under the Internal Revenue Code. A Portfolio will
indirectly bear its proportionate share of any expenses paid by REITs in which
it invests in addition to the expenses paid by the Portfolio.

      Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks. Equity REITs may be
affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by such REITs,
while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended.
REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified (except to the
extent the Internal Revenue Code requires), and are subject to the risk of
financing projects. REITs are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by
borrowers, self-liquidation, and the possibility of failing to qualify for the
exemption from tax for distributed income under the Internal Revenue Code and
failing to maintain their exemption from the 1940 Act. REITs, and mortgage REITs
in particular, are also subject to interest rate risk.

Investment Company Securities - The Portfolios listed above may invest in other
investment companies ("Investment Company Securities") to the extent permitted
by the 1940 Act. Because of restrictions on direct investment by U.S. entities
in certain countries, a Portfolio may choose to invest indirectly in such
countries by purchasing shares of another investment company that is permitted
to invest in such countries, which may be the most practical or efficient way
for the Portfolio to invest in such countries. In other cases, where the
Portfolio's subadviser desires to make only a relatively small investment in a
particular country, investing through an investment company that holds a
diversified portfolio in that country may be more effective than investing
directly in issuers in that country. As an investor in another investment
company, a Portfolio will bear its share of the expenses of that investment
company. These expenses are in addition to the Portfolio's own costs of
operations. In some cases, investing in an investment company may involve the
payment of a premium over the value of the assets held in that investment
company's portfolio.

      Each of the Asset Allocation Portfolios and Zenith Equity pursues its
respective investment objective by investing its assets in securities of other
investment companies. In the case of Zenith Equity, these other investment
companies are FI Value Leaders, Jennison Growth and Capital Guardian U.S.
Equity. For more information about the investment companies in which the Asset
Allocation Portfolios may invest, please see the Prospectus.

      Davis Venture Value may only invest in securities of investment companies
investing primarily in foreign securities.

      Exchange Traded Funds (see below) are investment company securities;
therefore, investments therein are subject to a Portfolio's limitation on
investment in other investment companies.

Exchange Traded Funds - The Portfolios listed above may invest in Exchange
Traded Funds ("ETFs") subject to the restrictions on the percentage of such
Portfolios' assets that may be represented by Investment Company Securities.
ETFs are investment companies that are registered under the 1940 Act as open-end
funds or unit investment trusts (UITs). Unlike typical open-end funds or UITs,
ETFs do not sell or redeem their individual shares at net asset value. Instead,
ETFs sell and redeem ETF shares at net asset value only in large blocks (such as
50,000 ETF shares). In addition, national securities exchanges list ETF shares
for trading, which allows investors to purchase and sell individual ETF shares
among themselves at market prices throughout the day. ETFs therefore possess
characteristics of traditional open-end funds and UITs, which issue redeemable
shares, and of closed-end funds, which generally issue shares that trade at
negotiated prices on national securities exchanges and are not redeemable. ETFs
traded in the United States are typically based on specific domestic and foreign
market indices. An "index-based ETF" seeks to track the performance of an index
by holding in its portfolio either the contents of the index or a representative
sample of the securities in the index.

      The redemption price (and therefore the sale price) of ETFs is derived
from and based upon the securities held by the ETF that issued them.
Accordingly, the level of risk involved in the purchase or redemption or sale of
an ETF is similar to the risk involved in the purchase or sale of traditional
securities, with the exception that the price of ETFs is based on the value of a
basket of stocks. The market prices of ETFs will fluctuate in accordance with
both changes in the market value of their underlying portfolio securities and
due to supply and demand for the instruments on the exchanges on which they
trade (which may result in their trading at a discount or premium to their net
asset value). ETFs may not replicate exactly the performance of their specified
index because of transaction costs and because of the temporary unavailability
of certain component securities of the index. Disruptions in the markets for the
securities underlying ETFs purchased or sold by a Portfolio could result in
losses on ETFs.

                                      -22-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Repurchase Agreements - The Portfolios listed above may enter into repurchase
agreements by which a Portfolio purchases a security (usually a U.S. Government
security) and obtains a simultaneous commitment from the seller (a member bank
of the Federal Reserve System or, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, a
recognized securities dealer) to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price
and date. Each Portfolio, through the custodian or subcustodian, receives
delivery of the underlying securities collateralizing repurchase agreements. It
is the Fund's policy that the market value of the collateral be at least equal
to 100% of the repurchase price in the case of a repurchase agreement of one day
duration and 102% on all other repurchase agreements. Each Portfolio's adviser
or subadviser is responsible for determining that the value of the collateral is
at all times at least equal to the repurchase price.

      The resale price is in excess of the purchase price and reflects an agreed
upon market rate unrelated to the coupon rate on the purchased security. Such
transactions afford a Portfolio the opportunity to earn a return on temporarily
available cash at minimal market risk. While the underlying security may be a
bill, certificate of indebtedness, note or bond issued by an agency, authority
or instrumentality of the U.S. Government, the obligation of the seller is not
guaranteed by the U.S. Government and there is a risk that the seller may fail
to repurchase the underlying security, or the seller may enter insolvency,
thereby delaying or limiting realization of collateral. In such event, the
Portfolio may be able to exercise rights with respect to the underlying
security, including possible disposition of the security in the market. However,
a Portfolio may be subject to various delays and risks of loss, including (a)
possible declines in the value of the underlying security during the period
while the Portfolio seeks to enforce its rights thereto, (b) possible reduced
levels of income and lack of access to income during this period and (c)
inability to enforce rights and the expenses involved in attempted enforcement.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls - The Portfolios listed above may
enter into reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls with qualified
institutions to seek to enhance returns. Information about specific limitations
on reverse repurchase agreements applicable to the Portfolios is set out above
under "Investment Policies" and "Investment Restrictions".

      Reverse repurchase agreements involve sales by a Portfolio of portfolio
assets concurrently with an agreement by that Portfolio to repurchase the same
assets at a later date at a fixed price. During the reverse repurchase agreement
period, the Portfolio continues to receive principal and interest payments on
these securities.

      A Portfolio may enter into dollar rolls in which it sells securities for
delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts to repurchase
substantially similar (same type and coupon) securities on a specified future
date. During the roll period, the Portfolio forgoes principal and interest paid
on the securities. The Portfolio is compensated by the difference between the
current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase (often
referred to as the "drop") as well as by the interest earned on the cash
proceeds of the initial sale.

      The Portfolio will establish a segregated account with its custodian in
which it will maintain high quality liquid assets equal in value to its
obligations in respect of reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls.
Reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls involve the risk that the market
value of the securities retained by the Portfolio may decline below the price of
the securities the Portfolio has sold but is obligated to repurchase under the
agreement. In the event the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase
agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the Portfolio's use of the
proceeds of the agreement may be restricted pending a determination by the other
party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Portfolio's obligation
to repurchase the securities. The use of reverse repurchase agreements and
dollar rolls leads to higher portfolio turnover rates, which involves higher
expenses. Although reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls have certain
characteristics similar to borrowings, these investment techniques are not
considered borrowings by a Portfolio for purposes of determining the limitations
on each Portfolio's borrowings described under the heading "Investment
Restrictions".

Purchasing and Selling Futures (and options thereon) - The Portfolios listed
above may purchase and sell futures and options on futures. Information about
specific limitations on futures and options on futures applicable to the
Portfolios is set out above under "Investment Policies" and "Investment
Restrictions".

      Futures Contracts - A futures contract is an agreement between two parties
to buy and sell a commodity or financial instrument (e.g., an interest-bearing
security, a currency or, in the case of futures contracts on the S&P 500 Index,
the value of the basket of securities comprising the Index) for a specified
price on a specified future date. In the case of futures on an index, the seller
and buyer agree to settle in cash, at a future date, based on the difference in
value of the contract between the date it is opened and the settlement date. The
value of each contract is equal to the value of the index from time to time
                                      -23-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

multiplied by a specified dollar amount. For example, long-term municipal bond
index futures trade in contracts equal to $1000 multiplied by the Bond Buyer
Municipal Bond Index.

      When a trader, such as a Portfolio, enters into a futures contract, it is
required to deposit with (or for the benefit of) its broker, as "initial
margin," an amount of cash or short-term high-quality securities (such as U.S.
Treasury Bills) equal to approximately 2% to 20% of the delivery or settlement
price of the contract (depending on applicable exchange rules). Initial margin
is held to secure the performance of the holder of the futures contract. As the
value of the contract changes, the value of futures contract positions increases
or declines. At the end of each trading day, the amount of such increase or
decline is received or paid respectively by and to the holders of these
positions. The amount received or paid is known as "variation margin" or
"maintenance margin." A Portfolio with a long position in a futures contract
will establish a segregated account with the Portfolio's custodian containing
liquid assets equal to the purchase price of the contract (less any margin on
deposit). For short positions in futures contracts, a Portfolio will establish a
segregated account with the custodian with liquid assets that, when added to the
amounts deposited as margin, equal the market value of the instruments or
currency underlying the futures contracts.

      Although futures contracts by their terms may require actual delivery and
acceptance of securities, in most cases the contracts are closed out before
settlement. Closing out a futures sale is effected by purchasing a futures
contract for the same aggregate amount of the specific type of financial
instrument or commodity and with the same delivery date. Similarly, the closing
out of a futures purchase is effected by the purchaser selling an offsetting
futures contract.

      Gain or loss on a futures position is equal to the net variation margin
received or paid over the time the position is held, plus or minus the amount
received or paid when the position is closed, minus brokerage commissions.

      MFS Total Return may purchase and sell futures contracts on
interest-bearing securities or indices thereof, or on indices of stock prices
(such as the S&P 500 Index), to increase or decrease its portfolio exposure to
common stocks or to increase or decrease its portfolio exposure to notes and
bonds.

      Options on Futures - An option on a futures contract obligates the writer,
in return for the premium received, to assume a position in a futures contract
(a short position if the option is a call and a long position if the option is a
put), at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option.
Upon exercise of the option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer
of the option to the holder of the option generally will be accompanied by
delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer's futures margin account,
which represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract,
at exercise, exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than, in the case of a
put, the exercise price of the option. The premium paid by the purchaser of an
option will reflect, among other things, the relationship of the exercise price
to the market price and volatility of the underlying contract, the remaining
term of the option, supply and demand and interest rates. Options on futures
contracts traded in the United States may only be traded on a United States
board of trade licensed by the CFTC.

      The Portfolios are operated by a person who has claimed an exclusion from
the definition of the term "commodity pool operator" under the Commodity
Exchange Act (the "CEA"), and, therefore, such person is not subject to
registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA. For a discussion of
additional risks related to futures and options, see the discussion below.

Purchasing and Selling Options - The Portfolios listed above may purchase and
sell options, including options on securities and securities indices. An option
on a security entitles the holder to receive (in the case of a call option) or
to sell (in the case of a put option) a particular security at a specified
exercise price. An "American style" option allows exercise of the option at any
time during the term of the option. A "European style" option allows an option
to be exercised only at the end of its term. Options on securities may be traded
on or off a national securities exchange. For a discussion of additional risks
related to futures and options, see the discussion below. Information about
specific limitations on option transactions applicable to the Portfolios is set
out above under "Investment Policies" and "Investment Restrictions".

      Writing Covered Options - The Portfolios listed above may write covered
call or put options. A call option on a futures contract written by a Portfolio
is considered by the Portfolio to be covered if the Portfolio owns the security
subject to the underlying futures contract or other securities whose values are
expected to move in tandem with the values of the securities subject to such
futures contract, based on historical price movement volatility relationships. A
call option on a security written by a Portfolio is considered to be covered if
the Portfolio owns a security deliverable under the option. A written call
option is also covered if the Portfolio holds a call on the same futures
contract or security as the call written
                                      -24-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

where the exercise price of the call held (a) is equal to or less than the
exercise price of the call written or (b) is greater than the exercise price of
the call written if the difference is maintained by the Portfolio in liquid
assets in a segregated account with its custodian.

      A put option on a futures contract written by a Portfolio, or a put option
on a security written by a Portfolio, is covered if the Portfolio maintains cash
or other liquid assets with a value equal to the exercise price in a segregated
account with the Portfolio's custodian, or else holds a put on the same futures
contract (or security, as the case may be) as the put written where the exercise
price of the put held is equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put
written.

      If the writer of an option wishes to terminate its position, it may effect
a closing purchase transaction by buying an option identical to the option
previously written. The effect of the purchase is that the writer's position
will be canceled. Likewise, the holder of an option may liquidate its position
by selling an option identical to the option previously purchased.

      Closing a written call option will permit a Portfolio to write another
call option on the portfolio securities used to cover the closed call option.
Closing a written put option will permit a Portfolio to write another put option
secured by the segregated cash or other liquid assets used to secure the closed
put option. Also, effecting a closing transaction will permit the cash or
proceeds from the concurrent sale of any futures contract or securities subject
to the option to be used for other Portfolio investments. If a Portfolio desires
to sell particular securities covering a written call option position, it will
close out its position or will designate from its portfolio comparable
securities to cover the option prior to or concurrent with the sale of the
covering securities.

      A Portfolio will realize a profit from closing out an option if the price
of the offsetting position is less than the premium received from writing the
option or is more than the premium paid to purchase the option; a Portfolio will
realize a loss from closing out an option transaction if the price of the
offsetting option position is more than the premium received from writing the
option or is less than the premium paid to purchase the option. Because
increases in the market price of a call option will generally reflect increases
in the market price of the covering securities, any loss resulting from the
closing of a written call option position is expected to be offset in whole or
in part by appreciation of such covering securities.

      Since premiums on options having an exercise price close to the value of
the underlying securities or futures contracts usually have a time value
component (i.e., a value that diminishes as the time within which the option can
be exercised grows shorter) an option writer may profit from the lapse of time
even though the value of the futures contract (or security in some cases)
underlying the option (and of the security deliverable under the futures
contract) has not changed. Consequently, profit from option writing may or may
not be offset by a decline in the value of securities covering the option. If
the profit is not entirely offset, a Portfolio will have a net gain from the
options transaction, and the Portfolio's total return will be enhanced.
Likewise, the profit or loss from writing put options may or may not be offset
in whole or in part by changes in the market value of securities acquired by the
Portfolio when the put options are closed.

      Over-the-Counter Options - An over-the-counter option (an option not
traded on a national securities exchange) may be closed out only with the other
party to the original option transaction. While a Portfolio will seek to enter
into over-the-counter options only with dealers who agree to and are expected to
be capable of entering into closing transactions with the Portfolio, there can
be no assurance that the Portfolio will be able to liquidate an over-the-counter
option at a favorable price at any time prior to its expiration. Accordingly,
the Portfolio might have to exercise an over-the-counter option it holds in
order to realize any profit thereon and thereby would incur transactions costs
on the purchase or sale of the underlying assets. If the Portfolio cannot close
out a covered call option written by it, it will not be able to sell the
underlying security until the option expires or is exercised. Furthermore,
over-the-counter options are not subject to the protections afforded purchasers
of listed options by the Options Clearing Corporation or other clearing
organizations.

      The staff of the SEC has taken the position that over-the-counter options
on U.S. Government securities and the assets used as cover for written
over-the-counter options on U.S. Government securities should generally be
treated as illiquid securities. However, if a dealer recognized by the Federal
Reserve Bank of New York as a "primary dealer" in U.S. Government securities is
the other party to an option contract written by a mutual fund such as a
Portfolio, and such Portfolio has the absolute right to repurchase the option
from the dealer at a formula price established in a contract with the dealer,
the SEC staff has agreed that the Portfolio only needs to treat as illiquid that
amount of the "cover" assets equal to the amount by which (i) the formula price
exceeds (ii) any amount by which the market value of the securities subject to
the options exceeds the exercise price of the option (the amount by which the
option is "in-the-money").

                                      -25-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      Risks Related to Futures and Options - The purchase and sale of futures
contracts, options on futures, and options on securities or indexes and options
involve risks. One risk arises because of the imperfect correlation between
movements in the price of futures contracts or options and movements in the
price of the underlying securities or index. A Portfolio's use of futures
contracts or options will not be fully effective unless the Portfolio can
compensate for such imperfect correlation. There is no assurance that a
Portfolio will be able to effect such compensation.

      The correlation between the price movement of a futures contract or option
and the related security (or index) may be distorted due to differences in the
nature of the markets. If the price of the futures contract or option moves more
than the price of the security or index, a Portfolio would experience either a
loss or a gain on the future or option that is not completely offset by
movements in the price of the security or index. In an attempt to compensate for
imperfect price movement correlations, a Portfolio may purchase or sell futures
contracts or options in a greater amount than the related securities or index
position if the volatility of the related securities or index is historically
greater than the volatility of the futures contracts or options. Conversely, a
Portfolio may purchase or sell fewer contracts or options if the volatility of
the price of the securities or index is historically less than that of the
contracts or options.

      There are many reasons why changes in the values of futures contracts or
options may not correlate perfectly with changes in the value of the underlying
security or index. For example, all participants in the futures market are
subject to margin deposit and maintenance requirements. Rather than meeting
additional margin deposit requirements, investors may close futures contracts
through offsetting transactions, which could distort the normal relationship
between the index and futures markets. Secondly, the deposit requirements in the
futures market are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities
market, and as a result the futures market may attract more speculators than
does the securities market. In addition, trading hours for index futures or
options may not correspond perfectly to hours of trading on the exchange where
the underlying securities trade. This may result in a disparity between the
price of futures or options and the value of the underlying security or index
due to the lack of continuous arbitrage between the futures or options price and
the value of the underlying security or index. Hedging transactions using
securities indices also involve the risk that movements in the price of the
index may not correlate with price movements of the particular portfolio
securities being hedged (since a Portfolio will typically not own all of the
securities included in a particular index).

      Price movement correlation also may be distorted by the limited liquidity
of certain futures or options markets and the participation of speculators in
such markets. If an insufficient number of contracts are traded, commercial
users may not deal in futures contracts or options because they do not want to
assume the risk that they may not be able to close out their positions within a
reasonable amount of time. In such instance, futures and options market prices
may be driven by different forces than those driving the market in the
underlying securities, and price spreads between these markets may widen. The
participation of speculators in the market generally enhances its liquidity.
Nonetheless, speculative trading spreads between futures markets may create
temporary price distortions unrelated to the market in the underlying
securities.

      Positions in futures contracts and related options are established or
closed out only on an exchange or board of trade regulated by the Commodity
Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC"). There is no assurance that a liquid market
on an exchange or board of trade will exist for any particular contract or at
any particular time. The liquidity of markets in futures contracts may be
adversely affected by "daily price fluctuation limits" established by commodity
exchanges which limit the amount of fluctuation in a futures price during a
single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a contract, no
trades may be entered into at a price beyond the limit, which may prevent the
liquidation of open futures positions. Prices have in the past exceeded the
daily limit on a number of consecutive trading days. If there is not a liquid
market at a particular time, it may not be possible to close a futures position
at such time, and, in the event of adverse price movements, a Portfolio would
continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.
However, if futures or options are used to hedge portfolio securities, an
increase in the price of the securities, if any, may partially or completely
offset losses on the futures contract.

      An exchange-traded option may be closed out only on a national securities
or commodities exchange which generally provides a liquid secondary market for
an option of the same series. If a liquid secondary market for an
exchange-traded option does not exist, it might not be possible to effect a
closing transaction with respect to a particular option, with the result that a
Portfolio would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit. If a
Portfolio that has written an option is unable to effect a closing purchase
transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying
security until the option expires or it delivers the underlying security upon
exercise. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange
include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain
options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions
or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts,
                                      -26-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular
classes or series of options or underlying securities; (iv) unusual or
unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the
facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation or other clearing
organization may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume
and (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or
be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a
particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on
that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist,
although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the
Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would
continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

      Because the specific procedures for trading foreign futures and options on
futures exchanges are still evolving, additional or different margin
requirements as well as settlement procedures may be applicable to foreign
futures and options at the time a Portfolio purchases foreign futures or
options.

      The successful use of transactions in futures and options depends in part
on the ability of a Portfolio to forecast correctly the direction and extent of
interest rate or securities price movements within a given time frame. To the
extent interest rates or securities prices move in a direction opposite to that
anticipated, a Portfolio may realize a loss that is not fully or partially
offset by an increase in the value of portfolio securities. In addition, whether
or not interest rates or securities prices move during the period that a
Portfolio holds futures or options positions, the Portfolio will pay the cost of
taking those positions (i.e., brokerage costs). As a result, the Portfolio's
total return for such period may be less than if it had not engaged in the
futures or option transaction.

      Future Developments - This discussion relates to a Portfolio's proposed
use of futures contracts, options and options on futures contracts and swap
transactions currently available. The relevant markets and related regulations
are constantly evolving. In the event of future regulatory or market
developments, a Portfolio may also use additional types of futures contracts or
options and other similar or related investment techniques.

Eurodollar Futures and Options - The Portfolios listed above may make
investments in Eurodollar instruments, which are typically dollar-denominated
futures contracts or options on those contracts that are linked to the London
Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), although foreign currency denominated
instruments are available from time to time. Eurodollar futures contracts enable
purchasers to obtain a fixed rate for the lending of funds and sellers to obtain
a fixed rate for borrowings. A Portfolio might use Eurodollar futures contracts
and options thereon to hedge against changes in LIBOR, to which many interest
rate swaps and fixed income instruments are linked.

Loan Participations, Assignments and Other Direct Indebtedness -- The Portfolios
listed above may invest a portion of their assets in loan participations
("Participations") and other direct claims against a borrower. By purchasing a
Participation, a Portfolio acquires some or all of the interest of a bank or
other lending institution in a loan to a corporate or government borrower. The
Participations typically will result in the Portfolio's having a contractual
relationship only with the lender, not the borrower. The Portfolio will have the
right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is
entitled only from the lender selling the Participation and only upon receipt by
the lender of the payments from the borrower. Many such loans are secured,
although some may be unsecured. Such loans may be in default at the time of
purchase. Loans that are fully secured offer the Portfolio more protections than
an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or
principal. However, the value of any collateral from a secured loan may decline,
and there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral would satisfy the
corporate borrowers' obligation or that the collateral can be liquidated.

      These loans are made generally to finance internal growth, mergers,
acquisitions, stock repurchases, leveraged buy-outs and other corporate
activities. Such loans are typically made by a syndicate of lending
institutions, represented by an agent lending institution that has negotiated
and structured the loan and is responsible for collecting interest, principal
and other amounts due on its own behalf and on behalf of the others in the
syndicate, and for enforcing its and their other rights against the borrower.
Alternatively, such loans may be structured as a novation, pursuant to which the
Portfolio would assume all of the rights of the lending institution in a loan,
or as an assignment, pursuant to which the Portfolio would purchase an
assignment of a portion of a lender's interest in a loan either directly from
the lender or through an intermediary. A Portfolio may also purchase trade or
other claims against companies, which generally represent money owed by the
company to a supplier of goods or services. These claims may also be purchased
at a time when the company is in default.

      A Portfolio will acquire Participations only if the lender interpositioned
between the Portfolio and the borrower is determined by the subadviser to be
creditworthy.

                                      -27-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      The liquidity of such agreements will be determined by a Portfolio's
subadviser based on various factors, including (1) the frequency of trades and
quotations, (2) the number of dealers and prospective purchasers in the
marketplace, (3) dealer undertakings to make a market, (4) the nature of the
security, and (5) the nature of the marketplace for trades and other factors, if
any which the subadviser deems relevant to determining the existence of a
trading market for the Participations.

Swaps, Caps, Floors, Collars, Etc. - The Portfolios listed above may enter into
interest rate, currency and index swaps, the purchase or sale of related caps,
floors and collars and other derivatives. A Portfolio will enter into these
transactions primarily to seek to preserve a return or spread on a particular
investment or portion of its portfolio, to protect against currency
fluctuations, as a duration management technique or to protect against any
increase in the price of securities a portfolio anticipates purchasing at a
later date. A Portfolio will not sell interest rate caps or floors if it does
not own securities or other instruments providing the income the Portfolio may
be obligated to pay. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by a Portfolio
with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest
(for example, an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments with
respect to a notional amount of principal). The purchase of an interest rate cap
entitles the purchaser to receive payments on a notional principal amount from
the party selling the cap to the extent that a specified index exceeds a
predetermined interest rate or amount. The purchase of an interest rate floor
entitles the purchaser to receive payments of interest on a notional principal
amount from the party selling the interest rate floor to the extent that a
specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate or amount. A collar is
a combination of a cap and a floor that preserves a certain return within a
predetermined range of interest rates or values. A currency swap is an agreement
to exchange cash flows on a notional amount based on changes in the values of
the reference currencies.

      A Portfolio will usually enter into interest rate swaps on a net basis,
that is, two payment streams are netted out in a cash settlement on the payment
date or dates specified in the instrument, with the Portfolio receiving or
paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. To the
extent that a Portfolio maintains in a segregated account with its custodian
liquid assets sufficient to meet its obligations under swaps, caps, floors,
collars and other similar derivatives (see below) these investments will not
constitute senior securities under the 1940 Act, as amended, and, thus, will not
be treated as being subject to the Portfolio's borrowing restrictions. A
Portfolio will not enter into any swap, cap, floor, collar or other derivative
transaction unless the counterparty is deemed creditworthy by that Portfolio's
subadviser. If a counterparty defaults, the Portfolio may have contractual
remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. Caps, floors and
collars may not be as liquid as swaps.

      The liquidity of such agreements will be determined by a Portfolio's
subadviser based on various factors, including (1) the frequency of trades and
quotations, (2) the number of dealers and prospective purchasers in the
marketplace, (3) dealer undertakings to make a market, (4) the nature of the
security (including any demand or tender features), and (5) the nature of the
marketplace for trades (including the ability to assign or offset a Portfolio's
rights and obligations relating to the investment). Such determination will
govern whether a swap will be deemed to be within the restriction on investments
in illiquid securities.

      The Portfolios listed above will maintain cash and appropriate liquid
assets in a segregated custodial account to cover its current obligations under
swap agreements. If a Portfolio enters into a swap agreement on a net basis, it
will segregate assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess, if any,
of the Portfolio's accrued obligations under the swap agreement over the accrued
amount the Portfolio is entitled to receive under the agreement. If a Portfolio
enters into a swap agreement on other than a net basis, it will segregate assets
with a value equal to the full amount of the Portfolio's accrued obligations
under the agreement.

      A Portfolio may enter into a swaption transaction, which is a contract
that grants the holder, in return for payment of the purchase price (the
"premium") of the option, the right, but not the obligation, to enter into an
interest rate swap at a preset rate within a specified period of time, with the
writer of the contract. The writer of the contract receives the premium and
bears the risk of unfavorable changes in the preset rate on the underlying
interest rate swap.

      The Portfolios may enter into total return swaps. Total return swaps are
used either as substitutes for owning the physical securities that comprise a
given market index or as a means of obtaining non-leveraged exposure in markets
where no physical securities are available, such as an interest rate index.
Total return refers to the payment (or receipt) of an index's total return,
which is then exchanged for the receipt (or payment) of a floating interest
rate. Total return swaps provide a Portfolio with the additional flexibility of
gaining exposure to a market or sector index by using the most cost-effective
vehicle available.

                                      -28-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Credit Default Swaps - The Portfolios listed above may, to the extent consistent
with their investment strategies, for hedging or leveraging purposes, make use
of credit default swaps, which are contracts whereby one party makes periodic
payments to a counterparty in exchange for the right to receive from the
counterparty a payment equal to the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a
referenced debt obligation in the event of a default by the issuer of the debt
obligation. The use of credit default swaps may be limited by the Portfolios'
limitations on illiquid investments. When used for hedging purposes, the
Portfolio would be the buyer of a credit default swap contract. In that case,
the Portfolio would be entitled to receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value
of a referenced debt obligation from the counterparty to the contract in the
event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or non-U.S. issuer, on the
debt obligation. In return, the Portfolio would pay to the counterparty a
periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event
of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Portfolio would have spent
the stream of payments and received no benefit from the contract. Credit default
swaps involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and generate
income only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying
obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial
instability). Credit default swaps also involve credit risk - that the seller
may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the Portfolio in the event of a
default. When the Portfolio is the seller of a credit default swap contract, it
receives the stream of payments but is obligated to pay upon default of the
referenced debt obligation. As the seller, the Portfolio would effectively add
leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total assets, the
Portfolio would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the
swap. In addition to the risks applicable to derivatives generally, credit
default swaps involve special risks because they are difficult to value, are
highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk and generally pay a return to
the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by
the issuer of the underlying obligation.

Inverse Floaters - The Portfolios listed above may invest in inverse floaters,
which are derivative mortgage securities. Inverse floaters are structured as a
class of security that receives distributions on a pool of mortgage assets and
whose yields move in the opposite direction of short-term interest rates,
sometimes at an accelerated rate. Inverse floaters may be issued by agencies or
instrumentalities of the U.S. Government, or by private issuers, including
savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment
banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Inverse floaters have
greater volatility than other types of mortgage securities in which the
Portfolios invest (with the exception of stripped mortgage securities). Inverse
floaters may not be as liquid as other securities in which the Portfolios may
invest.

Structured Notes - The Portfolios listed above may invest in a broad category of
instruments known as "structured notes." These instruments are debt obligations
issued by industrial corporations, financial institutions or governmental or
international agencies. Traditional debt obligations typically obligate the
issuer to repay the principal plus a specified rate of interest. Structured
notes, by contrast, obligate the issuer to pay amounts of principal or interest
that are determined by reference to changes in some external factor or factors.
For example, the issuer's obligations could be determined by reference to
changes in the value of a commodity (such as gold or oil), a foreign currency,
an index of securities (such as the S&P 500 Index) or an interest rate (such as
the U.S. Treasury bill rate). In some cases, the issuer's obligations are
determined by reference to changes over time in the difference (or "spread")
between two or more external factors (such as the U.S. prime lending rate and
the LIBOR). In some cases, the issuer's obligations may fluctuate inversely with
changes in an external factor or factors (for example, if the U.S. prime lending
rate goes up, the issuer's interest payment obligations are reduced). In some
cases, the issuer's obligations may be determined by some multiple of the change
in an external factor or factors (for example, three times the change in the
U.S. Treasury bill rate). In some cases, the issuer's obligations remain fixed
(as with a traditional debt instrument) so long as an external factor or factors
do not change by more than the specified amount (for example, if the U.S.
Treasury bill rate does not exceed some specified maximum); but if the external
factor or factors change by more than the specified amount, the issuer's
obligations may be sharply increased or reduced.

      Structured notes can serve many different purposes in the management of a
Portfolio. For example, they can be used to increase a Portfolio's exposure to
changes in the value of assets that the Portfolio would not ordinarily purchase
directly (such as gold or oil). They can also be used to hedge the risks
associated with other investments a Portfolio holds. For example, if a
structured note has an interest rate that fluctuates inversely with general
changes in market interest rates, the value of the structured note would
generally move in the opposite direction to the value of traditional debt
obligations, thus moderating the effect of interest rate changes in the value of
a Portfolio's portfolio as a whole.

      Structured notes involve special risks. As with any debt obligation,
structured notes involve the risk that the issuer will become insolvent or
otherwise default on its payment obligations. This risk is in addition to the
risk that the issuer's obligations (and thus the value of a Portfolio's
investment) will be reduced because of changes in the external factor or factors
to which the obligations are linked. The value of structured notes will in many
cases be more volatile (that is, will change more rapidly or severely) than the
value of traditional debt instruments. Volatility will be especially high if the
                                      -29-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

issuer's obligations are determined by reference to some multiple of the change
in the external factor or factors. Many structured notes have limited or no
liquidity, so that a Portfolio would be unable to dispose of the investment
prior to maturity. As with all investments, successful use of structured notes
depends in significant part on the accuracy of the subadviser's analysis of the
issuer's creditworthiness and financial prospects, and of the subadviser's
forecast as to changes in relevant economic and financial market conditions and
factors. In instances where the issuer of a structured note is a foreign entity,
the usual risks associated with investments in foreign securities (described
above) apply.

Capital Securities - The Portfolios listed above may invest in capital
securities, which are securities issued by a trust having as its only assets
junior subordinated debentures of a corporation, typically a bank holding
company. This structure provides tax advantages to a bank holding company while
generally providing investors a higher yield than is offered by investing
directly in a bank holding company's subordinated debt.

Payment-in-Kind Securities ("PIKs") - The Portfolios listed above may invest in
PIKs, which are debt obligations which provide that the issuer may, at its
option, pay interest on such obligations in cash or in the form of additional
debt obligations. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for
cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to attract
investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash. Such investments may
experience greater volatility in market value than debt obligations which make
regular payments of interest. A Portfolio will accrue income on such investments
for tax and accounting purposes, which is distributable to shareholders and
which, because no cash is received at the time of accrual, may require the
liquidation of other portfolio securities to satisfy the Portfolio's
distribution obligations.

Warrants - The Portfolios listed above may invest in warrants, which are
securities that give a Portfolio the right to purchase equity securities from an
issuer at a specific price (the "strike price") for a limited period of time.
The strike price of warrants typically is much lower than the current market
price of the underlying securities, yet they are subject to similar price
fluctuations. As a result, warrants may be more volatile investments than the
underlying securities and may offer greater potential for capital appreciation
as well as capital loss. Warrants do not entitle a holder to dividends or voting
rights with respect to the underlying securities and do not represent any rights
in the assets of the issuing company. Also, the value of the warrant does not
necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities and a warrant
ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to the expiration date. These
factors can make warrants more speculative than other types of investments.

Indexed Securities - The Portfolios listed above may purchase securities with
principal and/or interest payments whose prices are indexed to the prices of
other securities, securities indices, currencies, precious metals or other
commodities, or other financial indicators. Indexed securities typically, but
not always, are debt securities or deposits whose value at maturity or coupon
rate is determined by reference to a specific instrument or statistic. The
Portfolios may also purchase indexed deposits with similar characteristics.
Gold-indexed securities, for example, typically provide for a maturity value
that depends on the price of gold, resulting in a security whose price tends to
rise and fall together with gold prices. Currency-indexed securities typically
are short-term to intermediate-term debt securities whose maturity values or
interest rates are determined by reference to the values of one or more
specified foreign currencies, and may offer higher yields than U.S. dollar
denominated securities of equivalent issuers. Currency-indexed securities may be
positively or negatively indexed; that is, their maturity value may increase
when the specified currency value increases, resulting in a security that
performs similarly to a foreign-denominated instrument, or their maturity value
may decline when foreign currencies increase, resulting in a security whose
price characteristics are similar to a put on the underlying currency.
Currency-indexed securities may also have prices that depend on the values of a
number of different foreign currencies relative to each other. Certain indexed
securities may expose a Portfolio to the risk of loss of all or a portion of the
principal amount of its investment and/or the interest that might otherwise have
been earned on the amount invested.

      The performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the
performance of the security, currency, or other instrument to which they are
indexed, and may also be influenced by interest rate changes in the U.S. and
abroad. At the same time, indexed securities are subject to the credit risks
associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline
substantially if the issuer's creditworthiness deteriorates. Recent issuers of
indexed securities have included banks, corporations, and certain U.S.
Government-sponsored entities.

When-Issued Securities - The Portfolios listed above may invest in when-issued
securities. If the value of a "when-issued" security being purchased falls
between the time a Portfolio commits to buy it and the payment date, the
Portfolio may sustain a loss. The risk of this loss is in addition to the
Portfolio's risk of loss on the securities actually in its portfolio at the
time. In addition, when a Portfolio buys a security on a when-issued basis, it
is subject to the risk that market rates of interest will
                                      -30-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

increase before the time the security is delivered, with the result that the
yield on the security delivered to the Portfolio may be lower than the yield
available on other, comparable securities at the time of delivery or lost
investment opportunity with respect to liquid assets in the event the
counter-party defaults on its obligation to deliver the security on the
settlement date. A Portfolio will maintain assets in a segregated account in an
amount sufficient to satisfy its outstanding obligations to buy securities on a
"when-issued" basis.

Forward Commitments - The Portfolios listed above may purchase securities on a
forward commitment basis; that is, make contracts to purchase securities for a
fixed price at a future date beyond the customary three-day settlement period. A
Portfolio is required to hold and maintain in a segregated account with the
custodian, until three-days prior to settlement date, cash or other liquid
assets in amount sufficient to meet the purchase price. Alternatively, a
Portfolio may enter into offsetting contracts for the forward sale of other
securities it owns. The purchase of securities on a forward commitment basis
involves risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines
prior to the settlement date or lost investment opportunity with respect to
liquid assets in the event the counter-party defaults on its obligation to
deliver the security on the settlement date. Although a Portfolio will generally
purchase securities on a forward commitment basis with the intention of
acquiring such securities for its portfolio, a Portfolio may dispose of forward
commitments prior to settlement if the subadviser deems it appropriate to do so.

Hybrid Instruments - The Portfolios listed above may invest in hybrid
instruments (a type of potentially high-risk derivative). Hybrid instruments
have recently been developed and combine the elements of futures contracts or
options with those of debt, preferred equity or a depositary instrument.
Generally, a hybrid instrument will be a debt security, preferred stock,
depositary share, trust certificate, certificate of deposit or other evidence of
indebtedness on which a portion of or all interest payments, and/or the
principal or stated amount payable at maturity, redemption or retirement, is
determined by reference to prices, changes in prices, or differences between
prices, of securities, currencies, intangibles, goods, articles or commodities
(collectively, "Underlying Assets") or by another objective index, economic
factor, or other measure, such as interest rates, currency exchange rates,
commodity indices, and securities indices (collectively, "Benchmarks"). Thus,
hybrid instruments may take a variety of forms, including, but not limited to,
debt instruments with interest or principal payments or redemption terms
determined by reference to the value of a currency or commodity or securities
index at a future point in time, preferred stock with dividend rates determined
by reference to the value of a currency, or convertible securities with the
conversion terms related to a particular commodity rate. Under certain
conditions, the redemption value of such an instrument could be zero. Hybrid
instruments can have volatile prices and limited liquidity and their use by a
Portfolio may not be successful.

      Hybrid instruments may bear interest or pay preferred dividends at below
market (or even relatively nominal) rates. Alternatively, hybrid instruments may
bear interest at above market rates but bear an increased risk of principal loss
(or gain). The latter scenario may result if "leverage" is used to structure the
hybrid instrument. Leverage risk occurs when the hybrid instrument in structured
so that a given change in a Benchmark or Underlying Asset is multiplied to
produce a greater value change in the hybrid instrument, thereby magnifying the
risk of loss as well as the potential for gain.

      Hybrid instruments can be an efficient means of creating exposure to a
particular market, or segment of a market, with the objective of enhancing total
return. For example, a Portfolio may wish to take advantage of expected declines
in interest rates in several European countries, but avoid the transaction costs
associated with buying and currency-hedging the foreign bond positions. One
solution would be to purchase a United States dollar-denominated hybrid
instrument whose redemption price is linked to the average three year interest
rate in a designated group of countries. The redemption price formula would
provide for payoffs of greater than par if the average interest rate was lower
than a specified level, and payoffs of less than par if rates were above the
specified level. Furthermore, a Portfolio could limit the downside risk of the
security by establishing a minimum redemption price so that the principal paid
at maturity could not be below a predetermined minimum level if interest rates
were to rise significantly. The purpose of this arrangement, known as a
structured security with an embedded put option, would be to give a Portfolio
the desired European bond exposure while avoiding currency risk, limiting
downside market risk, and lowering transaction costs. Of course, there is no
guarantee that the strategy will be successful and a Portfolio could lose money
if, for example, interest rates do not move as anticipated or credit problems
develop with the issuer of the hybrid instrument.

      Although the risks of investing in hybrid instruments reflect a
combination of the risks of investing in securities, options, futures and
currencies, hybrid instruments are potentially more volatile and carry greater
market risks than traditional debt instruments. The risks of a particular hybrid
instrument will, of course, depend upon the terms of the instrument, but may
include, without limitation, the possibility of significant changes in the
Benchmarks or the prices of Underlying Assets
                                      -31-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

to which the instrument is linked. Such risks generally depend upon factors
which are unrelated to the operations or credit quality of the issuer of the
hybrid instrument and which may not be readily foreseen by the purchaser, such
as economic and political events, the supply and demand for the Underlying
Assets and interest rate movements. In recent years, various Benchmarks and
prices for Underlying Assets have been highly volatile, and such volatility may
be expected in the future.

      Hybrid instruments may also carry liquidity risk since the instruments are
often "customized" to meet the portfolio needs of a particular investor, and
therefore, the number of investors that are willing and able to buy such
instruments in the secondary market may be smaller than that for more
traditional debt securities. In addition, because the purchase and sale of
hybrid instruments could take place in an over the counter market without the
guarantee of a central clearing organization or in a transaction between a
Portfolio and the issuer of the hybrid instrument, the creditworthiness of the
counter party or issuer of the hybrid instrument would be an additional risk
factor which the Portfolio would have to consider and monitor. Hybrid
instruments also may not be subject to regulation by the CFTC, which generally
regulates the trading of commodity futures by persons in the United States, or
any other governmental regulatory authority. The various risks discussed above,
particularly the market risk of such instruments, may in turn cause significant
fluctuations in the net asset value of a Portfolio.

      Equity-linked debt securities are a type of hybrid instrument. At
maturity, an equity-linked debt security of an issuer is exchanged for common
stock of the issuer or is payable in an amount based on the price of the
issuer's common stock at the time of maturity. Both alternatives present a risk
that the amount payable at maturity will be less than the principal amount of
the debt because the price of the issuer's common stock might not be as high as
the subadviser expected.

Short Sales "Against the Box" - The Portfolios listed above may engage in short
sales "against the box." A short sale is a transaction in which a party borrows
a security and then sells the borrowed security to another party. Each Portfolio
listed above may engage in short sales if it owns (or has the right to acquire
without further consideration) the security it has sold short, a practice known
as selling short "against the box." Short sales against the box may protect a
Portfolio against the risk of losses in the value of its portfolio securities
because any unrealized losses with respect to such securities should be wholly
or partially offset by a corresponding gain in the short position. However, any
potential gains in such securities should be wholly or partially offset by a
corresponding loss in the short position. Short sales against the box may be
used to lock in a profit on a security when, for tax reasons or otherwise, a
subadviser does not want to sell the security.

Lending of Portfolio Securities - Each Portfolio may lend its portfolio
securities to broker-dealers under contracts calling for cash collateral equal
to at least the market value of the securities loaned, marked to market on a
daily basis. A Portfolio will continue to benefit from interest or dividends on
the securities loaned and will also receive interest through investment of the
cash collateral in short-term liquid investments, which may include shares of
money market funds subject to any investment restriction described herein. Any
voting rights, or rights to consent, relating to securities loaned pass to the
borrower. However, if a material event affecting the investment occurs, such
loans may be called so that the securities may be voted by a Portfolio. A
Portfolio pays various fees in connection with such loans, including shipping
fees and reasonable custodian and placement fees.

      A Portfolio may pay reasonable finders, administrative and custodial fees
to persons that are unaffiliated with the Fund for services in connection with
loans of its portfolio securities. Payments received by a Portfolio equal to
dividends, interest and other distributions on loaned securities may be treated
as income other than qualified income for the 90% test discussed under "Taxes"
below. The Fund intends to engage in securities lending only to the extent that
it does not jeopardize its qualification as a regulated investment company under
the Internal Revenue Code.

                        DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

      The Fund's Board of Directors has adopted and approved policies and
procedures reasonably designed to protect the confidentiality of the Fund's
portfolio holdings information and to seek to prevent the selective disclosure
of such information. The Fund reserves the right to modify these policies and
procedures at any time without notice.

      Only MetLife Advisers' or a subadviser's Chief Compliance Officer,
principal executive or principal accounting officer, or persons designated by
such officers (each, an "Authorized Person") are authorized to disseminate
nonpublic portfolio information, and only in accordance with the procedures
described below. Pursuant to these polices and procedures, MetLife Advisers or a
subadviser may disclose a Portfolio's portfolio holdings to unaffiliated parties
prior to the time such information has been disclosed to the public through a
filing with the SEC or a posting on an Insurance Company web site
                                      -32-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

only if an Authorized Person determines that (i) there is a legitimate business
purpose for the disclosure; (ii) the disclosure is in the best interest of the
Fund; and (iii) if practicable, the recipient is subject to a confidentiality
agreement, including a duty not to trade on the nonpublic information. Under the
Fund's policies and procedures, a legitimate business purpose includes
disseminating or providing access to portfolio information to (i) the Fund's
service providers (e.g., custodian, distributors, counsel, independent
registered public accounting firms) in order for the service providers to
fulfill their contractual duties to the Fund; (ii) rating and ranking
organizations and mutual fund analysts; (iii) a newly hired Fund subadviser
prior to the subadviser commencing its duties; (iv) the subadviser of a
Portfolio or other affiliated investment company portfolio that will be the
surviving portfolio in a merger or substituting Portfolio in a substitution; (v)
consultants that provide research and consulting services to MetLife Advisers or
its affiliates with respect to asset allocation targets and investments for
asset allocation funds of funds in the MetLife enterprise; (vi) a transition
manager hired to liquidate or restructure a Portfolio and (vii) firms that
provide pricing services, proxy voting services and research and trading
services. Other service providers to whom portfolio information may be
disseminated in accordance with the aforementioned procedures may include (a)
financial printers and binding services; (b) document storage providers; (c)
software vendors; (d) analytic tool providers; and (e) certain other law firms.

      In accordance with the aforementioned procedures, MetLife Advisers, the
subadvisers and/or their affiliates periodically disclose the Fund's portfolio
holdings information on a confidential basis to various service providers. Among
the service providers to which MetLife Advisers, the subadvisers and/or their
affiliates may periodically disclose the Fund's portfolio holdings information
on a confidential basis in accordance with the aforementioned procedures are the
following:




o Bloomberg L.P. o MSCI BARRA, Inc.


o      CDS/Computer                     o      Northern Trust


o      Charles River                    o      OMGEO LLC


o      Checkfree                        o      Edwards Angell Palmer and Dodge
                                               LLP


o      Deloitte & Touche LLP            o      Plexus


o      Diversified Information                 Proxy Governance, Inc.
     Technologies, Inc.                 o


o      Eagle Investment Systems Corp.   o      Radianz


o      Electra Information Systems,            RiskMetrics Group
     Inc.                               o


o      Elkins McSherry                  o      Ropes & Gray LLP


o      FactSet Research Systems Inc.    o      RR Donnelley


o      Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC          o      Salomon Analytics, Inc.


o      Investor Tools Perform           o      Standard & Poor's Investment
                                               Advisory Services, LLC


o      ITG, Inc.                        o      Standard and Poor's Securities
                                               Evaluation Services


o      KPMG LLP                         o      State Street Bank and Trust
                                               Company


o      Loan Pricing Corp.               o      State Street Global Markets


o      Mark-It Partners                 o      Sullivan & Worcester LLP


o      Mathias & Carr                   o      The MacGregor Group


o      MFS Fund Distributors, Inc.      o      Vestek Systems, Inc.


o      Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP      o      Wilshire Analytics/Axiom


o      Morningstar Associates, LLC

      The Fund's policies and procedures prohibit the dissemination of nonpublic
portfolio information for compensation or other consideration. Any exceptions to
these policies and procedures may be made only if approved by MetLife Advisers'
or the relevant subadviser's Chief Compliance Officer and the Fund's Chief
Compliance Officer as in the best interests of the Fund, and only if such
exceptions are reported to the Fund's Board of Directors at its next regularly
scheduled meeting.

      Dissemination of a Portfolio's nonpublic portfolio holdings information to
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company ("MetLife") enterprise employees is limited
to persons who are subject to a duty to keep such information confidential and
who need to receive the information as part of their duties. As a general
matter, the Fund disseminates portfolio holdings information to contract owners
or Qualified Plan trustees or participants only in the Annual or Semiannual
Reports or in other formats that are generally available on a contemporaneous
basis to all such contract owners or Qualified Plan trustees or
                                      -33-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

participants or the general public. The Prospectus describes certain types of
information that are disclosed on Insurance Company web sites (including
http://www.metlife.com/msf), as well as the frequency with which such
information is disclosed and the lag between the date of the information and the
date of its disclosure.

      It is the policy of MetLife Advisers to comply with all applicable
provisions of the Fund's policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure
of the Fund's portfolio holdings information.

                          RESOLVING MATERIAL CONFLICTS

      Currently, shares in the Fund are available only to separate accounts
established by MetLife, New England Life Insurance Company ("NELICO"), MetLife
Investors USA Insurance Company ("MetLife Investors"), or General American Life
Insurance Company ("General American") and their affiliates or their
subsidiaries, and to certain eligible qualified retirement plans ("Qualified
Plans"), as an investment vehicle for variable life insurance or variable
annuity products or Qualified Plans. In the future, however, such shares may be
offered to separate accounts of insurance companies unaffiliated with MetLife,
NELICO, MetLife Investors or General American.

      A potential for certain conflicts of interest exists between the interests
of variable life insurance contract owners and variable annuity contract owners.
Pursuant to conditions imposed in connection with related regulatory relief
granted by the SEC, the Fund's Board of Directors has an obligation to monitor
events to identify conflicts that may arise from the sale of shares to both
variable life insurance and variable annuity separate accounts or to separate
accounts of insurance companies not affiliated with MetLife, NELICO, MetLife
Investors or General American. Such events might include changes in state
insurance law or federal income tax law, changes in investment management of any
Portfolio of the Fund or differences between voting instructions given by
variable life insurance and variable annuity contract owners. Through its
Participation Agreement with the Fund, each insurance company investing in the
Fund is responsible for monitoring and reporting any such conflicts to the Fund
and for proposing and executing any necessary remedial action. The Board of
Directors of the Fund has an obligation to determine whether such proposed
action adequately remedies any such conflicts.

                        DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUES

      The net asset value per share of each class of each Portfolio is
determined as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange on
each day the New York Stock Exchange is open. The New York Stock Exchange is
currently expected to be closed on weekend days and on the following holidays
each year: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Day, Presidents Day, Good Friday,
Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.
Because foreign exchanges are not always closed at the same time that the New
York Stock Exchange is closed, the price of securities primarily traded on
foreign exchanges may increase or decrease when the New York Stock Exchange is
closed. Therefore, the value of a Portfolio that holds these securities may
change on days that separate accounts will not be able to purchase or redeem
Fund shares.

      Expenses of each Portfolio are paid or accrued each day.

All Portfolios (other than BlackRock Money Market)
      Each Portfolio other than BlackRock Money Market values its securities in
the manner set forth below.

      Debt securities (other than short term obligations with a remaining
maturity of sixty days or less) are valued on the basis of valuations furnished
by independent pricing services selected by the adviser or relevant subadviser
pursuant to authorization of the Board. Short term obligations with a remaining
maturity of sixty days or less are stated at amortized cost value which
approximates fair market value.

      Equity securities traded on a national securities exchange or exchanges
are valued at their last sale price on the principal trading market. Equity
securities traded on the NASDAQ National Market System are valued at the NASDAQ
Official Closing Price (the "NOCP"). The NOCP is the last sale price if it falls
between the spread of the last reported bid and asked prices. If the last
reported bid and asked prices are above the last reported sale price, the NOCP
will be the last reported bid price. If the last reported bid and asked prices
are below the last reported sale price, the NOCP will be the last
                                      -34-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

reported asked price. Equity securities traded on a national securities exchange
or exchanges or on the NASDAQ National Market System for which there is no
reported sale during the day, are valued at the last reported bid price. A
security that is listed or traded on more than one exchange is valued at the
quotation on the exchange determined to be the primary market for that security
by the Board of Directors or its delegates. If no closing price is available,
then such securities are valued by using the mean between the last reported bid
and asked prices. Equity securities traded over-the-counter are valued at the
last reported sales price.

      If no current market value quotation is readily available or reliable for
a portfolio security, fair value will be determined in accordance with
procedures established by and under the general supervision of the Fund's Board
of Directors. When the Fund uses fair value pricing, it may take into account
any factors it deems appropriate. The value of securities used by the Fund to
calculate its net asset value may differ from quoted or published prices for the
same securities. Fair value pricing involves subjective judgments and the fair
value determined for a security may be materially different than the value that
could be realized upon the sale of that security.

      The Fund expects to use fair value pricing for securities primarily traded
on U.S. exchanges only under very limited circumstances. For example, the Fund
may use fair value pricing if the exchange on which a security is traded closes
early or trading in the security is suspended.

      Securities traded primarily on an exchange outside of the United States
which closes before the close of the New York Stock Exchange will be valued at
the last sales price on that non-U.S. exchange. Securities traded primarily on
an exchange outside of the United States for which there is no reported sale
during the day are valued at the mean between the last reported bid and asked
prices. However, because most foreign markets close well before the Fund values
its securities (typically at 4 p.m. Eastern Time), the earlier close of these
foreign markets gives rise to the possibility that significant events, including
broad market moves, may have occurred after these foreign markets close but
before the Fund values its securities. For example, foreign security values may
be affected by activity that occurs after the close of foreign securities
markets. To account for this, the Fund may frequently value many of the
Portfolios' foreign equity securities using fair value prices based on third
party vendor modeling tools.

      Forward foreign currency exchange contracts are valued based on the mean
between closing bid and ask prices of the forward currency contract rates in the
London foreign exchange markets on a daily basis as provided by a reliable bank
or dealer.

      Options, whether on securities, indices, or futures contracts, are valued
at the last sales price available as of the close of business on the day of
valuation or, if no sale, at the mean between the bid and asked prices. Options
on currencies are valued at the spot price each day. As a general matter,
futures contracts are marked-to-market daily.

      The value of futures contracts will be the sum of the margin deposit plus
or minus the difference between the value of the futures contract on each day
the net asset value is calculated and the value on the date the futures contract
originated, value being that established on a recognized commodity exchange, or
by reference to other customary sources, with gain or loss being realized when
the futures contract closes or expires.

      Subject to the Board's oversight, the Fund's Board of Directors has
delegated day-to-day responsibility for valuing Portfolio assets to MetLife
Advisers or the subadvisers of the Portfolios, who value such assets as
described above and operate under procedures approved by the Board.

      The net asset value of each Asset Allocation Portfolio and the Zenith
Equity Portfolio is calculated based on the net asset values of the Underlying
Portfolios in which such Portfolio invests. The Underlying Portfolios that are
Portfolios of the Fund will use fair value pricing in the circumstances and
manner described above. For more information about the use of fair value pricing
by the Underlying Portfolios that are portfolios of MIST, please refer to the
prospectus for such Underlying Portfolios.

BlackRock Money Market
      The portfolio securities of BlackRock Money Market will be valued at
amortized cost. Under the amortized cost method of valuation, securities are
valued at cost on the date of purchase. Thereafter the values of securities
purchased at a
                                      -35-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

discount or premium are increased or decreased incrementally each day so that at
maturity the purchase discount or premium is fully amortized and the value of
the security is equal to its principal amount. Due to fluctuations in interest
rates, the amortized cost value of the securities of BlackRock Money Market may
at times be more or less than their market value.

      By using amortized cost valuation, BlackRock Money Market seeks to
maintain a constant net asset value of $100 per share of each class of the
Portfolio despite minor shifts in the market value of its portfolio securities.
The yield on a shareholder's investment may be more or less than that which
would be recognized if the net asset value per share of each class of BlackRock
Money Market were not constant and were permitted to fluctuate with the market
value of the portfolio securities of the Portfolio. However, as a result of the
following procedures, the Fund believes any difference will normally be minimal.
Quarterly, the Fund's Directors monitor the deviation between the net asset
value per share of each class of the Portfolio as determined by using available
market quotations and such class' amortized cost price per share. BlackRock,
subadviser to BlackRock Money Market, makes such comparisons at least weekly and
will advise MetLife Advisers and the Directors promptly in the event of any
significant deviation. If the deviation exceeds 0.50% for any class, the Board
of Directors will consider what action, if any, should be initiated to provide
fair valuation of the portfolio securities of BlackRock Money Market and prevent
material dilution or other unfair results to shareholders. Such action may
include selling portfolio securities prior to maturity, withholding dividends or
utilizing a net asset value per share of each class as determined by using
available market quotations.

                                    EXPENSES

Expense Agreement
      Pursuant to an expense agreement relating to each class of MetLife
Conservative Allocation, MetLife Conservative to Moderate Allocation, MetLife
Moderate Allocation, MetLife Moderate to Aggressive Allocation, and MetLife
Aggressive Allocation, MetLife Advisers has agreed, from April 28, 2008 to April
30, 2009, to waive a portion of its advisory fees or pay a portion of the other
operating expenses (not including brokerage costs, interest, taxes, or
extraordinary expenses) to the extent total operating expenses exceed stated
annual expense limits (based on a Portfolio's then-current fiscal year, which
limits vary from Portfolio to Portfolio). For each Asset Allocation Portfolio,
this subsidy, and similar subsidies in effect in earlier periods, are subject to
the obligation of each class of such Portfolios to repay MetLife Advisers in
future years, if any, when a class' expenses fall below the stated expense limit
pertaining to that class that was in effect at the time of the subsidy in
question. Such deferred expenses may be charged to a class in a subsequent year
to the extent that the charge does not cause the total expenses in such
subsequent year to exceed the class' stated expense limit that was in effect at
the time of the subsidy in question; provided, however, that no class of an
Asset Allocation Portfolio is obligated to repay any expense paid by MetLife
Advisers more than five years after the end of the fiscal year in which such
expense was incurred. The expense limits (annual rates as a percentage of each
class of each Portfolio's net average daily net assets) in effect from April 28,
2008 to April 30, 2009 are as follows:





Portfolio                                                          Expense Limit Agreement
                                                               --------------------------------
                                                               Class        Class       Class
                                                               -------      -------     -------
                                                                                
                                                                0.10%        0.35%       0.25%
MetLife Conservative Allocation

MetLife Conservative to Moderate Allocation                      0.10%        0.35%       0.25%

MetLife Moderate Allocation                                      0.10%        0.35%       0.25%

MetLife Moderate to Aggressive Allocation                        0.10%        0.35%       0.25%

MetLife Aggressive Allocation                                    0.10%        0.35%       0.25%

      Also pursuant to the expense agreement, MetLife Advisers has agreed to
waive, for the period April 28, 2008 to April 30, 2009,
a portion of its advisory fees for certain Portfolios. These fee waivers are
described below in the section entitled "Advisory Fee Waivers" under "Advisory
Arrangements."
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Additional Information About Expenses
      Each Portfolio pays all expenses not borne by MetLife Advisers or its
subadviser, including, but not limited to, the charges and expenses of each
Portfolio's custodian, independent registered public accounting firm and legal
counsel for the
                                      -36-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Fund and its independent Directors, all brokerage commissions and transfer taxes
in connection with portfolio transactions, all taxes and filing fees, the fees
and expenses for registration or qualification of its shares under federal and
state securities laws, all expenses of shareholders' and Directors' meetings and
preparing, printing and mailing prospectuses and reports to shareholders, dues
for membership in the Investment Company Institute, and the compensation of
Directors of the Fund who are not directors, officers or employees of MetLife
Advisers or its affiliates, other than affiliated registered investment
companies.

      The table below sets forth the total expenses incurred by each Portfolio
subject to expense limits during the year ended December 31, 2007 and what each
Portfolio's expenses would have been without the expense agreement for the same
period.




                                                            Total Operating Expenses     Total Operating Expenses
                                                              (as a percentage of          (as a percentage of
                                                                    average                      average
                                                               daily net assets)            daily net assets)
                                                                                           without the expense
Portfolio                                                                                     agreement
                                                           --------------------------   --------------------------
                                                           Class     Class B  Class     Class    Class     Class
                                                           -------   ------   -------   -------  -------   -------
                                                                                           
                                                             0.74%    0.99%     0.89%     0.74%    0.99%     0.89%
MetLife Conservative Allocation

MetLife Conservative to Moderate Allocation                  0.74%    0.99%     0.89%     0.75%    1.00%     0.90%

MetLife Moderate Allocation                                  0.75%    1.00%     0.89%     0.76%    1.01%     0.91%

MetLife Moderate to Aggressive Allocation                    0.75%    1.00%     0.90%     0.79%    1.04%     0.94%

MetLife Aggressive Allocation                                0.75%    1.08%     0.90%     0.87%    1.11%     1.01%

      These expense figures do not include portfolio brokerage commissions,
which are not deducted from the Portfolio's assets in the same manner as other
charges and expenses; rather, brokerage commissions are part of the purchase
price paid for portfolio securities and reduce the proceeds received on the sale
of portfolio securities.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


      In earlier periods, MetLife Advisers contractually agreed to waive fees or
pay certain expenses so as to limit the total operating expenses of each class
of certain Portfolios to certain percentages. These subsidies were subject to
the Portfolio's obligation to repay MetLife Advisers in future years, if any,
when the Portfolio's expenses for any class fall below the expense limit in
effect at the time of the subsidy in question; provided, however, the Portfolio
is not obligated to repay such expenses for more than a certain number of years
after the end of the fiscal year in which such expense was incurred. As of
December 31, 2007, there were no expenses deferred in prior years subject to
repayment by any Portfolios.

                             DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

      The Fund's Directors review actions of the Fund's investment adviser and
subadvisers, and decide upon matters of general policy. The Fund's officers
supervise the daily business operations of the Fund. The Board of Directors and
the Fund's officers are listed below. Each Director is responsible for
overseeing all 36 Portfolios of the Fund. There is no limit to the term a
Director may serve. Directors serve until their resignation, retirement or
removal in accordance with the Fund's organizational documents and policies
adopted by the Board from time to time. Officers hold office at the pleasure of
the Board or until the election or appointment and the qualification of a
successor. The address of the directors and officers is c/o Metropolitan Series
Fund, Inc., 501 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02116.

                                      -37-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Interested Directors (1)
      Each Director below is an "interested person" (as defined by the 1940 Act)
with respect to the Fund in that Ms. Forget is an employee of MetLife and Mr.
Typermass is a former employee of MetLife and owns securities issued by MetLife,
Inc., the ultimate parent company of MetLife Advisers.





                                                                                                       Number of
                                                                                                     Portfolios in
                                                                                                         Fund
                                  Current                             Principal occupations over       Complex
Name, Address                     position(s)           Position(s)   past five years, including       Overseen by
and Age                           with Fund             held since       other directorships(2)        Director (3)

                      ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                                 
Elizabeth M. Forget   Director, Chairman of the Board,       2006    Senior Vice President, MetLife,         89
Age: 41                President and Chief Executive Officer          Inc. (since 2007); President, Met
                                                                     Investors Advisory, LLC; Trustee
                                                                     and President, MIST; Executive
                                                                     Vice President, MetLife Investors
                                                                     Group, Inc. (since 2000);
                                                                     President, Chief Executive Officer
                                                                     and Chair of the Board of Managers
                                                                    (since 2006), MetLife Advisers

Arthur G. Typermass   Director                               1998    Formerly, Senior Vice President
Age: 70                                                             and Treasurer, MetLife.                 37

Non-Interested Directors (1)
      Each Director below is not an "interested person" (as defined by the 1940
Act) with respect to the Fund (collectively, the "Independent Directors").



                                                                                                       Number of
                                                                                                     Portfolios in
                                                                                                         Fund
                                  Current                             Principal occupations over       Complex
Name, Address                     position(s)           Position(s)   past five years, including       Overseen by
and Age                           with Fund             held since       other directorships(2)        Director (3)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Steve A. Garban+            Director     1985    Formerly, Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice             37
Age: 70                                          President Finance and Operations and Treasurer
                                                 (Emeritus), The Pennsylvania State University.

Linda B. Strumpf            Director     2000    Vice President and Chief Investment Officer, Ford          37
Age: 60                                          Foundation.

Michael S. Scott Morton+    Director     1993    Jay W. Forrester Professor of Management (Emeritus)        37
Age: 70                                          at Sloan School of Management, MIT.

                                      -38-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                                                                                       Number of
                                                                                                     Portfolios in
                                                                                                         Fund
                                  Current                             Principal occupations over       Complex
Name, Address                     position(s)           Position(s)   past five years, including       Overseen by
and Age                           with Fund             held since       other directorships(2)        Director (3)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


H. Jesse Arnelle      Director     2001     Formerly, Counsel, Womble Carlyle Sandrie & Rice;               37
Age: 74                                     Director, Textron Inc. (global multi-industry
                                            company)*; formerly, Director, Gannet Co. Inc.
                                            (diversified news and information company)*; formerly,
                                            Director, Eastman Chemical Company (global chemical
                                            company)*; formerly, Director, Waste Management, Inc.*;
                                            formerly, Director, Armstrong Holdings Inc. (parent
                                            company of floor and ceiling products business)*;
                                            formerly, Director, FPL Group Inc. (public utility
                                            holding company)*; Director, URS Corporation
                                            (engineering design services firm)*.

Nancy Hawthorne        irector     2003     Chief Executive Officer, Clerestory LLC (corporate              37
Age: 57                                     financial advisor); Director, Avid Technologies
                                            (computer software company)*;
                                            formerly, Chairman of the Board of
                                            Avid Technologies; formerly, Board
                                            of Advisors, L. Knife & Sons, Inc.
                                            (beverage distributor); formerly,
                                            Trustee, New England Zenith Fund
                                            ("Zenith Fund")**; formerly, Chief
                                            Executive Officer and Managing
                                            Partner, Hawthorne, Krauss and
                                            Associates (corporate financial
                                            advisor); formerly, Chief Financial
                                            Officer and Executive Vice
                                            President, Continental Cablevision,
                                            subsequently renamed MediaOne (cable
                                            television company); formerly,
                                            Director, Life F/X, Inc.; formerly,
                                            Chairman of the Board, WorldClinic
                                            (distance medicine company);
                                            formerly, Director, Perini
                                            Corporation (construction company)*;
                                            formerly, Director, CGU (property
                                            and casualty insurance company);
                                            formerly, Director, Beacon Power
                                            Corporation
                                           (energy company )*.

John T. Ludes         Director     2003     President, LFP Properties (consulting firm); Formerly,          37
Age: 71                                     Trustee, Zenith Fund**; formerly, Vice Chairman,
                                            President and Chief Operating
                                            Officer, Fortune Brands/American
                                            Brands (global conglomerate);
                                            formerly, President and CEO,
                                            Acushnet Company (athletic equipment
                                            company).

                                      -39-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Officers(1)
- ------------


                                    Current     Position(s)
                                    position(s)  Peld
Name and address            Age     with Fund    since         Principal occupations over past five years (2)
                            ----  ------------ ---------- ----------------------------------------------------------
                            36    Senior Vice    2008     Vice President (since 2008), MetLife Group, Inc.; Vice
Jeffrey L. Bernier                President               President (since 2008), MetLife; Senior Vice President
                                                          (since 2008), MetLife Advisers. Formerly, Director and
                                                          Senior Investment Analyst (2004 to 2007) John Hancock
                                                          Financial Services. Assistant Vice President (2000 to
                                                          2001) Wachovia Securities.

                                  Senior Vice    2002     Manager and Senior Vice President, MetLife Advisers;
John F. Guthrie, Jr.       64     President               Vice President, MetLife; Vice President (since 2003),
                                                          MetLife Group, Inc.; Vice President, NELICO; Vice
                                                          President (since 2005), Met Investors Advisory, LLC;
                                                          formerly, Senior Vice President, Zenith Fund**.

                                 Senior Vice     2005      Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer, MetLife Advisers;
Alan C. Leland             55    Presidenrt                Treasurer (since 2005), Met
                                                           Investors Advisory, LLC; Vice President (since 2004), Met Investors
                                                           Advisory, -resident LLC; Vice President (since
                                                           2003), MetLife Group, Inc.;
                                                           Vice President, MetLife; Senior Vice President, NELICO

                                  Vice           2000     Senior Vice President, MetLife Advisers (since 1998);
Peter Duffy                52    President                Second Vice President (since 2003), NELICO; Vice
                                  and                     President, MetLife (since 2004); Vice President (since
                                 Treasurer                2004), MetLife Group, Inc.; formerly, Vice President and
                                                          Treasurer, Zenith Fund**.

                                  Vice           2002     General Counsel and Secretary, MetLife Advisers;
Thomas M. Lenz             49     President               Assistant General Counsel, MetLife; formerly, Vice
                                  and                     President and Secretary, Zenith Fund**.
                                  Secretary

                                  Chief          2005     Vice President (since 2006), MetLife Group, Inc.; Vice
Jeffrey P. Halperin        40     Compliance              President (since 2006), MetLife; Chief Compliance
                                 Officer                 Officer (since 2006), MetLife Advisers.

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    Indicates a directorship with a registered investment company or a company
     subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
     1934, as amended.
** The Zenith Fund deregistered with the Securities and Exchange Commission
("SEC") in 2004.
                                      -40-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

(+)  Served as a trustee, director and/or officer of one or more of the
     following companies, each of which had a direct or indirect advisory
     relationship with MetLife Advisers or its affiliates prior to January 31,
     2005: State Street Research Financial Trust, State Street Research Income
     Trust, State Street Research Money Market Trust, State Street Research
     Institutional Funds, State Street Research Capital Trust, State Street
     Research Master Investment Trust, State Street Research Equity Trust, State
     Street Research Securities Trust and State Street Research Exchange Trust
     (collectively, the "State Street Research Funds").
(1)  Each Director of the Fund also serves as trustee of Metropolitan Series
     Fund II ("Met Series Fund II"), a registered investment company advised by
     MetLife Advisers. Each officer of the Fund serves in the same position with
     Met Series Fund II, which consists of one portfolio.
(2)  Previous positions during the past five years with the Fund, MetLife,
     MetLife Advisers, Zenith Fund, NELICO or New England Securities Corporation
     are omitted if not materially different.
(3)  The Fund Complex includes the Fund (36 portfolios), Met Series Fund II (1
     portfolio) and MIST (56 portfolios)


Director Beneficial Ownership
      The following table states the dollar range of equity securities
beneficially owned by each Director in the Portfolios of the Fund.




                                                                       Dllar Range of Equity     Dollar Range of Equity
                                                                         Securities in              Securities
Director                                 Name of Portfolio              the Portfolio(1)          In the Fund(1)
                                     --------------------------       --------------------      --------------------
                                                                                       
Arthur G. Typermass                  BlackRock Aggressive                Over $100,000          Over $      100,000
                                     Growth Portfolio
                                     Julius Baer                        $10,001-$50,000
                                     International Stock
                                     Portfolio
                                     MetLife Stock Index                 Over $100,000
                                     Portfolio

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)  Represents ownership, as of December 31, 2007, of insurance products that
     utilize the Fund as an investment vehicle. Shares of the Fund may not be
     held directly by individuals.


Committees of the Board
      The Directors have delegated certain authority to an Audit Committee,
which is comprised of Messrs. Ludes and Scott Morton and Ms. Strumpf, all of
whom are not "interested persons" (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund
("Independent Directors"). The Audit Committee reviews financial and accounting
controls and procedures; recommends the selection of the independent registered
public accounting firm; reviews the scope of the audit; reviews financial
statements and audit reports; and reviews the independence of the independent
registered public accounting firm and approves fees and assignments relating to
both audit and non-audit activities of the independent registered public
accounting firm. Ms. Strumpf currently serves as chair of the Audit Committee.

      The Directors have established two Contract Review Committees of the
Board. One Contract Review Committee is comprised of Messrs. Arnelle and Ludes
and Ms. Strumpf. Ms. Strumpf currently serves as chair of that Contract Review
Committee. The other Contract Review Committee is comprised of Ms. Hawthorne and
Messrs. Garban and Scott Morton. Mr. Garban currently serves as chair of that
Contract Review Committee. Each Contract Review Committee from time to time
reviews and makes recommendations to the Board as to contracts that require
approval of a majority of the Independent Directors, which are assigned to such
Contract Review Committee by the Board, and any other contracts that may be
referred to it by the Board.

                                      -41-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      The Governance Committee is comprised of Messrs. Arnelle, Garban and Scott
Morton and Ms. Hawthorne. Mr. Scott Morton currently serves as chair of the
Governance Committee. The Governance Committee reviews periodically Board
governance practices, procedures and operations, the size and composition of the
Board of Directors, Director compensation and other matters relating to the
governance of the Fund.

      The Directors have established a Nominating Committee of the Board, which
is comprised of Messrs. Arnelle and Scott Morton and Ms. Hawthorne. Mr. Scott
Morton currently serves as chair of the Nominating Committee. The Nominating
Committee evaluates the qualifications of the Fund's candidates for Independent
Director positions and makes recommendations to the Independent Directors with
respect to nominations for Independent Director membership on the Fund's Board.
The Nominating Committee considers Independent Director candidates in connection
with Board vacancies and newly created Board positions.

      The Nominating Committee will consider nominees for Independent Directors
recommended by contract owners. The Board has adopted procedures that a contract
owner must follow to properly submit a recommendation to the Nominating
Committee. Recommendations must be in a writing submitted to the Fund's
Secretary, c/o MetLife Advisers, LLC, 501 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02116, and
must include: (i) a statement in writing setting forth (A) the name, age, date
of birth, business address, residence address and nationality of the person
recommended by the contract owner (the "candidate"); (B) the number of units
that relate to shares of each Portfolio (and class) of the Fund attributable to
any annuity or life insurance contract of the candidate, as reported to such
contract owner by the candidate; (C) any other information regarding the
candidate called for with respect to director nominees by paragraphs (a), (d),
(e) and (f) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K or paragraph (b) of Item 22 of Rule
14a-101 (Schedule 14A) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange
Act"); (D) any other information regarding the candidate that would be required
to be disclosed if the candidate were a nominee in a proxy statement or other
filing required to be made in connection with the election of Independent
Directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder; and (E) information regarding the candidate
that will be sufficient for the Fund to make a determination as to whether the
candidate is or will be an "interested person" of the Fund (as defined in the
1940 Act); (ii) the written and signed consent of the candidate to be named as a
nominee and to serve as an Independent Director if elected; (iii) the name of
the recommending contract owner as it appears on the books of the relevant
Insurance Company separate account; (iv) the number of units that relate to
shares of each Portfolio (and class) of the Fund attributable to any annuity or
life insurance contract of such recommending contract owner; and (v) a
description of all arrangements or understandings between the recommending
contract owner and the candidate and any other person or persons (including
their names) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made by the
recommending contract owner. In addition, the Nominating Committee may require
the candidate to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require or
deem necessary to determine the eligibility of such candidate to serve on the
Board or to satisfy applicable law. The Nominating Committee accepts
recommendations on a continuous basis.

      During 2007, the Audit Committee met three times, each Contract Review
Committee met one time, the Governance Committee met three times and the
Nominating Committee met three times.

Directors Fees
      The officers and Directors of the Fund who are officers or employees of
MetLife and/or its affiliates (including MetLife Advisers and MSI but not
affiliates of MetLife that are registered investment companies) or any
subadviser of the Fund receive no compensation from the Fund for their services
in such capacities, although they may receive compensation from MetLife or any
affiliate thereof for services rendered in those or other capacities.

      Each Director who is not currently an active employee of MetLife or its
affiliates also serves as trustee and, to the extent applicable, member of the
same committees of Met Series Fund II and for serving in all capacities
receives, effective as of November 15, 2007, an aggregate retainer fee at the
annual rate of $70,000, plus aggregate attendance fees of $10,000 for each
Directors' meeting attended (provided that, for any such meeting that the
Directors deem to be a "limited purpose Board meeting," each attendee receives
$4,000 in aggregate for that meeting), aggregate attendance fees of $4,000 for
each committee meeting (other than "ad hoc" committee meetings) attended
(provided that, if the Governance Committee and the Nominating Committee hold a
joint meeting, each attendee receives $4,000 in aggregate for that meeting), and
aggregate attendance fees of $4,000 for each "ad hoc" committee meeting
attended, as well as reimbursement for out-of pocket expenses related to such
attendance. The chair of the Audit Committee, the chair of the Governance
Committee and the Nominating Committee, and the chair of each of the Contract
Review Committees each receives an aggregate fee of $2,500 for each full
calendar year during which he/she serves as such chair. The Lead Independent
Director of the Fund, Mr.

                                      -42-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Garban, who was appointed to such position on February 5, 2004, receives an
additional aggregate annual retainer fee of $5,000. These fees are allocated
among the Portfolios and the one portfolio of Met Series Fund II based on a
formula that takes into account, among other factors, the net assets of each
Portfolio and the portfolio of Met Series Fund II.

      The Fund provides no pension or retirement benefits to Directors.

      The following table sets forth information regarding compensation received
by the Independent Directors of the Fund for the year ended December 31, 2007.





                                                             Aggregate         Total Compensation
                                                             Compensation        From Fund and Fund
                                                             From Fund         Complex Paid to
Name of Director                                                                 Directors

                                                           -------------      ------------------
                                                                              
                                                            $     94,204       $          97,250
H. Jesse Arnelle

Steve A. Garban                                             $    101,469       $         104,750

Nancy Hawthorne                                             $     94,204       $          97,250

Frances M. Hawk (a)                                         $     35,357       $          36,500

John T. Ludes                                               $     94,204       $          97,250

Michael S. Scott Morton                                     $    105,344       $         108,750

Linda B. Strumpf                                            $     99,047       $         102,250

Arthur G. Typermass                                         $     83,064       $          85,750

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(a) Served on the Fund's Board of Directors until her death on July 15, 2007.

      The Fund provides no pension or retirement benefits to Directors.

      At February 28, 2008, the officers and Directors of the Fund as a group
owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Fund or any Portfolio.

                              ADVISORY ARRANGEMENTS

      Advisory Structure. Pursuant to separate advisory agreements (the
"advisory agreements"), MetLife Advisers has agreed to manage the investment and
reinvestment of assets of each Portfolio. MetLife Advisers has delegated for
each Portfolio (other than Zenith Equity and the Asset Allocation Portfolios)
certain of these responsibilities, including responsibility for determining what
investments such Portfolio should purchase, hold or sell and directing all
trading for the Portfolio's account, to subadvisers under subadvisory agreements
described below.

      In each case, advisory services are provided subject to the supervision
and control of the Fund's Directors. Each advisory agreement also provides that
MetLife Advisers will furnish or pay the expenses of the applicable Portfolio
for office space, facilities and equipment, services of executive and other
personnel of the Fund and certain administrative services.

      MetLife Advisers is a Delaware limited liability company. NELICO owns all
of the voting interests in MetLife Advisers. NELICO is a direct wholly-owned
subsidiary of MetLife. MetLife is wholly-owned by MetLife, Inc., a public
company traded on the New York Stock Exchange. The members of MetLife Advisers
include each insurance company the separate accounts of which invest in
registered investment companies to which MetLife Advisers serves as investment
adviser. Each member's interest in MetLife Advisers entitles the member to share
in the profit and loss of MetLife Advisers in proportion to the profit and loss
of MetLife Advisers attributable to customers of that insurance company.

      Subject to the supervision of MetLife Advisers, each subadviser, pursuant
to separate Sub-Advisory Agreements or Sub-Investment Management Agreements
(hereinafter referred to as the "subadvisory agreements"), manages the assets of
its
                                      -43-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Portfolio in accordance with each Portfolio's investment objective and policies,
makes investment decisions for each Portfolio and employs professional advisers
and securities analysts who provide research services to that Portfolio. The
Portfolios pay no direct fees to any of the subadvisers.

      MetLife Investment Advisors Company, LLC ("MLIAC"), subadviser to the
Index Portfolios, is a wholly owned subsidiary of MetLife, Inc., a publicly
owned Delaware corporation.

      BlackRock, subadviser to BlackRock Aggressive Growth, BlackRock Strategic
Value, BlackRock Bond Income, BlackRock Diversified, BlackRock Legacy Large Cap
Growth, BlackRock Large Cap Value and BlackRock Money Market, is a Delaware
corporation. BlackRock is a wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc.
BlackRock, Inc. is an affiliate of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and
Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.

      Neuberger Berman Management Inc. ("Neuberger Berman"), subadviser to
Neuberger Berman Mid Cap Value, along with its predecessor firms and affiliates,
have been managing money since 1939 and have specialized in the management of
mutual funds since 1950. Neuberger Berman is a wholly owned subsidiary of a
publicly owned holding company, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.

      T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. ("T. Rowe Price"), subadviser to T. Rowe
Price Large Cap Growth and T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth, is a Maryland
corporation dating back to 1937. T. Rowe Price is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
T. Rowe Price Group, Inc.

      Franklin, subadviser to Franklin Templeton Small Cap Growth, is a
California corporation and is a wholly owned subsidiary of Franklin Resources,
Inc., a publicly owned company engaged in the financial services industry
through its subsidiaries.

      Harris, subadviser to Harris Oakmark Focused Value, is a limited
partnership managed by its general partner, Harris Associates Inc. Loomis
Sayles, subadviser to Loomis Sayles Small Cap, is a limited partnership managed
by its general partner, Loomis, Sayles & Company, Incorporated. Each of Harris
and Loomis Sayles is a wholly owned subsidiary of Natixis Global Asset
Management (formerly known as IXIS Asset Management) which owns, in addition to
Harris and Loomis Sayles, a number of other asset management and distribution
and service entities. Natixis Global Asset Management is ultimately owned
principally, directly or indirectly, by three large French financial services
entities: Natixis, an investment banking and financial services firm; the Caisse
Nationale des Caisses d'Epargne, a financial institution owned by French
regional savings banks known as the Caisses d'Epargne; and Banque Federale des
Banques Populaires, a financial institution owned by regional cooperative banks
known as the Banques Populaires.

      Davis Selected Advisers, L.P. ("Davis"), subadviser to Davis Venture
Value, provides investment advisory services for mutual funds and other clients.
Davis Investments, LLC, the general partner of Davis, is controlled by
Christopher C. Davis, the chairman of Davis Investments, LLC. Davis may also
delegate any of its responsibilities to its wholly-owned subsidiary Davis
Selected - NY, Inc. ("DSA-NY").

      MFS, subadviser to MFS Total Return and MFS Value, and its predecessor
organizations have a history of money management dating from 1924. MFS is a
subsidiary of Sun Life of Canada (U.S.) Financial Services Holdings, Inc., which
is an indirect majority-owned subsidiary of Sun Life Financial, Inc., a
diversified financial services organization.

      Capital Guardian Trust Company ("Capital Guardian"), subadviser to Capital
Guardian U.S. Equity, is part of a privately owned investment management group
with offices in major financial centers throughout the world. Capital Guardian
is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Capital Group International, Inc., which itself
is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Capital Group Companies, Inc. Capital
Guardian has been providing investment management services since 1968.

      Jennison, subadviser to Jennison Growth, is a registered investment
advisor with the SEC and was founded in 1969. Jennison provides investment
management services primarily to corporations, trusteed pension and
profit-sharing plans, charitable organizations, endowments, insurance separate
accounts, affiliated and third-party mutual funds, other commingled funds and
individually managed accounts for managed account programs sponsored by broker
dealers. Jennison is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Prudential Investment
Management, Inc. ("PIMI"). PIMI is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Prudential Asset
Management Holding Company, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Prudential
Financial, Inc. Jennison is organized under the laws of Delaware as a single
member limited liability company.

                                      -44-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      Pyramis, subadviser to FI Large Cap, FI Mid Cap Opportunities and FI Value
Leaders, has primary responsibility for choosing investments for each Portfolio.
FMR LLC, as successor by merger to FMR Corp., is the ultimate parent company of
Fidelity Management & Research Company ("FMR"), Fidelity Management & Research
(U.K.) Inc. (FMR U.K.), Fidelity Research & Analysis Company (FRAC), and FMR
Co., Inc. (FMRC). The voting common shares of FMR LLC are divided into two
series. Series B is held predominantly by members of the Edward C. Johnson 3d
family, directly or through trust and limited liability companies, and is
entitled to 49% of the vote on any matter acted upon by the voting common
shares. Series A is held predominantly by non-Johnson family member employees of
FMR LLC and its affiliates and is entitled to 51% of the vote on any such
matter. The Johnson family group and all other Series B shareholders have
entered into a shareholders' voting agreement under which all Series B shares
will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of Series B shares. Under the
1940 Act, control of a company is presumed where one individual or group of
individuals owns more than 25% of the voting securities of that company.
Therefore, through their ownership of voting common shares and the execution of
the shareholders' voting agreement, members of the Johnson family may be deemed,
under the 1940 Act, to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC.

      OppenheimerFunds, Inc. ("Oppenheimer"), subadviser to Oppenheimer Global
Equity, is wholly-owned by Oppenheimer Acquisition Corp., a holding company
controlled by Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, a global, diversified
insurance and financial services organization.

      Western Asset Management Company ("Western Asset"), subadviser to Western
Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities and Western Asset Management U.S.
Government, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc., a financial
services holding company. Western Asset Management Company may, with respect to
Western Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities, delegate to its
affiliate, Western Asset Management Company Limited ("Western Asset Limited")
any of its responsibilities with respect to transactions in foreign currencies
and debt securities denominated in foreign currencies. Western Asset Limited,
which acts investment adviser to institutional accounts, such as corporate
pension plans, mutual funds and endowment funds, is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Legg Mason, Inc.

      JBIM, subadviser to Julius Baer International Stock Portfolio, is a wholly
owned subsidiary of Julius Baer Americas, Inc. ("JBA"). JBIM and JBA are located
at 330 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10017. JBA is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Julius Baer Holding Ltd. ("JBH") of Zurich, Switzerland. (JBH, its subsidiaries
and affiliates are referred to as the Julius Baer Group.)

Marketing Support Payments
      The Subadvisers and/or their affiliates may provide MetLife and/or its
affiliates with wholesaling services that assist in the distribution of the
variable life insurance, variable annuity and group annuity products for which
the Fund serves as an investment vehicle and may pay MetLife and/or its
affiliates amounts to participate in sales meetings. These amounts may be
significant and may provide a Subadviser and/or its affiliates with increased
access to persons involved in the distribution of such insurance products.

Advisory Fees
      The Fund pays MetLife Advisers compensation at the annual percentage rates
of the corresponding levels of that Portfolio's average daily net asset values,
subject to any fee reductions or deferrals as described above in the section
entitled "Expense Agreement" under "Expenses" and described below in the section
entitled "Advisory Fee Waivers." Each Portfolio allocates and pays advisory fees
among its constituent classes based on the aggregate daily net asset values of
each such class.

                                      -45-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents




                                                                                    Annual       Average Daily Net
                                                                                 Percentage Rate ------------------
Portfolio                                                                                       Asset Value Levels
                                                                                 -------------   -------------------
                                                                                           
                                                                                     .75%        First $500 million

BlackRock Aggressive Growth                                                          .70%        Next $500 million
                                                                                     .65%        Over $1 billion

                                                                                     .85%        First $500 million
BlackRock Strategic Value                                                            .80%        Next $500 million
                                                                                     .75%        Over $1 billion

                                                                                     .40%        First $1 billion
BlackRock Bond Income                                                                .35%        Next $1 billion
                                                                                     .30%        Next $1 billion
                                                                                     .25%        Over $3 billion

                                                                                     .50%        First $500 million
BlackRock Diversified                                                                .45%        Next $500 million
                                                                                     .40%        Over $1 billion

                                                                                     .73%        First $1 billion
BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth                                                    .65%        Over $1 billion

                                                                                     .70%        First $250 million
BlackRock Large Cap Value                                                            .65%        Next $500 million
                                                                                     .60%        Over $750 million

                                                                                     .35%        First $1 billion
BlackRock Money Market                                                               .30%        Next $1 billion
                                                                                     .25%        Over $2 billion

                                                                                     .70%        First $200 million
Capital Guardian U.S. Equity                                                         .65%        Next $300 million
                                                                                     .60%        Next $1.5 billion
                                                                                     .55%        Over $2 billion

                                                                                     .75%        First $1 billion
Davis Venture Value (a)                                                              .70%        Next $2 billion
                                                                                     .65%        Over $3 billion

                                                                                     .80%        First $250 million
FI Large Cap                                                                         .75%        Next $500 million
                                                                                     .70%        Over $750 million

                                                                                     .75%        First $100 million
FI Mid Cap Opportunities                                                             .70%        Next $400 million
                                                                                     .65%        Over $500 million

                                                                                     .70%        First $200 million
FI Value Leaders                                                                     .65%        Next $300 million
                                                                                     .60%        Next $1.5 billion
                                                                                     .55%        Over $2 billion

                                                                                     .90%        First $500 million
Franklin Templeton Small Cap Growth                                                  .85%        Over $500 million

                                                                                     .75%        First $1 billion
Harris Oakmark Focused Value (b)                                                     .70%        Next $1.5 billion
                                                                                    .675%        Next $2.5 billion
                                                                                     .65%        Over $5 billion

                                      -46-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                                                                    Annual       Average Daily Net
                                                                                  ercentage Rate ------------------
Portfolio                                                                        P               Asset Value Levels
                                                                                 -------------   -------------------
                                                                                     .70%        First $200 million
Jennison Growth                                                                      .65%        Next $300 million
                                                                                     .60%        Next $1.5 billion
                                                                                     .55%        Over $2 billion

                                                                                     .86%        First $500 million
Julius Baer International Stock                                                      .80%        Next $500 million
                                                                                     .75%        Over $1 billion

                                                                                                  ll Assets
Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index                                                 .25%        A

                                                                                     .90%        First $500 million
Loomis Sayles Small Cap                                                              .85%        Over $500 million

                                                                                     .10%        First $500 million
MetLife Aggressive Allocation Portfolio (c)                                         .075%        Next $500 million
                                                                                     .05%        Over $1 billion

                                                                                     .10%        First $500 million
MetLife Conservative Allocation Portfolio (c)                                       .075%        Next $500 million
                                                                                     .05%        Over $1 billion

                                                                                     .10%        First $500 million
MetLife Conservative to Moderate Allocation Portfolio (c)                           .075%        Next $500 million
                                                                                     .05%        Over $1 billion

                                                                                                  ll Assets
MetLife Mid Cap Stock Index                                                          .25%        A

                                                                                     .10%        First $500 million
MetLife Moderate Allocation Portfolio (c)                                           .075%        Next $500 million
                                                                                     .05%        Over $1 billion

                                                                                     .10%        First $500 million
MetLife Moderate to Aggressive Allocation Portfolio (c)                             .075%        Next $500 million
                                                                                     .05%        Over $1 billion

                                                                                                  ll Assets
MetLife Stock Index                                                                  .25%        A

                                                                                     .60%        First $250 million
MFS Total Return (d)                                                                 .55%        Next $500 million
                                                                                     .50%        Over $750 million

                                                                                     .75%        First $250 million
MFS Value (e)                                                                        .70%        Next $2.25 billion
                                                                                    .675%        Next $2.5 billion
                                                                                     .65%        Over $5 billion

                                                                                                  ll Assets
Morgan Stanley EAFE Index                                                            .30%        A

                                                                                     .65%        First $1 billion
Neuberger Berman Mid Cap Value (f)                                                   .60%        Over $1 billion

                                      -47-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                                                                    Annual       Average Daily Net
                                                                                  ercentage Rate ------------------
Portfolio                                                                        P               Asset Value Levels
                                                                                 -------------   -------------------
                                                                                     .90%        First $50 million
Oppenheimer Global Equity                                                            .55%        Next $50 million
                                                                                     .50%        Next $400 million
                                                                                    .475%        Over $500 million

                                                                                                  ll Assets
Russell 2000 Index                                                                   .25%        A

                                                                                     .65%        First $50 million
T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth                                                       .60%        Over $50 million

                                                                                     .55%        First $100 million
T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth                                                       .50%        Next $300 million
                                                                                     .45%        Over $400 million

                                                                                     .65%        First $500 million
Western Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities (g)                            .55%        Over $500 million

                                                                                     .55%        First $500 million
Western Asset Management U.S. Government (h)                                         .45%        Over $500 million


Zenith Equity (i)                                                                    N/A                N/A

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a)  Prior to November 9, 2006, the advisory fee rate for Davis Venture Value
     was at the annual rate of 0.75% of the first $1 billion of the Portfolio's
     average daily net assets, 0.70% of the next $2 billion and 0.675% of such
     assets over $3 billion.
(b)  Prior to January 1, 2007, the advisory fee rate for Harris Oakmark Focused
     Value was at the annual rate of 0.75% for the first $1 billion of the
     Portfolio's average daily net assets and 0.70% of such assets over $1
     billion.
(c)  Prior to November 9, 2006, the advisory fee rate for each Asset Allocation
     Portfolio was at the annual rate of 0.10% of the Portfolio's average daily
     net assets. In addition to the advisory fees set out above for each Asset
     Allocation Portfolio, MetLife Advisers receives advisory fees as investment
     adviser to the Underlying Portfolios of the Fund in which an Asset
     Allocation Portfolio invests. The Asset Allocation Portfolios bear their
     share of the advisory fees of the Underlying Portfolios indirectly through
     their investment in the Underlying Portfolios
(d)  Prior to May 1, 2006, the advisory fee rate for MFS Total Return was at the
     annual rate of 0.50% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets.
(e)  Prior to January 1, 2007, the advisory fee rate for MFS Value was at the
     annual rate of 0.75% of the first $250 million of the Portfolio's average
     daily net assets and 0.70% of such assets over $250 million.
(f)  Prior to November 9, 2006 the advisory fee rate for Neuberger Berman Mid
     Cap Value was at the annual rate of 0.70% of the first $100 million of the
     Portfolio's average daily net assets, 0.675% of the next $250 million,
     0.65% of the next $500 million, 0.625% of the next $750 million and 0.60%
     of such assets over $1.6 billion.
(g)  Prior to November 4, 2005, the advisory fee rate for Western Asset
     Management Strategic Bond Opportunities was at the annual rate of 0.65% of
     the Portfolio's average daily net assets.
(h)  Prior to November 4, 2005, the advisory fee rate for Western Asset
     Management U.S. Government was at the annual rate of 0.55% of the
     Portfolio's average daily net assets.
(i)  There is no advisory fee payable directly by the Portfolio. Zenith Equity
     bears its share of the advisory fees of Capital Guardian U.S. Equity, FI
     Value Leaders and Jennison Growth through its investment in these
     underlying Portfolios.


                                      -48-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Advisory Fee Waivers
      Pursuant to an expense agreement, MetLife Advisers has agreed, for the
period April 28, 2008 to April 30, 2009, to reduce its advisory fees set out
above under "Advisory Fees" for each class of the Portfolios listed below as
follows:




                                                                                Annual Percenta  Average Daily Net
                                                                                ---------------  sset Value Levels
Portfolio                                                                       Rate Reduction  A
                                                                                ------------------------------------
                                                                                          
                                                                                    0.025%      Over $1 billion and
BlackRock Bond Income                                                                              less than $2
                                                                                                      billion

                                                                                    0.005%       irst $500 million
BlackRock Money Market                                                                          F
                                                                                    0.015%       Next $500 million

                                                                                    0.050%       irst $500 million
Julius Baer International Stock                                                     0.020%       Next $500 million
                                                                                    0.000%      F Over $1 billion

                                                                                    0.050%          All Assets
Loomis Sayles Small Cap

                                                                                    0.006%          All Assets
Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index

                                                                                    0.007%          All Assets
MetLife Mid Cap Stock Index

                                                                                    0.007%          All Assets
MetLife Stock Index

                                                                                    0.100%       irst $250 million
MFS Value                                                                           0.050%        Next $1 billion
                                                                                    0.100%       Next $250 million
                                                                                    0.200%        Next $1 billion
                                                                                    0.175%       Next $2.5 billion
                                                                                    0.150%      F Over $5 billion

                                                                                    0.007%          All Assets
Morgan Stanley EAFE Index

                                                                                    0.007%          All Assets
Russell 2000 Index

                                                                                    0.015%       First $50 million
T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth

      Effective February 17, 2005, T. Rowe Price agreed to a voluntary
subadvisory fee waiver that applies if (i) assets under management by T. Rowe
Price for the Fund and MIST in the aggregate exceed $750,000,000, (ii) T. Rowe
Price subadvises three or more portfolios of the Fund and MIST in the aggregate,
and (iii) at least one of those portfolios is a large cap domestic equity
portfolio. (T. Rowe Price currently subadvises two portfolios of the Fund, T.
Rowe Price Large Cap and T. Rowe Price Small Cap, and one portfolio of MIST.) If
these conditions are met, T. Rowe Price will waive its subadvisory fee by 5% for
combined Fund and MIST average daily net assets over $750,000,000, 7.5% for the
next $1,500,000,000 of combined assets, and 10% for amounts over $3,000,000,000.
Any amounts waived pursuant to this subadvisory fee waiver will be allocated
with respect to the Fund and MIST portfolios in proportion to such portfolios'
net assets. MetLife Advisers has voluntarily agreed to reduce its advisory fee
for T. Rowe Price Large Cap and T. Rowe Price Small Cap by the amount waived (if
any) by T. Rowe Price for the relevant Portfolio(s) pursuant to this voluntary
subadvisory fee waiver. Because these fee waivers are voluntary, and not
contractual, they may be discontinued by T. Rowe Price and MetLife Advisers at
any time.

                                      -49-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Subadvisory Fees
      MetLife Advisers pays each subadviser at the following rates for providing
subadvisory services to the following Portfolios:

                                                                                   Annual         verage Daily Net
                                                                              ------------------  sset Value Levels
                                                                              ercentage Rate Pai  by
                                                                              MetLife Advisers   A
                                                                             -     to the        A
Portfolio                                                                    P   Subadvisers    d
                                                                             ---------------------------------------
                                                                                    .45%         First $500 million
BlackRock Aggressive Growth                                                         .35%         Next $500 million
                                                                                    .30%         Next $1.5 billion
                                                                                    .25%         Over $2.5 billion

                                                                                    .20%         First $250 million
BlackRock Bond Income (a)                                                           .15%         Next $750 million
                                                                                    .10%         Over $1 billion

                                                                                    .35%         First $250 million
BlackRock Diversified                                                               .30%         Next $250 million
                                                                                    .25%         Over $500 million

                                                                                    .40%         First $300 million
BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth                                                   .35%         Next $700 million
                                                                                    .30%         Over $1 billion

                                                                                    .45%         First $100 million
BlackRock Large Cap Value                                                           .40%         Next $150 million
                                                                                    .35%         Next $250 million
                                                                                    .30%         Next $1.5 billion
                                                                                    .25%         Over $2 billion

                                                                                    .08%         First $500 million
BlackRock Money Market (b)                                                          .07%         Next $500 million
                                                                                    .06%         Over $1 billion

                                                                                    .55%         First $250 million
BlackRock Strategic Value                                                           .50%         Next $250 million
                                                                                    .45%         Next $250 million
                                                                                    .40%         Over $750 million

                                                                                    .45%         First $100 million
Capital Guardian U.S. Equity                                                        .40%         Next $400 million
                                                                                    .35%         Next $500 million
                                                                                    .30%         Over $1 billion

                                                                                    .45%         First $100 million
Davis Venture Value (c)                                                             .40%         Next $400 million
                                                                                    .35%         Next $2.5 billion
                                                                                    .325%        Over $3 billion

                                                                                    .45%         First $250 million
FI Large Cap                                                                        .40%         Next $500 million

                                      -50-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                                                                   Annual         verage Daily Net
                                                                              ------------------  sset Value Levels
                                                                              ercentage Rate Pai  by
                                                                              MetLife Advisers   A
                                                                             -     to the        A
Portfolio                                                                    P   Subadvisers    d
                                                                             ---------------------------------------
                                                                                    .35%         Over $750 million

                                                                                    .50%         First $250 million
FI Mid Cap Opportunities                                                            .45%         Next $250 million
                                                                                    .40%         Next $500 million
                                                                                    .35%         Over $1 billion

                                                                                    .40%         First $500 million
FI Value Leaders (d)                                                                .35%         Over $500 million

                                                                                    .60%         First $200 million
Franklin Templeton Small Cap Growth                                                 .52%         Next $300 million
                                                                                    .50%         Over $500 million

                                                                                    .45%         First $100 million
Harris Oakmark Focused Value (e)                                                    .40%         Next $400 million
                                                                                    .35%         Next $2 billion
                                                                                    .325%        Next $2.5 billion
                                                                                    .30%         Over $5 billion

                                                                                    .45%         First $100 million
Jennison Growth                                                                     .40%         Next $400 million
                                                                                    .35%         Next $500 million
                                                                                    .30%         Over $1 billion

                                                                                    .80%         First $20 million
Julius Baer International Stock (k)                                                 .60%         Next $20 million
                                                                                    .50%         Next $60 million
                                                                                    .40%         Over $100 million


Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index                                                  *

                                                                                    .55%         First $25 million
Loomis Sayles Small Cap                                                             .50%         Next $75 million
                                                                                    .45%         Next $100 million
                                                                                    .40%         Over $200 million

                                                                                                  /A
MetLife Aggressive Allocation Portfolio                                              N/A         N

                                                                                                  /A
MetLife Conservative Allocation Portfolio                                            N/A         N

                                                                                                  /A
MetLife Conservative to Moderate Allocation Portfolio                                N/A         N


MetLife Mid Cap Stock Index                                                           *

                                                                                                  /A
MetLife Moderate Allocation Portfolio                                                N/A         N

                                                                                                  /A
MetLife Moderate to Aggressive Allocation Portfolio                                  N/A         N


MetLife Stock Index                                                                   *

                                                                                    .35%         First $250 million
MFS Total Return (f)                                                                .30%         Next $1 billion
                                                                                    .25%         Next $250 million
                                                                                    .20%         Over $1.5 billion

                                      -51-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                                                                   Annual         verage Daily Net
                                                                              ------------------  sset Value Levels
                                                                              ercentage Rate Pai  by
                                                                              MetLife Advisers   A
                                                                             -     to the        A
Portfolio                                                                    P   Subadvisers    d
                                                                             ---------------------------------------
                                                                                    .35%         First $250 million
MFS Value (e)                                                                       .30%         Next $1 billion
                                                                                    .25%         Next $250 million
                                                                                    .20%         Over $1.5 billion


Morgan Stanley EAFE Index                                                             *

                                                                                    .40%         First $1 billion
Neuberger Berman Mid Cap Value (g)                                                  .35%         Over $1 billion

                                                                                    .50%         First $50 million
Oppenheimer Global Equity (h)                                                       .40%         Next $250 million
                                                                                    .34%         Next $250 million
                                                                                    .30%         Next $500 million
                                                                                    .275%        Over $1.05 billion


Russell 2000 Index                                                                    *

                                                                                    .40%         First $250 million
T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth (i)                                                  .375%        Next $250 million
                                                                                    .35%         Over $500 million

                                                                                    .35%         First $100 million
T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth                                                      .30%         Next $300 million
                                                                                    .25%         Over $400 million

                                                                                    .35%         First $50 million
Western Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities                               .30%         Next $150 million
                                                                                    .25%         Next $300 million
                                                                                    .20%         Over $500 million

                                                                                    .225%        First $200 million
Western Asset Management U.S. Government                                            .150%        Next $300 million
                                                                                    .100%        Over $500 million


Zenith Equity (j)                                                                    N/A         N/A

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*    MetLife Advisers pays MLIAC a subadvisory fee for each Index Portfolio
     equal to the costs incurred by MLIAC in providing subadvisory services to
     the Portfolio.
(a)  Prior to February 3, 2005, the subadvisory fee rate for BlackRock Bond
     Income was at the annual rate of 0.20% of the first $250 million of the
     Portfolio's average daily net assets and 0.15% of such assets over $250
     million.
(b)  Prior to May 1, 2005, the subadvisory fee rate for BlackRock Money Market
     was at the annual rate of 0.15% of the first $100 million of the
     Portfolio's average daily net assets and 0.075% of such assets over $100
     million.
(c)  Prior to November 4, 2005, the subadvisory fee rate for Davis Venture Value
     was at the annual rate of 0.45% of the first $100 million of the
     Portfolio's average daily net assets, 0.40% of the next $400 million and
     0.35% of such assets over $500 million.
(d)
     Prior to April 28, 2008, the subadviser to FI Value Leaders was FMR. For
     periods prior to April 30, 2007, FMR (or an affiliate) agreed to make
     payments to MetLife (or its affiliates) for administrative and shareholder
     services relating to FI

                                      -52-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

     Value Leaders. This arrangement was discontinued effective April 30, 2007.
     In addition, prior to April 30, 2007, the subadvisory fee rate for FI Value
     Leaders was at the annual rate of 0.50% of the first $250 million of the
     Portfolio's average daily net assets; 0.40% of the next $500 million of
     such assets; and 0.35% of such assets over $750 million.
(e)  Prior to January 7, 2008, the subadviser to MFS Value was Harris. From
     January 1, 2007 to January 7, 2008, for purposes of calculating the
     subadvisory fee rate for MFS Value and Harris Oakmark Focused Value, the
     average daily net assets of such Portfolios were combined and the above
     subadvisory fee schedule was applied to such combined assets. This combined
     subadvisory fee schedule was discontinued effective January 7, 2008. Prior
     to January 1, 2007, the subadvisory fee rate for each of MFS Value and
     Harris Oakmark Focused Value was at the annual rate of 0.45% of the first
     $100 million of the Portfolio's average daily net assets; 0.40% of the next
     $400 million of such assets; and 0.35% of such assets over $500 million.
(f)  Prior to May 1, 2006, the subadvisory fee rate for MFS Total Return was at
     the annual rate of 0.25% of the first $50 million of the Portfolio's
     average daily net assets and 0.20% of such assets over $50 million.
(g)  Prior to November 9, 2006, the subadvisory fee rate for Neuberger Berman
     Mid Cap Value was at the annual rate of 0.45% of the first $250 million of
     the Portfolio's average daily net assets, 0.40% of the next $750 million of
     such assets; and 0.35% of such assets over $1 billion.
(h)  Prior to May 1, 2005, the subadviser to Oppenheimer Global Equity was
     Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. and the subadvisory fee rate
     for the Portfolio was at the annual rate of 0.70% of the first $50 million
     of the Portfolio's average daily net assets; 0.35% of the next $50 million;
     0.30% of the next $400 million; and 0.275% of such assets over $500
     million.
(i)  Prior to February 3, 2005, the subadvisory fee rate for T. Rowe Price Large
     Cap Growth was at the annual rate of 0.40% of the first $500 million of the
     Portfolio's average daily net assets and 0.35% of such assets over $500
     million. Prior to August 5, 2004, the subadvisory fee rate for Portfolio
     was at the annual rate of 0.50% of the first $50 million of the Portfolio's
     average daily net assets and 0.40% of such assets over $50 million.
(j)  Zenith Equity is managed directly by MetLife Advisers and there is no
     subadviser to the Portfolio. (k) Prior to January 7, 2008, the subadviser
     to Julius Baer International Stock was FMR and the subadvisory fee
     rate payable for the Portfolio was at the annual rate of 0.55% of the first
     $250 million of the Portfolio's average daily net assets; 0.45% of the next
     $250 million of such assets; and 0.40% of such assets over $500 million.

      In connection with Davis' service as subadviser to Davis Venture Value,
Davis may delegate any and all responsibilities to its New York based
subsidiary, DSA-NY. As compensation to DSA-NY, Davis will compensate DSA-NY for
all reasonable direct and indirect costs associated with DSA-NY's performance of
services provided to Davis.

      As described above, in connection with Western Asset's service as
subadviser to Western Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities, Western
Asset may delegate to its affiliate, Western Asset Limited, any of its
responsibilities with respect to transactions in foreign currencies and debt
securities denominated in foreign currencies. As compensation to Western Asset
Limited, Western Asset will compensate Western Asset Limited from any fees paid
to Western Asset by MetLife Advisers in proportion to the assets delegated to
Western Asset Limited.

      For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, each
Portfolio paid the following amounts in advisory fees to MetLife Advisers
(unless otherwise indicated).


                                                                                 Amount Paid to MetLife Advisers
                                                                                  (Unless Otherwise Indicated)
                                                                              --------------------------------------
                                                                                 2005         2006         2007
Portfolio
                                                                              ------------ ------------ ------------
                                                                              $ 6,869,382  $ 8,092,272  $ 8,765,974
BlackRock Aggressive Growth

BlackRock Bond Income                                                         $ 4,147,455  $ 5,371,762  $ 6,014,290

BlackRock Diversified                                                         $ 8,285,784  $ 7,828,278  $ 8,131,030

BlackRock Large Cap Value                                                     $   863,508  $ 1,235,300  $ 3,158,034

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -53-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                                                               Amount Paid to MetLife Advisers
                                                                                (Unless Otherwise Indicated)
                                                                          ------------------------------------------
                                                                              2005          2006          2007
Portfolio
                                                                          ------------- ------------- --------------
                                                                          $  3,980,763  $  3,737,908  $   3,601,184
BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth

BlackRock Money Market                                                    $  2,303,372  $  3,681,393  $   4,987,190

BlackRock Strategic Value                                                 $  8,006,722  $  8,186,451  $   8,214,631

Capital Guardian U.S. Equity                                              $  3,372,518  $  3,624,354  $   3,770,032

Davis Venture Value                                                       $ 20,216,812  $ 25,181,109  $  31,542,861

FI Large Cap (a)                                                          $  1,947,041  $  3,763,129  $   4,269,996

FI Mid Cap Opportunities                                                  $  6,730,379  $  7,021,546  $   7,914,306

FI Value Leaders                                                          $  3,856,709  $  5,472,895  $   5,931,664

Franklin Templeton Small Cap Growth                                       $    852,255  $  1,123,806  $   1,435,004

Harris Oakmark Focused Value                                              $ 12,936,021  $ 14,623,670  $  15,680,582

Jennison Growth                                                           $  5,898,199  $  7,391,415  $   8,041,420

Julius Baer International Stock                                           $  3,945,949  $  5,266,072  $   6,758,154

Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index                                      $  2,508,950  $  2,735,513  $   3,081,763

Loomis Sayles Small Cap                                                   $  3,721,068  $  4,260,564  $   4,791,224

MetLife Aggressive Allocation                                             $      2,325  $     45,653  $     149,301

MetLife Conservative Allocation                                           $      4,197  $     38,374  $     116,378

MetLife Conservative to Moderate Allocation                               $     15,111  $    156,247  $     466,330

MetLife Mid Cap Stock Index                                               $    902,019  $  1,132,191  $   1,350,639

MetLife Moderate Allocation                                               $     29,279  $    364,021  $   1,045,949

MetLife Moderate to Aggressive Allocation                                 $     21,846  $    315,700  $   1,055,570

MetLife Stock Index                                                       $ 12,246,737  $ 12,774,775  $  14,763,665

MFS Total Return                                                          $  2,460,950  $  7,548,214  $  10,307,018

MFS Value (b)                                                             $    465,377  $    631,278  $     945,511

Morgan Stanley EAFE Index                                                 $  1,195,152  $  1,611,730  $   2,173,284

Neuberger Berman Mid Cap Value                                            $  4,044,482  $  5,480,161  $   7,500,564

Oppenheimer Global Equity                                                 $  1,397,667  $  3,398,350  $   5,003,683

Russell 2000 Index                                                        $    989,178  $  1,202,972  $   1,645,583

T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth                                            $  1,857,862  $  3,255,448  $   4,714,924

T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth                                            $  1,777,161  $  2,028,136  $   2,017,686

Western Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities                     $  2,634,095  $  3,741,141  $   5,212,322

Western Asset Management U.S. Government                                  $  2,890,435  $  4,879,988  $   6,179,307

Zenith Equity                                                                      N/A           N/A            N/A

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a)  Amounts shown for 2005, as well as $653,708 of the amount shown for 2006,
     were paid to Travelers Asset Management International Company LLC ("TAMIC")
     by the Portfolio's predecessor fund, the Large Cap Portfolio of the
     Travelers Series Trust (the "TST FI Large Cap Predecessor"). The Portfolio
     succeeded to the operations of the TST FI Large Cap Predecessor on May 1,
     2006.
(b)  Amounts shown for 2007, as well as $438,840 of the amount shown for 2006,
     were paid to Met Investors Advisory, LLC ("MIA") by the most recent of the
     Portfolio's two predecessor funds, the MFS Value Portfolio of MIST (the
     "MIST MFS Value Predecessor"). The Portfolio succeeded to the operations of
     the MIST MFS Value Predecessor on April 28, 2008. Amounts shown for 2005,
     as well as $192,438 of the amount shown for 2006, were paid to TAMIC by the
     Portfolio's earlier predecessor fund, the MFS Value Portfolio of the
     Travelers Series Trust (the "TST MFS Value Predecessor"). The MIST MFS
     Value Predecessor (and hence, the Portfolio) succeeded to the operations of
     the TST MFS Value Predecessor on May 1, 2006.

      For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, MetLife
Advisers paid the following amounts in subadvisory fees with respect to the
following Portfolios (unless otherwise indicated):

                                      -54-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                                                              Amount Paid by MetLife Advisers
                                                                               (Unless Otherwise Indicated)
                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                             2005           2006          2007
Portfolio
                                                                        --------------- ------------- --------------
                                                                        $    3,809,691  $  4,388,445  $   4,699,680
BlackRock Aggressive Growth

BlackRock Bond Income                                                   $    1,668,221  $  2,016,927  $   2,200,512

BlackRock Diversified                                                   $    5,084,865  $  4,798,923  $   4,988,144

BlackRock Large Cap Value                                               $      543,433  $    755,643  $   1,789,895

BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth                                       $    2,058,584  $  1,942,148  $   1,876,595

BlackRock Money Market                                                  $      526,377  $    786,279  $   1,047,438

BlackRock Strategic Value                                               $    4,628,866  $  4,721,275  $   4,738,099

Capital Guardian U.S. Equity                                            $    2,062,457  $  2,210,040  $   2,295,019

Davis Venture Value                                                     $   10,160,236  $ 12,634,159  $  15,821,642

FI Large Cap (a)                                                        $ 1,166,187.81  $  2,081,395  $   3,729,077

FI Mid Cap Opportunities                                                $    4,328,806  $  4,491,030  $   4,975,011

FI Value Leaders                                                        $    2,587,807  $  3,593,738  $   3,629,258

Franklin Templeton Small Cap Growth                                     $      568,170  $    749,204  $     956,669

Harris Oakmark Focused Value                                            $    6,518,011  $  7,361,835  $   7,756,216

Julius Baer International Stock                                         $    2,314,400  $  2,983,037  $   3,729,077

Jennison Growth                                                         $    3,531,365  $  4,320,708  $   4,645,710

Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index                                    $      240,859  $    262,609  $     290,427

Loomis Sayles Small Cap                                                 $    1,799,753  $  2,056,174  $   2,299,634

MetLife Mid Cap Stock Index                                             $       82,986  $    104,162        124,259

MetLife Stock Index                                                     $    1,126,700  $  1,175,279  $   1,358,257

MFS Total Return                                                        $    1,009,380  $  3,900,107  $   5,422,807

MFS Value (b)                                                           $      465,377  $    631,278  $     945,551

Morgan Stanley EAFE Index                                               $       91,628  $    123,566  $     166,618

Neuberger Berman Mid Cap Value                                          $    2,544,681  $  3,420,344  $   4,582,631

Oppenheimer Global Equity                                               $      973,851  $  2,351,749  $   3,389,165

Russell 2000 Index                                                      $       91,004  $    110,673  $     151,394

T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth                                          $    1,203,748  $  1,990,618  $   2,795,603

T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth                                          $    1,060,636  $  1,183,356  $   1,162,805

Western Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities                   $    1,138,114  $  1,553,317  $   2,088,571

Western Asset Management U.S. Government                                $      900,203  $  1,373,331  $   1,662,068

Zenith Equity                                                                      N/A           N/A            N/A

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a)  Amounts shown for 2005, as well as $391,160 of the amount shown for 2006,
     are for the TST FI Large Cap Predecessor and were paid by TAMIC to FMR.
(b)  Amounts shown for 2007, as well as $92,052 of the amount shown for 2006,
     are for the MIST MFS Value Predecessor, and were paid by TAMIC to MFS.
     Amounts shown for 2005, as well as $211,854 of the amount shown for 2006,
     are for the TST MFS Value Predecessor and were paid by MIA to MFS.

Advisory Agreements and Subadvisory Agreements
      Each advisory and subadvisory agreement provides that it will continue in
effect after two years from the date of its execution only if it is approved at
least annually thereafter (i) by the Board of Directors of the Fund, or by the
vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the applicable Portfolio, and
(ii) by vote of a majority of those directors who are not interested persons of
the Fund or the applicable Portfolio's investment adviser or subadviser, cast in
person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

      If required by law, subject to the SEC exemption obtained by MetLife
Advisers and the Fund, any amendment to any advisory or subadvisory agreement or
any such new agreement must be approved by vote of a majority of the outstanding
                                      -55-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

voting securities of the applicable Portfolio and by vote of a majority of the
Directors who are not interested persons of (i) the Fund or (ii) the applicable
Portfolio's investment adviser or subadviser.

      Each agreement may be terminated without penalty by the Directors or by
the shareholders of the applicable Portfolio, upon sixty days' written notice,
or by the applicable Portfolio's investment adviser, upon ninety or sixty days'
written notice, and each terminates automatically in the event of its
"assignment" as defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, each subadvisory agreement
may be terminated without penalty upon either ninety or sixty days' written
notice by the relevant subadviser.

      Each advisory agreement provides that MetLife Advisers shall pay the
organization costs of the Fund relating to the Portfolio and the expenses of the
Fund relating to maintaining the staff and personnel, and providing the
equipment, office space and facilities, necessary to perform its obligations
under the advisory agreement. The Fund assumes and shall pay (or cause to be
paid) all other Fund expenses.

      For BlackRock Bond Income, BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth, BlackRock
Money Market, Capital Guardian U.S. Equity, Davis Venture Value, FI Value
Leaders, Harris Oakmark Focused Value, Jennison Growth, Loomis Sayles Small Cap,
MFS Total Return, Western Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities, Western
Asset Management U.S. Government and Zenith Equity, the former series of the New
England Zenith Fund (collectively, the "Zenith Portfolios"), as well as
BlackRock Aggressive Growth, BlackRock Diversified, BlackRock Large Cap Value
and BlackRock Strategic Value (together with BlackRock Bond Income, BlackRock
Legacy Large Cap Growth and BlackRock Money Market, the "BlackRock Portfolios"),
FI Large Cap and each Asset Allocation Portfolio, each advisory agreement
provides that if the total ordinary business expenses of a particular Portfolio
for any fiscal year exceed the lowest applicable limitations (based on a
percentage of average net assets or income) prescribed by any state in which
shares of that Portfolio are qualified for sale, MetLife Advisers shall pay such
excess. Each advisory agreement for the Zenith Portfolios, the BlackRock
Portfolios, FI Large Cap and the Asset Allocation Portfolios provides, however,
that the advisory fee shall not be reduced nor shall any of such expenses be
paid to an extent or under circumstances which might result in the inability of
any Portfolio or of the Fund, taken as a whole, to qualify as a regulated
investment company under the Internal Revenue Code. The term "expenses" for this
purpose excludes brokerage commissions, taxes, interest and extraordinary
expenses.

      Each subadvisory agreement provides that the relevant subadviser shall not
be subject to any liability in connection with the performance of its portfolio
management services thereunder in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith,
gross negligence, reckless disregard of its obligations and duties or violations
of any applicable law. The advisory agreements for all Portfolios, other than
the Zenith Portfolios, the BlackRock Portfolios, FI Large Cap and the Asset
Allocation Portfolios, provide that MetLife Advisers shall not be liable in
connection with the performance of its administrative services in the absence of
any willful or negligent act or omission. The advisory agreements for the Zenith
Portfolios, the BlackRock Portfolios, FI Large Cap and the Asset Allocation
Portfolios provide that MetLife Advisers shall not be liable in connection with
its administrative services in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith or
gross negligence.

      Certain officers and employees of subadvisers have responsibility for
portfolio management of other advisory accounts and clients (including other
Portfolios of the Fund and other registered investment companies, and accounts
of affiliates) that may invest in securities in which the respective Portfolio
may invest. Where the subadviser determines that an investment purchase or sale
opportunity is appropriate and desirable for more than one advisory account,
purchase and sale orders may be executed separately or may be combined and, to
the extent practicable, allocated to the participating accounts.

      It is each subadviser's policy to allocate, to the extent practicable,
investment opportunities to each client over a period of time on a fair and
equitable basis relative to its other clients.

      It is believed that the ability of a Portfolio to participate in larger
volume transactions in this manner will in some cases produce better executions
for the Portfolio. However, in some cases, this procedure could have a
detrimental effect on the price and amount of a security available to a
Portfolio or the price at which a security may be sold.

                                      -56-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Proxy Voting Policies
      The Board of Directors and MetLife Advisers have delegated to each
subadviser who invests in voting securities on behalf of a Portfolio the
responsibility for voting the proxies relating to securities held by such
Portfolio investing in voting securities as part of each such subadviser's
general management of Portfolio assets, subject to the continuing oversight of
the Board and MetLife Advisers. The Fund believes that each subadviser, which
purchases and sells securities for its respective Portfolio(s) and analyzes the
performance of a Portfolio's securities, is in the best position and has the
information necessary to vote proxies in the best interest of a Portfolio and
its shareholders, including in situations where conflicts of interest may arise
between the interests of shareholders, on the one hand, and the interests of the
adviser, subadviser or any other affiliated person of the Fund, on the other
hand. Information about the proxy voting policies and procedures of each
subadviser who invests in voting securities is attached in Appendix B to this
SAI.

      MetLife Advisers votes proxies relating to shares of an Underlying
Portfolio held by Zenith Equity or an Asset Allocation Portfolio in the same
proportion as the vote of the other contract owners of the Underlying Portfolio
with respect to a particular proposal.

      Information on how proxies relating to the Portfolios' voting securities
were voted by MetLife Advisers or the subadvisers during the most recent
12-month period ended June 30th is available, upon request and without charge,
by calling (800) 638-7732 or on the SEC's website at http://www.sec.gov.

                               PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

      The subadvisers have provided the Fund with the following information
regarding each Portfolio's portfolio managers identified in the Fund's
Prospectus. The tables below list the number of other accounts managed by each
such portfolio manager as of December 31, 2007 within each of three categories:
(A) registered investment companies, (B) other pooled investment vehicles, and
(C) other accounts; as well as the total assets in the accounts managed within
each category. For each category, the tables also list the number of accounts
and the total assets in the accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is
based on the performance of the account. Below each table, the subadvisers have
provided a description of any material conflicts of interest that may arise in
connection with each portfolio manager's management of the Portfolio's
investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the
other. The subadvisers have also provided a description of the structure of, and
the method used to determine, the portfolio managers' compensation as of
December 31, 2007. Other than as set forth below, as of December 31, 2007, no
portfolio manager identified in the Prospectus beneficially owned equity
securities of any Portfolio for which he or she serves as portfolio manager.

Davis Venture Value Portfolio
Other Accounts Managed


                                                                                      ccounts with respect to which the
Name of Portfolio                                                                     advisory fee is based on the
Manager                                   Other Accounts Managed                     A performance of the account
                           ------------------------------------------------------    -------------------------------
                           Category of Account    Number of     Total Assets in       Number of     Total Assets in
                                                   ccounts i      Accounts in         ccounts in      Accounts in
                                                  ACategory n     Category (1)       ACategory         Category
                           --------------------   -----------   -----------------    ------------   ----------------
                           Registered                     28    $ 83,000,000,000               0                N/A
Christopher Davis          investment
                           companies
                           Other pooled                   11       1,200,000,000               0                N/A
                           investment vehicles                  $

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -57-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                       Other accounts                       132(1)   $     12,700,000    0      N/A
                                        egistered investment companies       26        82,800,000,000           N/A
Kenneth Feinberg                       R                                             $                   0
                                       Other pooled investment vehicles      10      $  1,100,000,000    0      N/A
                                       Other accounts                       132(1)   $ 12,700,000,000    0      N/A

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)  Number of other accounts is approximate and includes managed money/wrap
     accounts with investment minimums of at least $100,000.

Material Conflicts of Interest
Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has
day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one portfolio
or other account. More specifically, portfolio managers who manage multiple
portfolios and /or other accounts are presented with the following potential
conflicts:


          The management of multiple portfolios and/or other accounts may result
          in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the
          management of each portfolio and/or other account. Davis seeks to
      o   manage such competing interests for the time and attention of
          portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular
          investment discipline. Most other accounts managed by a portfolio
          manager are managed using the same investment models that are used in
          connection with the management of the portfolios.


          If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity
          which may be suitable for more than one portfolio or other account, a
          portfolio may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity
      o   due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all
          eligible portfolios and other accounts. To deal with these situations,
          Davis has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions
          across multiple accounts.


          With respect to securities transactions for the portfolios, Davis
          determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with
          its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with
          respect to certain other accounts (such as mutual funds, other pooled
          investment vehicles that are not
      o   registered mutual funds, and other accounts managed for organizations
          and individuals), Davis may be limited by the client with respect to
          the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through
          a particular broker. In these cases, Davis may place separate,
          non-simultaneous transactions for a portfolio and another account
          which may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the
          execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the
          portfolio or the other account.


          Finally, substantial investment of Davis or Davis family assets in
      certain mutual funds may lead to o conflicts of interest. To mitigate
      these potential conflicts of interest, Davis has adopted policies and
          procedures intended to ensure that all clients are treated fairly over
          time. Davis does not receive an incentive-based fee on any account.

                                      -58-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Compensation
Kenneth Feinberg's compensation as a Davis employee consists of (i) a base
salary, (ii) an annual bonus equal to a percentage of growth in Davis' profits,
(iii) awards of equity ("Units") in Davis including Units, options on Units,
and/or phantom Units, and (iv) an incentive plan whereby Davis purchases shares
in selected funds managed by Davis. At the end of specified periods, generally
five years following the date of purchase, some, all, or none of the fund shares
will be registered in the employee's name based on fund performance, after
expenses on a pre-tax basis, versus the S&P 500 Index and versus peer groups as
defined by Morningstar or Lipper.

Christopher Davis's annual compensation as an employee and general partner of
Davis consists of a base salary.

Davis' portfolio managers are provided benefits packages including life
insurance, health insurance, and participation in company 401(k) plan comparable
to that received by other company employees.

T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth Portfolio and T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth
Portfolio Other Accounts Managed


Name of Portfolio                                                                     ccounts with respect to which the
Manager and                                                                           advisory fee is based on the
Portfolio Managed                           Other Accounts Managed                   A performance of the account
                             -----------------------------------------------------   -------------------------------
                             Category of Account    Number of    Total Assets in      Number of     Total Assets in
                                                    Accounts       Accounts in        ccounts in      Accounts in
                                                    Category in      Category        A Category        Category
                             --------------------   ----------   -----------------   -------------  ----------------
P. Robert Bartolo,           Registered                    11    $ 31,222,204,679               0               N/A
- -------------------------     nvestment
                              ompanies
T. Rowe Price Large Cap      i
Growth Portfolio             c
                             Other pooled                   1         232,342,182               0               N/A
                             investment vehicles                 $
                             Other accounts                 1    $    435,682,172               0               N/A
Sudhir Nanda,                 egistered                     7         328,411,463               0               N/A
                             Rnvestment
T. Rowe Price Small Cap      iompanies
Growth Portfolio             c                                   $
                             Other pooled                   0                 N/A               0               N/A
                             investment vehicles
                             Other accounts                 0                 N/A               0               N/A

Material Conflicts of Interest
Portfolio managers at T. Rowe Price typically manage multiple accounts. These
accounts may include, among others, mutual funds, separate accounts (assets
managed on behalf of institutions such as pension funds, colleges and
universities, foundations), and commingled trust accounts. Portfolio managers
make investment decisions for each portfolio based on the investment objectives,
policies, practices and other relevant investment considerations that the
managers believe are applicable to that portfolio. Consequently, portfolio
managers may purchase (or sell) securities for one portfolio and not for another
portfolio. T. Rowe Price has adopted brokerage and trade allocation policies and
procedures which it believes are
                                      -59-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

reasonably designed to address any potential conflicts associated with managing
multiple accounts for multiple clients. Also, as disclosed below, portfolio
managers' compensation is determined in the same manner with respect to all
portfolios managed by the portfolio manager.

T. Rowe Price has developed written trade allocation guidelines for its Trading
Desks. Generally, when the amount of securities available in a public offering
or the secondary markets is insufficient to satisfy the volume or price
requirements for the participating client portfolios, the guidelines require a
pro rata allocation based upon the relative sizes of the participating client
portfolio or the relative sizes of the participating client orders depending
upon the market involved. In allocating trades made on a combined basis, the
trading desks seek to achieve the same net unit price of the securities for each
participating client. Because a pro rata allocation may not always adequately
accommodate all facts and circumstances, the guidelines provide for exceptions
to allocate trades on an adjusted basis. For example, adjustments may be made:
(i) to recognize the efforts of a portfolio manager in negotiating a transaction
or a private placement; (ii) to eliminate de minimis positions; (iii) to give
priority to accounts with specialized investment policies and objectives; and
(iv) to reallocate in light of a participating portfolio's characteristics
(e.g., available cash, industry or issuer concentration, duration, credit
exposure). Also, with respect to private placement transactions, conditions
imposed by the issuer may limit availability of allocations to client accounts.

Compensation
Portfolio manager compensation consists primarily of a base salary, a cash
bonus, and an equity incentive that usually comes in the form of a stock option
grant. Occasionally, portfolio managers will also have the opportunity to
participate in venture capital partnerships. Compensation is variable and is
determined based on the following factors:

Investment performance over one-, three-, five-, and 10-year periods is the most
important input. Performance is evaluated in absolute, relative, and
risk-adjusted terms. Relative performance and risk-adjusted performance are
determined with reference to the broad based index (e.g., S&P 500) and an
applicable Lipper index (e.g., Large-Cap Growth), though other benchmarks may be
used as well. Investment results are also compared to comparably managed funds
of competitive investment management firms. Performance is primarily measured on
a pre-tax basis, though tax-efficiency is considered and is especially important
for tax efficient funds. It is important to note that compensation is viewed
with a long term time horizon. The more consistent a manager's performance is
over time, the higher the compensation opportunity. The increase or decrease in
a fund's assets due to the purchase or sale of fund shares is not considered a
material factor.

Contribution to the overall investment process is an important consideration as
well. Sharing ideas with other portfolio managers, working effectively with and
mentoring younger analysts, and being good corporate citizens are important
components of long term success and are highly valued by T. Rowe Price.

All employees of T. Rowe Price, including portfolio managers, participate in a
401(k) plan sponsored by T. Rowe Price Group. In addition, all employees are
eligible to purchase T. Rowe Price common stock through an employee stock
purchase plan that features a limited corporate matching contribution.
Eligibility for and participation in these plans is on the same basis as for all
employees. Finally, all vice presidents of T. Rowe Price Group, including all
portfolio managers, receive supplemental medical/hospital reimbursement
benefits.

This compensation structure is used for all portfolios managed by the portfolio
manager.
                                      -60-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Harris Oakmark Focused Value Portfolio
Other Accounts Managed


                                                                                             Accounts with respect
                                                                                                      to
                                                                                             hich the advisory fee
                                                                                                      is
                                                                                                 based on the
                                                                                                  performance
Name of Portfolio Manager                       Other Accounts Managed                      w   of the account
                              -----------------------------------------------------------   ------------------------
                                Category of Account      Number of       Total Assets in    Number of    Total Assets
                                                          ccounts                            ccounts      n
                                                          ategory                            ategory in  iAccounts
                                                         A                 Accounts in      A             n
                                                         C        in        Category        C            iCategory
                              ------------------------   ----------      ----------------   ----------   -----------
                              Registered investment              3       $   924,040,734            0           N/A
Robert M. Levy                companies
                              Other pooled                      10           393,822,173            0           N/A
                              investment vehicles                        $
                              Other accounts                   446(1)    $ 4,424,446,922            0           N/A
                              Registered investment              4         9,201,809,125            0           N/A
William C. Nygren             companies                                  $
                              Other pooled                       0                   N/A            0           N/A
                              investment vehicles
                              Other accounts                     0                   N/A            0           N/A
                              Registered investment              6         1,318,050,212            0           N/A
Michael J. Mangan             companies                                  $
                              Other pooled                       3           147,814,778            0           N/A
                              investment vehicles                        $
                              Other accounts                   148       $ 2,493,948,316            0           N/A

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)  This number includes approximately 326 accounts that are managed pursuant
     to a "model portfolio" and involve no direct client communications. It also
     includes many client relationships with multiple accounts, and therefore
     the number of accounts greatly exceeds the number of relationships.

Material Conflicts of Interest
Conflicts of interest may arise in the allocation of investment opportunities
and the allocation of aggregated orders among the Funds and the other accounts
managed by the portfolio managers. A portfolio manager potentially could give
favorable treatment to some accounts for a variety of reasons, including
favoring larger accounts, accounts that have a different advisory fee
arrangement (including any accounts that pay performance-based fees), accounts
of affiliated companies, or accounts in which the portfolio manager has a
personal investment. With respect to the allocation of investment opportunities,
Harris makes decisions to recommend, purchase, sell or hold securities for all
of its client accounts, including
                                      -61-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

the Funds, based on the specific investment objectives, guidelines, restrictions
and circumstances of each account. It is Harris' policy to allocate investment
opportunities to each account, including the Funds, over a period of time on a
fair and equitable basis relative to its other accounts. With respect to the
allocation of aggregated orders, each account that participates in the
aggregated order will participate at the average share price, and where the
order has not been completely filled, each institutional account, including the
Funds, will generally participate on a pro rata basis.

Harris has compliance policies and procedures in place that it believes are
reasonably designed to mitigate these conflicts. However, there is no guarantee
that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which an actual or
potential conflict may arise.

Compensation
Each of the portfolio managers is an employee of Harris Associates L.P. (the
"Firm"), a subadviser to the Portfolios. The portfolio managers are compensated
solely by the Firm. Compensation for each of the portfolio managers is based on
the Firm's assessment of the individual's long-term contribution to the
investment success of the Firm and is structured as follows:

     (1)  Base salary. The base salary is a fixed amount, and each portfolio
          manager receives the same base salary.

      2) Participation in a discretionary bonus pool. A discretionary bonus pool
     for each of the Firm's domestic ( and international investment groups is
     divided among the senior level employees of each group and is
          paid annually.

      3)  Participation in a long-term compensation plan that provides current
          compensation to certain key employees of the Firm and deferred
          compensation to both current and former key employees. The
     (    compensation plan consists of bonus units awarded to participants that vest and pay out over a period of
          time.

The determination of the amount of each portfolio manager's participation in the
discretionary bonus pool and the long-term compensation plan is based on a
variety of qualitative and quantitative factors. The factor given the most
significant weight is the subjective assessment of the individual's contribution
to the overall investment results of the Firm's domestic or international
investment group, whether as a portfolio manager, a research analyst, or both.

The quantitative factors considered in evaluating the contribution of a
portfolio manager include the performance of the portfolios managed by that
individual relative to benchmarks, peers and other portfolio managers, as well
as the assets under management in the accounts managed by the portfolio manager.
The portfolio managers' compensation is not based solely on an evaluation of the
performance of the funds or the amount of fund assets. Performance is measured
in a number of ways, including by accounts and by strategy, and is compared to
one or more of the following benchmarks: S&P500, Russell Mid-Cap Value, Russell
1000 Value, Lipper Balanced, 60/40 S&P/Lehman (60% S&P500 and 40% Lehman Bond
Index), Morgan Stanley Capital International ("MSCI") World Index, MCSI World
ex-U.S. Index and the Firm's approved lists of stocks, depending on whether the
portfolio manager manages accounts in the particular strategy to which these
benchmarks would be applicable. Performance is measured over shorter- and
longer-term periods, including one year, three years, five years, ten years,
since a fund's inception or since a portfolio manager has been managing a fund,
as applicable. Performance is measured on a pre-tax and after-tax basis to the
extent such information is available.

If a portfolio manager also serves as a research analyst, then his compensation
is also based on the contribution made to the Firm in that role. The specific
quantitative and qualitative factors considered in evaluating a research
analyst's contributions include, among other things, new investment ideas, the
performance of investment ideas covered by the analyst during the current year
as well as over longer-term periods, the portfolio impact of the analyst's
investment ideas, other contributions to the research process, and an assessment
of the quality of analytical work. In addition, an individual's other
contributions to the Firm, such as a role in investment thought leadership and
management, are taken into account in the overall compensation process.

                                      -62-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

BlackRock Aggressive Growth Portfolio, BlackRock Strategic Value Portfolio, BlackRock Bond Income Portfolio, BlackRock Diversified
Portfolio, BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth Portfolio, and BlackRock Large Cap Value Portfolio
Other Accounts Managed


Name of Portfolio Manager                                                              ccounts with respect to which the
and                                                                                   Advisory fee is based on the
Portfolio(s) Managed                        Other Accounts Managed                    aperformance of the account
                            --------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------
                              Category of Account     Number of    Total Assets in    Number of    Total Assets in
                                                      Accounts       Accounts in      Accounts       Accounts in
                                                      Category in     Category        Category in     Category
                            ------------------------- ----------  ------------------  ----------  ------------------
Scott Amero,                Registered investment            47   $  39,088,798,346           0                 N/A
- --------------------------   ompanies
BlackRock Diversified
Portfolio and BlackRock
Bond Income Portfolio       c
                            Other pooled investment          41      10,333,429,979           4       1,628,812,521
                            vehicles                              $                               $
                            Other accounts                  258   $  86,105,702,691          29   $  11,778,926,266
Andrew Phillips,             egistered investment            32      27,926,176,650           0                 N/A
BlackRock Diversified        ompanies
Portfolio and BlackRock     R
Bond Income Portfolio       c                                     $
                            Other pooled investment          22       7,967,177,229           2       1,745,461,117
                            vehicles                              $                               $
                            Other accounts                  294   $ 121,684,681,892          25   $  25,832,460,508
Matthew Marra,               egistered investment            25      23,929,707,195           0                 N/A
BlackRock Diversified        ompanies
Portfolio and BlackRock     R
Bond Income Portfolio       c                                     $
                            Other pooled investment          20       7,689,742,193           2       1,745,461,117
                            vehicles                              $                               $
                            Other accounts                  276   $ 104,140,475,509          24   $  11,965,869,485
Robert Doll,                 egistered investment            24      21,553,032,383           0                 N/A
BlackRock Diversified        ompanies
Portfolio, BlackRock        R
Large Cap Value Portfolio   c                                     $
                            Other pooled investment          13       7,090,739,213           0                 N/A
                            vehicles                              $
                            Other accounts                   19   $   4,047,050,832          10   $   1,420,095,250

                                      -63-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


Eileen Leary,                        egistered investment             5       3,338,179,485                     N/A
BlackRock Aggressive                Rompanies
Growth Portfolio                    c                                       $                   0
                                    Other pooled investment           2          73,831,941                     N/A
                                    vehicles                                $                   0
                                    Other accounts                    5     $   325,159,457     0               N/A
Andrew Leger,                        egistered investment             1         276,402,969                     N/A
BlackRock Aggressive                Rompanies
Growth Portfolio                    c                                       $                   0
                                    Other pooled investment           0                 N/A                     N/A
                                    vehicles                                                    0
                                    Other accounts                    0                 N/A     0               N/A
Wayne Archambo,                      egistered investment             9       3,852,578,705                     N/A
BlackRock Strategic                 Rompanies
Value Portfolio                     c                                       $                   0
                                    Other pooled investment           2         344,150,386                     N/A
                                    vehicles                                $                   0
                                    Other accounts                   14     $   955,601,822     0               N/A
Kate O'Connor,                       egistered investment             9       2,982,888,196                     N/A
BlackRock Strategic                 Rompanies
Value Portfolio                     c                                       $                   0
                                    Other pooled investment           1          57,426,981              57,426,981
                                    vehicles                                $                   1     $
                                    Other accounts                   14     $ 1,024,108,272     0               N/A
Jeffrey R. Lindsey,                  egistered investment             5       1,406,215,166                     N/A
BlackRock Legacy Large Cap          Rompanies
Growth Portfolio                    c                                       $                   0
                                    Other pooled investment           3         221,878,942                     N/A
                                    vehicles                                $                   0
                                    Other accounts                    6     $ 1,020,275,003     0               N/A
Edward P. Dowd,                     Registered investment             5       1,406,215,166                     N/A
BlackRock Legacy Large Cap          companies                               $                   0

                                      -64-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


Growth Portfolio                   Other pooled                                  221,878,942                    N/A
                                   investment vehicles             3         $                       0
                                   Other accounts                  6         $ 1,020,275,003         0          N/A

Material Conflicts of Interest
      BlackRock has built a professional working environment, firm-wide
compliance culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect
against potential incentives that may favor one account over another. BlackRock
has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment
opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by
employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure
that all client accounts are treated equitably over time. Nevertheless,
BlackRock furnishes investment management and advisory services to numerous
clients in addition to the Portfolio, and BlackRock may, consistent with
applicable law, make investment recommendations to other clients or accounts
(including accounts which are hedge funds or have performance or higher fees
paid to BlackRock, or in which portfolio managers have a personal interest in
the receipt of such fees), which may be the same as or different from those made
to the Portfolio. In addition, BlackRock, its affiliates and any officer,
director, stockholder or employee may or may not have an interest in the
securities whose purchase and sale BlackRock recommends to the Portfolio.
BlackRock, or any of its affiliates, or any officer, director, stockholder,
employee or any member of their families may take different actions than those
recommended to the Portfolio by BlackRock with respect to the same securities.
Moreover, BlackRock may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning
securities of companies of which any of BlackRock's (or its affiliates')
officers, directors or employees are directors or officers, or companies as to
which BlackRock or any of its affiliates or the officers, directors and
employees of any of them has any substantial economic interest or possesses
material non-public information. Each portfolio manager also may manage accounts
whose investment strategies may at times be opposed to the strategy utilized for
the Portfolio. In this connection, it should be noted that Messrs. Amero,
Phillips, and Marra currently manage certain accounts that are subject to
performance fees. In addition, Mr. Amero assist in managing certain hedge funds
and may be entitled to receive a portion of any incentive fees earned on such
funds and a portion of such incentive fees may be voluntarily or involuntarily
deferred. Additional portfolio managers may in the future manage other such
accounts or funds and may be entitled to receive incentive fees.

      As a fiduciary, BlackRock owes a duty of loyalty to its clients and must
treat each client fairly. When BlackRock purchases or sells securities for more
than one account, the trades must be allocated in a manner consistent with its
fiduciary duties. BlackRock attempts to allocate investments in a fair and
equitable manner among client accounts, with no account receiving preferential
treatment. To this end, BlackRock has adopted a policy that is intended to
ensure that investment opportunities are allocated fairly and equitably among
client accounts over time. This policy also seeks to achieve reasonable
efficiency in client transactions and provide BlackRock with sufficient
flexibility to allocate investments in a manner that is consistent with the
particular investment discipline and client base.

Portfolio Manager Compensation
      BlackRock's financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its
competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the
value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a
variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of
factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a
discretionary bonus, participation in various benefits programs and one or more
of the incentive compensation programs established by BlackRock such as its
Long-Term Retention and Incentive Plan and Restricted Stock Program.

      Base compensation. Generally, portfolio managers receive base compensation
based on their seniority and/or their position with the firm.

      Discretionary compensation. In addition to base compensation, portfolio
managers may receive discretionary compensation, which can be a substantial
portion of total compensation. Discretionary compensation can include a
discretionary cash bonus as well as one or more of the following:

                                      -65-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      Long-Term Retention and Incentive Plan ("LTIP") --The LTIP is a long-term
incentive plan that seeks to reward certain key employees. Prior to 2006, the
plan provided for the grant of awards that were expressed as an amount of cash
that, if properly vested and subject to the attainment of certain performance
goals, will be settled in cash and/or in BlackRock, Inc. common stock ("LTIP
awards"). Beginning in 2006, awards are granted under the plan in the form of
BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units that, if properly vested and subject to
the attainment of certain performance goals, will be settled in BlackRock, Inc.
common stock ("LTIP II awards"). Each portfolio manager has received awards
under the LTIP.
      Deferred Compensation Program --A portion of the compensation paid to each
portfolio manager may be voluntarily deferred by the portfolio manager into an
account that tracks the performance of certain of the firm's investment
products. Each portfolio manager is permitted to allocate his deferred amounts
among various options, including to certain of the firm's hedge funds and other
unregistered products. In addition, prior to 2005, a portion of the annual
compensation of certain senior managers, including Ms. O'Connor, Messrs.
Archambo, Amero, Marra and Phillips was mandatorily deferred in a similar manner
for a number of years. Beginning in 2005, a portion of the annual compensation
of each portfolio manager is eligible to be paid in the form of BlackRock, Inc.
restricted stock units which vest ratably over a number of years. Every
portfolio manager participates in the deferred compensation program. Paying a
portion of annual bonuses in stock puts compensation earned by a portfolio
manager for a given year "at risk" based on the Company's ability to sustain and
improve its performance over future periods.
      Options and Restricted Stock Awards --Prior to mandatorily deferring a
portion of a portfolio manager's annual bonus in BlackRock, Inc. restricted
stock units, the Company granted stock options to key employees, including
certain portfolio managers who may still hold unexercised or unvested options.
BlackRock, Inc. also granted restricted stock awards designed to reward certain
key employees as an incentive to contribute to the long-term success of
BlackRock. These awards vest over a period of years. Messrs. Archambo, Amero,
Marra and Phillips have been granted stock options and/or restricted stock in
prior years.


               Incentive Savings Plans -- BlackRock, Inc. has created a variety
               of incentive savings plans in which BlackRock employees are
               eligible to participate, including a 401(k) plan, the BlackRock
               Retirement Savings Plan (RSP) and the BlackRock Employee Stock
               Purchase Plan (ESPP). The employer contribution components of the
               RSP include a company match equal to 50% of the first 6% of
               eligible pay contributed to the plan capped at $4,000 per year,
               and a company retirement contribution equal to 3% of eligible
               compensation, plus an additional contribution of 2% for any year
               in which BlackRock
           o   has positive net operating income. The RSP offers a range of
               investment options, including registered investment companies
               managed by the firm. Company contributions follow the investment
               direction set by participants for their own contributions or
               absent, employee investment direction, are invested into a
               balanced portfolio. The ESPP allows for investment in BlackRock
               common stock at a 5% discount on the fair market value of the
               stock on the purchase date. Annual participation in the ESPP is
               limited to the purchase of 1,000 shares or a dollar value of
               $25,000. Each portfolio manager is eligible to participate in
               these plans.

Annual incentive compensation for each portfolio manager is a function of
several components: the performance of BlackRock, Inc., the performance of the
portfolio manager's group within BlackRock, the investment performance,
including risk-adjusted returns, of the firm's assets under management or
supervision by that portfolio manager relative to predetermined benchmarks, and
the individual's teamwork and contribution to the overall performance of these
portfolios and BlackRock. Unlike many other firms, portfolio managers at
BlackRock compete against benchmarks rather than each other. In most cases,
including for the portfolio managers of the Portfolio, these benchmarks are the
same as the benchmark or benchmarks against which the performance of the
Portfolio or other accounts are measured. A group of BlackRock, Inc.'s officers
determines the benchmarks against which to compare the performance of funds and
other accounts managed by each portfolio manager. For Mr. Amero, the relevant
benchmark is the Lehman Aggregate Bond Index. For Mr. Doll, the relevant
benchmark is the Russell 1000 Index for the equity portion of the Diversified
Portfolio, and the Russell 1000 Value Index for the Large Cap Value Portfolio.
For Messrs. Leger and Wagner and Ms. Leary, the relevant benchmark is the
Russell Midcap Growth Index. For Mr. Archambo and Ms. O'Connor, the relevant
benchmark is the Russell 2000 Value Index. For Messrs. Lindsey and Dowd, the
relevant benchmark is the Russell 1000 Growth Index.

The group of BlackRock, Inc.'s officers then makes a subjective determination
with respect to the portfolio manager's compensation based on the performance of
the portfolios and other accounts managed by each portfolio manager relative to
the various benchmarks noted above. Performance is measured on both a pre-tax
and after-tax basis over various time periods
                                      -66-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

including 1, 3, 5 and 10-year periods, as applicable. Senior portfolio managers
who perform additional management functions within the portfolio management
group or within BlackRock may receive additional compensation for serving in
these other capacities.

As of December 31, 2007, the dollar range of securities beneficially owned by
each of the aforementioned portfolio managers in a Portfolio for which he or she
serves as portfolio manager is shown below:


                                                                                Dollar Range of Equity Securities
                                                                                              of the
Portfolio Manager                                 Portfolio(s) Managed                 Portfolio(s) Owned*
                                          --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  BlackRock Aggressive Growth $50,001-$100,000
Eileen M. Leary, CFA                      Portfolio

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*  Includes securities attributable to the portfolio manager's participation in
   certain deferred compensation and retirement programs.

Jennison Growth Portfolio
Other Accounts Managed


                                                                                     Accounts with respect to
                                                                                     which the advisory fee is
                                                                                               based
                                                                                     on the performance of the
Name of Portfolio Manager                Other Accounts Managed (1)                           account
                            -----------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------
                             Category of Account    Number of   Total Assets in    Number of       Total Assets
                                                     ccounts                        ccounts             in
                                                    Aategory      Accounts in      Aategory        Accounts in
                                                    C        in     Category       C        in       Category
                            ----------------------  ----------  -----------------  ----------     ---------------
Kathleen A. McCarragher     Registered                     13   $  8,900,000,000           1(2)   $  1.1 billion(2)
                            investment companies
                            Other pooled
                            investment vehicles             3   $    310,000,000           0                 N/A
                            Other accounts                 43   $  5,400,000,000           0                 N/A
Spiros Segalas              Registered                     16     20,100,000,000           0                 N/A
                            investment companies                $
                            Other pooled                    2        281,000,000           3(2)      175,000,000(2)
                            investment vehicles                 $                                 $
                            Other accounts                  9   $  2,100,000,000                             N/A
Michael A. Del Balso        Registered                     12      9,100,000,000           0                 N/A
                            investment companies                $
                            Other pooled                    5      1,300,000,000           0                 N/A
                            investment vehicles                 $

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -67-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                       Other accounts (3)                11       $ 1,100,000,000      0        N/A

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)  Excludes performance fee accounts.
(2)  The portfolio manager only manages a portion of the accounts subject to a
     performance fee. The market value shown reflects the portion of those
     accounts managed by the portfolio manager.
(3)  Other accounts excludes the assets and number of accounts in wrap fee
     programs that are managed using model portfolios.

Material Conflicts of Interest
In managing other portfolios (including affiliated accounts), certain potential
conflicts of interest may arise. Potential conflicts include, for example,
conflicts among investment strategies, conflicts in the allocation of investment
opportunities, or conflicts due to different fees. As part of its compliance
program, Jennison has adopted policies and procedures that seek to address and
minimize the effects of these conflicts.

Jennison's portfolio managers typically manage multiple accounts. These accounts
may include, among others, mutual funds, separately managed advisory accounts
(assets managed on behalf of institutions such as pension funds, colleges and
universities, foundations), commingled trust accounts, other types of
unregistered commingled accounts, affiliated single client and commingled
insurance separate accounts, model nondiscretionary portfolios, and model
portfolios used for wrap fee programs. Portfolio managers make investment
decisions for each portfolio based on the investment objectives, policies,
practices and other relevant investment considerations that the managers believe
are applicable to that portfolio. Consequently, portfolio managers may recommend
the purchase (or sale) of certain securities for one portfolio and not another
portfolio. Securities purchased in one portfolio may perform better than the
securities purchased for another portfolio. Similarly, securities sold from one
portfolio may result in better performance if the value of that security
declines. Generally, however, portfolios in a particular product strategy (e.g.,
large cap growth equity) with similar objectives are managed similarly.
Accordingly, portfolio holdings and industry and sector exposure tend to be
similar across a group of accounts in a strategy that have similar objectives,
which tends to minimize the potential for conflicts of interest. While these
accounts have many similarities, the investment performance of each account will
be different primarily due to differences in guidelines, timing of investments,
fees, expenses and cash flows.

Furthermore, certain accounts (including affiliated accounts) in certain
investment strategies may buy or sell securities while accounts in other
strategies may take the same or differing, including potentially opposite,
position. For example, certain strategies may short securities that may be held
long in other strategies. The strategies that sell a security short held long by
another strategy could lower the price for the security held long. Similarly, if
a strategy is purchasing a security that is held short in other strategies, the
strategies purchasing the security could increase the price of the security held
short. Jennison has policies and procedures that seek to mitigate, monitor and
manage this conflict.

In addition, Jennison has adopted trade aggregation and allocation procedures
that seek to treat all clients (including affiliated accounts) fairly and
equitably. These policies and procedures address the allocation of limited
investment opportunities, such as IPOs and the allocation of transactions across
multiple accounts. Some accounts have higher fees, including performance fees,
than others. These differences may give rise to a potential conflict that a
portfolio manager may favor the higher fee-paying account over the other or
allocate more time to the management of one account over another. While Jennison
does not monitor the specific amount of time that a portfolio manager spends on
a single portfolio, senior Jennison personnel periodically review the
performance of Jennison's portfolio managers as well as periodically assess
whether the portfolio manager has adequate resources to effectively manage the
accounts assigned to that portfolio manager. Jennison also believes that its
compensation structure tends to mitigate this conflict.

Compensation
Jennison seeks to maintain a highly competitive compensation program designed to
attract and retain outstanding investment professionals, which includes
portfolio managers and research analysts, and to align the interests of its
investment professionals with those of its clients and overall firm results.
Overall firm profitability determines the total amount of incentive compensation
pool that is available for investment professionals. Investment professionals
are compensated with a combination of base salary and discretionary cash bonus.
In general, the cash bonus comprises the majority of the compensation for
investment professionals. Additionally, senior investment professionals,
including portfolio managers and
                                      -68-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

senior research analysts, are eligible to participate in a voluntary deferred
compensation program where all or a portion of the discretionary cash bonus can
be deferred. Participants in the deferred compensation plan are permitted to
allocate the deferred amounts among various options that track the gross of fee
pre-tax performance of various mutual funds, of which nearly all of the equity
options are managed by Jennison, and composites of accounts managed by Jennison,
which may include accounts managed for unregistered products.

Investment professionals' total compensation is determined through a subjective
process that evaluates numerous qualitative and quantitative factors. There is
no particular weighting or formula for considering the factors. Some portfolio
managers may manage or contribute ideas to more than one product strategy and
are evaluated accordingly.

The following factors, listed in order of importance, will be reviewed for the
portfolio managers:

          One and three year pre-tax investment performance of groupings of
          accounts (a "Composite") relative to market conditions, pre-determined
          passive indices, such as the Russell 1000(R) Growth Index, and
          industry

     o    peer group data for the  product  strategy  (e.g.,  large cap  growth,
          large cap value) for which the portfolio manager is responsible;

      o
          Historical and long-term business potential of the product strategies;

      o
          Qualitative factors such as teamwork and responsiveness; and


      o   Other factors such as experience and other responsibilities such as
          being a team leader or supervisor may also affect investment
          professionals' total compensation.

Franklin Templeton Small Cap Growth Portfolio
Other Accounts Managed


                                                                                        ccounts with respect to which
                                                                                        the advisory fee is based
Name of Portfolio                                                                                 on the
Manager                                     Other Accounts Managed                     Aperformance of the account
                            --------------------------------------------------------   -----------------------------
                             Category of Account      Number of     Total Assets in     Number of      Total Assets
                                                      Accounts        Accounts in       ccounts in     in Accounts
                                                      Category in      Category        A Category      in Category
                            ----------------------    ----------    ----------------   -------------   -------------
                            Registered                        9     $ 9,307,800,000               0             N/A
Michael McCarthy, CFA       investment companies
                            Other pooled                      2         559,900,000               0             N/A
                            investment vehicles                     $
                            Other accounts                    0     $             0               0             N/A
                            Registered                        3       1,104,200,000               0             N/A
Zachary Perry, CFA          investment companies                    $
                            Other pooled                      1         967,700,000               0             N/A
                            investment vehicles                     $

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -69-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                       Other accounts                     1       $    67,700,000      0        N/A
                                       Registered investment                        1,104,200,000               N/A
Brad Carris, CFA                       companies                          3       $                    0
                                       Other pooled investment                         67,700,000               N/A
                                       vehicles                           1       $                    0
                                       Other accounts                     0       $             0      0        N/A

Material Conflicts of Interest
Portfolio managers that provide investment services to the Fund may also provide
services to a variety of other investment products, including other funds,
institutional accounts and private accounts. The advisory fees for some of such
other products and accounts may be different than that charged to the Fund and
may include performance based compensation. This may result in fees that are
higher (or lower) than the advisory fees paid by the Fund. As a matter of
policy, each fund or account is managed solely for the benefit of the beneficial
owners thereof. As discussed below, the separation of the trading execution
function from the portfolio management function and the application of
objectively based trade allocation procedures help to mitigate potential
conflicts of interest that may arise as a result of the portfolio managers
managing accounts with different advisory fees.

Conflicts. The management of multiple funds, including the Fund, and accounts
may also give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the funds and other
accounts have different objectives, benchmarks, time horizons, and fees as the
portfolio manager must allocate his or her time and investment ideas across
multiple funds and accounts. The manager seeks to manage such competing
interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio
managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most other accounts
managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment strategies
that are used in connection with the management of the Fund. Accordingly,
portfolio holdings, position sizes, and industry and sector exposures tend to be
similar across similar portfolios, which may minimize the potential for
conflicts of interest. The separate management of the trade execution and
valuation functions from the portfolio management process also helps to reduce
potential conflicts of interest. However, securities selected for funds or
accounts other than the Fund may outperform the securities selected for the
Fund. Moreover, if a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment
opportunity that may be suitable for more than one fund or other account, the
Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an
allocation of that opportunity across all eligible funds and other accounts. The
manager seeks to manage such potential conflicts by using procedures intended to
provide a fair allocation of buy and sell opportunities among funds and other
accounts.

The structure of a portfolio manager's compensation may give rise to potential
conflicts of interest. A portfolio manager's base pay and bonus tend to increase
with additional and more complex responsibilities that include increased assets
under management. As such, there may be an indirect relationship between a
portfolio manager's marketing or sales efforts and his or her bonus.

Finally, the management of personal accounts by a portfolio manager may give
rise to potential conflicts of interest. While the funds and the manager have
adopted a code of ethics which they believe contains provisions reasonably
necessary to
                                      -70-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

prevent a wide range of prohibited activities by portfolio managers and others
with respect to their personal trading activities, there can be no assurance
that the code of ethics addresses all individual conduct that could result in
conflicts of interest.

The manager and the Fund have adopted certain compliance procedures that are
designed to address these, and other, types of conflicts. However, there is no
guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation where a
conflict arises.

Compensation
Franklin seeks to maintain a compensation program that is competitively
positioned to attract, retain and motivate top-quality investment professionals.
Portfolio managers receive a base salary, an incentive bonus opportunity, an
equity compensation opportunity, and a benefits package. Portfolio manager
compensation is reviewed annually and the level of compensation is based on
individual performance, the salary range for a portfolio manager's level of
responsibility and Franklin Templeton budget guidelines. Portfolio managers have
no financial incentive to favor one fund or account over another. Each portfolio
manager's compensation consists of the following three elements:
      Base salary Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary.
      Annual bonus Annual bonuses are structured to align the interests of the
      portfolio manager with those of the Fund's shareholders. Each portfolio
      manager is eligible to receive an annual bonus. Bonuses generally are
      split between cash (50% to 65%) and restricted shares of Franklin
      Resources stock (17.5% to 25%) and mutual fund shares (17.5% to 25%). The
      deferred equity-based compensation is intended to build a vested interest
      of the portfolio manager in the financial performance of both Franklin
      Resources and mutual funds advised by the manager. The bonus plan is
      intended to provide a competitive level of annual bonus compensation that
      is tied to the portfolio manager achieving consistently strong investment
      performance, which aligns the financial incentives of the portfolio
      manager and Fund shareholders. The Chief Investment Officer of the manager
      and/or other officers of the manager, with responsibility for the Fund,
      have discretion in the granting of annual bonuses to portfolio managers in
      accordance with Franklin Templeton guidelines. The following factors are
      generally used in determining bonuses under the plan:


          Investment performance. Primary consideration is given to the historic investment performance over the
      o   1, 3 and 5 preceding years of all accounts managed by the portfolio manager. The pre-tax performance of
          each fund managed is measured relative to a relevant peer group and/or
          applicable benchmark as appropriate.


          Non-investment performance. The more qualitative contributions of a portfolio manager to the manager's
      o   business and the investment management team, including professional knowledge, productivity,
          responsiveness to client needs and communication, are evaluated in determining the amount of any bonus
          award.


      o   Responsibilities. The characteristics and complexity of funds managed
          by the portfolio manager are factored in the manager's appraisal.
      Additional long-term equity-based compensation Portfolio managers may also
      be awarded restricted shares or units of Franklin Resources stock or
      restricted shares or units of one or more mutual funds, and options to
      purchase common shares of Franklin Resources stock. Awards of such
      deferred equity-based compensation typically vest over time, so as to
      create incentives to retain key talent.
      Portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans and programs
available generally to all employees of the manager.

FI Large Cap Portfolio, FI Value Leaders Portfolio and FI Mid Cap Opportunities Portfolio
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Accounts Managed

                                      -71-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                                                                        Accounts with respect to which
Name of Portfolio                                                                        the advisory fee is based
Manager and                                                                                       on the
Portfolio Managed                            Other Accounts Managed                     performance of the account
                              ------------------------------------------------------    ----------------------------
                                  Category of          Number of    Total Assets in     Number of     Total Assets in
                               -------------------     Accounts       Accounts in        ccounts i     Accounts in
                              -     Account            Category in     Category         ACategory n     Category
                              ---------------------    ----------   ----------------    -----------   --------------
Ciaran O'Neill,               Registered                       3    $ 1,601,000,000              0              N/A
FI Value Leaders               nvestment companies
Portfolio                     i
                              Other pooled                     4        693,000,000              0              N/A
                              investment vehicles                   $
                              Other accounts                   8    $ 2,149,000,000              0              N/A
Jack Kerivan,                 Registered                       1         96,000,000              0              N/A
FI Large Cap Portfolio        investment
                              companies                             $
                              Other pooled                     4        429,000,000              0              N/A
                              investment vehicles                   $
                              Other accounts                   3    $    74,000,000              0              N/A
Derek Chin,                   Registered                       1         96,000,000              0              N/A
FI Large Cap Portfolio        investment companies                  $
                              Other pooled                     4        429,000,000              0              N/A
                              investment vehicles                   $
                              Other accounts                   3    $    20,000,000              0              N/A
David Rose                     egistered                       0                N/A              0              N/A
FI Mid Cap Opportunities      Rnvestment companies
Portfolio                     i
                              Other pooled                     0                N/A              0              N/A
                              investment vehicles
                              Other accounts                   1          9,000,000              0              N/A

Material Conflicts of Interest
A portfolio managers' compensation plan (described below) may give rise to
potential conflicts of interest. Although investors in a fund may invest through
either tax-deferred accounts or taxable accounts, a portfolio manager's
compensation is linked to the pre-tax performance of the fund, rather than its
after-tax performance. A portfolio managers' base pay tends to
                                      -72-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

increase with additional and more complex responsibilities that include
increased assets under management, and a portion of the bonus relates to
marketing efforts, which together indirectly link compensation to sales. When a
portfolio manager takes over a fund or an account, the time period over which
performance is measured may be adjusted to provide a transition period in which
to assess the portfolio. The management of multiple funds and accounts
(including proprietary accounts) may give rise to potential conflicts of
interest if the funds and accounts have different objectives, benchmarks, time
horizons, and fees as a portfolio managers must allocate their time and
investment ideas across multiple funds and accounts. In addition, a fund's trade
allocation policies and procedures may give rise to conflicts of interest if the
fund's orders do not get fully executed due to being aggregated with those of
other accounts managed by Pyramis or an affiliate. A portfolio managers may
execute transactions for another fund or account that may adversely impact the
value of securities held by the Portfolios. Securities selected for funds or
accounts other than the Portfolios may outperform the securities selected for
the Portfolios. Portfolio managers may be permitted to invest in the funds they
manage, even if a fund is closed to new investors. Trading in personal accounts,
which may give rise to potential conflicts of interest, is restricted by a
fund's Code of Ethics.

Compensation
As of December 31, 2007, portfolio manager compensation generally consists of a
fixed base salary determined periodically (typically annually), a bonus and, in
certain cases, participation in several types of equity-based compensation
plans, and, if applicable, relocation plan benefits. A portion of the portfolio
managers' compensation may be deferred based on criteria established by Pyramis
or at the election of the portfolio manager.

Each portfolio manager's base salary is determined by level of responsibility
and tenure at Pyramis or its affiliates. The primary components of each
portfolio manager's bonus are based on the pre-tax investment performance of the
portfolio manager's fund(s) and account(s) measured against a benchmark index
and within a defined peer group assigned to each fund or account. The pre-tax
investment performance of each portfolio manager's fund(s) and account(s) is
weighted according to the portfolio manager's tenure on those fund(s) and
account(s) and the average asset size of those fund(s) and account(s) over the
portfolio manager's tenure. Each component is calculated separately over the
portfolio manager's tenure on those fund(s) and account(s) over a measurement
period that initially is contemporaneous with the portfolio manager's tenure,
but that eventually encompasses rolling periods of up to five years for the
comparison to a benchmark index, and rolling periods of up to three years for
the comparison to a peer group. A smaller, subjective component of each
portfolio manager's bonus is based on the portfolio manager's overall
contribution to management of Pyramis. The portion of each portfolio manager's
bonus that is linked to the investment performance of his fund is based on the
fund's pre-tax investment performance measured against the benchmark index
identified below for the fund and the fund's pre-tax investment performance
(based on the performance of the fund's Institutional Class) within the peer
groups identified below for the fund. Each portfolio manager also is compensated
under equity-based compensation plans linked to increases or decreases in the
net asset value of the stock of FMR LLC, Pyramis's parent company. FMR LLC is a
diverse financial services company engaged in various activities that include
fund management, brokerage, retirement, and employer administrative services. If
requested to relocate their primary residence, portfolio managers also may be
eligible to receive benefits, such as home sale assistance and payment of
certain moving expenses, under relocation plans for most full-time employees of
FMR LLC and its affiliates. The benchmark index and peer group used for each
portfolio manager listed above are as follows:
      Ciaran O'Neill: Russell 1000 Value Index and Mercer US Equity Large Cap Value Universe
      David Rose: S&P Mid Cap 400 Index and Mercer MidCap Growth Universe
      Derek L. Chin: Russell 1000 Growth Index and Mercer Large Cap Growth Universe
      Jack Kerivan: Russell 1000 Growth Index and Mercer Large Cap Growth Universe

Loomis Sayles Small Cap Portfolio
Other Accounts Managed


                                                                                    ccounts with respect to which the

Name of Portfolio                                                                    advisory fee is based on the
Manager                                   Other Accounts Managed                   A  performance of the account
                              -----------------------------------------------      ---------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -73-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                                                  umber of                        umber    Total
                                                                  ccounts      otal Assets in    N of       Assets
                                                                  ategory       Accounts in       ccounts  in
                            N Category A in Accounts
                                  A ategory in
                                    Category of Account          C        in  T                  C         Category
                             ----------------------------------  ----------   ----------------   --------  ---------
John J. Slavik               Registered investment companies             2    $   289,245,023          0        N/A
                             Other pooled investment vehicles            0                N/A          0        N/A
                             Other accounts                             14    $    54,374,309          0        N/A
Mark F. Burns                Registered investment companies             2    $   289,245,023          0        N/A
                             Other pooled investment vehicles            0                N/A          0        N/A
                             Other accounts                             10    $    54,131,327          0        N/A
Joseph R. Gatz               Registered investment companies             4    $ 1,881,726,407          0        N/A
                             Other pooled investment vehicles            0                N/A          0        N/A
                             Other accounts                             30    $   863,007,805          0        N/A
Daniel G. Thelen             Registered investment companies             4    $ 1,881,726,407          0        N/A
                             Other pooled investment vehicles            0                N/A          0        N/A
                             Other accounts                             44    $   732,350,496          0        N/A

Material Conflicts of Interest
The fact that a portfolio manager manages the Portfolio as well as other
accounts creates the potential for conflicts of interest. A portfolio manager
potentially could give favorable treatment to some accounts for a variety of
reasons, including favoring larger accounts, accounts that pay higher fees,
accounts that pay performance-based fees or accounts of affiliated companies.
Such favorable treatment could lead to more favorable investment opportunities
for some accounts. Loomis Sayles makes investment decisions for all accounts
(including institutional accounts, mutual funds, hedge funds and affiliated
accounts) based on each account's specific investment objectives, guidelines,
restrictions and circumstances and other relevant factors, such as the size of
an available investment opportunity, the availability of other comparable
investment opportunities and
                                      -74-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Loomis Sayles' desire to treat all accounts fairly and equitably over time. In
addition, Loomis Sayles maintains trade allocation and aggregation policies and
procedures to address this potential conflict.

Compensation
Loomis Sayles believes that portfolio manager compensation should be driven
primarily by the delivery of consistent and superior long-term performance for
its clients. Portfolio manager compensation is made up of three main components
- - base salary, variable compensation and a long-term incentive program. Although
portfolio manager compensation is not directly tied to assets under management,
a portfolio manager's base salary and/or variable compensation potential may
reflect the amount of assets for which the manager is responsible relative to
other portfolio managers. Loomis Sayles also offers a profit sharing plan.

Base salary is a fixed amount based on a combination of factors including
industry experience, firm experience, job performance and market considerations.

Variable compensation is an incentive-based component and generally represents a
significant multiple of base salary. It is based on four factors - investment
performance, profit growth of the firm, profit growth of the manager's business
unit and team commitment. Investment performance is the primary component and
generally represents at least 70% of the total for equity managers. The other
three factors are used to determine the remainder of variable compensation,
subject to the discretion of the group's Chief Investment Officer (CIO) and
senior management. The CIO and senior management evaluate these other factors
annually.

While mutual fund performance and asset size do not directly contribute to the
compensation calculation, investment performance for equity managers is measured
by comparing the performance of the firm's institutional composite (pre-tax and
net of fees) in the manager's style to the performance of a customized peer
group and, secondarily, an external benchmark. The benchmarks used for the
investment styles utilized for the Loomis Small Cap Portfolio is the Russell
1000 Value (for the small cap value portion of the Portfolio) and the Russell
1000 Growth (for the small cap growth portion of the Portfolio). The customized
peer group is created by the firm and is made up of institutional managers in
the particular investment style. A manager's relative performance for the 1, 3
and 5 year periods (or since the start of the manager's tenure if shorter) is
used to calculate the amount of variable compensation payable due to
performance. Longer-term performance (3 and 5 years, or since the start of the
managers tenure, if shorter) combined is weighted more than shorter-term
performance (1 year). If a manager is responsible for more than one product, the
rankings of each product are weighted based on relative asset size of accounts
represented in each product.

Loomis Sayles uses the institutional peer groups as the primary measuring stick
for equity managers' performance because it believes they represent the most
competitive universe while closely matching the investment styles offered by the
firm. Loomis Sayles considers the institutional composite an accurate proxy for
the performance of each investment style.

Loomis Sayles has developed and implemented two distinct long-term incentive
plans to attract and retain investment talent. These plans supplement existing
compensation. The first plan has several important components distinguishing it
from traditional equity ownership plans:


      o   the plan grants units that entitle participants to an annual payment based on a percentage of company
          earnings above an established threshold;

      o
          upon retirement a participant will receive a multi-year payout for his or her vested units;

      o
          participation is contingent upon signing an award agreement, which
includes a non-compete covenant.

The second plan is similarly constructed although the participants' annual
participation in company earnings is deferred for three years from the time of
award and is only payable if the portfolio manager remains at Loomis Sayles. In
this plan, there are no post-retirement payments or non-compete covenants.

Senior management expects that the variable compensation portion of overall
compensation will continue to remain the largest source of income for those
investment professionals included in the plan. The plan is initially offered to
portfolio managers and over time the scope of eligibility is likely to widen.
Management has full discretion on what units are issued and to whom.

                                      -75-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Portfolio managers also participate in the Loomis Sayles profit sharing plan, in
which Loomis Sayles makes a contribution to the retirement plan of each employee
based on a percentage of base salary (up to a maximum amount). The portfolio
managers also participate in the Loomis Sayles defined benefit pension plan,
which applies to all Loomis Sayles employees who joined the firm prior to May 3,
2003. The defined benefit is based on years of service and base compensation (up
to a maximum amount).

Neuberger Berman Mid Cap Value Portfolio
Other Accounts Managed


                                                                                        ccounts with respect to which
                                                                                        the advisory fee is based
Name of Portfolio                                                                                 on the
Manager                                     Other Accounts Managed                     Aperformance of the account
                            --------------------------------------------------------   -----------------------------
                                 Category of          Number of    Total Assets in      Number of      Total Assets
                             --------------------     Accounts       Accounts in        ccounts in     in Accounts
                            -      Account            Category in      Category        A Category      in Category
                            ----------------------    ----------   -----------------   -------------   -------------
S. Basu Mullick             Registered                       12    $  8,193,000,000               0             N/A
                            investment companies
                            Other pooled                      0                 N/A               0             N/A
                            investment vehicles
                            Other accounts                    0                 N/A               0             N/A

Material Conflicts of Interest
While the portfolio managers' management of other accounts may give rise to the
conflicts of interest discussed below, Neuberger Berman believes that it has
designed policies and procedures to appropriately address those conflicts. From
time to time, potential conflicts of interest may arise between a portfolio
manager's management of the investments of the Portfolio and the management of
other accounts, which might have similar investment objectives or strategies as
the Portfolio or track the same index the Portfolio tracks. Other accounts
managed by the portfolio managers may hold, purchase, or sell securities that
are eligible to be held, purchased or sold by the Portfolio. The other accounts
might also have different investment objectives or strategies than the
Portfolio.

As a result of the portfolio manager's day-to-day management of the Portfolio,
the portfolio managers know the size, timing and possible market impact of the
Portfolio's trades. While it is theoretically possible that the portfolio
managers could use this information to the advantage of other accounts they
manage and to the possible detriment of the Portfolio, Neuberger Berman has
policies and procedures to address such a conflict.

From time to time, a particular investment opportunity may be suitable for both
the Portfolio and other types of accounts managed by the portfolio manager, but
may not be available in sufficient quantities for both the Portfolio and the
other accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity
to sell an investment held by the Portfolio and another account. Neuberger
Berman has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to fairly
allocate investment opportunities. Typically, when the Portfolio and one or more
of the other Neuberger Berman funds or other accounts managed by Neuberger
Berman are contemporaneously engaged in purchasing or selling the same
securities from or to third parties, transactions are averaged as to price and
allocated, in terms of amount, in accordance with a formula considered to be
equitable to the funds and accounts involved. Although in some cases this
arrangement may have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the
securities as to the Portfolio, in other cases it is believed that the
Portfolio's ability to participate in volume transactions may produce better
executions for it.

                                      -76-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Compensation
A portion of the compensation paid to each portfolio manager is determined by
comparisons to pre-determined peer groups and benchmarks, as opposed to a system
dependent on a percent of management fees. The portfolio managers are paid a
base salary that is not dependent on performance. Each portfolio manager also
has a "target bonus," which is set each year and can be increased or decreased
prior to payment based in part on performance measured against the relevant peer
group and benchmark. Performance is measured on a three-year rolling average in
order to emphasize longer-term performance. There is also a subjective component
to determining the bonus, which consists of the following factors: (i) the
individual's willingness to work with the marketing and sales groups; (ii) his
or her effectiveness in building a franchise; and (iii) client servicing. Senior
management determines this component in appropriate cases. There are additional
components that comprise the portfolio managers' compensation packages,
including: (i) whether the manager was a partner/principal of Neuberger Berman
prior to Neuberger Berman's initial public offering; (ii) for more recent hires,
incentives that may have been negotiated at the time the portfolio manager
joined the Neuberger Berman complex; and (iii) the total amount of assets for
which the portfolio manager is responsible.

Oppenheimer Global Equity Portfolio
Other Accounts Managed


                                                                                        ccounts with respect to which the
Name of Portfolio                                                                      Advisory fee is based on the
Manager                                    Other Accounts Managed                      aperformance of the account
                        -------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
                               Category of Account        Number of  Total Assets in    Number of    Total Assets
                                                           ccounts i   Accounts in      ccounts in   n Accounts in
                                                          ACategory n    Category      ACategory    i  Category
                        -------------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ----------------
Rajeev Bhaman           Registered investment companies           15 $ 23,878,000,000            1  $    39,000,000
                        Other pooled investment vehicles           4 $    775,000,000            0              N/A
                        Other accounts                             2 $    584,000,000            0              N/A

Material Conflicts of Interest
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As indicated above, the portfolio manager also manages other funds. Potentially,
at times, those responsibilities could conflict with the interests of the
Portfolio. That may occur whether the investment strategies of the other fund
are the same as, or different from, the Portfolio's investment objectives and
strategies. For example, the portfolio manager may need to allocate investment
opportunities between the Portfolio and another fund having similar objectives
or strategies, or he may need to execute transactions for another fund that
could have a negative impact on the value of securities held by the Portfolio.
Not all funds advised by Oppenheimer have the same management fee. If the
management fee structure of another fund is more advantageous to Oppenheimer
than the fee structure of the Portfolio, Oppenheimer could have an incentive to
favor the other fund. However, Oppenheimer's compliance procedures and Code of
Ethics recognize Oppenheimer's fiduciary obligations to treat all of its
clients, including the Portfolio, fairly and equitably, and are designed to
preclude the portfolio managers from favoring one client over another. It is
possible, of course, that those compliance procedures and the Code of Ethics may
not always be adequate to do so. At various times, one or more of the
Portfolio's portfolio managers may manage other funds or accounts with
investment objectives and strategies that are similar to those of the Portfolio,
or may manage funds or accounts with investment objectives and strategies that
are different from those of the Portfolio.

Compensation

                                      -77-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

The Portfolio's portfolio manager is employed and compensated by Oppenheimer,
not the Portfolio. Under Oppenheimer's compensation program for its portfolio
managers and portfolio analysts, their compensation is based primarily on the
investment performance results of the funds and accounts they manage, rather
than on the financial success of Oppenheimer. This is intended to align the
portfolio managers' and analysts' interests with the success of the funds and
accounts and their investors. Oppenheimer's compensation structure is designed
to attract and retain highly qualified investment management professionals and
to reward individual and team contributions toward creating shareholder value.
As of December 31, 2006, the portfolio manager's compensation consisted of three
elements: a base salary, an annual discretionary bonus and eligibility to
participate in long-term awards of options and appreciation rights in regard to
the common stock of Oppenheimer's holding company parent. Senior portfolio
managers may also be eligible to participate in Oppenheimer's deferred
compensation plan.

To help Oppenheimer attract and retain talent, the base pay component of the
portfolio manager's compensation is reviewed regularly to ensure that it
reflects the performance of the individual, is commensurate with the
requirements of the particular portfolio, reflects any specific competence or
specialty of the individual manager, and is competitive with other comparable
positions. The annual discretionary bonus is determined by senior management of
Oppenheimer and is based on a number of factors, including a fund's pre-tax
performance for periods of up to five years, measured against an appropriate
benchmark selected by management. Other factors include management quality (such
as style consistency, risk management, sector coverage, team leadership and
coaching) and organizational development. The compensation structure is also
intended to be internally equitable and serve to reduce potential conflicts of
interest between the Portfolio and other funds managed by the portfolio
managers. The compensation structure of the other funds and accounts managed by
the Portfolio Manager is the same as the compensation structure of the
Portfolio, described above.

Capital Guardian U.S. Equity Portfolio
Other Accounts Managed
Under Capital Guardian's multiple portfolio manager system, each portfolio
manager manages a segment of each of the registered investment companies, other
pooled investment vehicles and other accounts noted below. Assets shown in the
table below represent the total net assets of those registered investment
companies, pooled investment vehicles and other accounts and are not indicative
of the total assets of the segments managed by the individual, which would be a
substantially lower amount.


                                                                                            Accounts with respect
                                                                                            to which the advisory
                                                                                             fee is based on the
                                                                                             performance of the
Name of Portfolio Manager                      Other Accounts Managed                              account
                              ---------------------------------------------------------   --------------------------
                                    Category of          Number of    Total Assets in     Number of   Total Assets
                               -----------------------   Accounts       Accounts in       Accounts     in Accounts
                              -       Account            Category in      Category        Category in  in Category
                              -------------------------  ----------   -----------------   ----------  --------------
                              Registered investment             10    $  3,650,000,000            0             N/A
Michael Ericksen              companies
                              Other pooled investment           20      15,660,000,000            0             N/A
                              vehicles                                $
                              Other accounts                   267    $ 85,650,000,000           31   $  18,780,000

                                      -78-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                       egistered investment companies      24      25,070,000      1      1,160,000
David Fisher                          R                                          $                      $
                                      Other pooled investment              29      37,410,000      0            N/A
                                      vehicles                                   $
                                      Other accounts                      263    $ 85,600,000      8    $ 3,590,000
                                       egistered investment companies      12       4,800,000      0            N/A
Theodore Samuels                      R                                          $
                                      Other pooled investment              11       4,280,000      0            N/A
                                      vehicles                                   $
                                      Other accounts                      334    $ 30,240,000      3    $ 1,790,000
                                       egistered investment companies      11       4,250,000      0            N/A
Eric H. Stern                         R                                          $
                                      Other pooled investment               6       1,880,000      0            N/A
                                      vehicles                                   $
                                      Other accounts                       73    $ 14,790,000      2    $ 1,570,000
                                       egistered investment companies       9       3,260,000      0            N/A
Terry Berkemeier                      R                                          $
                                      Other pooled investment              11      10,810,000      0            N/A
                                      vehicles                                   $
                                      Other accounts                      184    $ 52,850,000     18    $ 9,140,000
                                       egistered investment companies      13       7,810,000      0            N/A
Alan J. Wilson                        R                                          $
                                      Other pooled investment               8       2,230,000      0            N/A
                                      vehicles                                   $
                                      Other accounts                       91    $ 24,000,000      4    $ 2,080,000
                                       egistered investment companies      12       4,800,000      0            N/A
Karen Miller                          R                                          $

                                      -79-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                      Other pooled investment             12        2,420,000     0             N/A
                                      vehicles                                   $
                                      Other accounts                     154     $ 48,230,000    17      11,160,000

Material Conflicts of Interest
Capital Guardian has adopted policies and procedures that address potential
conflicts of interest that may arise between a portfolio manager's management of
the fund and his or her management of other funds and accounts, such as
conflicts relating to the allocation of investment opportunities, personal
investing activities, portfolio manager compensation and proxy voting of
portfolio securities. While there is no guarantee that such policies and
procedures will be effective in all cases, Capital Guardian believes that all
issues relating to potential material conflicts of interest involving this
portfolio and its other managed accounts have been addressed.

Compensation
At Capital Guardian, portfolio managers and investment analysts are paid
competitive salaries. In addition, they receive bonuses based on their
individual portfolio results and also may participate in profit-sharing plans.
The relative mix of compensation represented by bonuses, salary and profit
sharing will vary depending on the individual's portfolio results, contributions
to the organization and other factors. In order to encourage a long-term focus,
bonuses based on investment results are calculated by comparing pretax total
returns over a four-year period to relevant benchmarks over both the most recent
year and a four-year rolling average with the greater weight placed on the
four-year rolling average. For portfolio managers, benchmarks include both
measures of the marketplaces in which the relevant fund invests and measures of
the results of comparable mutual funds or consultant universe measures of
comparable institutional accounts. For investment analysts, benchmarks include
both relevant market measures and appropriate industry indexes reflecting their
areas of expertise. The benchmarks used to measure performance of the portfolio
managers for the Capital Guardian U.S. Equity Portfolio include the S&P 500
Index and a customized Growth and Income index based on the Lipper Growth and
Income Index.

MFS Total Return Portfolio and MFS Value Portfolio
Other Accounts Managed


                                                                                        ccounts with respect to which
                                                                                        the advisory fee is based
Name of Portfolio                                                                                 on the
Manager                                     Other Accounts Managed                     Aperformance of the account
                            --------------------------------------------------------   -----------------------------
                            Category of Account      Number of     Total Assets in     Number of      Total Assets in
                                                     Accounts        Accounts in        ccounts i      Accounts in
                                                     Category in      Category         ACategory n      Category
                            ---------------------    ----------   ------------------   -----------    --------------
Brooks A. Taylor,           Registered                       7    $  21,315,008,967             0               N/A
- ------------------------     nvestment companies
MFS Total Return
Portfolio                   i
                            Other pooled                     0                  N/A             0               N/A
                            investment vehicles
                            Other accounts                   0                  N/A             0               N/A

                                      -80-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


Gregory W. Locraft, Jr.,              Registered investment              9         21,913,471,132
MFS Total Return Portfolio            companies
                                      Other pooled investment                                 N/A
                                      vehicles
                                      Other accounts                                          N/A
Steven R. Gorham,                      egistered investment              2         36,601,660,927               N/A
MFS Total Return Portfolio            Rompanies
and MFS Value Portfolio               c                                 2       $                      0
                                      Other pooled investment            3          1,955,071,852               N/A
                                      vehicles                                  $                      0
                                      Other accounts                    22      $  10,481,858,855      0        N/A
Michael W. Roberge,                   Registered investment              0         24,424,410,578               N/A
MFS Total Return Portfolio            companies                         1       $                      0
                                      Other pooled investment            1             94,791,484               N/A
                                      vehicles                                  $                      0
                                      Other accounts                     1      $      32,436,473      0        N/A
Richard O. Hawkins,                   Registered investment              1         23,800,345,421               N/A
MFS Total Return Portfolio            companies                         1       $                      0
                                      Other pooled investment            0                    N/A               N/A
                                      vehicles                                                         0
                                      Other accounts                     1      $      37,201,010      0        N/A
William P. Douglas,                   Registered investment              7         21,315,008,967               N/A
MFS Total Return Portfolio            companies                                 $                      0
                                      Other pooled investment            0                    N/A               N/A
                                      vehicles                                                         0

                                      -81-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                      Other accounts                     0                    N/A      0        N/A
Nevin P. Chitkara,                     egistered investment              2         36,601,660,927               N/A
MFS Total Return Portfolio            Rompanies
and MFS Value Portfolio               c                                 2       $                      0
                                      Other pooled investment            3          1,955,071,852               N/A
                                      vehicles                                  $                      0
                                      Other accounts                    22      $  10,481,858,855      0        N/A

Material Conflicts of Interest
MFS seeks to identify potential conflicts of interest resulting from a portfolio
manager's management of both the Portfolio and other accounts and has adopted
policies and procedures designed to address such potential conflicts.

The management of multiple portfolios and accounts (including proprietary
accounts) may give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the portfolios and
accounts have different objectives and strategies, benchmarks, time horizons and
fees as a portfolio manager must allocate his or her time and investment ideas
across multiple portfolios and accounts. In certain instances there may be
securities which are suitable for the Portfolio as well as for accounts of MFS
or its subsidiaries with similar investment objectives. The Portfolio's trade
allocation policies may give rise to conflicts of interest if the Portfolio's
orders do not get fully executed or are delayed in getting executed due to being
aggregated with those of other accounts of MFS or its subsidiaries. A portfolio
manager may execute transactions for another portfolio or account that may
adversely impact the value of the Portfolio's investments. Investments selected
for portfolios or accounts other than the Portfolio may outperform investments
selected for the Portfolio.

When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of
the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner
believed by MFS to be fair and equitable to each. It is recognized that in some
cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the
security as far as the Portfolio is concerned. In most cases, however, MFS
believes that the Portfolio's ability to participate in volume transactions will
produce better executions for the Portfolio.

MFS does not receive a performance fee for its management of the Portfolio. As a
result, MFS and/or a portfolio manager may have a financial incentive to
allocate favorable or limited opportunity investments or structure the timing of
investments to favor accounts other than the Portfolio--for instance, those that
pay a higher advisory fee and/or have a performance fee.

Compensation
Portfolio manager total cash compensation is a combination of base salary and
performance bonus:
Base Salary - Base salary represents smaller percentage of portfolio manager
total cash compensation (generally below 33%) than incentive compensation.

Performance Bonus - Generally, incentive compensation represents a majority of
portfolio manager total cash compensation. The performance bonus is based on a
combination of quantitative and qualitative factors, with more weight given to
the former (generally over 60%) and less weight given to the latter.

                                      -82-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

The quantitative portion is based on pre-tax performance of all of the accounts
managed by the portfolio manager (which includes the Portfolio and any other
accounts managed by the portfolio manager) over a one-, three-, and five-year
period relative to the appropriate Lipper peer group universe and/or benchmark
index with respect to each account. (Generally the benchmark index used is a
benchmark index set forth in the Portfolio's prospectus to which the Portfolio's
performance is compared. With respect to the portfolios with multiple portfolio
managers, the index used may differ for each portfolio manager, and may not be a
benchmark index set forth in the Portfolio's prospectus, but will be an
appropriate benchmark index based on the respective portfolio manager's role in
managing the Portfolio. Additional or different appropriate peer group or
benchmark indices may also be used. Primary weight is given to portfolio
performance over three-year and five-year time periods with lesser
considerations given to portfolio performance over a one-year period (adjusted
as appropriate if the portfolio manager has served for less than five years)).

The qualitative portion is based on the results of an annual internal peer
review process (conducted by other portfolio managers, analysts and traders) and
management's assessment of overall portfolio manager contributions to investor
relations and the investment process (distinct from portfolio and other account
performance).

Portfolio managers also typically benefit from the opportunity to participate in
the MFS Equity Plan. Equity interests and/or options to acquire equity interests
in MFS or its parent company are awarded by management, on a discretionary
basis, taking into account tenure at MFS, contribution to the investment process
and other factors.

Finally, portfolio managers are provided with a benefits package including a
defined contribution plan, health coverage and other insurance, which are
available to other employees of MFS on substantially similar terms. The
percentage such benefits represent of any portfolio manager's compensation
depends upon the length of the individual's tenure at MFS and salary level as
well as other factors.

Western Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities Portfolio and Western Asset Management U.S. Government Portfolio
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Accounts Managed


                                                                                        Accounts with respect to
                                                                                                  which
                                                                                       he advisory fee is based on
                                                                                                   the
Name of Portfolio Manager                    Other Accounts Managed                   tperformance of the account
                             -------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------
                               Category of Account    Number of    Total Assets in    Number of    Total Assets in
                                                       ccounts i     Accounts in       ccounts i     Accounts in
                                                      ACategory n    Category (1)     ACategory n     Category
                             ------------------------ ----------- ------------------- ----------- ------------------
S. Kenneth Leech,            Registered investment           114  $  121,798,738,637           0                N/A
- --------------------------    ompanies
Strategic Bond
Opportunities Portfolio
and U.S. Government
Portfolio                    c
                             Other pooled                    239     211,995,391,168           0                N/A
                             investment vehicles                  $
                             Other accounts                1,069  $  300,567,840,634          95  $  32,730,534,560
Stephen A. Walsh,            Registered investment           114     121,798,738,637           0                N/A
Strategic Bond               companies                            $

                                      -83-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


Opportunities Portfolio and      Other pooled investment          239      211,995,391,168    0                 N/A
U.S. Government Portfolio        vehicles                               $
                                 Other accounts                 1,069   $  300,567,840,634   95   $  32,730,534,560
Edward A. Moody,                  egistered investment              3          821,445,674    0                 N/A
Strategic Bond Opportunities     Rompanies
Portfolio                        c                                      $
                                 Other pooled investment            1           64,451,154    0                 N/A
                                 vehicles                               $
                                 Other accounts                    88   $   17,049,446,178    8   $   3,137,049,788
Carl L. Eichstaedt,               egistered investment             12        2,810,026,495    0                 N/A
Strategic Bond Opportunities     Rompanies
Portfolio                        c                                      $
                                 Other pooled investment            6        1,841,238,845    0                 N/A
                                 vehicles                               $
                                 Other accounts                    98   $   20,235,499,347    3   $   1,075,804,167
Mark Lindbloom,                   egistered investment              6        2,731,229,151    0                 N/A
Strategic Bond Opportunities      ompanies
Portfolio, U.S. Government       R
Portfolio                        c                                      $
                                 Other pooled investment            3          242,076,056    0                 N/A
                                 vehicles                               $
                                 Other accounts                    32   $    7,188,685,801    4   $   1,302,805,250
Frederick Marki,                 Registered investment              0                    0    0                 N/A
U.S. Government Portfolio        companies                              $
                                 Other pooled investment            4        1,549,004,833    0                 N/A
                                 vehicles                               $
                                 Other accounts                    12   $    2,321,684,539    5   $   1,675,431,272
Michael C. Buchanan,             Registered investment             14        7,812,291,051    0                 N/A
Strategic Bond                   companies                              $

                                      -84-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


Opportunities Portfolio            Other pooled investment            7       5,108,537,965                     N/A
                                   vehicles                                 $                   0
                                   Other accounts                    12     $   816,212,414     1     $  90,076,225
Keith J. Gardner,                   egistered investment              7       1,313,053,046                     N/A
Strategic Bond Opportunities       Rompanies
Portfolio                          c                                        $                   0
                                   Other pooled investment            6       1,375,854,509                     N/A
                                   vehicles                                 $                   0
                                   Other accounts                     1     $    14,640,822     1     $  14,640,822

Note: The numbers above reflect the overall number of portfolios managed by
Western Asset. Mr. Leech and Mr. Walsh are involved in the management of all
Western Asset's portfolios, but they are not solely responsible for particular
portfolios. Western Asset's investment discipline emphasizes a team approach
that combines the efforts of groups of specialists working in different market
sectors. The individuals that have been identified are responsible for
overseeing implementation of Western Asset's overall investment ideas and
coordinating the work of the various sector teams. This structure ensures that
client portfolios benefit from a consensus that draws on the expertise of all
team members.

Material Conflicts of Interest
Western Asset has identified several potential conflicts of interest that could
directly impact client accounts, including the Portfolios of the Fund. For
example, potential conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the
management of multiple portfolios (including portfolios managed in a personal
capacity). These could include potential conflicts of interest related to the
knowledge and timing of an account's trades, investment opportunities and broker
selection. Portfolio managers are privy to the size, timing and possible market
impact of an account's trades.

It is possible that an investment opportunity may be suitable for both a
Portfolio and other accounts managed by a portfolio manager, but may not be
available in sufficient quantities for both the Portfolio and the other accounts
to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an
investment held by a Portfolio and another account. A conflict may arise where
the portfolio manager may have an incentive to treat an account preferentially
as compared to a Portfolio because the account pays a performance-based fee or
the portfolio manager, Western Asset or an affiliate has an interest in the
account. Western Asset has adopted procedures for allocation of portfolio
transactions and investment opportunities across multiple client accounts on a
fair and equitable basis over time. All eligible accounts that can participate
in a trade share the same price on a pro-rata allocation basis to ensure that no
conflict of interest occurs. Trades are allocated among similarly managed
accounts to maintain consistency of investment strategy, taking into account
cash availability, investment restrictions and guidelines, and portfolio
composition versus strategy.

With respect to securities transactions for mutual funds, including the
Portfolios of the Fund, Western Asset determines which broker or dealer to use
to execute each order, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the
transaction. However, with respect to certain other accounts (such as pooled
investment vehicles that are not registered investment companies and other
accounts managed for organizations and individuals), Western Asset may be
limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or dealers or may
be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker or dealer. In these
cases, trades for a Portfolio in a particular security may be placed separately
from, rather than aggregated with, such other accounts. Having separate
transactions with respect to a security may temporarily affect the market price
of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the possible
detriment of an account or the other account(s) involved. Additionally, the
management of multiple Portfolios and/or other accounts may result in a
portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each
Portfolio and/or other account. Western Asset's team approach to portfolio
management and block trading approach works to limit this potential risk.

                                      -85-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

It is theoretically possible that portfolio managers could use information to
the advantage of other accounts they manage and to the possible detriment of a
Portfolio. For example, a portfolio manager could short sell a security for an
account immediately prior to a portfolio's sale of that security. To address
this conflict, Western Asset has adopted procedures for reviewing and comparing
selected trades of alternative investment accounts (which may make directional
trades such as short sales) with long only accounts (which include the
Portfolios) for timing and pattern related issues. Trading decisions for
alternative investment and long only accounts may not be identical even though
the same portfolio manager may manage both types of accounts. Whether Western
Asset allocates a particular investment opportunity to only alternative
investment accounts or to alternative investment and long only accounts will
depend on the investment strategy being implemented. If, under the
circumstances, an investment opportunity is appropriate for both its alternative
investment and long only accounts, then it will be allocated to both on a pro
rata basis.

Western Asset also maintains a gift and entertainment policy to address the
potential for a business contact to give gifts or host entertainment events that
may influence the business judgment of an employee. Employees are permitted to
retain gifts of only a nominal value and are required to make reimbursement for
entertainment events above a certain value. All gifts (except those of a de
minimis value) and entertainment events that are given or sponsored by a
business contact are required to be reported in a gift and entertainment log
which is reviewed on a regular basis for possible issues.

Western Asset may also face other potential conflicts of interest with respect
to managing client assets, and the description above is not a complete
description of every conflict of interest that could be deemed to exist. As a
general matter, Western Asset has adopted compliance policies and procedures to
address a wide range of potential conflicts of interest.

Compensation
With respect to the compensation of portfolio managers, Western Asset's
compensation system assigns each position a total compensation "target" which is
derived from annual market surveys that benchmark each role with their job
function and peer universe. This method is designed to reward employees with
total compensation reflective of the external market value of their skills,
experience, and ability to produce desired results.

Standard compensation includes competitive base salaries, generous employee
benefits, and a retirement plan which includes an employer match and
discretionary profit sharing.

In addition, employees are eligible for bonuses. These are structured to reward
sector specialists for contributions to Western Asset as well as relative
performance of their specific portfolios/products and are determined by the
professional's job function and performance as measured by a formal review
process. All bonuses are completely discretionary.

                                      -86-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


Julius Baer International Stock Portfolio
Other Accounts Managed


                                                                                         Accounts with respect to
                                                                                                  which
                                                                                        the advisory fee is based
                                                                                                  on the
Name of Portfolio Manager                    Other Accounts Managed                     performance of the account
                             --------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------
                              Category of Account      Number of    Total Assets in    Number of   Total Assets in
                                                       Accounts       Accounts in      Accounts      Accounts in
                                                       Category in     Category        Category in     Category
                             -----------------------   ----------  ------------------  ----------  -----------------
Rudolph-Riad Younes          Registered investment            10   $  40,969,778,798           0                N/A
                             companies
                             Other pooled                     11       9,559,858,660           0                N/A
                             investment vehicles                   $
                             Other accounts                   83   $  21,316,852,289           3   $  1,742,103,525
Richard Pell                 Registered investment            10      41,785,986,435           0                N/A
                             companies                             $
                             Other pooled                     11       9,519,181,124           0                N/A
                             investment vehicles                   $
                             Other accounts                   78   $  20,794,809,209           3   $  1,742,103,525

Material Conflicts of Interest
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Messrs. Younes and Pell, the portfolio managers of Julius Baer International
Stock Portfolio, share in the profits of JBIM. As a result, there is a potential
conflict of interest in that these portfolio managers may have an incentive to
allocate securities preferentially to accounts where JBIM might share in
investment gains. In addition, Messrs. Younes and Pell may have an incentive to
allocate securities preferentially to the accounts for which JBIM receives
higher investment advisory fees based on the assets under management.

In order to address these potential conflicts that exist for Messrs. Pell and
Younes to allocate securities preferentially to the accounts for which JBIM
receives higher investment advisory fees, JBIM has adopted investment
decision-making and trade allocation policies and procedures are designed to
ensure that none of JBIM's clients are unfairly disadvantaged in JBIM's
management of accounts. Additionally, JBIM's internal controls are tested as
part of the firm's Compliance Monitoring Program.

Compensation
Portfolio manager compensation consists of salary, profit-sharing and deferred
compensation, which are fixed, and a performance-based bonus. Portfolio managers
are also eligible to participate in an employee stock purchase plan,
pension/401(k) plans and retirement plans.

                                      -87-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

In addition to participating in the annual revenues generated by their division
through profit-sharing, Messrs. Younes and Pell receive an equity-like interest
in the division's enterprise value. These components of the compensation program
are designed to reward the managers' long-term performance.

Index Portfolios, Zenith Equity Portfolio, and Asset Allocation Portfolios
Other Accounts Managed - Index Portfolios


                                                                                           ccounts with respect to
                                                                                           hich the advisory fee is
Name of Portfolio Manager                                                                 Aased on the performance
and                                                                                       w          of
Portfolio(s) managed                           Other Accounts Managed                     b      the account
                              ---------------------------------------------------------   --------------------------
                                    Category of           Number of    Total Assets in    Number of    Total Assets in
                               -----------------------    Accounts       Accounts in      Accounts      ccounts in
                              -       Account             Category in     Category        Category in  A Category
                              -------------------------   ----------   ----------------   ----------   -------------
Stacey Lituchy,               Registered investment               1    $    89,000,000            0             N/A
                               ompanies
MetLife Stock Index
Portfolio, MetLife Mid
Cap Stock Index
Portfolio, Russell 2000
Index Portfolio, Morgan
Stanley EAFE Index
Portfolio, Lehman
Brothers Aggregate Bond
Index Portfolio               c
                              Other pooled investment            21      9,301,000,000            0             N/A
                              vehicles                                 $
                              Other accounts                      1    $   597,000,000            0             N/A
Norman Hu                      egistered investment               1         89,000,000            0             N/A
                               ompanies
MetLife Stock Index
Portfolio, MetLife Mid
Cap Stock Index
Portfolio, Russell 2000
Index Portfolio, Morgan
Stanley EAFE Index            R
Portfolio                     c                                        $
                              Other pooled investment            11      4,451,000,000            0             N/A
                              vehicles                                 $
                              Other accounts                      0                N/A            0             N/A
Mirsad Usejnoski               egistered investment               1         89,000,000            0             N/A
                              Rompanies
MetLife Stock                 c                                        $

                                      -88-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


Index Portfolio, MetLife Mid Cap         ther pooled investment              1        4,451,000,000             N/A
Stock Index Portfolio, Russell           ehicles
2000 Index Portfolio, Morgan            O
Stanley EAFE Index Portfolio            v                                   1       $                   0
                                        Other accounts                       0                  N/A     0       N/A
Tresa Lau,                               egistered investment companies      0                  N/A             N/A

Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond
Index Portfolio                         R                                                               0
                                        Other pooled investment              0        4,850,000,000             N/A
                                        vehicles                            1       $                   0
                                        Other accounts                       1      $   597,000,000     0       N/A
Tomas Cambara,                           egistered investment companies      0                  N/A             N/A

Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond
Index Portfolio                         R                                                               0
                                        Other pooled investment              0        4,850,000,000             N/A
                                        vehicles                            1       $                   0
                                        Other accounts                       1      $   597,000,000     0       N/A

Material Conflicts of Interest - Index Portfolios
MLIAC is not aware of any material conflicts of interest that may arise in
connection with the portfolio managers' management of the Index Portfolios and
the investments of the other accounts included in the table above. All accounts
are index funds and are managed as such.

                                      -89-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


Other Accounts Managed - Asset Allocation Portfolios and Zenith Equity Portfolio


                                                                                           ccounts with respect to
                                                                                           hich the advisory fee is
Name of Portfolio                                                                         Aased on the performance
Manager and                                                                               w          of
Portfolios managed                            Other Accounts Managed                      b      the account
                              --------------------------------------------------------    --------------------------
                                   Category of         Number of     Total Assets in      Number of    Total Assets in
                               --------------------     ccounts i      Accounts in        Accounts      ccounts in
                              -      Account           ACategory n       Category         Category in  A Category
                              ----------------------   -----------   -----------------    ----------   -------------
Elizabeth M. Forget,          Registered                        5    $ 18,806,793,820             0             N/A
                               nvestment companies
Asset Allocation
Portfolios and Zenith
Equity Portfolio              i
                              Other pooled                      0                 N/A             0             N/A
                              investment vehicles
                              Other accounts                    0                 N/A             0             N/A
Alan Leland,                   egistered                        5      18,806,793,820             0             N/A
                               nvestment companies
Asset Allocation
Portfolios and Zenith         R
Equity Portfolio              i                                      $
                              Other pooled                      0                 N/A             0             N/A
                              investment vehicles
                              Other accounts                    0                 N/A             0             N/A
Darrel A. Olson,               egistered                        5      18,806,793,820             0             N/A
                               nvestment companies
Asset Allocation
Portfolios and Zenith         R
Equity Portfolio              i                                      $
                              Other pooled                      0                 N/A             0             N/A
                              investment vehicles
                              Other accounts                    0                 N/A             0             N/A
John F. Guthrie, Jr.,          egistered                        5      18,806,793,820             0             N/A
                              Rnvestment companies
Asset Allocation              i                                      $

                                      -90-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


Portfolios and Zenith Equity          Other pooled investment                                 N/A               N/A
Portfolio                             vehicles                           0                             0
                                      Other accounts                     0                    N/A      0        N/A
Thomas C. McDevitt,                    egistered investment                        18,806,793,820               N/A
                                       ompanies
Asset Allocation Portfolios           R
and Zenith Equity Portfolio           c                                  5      $                      0
                                      Other pooled investment                                 N/A               N/A
                                      vehicles                           0                             0
                                      Other accounts                     0                    N/A      0        N/A
Jeffrey L. Bernier,                    egistered investment                        18,806,793,820               N/A
                                       ompanies
Asset Allocation Portfolios           R
and Zenith Equity Portfolio           c                                  5      $                      0
                                      Other pooled investment                                 N/A               N/A
                                      vehicles                           0                             0
                                      Other accounts                     0                    N/A      0        N/A

Compensation - Index Portfolios, Zenith Equity Portfolio and Asset Allocation Portfolios
The portfolio managers for the Index Portfolios, Zenith Equity Portfolio, and
Asset Allocation Portfolios are compensated following MetLife's compensation
methodology, which applies to all employees. Employees receive a salary and are
eligible to receive an incentive bonus. The portfolio managers receive a
majority of their compensation in the form of base salary. The size of the
incentive pool is based on various factors, including MetLife-wide performance
and business unit performance. The bonus for each individual is based on a
number of qualitative and quantitative performance factors. These factors
include performance versus individual goals and objectives, judgment,
communications skills, innovation and teamwork. Years of experience and level of
responsibility also are factors in determining bonus size. This bonus is not
tied directly to the performance of Portfolios or the other accounts included in
the tables above. All employees are eligible for participation in MetLife's
retirement plan, which applies to all company employees.

The portfolio managers who are officers of MetLife are eligible to participate
in its deferred compensation program, which allows officers to elect to defer a
portion of their total annual compensation. Certain senior officers of MetLife
are also eligible to receive Long-Term Incentive payments (LTIs). LTIs may be
comprised of stock options, performance shares and cash. They give eligible
employees a stake in MetLife's long-term performance as well as providing such
employees with an opportunity for significant financial gain when MetLife
experiences financial success. Stock options are granted to eligible employees
on an annual basis and provide the potential for financial gain, without
personal investment, equal to the increase in the price of MetLife stock from
the price on the date of grant. Eligible employees have a ten-year exercise
period for vested options. Performance shares are awarded to certain senior
officers as part of a three-year plan. At the end of the three-year period, the
number of shares awarded is adjusted up or down based on business performance
over the period. The primary performance measures are total shareholder return
and operating earnings per share. Adjusted performance share awards can range
from zero to 200% of the original grant.

                                      -91-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                             DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

      MetLife Investors Distribution Company (the "Distributor"), located at 5
Park Plaza, Irvine, CA 92614, is the Fund's distributor. From April 30, 2007 to
August 31, 2007, the Fund's distributor was MetLife Securities, Inc. ("MetLife
Securities"), and prior to April 30, 2007, the Fund's distributor was MetLife
(together with MetLife Securities, the "Prior Distributors"). Both the
Distributor and the Prior Distributors are affiliates of the Fund. Under a
Distribution Agreement with the Fund, the Distributor serves as the general
distributor of shares of each class of each Portfolio, which are sold at the net
asset value of such class without any sales charge. The offering of each
Portfolio's shares is continuous. Shares are offered for sale only to certain
insurance company separate accounts and Qualified Plans. The Distributor
receives no compensation from the Fund or purchasers of a Portfolio's shares for
acting as distributor of the Fund's Class A shares. The Distribution Agreement
does not obligate the Distributor to sell a specific number of shares.

      In the future, the Fund may offer shares to be purchased by separate
accounts of life insurance companies not affiliated with MetLife to support
insurance contracts they issue.

The following is a description of the Distribution and Services Plan for the
Fund:

      Pursuant to a Class B, Class D, Class E and Class F Distribution and
Services Plan (the "Distribution and Services Plan") adopted under Rule 12b-1
under the 1940 Act for the Portfolios, the Fund may pay the Distributor a fee
(the "Service Fee") at an annual rate not to exceed 0.25% of each such
Portfolio's average daily net assets attributable to the Class B, Class D, Class
E and Class F shares. The Distributor may pay all or any portion of the Service
Fee in respect of Class B, Class D, Class E or Class F shares of any Portfolio
to insurance companies, securities dealers or other financial intermediaries
(including, but not limited to, any affiliate of the Distributor) as service
fees pursuant to agreements with such organizations for providing personal
services to investors in such class and/or the maintenance of shareholder and
contract owner accounts, and may retain all or any portion of the Service Fee in
respect of such class as compensation for providing personal services to
investors in such class and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts.

      The Distribution and Services Plan also authorizes each Portfolio to pay
to the Distributor a distribution fee (the "Distribution Fee" and together with
the Service Fee, the "Fees") at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the Portfolio's
average daily net assets attributable to the Class B, Class D, Class E and Class
F shares in consideration of the services rendered in connection with the sale
of such shares by the Distributor. The Distributor may pay all or any portion of
the Distribution Fee in respect of Class B, Class D, Class E and Class F shares
of any Portfolio to insurance companies, securities dealers or other financial
intermediaries (including, but not limited to, any affiliate of the Distributor)
as commissions, asset-based sales charges or other compensation with respect to
the sale of shares of such class, and may retain all or any portion of the
Distribution Fee in respect of such class as compensation for the Distributor's
services as principal underwriter of the shares of such class.

      Under the Distribution Agreement, Fees are currently paid at an annual
rate of 0.25% of average daily net assets in the case of Class B shares, 0.10%
of average daily net assets in the case of Class D shares, 0.15% of average
daily net assets in the case of Class E shares and 0.20% of average daily net
assets in the case of Class F shares.

      The Distribution and Services Plan (the "Plan") is what is known as a
"compensation plan" because the Fund makes payments to the Distributor for
services rendered regardless of the actual level of expenditures by the
Distributor. The Board of Directors of the Fund will take into account the level
of expenditures in connection with their annual consideration of whether to
renew the Plan. The fees payable with respect to a particular class of a
Portfolio may not be used to subsidize the distribution of shares of, or
provision of shareholder services to, any other class of any Portfolio. Subject
to the foregoing sentence, some or all of the fees paid to the Distributor may
be spent on any activities or expenses primarily intended to result in the sale
of Class B, Class D, Class E and Class F shares, including but not limited to
the following:

      a) printing and mailing of prospectuses, statements of additional
     information and reports for prospective ( purchasers of variable annuity or
     variable life insurance contracts ("Variable Contracts") investing
          indirectly in a class of shares of the Fund;

                                      -92-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

     (b)  the development, preparation, printing and mailing of Fund
          advertisements, sales literature and other promotional materials
          describing and/or relating to the Fund;

     (c)  holding seminars and sales meetings designed to promote the
          distribution of the Class B, Class D, Class E or Class F shares;

      d) obtaining information and providing explanations to Variable Contract
     owners regarding Fund investment ( objectives and policies and other
     information about the Fund and its Portfolios, including the
          performance of the Portfolios;

     (e)  training sales personnel regarding the Fund;

     (f)  compensating sales personnel in connection with the allocation of cash values and premiums of the
          Variable Contracts to the Fund;

     (g)  personal services and/or maintenance of Variable Contract owner
          accounts with respect to Class B, Class D, Class E or Class F shares
          attributable to such accounts;

     (h)  compensation to and expenses of employees of the Distributor, including overhead and telephone expenses,
          who engage in the distribution of a class of shares; and

     (i)  compensation to financial intermediaries and broker-dealers to pay or
          reimburse them for their services or expenses in connection with the
          distribution of Variable Contracts.

      The Board of Directors, including the directors who are not "interested
persons" (as defined in the 1940 Act) (the "Independent Directors") and who have
no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or in any
agreements relating to the Plan ("Qualified Directors"), has determined, in the
exercise of its reasonable business judgment, that the Plan is reasonably likely
to benefit the Fund and its Class B, Class D, Class E and Class F shareholders
and has approved the Plan's adoption. The Fund anticipates that the Plan will
enhance the sales of Class B, Class D, Class E shares and Class F shares and
increase or help to maintain the assets of each Portfolio, which over time, may
allow the Class B, Class D, Class E and Class F shareholders and beneficial
owners to benefit from certain economies of scale with respect to fixed costs of
the Portfolio.

      The Plan and any related agreement that is entered into by the Fund in
connection with the Plan will continue in effect for a period of more than one
year only so long as the continuance is specifically approved at least annually
by a vote of the majority of the Fund's Board of Directors, including a majority
of the Qualified Directors, or, with respect to any class by a vote of the
outstanding voting securities of that class, cast in person at a meeting called
for the purpose of voting on the Plan or any such related agreement. Also, the
Plan and any such related agreement may be terminated, with respect to any
class, at any time by vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of that class
of that Portfolio or by vote of a majority of the Qualified Directors. The Plan
also provides that it may not be amended, with respect to any class of any
Portfolio, to increase materially the amount of fees payable thereunder without
the approval of such class of shares.

      The table below shows the amount paid by each Portfolio to the Distributor
and the Prior Distributors pursuant to the Plan for the year ended December 31,
2007:


                                                                                                       Total Fees Paid
                                                                                                            to
                                                                                                       Distributor
                                                                                                        and Prior
Portfolio                                                                                              Distributors
                                                                                                       -------------
                                                                                                       $    372,032
BlackRock Aggressive Growth

BlackRock Bond Income                                                                                  $  1,203,607

BlackRock Diversified                                                                                  $    278,634

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -93-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                                                                                       Total Fees Paid
                                                                                                            to
                                                                                                       Distributor
                                                                                                        and Prior
Portfolio                                                                                              Distributors
                                                                                                       -------------
                                                                                                       $    550,037
BlackRock Large Cap Value

BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth                                                                      $    195,185

BlackRock Money Market                                                                                 $  1,164,888

BlackRock Strategic Value                                                                              $  4,798,470

Capital Guardian U.S. Equity                                                                           $    289,286

Davis Venture Value                                                                                    $  3,029,864

FI Large Cap (a)                                                                                       $     13,367

FI Mid Cap Opportunities                                                                               $    247,534

FI Value Leaders                                                                                       $    584,848

Franklin Templeton Small Cap Growth                                                                    $    193,037

Harris Oakmark Focused Value                                                                           $  1,966,509

Jennison Growth                                                                                        $    746,689

Julius Baer International Stock                                                                        $    375,907

Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index                                                                   $  1,567,297

Loomis Sayles Small Cap                                                                                $    317,036

MetLife Aggressive Allocation                                                                          $    296,825

MetLife Conservative Allocation                                                                        $    243,812

MetLife Conservative/Moderate Allocation                                                               $  1,062,732

MetLife Mid Cap Stock Index                                                                            $    568,750

MetLife Moderate Allocation                                                                            $  3,055,786

MetLife Moderate/Aggressive Allocation                                                                 $  3,138,546

MetLife Stock Index                                                                                    $  3,107,368

MFS Total Return                                                                                       $  3,439,414

MFS Value*                                                                                                      N/A

Morgan Stanley EAFE Index                                                                              $    799,427

Neuberger Berman Mid Cap Value                                                                         $  1,015,361

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -94-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                                                                                       Total Fees Paid
                                                                                                            to
                                                                                                       Distributor
                                                                                                        and Prior
Portfolio                                                                                              Distributors
                                                                                                       -------------
                                                                                                       $    738,895
Oppenheimer Global Equity

Russell 2000 Index                                                                                     $    501,138

T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth                                                                         $    760,770

T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth                                                                         $    152,601

Western Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities                                                  $    750,807

Western Asset Management U.S. Government                                                               $    673,120

Zenith Equity*                                                                                                  N/A

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*  There were no Class B, Class D, Class E or Class F shares of MIST MFS Value
   Predecessor or the Zenith Equity Portfolio outstanding during the year ended
   December 31, 2007.

      The amounts received by the Distributor and Prior Distributors have been
used (and the amounts to be received by the Distributor are expected to be used)
to defray various costs incurred or paid by the Distributor or Prior
Distributors in connection with personal services to and/or the maintenance of
shareholder and contract owner accounts, commissions, the printing and mailing
of Fund prospectuses, statements of additional information and any supplements
thereto and shareholder reports, and holding seminars and sales meetings with
wholesale and retail sales personnel designed to promote the distribution of
Class B, Class D, Class E and Class F shares.

                                 OTHER SERVICES

Custodial Arrangements. State Street Bank and Trust Company ("State Street
Bank"), 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, is the Fund's
custodian and fund accounting agent. As such, State Street Bank holds in
safekeeping certificated securities and cash belonging to each Portfolio and, in
such capacity, is the registered owner of securities held in book-entry form
belonging to the Portfolio. Upon instruction, State Street Bank receives and
delivers cash and securities of the Portfolios in connection with Portfolio
transactions and collects all dividends and other distributions made with
respect to Portfolio securities. State Street Bank also maintains certain
accounts and records of the Fund and calculates the total net asset value, total
net income and net asset value per share of each class of each Portfolio on a
daily basis.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. The Board of Directors annually
approves an independent registered public accounting firm. Deloitte & Touche LLP
("D&T"), 200 Berkeley Street, Boston, MA 02116, the Fund's independent
registered public accounting firm, assists in the preparation of federal and
state income tax returns and consults with the Fund as to matters of accounting
and federal and state income taxation. The Fund's financial statements for the
year ended December 31, 2007, and D&T's report thereon, are incorporated by
reference into this SAI. Such financial statements have been audited by D&T.

Portfolio Consultant. For each Asset Allocation Portfolio, MetLife Advisers has
hired Standard & Poor's Investment Advisory Services, LLC ("SPIAS") to provide
research and consulting services with respect to the periodic asset allocation
targets for the Portfolio and investments in the Underlying Portfolios, which
may assist MetLife Advisers in determining the Underlying Portfolios that may be
available for investment and the selection and allocation of the Portfolio's
investments among the Underlying Portfolios. MetLife Advisers pays consulting
fees to SPIAS for these services.

                                      -95-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                      PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

      Some of the Fund's portfolio transactions are placed with brokers and
dealers who provide the investment adviser or subadvisers with supplementary
investment and statistical information or furnish market quotations to the Fund
or other investment companies advised by the investment adviser or subadvisers.
Although it is not possible to assign an exact dollar value to these services,
they may, to the extent used, tend to reduce the expenses of the investment
adviser or subadvisers. The services may also be used by the investment adviser
or subadvisers in connection with their other advisory accounts and in some
cases may not be used with respect to the Fund.

      The Asset Allocation Portfolios invest primarily in the Underlying
Portfolios and do not incur commissions or sales charges in connection with
investments in the Underlying Portfolios. However, the Asset Allocation
Portfolios bear such costs indirectly through their investment in the Underlying
Portfolios. Similarly, Zenith Equity bears such costs indirectly through its
investment in the Zenith Underlying Portfolios. Accordingly, the following
description is relevant for the Asset Allocation Portfolios, Zenith Equity and
the Underlying Portfolios.

Fixed-Income Portfolio Transactions. Although from time to time a Portfolio
might pay a commission on a transaction involving a debt security, such
transactions are generally conducted directly with a dealer or other
counterparty (principal transactions), and no commission is paid. Rather, an
undisclosed amount of "mark-up" is included in the price paid for the security.
As a result, a Portfolio that invests mainly in debt securities will typically
have lower brokerage commissions, although not necessarily lower transaction
costs than a Portfolio that invests mainly in equity securities.

It is expected that certain portfolio transactions of BlackRock Bond Income,
BlackRock Diversified, BlackRock Money Market, Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond
Index, MFS Total Return, Western Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities
and Western Asset Management U.S. Government in bonds, notes and money market
instruments will generally be principal transactions with issuers or dealers.

Equity Portfolio (Common Stock) Transactions. In placing orders for the purchase
and sale of portfolio securities, each subadviser of BlackRock Aggressive
Growth, BlackRock Strategic Value, BlackRock Diversified, BlackRock Legacy Large
Cap Growth, BlackRock Large Cap Value, Capital Guardian U.S. Equity, Davis
Venture Value, Franklin Templeton Small Cap Growth, FI Large Cap, FI Mid Cap
Opportunities, FI Value Leaders, Harris Oakmark Focused Value, Jennison Growth,
Julius Baer International Stock, Loomis Sayles Small Cap, MetLife Mid Cap Stock
Index, MetLife Stock Index, MFS Total Return, MFS Value, Morgan Stanley EAFE
Index, Neuberger Berman Mid Cap Value, Oppenheimer Global Equity, Russell 2000
Index, T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth and T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth selects
only brokers which it believes are financially responsible, will provide
efficient and effective services in executing, clearing and settling an order
and will charge commission rates or prices which, when combined with the quality
of the foregoing services, will produce best execution for the transaction. In
the case of equity securities, this does not necessarily mean that the lowest
available brokerage commission will be paid. Such Portfolios' subadvisers will
use their best efforts to obtain information as to the general level of
commission rates being charged by the brokerage community from time to time and
will evaluate the overall reasonableness of brokerage commissions paid on
transactions by reference to such data. In making such evaluation, all factors
affecting liquidity and execution of the order, as well as the amount of the
capital commitment by the broker in connection with the order, are taken into
account.

      A subadviser may cause a Portfolio it manages to pay a broker-dealer that
provides brokerage and research services an amount of commission for effecting a
securities transaction for a Portfolio in excess of the amount another
broker-dealer would have charged effecting that transaction. The subadviser must
determine in good faith that such greater commission is reasonable in relation
to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by the executing
broker-dealer viewed in terms of that particular transaction or the subadviser's
overall responsibilities to the Fund and its other clients. A subadviser's
authority to cause a Portfolio it manages to pay such greater commissions is
also subject to such policies as the Directors of the Fund may adopt from time
to time.

      The following services may be considered by subadvisers when selecting
brokers:

      o   Recommendations and advice about market projections and data, security
          values, asset allocation and portfolio evaluation, purchasing or
          selling specific securities, and portfolio strategy;

                                      -96-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

o
     Seminars, information, analyses, and reports concerning companies,
     industries, securities, trading markets and methods, legislative and
     political developments, changes in accounting practices and tax law,
     economic and business trends, proxy voting, issuer credit-worthiness,
     technical charts and portfolio strategy;

o
     Access to research analysts, corporate management personnel, industry
     experts, economists, government representatives, technical market
     measurement services and quotation services, and comparative performance
     evaluation;

o
     Products and other services including financial publications, reports and
     analysis, electronic access to data bases and trading systems, software,
     information and accessories; and

o
     Statistical and analytical data relating to various investment companies,
     including historical performance, expenses and fees, and risk measurements.

      Research services provided by brokers through which a subadviser effects
securities transactions on behalf of a Portfolio may be used by the subadviser
in servicing all of its accounts. Therefore, not all of these services may be
used by the subadviser in connection with the Fund.

      The following table shows the brokerage commissions paid by the Fund
(unless otherwise indicated) for each of the Portfolios listed below for the
years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007:



Portfolio                                                                        2005         2006         2007
                                                                              ------------ ------------ ------------
                                                                              $ 1,995,398  $ 1,880,096  $ 1,291,090
BlackRock Aggressive Growth

BlackRock Bond Income                                                         $    48,651  $    93,080  $   120,828

BlackRock Diversified                                                         $ 1,584,487  $   950,269  $   434,745

BlackRock Large Cap Value                                                     $   174,939  $   151,463  $   255,197

BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth                                             $ 1,068,435  $ 1,143,600  $   927,195

BlackRock Money Market                                                                N/A          N/A          N/A

BlackRock Strategic Value                                                     $ 5,930,728  $ 4,212,769  $ 3,367,238

Capital Guardian U.S. Equity                                                  $   298,566  $   282,800  $   359,491

Davis Venture Value                                                           $   688,681  $   725,900  $   953,322

FI Large Cap (a)                                                              $ 1,224,059  $ 1,058,077  $ 1,278,487

FI Mid Cap Opportunities                                                      $ 3,656,726  $ 2,660,281  $ 2,041,067

FI Value Leaders                                                              $ 1,308,436  $ 1,730,905  $ 1,196,617

Franklin Templeton Small Cap Growth                                           $   166,727  $   258,281  $   261,564

Harris Oakmark Focused Value                                                  $ 1,023,715  $ 2,106,643  $ 1,767,049

Jennison Growth                                                               $ 1,127,528  $ 1,567,463  $ 1,584,449

Julius Baer International Stock                                               $ 1,046,525  $ 1,346,353  $ 1,567,712

Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index                                                  N/A          N/A          N/A

Loomis Sayles Small Cap                                                       $ 1,411,841  $   849,303  $   801,980

MetLife Mid Cap Stock Index                                                           N/A  $    28,570  $    19,079

MetLife Stock Index                                                           $    33,519  $    70,948  $    70,208

MFS Total Return                                                              $   355,723  $ 1,068,245  $ 1,553,486

MFS Value (b)                                                                 $    39,281  $    51,925  $    53,715

Morgan Stanley EAFE Index                                                     $   179,008  $   116,664  $   131,056

Neuberger Berman Mid Cap Value                                                $   826,818  $ 1,242,026  $ 2,079,200

Oppenheimer Global Equity                                                     $   219,685  $   826,937  $   386,210

Russell 2000 Index                                                            $    63,667  $    78,324  $   102,242

T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth                                                $   309,267  $   537,112  $   751,014

T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth                                                $   289,970  $   339,363  $   228,442

Western Asset Management Strategic Bond Opportunities                         $    14,408  $    93,986  $   196,214

Western Asset Management U.S. Government                                      $    25,351  $    54,215  $   228,565

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -97-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents



Zenith Equity                                                                         N/A          N/A          N/A

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a)  Amount shown for 2005, as well as $192,892 of the amount shown for 2006,
     are for the TST FI Large Cap Predecessor.
(b)  Amounts shown are for the MIST MFS Value Predecessor.

      Differences between the amount of brokerage commissions paid by a
Portfolio during the most recent fiscal year and the amount paid during the two
previous years may be due to fluctuations in subscriptions and redemptions,
volatility of the relevant market or the repositioning of securities holdings
following a change in the Portfolio's subadviser or a Portfolio merger.

      For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007, the following Portfolios
paid commissions to brokers because of research services provided: BlackRock
Aggressive Growth paid $899,474 based on related transactions of $809,335,743;
BlackRock Diversified paid $1,054 based on related transactions of $445,522;
BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth paid $669,155 based on related transactions of
$717,045,839; BlackRock Strategic Value paid $2,324,416 based on related
transactions of $1,372,309,353; FI Large Cap paid $1,278,486 based on related
transactions of $2,508,297,621; FI Mid Cap Opportunities paid $2,040,700 based
on related transactions of $2,334,502,621; FI Value Leaders paid $61,613 based
on related transactions of $136,672,467; Franklin Templeton Small Cap Growth
paid $87,169 based on related transactions of $184,624,396; Harris Oakmark
Focused Value paid $271,301 based on related transactions of $453,392,195;
Jennison Growth paid $324,370 based on related transactions of $321,646,911;
Julius Baer International Stock paid $1,585,896 based on related transactions of
$1,624,358,638; Loomis Sayles Small Cap paid $802,213 based on related
transactions of $627,657,025; MFS Total Return paid $226,100 based on related
transactions of $217,101,314; MFS Value Fund paid $28,134 based on related
transactions of $31,021,944 (commissions paid by the MIST MFS Value
Predecessor); T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth paid $167,338 based on related
transactions of $186,028,398; and T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth paid $37,567
based on related transactions of $27,423,666.

      The Board of Directors has adopted policies which authorize each
subadviser to place trades, consistent with best execution, with certain brokers
that have agreed to apply a portion of their commissions with respect to a
Portfolio to that Portfolio's expenses.

      The Board of Directors has also approved procedures in conformity with
Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act whereby a Portfolio may purchase securities that
are offered in underwritings in which an affiliate of that Portfolio's
subadviser participates. These procedures prohibit a Portfolio from directly or
indirectly benefiting a subadviser affiliate in connection with such
underwritings. In addition, for underwritings where a subadviser affiliate
participates as a principal underwriter, certain restrictions may apply that
could, among other things, limit the amount of securities that the Portfolio
could purchase in the underwritings.

Affiliated Brokerage
      A Portfolio may pay brokerage commissions to an affiliated broker for
acting as the respective Portfolio's agent on purchases and sales of securities
for the portfolio of the Portfolio. The Directors of the Fund, including those
who are not "interested persons" of the Fund, have adopted procedures for
evaluating the reasonableness of commissions paid to affiliated brokers and will
review these procedures periodically.

      For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006, BlackRock Aggressive Growth
paid $15,604 in brokerage commissions to Merrill Lynch, an affiliated broker.
There were no affiliated brokerage transactions in 2005 and 2007.

      For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006, BlackRock Large Cap Value
paid $3,925 in brokerage commissions to Merrill Lynch, an affiliated broker.
There were no affiliated brokerage transactions in 2005 and 2007.

      For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, BlackRock Legacy
Large Cap Growth paid $18,650 and $1,056, respectively, in brokerage commissions
to Merrill Lynch, an affiliated broker. For the fiscal year ended December 31,
2007, 0.11% of the Portfolio's aggregate brokerage commissions were paid to this
broker and 0.23% of the Portfolio's aggregate dollar amount of transactions
involving the payment of commissions was effected through this broker. There
were no affiliated brokerage transactions in 2005.

                                      -98-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006, BlackRock Strategic Value
paid $80,827 to Merrill Lynch, an affiliated broker. There were no affiliated
brokerage transactions in 2005 in 2007.

      For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, Julius Baer International
Stock paid $549 in brokerage commissions to Fidelity Capital Markets, an
affiliated broker of the former subadviser to the Portfolio. For the fiscal
years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, the Portfolio paid $84 and $20,
respectively, in brokerage commissions to National Financial Services LLC, an
affiliated broker of the former subadviser to the Portfolio. For the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2007, 0.001% of the Portfolio's aggregate brokerage
commissions were paid to this broker and 0.025% of the Portfolio's aggregate
dollar amount of transactions involving the payment of commissions was effected
through this broker.

      For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, FI Large Cap and
the TST FI Large Cap Predecessor (for purposes of this paragraph only,
collectively, the "Portfolio") paid $4,853 and $4,211, respectively, in
brokerage commissions to National Financial Services LLC, an affiliated broker.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, 0.37% of the Portfolio's aggregate
brokerage commissions were paid to this broker and 0.71% of the Portfolio's
aggregate dollar amount of transactions involving the payment of commissions was
effected through this broker.

      For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, FI Mid Cap Opportunities paid
$35,048 in brokerage commissions to Fidelity Capital Markets, an affiliated
broker. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, the Portfolio
paid $21,876 and $4,571, respectively, in brokerage commissions to National
Financial Services LLC, an affiliated broker. For the fiscal year ended December
31, 2007, 0.39% of the Portfolio's aggregate brokerage commissions were paid to
this broker and 0.42% of the Portfolio's aggregate dollar amount of transactions
involving the payment of commissions was effected through this broker.

      For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, FI Value Leaders paid $39,329
in brokerage commissions to Fidelity Capital Markets, an affiliated broker. For
the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, the Portfolio paid $10,368
and $796, respectively, in brokerage commissions to National Financial Services
LLC, an affiliated broker. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, 0.06% of
the Portfolio's aggregate brokerage commissions were paid to this broker and
0.10% of the Portfolio's aggregate dollar amount of transactions involving the
payment of commissions was effected through this broker.

      For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, Jennison
Growth paid a total of $4,456, $2,150 and $796, respectively, in brokerage
commissions to Wachovia Capital Markets, an affiliated broker. For the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2007, 0.06% of the Portfolio's aggregate brokerage
commissions were paid to this broker and 0.10% of the Portfolio's aggregate
dollar amount of transactions involving the payment of commissions was effected
through this broker.

      For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, Harris Oakmark Focused Value
paid $4,824 in brokerage commissions to Harris Associates Securities L.P., an
affiliated broker . There were no affiliated brokerage transactions in 2006 or
2007.

      For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, MFS Value paid $3,396 in
brokerage commissions to Harris Associates Securities, L.P., an affiliate of the
former subadviser to the Portfolio. There were no affiliated brokerage
transactions in 2006 or 2007.

      For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, Neuberger
Berman Mid Cap Value paid a total of $120,209, $116,808 and $211,213
respectively, in brokerage commissions to Lehman Brothers Inc., an affiliated
broker. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, 10.20% of the Portfolio's
aggregate brokerage commissions were paid to this broker and 11.11% of the
Portfolio's aggregate dollar amount of transactions involving the payment of
commissions was effected through this broker.

Regular Broker-Dealers
      For each Portfolio that bought securities of its regular brokers or
dealers (or of their parents) during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007,
the table below sets out the name of the broker or dealer and the aggregate
value of the securities of the regular broker or dealer (or parent) held by the
Portfolio as of December 31, 2007 (unless otherwise indicated).

                                      -99-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                                                                                  Aggregate Value of
                                                                                                  Securities of Regular
                                                                                                  Broker-Dealer or
                                                                                                   Parent Held by
                                                                                                   Portfolio as of
Portfolio                                                   Regular Broker or Dealer              December 31, 2007
                                                  ---------------------------------------------   ------------------
                                                  JP Morgan Chase & Co.                           $      15,277,500
BlackRock Diversified
                                                  Goldman Sachs                                   $       4,301,000
                                                   itigroup
BlackRock Large Cap Value                         C                                               $       1,000,960
                                                  JP Morgan Chase & Co.                           $      14,273,550
                                                  Goldman Sachs                                   $       5,591,300
                                                   P Morgan Chase & Co.
BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth                 J                                               $       3,762,630
                                                  Goldman Sachs                                   $       3,634,345
                                                   P Morgan Chase & Co.
Capital Guardian U.S. Equity                      J                                               $      10,754,138
                                                  Lehman Brothers                                 $       3,952,576
                                                  Goldman Sachs                                   $       7,995,559
                                                   errill Lynch
Davis Venture Value                               M                                               $      64,294,092
                                                  Morgan Stanley                                  $      20,368,216
                                                   oldman Sachs
FI Large Cap                                      G                                               $       6,343,975
                                                  Prudential                                      $       5,744,940
                                                  Bank of New York                                $       5,938,968
                                                  Amerprise Financial                             $       2,612,214
                                                  Partnerre Ltd.                                  $       1,295,721
                                                   olsa de Mercadorias
FI Mid Cap Opportunities                          B                                               $      25,126,811
                                                  EFG International                               $      21,132,427
                                                  Ashmore Group                                   $      20,345,235
                                                  Apollo Global Management, LLC                   $       9,206,775
                                                  Bovespa Holdings                                $       7,791,820
                                                   ank of America
FI Value Leaders                                  B                                               $      24,500,353
                                                  Citigroup                                       $      20,757,143
                                                  Bank of New York                                $      13,696,684
                                                  SunTrust Banks, Inc.                            $       9,854,673
                                                  PNC Financial Services                          $       8,764,368
                                                  Principal Financial Group                       $       8,171,308
                                                  American Express Company                        $       8,063,100
                                                  Regions Financial Corp.                         $       7,395,355
                                                  MF Global Ltd.                                  $       7,134,249
                                                  People's United Financial                       $       6,370,620
                                                  Amerprise Financial Inc.                        $       5,632,242
                                                  JP Morgan Chase                                 $       5,173,747
                                                  Lincoln National Corp.                          $       5,084,410
                                                  Downey Financial Corp.                          $       3,854,529
                                                   errill Lynch
Harris Oakmark Focused Value                      M                                               $      40,963,208
                                                  Morgan Stanley                                  $      52,966,603
                                                   oldman Sachs
Jennison Growth                                   G                                               $      19,892,125
                           uenchener Rueckversicher AG
Julius Baer International Stock                   M                                               $      15,792,628
                                                  Daiwa Securities Group                          $      11,115,275
                                                  Normura Holdings                                $      10,865,725
                                                  Unicredito Italiano SPA                         $       7,387,463
                                                  Credit Suisse                                   $       5,294,810
                                                  Zurich Financial Services                       $       5,241,723
                                                  Compo Japan Insurance, Inc.                     $       5,203,909

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -100-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                                                                                  Aggregate Value of
                                                                                                  Securities of Regular
                                                                                                  Broker-Dealer or
                                                                                                   Parent Held by
                                                                                                   Portfolio as of
Portfolio                                                   Regular Broker or Dealer              December 31, 2007
                                                  ---------------------------------------------   ------------------
                                                  Matsui Securities Co., Ltd.                     $       5,014,060
                                                  Julius Baer Holdings                            $       4,601,043
                                                  Aareal Bank AG                                  $       3,962,855
                                                  CNP Assurances                                  $       3,519,531
                                                  Fukuoka Financial Group                         $       3,430,838
                                                  KE Holdings Company, Ltd.                       $       3,031,448
                                                  Juroku Bank, Ltd.                               $       3,011,164
                                                  Millea Holdings                                 $       2,730,600
                                                  BNP Paribas                                     $       2,675,421
                                                  Softbank Corp.                                  $       2,620,634
                                                  OrixCorp.                                       $       2,401,763
                                                  Hokuhoku Financial Group                        $       2,383,692
                                                  Chiba Bank, Ltd.                                $       2,186,970
                                                  Bank of Nagoya                                  $       2,177,464
                                                  Yamaguchi Financial Group                       $       2,123,319
                                                  Federative Republic of Brazil                   $       1,870,258
                                                  Swiss Life Holdings                             $       1,655,099
                                                  Public Bank BHD                                 $       1,461,233
                                                  Bovespa Holdings SA                             $       1,311,123
                                                  Societe General France                          $       1,206,137
                                                  Hiscox, Ltd.                                    $       1,194,818
                                                  Hellenic Exchanges SA Holdings                  $       1,019,244
                                                  Bolsa de Mercadorias                            $         930,210
                                                  Aioi Insurance Co. Ltd.                         $         814,383
                                                  Premafin Finanziera SPA                         $         493,678
                                                  Assicurazioni di Milano, CIA                    $         427,626
                                                  Catlin Group, Ltd.                              $         426,139
                                                  Citigroup                                       $         416,528
                                                  Sony Financial Holdings                         $         260,377
                                                  Neteller PLC                                    $         243,418
                                                  Babcock & Brown                                 $          81,543
                                                  Acom Co. Ltd.                                   $          74,585
                                                   achovia
MetLife Stock Index                               W                                               $      35,430,345
                                                  Morgan Stanley                                  $      26,581,024
                                                  Lehman Brothers                                 $      16,358,299
                                                   oldman Sachs
MFS Total Return                                  G                                               $      14,690,065
                                                  Lehman Brothers                                 $      10,100,009
                                                  Merrill Lynch                                   $       6,872,451
                                                  Morgan Stanley                                  $         271,609
                                                   BS AG
Morgan Stanley EAFE Index Portfolio               U                                               $       6,025,978
                                                  Credit Suisse Group                             $       3,942,854
                                                  Deutsche Bank AG                                $       4,151,247
                                                   ear Stearns Inc.
Neuberger Berman Mid Cap Value                    B                                               $      21,356,500
                                                   /A
Oppenheimer Global Equity                         N                                                             N/A
                                                   organ Stanley
T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth                    M                                               $       2,793,586
                                                  Goldman Sachs                                   $       5,483,775

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -101-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


                                                                                                  Aggregate Value of
                                                                                                  Securities of Regular
                                                                                                  Broker-Dealer or
                                                                                                   Parent Held by
                                                                                                   Portfolio as of
Portfolio                                                    Regular Broker or Dealer             December 31, 2007
                                                   ---------------------------------------------  ------------------
                                                   N/A                                                          N/A
T. Rowe Price Small Cap Growth Portfolio
Western Asset Management Strategic Bond             NP Paribas Securities Corp.
Opportunities                                      B                                              $         820,240
                                                   BNY Capital Markets                            $         574,468
                                                   Banc of America Securities LLC                 $       1,201,375
                                                   Banc of Montreal/Nesbitt Burns                 $           9,900
                                                   Barclays Capital                               $      73,104,137
                                                   Bear Stearns Securities Corp.                  $       1,534,377
                                                   Credit Suisse First Boston                     $     169,619,425
                                                   Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.                        $       4,566,431
                                                   Citigroup Global Markets                       $      27,453,227
                                                   Deutsche Bank Securities                       $     161,342,172
                                                   First Tennessee Capital Markets                $         157,841
                                                   Goldman Sachs Group                            $     932,475,843
                                                   Greenwich Capital Markets                      $      46,774,052
                                                   HSBC Securities                                $       2,550,571
                                                   Imperial Capital LLC                           $              42
                                                   JP Morgan Securities                           $     290,387,391
                                                   Jeffries & Company, Inc.                       $         807,388
                                                   KBC Financial Products                         $       2,792,215
                                                   Lehman Brothers, Inc.                          $     985,736,847
                                                   Merrill Lynch                                  $     358,041,685
                                                   Morgan Stanley                                 $       1,204,676
                                                   RBC Capital Markets                            $          92,841
                                                   RBC Dan Rauscher                               $       8,360,412
                                                   UBS Warburg                                    $     314,662,303
                                                   Wachovia Securities                            $       2,709,348
                                                   Washington Mutual Capital Corp.                $      12,782,471
Western Asset Management U.S. Government            NP Paribas Securities
Portfolio                                          B                                              $      15,658,333
                                                   Banc of America Securities                     $       1,111,954
                                                   Barclays Capital                               $       1,679,597
                                                   Bear Stearns Securities Corp.                  $     563,092,158
                                                   Citigroup Global Markets                       $         901,640
                                                   Countrywide Securities Corp.                   $       2,382,582
                                                   Credit Suisse First Boston                     $       1,140,507
                                                   Deutsche Bank Securities                       $      82,454,695
                                                   First Tennessee Capital Markets                $       2,519,629
                                                   Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.                      $     506,966,177
                                                   Greenwich Capital Markets                      $      60,143,630
                                                   JP Morgan Securities                           $       1,038,884
                                                   Lehman Brothers                                $       1,695,303
                                                   Merrill Lynch                                  $     211,744,449
                                                   Morgan Stanley                                 $       5,578,564
                                                   R.W. Pressprich                                $       5,312,511
                                                   RBC Dan Rauscher                               $         885,944
                                                   UBS Warburg                                    $       1,261,830

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -102-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Portfolio Turnover
      The portfolio turnover rates of each Portfolio for the last five fiscal
years (or the life of the Portfolio for those Portfolios that have not been in
existence for five years) are included in the Prospectus under "Financial
Highlights." A Portfolio's turnover rate may vary significantly from time to
time depending on the volatility of economic and market conditions. Variations
in portfolio turnover rates may also be due to a fluctuating volume of
subscriptions and redemptions or due to a change in a Portfolio's subadviser.

                                 CODE OF ETHICS

      The Fund, MetLife Advisers, and each subadviser have each adopted a Code
of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act that establishes procedures for the
detection and prevention of certain conflicts of interest, including activities
by which persons having knowledge of the investments and investment intentions
of the Fund might take advantage of that knowledge for their own benefit.
Although each Code of Ethics does not prohibit employees who have knowledge of
the investments and investment intentions of any Portfolio of the Fund from
engaging in personal securities investing, it does regulate such personal
securities investing so that conflicts of interest may be avoided.

                             DESCRIPTION OF THE FUND

      The Fund, an open-end management investment company registered under the
1940 Act, was formed on November 23, 1982 as corporation under the laws of
Maryland pursuant to Articles of Incorporation (the "Articles") filed on
November 23, 1982, as amended. On May 1, 2003, the Fund succeeded to the
operations of seventeen series of the New England Zenith Fund, a Massachusetts
business trust. Each of BlackRock Bond Income, BlackRock Legacy Large Cap
Growth, BlackRock Money Market, Capital Guardian U.S. Equity, Davis Venture
Value, FI Value Leaders, Harris Oakmark Focused Value, Jennison Growth, Loomis
Sayles Small Cap, MFS Total Return, Western Asset Management Strategic Bond
Opportunities, Western Asset Management U.S. Government and Zenith Equity was
formerly a series of the New England Zenith Fund.

      On May 1, 2006, FI Large Cap succeeded to the operations of the TST FI
Large Cap Predecessor, a former series of the Travelers Series Trust ("TST"),
which is a Massachusetts business trust. On April 28, 2008, MFS Value succeeded
to the operations of the MIST MFS Value Predecessor, a former series of MIST,
which is a Massachusetts business trust. On May 1, 2006, the MIST MFS Value
Predecessor succeeded to the operations of the TST MFS Predecessor, a former
series of TST.

      Each Portfolio is classified under the 1940 Act as "diversified" except
Harris Oakmark Focused Value and each Asset Allocation Portfolio, which are
non-diversified.

      Subject to each class's expenses, each Portfolio's issued and outstanding
shares participate equally in dividends and distributions declared by such
Portfolio and receive a portion (divided equally among all of the Portfolio's
outstanding shares) of the Portfolio's assets (less liabilities) if the
Portfolio is liquidated or dissolved. Liabilities which are not clearly
assignable to a Portfolio are generally allocated among the Portfolios in
proportion to their relative net assets. In the unlikely event that any
Portfolio has liabilities in excess of its assets, the other Portfolios may be
held responsible for the excess liabilities.

      Portfolio shares, when issued, are fully paid and non-assessable. In
addition, there are no preference, preemptive, conversion, exchange or similar
rights, and shares are freely transferable. Shares do not have cumulative voting
rights.

      MetLife paid all of the organizational expenses of the Fund and will not
be reimbursed.

      As of March 31, 2008, 100% of the outstanding voting securities of the
Fund were owned by separate accounts of MetLife, NELICO, MetLife Investors
and/or General American (or any affiliate of any such company), and may, from
time to time, be owned by those separate accounts or the separate accounts and
general accounts of such companies (or any affiliate of any such company).
Therefore, as of March 31, 2007, MetLife, NELICO, MetLife Investors and General
American were each presumed to be in control (as that term is defined in the
1940 Act) of the Fund.

                                      -103-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Involuntary Redemption

      If the Board of Directors decides that continuing to offer shares of one
or more Portfolios will not serve the Fund's best interest (e.g., changing
market conditions, regulatory problems or low Portfolio participation), the Fund
may stop offering such shares and, by a vote of the Board of Directors, may
require redemption (at net asset value) of outstanding shares in such
Portfolio(s) upon 30 days' prior written notice to affected shareholders.

Voting Rights

      Each share has one vote and fractional shares have fractional votes. When
there is a difference of interests between the Portfolios, votes are counted on
a per Portfolio basis; otherwise the shares of all Portfolios are totaled.
Shares in a Portfolio not affected by a matter are not entitled to vote on that
matter. An individual Portfolio may hold a separate vote, for example, when
there are proposed changes to a particular Portfolio's fundamental investment
policies or advisory or distribution agreements.

      Each insurance company is the legal owner of shares attributable to
variable life insurance and variable annuity contracts issued by its separate
accounts, and has the right to vote those shares. Pursuant to the current view
of the SEC staff, each insurance company will vote the shares held in each
separate account registered with the SEC in accordance with instructions
received from owners of variable life insurance and variable annuity contracts
issued by that separate account. To the extent voting privileges are granted by
the issuing insurance company to unregistered separate accounts, shares for
which no timely instructions are received will be voted for, voted against, or
withheld from voting on any proposition in the same proportion as the shares
held in that separate account for all contracts for which voting instructions
are received. All Fund shares held by the general investment account (or any
unregistered separate account for which voting privileges are not extended) of
each insurance company will be voted by that insurance company in the same
proportion as the aggregate of (i) the shares for which voting instructions are
received and (ii) the shares that are voted in proportion to such voting
instructions are received. Shares held by certain eligible qualified retirement
plans ("Qualified Plans") will vote directly and will not be voted in the same
proportion as shares held by the Insurance Companies in their separate accounts
registered as unit investment trusts.

Shareholder Meetings

      Regular annual shareholder meetings are not required and the Fund does not
expect to have regular meetings. For certain purposes, the Fund is required to
have a shareholder meeting. Examples of the reasons a meeting might be held are
to: (a) approve certain agreements required by securities laws; (b) change
fundamental investment objectives and restrictions of the Portfolios; and (c)
fill vacancies on the Board of Directors when less than a majority have been
elected by shareholders. The Fund assists with all shareholder communications.
Except as mentioned above, directors will continue in office and may appoint
directors for vacancies.

                                      TAXES

      Set forth below is a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax
consequences relating to the ownership of shares in the Portfolios by life
insurance companies for the purpose of funding variable life insurance policies.
This discussion does not purport to be complete or to deal with all aspects of
federal income taxation. It deals only with the status of the Portfolios as
regulated investment companies ("RICs") under subchapter M of the Internal
Revenue Code and the application of the diversification rules of Section 817(h)
of the Code. This discussion is based upon the present provisions of the Code,
the regulations promulgated thereunder, and judicial and administrative ruling
authorities, all of which are subject to change, which change may be
retroactive.

      The discussion below is generally based on the assumption that the shares
of each Portfolio will be respected as owned by insurance company separate
accounts. If this is not the case, the person or persons determined to own the
Portfolios' shares will be currently taxed on the Portfolios' distributions, and
on the proceeds of any redemption of the Portfolios' shares, under the
applicable Code rules.

                                      -104-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      For information concerning the federal tax consequences to a holder of a
variable contract, refer to the prospectus for the particular contract. Because
insurance companies (and certain other investors) will be the only shareholders
of a Portfolio, no attempt is made here to particularly describe the tax aspects
of an investment in a Portfolio to such shareholder.

      Each of the Portfolios intends to qualify each year as a RIC under
Subchapter M of the Code. A RIC generally is not subject to federal income tax
on income and gains distributed in a timely manner to its shareholders. In order
to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded RICs and their shareholders
under the Code, each Portfolio must, among other things, (a) derive at least 90%
of its gross income in each taxable year from (i) dividends, interest, payments
with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other
disposition of stock, securities, or foreign currencies, or other income
(including gains from options, futures, or forward contracts) derived with
respect to its business of investing in stock, securities, or currencies and
(ii) net income derived from interests in "qualified publicly traded
partnerships ("QPTPs"); and (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of
each fiscal quarter of the Portfolio's taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the
market value of the Portfolio's assets is represented by cash and cash items,
U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities
limited in respect of any one issuer to not more than 10% of the outstanding
voting securities of such issuer and 5% of the value of the Portfolio's total
assets, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio's assets is
invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities and securities
of other RICs) of any one issuer, in securities of two or more issuers which the
Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same, similar or related trades
or businesses or in the securities of one or more QPTPs.

      In general, for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in
(a) of the previous paragraph, income derived from a partnership will be treated
as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of
income of the partnership that would be qualifying income if realized by the
RIC. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a QPTP
(generally, a partnership (x) interests in which are traded on an established
securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial
equivalent thereof (y) that derives at least 90% of its income from passive
income sources specified in Code Section 7704(d), and (z) that derives less than
90% of its income from the qualifying income described in section (a) (i) above
will be treated as qualifying income. In addition, although in general the
passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a
RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a QPTP.

      For purposes of the diversification requirements described in (b) above,
the term "outstanding voting securities of such issuer" will include the equity
securities of a QPTP. Also for purposes of meeting the diversification
requirements in (b) above, in the case of a Portfolio's investment in loan
participations, the Portfolio will treat both the intermediary and the issuer of
the underlying loan as an issuer.

      As a RIC, a Portfolio generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income
tax on income and gains that it distributes to shareholders if at least 90% of
the Portfolio's investment company taxable income (which includes, among other
items, dividends, interest and the excess of any net short-term capital gains
over net long-term capital losses) and net tax-exempt income for the taxable
year is distributed. Each Portfolio intends to distribute substantially all of
such income.

      If a Portfolio were to fail to qualify for treatment as a RIC for any
taxable year, (1) it would be taxed as an ordinary corporation on its taxable
income for that year without being able to deduct the distributions it makes to
its shareholders, and (2) each insurance company separate account invested in
the Portfolio would fail to satisfy the diversification requirements of Section
817(h) of the Code, described below, with the result that the contracts
supported by that account would no longer be eligible for tax deferral. All
distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net
tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to
shareholders as dividend income. In addition, the Portfolio could be required to
recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make
substantial distributions before requalifying for treatment as a RIC.

      Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar
year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax at
the Portfolio level. The excise tax is generally inapplicable to any RIC whose
sole shareholders are either tax-exempt pension trusts or separate accounts of
life insurance companies funding variable contracts. Although each Portfolio
believes that it is not subject to the excise tax, each Portfolio intends to
make the distributions required to avoid the imposition of the tax, provided
such payments and distributions are determined to be in the best interest of
such Portfolio's shareholders.

                                      -105-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      A distribution generally will be treated as paid on December 31 of a
calendar year if it is declared by the Portfolio in October, November or
December of that year with a record date in such a month and paid by the
Portfolio in January of the following year. Such distributions will be taxable
to shareholders in the calendar year in which the distributions are declared,
rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received.

      A Portfolio's investment in securities issued at a discount and certain
other obligations will (and investments in securities purchased at a discount
may) require the Portfolio to accrue and distribute income not yet received. In
order to generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, the
Portfolio may be required to sell securities that it otherwise would have
continued to hold.

      Investment by a Portfolio in "passive foreign investment companies"
("PFICs") could subject the Portfolio to U.S. federal income tax (including
interest charges) on distributions received from the PFICs or on proceeds
received from dispositions of shares in the PFICs, which tax cannot be
eliminated by making distributions to Portfolio shareholders. However, to avoid
the imposition of that tax, a Portfolio may make an election to mark the gains
(and to a limited extent the losses) in PFIC "to the market" as though it had
sold and repurchased its holdings in the PFIC on the last day of the Portfolio's
taxable year. Such gains and losses are treated as ordinary income and loss. A
Portfolio may also elect to treat a PFIC as a "qualified electing fund" (a
"QEF"), in which case the Portfolio will be required to include in its income
its share of the PFIC's income and net capital gains annually, regardless of
whether it receives any distribution from the PFIC. The mark-to-market and QEF
elections may accelerate the recognition of income (without the receipt of cash)
and increase the amount required to be distributed for the Portfolio to avoid
taxation. Making either of these elections therefore may require a Portfolio to
liquidate investments (including at times when it is not advantageous to do so)
to meet its distribution requirements, which also may accelerate the recognition
of gain and affect a Portfolio's total return.

      A Portfolio may invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in
real estate mortgage investment conduits ("REMICS") or taxable mortgage pools
("TMPs"). Under a notice issued by the IRS and Treasury regulations that have
yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of the Portfolio's
income (including income allocated to the Portfolio from a REIT or other
pass-through entity) that is attributable to a TMP or a residual interest in a
REMIC (referred to in the Code as an "excess inclusion") will be subject to
federal income tax in all events. The notice also provides, and the regulations
are expected to provide, that "excess inclusion income" of a RIC will be
allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by
such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the
related REMIC or TMP residual interest directly. In general, excess inclusion
income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses,
(ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income ("UBTI") to entities
(including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(K)
plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially
requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and
otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and
pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a life insurance company
separate account funding a variable contract, cannot be offset by an adjustment
to the reserves and thus is not eligible for tax deferral.

      Each Portfolio intends to comply with the separate diversification
requirements imposed by Section 817(h) of the Code and the regulations
thereunder on certain insurance company separate accounts. These requirements,
which are in addition to the diversification requirements imposed on the
Portfolios by the 1940 Act and Subchapter M of the Code, place certain
limitations on assets of each insurance company separate account used to fund
variable contracts. Because Section 817(h) and those regulations treat the
assets of a Portfolio as assets of the related separate account, the regulations
are applicable to the assets of a Portfolio. Specifically, the regulations
provide that, after a one year start-up period or, except as permitted by the
"safe harbor" described below, as of the end of each calendar quarter or within
30 days thereafter, no more than 55% of the total assets of the Portfolio may be
represented by any one investment, no more than 70% by any two investments, no
more than 80% by any three investments, and no more than 90% by any four
investments. For this purpose, all securities of the same issuer are considered
a single investment, and each U.S. Government agency and instrumentality is
considered a separate issuer. Section 817(h) provides, as a safe harbor, that a
separate account will be treated as being adequately diversified if the
diversification requirements under Subchapter M are satisfied and no more than
55% of the value of the account's total assets is attributable to cash and cash
items (including receivables), U.S. Government securities and securities of
other RICs. Failure by a Portfolio to satisfy the Section 817(h) requirements
would generally cause the variable contracts to lose their favorable tax status
and require a contract holder to include in ordinary income any income accrued
under the contracts for the current and all prior taxable years. Under certain
circumstances described in the applicable Treasury Regulations, inadvertent
failure to satisfy the applicable diversification requirements may be corrected,
but such a correction would likely require a payment to the Internal Revenue
Service ("IRS"). Any such failure may also result in adverse tax consequences
for the insurance company issuing the contracts.

                                      -106-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      The IRS has indicated that a degree of investor control over the
investment options underlying variable contracts may interfere with the
tax-deferred treatment described above. The IRS has issued rulings addressing
the circumstances in which a variable contract owner's control of the
investments of the separate account may cause the contract owner, rather than
the insurance company, to be treated as the owner of the assets held by the
separate account, and it is likely to issue additional rulings in the future. If
the contract owner is considered the owner of the securities underlying the
separate account, income and gains produced by those securities would be
included currently in the contract owner's gross income. A contract holder's
control of the investments of the separate accounts in this case is similar to,
but different in certain respects from, those described by the IRS in rulings.
Most, although not necessarily all, of the Portfolios have investment objectives
and strategies that are not materially narrower than the investment strategies
described in more recent IRS rulings, in which strategies such as investing in
large company stocks, international stocks, small company stocks,
mortgage-backed securities, telecommunications stocks and financial services
stocks were held not to constitute sufficient control over individual investment
decisions so as to cause ownership of such investments to be attributed to
contract owners. Current published IRS guidance does not directly speak to
strategies such as those reflected in the Portfolio, described above. However,
the IRS and the Treasury Department may in the future provide further guidance
as to what it deems to constitute an impermissible level of "investor control"
over a separate account's investments in funds such as the Portfolios, and such
guidance could affect the treatment of the Portfolios described herein,
including retroactively.

      In the event that additional rules or regulations are adopted, there can
be no assurance that a Portfolio will be able to operate as currently described,
or that such Portfolio will not have to change its investment objective or
investment policies. A Portfolio's investment objective and investment policies
may be modified as necessary to prevent any such prospective rules and
regulations from causing variable contract owners to be considered the owners of
the shares of the Portfolio.

      Under Treasury Regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss on a
disposition of a Portfolio's shares of $2 million or more for an individual
shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder (including, for
example, an insurance company holding separate accounts), the shareholder must
file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of
portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement,
but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. This filing
requirement applies even though, as a practical matter, any such loss would not
reduce the taxable income of an insurance company holding the separate accounts.
Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement
to shareholders of most or all regulated investment companies.

                                 TRANSFER AGENT

      The transfer agent and the dividend paying agent for the Fund, MetLife, is
located at One Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010. MetLife receives no
compensation for these services.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

      The financial statements of each Portfolio, including any notes thereto,
and the related reports of the independent registered public accounting firm for
such Portfolios appearing in the Portfolios' Annual Reports as filed with the
SEC on March 5, 2008 (SEC Accession No. 0001193125-08-047538) are incorporated
herein by reference.

                                 INDEX SPONSORS

      The Prospectus describes certain aspects of the limited relationship the
index sponsors have with the Fund.

      With respect to Standard & Poor's, neither the MetLife Stock Index
Portfolio or the MetLife Mid Cap Stock Index Portfolio is sponsored, endorsed,
sold or promoted by Standard & Poor's, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies,
Inc. ("S&P"). S&P makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to
the owners of either Portfolio or any member of the public regarding the
advisability of investing in securities generally or in either Portfolio
particularly or the ability of the S&P 500 Index or the S&P 400 MidCap Index to
track general stock market performance. S&P's only relationship to the Licensee
is S&P's grant of permission to the Licensee to use the S&P 500 Index or the S&P
400 MidCap Index which are
                                      -107-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

determined, composed and calculated by S&P without regard to the Licensee or
either Portfolio. S&P has no obligation to take the needs of the Licensee or the
owners of this Portfolio into consideration in determining, composing or
calculating the S&P 500 Index or the S&P 400 MidCap Index. S&P is not
responsible for and has not participated in the determination of the prices and
amount of this Portfolio or the timing of the issuance or sale of this Portfolio
or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which this Portfolio
is to be converted into cash. S&P has no obligation or liability in connection
with the administration, marketing or trading of this Portfolio.

      S&P DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE S&P 500
INDEX OR THE S&P 400 MIDCAP INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN AND S&P SHALL
HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR INTERRUPTIONS THEREIN. S&P MAKES
NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY THE LICENSEE,
OWNERS OF THIS PORTFOLIO, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE S&P
500 INDEX OR THE S&P 400 MIDCAP INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THERE. S&P MAKES NO
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE
S&P 500 INDEX OR THE S&P 400 MIDCAP INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT
LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL S&P HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY
SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS),
EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

      In addition, with respect to Morgan Stanley, the Morgan Stanley EAFE(R)
Index Portfolio is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Morgan Stanley.
Morgan Stanley makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the
owners of this Portfolio or any member of the public regarding the advisability
of investing in funds generally or in this Portfolio particularly or the ability
of the MSCI EAFE(R) index to track general stock market performance. Morgan
Stanley is the licensor of certain trademarks, service marks and trade names of
Morgan Stanley and of the MSCI EAFE(R) index which is determined, composed and
calculated by Morgan Stanley without regard to the issuer of this Portfolio or
this Portfolio. Morgan Stanley has no obligation to take the needs of the issuer
of this Portfolio or the owners of this Portfolio into consideration in
determining, composing or calculating the MSCI EAFE(R) index. Morgan Stanley is
not responsible for and has not participated in the determination of the timing
of, prices at, or quantities of this Portfolio to be issued or in the
determination or calculation of the equation by which this Portfolio is
redeemable for cash. Morgan Stanley has no obligation or liability to owners of
this Portfolio in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of
this Portfolio.

      ALTHOUGH MORGAN STANLEY SHALL OBTAIN INFORMATION FOR INCLUSION IN OR FOR
USE IN THE CALCULATION OF THE INDEXES FROM SOURCES WHICH MORGAN STANLEY
CONSIDERS RELIABLE, NEITHER MORGAN STANLEY NOR ANY OTHER PARTY GUARANTEES THE
ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE INDEXES OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN.
NEITHER MORGAN STANLEY NOR ANY OTHER PARTY MAKES ANY WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY LICENSEE, LICENSEE'S CUSTOMERS AND
COUNTERPARTIES, OWNERS OF THE PORTFOLIO, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE
USE OF THE INDEXES OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THE RIGHTS
LICENSED HEREUNDER OR FOR ANY OTHER USE. NEITHER MORGAN STANLEY NOR ANY OTHER
PARTY MAKES ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND MORGAN STANLEY HEREBY
EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH RESPECT TO THE INDEXES OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN.
WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL MORGAN STANLEY OR ANY
OTHER PARTY HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE,
CONSEQUENTIAL OR ANY OTHER DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS) EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. The MSCI EAFE(R) Index is the exclusive
property of Morgan Stanley. Morgan Stanley Capital International is a service
mark of Morgan Stanley and has been licensed for use by MetLife.

      With respect to Frank Russell Company, the Russell 2000 Index Portfolio is
not promoted, sponsored or endorsed by, nor in any way affiliated with Frank
Russell Company. Frank Russell Company is not responsible for and has not
reviewed the Portfolio nor any associated literature or publications and Frank
Russell Company makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, as to
their accuracy, or completeness, or otherwise. Frank Russell Company reserves
the right at any time and without notice, to alter, amend, terminate or in any
way change its index. The Russell 2000(R) Index is a service mark of the Frank
Russell Company. RussellTM is a trademark of the Frank Russell Company. Frank
Russell Company has no obligation to take the needs of any particular fund or
its participants or any other product or person into consideration in
determining, composing or calculating the index. Frank Russell Company's
publication of the index in no
                                      -108-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

way suggests or implies an opinion by Frank Russell Company as to the
attractiveness or appropriateness of investment in any or all securities upon
which the index is based. FRANK RUSSELL COMPANY MAKES NO REPRESENTATION,
WARRANTY, OR GUARANTEE AS TO THE ACCURACY, COMPLETENESS, RELIABILITY, OR
OTHERWISE OF THE INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED IN THE INDEX. FRANK RUSSELL COMPANY
MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY REGARDING THE USE, OR THE RESULTS OF USE, OF
THE INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN, OR ANY SECURITY (OR COMBINATION THEREOF)
COMPRISING THE INDEX. FRANK RUSSELL COMPANY MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTY, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY, OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
MEANS OF LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE WITH RESPECT TO THE INDEX OR ANY DATA OR ANY SECURITY (OR COMBINATION
THEREOF) INCLUDED THEREIN.

                                      -109-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                   APPENDIX A-1 -- DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS

Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

                                       Aaa
Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the
smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as "gilt
edged". Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable
margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely
to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the
fundamentally strong position of such issues.

                                       Aa
Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards.
Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade
bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection
may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuations of protective elements
may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make
the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities. See Note 1.

                                        A
Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to
be considered as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to
principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which
suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future. See Note 1.

                                       Baa
Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium grade obligations, i.e., they
are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal
security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be
lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time.
Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have
speculative characteristics as well. See Note 1.

                                       Ba
Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future
cannot be considered as well assured. Often, the protection of interest and
principal payments may be very moderate, and thereby not well safeguarded during
both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes
bonds in this class.

                                        B
Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable
investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of
other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

                                       Caa
Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or
there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

                                       Ca
Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high
degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

                                        C
Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so rated
can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real
investment standing.

                                      -110-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Should no rating be assigned by Moody's, the reason may be one of the following:
     (1)  An application for rating was not received or accepted.
     (2) The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities that are not rated
     as a matter of policy. (3) There is a lack of essential data pertaining to
     the issue or issuer. (4) The issue was privately placed, in which case the
     rating is not published in Moody's publications.

Note 1: This rating may include the numerical modifier 1, 2 or 3 to provide a
more precise indication of relative debt quality within the category, with 1
indicating the high end of the category, 2 the mid-range and 3 nearer the low
end.

Standard & Poor's Ratings Group

                                       AAA
This is the highest rating assigned by S&P to a debt obligation and indicates an
extremely strong capacity to pay.

                                       AA
Bonds rated AA also qualify as high quality debt obligations. Capacity to pay
principal and interest is very strong, and in the majority of instances they
differ from AAA issues only in small degree.

                                        A
Bonds rated A have strong capacity to pay principal and interest although they
are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances
and economic conditions.

                                       BBB
Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay principal and
interest. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are
more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay principal and interest for
bonds in this category than for higher rated bonds.

                                 BB, B, CCC, CC
Bonds rated BB, B, CCC and CC are regarded, on balance, as predominantly
speculative with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal in
accordance with the terms of the obligation. BB indicates the lowest degree of
speculation and CC the highest degree of speculation. While such bonds will
likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by
large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

                                        C
The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has
been filed or similar action taken, but payments on the bond are being
continued.

                                        D
Bonds rated D are in payment default. The D rating category is used when
payments on a bond are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace
period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made
during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a
bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on a bond are
jeopardized.

Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from "AA" to "B" may be modified by the
addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major
rating categories.

                                      -111-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Fitch, Inc.
   Long-Term Credit Ratings
      Investment Grade

                                       AAA
Highest credit quality. "AAA" ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit
risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for timely
payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be
adversely affected by foreseeable events.

                                       AA
Very high credit quality. "AA" ratings denote a very low expectation of credit
risk. They indicate very strong capacity for timely payment of financial
commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable
events.

                                        A
High credit quality. "A" ratings denote a low expectation of credit risk. The
capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This
capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in
economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

                                       BBB
Good credit quality. "BBB" ratings indicate that there is currently a low
expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial
commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and in
economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest
investment-grade category.

   Speculative Grade

                                       BB
Speculative. "BB" ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk
developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time;
however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial
commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment
grade.

                                        B
Highly speculative. "B" ratings indicate that significant credit risk is
present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are
currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon
a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

                                   CCC, CC, C
High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial
commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic
developments. A "CC" rating indicates that default of some kind appears
probable. "C" ratings signal actual or imminent default.

                                        D
Default. A "D" rating indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all
of its financial obligations. Default generally is defined as one of the
following:


     o    Failure of an  obligor to make  timely  payment  of  principal  and/or
          interest under the contractual terms of any financial obligation;

                                      -112-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


     o    The bankruptcy filings, administration,  receivership,  liquidation or
          other winding-up or cessation of business of an obligor;


      o   The distressed or other coercive exchange of an obligation, where
          creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or
          economic terms compared with the existing obligation.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively; within this context, non-payment
on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will not be
considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period.

Issuers will be rated "D" upon a default. Defaulted and distressed obligations
typically are rated along the continuum of "C" to "B" ratings categories,
depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics.
Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that
an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to meet pay
interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the
obligation's documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no
payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent,
the obligation may be rated in the "B" or "CCC-C" categories.

Default is determined by reference to the terms of the obligations'
documentation. Fitch will assign default ratings where it has reasonably
determined that payment has not been made on a material obligation in accordance
with the requirements of the obligation's documentation, or where it believes
that default ratings consistent with Fitch's published definition of default are
the most appropriate ratings to assign.

   Short-Term Credit Ratings

      A short-term rating has a time horizon of less than 12 months for most
obligations, or up to three years for U.S. public finance securities, and thus
places greater emphasis on the liquidity necessary to meet financial commitments
in a timely manner.

                                       F1
Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of
financial commitments; may have an added "+" to denote any exceptionally strong
credit feature.

                                       F2
Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial
commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the
higher ratings.

                                       F3
Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is
adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to
non-investment grade.

                                        B
Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus
vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions

                                        C
High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial
commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic
environment.

                                        D
Default. Denotes actual or imminent payment default.
                                      -113-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

"+" or "-" may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major
rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the "AAA" long-term rating
category, to categories below "CCC," or to short-term ratings other than "F1."

"NR" indicates that Fitch does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

Withdrawn: A rating is withdrawn when Fitch deems the amount of information
available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures,
is called, or refinanced.

Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there
is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such
change. These are designated as "Positive", indicating a potential upgrade,
"Negative," for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving," if ratings may be raised,
lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively
short period.

A Rating Outlook indicates the direction a rating is likely to move over a one
to two year period. Outlooks may be positive, stable, or negative. A positive or
negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly,
companies whose outlooks are "stable" could be downgraded before an outlook
moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action.
Occasionally, Fitch may be unable to identify the fundamental trend. In these
cases, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.

                                      -114-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

             APPENDIX A-2 -- DESCRIPTION OF COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS

Standard & Poor's Corporation

                                       A-1
A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by Standard &
Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated
with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its
financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

                                       A-2
A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse
effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in
higher rating categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

                                       A-3
A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection parameters.
However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely
to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment
on the obligation.

Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

                                       P-1
P-1 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability
to repay short-term debt obligations.

                                       P-2
P-2 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to
repay short-term debt obligations.

                                       P-3
P-3 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable
ability to repay short term obligations.
                                      -115-
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                                   APPENDIX B

             INFORMATION ABOUT PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

BlackRock Advisors, LLC
Capital Guardian Trust Company
Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Harris Associates L.P.
Jennison Associates LLC
Julius Baer Investment Management LLC
Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.
Massachusetts Financial Services Company
MetLife Investment Advisors Company, LLC
Neuberger Berman Management Inc.
OppenheimerFunds, Inc.
Pyramis Global Advisors, LLC
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Western Asset Management Company
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                             BlackRock Advisors, LLC
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                                  Proxy Voting

For  BlackRock  Advisors,  LLC  And Its  Affiliated  SEC  Registered  Investment
Advisers

                               September 30, 2006

BlackRock Advisors, LLC ("BAL"). BAL's Proxy Voting Policy reflects its duty as
a fiduciary under the Advisers Act to vote proxies in the best interests of its
clients. BlackRock has adopted its own proxy voting policies (the "Proxy Voting
Policy") to be used in voting the Fund's proxies, which are summarized below.

BAL recognizes that implicit in the initial decision to retain or invest in the
security of a corporation is acceptance of its existing corporate ownership
structure, its management, and its operations. Accordingly, proxy proposals that
would change the existing status of a corporation are supported only when BAL
concludes that the proposed changes are likely to benefit the corporation and
its shareholders. Notwithstanding this favorable predisposition, BAL assesses
management on an ongoing basis both in terms of its business capability and its
dedication to shareholders to seek to ensure that BAL's continued confidence
remains warranted. If BAL determines that management is acting on its own behalf
instead of for the well being of the corporation, it will vote to support the
shareholder, unless BAL determines other mitigating circumstances are present.

BAL's proxy voting policy and its attendant recommendations attempt to
generalize a complex subject. Specific fact situations, including differing
voting practices in jurisdictions outside the United States, might warrant
departure from these guidelines. In such instances, BAL will consider the facts
it believes are relevant. With respect to voting proxies of non-U.S. companies,
a number of logistical problems may arise that may have a detrimental effect on
BAL's ability to vote such proxies in the best interests of the Funds.
Accordingly, BAL may determine not to vote proxies if it believes that the
restrictions or other detriments associated with such vote outweigh the benefits
that will be derived by voting on the company's proposal.

Additionally, situations may arise that involve an actual or perceived conflict
of interest. For example, BAL may manage assets of a pension plan of a company
whose management is soliciting proxies, or a BAL director may have a close
relative who serves as a director or executive of a company that is soliciting
proxies. BAL's policy in all cases is to vote proxies based on its clients' best
interests.

BAL has engaged Institutional Shareholder Services ("ISS") to assist it in the
voting of proxies. ISS analyzes all proxy solicitations BAL receives for its
clients and votes or advises BAL how, based upon BAL's guidelines, the relevant
votes should be cast.

Below is a summary of some of the procedures described in the Proxy Voting
Policy.

Routine Matters. BAL will generally support routine proxy proposals, amendments,
or resolutions if they do not measurably change the structure, management
control, or operation of the issuer and they are consistent with industry
standards as well as the corporate laws of the state of incorporation of the
issuer.
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Social Issues. BAL will generally vote against social issue proposals, which are
generally proposed by shareholders who believe that the corporation's internally
adopted policies are ill-advised or misguided.

Financial/Corporate Issues. BAL will generally vote in favor of management
proposals that seek to change a corporation's legal, business or financial
structure provided the position of current shareholders is preserved or
enhanced.

Shareholder Rights. Proposals in this category are made regularly both by
management and shareholders. They can be generalized as involving issues that
transfer or realign board or shareholder voting power. BAL will generally oppose
any proposal aimed solely at thwarting potential takeover offers by requiring,
for example, super-majority approval. At the same time it believes stability and
continuity promote profitability. Individual proposals may have to be carefully
assessed in the context of their particular circumstances.
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                         Capital Guardian Trust Company
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                         CAPITAL GUARDIAN TRUST COMPANY
                       PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES

Policy
Capital Guardian Trust Company ("CGTC") provides investment management services
to clients that include, among others, corporate and public pension plans,
foundations and endowments, and registered investment companies. CGTC's Personal
Investment Management Division ("PIM") provides investment management and
fiduciary services, including trust and estate administration, primarily to high
net-worth individuals and families. CGTC considers proxy voting an important
part of those management services, and as such, CGTC seeks to vote the proxies
of securities held by clients in accounts for which it has proxy voting
authority in the best interest of those clients. The procedures that govern this
activity are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best
interest of CGTC's clients.

Fiduciary Responsibility and Long-term Shareholder Value
CGTC's fiduciary obligation to manage its accounts in the best interest of its
clients extends to proxy voting. When voting proxies, CGTC considers those
factors that would affect the value of its clients' investment and acts solely
in the interest of, and for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to, its
clients. As required by ERISA, CGTC votes proxies solely in the interest of the
participants and beneficiaries of retirement plans and does not subordinate the
interest of participants and beneficiaries in their retirement income to
unrelated objectives.

CGTC believes the best interests of clients are served by voting proxies in a
way that maximizes long-term shareholder value. Therefore, the investment
professionals responsible for voting proxies have the discretion to make the
best decision given the individual facts and circumstances of each issue. Proxy
issues are evaluated on their merits and considered in the context of the
analyst's knowledge of a company, its current management, management's past
record, and CGTC's general position on the issue. In addition, many proxy issues
are reviewed and voted on by a proxy voting committee comprised primarily of
investment professionals, bringing a wide range of experience and views to bear
on each decision.

As the management of a portfolio company is responsible for its day-to-day
operations, CGTC believes that management, subject to the oversight of the
relevant board of directors, is often in the best position to make decisions
that serve the interests of shareholders. However, CGTC votes against management
on proposals where it perceives a conflict may exist between management and
client interests, such as those that may insulate management or diminish
shareholder rights. CGTC also votes against management in other cases where the
facts and circumstances indicate that the proposal is not in its clients' best
interests.

Special Review
From time to time CGTC may vote a) on proxies of portfolio companies that are
also clients of CGTC or its affiliates, b) on shareholder proposals submitted by
clients, or c) on proxies for which clients have publicly supported or actively
solicited CGTC or its affiliates to support a particular position. When voting
these proxies, CGTC analyzes the issues on their merits and does not consider
any client relationship in a way that interferes with its responsibility to vote
proxies in the best interest of its clients. The CGTC Special Review Committee
reviews certain of these proxy decisions for improper influences on the
decision-making process and takes appropriate action, if necessary.

                                   Page 1 of 3
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Procedures
Proxy Review Process
Associates in CGTC's proxy voting department are responsible for coordinating
the voting of proxies. These associates work with outside proxy voting service
providers and custodian banks and are responsible for coordinating and
documenting the internal review of proxies.

The proxy voting department reviews each proxy ballot for standard and
non-standard items. Standard proxy items are typically voted with management
unless the research analyst who follows the company or a member of an investment
or proxy voting committee requests additional review. Standard items currently
include the uncontested election of directors, ratifying auditors, adopting
reports and accounts, setting dividends and allocating profits for the prior
year, and certain other administrative items.

All other items are voted in accordance with the decision of the analyst,
portfolio managers, the appropriate proxy voting committee or the full
investment committee(s) depending on parameters determined by those investment
committee(s) from time to time. Various proxy voting committees specialize in
regional mandates and review the proxies of portfolio companies within their
mandates. The proxy voting committees are typically comprised primarily of
members of CGTC's and its institutional affiliates' investment committees and
their activity is subject to oversight by those committees.

CGTC seeks to vote all of its clients' proxies. In certain circumstances, CGTC
may decide not to vote a proxy because the costs of voting outweigh the benefits
to its clients (e.g., when voting could lead to share blocking where CGTC wishes
to retain flexibility to trade shares). In addition, proxies with respect to
securities on loan through client directed lending programs are not available to
CGTC to vote and therefore are not voted.

CGTC will periodically review voting reports to ascertain, where possible, that
votes were cast in accordance with voting instructions.

Proxy Voting Guidelines
CGTC has developed proxy voting guidelines that reflect its general position and
practice on various issues. To preserve the ability of decision makers to make
the best decision in each case, these guidelines are intended only to provide
context and are not intended to dictate how the issue must be voted. The
guidelines are reviewed and updated as necessary, but at least annually, by the
appropriate proxy voting and investment committees.

CGTC's general positions related to corporate governance, capital structure,
stock option and compensation plans and social and corporate responsibility
issues are reflected below.

o
     Corporate governance. CGTC supports strong corporate governance practices.
     It generally votes against proposals that serve as anti-takeover devices or
     diminish shareholder rights, such as poison pill plans and supermajority
     vote requirements, and generally supports proposals that encourage
     responsiveness to shareholders, such as initiatives to declassify the board
     or establish a majority voting standard for the election of the board of
     directors. Mergers and acquisitions, reincorporations and other corporate
     restructurings are considered on a case-by-case basis, based on the
     investment merits of the proposal.

o
     Capital structure. CGTC generally supports increases to capital stock for
     legitimate financing needs. It generally does not support changes in
     capital stock that can be used as anti-takeover devices, such as the
     creation of or increase in blank-check preferred stock or of a dual class
     capital structure with different voting rights.

o
     Stock-related compensation plans. CGTC supports the concept of
     stock-related compensation plans as a way to align employee and shareholder
     interests. However, plans that include features which undermine the
     connection between employee and shareholder interests generally are not
     supported. When voting on proposals related to new plans or changes to
     existing plans, CGTC considers, among other things, the following
     information, to the extent it is available: the exercise price of the
     options, the size of the overall plan and/or the size of the increase, the
     historical dilution rate, whether the plan permits option repricing, the
     duration of the plan, and the needs of the company. Additionally, CGTC
     supports option expensing in theory and will generally support shareholder
     proposals on option expensing if such proposal language is non-binding and
     does not require the company to adopt a specific expensing methodology.

o
     Corporate social responsibility. CGTC votes on these issues based on the
     potential impact to the value of its clients' investment in the portfolio
     company.

                                   Page 2 of 3
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Special Review Procedures
If a research analyst has a personal conflict in making a voting recommendation
on a proxy issue, he or she must disclose such conflict, along with his or her
recommendation. If a member of the proxy voting committee has a personal
conflict in voting the proxy, he or she must disclose such conflict to the
appropriate proxy voting committee and must not vote on the issue.

Clients representing 0.0025 or more of assets under investment management across
all affiliates owned by The Capital Group Companies, Inc. (CGTC's indirect
parent company), are deemed to be "Interested Clients". Each proxy is reviewed
to determine whether the portfolio company, a proponent of a shareholder
proposal, or a known supporter of a particular proposal is an Interested Client.
If the voting decision for a proxy involving an Interested Client is against
such client, then it is presumed that there was no undue influence in favor of
the Interested Client. If the decision is in favor of the Interested Client,
then the decision, the rationale for such decision, information about the client
relationship and all other relevant information is reviewed by the Special
Review Committee ("SRC"). The SRC reviews such information in order to identify
whether there were improper influences on the decision-making process so that it
may determine whether the decision was in the best interest of CGTC's clients.
Based on its review, the SRC may accept or override the decision, or determine
another course of action. The SRC is comprised of senior representatives from
CGTC's and its institutional affiliates' investment and legal groups and does
not include representatives from the marketing department.

Any other proxy will be referred to the SRC if facts or circumstances warrant
further review.

In cases where CGTC has discretion to vote proxies for shares issued by an
affiliated mutual fund, CGTC will instruct that the shares be voted in the same
proportion as votes cast by shareholders for whom CGTC does not have discretion
to vote proxies.

CGTC's Proxy Voting Record
Upon client request, CGTC will provide reports of its proxy voting record as it
relates to the securities held in the client's account(s) for which CGTC has
proxy voting authority.

Annual Assessment
CGTC will conduct an annual assessment of this proxy voting policy and related
procedures and will notify clients for which it has proxy voting authority of
any material changes to the policy and procedures.

Effective Date
This policy is effective as of November 21, 2007.
                                   Page 3 of 3
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                          Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                           Summary of Davis Advisors'
                      Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
                                    June 2006

Davis Selected Advisers, L.P. ("Davis Advisors") votes on behalf of its clients
in matters of corporate governance through the proxy voting process. Davis
Advisors takes its ownership responsibilities very seriously and believes the
right to vote proxies for its clients' holdings is a significant asset of the
clients. Davis Advisors exercises its voting responsibilities as a fiduciary,
solely with the goal of maximizing the value of its clients' investments.

Davis Advisors votes proxies with a focus on the investment implications of each
issue. For each proxy vote, Davis Advisors takes into consideration its duty to
clients and all other relevant facts known to Davis Advisors at the time of the
vote. Therefore, while these guidelines provide a framework for voting, votes
are ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis.

Davis Advisors has adopted written Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and
established a Proxy Oversight Group to oversee voting policies and deal with
potential conflicts of interest. In evaluating issues, the Proxy Oversight Group
may consider information from many sources, including the portfolio manager for
each client account, management of a company presenting a proposal, shareholder
groups, and independent proxy research services.

Clients may obtain a copy of Davis Advisors' Proxy Voting Policies and
Procedures, and/or a copy of how their own proxies were voted, by writing to:
            Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
            Attn: Chief Compliance Officer
            2949 East Elvira Road, Suite 101
            Tucson, Arizona, 85706

Guiding Principles
Creating Value for Existing Shareholders. The most important factors that we
consider in evaluating proxy issues are: (i) the Company's or management's
long-term track record of creating value for shareholders. In general, we will
consider the recommendations of a management with a good record of creating
value for shareholders as more credible than the recommendations of managements
with a poor record; (ii) whether, in our estimation, the current proposal being
considered will significantly enhance or detract from long-term value for
existing shareholders; and (iii) whether a poor record of long term performance
resulted from poor management or from factors outside of managements control.

Other factors which we consider may include:
(a) Shareholder Oriented Management. One of the factors that Davis Advisors
considers in selecting stocks for investment is the presence of
shareholder-oriented management. In general, such managements will have a large
ownership stake in the company. They will also have a record of taking actions
and supporting policies designed to increase the value of the company's shares
and thereby enhance shareholder wealth. Davis Advisors' research analysts are
active in meeting with top management of portfolio companies and in discussing
their views on policies or actions which could enhance shareholder value.
Whether management shows evidence of responding to reasonable shareholder
suggestions, and otherwise improving general corporate governance, is a factor
which may be taken into consideration in proxy voting.

(b) Allow responsible management teams to run the business. Because we try
generally to invest with "owner oriented" managements (see above), we vote with
the recommendation of management on most routine matters, unless circumstances
such as long standing poor performance or a change from our initial
                                        1
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

assessment indicate otherwise. Examples include the election of directors and
ratification of auditors. Davis Advisors supports policies, plans and structures
that give management teams appropriate latitude to run the business in the way
that is most likely to maximize value for owners. Conversely, Davis Advisors
opposes proposals that limit management's ability to do this. Davis Advisors
will generally vote with management on shareholder social and environmental
proposals on the basis that their impact on share value is difficult to judge
and is therefore best done by management.

(c) Preserve and expand the power of shareholders in areas of corporate
governance. Equity shareholders are owners of the business, and company boards
and management teams are ultimately accountable to them. Davis Advisors supports
policies, plans and structures that promote accountability of the board and
management to owners, and align the interests of the board and management with
owners. Examples include: annual election of all board members and incentive
plans that are contingent on delivering value to shareholders. Davis Advisors
generally opposes proposals that reduce accountability or misalign interests,
including but not limited to classified boards, poison pills, excessive option
plans, and repricing of options.

(d) Support compensation policies that reward management teams appropriately for
performance. We believe that well thought out incentives are critical to driving
long-term shareholder value creation. Management incentives ought to be aligned
with the goals of long-term owners. In our view, the basic problem of
skyrocketing executive compensation is not high pay for high performance, but
high pay for mediocrity or worse. In situations where we feel that the
compensation practices at companies we own are not acceptable, we will exercise
our discretion to vote against compensation committee members and specific
compensation proposals.

Davis Advisors exercises its professional judgment in applying these principles
to specific proxy votes. Davis Advisors Proxy Procedures and Policies provides
additional explanation of the analysis which Davis Advisors may conduct when
applying these guiding principles to specific proxy votes.

Conflicts of Interest
A potential conflict of interest arises when Davis Advisors has business
interests that may not be consistent with the best interests of its client.
Davis Advisors' Proxy Oversight Group is charged with resolving material
potential conflicts of interest which it becomes aware of. It is charged with
resolving conflicts in a manner that is consistent with the best interests of
clients. There are many acceptable methods of resolving potential conflicts, and
the Proxy Oversight Group exercises its judgment and discretion to determine an
appropriate means of resolving a potential conflict in any given situation:

     (1)  Votes consistent with the "General Proxy Voting Policies," are
          presumed to be consistent with the best interests of clients;

     (2)  Davis  Advisors may disclose the conflict to the client and obtain the
          client's consent prior to voting the proxy;

     (3)  Davis Advisors may obtain guidance from an independent third party;

     (4)  The potential conflict may be immaterial; or

     (5)  Other reasonable means of resolving potential conflicts of interest
          which effectively insulate the decision on how to vote client proxies
          from the conflict.

                                        2
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                             Franklin Advisers, Inc.
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                             FRANKLIN ADVISERS, INC.

                       PROXY VOTING POLICIES & PROCEDURES

RESPONSIBILITY OF INVESTMENT MANAGER TO VOTE PROXIES
Franklin Advisers, Inc. (hereinafter "Investment Manager") has delegated its
administrative duties with respect to voting proxies to the Proxy Group within
Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC (the "Proxy Group"), a wholly-owned subsidiary
of Franklin Resources, Inc. Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC provides a variety
of general corporate services to its affiliates, including but not limited to
legal and compliance activities. Proxy duties consist of analyzing proxy
statements of issuers whose stock is owned by any client (including both
investment companies and any separate accounts managed by Investment Manager)
that has either delegated proxy voting administrative responsibility to
Investment Manager or has asked for information and/or recommendations on the
issues to be voted. The Proxy Group will process proxy votes on behalf of, and
Investment Manager votes proxies solely in the interests of, separate account
clients, Investment Manager-managed mutual fund shareholders, or, where employee
benefit plan assets are involved, in the interests of the plan participants and
beneficiaries (collectively, "Advisory Clients") that have properly delegated
such responsibility or will inform Advisory Clients that have not delegated the
voting responsibility but that have requested voting advice about Investment
Manager's views on such proxy votes. The Proxy Group also provides these
services to other advisory affiliates of Investment Manager.

HOW INVESTMENT MANAGER VOTES PROXIES
Fiduciary Considerations
All proxies received by the Proxy Group will be voted based upon Investment
Manager's instructions and/or policies. To assist it in analyzing proxies,
Investment Manager subscribes to RiskMetrics Group ("RiskMetrics"), an
unaffiliated third party corporate governance research service that provides
in-depth analyses of shareholder meeting agendas, vote recommendations, record
keeping and vote disclosure services. In addition, Investment Manager subscribes
to Glass Lewis & Co., LLC ("Glass Lewis"), an unaffiliated third party
analytical research firm, to receive analyses and vote recommendations on the
shareholder meetings of publicly held U.S. companies. Although RiskMetrics'
and/or Glass Lewis' analyses are thoroughly reviewed and considered in making a
final voting decision, Investment Manager does not consider recommendations from
RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or any other third party to be determinative of
Investment Manager's ultimate decision. As a matter of policy, the officers,
directors and employees of Investment Manager and the Proxy Group will not be
influenced by outside sources whose interests conflict with the interests of
Advisory Clients.

Conflicts of Interest
All conflicts of interest will be resolved in the interests of the Advisory
Clients. Investment Manager is an affiliate of a large, diverse financial
services firm with many affiliates and makes its best efforts to avoid conflicts
of interest. However, conflicts of interest can arise in situations where:


     1. The issuer is a client(1) of Investment Manager or its affiliates;
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)For purposes of this section, a "client" does not include underlying
   investors in a commingled trust, Canadian pooled fund, or other pooled
   investment vehicle managed by the Investment Manager or its affiliates.
   Sponsors of funds sub-advised by Investment Manager or its affiliates will be
   considered a "client."
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

     2.   The issuer is a vendor  whose  products  or services  are  material or
          significant to the business of Investment Manager or its affiliates;

     3.   The  issuer is an entity  participating  to a  material  extent in the
          distribution  of  investment  products  3  advised,   administered  or
          sponsored by Investment  Manager or its  affiliates  (e.g.,  a broker,
          dealer or bank);(2)

     4.   An Access  Person(3)  of  Investment  Manager or its  affiliates  also
          serves as a director or officer of the issuer;

     5.   A director  or trustee of  Franklin  Resources,  Inc. or of a Franklin
          Templeton  investment  product,  or an 5 immediate family member(4) of
          such director or trustee, also serves as an officer or director of the
          issuer; or

     6.   The  issuer is  Franklin  Resources,  Inc.  or any of its  proprietary
          investment products.

Nonetheless, even though a potential conflict of interest exists, the Investment
Manager may vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer's management.

Material conflicts of interest are identified by the Proxy Group based upon
analyses of client, broker and vendor lists, information periodically gathered
from directors and officers, and information derived from other sources,
including public filings. The Proxy Group gathers and analyzes this information
on a best efforts basis, as much of this information is provided directly by
individuals and groups other than the Proxy Group, and the Proxy Group relies on
the accuracy of the information it receives from such parties.

In situations  where a material  conflict of interest is  identified,  the Proxy
Group may defer to the voting  recommendation  of  RiskMetrics,  Glass Lewis, or
those of another  independent third party provider of proxy services or send the
proxy directly to the relevant  Advisory  Clients with the Investment  Manager's
recommendation  regarding the vote for approval. If the conflict is not resolved
by the  Advisory  Client,  the Proxy Group may refer the matter,  along with the
recommended  course of  action by the  Investment  Manager,  if any,  to a Proxy
Review  Committee  comprised of  representatives  from the Portfolio  Management
(which may include  portfolio  managers  and/or  research  analysts  employed by
Investment Manager), Fund Administration, Legal and Compliance

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2)The top 40 executing broker-dealers (based on gross brokerage commissions and
   client commissions), and distributors (based on aggregate 12b-1 distribution
   fees), as determined on a quarterly basis, will be considered to present a
   potential conflict of interest. In addition, any insurance company that has
   entered into a participation agreement with a Franklin Templeton entity to
   distribute the Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust or other
   variable products will be considered to present a potential conflict of
   interest.
(3)"Access Person" shall have the meaning provided under the current Code of
Ethics of Franklin Resources, Inc. (4)The term "immediate family member" means a
person's spouse; child residing in the person's household (including
   step and adoptive children); and any dependent of the person, as defined in
   Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 152).
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Departments within Franklin Templeton for evaluation and voting instructions.
The Proxy Review Committee may defer to the voting recommendation of
RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or those of another independent third party provider
of proxy services or send the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients.

Where the Proxy Group or the Proxy Review Committee refers a matter to an
Advisory Client, it may rely upon the instructions of a representative of the
Advisory Client, such as the board of directors or trustees or a committee of
the board in the case of a U. S. registered mutual fund, the conducting officer
in the case of an open-ended collective investment scheme formed as a Societe
d'investissement a capital variable (SICAV), the Independent Review Committee
for Canadian investment funds, or a plan administrator in the case of an
employee benefit plan. The Proxy Group or the Proxy Review Committee may
determine to vote all shares held by Advisory Clients in accordance with the
instructions of one or more of the Advisory Clients.

The Proxy Review Committee may independently review proxies that are identified
as presenting material conflicts of interest; determine the appropriate action
to be taken in such situations (including whether to defer to an independent
third party or refer a matter to an Advisory Client); report the results of such
votes to Investment Manager's clients as may be requested; and recommend changes
to the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures as appropriate.

The Proxy Review Committee will also decide whether to vote proxies for
securities deemed to present conflicts of interest that are sold following a
record date, but before a shareholder meeting date. The Proxy Review Committee
may consider various factors in deciding whether to vote such proxies, including
Investment Manager's long-term view of the issuer's securities for investment,
or it may defer the decision to vote to the applicable Advisory Client.

Where a material conflict of interest has been identified, but the items on
which the Investment Manager's vote recommendations differ from Glass Lewis,
RiskMetrics, or another independent third party provider of proxy services
relate specifically to (1) shareholder proposals regarding social or
environmental issues or political contributions, (2) "Other Business" without
describing the matters that might be considered, or (3) items the Investment
Manager wishes to vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer's
management, the Proxy Group may defer to the vote recommendations of the
Investment Manager rather than sending the proxy directly to the relevant
Advisory Clients for approval.

To avoid certain potential conflicts of interest, the Investment Manager will
employ echo voting, if possible, in the following instances: (1) when a Franklin
Templeton investment company invests in an underlying fund in reliance on any
one of Sections 12(d)(1)(E), (F), or (G) of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended, or pursuant to an SEC exemptive order; (2) when a Franklin Templeton
investment company invests uninvested cash in affiliated money market funds
pursuant to an SEC exemptive order ("cash sweep arrangement"); or (3) when
required pursuant to an account's governing documents or applicable law. Echo
voting means that the Investment Manager will vote the shares in the same
proportion as the vote of all of the other holders of the fund's shares.

Weight Given Management Recommendations
One of the primary factors Investment Manager considers when determining the
desirability of investing in a particular company is the quality and depth of
that company's management. Accordingly, the recommendation of management on any
issue is a factor that Investment Manager considers in determining how proxies
should be voted. However, Investment Manager does not consider recommendations
from management to be determinative of Investment Manager's ultimate decision.
As a matter of practice, the votes [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

with respect to most issues are cast in accordance with the position of the
company's management. Each issue, however, is considered on its own merits, and
Investment Manager will not support the position of a company's management in
any situation where it determines that the ratification of management's position
would adversely affect the investment merits of owning that company's shares.

THE PROXY GROUP
The Proxy Group is part of the Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC Legal
Department and is overseen by legal counsel. Full-time staff members are devoted
to proxy voting administration and providing support and assistance where
needed. On a daily basis, the Proxy Group will review each proxy upon receipt as
well as any agendas, materials and recommendations that they receive from
RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or other sources. The Proxy Group maintains a log of
all shareholder meetings that are scheduled for companies whose securities are
held by Investment Manager's managed funds and accounts. For each shareholder
meeting, a member of the Proxy Group will consult with the research analyst that
follows the security and provide the analyst with the meeting notice, agenda,
RiskMetrics and/or Glass Lewis analyses, recommendations and any other available
information. Except in situations identified as presenting material conflicts of
interest, Investment Manager's research analyst and relevant portfolio
manager(s) are responsible for making the final voting decision based on their
review of the agenda, RiskMetrics and/or Glass Lewis analyses, their knowledge
of the company and any other information readily available. In situations where
the Investment Manager has not responded with vote recommendations to the Proxy
Group by the deadline date, the Proxy Group may defer to the vote
recommendations of an independent third party provider of proxy services. Except
in cases where the Proxy Group is deferring to the voting recommendation of an
independent third party service provider, the Proxy Group must obtain voting
instructions from Investment Manager's research analyst, relevant portfolio
manager(s), legal counsel and/or the Advisory Client or Proxy Review Committee
prior to submitting the vote.

GENERAL PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
Investment Manager has adopted general guidelines for voting proxies as
summarized below. In keeping with its fiduciary obligations to its Advisory
Clients, Investment Manager reviews all proposals, even those that may be
considered to be routine matters. Although these guidelines are to be followed
as a general policy, in all cases each proxy and proposal will be considered
based on the relevant facts and circumstances. Investment Manager may deviate
from the general policies and procedures when it determines that the particular
facts and circumstances warrant such deviation to protect the interests of the
Advisory Clients. These guidelines cannot provide an exhaustive list of all the
issues that may arise nor can Investment Manager anticipate all future
situations. Corporate governance issues are diverse and continually evolving and
Investment Manager devotes significant time and resources to monitor these
changes.

INVESTMENT MANAGER'S PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PRINCIPLES
Investment Manager's proxy voting positions have been developed based on years
of experience with proxy voting and corporate governance issues. These
principles have been reviewed by various members of Investment Manager's
organization, including portfolio management, legal counsel, and Investment
Manager's officers. The Board of Directors of Franklin Templeton's
U.S.-registered mutual funds will approve the proxy voting policies and
procedures annually.
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

The following guidelines reflect what Investment Manager believes to be good
corporate governance and behavior: Board of Directors: The election of directors
and an independent board are key to good corporate governance. Directors are
expected to be competent individuals and they should be accountable and
responsive to shareholders. Investment Manager supports an independent board of
directors, and prefers that key committees such as audit, nominating, and
compensation committees be comprised of independent directors. Investment
Manager will generally vote against management efforts to classify a board and
will generally support proposals to declassify the board of directors.
Investment Manager will consider withholding votes from directors who have
attended less than 75% of meetings without a valid reason. While generally in
favor of separating Chairman and CEO positions, Investment Manager will review
this issue on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration other factors
including the company's corporate governance guidelines and performance.
Investment Manager evaluates proposals to restore or provide for cumulative
voting on a case-by-case basis and considers such factors as corporate
governance provisions as well as relative performance. The Investment Manager
generally will support non-binding shareholder proposals to require a majority
vote standard for the election of directors; however, if these proposals are
binding, the Investment Manager will give careful review on a case-by-case basis
of the potential ramifications of such implementation.

Ratification of Auditors: In light of several high profile accounting scandals,
Investment Manager will closely scrutinize the role and performance of auditors.
On a case-by-case basis, Investment Manager will examine proposals relating to
non-audit relationships and non-audit fees. Investment Manager will also
consider, on a case-by-case basis, proposals to rotate auditors, and will vote
against the ratification of auditors when there is clear and compelling evidence
of accounting irregularities or negligence attributable to the auditors.

Management & Director Compensation: A company's equity-based compensation plan
should be in alignment with the shareholders' long-term interests. Investment
Manager believes that executive compensation should be directly linked to the
performance of the company. Investment Manager evaluates plans on a case-by-case
basis by considering several factors to determine whether the plan is fair and
reasonable. Investment Manager reviews the RiskMetrics quantitative model
utilized to assess such plans and/or the Glass Lewis evaluation of the plan.
Investment Manager will generally oppose plans that have the potential to be
excessively dilutive, and will almost always oppose plans that are structured to
allow the repricing of underwater options, or plans that have an automatic share
replenishment "evergreen" feature. Investment Manager will generally support
employee stock option plans in which the purchase price is at least 85% of fair
market value, and when potential dilution is 10% or less.

Severance compensation arrangements will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis,
although Investment Manager will generally oppose "golden parachutes" that are
considered excessive. Investment Manager will normally support proposals that
require that a percentage of directors' compensation be in the form of common
stock, as it aligns their interests with those of the shareholders.

Anti-Takeover Mechanisms and Related Issues: Investment Manager generally
opposes anti-takeover measures since they tend to reduce shareholder rights.
However, as with all proxy issues, Investment Manager conducts an independent
review of each anti-takeover proposal. On occasion, Investment Manager may vote
with management when the research analyst has concluded that the proposal is not
onerous and would not harm Advisory Clients' interests as stockholders.
Investment Manager generally supports proposals that require shareholder rights
plans ("poison pills") to be subject to a shareholder vote. Investment Manager
will closely [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

evaluate shareholder rights' plans on a case-by-case basis to determine whether
or not they warrant support. Investment Manager will generally vote against any
proposal to issue stock that has unequal or subordinate voting rights. In
addition, Investment Manager generally opposes any supermajority voting
requirements as well as the payment of "greenmail." Investment Manager usually
supports "fair price" provisions and confidential voting.

Changes to Capital Structure: Investment Manager realizes that a company's
financing decisions have a significant impact on its shareholders, particularly
when they involve the issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock
or the assumption of additional debt. Investment Manager will carefully review,
on a case-by-case basis, proposals by companies to increase authorized shares
and the purpose for the increase. Investment Manager will generally not vote in
favor of dual-class capital structures to increase the number of authorized
shares where that class of stock would have superior voting rights. Investment
Manager will generally vote in favor of the issuance of preferred stock in cases
where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion and other rights of
such stock and the terms of the preferred stock issuance are deemed reasonable.
Investment Manager will review proposals seeking preemptive rights on a
case-by-case basis.

Mergers and Corporate Restructuring: Mergers and acquisitions will be subject to
careful review by the research analyst to determine whether they would be
beneficial to shareholders. Investment Manager will analyze various economic and
strategic factors in making the final decision on a merger or acquisition.
Corporate restructuring proposals are also subject to a thorough examination on
a case-by-case basis.

Social and Corporate Policy Issues: As a fiduciary, Investment Manager is
primarily concerned about the financial interests of its Advisory Clients.
Investment Manager will generally give management discretion with regard to
social, environmental and ethical issues although Investment Manager may vote in
favor of those issues that are believed to have significant economic benefits or
implications.

Global Corporate Governance: Investment Manager manages investments in countries
worldwide. Many of the tenets discussed above are applied to Investment
Manager's proxy voting decisions for international investments. However,
Investment Manager must be flexible in these worldwide markets and must be
mindful of the varied market practices of each region. As experienced money
managers, Investment Manager's analysts are skilled in understanding the
complexities of the regions in which they specialize and are trained to analyze
proxy issues germane to their regions.

PROXY PROCEDURES
The Proxy Group is fully cognizant of its responsibility to process proxies and
maintain proxy records pursuant to applicable rules and regulations, including
those of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and the Canadian
Securities Administrators ("CSA"). In addition, Investment Manager understands
its fiduciary duty to vote proxies and that proxy voting decisions may affect
the value of shareholdings. Therefore, Investment Manager will attempt to
process every proxy it receives for all domestic and foreign securities.
However, there may be situations in which Investment Manager cannot vote
proxies. For example, if the cost of voting a foreign proxy outweighs the
benefit of voting, the Proxy Group may refrain from processing that vote.
Additionally, the Proxy Group may not be given enough time to process the vote.
For example, the Proxy Group, through no fault of their own, may receive a
meeting notice from the company too late, or may be unable to obtain a timely
translation of the agenda. In [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

addition, if Investment Manager has outstanding sell orders, or anticipates
placing sell orders prior to the date of the shareholder meeting, in certain
markets that have blocking restrictions, the proxies for those meetings may not
be voted in order to facilitate the sale of those securities. If a security is
on loan, Investment Manager may determine that it is not in the best interests
of its clients to recall the security for voting purposes. Although Investment
Manager may hold shares on a company's record date, should it sell them prior to
the company's meeting date, Investment Manager ultimately may decide not to vote
those shares. Lastly, the Investment Manager will not vote proxies when
prohibited from voting by applicable law.

Investment Manager may vote against an agenda item where no further information
is provided, particularly in non-U.S. markets. For example, if "Other Business"
is listed on the agenda with no further information included in the proxy
materials, Investment Manager may vote against the item to send a message to the
company that if it had provided additional information, Investment Manager may
have voted in favor of that item. Investment Manager may also enter a "withhold"
vote on the election of certain directors from time to time based on individual
situations, particularly where Investment Manager is not in favor of electing a
director and there is no provision for voting against such director.

The following describes the standard procedures that are to be followed with
respect to carrying out Investment Manager's proxy policy:

     1.   The Proxy Group will identify all Advisory Clients, maintain a list of
          those  clients,  and  indicate  those  1  Advisory  Clients  who  have
          delegated proxy voting authority to the Investment Manager.  The Proxy
          Group will periodically review and update this list.

     2.   All relevant  information in the proxy materials  received (e.g.,  the
          record date of the meeting) will be recorded  immediately by the Proxy
          Group in a database to maintain control over such materials. The Proxy
          Group will confirm each  relevant  Advisory  Client's  holdings of the
          securities and that the client is eligible to vote.

     3.   The Proxy Group will review and compile information on each proxy upon
          receipt  of any  agendas,  materials,  reports,  recommendations  from
          RiskMetrics and/or Glass Lewis, or other information.  The Proxy Group
          will then forward this information to the appropriate research analyst
          and/or legal counsel for review and voting instructions.

     4.   In determining how to vote, Investment Manager's analysts and relevant
          portfolio manager(s) will consider the General Proxy Voting Guidelines
          set forth above, their in-depth knowledge of the company,  any readily
          available  information  and research  about the company and its agenda
          items, and the recommendations put forth by RiskMetrics,  Glass Lewis,
          or other independent third party providers of proxy services.

     5.   The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining the documentation  that
          supports Investment Manager's voting position.  Such documentation may
          include,   but  is  not  limited  to,  any  information   provided  by
          RiskMetrics,  Glass  Lewis,  or other proxy  service  providers,  and,
          especially as to non-routine,  materially significant or controversial
          matters, memoranda describing the position it has taken. Additionally,
          the Proxy Group may include  documentation  obtained from the research
          analyst,  portfolio  manager,  legal  counsel  and/or the Proxy Review
          Committee. [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

     6.   After the proxy is  completed  but before it is returned to the issuer
          and/or  its  agent,  the Proxy  Group 6 may  review  those  situations
          including  special  or  unique  documentation  to  determine  that the
          appropriate  documentation  has been  created,  including  conflict of
          interest screening.

     7.   The Proxy Group will attempt to submit  Investment  Manager's  vote on
          all proxies to RiskMetrics for processing at least three days prior to
          the meeting for U.S.  securities  and 10 days prior to the meeting for
          foreign securities.  However, in certain foreign  jurisdictions it may
          be  impossible  to return the proxy 10 days in advance of the meeting.
          In these situations, the Proxy Group will use its best efforts to send
          the proxy vote to  RiskMetrics  in sufficient  time for the vote to be
          processed.

     8.   The Proxy Group prepares  reports for each client that has requested a
          record of votes cast. The report  specifies the proxy issues that have
          been voted for the client during the requested period and the position
          taken with  respect to each  issue.  The Proxy Group sends one copy to
          the client,  retains a copy in the Proxy  Group's files and forwards a
          copy to either the appropriate portfolio manager or the client service
          representative. While many Advisory Clients prefer quarterly or annual
          reports,  the Proxy  Group  will  provide  reports  for any  timeframe
          requested by a client.

     9.   If the  Franklin  Templeton  Services,  LLC Fund  Treasury  Department
          learns of a vote on a material  event that will  affect a security  on
          loan, the Fund Treasury  Department will notify Investment Manager and
          obtain  instructions  regarding whether Investment Manager desires the
          Fund Treasury Department to contact the custodian bank in an effort to
          retrieve the securities.  If so requested by Investment  Manager,  the
          Fund  Treasury  Department  shall use its best  efforts  to recall any
          security  on  loan  and  will  use  other   practicable   and  legally
          enforceable means to ensure that Investment Manager is able to fulfill
          its fiduciary  duty to vote proxies for Advisory  Clients with respect
          to such loaned  securities.  The Fund Treasury  Department will advise
          the Proxy Group of all recalled securities.

     10.  The Proxy  Group,  in  conjunction  with Legal Staff  responsible  for
          coordinating  Fund  disclosure,  on a  timely  basis,  will  file  all
          required  Form N-PXs,  with  respect to  investment  company  clients,
          disclose  that its proxy  voting  record is available on the web site,
          and will make available the information  disclosed in its Form N-PX as
          soon as is reasonably practicable after filing Form N-PX with the SEC.

     11.  The Proxy  Group,  in  conjunction  with Legal Staff  responsible  for
          coordinating  Fund  disclosure,   will  1  ensure  that  all  required
          disclosure  about proxy voting of the  investment  company  clients is
          made in such clients' financial statements and disclosure documents.

     12.  The Proxy Group will review the  guidelines of  RiskMetrics  and Glass
          Lewis,  with special  emphasis on the factors they use with respect to
          proxy voting recommendations.

     13.  The  Proxy  Group  will  familiarize  itself  with the  procedures  of
          RiskMetrics that govern the transmission 1 of proxy voting information
          from the Proxy Group to RiskMetrics and  periodically  review how well
          this process is functioning.

     14.  The Proxy Group will investigate, or cause others to investigate,  any
          and all instances  where these  Procedures have been violated or there
          is evidence that they are not being followed.  Based upon the findings
          of  these  investigations,  the  Proxy  Group,  if  practicable,  will
          recommend amendments to these Procedures to minimize the likelihood of
          the reoccurrence of non-compliance.

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

     15.  At least annually, the Proxy Group will verify that:


     o    Each proxy or a sample of proxies  received has been voted in a manner
          consistent with these Procedures and the Proxy Voting Guidelines;


     o    Each proxy or sample of proxies  received has been voted in accordance
          with the instructions of the Investment Manager;


     o    Adequate  disclosure  has been made to clients  and fund  shareholders
          about the procedures and how proxies were voted; and

     o    Timely filings were made with applicable  regulators  related to proxy
          voting.

The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining appropriate proxy voting records.
Such records will include, but are not limited to, a copy of all materials
returned to the issuer and/or its agent, the documentation described above,
listings of proxies voted by issuer and by client, and any other relevant
information. The Proxy Group may use an outside service such as RiskMetrics to
support this function. All records will be retained for at least five years, the
first two of which will be on-site. Advisory Clients may request copies of their
proxy voting records by calling the Proxy Group collect at 1-954-527-7678, or by
sending a written request to: Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC, 500 East
Broward Boulevard, Suite 1500, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33394, Attention: Proxy
Group. Advisory Clients may review Investment Manager's proxy voting policies
and procedures on-line at www.franklintempleton.com and may request additional
copies by calling the number above. For U.S. mutual fund products, an annual
proxy voting record for the period ending June 30 of each year will be posted to
www.franklintempleton.com no later than August 31 of each year. For Canadian
mutual fund products, an annual proxy voting record for the period ending June
30 of each year will be posted to www.franklintempleton.ca no later than August
31 of each year. The Proxy Group will periodically review web site posting and
update the posting when necessary. In addition, the Proxy Group is responsible
for ensuring that the proxy voting policies, procedures and records of the
Investment Manager are available as required by law and is responsible for
overseeing the filing of such policies, procedures and mutual fund voting
records with the SEC, the CSA and other applicable regulators.

As of January 2, 2008
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                             Harris Associates L.P.
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                             Harris Associates L.P.

                PROXY VOTING POLICIES, GUIDELINES, AND PROCEDURES

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

I.   PROXY VOTING POLICY
      Harris Associates L.P. ("Harris", "the Firm" or "we") believes that proxy
      voting rights are valuable portfolio assets and an important part of our
      investment process, and we exercise our voting responsibilities as a
      fiduciary solely with the goal of serving the best interests of our
      clients in their capacity as shareholders of a company. As an investment
      manager, Harris is primarily concerned with maximizing the value of its
      clients' investment portfolios. Harris has long been active in voting
      proxies on behalf of shareholders in the belief that the proxy voting
      process is a significant means of addressing crucial corporate governance
      issues and encouraging corporate actions that are believed to enhance
      shareholder value. We have a Proxy Committee comprised of investment
      professionals that reviews and recommends policies and procedures
      regarding our proxy voting and ensures compliance with those policies.
      The proxy voting guidelines below summarize Harris' position on various
      issues of concern to investors and give a general indication of how
      proxies on portfolio securities will be voted on proposals dealing with
      particular issues. We will generally vote proxies in accordance with these
      guidelines, except as otherwise determined by the Proxy Committee, unless
      the client has specifically instructed us to vote otherwise. These
      guidelines are not exhaustive and do not include all potential voting
      issues. Because proxy issues and the circumstances of individual companies
      vary, there may be instances when Harris may not vote in strict adherence
      to these guidelines. Our investment professionals, as part of their
      ongoing review and analysis of all portfolio holdings, are responsible for
      monitoring significant corporate developments, including proxy proposals
      submitted to shareholders, and notifying the Proxy Committee if they
      believe the economic interests of shareholders may warrant a vote contrary
      to these guidelines. In such cases, the Proxy Committee will determine how
      the proxies will be voted. In determining the vote on any proposal, the
      Proxy Committee will consider the proposal's expected impact on
      shareholder value and will not consider any benefit to Harris, its
      employees, its affiliates or any other person, other than benefits to the
      owners of the securities to be voted, as shareholders.
      Harris considers the reputation, experience and competence of a company's
      management when it evaluates the merits of investing in a particular
      company, and we invest in companies in which we believe management goals
      and shareholder goals are aligned. When this happens, by definition,
      voting with management is generally the same as voting to maximize the
      expected value of our investment. Accordingly, on most issues, our votes
      are cast in accordance with management's recommendations. This does not
      mean that we do not care about corporate governance. Rather, it is
      confirmation that our process of investing with shareholder aligned
      management is working. Proxy voting is not always black and white,
      however, and reasonable people can disagree over some matters of business
      judgment. When we believe management's position on a particular issue is
      not in the best interests of our clients, we will vote contrary to
      management's recommendation.

          Approved by the Proxy Voting Committee on February 21st, 2006
                                        1
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                             Harris Associates L.P.

II.  VOTING GUIDELINES
      The following guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals
generally presented to shareholders.

      Board of Directors Issues
      Harris believes that boards should have a majority of independent
      directors and that audit, compensation and nominating committees should
      generally consist solely of independent directors.

          1.   Harris will normally vote in favor of the slate of directors
               recommended by the issuer's board provided that a majority of the
               directors would be independent.

          2.   Harris  will  normally  vote in favor of  proposals  to require a
               majority of directors to be independent.

          3.   Harris  will  normally  vote in favor of  proposals  that  audit,
               compensation   and  nominating   committees   consist  solely  of
               independent  directors,  and will vote  against  the  election of
               non-independent directors who serve on those committees.

          4.   Harris  will  normally  vote  in  favor  of  proposals  regarding
               director indemnification arrangements.

          5.   Harris will normally vote against proposals advocating classified
               or staggered boards of directors.

          6.   Harris  will  normally  vote in favor of  cumulative  voting  for
               directors.

      Auditors

      Harris believes that the relationship between an issuer and its auditors
      should be limited primarily to the audit engagement, although it may
      include certain closely related activities such as financial statement
      preparation and tax-related services that do not raise any appearance of
      impaired independence.

          1.   Harris will  normally vote in favor of  ratification  of auditors
               selected by the board or audit committee, subject to the above.

          2.   Harris will normally vote against  proposals to prohibit or limit
               fees paid to auditors for all --- non-audit services,  subject to
               the above.

          3.   Harris will  normally  vote in favor of  proposals to prohibit or
               limit fees paid to auditors for 3 general  management  consulting
               services other than auditing, financial statement preparation and
               controls, and tax-related services.

      Equity Based Compensation Plans
      Harris believes that appropriately designed equity-based compensation
      plans approved by shareholders can be an effective way to align the
      interests of long-term shareholders and the interests of management,
      employees and directors. However, we are opposed to plans that
      substantially dilute our ownership interest in the company, provide
      participants with excessive awards or have inherently objectionable
      structural features.

          Approved by the Proxy Voting Committee on February 21st, 2006
                                        2
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                             Harris Associates L.P.

          1.   Harris will normally vote against such plans where total
               potential dilution (including all equity-based plans) exceeds 15%
               of shares outstanding.

          2.   Harris will normally vote in favor of plans where total potential
               dilution (including all equity-based plans) does not exceed 15%
               of shares outstanding.

          3.   Harris  will  normally  vote in favor  of  proposals  to  require
               expensing of options.

          4.   Harris will normally vote against  proposals to permit  repricing
               of underwater options.

          5.   Harris will normally vote against proposals to require that all
               option plans have a performance-based strike price or
               performance-based vesting.

          6.   Harris will normally vote against shareholder proposals that seek
               to limit directors' compensation to common stock.

          7.   Harris will normally vote in favor of proposals for employee
               stock purchase plans, so long as shares purchased through such
               plans are sold at no less than 85% of current market value.

            Corporate Structure and Shareholder Rights
            Harris generally believes that all shareholders should have an equal
            voice and that barriers which limit the ability of shareholders to
            effect change and to realize full value are not desirable.

          1.   Harris  will  normally  vote in favor of  proposals  to  increase
               authorized shares.

          2.   Harris will  normally vote in favor of proposals to authorize the
               repurchase of shares.

          3.   Harris will normally vote against proposals creating or expanding
               supermajority voting rights.

          4.   Harris will  normally  vote  against the  issuance of poison pill
               preferred shares.

          5.   Harris will  normally vote in favor of proposals for stock splits
               and reverse stock splits.

          6.   Harris  will  normally   vote  against   proposals  to  authorize
               different classes of stock with different voting rights.

            Routine Corporate Matters
            Harris will generally vote in favor of routine business matters such
            as approving a motion to adjourn the meeting, declaring final
            payment of dividends, approving a change in the annual meeting date
            and location, approving the minutes of a previously held meeting,
            receiving consolidated financial statements, change of corporate
            name and similar matters.

          Approved by the Proxy Voting Committee on February 21st, 2006
                                        3
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                             Harris Associates L.P.

            Social Responsibility Issues
            Harris believes that matters related to a company's day-to-day
            business operations are primarily the responsibility of management
            and should be reviewed and supervised solely by the company's board
            of directors. Harris is focused on maximizing long-term shareholder
            value and will typically vote against shareholder proposals
            requesting that a company disclose or amend certain business
            practices unless we believe a proposal would have a substantial
            positive economic impact on the company.

III. VOTING SHARES OF FOREIGN ISSUERS
      Because foreign issuers are incorporated under the laws of countries
      outside the United States, protection for shareholders may vary
      significantly from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Laws governing foreign
      issuers may, in some cases, provide substantially less protection for
      shareholders. As a result, the foregoing guidelines, which are premised on
      the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework,
      may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers.
      Harris will generally vote proxies of foreign issuers in accordance with
      the foregoing guidelines where appropriate. In some non-U.S.
      jurisdictions, sales of securities voted may be prohibited for some period
      of time, usually between the record and meeting dates ("share blocking").
      Since these time periods are usually relatively short in light of our
      long-term investment strategy, in most cases, share blocking will not
      impact our voting decisions. However, there may be occasions where the
      loss of investment flexibility resulting from share blocking will outweigh
      the benefit to be gained by voting.

IV.  CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
      The Proxy Committee, in consultation with the Legal and Compliance
      Departments, is responsible for monitoring and resolving possible material
      conflicts of interest with respect to proxy voting. A conflict of interest
      may exist, for example, when: (i) proxy votes regarding non-routine
      matters are solicited by an issuer who has an institutional separate
      account relationship with Harris or Harris is actively soliciting business
      from the issuer; (ii) when we are aware that a proponent of a proxy
      proposal has a business relationship with Harris or Harris is actively
      soliciting such business (e.g., an employee group for which Harris manages
      money); (iii) when we are aware that Harris has business relationships
      with participants in proxy contests, corporate directors or director
      candidates; or (iv) when we are aware that a Harris employee has a
      personal interest in the outcome of a particular matter before
      shareholders (e.g., a Harris executive has an immediate family member who
      serves as a director of a company). Any employee with knowledge of any
      conflict of interest relating to a particular proxy vote shall disclose
      that conflict to the Proxy Committee. In addition, if any member of the
      Proxy Committee has a conflict of interest, he or she will recuse himself
      or herself from any consideration of the matter, and an alternate member
      of the committee will act in his or her place.
      Harris is committed to resolving any such conflicts in its clients'
      collective best interest, and accordingly, we will vote pursuant to the
      Guidelines set forth in this Proxy Voting Policy when conflicts of
      interest arise. When there are proxy voting proposals that give rise to a
      conflict of interest and are not addressed by the Guidelines, Harris will
      vote in accordance with the guidance of Institutional Shareholder Services
      ("ISS"). If ISS has not provided guidance with respect to the proposal or
      if we believe the recommendation of ISS is not in the best interests of
      our clients, the Proxy Committee will refer the matter to (1) the
      Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees of Harris Associates
      Investment Trust for a determination of how shares held in The Oakmark
      Family of Funds will be voted, and (2) the Proxy Voting Conflicts
      Committee consisting of Harris' General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer
      and Chief Financial Officer for a determination of how shares held in all
      other client accounts will be voted. Each of those committees will keep a
      written record of the basis for its decision.

          Approved by the Proxy Voting Committee on February 21st, 2006
                                        4
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                             Harris Associates L.P.

V.   VOTING PROCEDURES
      The following procedures have been established with respect to the voting
      of proxies on behalf of all clients, including mutual funds advised by
      Harris, for which Harris has voting responsibility. Proxy Voting
      Committee. The Proxy Voting Committee (the "Committee") is responsible for
      recommending proxy voting guidelines, establishing and maintaining
      policies and procedures for proxy voting, and ensuring compliance with
      these policies and procedures. The Committee consists of three investment
      professionals: one domestic portfolio manager, one domestic research
      analyst, and one international research analyst. Committee members serve
      for three years with members replaced on a rotating basis. New Committee
      members are nominated by the Committee and confirmed in writing by Harris'
      Chief Executive Officer. The Committee also has two alternate members (one
      domestic analyst and one international analyst) either of who may serve in
      the absence of a regular member of the Committee.
      Proxy Administrator. The Proxy Administrator is an employee of Harris
      reporting to the Chief Compliance Officer and is responsible for ensuring
      that all votes are placed with the proxy voting service provider and that
      all necessary records, as appropriate, are maintained reflecting such
      voting.
      Proxy Voting Service Provider. Harris has engaged an independent proxy
      voting service provider to assist in voting proxies. This proxy voting
      service provides the Firm with information concerning shareholder
      meetings, electronic voting, recordkeeping and reporting services,
      research with respect to companies, and proxy voting guidance and
      recommendations. Voting Decisions. As described in the Proxy Voting Policy
      above, the Firm has established proxy voting guidelines on various issues.
      We will generally vote proxies in accordance with these guidelines except
      as otherwise determined by the Proxy Committee. The Proxy Administrator is
      responsible for alerting the Firm's research analyst who follows the
      company about the proxy proposals. If the analyst believes the proxy
      should be voted in accordance with the guidelines, he or she will vote the
      proposal accordingly and indicate their initials in the appropriate
      location of the electronic ballot and submit the vote for further
      processing by the Proxy Administrator. If the analyst believes the proxy
      should be voted contrary to the guidelines or if the guidelines do not
      address the issue presented, he or she will submit the proposal and his or
      her recommended vote to the Proxy Committee, which reviews the proposal
      and the analyst's recommendation and makes a voting decision by majority
      vote. That Proxy Committee decision is reflected in the electronic ballot
      by a majority of the Proxy Committee. In the case where securities that
      are not on the Firm's Approved Lists of domestic, international or small
      cap securities are held in managed accounts, the Proxy Administrator will
      vote all shares in accordance with the Firm's guidelines or, if the
      guidelines do not address the particular issue, in accordance with the
      guidance of Institutional Shareholder Services, the Firm's proxy service
      provider.
      In the case of a conflict of interest, the Proxy Administrator will vote
      in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Conflicts of Interest
      provisions described above. Voting Ballots. For shares held in The Oakmark
      Funds and other client accounts, the MIS Department sends a holdings file
      to the proxy voting service detailing the holdings in the Funds and

          Approved by the Proxy Voting Committee on February 21st, 2006
                                        5
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                             Harris Associates L.P.

other client accounts. The proxy voting service is responsible for reconciling
this information with the information it receives from the custodians and
escalating any discrepancies to the attention of the Proxy Administrator. The
Proxy Administrator works with the proxy voting service and custodians to
resolve any discrepancies to ensure that all shares entitled to vote are voted.

Recordkeeping and Reporting. Much of Harris' recordkeeping and reporting is
maintained electronically on the proxy voting service provider's systems. In the
event that records are not held electronically within the proxy voting service
provider's system, Harris will maintain records of proxy voting proposals
received, records of votes cast on behalf of clients, and any documentation
material to a proxy voting decision as required by law. Upon request, or on an
annual basis for ERISA accounts, Harris will provide clients with the proxy
voting record for that client's account. Beginning in August 2004, on an annual
basis, Harris will make available the voting record for The Oakmark Funds for
the previous one-year period ended June 30th.

          Approved by the Proxy Voting Committee on February 21st, 2006
                                        6
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                             Jennison Associates LLC
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

               Jennison Associates LLC Proxy Voting Policy Summary

Jennison Associates LLC ("Jennison") actively manages publicly traded equity
securities and fixed income securities. It is the policy of Jennison that where
proxy voting authority has been delegated to and accepted by Jennison, all
proxies shall be voted by investment professionals in the best interest of the
client without regard to the interests of Jennison or other related parties.
Secondary consideration may be given to the public and social value of each
issue. For purposes of Jennison's proxy voting policy, the "best interests of
clients" shall mean, unless otherwise specified by the client, the clients' best
economic interests over the long term - that is, the common interest that all
clients share in seeing the value of a common investment increase over time. It
is further the policy of Jennison that complete and accurate disclosure
concerning its proxy voting policies and procedures and proxy voting records, as
required by the Advisers Act, be made available to clients.

In voting proxies for international holdings, we will generally apply the same
principles as those for U.S. holdings. However, in some countries, voting
proxies result in additional restrictions that have an economic impact or cost
to the security, such as "share blocking", where Jennison would be restricted
from selling the shares of the security for a period of time if Jennison
exercised its ability to vote the proxy. As such, we consider whether the vote,
either itself or together with the votes of other shareholders, is expected to
have an effect on the value of the investment that will outweigh the cost of
voting. Our policy is to not vote these types of proxies when the costs outweigh
the benefit of voting, as in share blocking.

Any proxy vote that may represent a potential  material  conflict of interest is
reviewed by Jennison's Compliance Department.

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                      Julius Baer Investment Management LLC
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                     JULIUS BAER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC.
                             PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES
                                 NOVEMBER - 2007

   A. General
      It is the policy of Julius Baer Investment Management LLC ("JBIM") to
consider and vote each proxy proposal in the best interests of clients and
account beneficiaries with respect to securities held in the accounts of all
clients for whom JBIM provides discretionary investment management services and
has authority to vote their proxies.

      JBIM may vote proxies as part of its authority to manage, acquire and
dispose of account assets. JBIM will not vote proxies if the advisory agreement
does not provide for JBIM to vote proxies or the "named fiduciary" for an
account has explicitly reserved the authority for itself.

      When voting proxies for client accounts, JBIM's primary objective is to
make voting decisions solely in the best interests of clients and account
beneficiaries. In fulfilling its obligations to clients, JBIM will act in a
manner deemed to be prudent and diligent and which is intended to enhance the
economic value of the underlying securities held in client accounts.

   B. Proxy Oversight Committee
      In order to properly monitor the proxy voting process, a Proxy Oversight
Committee ("Committee") shall meet periodically to evaluate the effectiveness of
JBIM's proxy voting process, and to address potential conflicts of interest as
they arise. The members of the Committee include the individuals listed in
Appendix A (attached hereto), and shall be selected from personnel of JBIM
consisting of executive, compliance, legal, and operations.

   C. Procedures
      JBIM Operations Department ("OPS") is responsible for establishing all new
accounts on the Charles River System. A New Account Checklist which is signed
and approved by all key departments of JBIM is circulated along with the agreed
upon Investment Guidelines for that client. OPS will code the applicable client
account as "proxy voting" by including it in the proxy voting group on Charles
River.

      To assist JBIM in its responsibility for voting proxies and to ensure
consistency in voting proxies on behalf of its clients, JBIM has retained the
proxy voting and recording services of Institutional Shareholder Services
("ISS"). ISS is an independent third-party service that specializes in providing
a variety of proxy-related services to institutional investment managers, plan
sponsors, custodians, consultants, and other institutional investors. JBIM
intends to vote in accordance with ISS's recommendations to address, among other
things, any material conflicts of interests between clients and the interests of
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

JBIM or its affiliates. JBIM has instructed ISS not to vote proxies when
liquidity of client accounts could be adversely affected. The ISS predetermined
guidelines are listed as Appendix B.

      In order to ensure that ISS performs its delegated duties, OPS will
provide the client's custodian a letter authorizing the custodian to forward
proxy ballots to ISS. In addition, ISS is sent a copy of this letter so that it
may initiate a relationship with the custodian. ISS will provide an exception
list of those accounts for which ballots are not yet being received. OPS will
follow up with the relevant custodian to resolve outstanding matters. Northern
Trust will also supply at least on a monthly basis a full listing of positions
so that ISS may ensure that they are completely voting all ballots.

   D. Conflicts of Interest
      JBIM is sensitive of conflicts of interest that may arise in the proxy
decision-making process from a policy standpoint, and seeks to avoid any undue
or inappropriate influence in the proxy voting process. The objective is to
ensure that Portfolio Management exercise overrides of ISS votes only in the
Clients' best interests. The Proxy Voting Committee exists to provide an
additional level of independence to ensure overrides are properly exercised.

      JBIM has identified the following potential conflicts of interest:
     (i)  A principal of JBIM or any person involved in the proxy decision-
          making process currently serves on the company's Board or is an
          executive officer of the company.

     (ii) An immediate family member of a principal of JBIM or any person
          involved in the proxy decision-making process currently serves as a
          director or executive officer of the company.

      iii)The company is a client of the firm (or an affiliate of a client),
     provided that any client relationship ( that represents less than 2.5% of
     the firm's revenues or less than $75,000 in annual revenues shall be
          presumed to be immaterial.
            This list is not intended to be exclusive. All employees are
      obligated to disclose any potential conflict to the CCO of JBIM.
            Under such circumstances, JBIM will vote in accordance with ISS'
      predetermined guidelines, except as described below in section E.

   E. Overrides of ISS
      JBIM has provided implied consent to ISS to vote in accord with their
recommendation and will generally do so. JBIM Portfolio Management also retains
the ability to override ISS votes where the Manager believes the override is in
the Client's best interests.

                                        2
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      In cases where an override is requested, the Portfolio Manager must
prepare a memorandum explaining the rationale for deviating from the ISS vote
and why the client's interests are better served by deviating from the ISS
recommendation. The Portfolio Management memorandum is then submitted to the
Proxy Committee for consideration prior to the submission of voting instructions
through ISS.

      Criteria to be considered by the Committee in granting or denying a
request to override include:
     (a)  the size of the investment in dollars;

     (b)  the size of the investment relative to the applicable Fund
         (in basis points);

     (c)  the percent of ownership JBIM controls in the subject company;

     (d)  the significance of the issue considered in the proxy;

     (e)  the rationale for the need for an override as detailed in the
          memorandum from Portfolio Management;

     (f)  any actual or perceived conflicts of interest.

      It is therefore well within the Proxy Committee's authority to reject a
Portfolio Management request if the Committee is not satisfied that sufficient
grounds are met to grant an override.

      Committee minutes and all such documentation shall be maintained as part
of the firm's records.

   F. Monitoring
      ISS will provide ad-hoc reporting as well as quarterly board reporting for
client which details the voting record and denotes any exceptions wherein JBIM
has deviated from its normal policy. If such activity is detected, OPS will
elevate the report to Senior Management, including the Head of Legal and
Compliance and the Chief Compliance Officer ("CCO"). JBIM Portfolio Management
will provide the JBIM CCO with a written explanation of the reason for the
exception. All such records shall be maintained as part of the firm's books and
records.

   G. Reporting and Disclosure for JBIM
      Once each year, JBIM shall provide the entire voting record electronically
in accordance with the posting of such proxy voting records to the Julius Baer
Funds website (N-PX filing). With respect to those proxies that the Proxy
Committee has identified as involving a conflict of interest, the Proxy
Committee shall submit a separate report indicating the nature of the conflict
of interest and how that conflict was resolved with respect to the voting of the
proxy.

      JBIM shall disclose within its Form ADV how other clients can obtain
information on how their securities were voted. JBIM shall also describe this
proxy voting policy and procedures within the Form ADV, along with a disclosure
that a client shall be provided a copy upon request. A description of the proxy
voting policy and procedures is also available upon request on the Julius Baer
Funds and SEC websites.

                                        3
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Information regarding how the Julius Baer Funds voted proxies relating to
portfolio securities during the most recent fiscal year ended June 30 is
available on the Julius Baer Funds and SEC website as well.
          a.   Recordkeeping

      JBIM shall retain records relating to the voting of proxies, including:
      1. A copy of this proxy voting policy and procedures and ISS Proxy Voting
      Guidelines relating to the voting of proxies. 2. A copy of each proxy
      statement received by JBIM regarding portfolio securities in JBIM client
      accounts. 3. A record of each vote cast by JBIM on behalf of a client.
      4. A copy of each written client request for information on how JBIM voted
      proxies on behalf of the client account, and a copy of any written
      response by JBIM to the client account. 5. A copy of any document prepared
      by JBIM that was material to making a decision regarding how to vote
      proxies or that memorializes the basis for the decision.

      JBIM shall rely on proxy statements filed on the SEC's EDGAR system
instead of maintaining its own copies and on proxy statements and records of
proxy votes cast by JBIM maintained at ISS. JBIM shall obtain an undertaking
from ISS to provide a copy of the documents promptly upon request.

      These records shall be retained for five (5) years from the end of the
fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record and during the
first two (2) years onsite at the appropriate office of JBIM.

                                        4
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                                   APPENDIX A
                  List of Members of Proxy Oversight Committee

                                 JBIM Operations
                                 CCO of JB Funds
                                   CCO of JBIM

                                        5
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                                   APPENDIX B

ISS 2007 International Proxy Voting
Guidelines Summary



                                                    2099 GAITHER ROAD
                                                            SUITE 501
                                           ROCKVILLE, MD o 20850-4045
                                                       (301) 556-0500
                                                   FAX (301) 556-0486
                                                     WWW.ISSPROXY.COM


Copyright (C) 2006 by Institutional Shareholder Services.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or
transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including
photocopy, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system, without
permission in writing from the publisher.

Requests for permission to make copies of any part of this work should be
sent to:

Institutional Shareholder Services
Marketing Department
2099 Gaither Road
Rockville, MD 20850
ISS is a trademark used herein under license.
                                        6
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                 ISS 2007 International Proxy Voting Guidelines
                                     Summary
                       Effective for Meetings Feb. 1, 2007
                              Updated Dec. 15, 2006

The following is a concise summary of the ISS general policies for voting
non-U.S. proxies. In addition, ISS has country- and market-specific policies,
which are not captured below.




                                                                                                             
Operational Items                                                                                                 4

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports                                                                    4

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees                                                                          4

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors                                                                        4

Allocation of Income                                                                                              4

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative                                                                                4

Amendments to Articles of Association                                                                             4

Change in Company Fiscal Term                                                                                     4

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership                                                                    4

Amend Quorum Requirements                                                                                         5

Transact Other Business                                                                                           5


Board of Directors                                                                                                5

Director Elections                                                                                                5

2007 International Classification of Directors                                                                    6

Director Compensation                                                                                             7

Discharge of Board and Management                                                                                 7

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions                                           7

Board Structure                                                                                                   7


Capital Structure                                                                                                 7

Share Issuance Requests                                                                                           7

Increases in Authorized Capital                                                                                   8

Reduction of Capital                                                                                              8

Capital Structures                                                                                                8

Preferred Stock                                                                                                   8

Debt Issuance Requests                                                                                            8

Pledging of Assets for Debt                                                                                       9

Increase in Borrowing Powers                                                                                      9

Share Repurchase Plans                                                                                            9

Reissuance of Shares Repurchased                                                                                  9

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value                                                 9


Other                                                                                                             9

Reorganizations/Restructurings                                                                                    9

Mergers and Acquisitions                                                                                          9

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers                                                                                   10

Reincorporation Proposals                                                                                        10

Expansion of Business Activities                                                                                 10

Related-Party Transactions                                                                                       10

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                        7
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents



Compensation Plans                                                                                               10

Antitakeover Mechanisms                                                                                          10

Shareholder Proposals                                                                                            10



(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                        8
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Operational Items
Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports
Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports,
unless:

          o    There  are  concerns  about  the  accounts   presented  or  audit
               procedures used; or


          o    The company is not  responsive  to  shareholder  questions  about
               specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

Vote FOR the reelection of auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix
auditor fees, unless:

          o    There are serious  concerns  about the accounts  presented or the
               audit procedures used;

          o    The auditors are being changed without explanation; or

          o    Non-audit-related fees are substantial or are routinely in excess
               of standard annual audit-related fees.

Vote AGAINST the appointment of external auditors if they have previously served
the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated
with the company.

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors
Vote FOR the appointment or reelection of statutory auditors, unless:

          o    There are serious concerns about the statutory  reports presented
               or the audit procedures used;

          o    Questions  exist  concerning any of the statutory  auditors being
               appointed; or


          o    The auditors have  previously  served the company in an executive
               capacity  or can  otherwise  be  considered  affiliated  with the
               company.

Allocation of Income

Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:

          o    The dividend payout ratio has been consistently  below 30 percent
               without adequate explanation;  or

          o    The payout is excessive given the company's financial position.

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend
proposals.

Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management
demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

Amendments to Articles of Association
Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Change in Company Fiscal Term
Vote FOR resolutions to change a company's fiscal term unless a company's
motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership
Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below
5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                        9
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Amend Quorum Requirements
Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a
CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Transact Other Business
Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.

Board of Directors Director Elections
Vote FOR management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

          o    Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;

          o    There  are  clear   concerns   over   questionable   finances  or
               restatements;

          o    There  have been  questionable  transactions  with  conflicts  of
               interest;

          o    There are any  records  of abuses  against  minority  shareholder
               interests; or

          o    The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards.

Vote FOR individual nominees unless there are specific concerns about the
individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities.

Vote AGAINST shareholder nominees unless they demonstrate a clear ability to
contribute positively to board deliberations.

Vote AGAINST individual directors if repeated absences at board meetings have
not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

Vote AGAINST labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or
compensation committee, as they are not required to be on those committees.

Please see the International Classification of Directors on the following page.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                       10
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

2007 International Classification of Directors
Executive Director

      o
          Employee or executive of the company;


      o   Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives
          salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits that are in line with the
          highest-paid executives of the company.

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

          o    Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent
               NED;

          o    Any director  specifically  designated as a  representative  of a
               significant shareholder of the company;

          o    Any   director  who  is  also  an  employee  or  executive  of  a
               significant shareholder of the company;


          o    Beneficial  owner  (direct or indirect) of at least 10 percent of
               the company's stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights
               (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more
               than one

          o    member  of a  defined  group,  e.g.,  members  of a  family  that
               beneficially   own  less  than  10  percent   individually,   but
               collectively  own  more  than 10  percent),  unless  market  best
               practice dictates a lower ownership and/or  disclosure  threshold
               (and in other special market-specific circumstances);

          o    Government representative;


          o    Currently  provides  (or  a  relative1   provides)   professional
               services to the company,  to an affiliate of o the company, or to
               an individual  officer of the company or of one of its affiliates
               in excess of $10,000 per year;


          Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with
      which company maintains o transactional/commercial relationship (unless
      company discloses information to apply a materiality test2);


     o    Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive
          directors or the chairman of the company;


      o   Relative1 of current employee of the company or its affiliates;


      o   Relative1 of former executive of the company or its affiliates;


      o   A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the
          general meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial
          shareholder);

     o    Founder/co-founder/member  of  founding  family but not  currently  an
          employee;

     o    Former executive (five-year cooling off period);

     o    Years  of  service  will  NOT be a  determining  factor  unless  it is
          recommended  best  practice  in a market:  --9 years (from the date of
          election) in the United  Kingdom and  Ireland;  --12 years in European
          markets.

Independent NED


     o    No material(3)  connection,  either direct or indirect, to the company
          other than a board seat.

Employee Representative


     o    Represents   employees  or  employee   shareholders   of  the  company
          (classified   as   "employee    representative"   but   considered   a
          non-independent NED).

Footnotes:


(1)  "Relative" follows the SEC's proposed definition of "immediate family
     members" which covers spouses, parents, children, step-parents,
     step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or
     employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director,
     executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

(2)  If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of
     $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient's gross revenues. (The recipient is
     the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction.) 3 For
     purposes of ISS' director independence classification, "material" will be
     defined as a standard of relationship (financial, personal, or otherwise)
     that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one's
     objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful
     impact on an individual's ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards
     on behalf of shareholders.

(4)  Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and
     generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory
     services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment
     services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting
     services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation
     in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a
     transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather
     than a professional relationship.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                       11
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Director Compensation
Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the
amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and
share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive
directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive
directors.

Discharge of Board and Management
Vote FOR discharge of the board and management, unless:

     o    There are serious  questions  about actions of the board or management
          for the year in question; or

     o    Legal action is being taken against the board by other shareholders.

Vote AGAINST proposals to remove approval of discharge of board and management
from the agenda.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions
Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors
and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify auditors.

Board Structure
Vote FOR proposals to fix board size.

Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages
for directors.

Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a
fight for control of the company or the board.

Capital Structure
Share Issuance Requests
General Issuances:
Vote FOR issuance requests with preemptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent
over currently issued capital.

Vote FOR issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent
of currently issued capital.

Specific Issuances:
Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                       12
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Increases in Authorized Capital
Vote FOR non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent
over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with
less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount,
unless:

      o   The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based
          acquisition or merger) does not meet ISS guidelines for the purpose
          being proposed; or


      o   The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its
          new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed
          issuances.

Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital
Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the
terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a
CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Capital Structures
Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote
capital structure.

Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital
structures or the creation of new or additional supervoting shares.

Preferred Stock
Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of
preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the
preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the
maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets ISS'
guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry
superior voting rights to the common shares.

Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board
clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a
CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Debt Issuance Requests
Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or
without preemptive rights.

Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the
maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets ISS'
guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of
the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                       13
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Pledging of Assets for Debt
Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a CASE-BY-CASE
basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers
Vote proposals to approve increases in a company's borrowing powers on a
CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Share Repurchase Plans Vote FOR share repurchase plans, unless:

      o
          Clear evidence of past abuse of the authority is available; or

      o
          The plan contains no safeguards against selective buybacks.

Reissuance of Shares Repurchased
Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear
evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value
Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to
increase par value.

Other
Reorganizations/Restructurings
Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

For every M&A analysis, ISS reviews publicly available information as of the
date of the report and evaluates the merits and drawbacks of the proposed
transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:


     o    Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or
          paid by the  acquirer)  reasonable?  While the  fairness  opinion  may
          provide   an   initial   starting   point  for   assessing   valuation
          reasonableness,  ISS  places  emphasis  on the offer  premium,  market
          reaction, and strategic rationale.

      o   Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A
          negative market reaction will cause ISS to scrutinize a deal more
          closely.


     o    Strategic  rationale  - Does the deal make sense  strategically?  From
          where is the value derived?  Cost and revenue  synergies should not be
          overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management
          should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of
          historical acquisitions.

     o    Conflicts of interest - Are insiders  benefiting  from the transaction
          disproportionately  and o  inappropriately  as compared to non-insider
          shareholders? ISS will consider whether any special interests may have
          influenced  these  directors  and officers to support or recommend the
          merger.

     o    Governance  - Will  the  combined  company  have  a  better  or  worse
          governance  profile  than the  current o  governance  profiles  of the
          respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to
          change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other
          issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Vote AGAINST if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request
to make an informed voting decision.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                       14
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers
Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a CASE-BY-CASE
basis.

Reincorporation Proposals
Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Expansion of Business Activities
Vote FOR resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes
the company into risky areas.

Related-Party Transactions
Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Compensation Plans
Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Antitakeover Mechanisms
Vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals unless they are structured in such a way
that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Shareholder Proposals
Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company's corporate governance or
business profile at a reasonable cost.

Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company's business activities or
capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no
benefit.

(C) 2006 Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. All Rights Reserved.

                                       15
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                         Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                            SUMMARY OF LOOMIS SAYLES
                      PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Loomis Sayles uses the services of third parties ("Proxy Voting Service(s)"), to
research and administer the vote on proxies for those accounts and funds for
which Loomis Sayles has voting authority. Each Proxy Voting Service has a copy
of Loomis Sayles' proxy voting procedures ("Procedures") and provides vote
recommendations and/or analysis to Loomis Sayles based on the Proxy Voting
Service's own research. Loomis Sayles will generally follow its express policy
with input from the Proxy Voting Services unless the Proxy Committee determines
that the client's best interests are served by voting otherwise.

All issues presented for shareholder vote will be considered under the oversight
of the Proxy Committee. All non-routine issues will be directly considered by
the Proxy Committee and, when necessary, the equity analyst following the
company and/or the portfolio manager of an account holding the security, and
will be voted in the best investment interests of the client. All routine for
and against issues will be voted according to Loomis Sayles' policy approved by
the Proxy Committee unless special factors require that they be considered by
the Proxy Committee and, when necessary, the equity analyst following the
company and/or the portfolio manager of an account holding the security. Loomis
Sayles' Proxy Committee has established these routine policies in what it
believes are the best investment interests of Loomis Sayles' clients.

The specific responsibilities of the Proxy Committee, include, (1) developing,
authorizing, implementing and updating the Procedures, including an annual
review of the Procedures, existing voting guidelines and the proxy voting
process in general, (2) oversight of the proxy voting process including
oversight of the vote on proposals according to the predetermined policies in
the voting guidelines, directing the vote on proposals where there is reason not
to vote according to the predetermined policies in the voting guidelines or
where proposals require special consideration, and consultation with the
portfolio managers and analysts for the accounts holding the security when
necessary or appropriate and, (3) engagement and oversight of third-party
vendors, including Proxy Voting Services.

Loomis Sayles has established several policies to ensure that proxy votes are
voted in its clients' best interest and are not affected by any possible
conflicts of interest. First, except in certain limited instances, Loomis Sayles
votes in accordance with its pre-determined policies set forth in the
Procedures. Second, where these Procedures allow for discretion, Loomis Sayles
will generally consider the recommendations of the Proxy Voting Services in
making its voting decisions. However, if the Proxy Committee determines that the
Proxy Voting Services' recommendation is not in the best interest of its
clients, then the Proxy Committee may use its discretion to vote against the
Proxy Voting Services' recommendation, but only after taking the following
steps: (1) conducting a review for any material conflict of interest Loomis
Sayles may have and, (2) if any material conflict is found to exist, excluding
anyone at Loomis Sayles who is subject to that conflict of interest from
participating in the voting decision in any way. However, if deemed necessary or
appropriate by the Proxy Committee after full prior disclosure of any conflict,
that person may provide information, opinions or recommendations on any proposal
to the Proxy Committee. In such event the Proxy Committee will make reasonable
efforts to obtain and consider, prior to directing any vote information,
opinions or recommendations from or about the opposing position on any proposal.
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                    Massachusetts Financial Services Company
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                    MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY

                      PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

                                 March 13, 2008

            Massachusetts Financial Services Company, MFS Institutional
      Advisors, Inc., MFS International (UK) Limited, MFS Heritage Trust
      Company, and MFS' other investment adviser subsidiaries (except Four
      Pillars Capital, Inc.) (collectively, "MFS") have adopted proxy voting
      policies and procedures, as set forth below ("MFS Proxy Voting Policies
      and Procedures"), with respect to securities owned by the clients for
      which MFS serves as investment adviser and has the power to vote proxies,
      including the registered investment companies sponsored by MFS.

A. VOTING GUIDELINES
     1.   General Policy; Potential Conflicts of Interest
            MFS' policy is that proxy voting decisions are made in what MFS
      believes to be the best long-term economic interests of MFS' clients, and
      not in the interests of any other party or in MFS' corporate interests,
      including interests such as the distribution of MFS Fund shares,
      administration of 401(k) plans, and institutional relationships.
            In developing these proxy voting guidelines, MFS periodically
      reviews corporate governance issues and proxy voting matters that are
      presented for shareholder vote by either management or shareholders of
      public companies. Based on the overall principle that all votes cast by
      MFS on behalf of its clients must be in what MFS believes to be the best
      long-term economic interests of such clients, MFS has adopted proxy voting
      guidelines, set forth below, that govern how MFS generally will vote on
      specific matters presented for shareholder vote. In all cases, MFS will
      exercise its discretion in voting on these matters in accordance with this
      overall principle. In other words, the underlying guidelines are simply
      that - guidelines. Proxy items of significance are often considered on a
      case-by-case basis, in light of all relevant facts and circumstances, and
      in certain cases MFS may vote proxies in a manner different from what
      otherwise be dictated by these guidelines.
            As a general matter, MFS maintains a consistent voting position on
      similar proxy proposals with respect to various issuers. In addition, MFS
      generally votes consistently on the same matter when securities of an
      issuer are held by multiple client accounts. However, MFS recognizes that
      there are gradations in certain types of proposals that might result in
      different voting positions being taken with respect to different proxy
      statements. There also may be situations involving matters presented for
      shareholder vote that are not governed by the guidelines or situations
      where MFS has received explicit voting instructions from

                                      - 1 -
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      a client for its own account. Some items that otherwise would be
      acceptable will be voted against the proponent when it is seeking
      extremely broad flexibility without offering a valid explanation. MFS
      reserves the right to override the guidelines with respect to a particular
      shareholder vote when such an override is, in MFS' best judgment,
      consistent with the overall principle of voting proxies in the best
      long-term economic interests of MFS' clients.
            From time to time, MFS receives comments on these guidelines as well
      as regarding particular voting issues from its clients. These comments are
      carefully considered by MFS when it reviews these guidelines each year and
      revises them as appropriate.
            These policies and procedures are intended to address any potential
      material conflicts of interest on the part of MFS or its subsidiaries that
      are likely to arise in connection with the voting of proxies on behalf of
      MFS' clients. If such potential material conflicts of interest do arise,
      MFS will analyze, document and report on such potential material conflicts
      of interest (see Sections B.2 and E below), and shall ultimately vote the
      relevant proxies in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic
      interests of its clients. The MFS Proxy Voting Committee is responsible
      for monitoring and reporting with respect to such potential material
      conflicts of interest.

B. ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES
     1.   MFS Proxy Voting Committee
            The administration of these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
      is overseen by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, which includes senior
      personnel from the MFS Legal and Global Investment Support Departments.
      The Proxy Voting Committee does not include individuals whose primary
      duties relate to client relationship management, marketing, or sales. The
      MFS Proxy Voting Committee:

          a.   Reviews these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures at
               least annually and recommends any
               amendments considered to be necessary or advisable;

          b.   Determines whether any potential material conflict of interest
               exist with respect to instances in which MFS (i) seeks to
               override these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures; (ii)
               votes on ballot items not governed by these MFS Proxy Voting
               Policies and Procedures; (iii) evaluates an
              excessive executive compensation issue in relation to the
               election of directors; or (iv) requests a vote recommendation
               from an MFS portfolio manager or investment analyst (e.g. mergers
               and acquisitions); and

          c.   Considers special proxy issues as they may arise from time to
               time.

                                      - 2 -
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

     2.   Potential Conflicts of Interest
            The MFS Proxy Voting Committee is responsible for monitoring
      potential material conflicts of interest on the part of MFS or its
      subsidiaries that could arise in connection with the voting of proxies on
      behalf of MFS' clients. Due to the client focus of our investment
      management business, we believe that the potential for actual material
      conflict of interest issues is small. Nonetheless, we have developed
      precautions to ensure that all proxy votes are cast in the best long-term
      economic interest of shareholders. Other MFS internal policies require all
      MFS employees to avoid actual and potential conflicts of interests between
      personal activities and MFS' client activities. If an employee identifies
      an actual or potential conflict of interest with respect to any voting
      decision that employee must recuse himself/herself from participating in
      the voting process. Additionally, with respect to decisions concerning all
      Non Standard Votes, as defined below, MFS will review the securities
      holdings reported by the individuals that participate in such decision to
      determine whether such person has a direct economic interest in the
      decision, in which case such person shall not further participate in
      making the decision. Any significant attempt by an employee of MFS or its
      subsidiaries to influence MFS' voting on a particular proxy matter should
      also be reported to the MFS Proxy Voting Committee.
            In cases where proxies are voted in accordance with these MFS Proxy
      Voting Policies and Procedures, no material conflict of interest will be
      deemed to exist. In cases where (i) MFS is considering overriding these
      MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, (ii) matters presented for vote
      are not clearly governed by these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and
      Procedures, (iii) MFS evaluates an excessive executive compensation issue
      in relation to the election of directors, or (iv) a vote recommendation is
      requested from an MFS portfolio manager or investment analyst (e.g.
      mergers and acquisitions) (collectively, "Non Standard Votes"); the MFS
      Proxy Voting Committee will follow these procedures:

     a.   Compare  the  name of the  issuer  of  such  proxy  against  a list of
          significant  current (i) distributors of MFS Fund shares, and (ii) MFS
          institutional clients (the "MFS Significant Client List");

     b.   If the name of the  issuer  does  not  appear  on the MFS  Significant
          Client List, then no material b conflict of interest will be deemed to
          exist, and the proxy will be voted as otherwise  determined by the MFS
          Proxy Voting Committee;

     c.   If the name of the issuer appears on the MFS Significant  Client List,
          then the MFS Proxy Voting  Committee will be apprised of that fact and
          each member of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will carefully  evaluate
          the  proposed  vote in order to ensure  that the proxy  ultimately  is
          voted in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests
          of MFS' clients, and not in MFS' corporate interests; and

     d.   For all  potential  material  conflicts of interest  identified  under
          clause (c) above,  the MFS Proxy Voting  Committee will document:  the
          name of the issuer, the issuer's  relationship to MFS, the analysis of
          the matters  submitted for proxy vote, the votes as to be cast and the
          reasons why the MFS Proxy Voting Committee determined that the votes

                                      - 3 -
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

          were cast in the best  long-term  economic  interests of MFS' clients,
          and  not  in  MFS'  corporate  interests.  A  copy  of  the  foregoing
          documentation will be provided to MFS' Conflicts Officer.

            The members of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee are responsible for
      creating and maintaining the MFS Significant Client List, in consultation
      with MFS' distribution and institutional business units. The MFS
      Significant Client List will be reviewed and updated periodically, as
      appropriate.

            From time to time, certain MFS Funds may own shares of other MFS
      Funds (the "underlying fund"). If an underlying fund submits a matter to a
      shareholder vote, the MFS Fund that owns shares of the underlying fund
      will vote its shares in the same proportion as the other shareholders of
      the underlying fund.

     3.   Gathering Proxies
            Most proxies received by MFS and its clients originate at Automatic
      Data Processing Corp. ("ADP") although a few proxies are transmitted to
      investors by corporate issuers through their custodians or depositories.
      ADP and issuers send proxies and related material directly to the record
      holders of the shares beneficially owned by MFS' clients, usually to the
      client's custodian or, less commonly, to the client itself. This material
      will include proxy cards, reflecting the shareholdings of Funds and of
      clients on the record dates for such shareholder meetings, as well as
      proxy statements with the issuer's explanation of the items to be voted
      upon.
            MFS, on behalf of itself and the Funds, has entered into an
      agreement with an independent proxy administration firm, Institutional
      Shareholder Services, Inc. (the "Proxy Administrator"), pursuant to which
      the Proxy Administrator performs various proxy vote related administrative
      services, such as vote processing and recordkeeping functions for MFS'
      Funds and institutional client accounts. The Proxy Administrator receives
      proxy statements and proxy cards directly or indirectly from various
      custodians, logs these materials into its database and matches upcoming
      meetings with MFS Fund and client portfolio holdings, which are input into
      the Proxy Administrator's system by an MFS holdings datafeed. Through the
      use of the Proxy Administrator system, ballots and proxy material
      summaries for all upcoming shareholders' meetings are available on-line to
      certain MFS employees and the MFS Proxy Voting Committee.

     4.   Analyzing Proxies
            Proxies are voted in accordance with these MFS Proxy Voting Policies
      and Procedures. The Proxy Administrator at the prior direction of MFS
      automatically votes all proxy matters that do not require the particular
      exercise of discretion or judgment with respect to these MFS Proxy Voting
      Policies and Procedures as determined by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee.
      With respect to proxy matters that require the particular exercise of
      discretion or judgment, MFS considers and votes on those proxy

                                      - 4 -
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      matters. MFS receives research from ISS which it may take into account in
      deciding how to vote. In addition, MFS expects to rely on ISS to identify
      circumstances in which a board may have approved excessive executive
      compensation. Representatives of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee review, as
      appropriate, votes cast to ensure conformity with these MFS Proxy Voting
      Policies and Procedures.
            As a general matter, portfolio managers and investment analysts have
      little or no involvement in specific votes taken by MFS. This is designed
      to promote consistency in the application of MFS' voting guidelines, to
      promote consistency in voting on the same or similar issues (for the same
      or for multiple issuers) across all client accounts, and to minimize the
      potential that proxy solicitors, issuers, or third parties might attempt
      to exert inappropriate influence on the vote. In limited types of votes
      (e.g., corporate actions, such as mergers and acquisitions), a
      representative of MFS Proxy Voting Committee may consult with or seek
      recommendations from MFS portfolio managers or investment analysts.(1)
      However, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee would ultimately determine the
      manner in which all proxies are voted.
            As noted above, MFS reserves the right to override the guidelines
      when such an override is, in MFS' best judgment, consistent with the
      overall principle of voting proxies in the best long-term economic
      interests of MFS' clients. Any such override of the guidelines shall be
      analyzed, documented and reported in accordance with the procedures set
      forth in these policies.

     5.   Voting Proxies
            In accordance with its contract with MFS, the Proxy Administrator
      also generates a variety of reports for the MFS Proxy Voting Committee,
      and makes available on-line various other types of information so that the
      MFS Proxy Voting Committee may review and monitor the votes cast by the
      Proxy Administrator on behalf of MFS' clients.

C.   MONITORING SYSTEM
            It is the responsibility of the Proxy Administrator and MFS' Proxy
      Voting Committee to monitor the proxy voting process. When proxy materials
      for clients are received, they are forwarded to the Proxy Administrator
      and are input into the Proxy Administrator's system. Through an interface
      with the portfolio holdings database of MFS, the Proxy Administrator
      matches a list of all MFS Funds and clients who hold shares of a company's
      stock and the number of shares held on the record date with the Proxy
      Administrator's listing of any upcoming shareholder's meeting of that
      company.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  From time to time, due to travel schedules and other commitments, an
     appropriate portfolio manager or research analyst is not available to
     provide a recommendation on a merger or acquisition proposal. If such a
     recommendation cannot be obtained prior to the cut-off date of the
     shareholder meeting, certain members of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee may
     determine to abstain from voting.

                                      - 5 -
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

            When the Proxy Administrator's system "tickler" shows that the
      voting cut-off date of a shareholders' meeting is approaching, a Proxy
      Administrator representative checks that the vote for MFS Funds and
      clients holding that security has been recorded in the computer system. If
      a proxy card has not been received from the client's custodian, the Proxy
      Administrator calls the custodian requesting that the materials be
      forwarded immediately. If it is not possible to receive the proxy card
      from the custodian in time to be voted at the meeting, MFS may instruct
      the custodian to cast the vote in the manner specified and to mail the
      proxy directly to the issuer.

D.   RECORDS RETENTION
            MFS will retain copies of these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and
      Procedures in effect from time to time and will retain all proxy voting
      reports submitted to the Board of Trustees, Board of Directors and Board
      of Managers of the MFS Funds for the period required by applicable law.
      Proxy solicitation materials, including electronic versions of the proxy
      cards completed by representatives of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee,
      together with their respective notes and comments, are maintained in an
      electronic format by the Proxy Administrator and are accessible on-line by
      the MFS Proxy Voting Committee. All proxy voting materials and supporting
      documentation, including records generated by the Proxy Administrator's
      system as to proxies processed, including the dates when proxy ballots
      were received and submitted, and the votes on each company's proxy issues,
      are retained as required by applicable law.

E.   REPORTS
            All MFS Advisory Clients
            At any time, a report can be printed by MFS for each client who has
      requested that MFS furnish a record of votes cast. The report specifies
      the proxy issues which have been voted for the client during the year and
      the position taken with respect to each issue.
            Except as described above, MFS generally will not divulge actual
      voting practices to any party other than the client or its representatives
      (unless required by applicable law) because we consider that information
      to be confidential and proprietary to the client.

                                      - 6 -
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                    MetLife Investment Advisors Company, LLC
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                    METLIFE INVESTMENT ADVISORS COMPANY, LLC

           SUMMARY DESCRIPTION OF PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

      MetLife Investment Advisors Company, LLC ("MLIAC") has adopted policies
and procedures (the "Policies") that govern how MLIAC votes the securities owned
by its United States advisory clients for which MLIAC exercises voting authority
and discretion (the "Proxies"). The Policies have been designed to ensure that
Proxies are voted in the best interests of our United States clients in
accordance with our fiduciary duties, Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment
Advisers Act of 1940 and other applicable law. The Policies do not apply to any
client that has explicitly retained authority and discretion to vote its own
proxies or delegated such authority and discretion to a third party.

      The guiding principle by which MLIAC votes on all matters submitted to
security holders is the maximization of economic value of clients' holdings.
MLIAC does not permit voting decisions to be influenced in any manner that is
contrary to, or dilutive of, this guiding principle. The Policies are designed
to ensure that material conflicts of interest on the part of MLIAC or its
affiliates do not affect voting decisions on behalf of clients.

      MLIAC and its affiliates have carefully reviewed matters that in recent
years have been presented for shareholder vote by either management or
shareholders of public companies. Based on the guiding principle that all votes
made by MLIAC on behalf of its clients must be made in the best interest of the
clients and with the intent to maximize the economic value of clients'
securities holdings, MLIAC has adopted detailed proxy voting guidelines (the
"Guidelines") that set forth how MLIAC plans to vote on specific matters
presented for shareholder vote. The indicated vote in the Guidelines is the
governing position on any matter specifically addressed by the Guidelines.

      Because the Guidelines have been pre-established by MLIAC and its
affiliates, application of the Guidelines to vote Proxies should adequately
address most possible material conflicts of interest. MLIAC, however, reserves
the right to override the Guidelines (an "Override") with respect to a
particular shareholder vote when such an Override is consistent with the guiding
principle of seeking the maximization of economic value to clients, taking into
consideration all relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote. In
connection with any Override, the MetLife Proxy Policy Committee, which is
comprised of senior MetLife investment personnel, and legal and compliance
personnel and which includes at least one officer of MLIAC, must first make a
determination whether there is any material conflict of interest between MLIAC
or any of its affiliates, on the one hand, and the relevant advisory clients, on
the other. Overrides are subject to specific procedures designed to ensure that
voting decisions are not influenced by material conflicts of interest. Certain
other aspects of the administration of the Policies are also governed by the
Proxy Policy Committee.
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      MLIAC has retained Institutional Shareholder Services ("ISS") to handle
the administrative aspects of voting proxies for the accounts of MLIAC's
advisory clients. ISS monitors the accounts and their holdings to be sure that
all Proxies are received and votes are cast in accordance with the Guidelines
provided by MLIAC. In addition, there may be situations involving matters
presented for shareholder vote that are not governed by the Guidelines. In order
to address that issue, MLIAC has subscribed to a service offered by ISS called
"Smart Voter Plus." Under the Smart Voter Plus service, any proxy that is not
governed by the Guidelines will be voted in accordance with ISS's guidelines
which have been reviewed and approved by Counsel (for the purposes hereof,
Counsel, means a member of the Securities Investments Section of the Law
Department of MetLife, Inc.). In addition, the Equity Trading and Index
Management Department ("ETIM") on a regular basis monitors matters presented for
shareholder vote and tracks the voting of the Proxies.

      Clients may obtain a copy of the Policies and information regarding how
MLIAC voted securities held in their accounts, by contacting the ETIM at (973)
355-4000.

      The Policies are subject to change at any time without notice.
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                        Neuberger Berman Management Inc.
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                Summary of Neuberger Berman's Proxy Voting Policy

Neuberger Berman has implemented written Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
(Proxy Voting Policy) that are designed to reasonably ensure that Neuberger
Berman votes proxies prudently and in the best interest of its advisory clients
for whom Neuberger Berman has voting authority. The Proxy Voting Policy also
describes how Neuberger Berman addresses any conflicts that may arise between
its interests and those of its clients with respect to proxy voting.

Neuberger Berman's Proxy Committee is responsible for developing, authorizing,
implementing and updating the Proxy Voting Policy, overseeing the proxy voting
process, and engaging and overseeing any independent third-party vendors as
voting delegate to review, monitor and/or vote proxies. In order to apply the
Proxy Voting Policy noted above in a timely and consistent manner, Neuberger
Berman utilizes Glass, Lewis & Co. LLC (Glass Lewis) to vote proxies in
accordance with Neuberger Berman's voting guidelines.

For socially responsive clients, Neuberger Berman has adopted socially
responsive voting guidelines. For non-socially responsive clients, Neuberger
Berman's guidelines adopt the voting recommendations of Glass Lewis. Neuberger
Berman retains final authority and fiduciary responsibility for proxy voting.
Neuberger Berman believes that this process is reasonably designed to address
material conflicts of interest that may arise between Neuberger Berman and a
client as to how proxies are voted.

In the event that an investment professional at Neuberger Berman believes that
it is in the best interest of a client or clients to vote proxies in a manner
inconsistent with Neuberger Berman's proxy voting guidelines or in a manner
inconsistent with Glass Lewis recommendations, the Proxy Committee will review
information submitted by the investment professional to determine that there is
no material conflict of interest between Neuberger Berman and the client with
respect to the voting of the proxy in that manner.

If the Proxy Committee determines that the voting of a proxy as recommended by
the investment professional presents a material conflict of interest between
Neuberger Berman and the client or clients with respect to the voting of the
proxy, the Proxy Committee shall: (i) take no further action, in which case
Glass Lewis shall vote such proxy in accordance with the proxy voting guidelines
or as Glass Lewis recommends; (ii) disclose such conflict to the client or
clients and obtain written direction from the client as to how to vote the
proxy; (iii) suggest that the client or clients engage another party to
determine how to vote the proxy; or (iv) engage another independent third party
to determine how to vote the proxy.
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                             OppenheimerFunds, Inc.
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                             OPPENHEIMERFUNDS, INC.
                                OPPENHEIMERFUNDS
                 PORTFOLIO PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
                            (as of December 5, 2005)

      These Portfolio Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, which include the
attached "OppenheimerFunds Proxy Voting Guidelines" (the "Guidelines"), set
forth the proxy voting policies, procedures and guidelines to be followed by
OppenheimerFunds, Inc. ("OFI") in voting portfolio proxies relating to
securities held by clients, including registered investment companies advised or
sub-advised by OFI ("Fund(s)").

A.   Funds for which OFI has Proxy Voting Responsibility
      OFI Funds. Each Board of Directors/Trustees of the Funds advised by OFI
(the "OFI Fund Board(s)") has delegated to OFI the authority to vote portfolio
proxies pursuant to these Policies and Procedures and subject to Board
supervision.

      Sub-Advised Funds. OFI also serves as an investment sub-adviser for a
number of other non-OFI funds not overseen by the OFI Fund Boards ("Sub-Advised
Funds"). Pursuant to contractual arrangements between OFI and many of those
Sub-Advised Funds' managers, OFI is responsible for portfolio proxy voting of
the portfolio proxies held by those Sub-Advised Funds.

      Tremont Funds (Funds-of-Hedge Funds) Certain OFI Funds are structured as
funds-of-hedge funds (the "Tremont Funds") and invest their assets primarily in
underlying private investment partnerships and similar investment vehicles
("portfolio funds"). These Tremont Funds have delegated voting of portfolio
proxies (if any) for their portfolio holdings to OFI. OFI, in turn, has
delegated the proxy voting responsibility to Tremont Partners, Inc., the
investment manager of the Tremont Funds.

      The underlying portfolio funds, however, typically do not solicit votes
from their interest holders (such as the Tremont Funds). Therefore, the Tremont
Funds' interests (or shares) in those underlying portfolio funds are not
considered to be "voting securities" and generally would not be subject to these
Policies and Procedures. However, in the unlikely event that an underlying
portfolio fund does solicit the vote or consent of its interest holders, the
Tremont Funds and Tremont Partners, Inc. have adopted these Policies and
Procedures and will vote in accordance with these Policies and Procedures.

B.   Proxy Voting Committee
      OFI's internal proxy voting committee (the "Committee") is responsible for
overseeing the proxy voting process and ensuring that OFI and the Funds meet
their regulatory and corporate governance obligations for voting of portfolio
proxies.

      The Committee shall adopt a written charter that outlines its
responsibilities and any amendments to the charter shall be provided to the
Boards at the Boards' next regularly scheduled meetings.

      The Committee also shall receive and review periodic reports prepared by
the proxy voting agent regarding portfolio proxies and related votes cast. The
Committee shall oversee the proxy voting agent's compliance with these Policies
and Procedures and the Guidelines, including any deviations by the proxy voting
agent from the Guidelines.
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      The Committee will meet on a regular basis and may act at the direction of
two or more of its voting members provided one of those members is the Legal
Department or Compliance Department representative. The Committee will maintain
minutes of Committee meetings and provide regular reports to the OFI Fund
Boards.

C. Administration and Voting of Portfolio Proxies
     1.   Fiduciary Duty and Objective
      As an investment adviser that has been granted the authority to vote
portfolio proxies, OFI owes a fiduciary duty to the Funds to monitor corporate
events and to vote portfolio proxies consistent with the best interests of the
Funds and their shareholders. In this regard, OFI seeks to ensure that all votes
are free from unwarranted and inappropriate influences. Accordingly, OFI
generally votes portfolio proxies in a uniform manner for the Funds and in
accordance with these Policies and Procedures and the Guidelines.

      In meeting its fiduciary duty, OFI generally undertakes to vote portfolio
proxies with a view to enhancing the value of the company's stock held by the
Funds. Similarly, when voting on matters for which the Guidelines dictate a vote
be decided on a case-by-case basis, OFI's primary consideration is the economic
interests of the Funds and their shareholders.

     2.   Proxy Voting Agent
      On behalf of the Funds, OFI retains an independent, third party proxy
voting agent to assist OFI in its proxy voting responsibilities in accordance
with these Policies and Procedures and, in particular, with the Guidelines. As
discussed above, the Committee is responsible for monitoring the proxy voting
agent.

      In general, OFI may consider the proxy voting agent's research and
analysis as part of OFI's own review of a proxy proposal in which the Guidelines
recommend that the vote be considered on a case-by-case basis. OFI bears
ultimate responsibility for how portfolio proxies are voted. Unless instructed
otherwise by OFI, the proxy voting agent will vote each portfolio proxy in
accordance with the Guidelines. The proxy voting agent also will assist OFI in
maintaining records of OFI's and the Funds' portfolio proxy votes, including the
appropriate records necessary for the Funds' to meet their regulatory
obligations regarding the annual filing of proxy voting records on Form N-PX
with the SEC.

     3.   Material Conflicts of Interest
      OFI votes portfolio proxies without regard to any other business
relationship between OFI (or its affiliates) and the company to which the
portfolio proxy relates. To this end, OFI must identify material conflicts of
interest that may arise between the interests of a Fund and its shareholders and
OFI, its affiliates or their business relationships. A material conflict of
interest may arise from a business relationship between a portfolio company or
its affiliates (together the "company"), on one hand, and OFI or any of its
affiliates (together "OFI"), on the other, including, but not limited to, the
following relationships:


      o   OFI provides significant investment advisory or other services to a
          company whose management is soliciting proxies or OFI is seeking to
          provide such services;

                                        2
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


      o   an officer of OFI serves on the board of a charitable organization
          that receives charitable contributions from the company and the
          charitable organization is a client of OFI;

     o    a company that is a significant  selling  agent of OFI's  products and
          services solicits proxies;


      o   OFI serves as an investment adviser to the pension or other investment
          account of the portfolio company or OFI is seeking to serve in that
          capacity; or

     o    OFI  and  the  company  have  a  lending  or  other  financial-related
          relationship.

In each of these situations, voting against company management's recommendation
may cause OFI a loss of revenue or other benefit.

      OFI and its affiliates generally seek to avoid such material conflicts of
interest by maintaining separate investment decision making processes to prevent
the sharing of business objectives with respect to proposed or actual actions
regarding portfolio proxy voting decisions. This arrangement alone, however, is
insufficient to assure that material conflicts of interest do not influence
OFI's voting of portfolio proxies. To minimize this possibility, OFI and the
Committee employ the following procedures:


          If the proposal that gives rise to a material conflict is specifically
          addressed in the  Guidelines,  OFI o will vote the portfolio  proxy in
          accordance  with the  Guidelines,  provided that the Guidelines do not
          provide  discretion  to  OFI  on how to  vote  on  the  matter  (i.e.,
          case-by-case);


          If the  proposal  that  gives  rise  to a  potential  conflict  is not
          specifically  addressed in the Guidelines o or provides  discretion to
          OFI on how to vote, OFI will vote in accordance  with its proxy voting
          agent's general  recommended  guidelines on the proposal provided that
          OFI has reasonably  determined there is no conflict of interest on the
          part of the proxy voting agent;


          If neither of the  previous  two  procedures  provides an  appropriate
          voting  recommendation,  OFI may retain o an independent  fiduciary to
          advise OFI on how to vote the proposal; or the Committee may determine
          that  voting on the  particular  proposal is  impracticable  and/or is
          outweighed  by the cost of  voting  and  direct  OFI to  abstain  from
          voting.

     4.   Certain Foreign Securities
      Portfolio proxies relating to foreign securities held by the Funds are
subject to these Policies and Procedures. In certain foreign jurisdictions,
however, the voting of portfolio proxies can result in additional restrictions
that have an economic impact or cost to the security, such as "share-blocking."
Share-blocking would prevent OFI from selling
                                        3
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

the shares of the foreign security for a period of time if OFI votes the
portfolio proxy relating to the foreign security. In determining whether to vote
portfolio proxies subject to such restrictions, OFI, in consultation with the
Committee, considers whether the vote, either itself or together with the votes
of other shareholders, is expected to have an effect on the value of the
investment that will outweigh the cost of voting. Accordingly, OFI may determine
not to vote such securities. If OFI determines to vote a portfolio proxy and
during the "share-blocking period" OFI would like to sell an affected foreign
security for one or more Funds, OFI, in consultation with the Committee, will
attempt to recall the shares (as allowable within the market time-frame and
practices).

     5.   Securities Lending Programs
      The Funds may participate in securities lending programs with various
counterparties. Under most securities lending arrangements, proxy voting rights
during the lending period generally are transferred to the borrower, and thus
proxies received in connection with the securities on loan may not be voted by
the lender (i.e., the Fund) unless the loan is recalled. Alternatively, some
securities lending programs use contractual arrangements among the lender,
borrower and counterparty to arrange for the borrower to vote the proxies in
accordance with instructions from the lending Fund.

      If a Fund participates in a securities lending program, OFI will attempt
to recall the recall the Funds' portfolio securities on loan and vote proxies
relating to such securities if OFI determines that the votes involve matters
that would have a material effect on the Fund's investment in such loaned
securities.

     6.   Shares of Registered Investment Companies (Fund of Funds)
      Certain OFI Funds are structured as funds of funds and invest their assets
primarily in other underlying OFI Funds (the "Fund of Funds"). Accordingly, the
Fund of Fund is a shareholder in the underlying OFI Funds and may be requested
to vote on a matter pertaining to those underlying OFI Funds. With respect to
any such matter, the Fund of Funds will vote its shares in the underlying OFI
Fund in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders in that
underlying OFI Fund (sometimes called "mirror" or "echo" voting).

D.   Fund Board Reports and Recordkeeping
      OFI will prepare periodic reports for submission to the Board describing:
          any issues arising under these Policies and Procedures since the last
      report to the Board and the o resolution of such issues, including but not
      limited to, information about conflicts of interest not
          addressed in the Policies and Procedures; and


      o   any proxy votes taken by OFI on behalf of the Funds since the last
          report to the Board which were deviations from the Policies and
          Procedures and the reasons for any such deviations.

      In addition, no less frequently than annually, OFI will provide the Boards
a written report identifying any recommended changes in existing policies based
upon OFI's experience under these Policies and Procedures, evolving industry
practices and developments in applicable laws or regulations.

                                        4
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      OFI will maintain all records required to be maintained under, and in
accordance with, the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Investment Advisers
Act of 1940 with respect to OFI's voting of portfolio proxies, including, but
not limited to:

     o    these Policies and Procedures, as amended from time to time;


     o    Records of votes cast with  respect to portfolio  proxies,  reflecting
          the information required to be included in Form N-PX;


     o    Records of written client  requests for proxy voting  information  and
          any written responses of OFI to such requests; and


     o    Any written  materials  prepared by OFI that were material to making a
          decision  in how to  vote,  or that  memorialized  the  basis  for the
          decision.

E.   Amendments to these Procedures
      In addition to the Committee's responsibilities as set forth in the
Committee's Charter, the Committee shall periodically review and update these
Policies and Procedures as necessary. Any amendments to these Procedures and
Policies (including the Guidelines) shall be provided to the Boards for review,
approval and ratification at the Boards' next regularly scheduled meetings.

F.   Proxy Voting Guidelines
      The Guidelines adopted by the Boards of the Funds are attached as Appendix
A. The importance of various issues shifts as political, economic and corporate
governance issues come to the forefront and then recede. Accordingly, the
Guidelines address the issues OFI has most frequently encountered in the past
several years.

                                        5
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents
                                                         APPENDIX A

              Oppenheimer Funds Portfolio Proxy Voting Guidelines

1. OPERATIONAL ITEMS
     1.1  Amend Quorum Requirements.
          --------------------------


      o   Vote AGAINST proposals to reduce quorum requirements for shareholder
          meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding unless there are
          compelling reasons to support the proposal.

     1.2  Amend Minor Bylaws.
          -------------------

      o
          Vote FOR bylaw or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature
(updates or corrections).
     1.3  Change Company Name.
          --------------------

      o
          Vote WITH Management

     1.4  Change Date, Time, or Location of Annual Meeting.
          -------------------------------------------------


      o   Vote FOR management proposals to change the date/time/location of the
          annual meeting unless the proposed change is unreasonable.


      o   Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to change the date/time/location of
          the annual meeting unless the current scheduling or location is
          unreasonable.

     1.5  Transact Other Business.
          ------------------------

      o
          Vote AGAINST proposals to approve other business when it appears as
voting item.

AUDITORS

     1.6  Ratifying Auditors
          ------------------

      o
          Vote FOR Proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following
apply:

           o   An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the
               company, and is therefore not independent.

           o
               Fees for non-audit services are excessive.

           o   There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has
               rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of
               the company's financial position.


      o   Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or
          limit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services.

      o
          Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals asking for audit firm rotation.
      o
          Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on shareholder proposals asking the
company to discharge the auditor(s).
                                        6
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


      o   Proposals are adequately covered under applicable provisions of
          Sarbanes-Oxley Act or NYSE or SEC regulations.

2.0  THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     2.1  Voting on Director Nominees
          ---------------------------

     o    Vote on  director  nominees  should be made on a  CASE-BY-CASE  basis,
          examining the following factors:

     o    Composition of the board and key board committees

     o    Attendance at board meetings

     o    Corporate governance provisions and takeover activity

     o    Long-term company performance relative to a market index

     o    Directors' investment in the company

     o    Whether the chairman is also serving as CEO

     o    Whether a retired CEO sits on the board


     o    WITHHOLD  VOTES:  However,  there are some actions by  directors  that
          should  result  in  votes  being  WITHHELD.  These  instances  include
          directors who:

     o    Attend  less than 75% of the board and  committee  meetings  without a
          valid excuse.  o Implement or renew a dead-hand or modified  dead-hand
          poison pill

     o    Ignore a  shareholder  proposal  that is approved by a majority of the
          shares outstanding.

     o    Ignore a  shareholder  proposal  that is approved by a majority of the
          votes cast for two consecutive years.

     o    Failed  to  act  on  takeover   offers   where  the  majority  of  the
          shareholders tendered their shares.

     o    Are inside  directors or affiliated  outsiders;  and sit on the audit,
          compensation,  or  nominating  committees or the company does not have
          one of these committees.

     o    Are  audit  committee  members;  and the  non-audit  fees  paid to the
          auditor  are  excessive.  o  Enacted  egregious  corporate  governance
          policies or failed to replace management as appropriate.

     o    Are inside  directors or affiliated  outside  directors;  and the full
          board is less than majority independent.


     o    Are CEOs of  publicly-traded  companies  who serve on more than  three
          public boards,  i.e., more than two public boards other than their own
          board

     o    Sit on more  than six  public  company  boards.  o  Additionally,  the
          following  should  result in votes  being  WITHHELD  (except  from new
          nominees):

          If the  director(s)  receive more than 50% withhold votes out of those
          cast and the issue that was o the  underlying  cause of the high level
          of withhold votes in the prior election has not been addressed.

                                        7
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


               If the company has adopted or renewed a poison pill without
               shareholder approval since the company's last annual meeting,
               does not put the pill to a vote at the current annual meeting,
               and
           o   there is no requirement to put the pill to shareholder vote
               within 12 months of its adoption. If a company that triggers this
               policy commits to putting its pill to a shareholder vote within
               12 months of its adoption, OFI will not recommend a WITHHOLD
               vote.

     2.2  Board Size
          ----------


      o   Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on shareholder proposals to maintain or
          improve ratio of independent versus non-independent directors.

      o
          Vote FOR proposals seeking to fix the board size or designate a range
for the board size.

      o   Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on proposals that give management the
          ability to alter the size of the board outside of a specified range
          without shareholder approval.

     2.3  Classification/Declassification of the Board
          --------------------------------------------

           o
               Vote AGAINST proposals to classify the board.

          Vote FOR  proposals  to  repeal  classified  boards  and to elect  all
          directors  annually.  In addition,  if o 50% of  shareholders  request
          repeal  of the  classified  board and the  board  remains  classified,
          withhold  votes  for  those  directors  at the next  meeting  at which
          directors are elected.

     2.4  Cumulative Voting
          -----------------

     o    Vote FOR proposal to eliminate cumulative voting.

     2.5  Require Majority Vote for Approval of Directors
          -----------------------------------------------

     o    Vote AGAINST  proposal to require  majority vote approval for election
          of directors

     2.6  Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection
          -------------------------------------------------------------


           o   Proposals on director and officer indemnification and liability
               protection should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, using
               Delaware law as the standard.


           o   Vote FOR proposals to eliminate entirely directors' and officers'
               liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care,
               provided the liability for gross negligence is not eliminated.


               Vote FOR indemnification proposals that would expand coverage
           beyond just legal expenses to acts,

     o    such as  negligence,  that are more  serious  violations  of fiduciary
          obligation than mere  carelessness,  provided coverage is not provided
          for gross negligence acts.

                                        8
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


      o   Vote FOR only those proposals providing such expanded coverage in
          cases when a director's or officer's legal defense was unsuccessful if
          both of the following apply:


           o   The director was found to have acted in good faith and in a
               manner that he reasonable believed was in the best interests of
               the company, and

           o
               Only if the director's legal expenses would be covered.
     2.7  Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications
          --------------------------------------

      o
          Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on proposals that establish or amend
director qualifications.

      o   Votes should be based on how reasonable the criteria are and to what
          degree they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

      o
          Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring two candidates per board
seat.
     2.8  Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors.
          ---------------------------------------

      o
          Vote AGAINST proposals that provide that directors may be removed only
for cause.
      o
          Vote FOR proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove directors
with or without cause.

      o   Vote AGAINST proposals that provide that only continuing directors may
          elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

      o
          Vote FOR proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill
board vacancies.
     2.9  Independent Chairman (Separate Chairman/CEO)


          Generally  vote FOR  shareholder  proposals  requiring the position of
          chairman to be filled by an o  independent  director  unless there are
          compelling  reasons  to  recommend  against  the  proposal  such  as a
          counterbalancing  governance structure. This should include all of the
          following:


     o    Designated lead director,  elected by and from the  independent  board
          members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties

     o    Two-thirds independent board

     o    All-independent key committees

     o    Established governance guidelines


          The company  should not have  underperformed  its peers and index on a
          one-year and three-year basis, o unless there has been a change in the
          Chairman/CEO  position within that time.  Performance will be measured
          according  to  shareholder  returns  against  index and peers from the
          performance summary table.

     2.10 Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Committees
          -------------------------------------------------------------


          Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that a majority of directors be
      independent but vote CASE-BY-CASE o on proposals that more than a majority
      of directors be independent. NYSE and NASDAQ already require that
          listed companies have a majority of independent directors.

                                        9
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


      o   Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation,
          and/or nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent
          directors if they currently do not meet that standard.

     2.11 Open Access
          -----------


          Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking for open access
      taking into account the ownership o threshold specified in the proposal
      and the proponent's rationale for targeting the company in terms of
          board and director conduct. (At the time of these policies, the SEC's
          proposed rule in 2003 on Security Holder Director Nominations remained
          outstanding.)

     2.12 Stock Ownership Requirements
          ----------------------------


          Vote WITH  Management on shareholder  proposals that mandate a minimum
          amount of stock  that  directors  must o own in order to  qualify as a
          director or to remain on the board.  While stock ownership on the part
          of directors is favored,  the company should determine the appropriate
          ownership requirement.


          Vote WITH Management on shareholder  proposals asking that the company
          adopt a holding or retention o period for its executives  (for holding
          stock after the vesting or  exercise  of equity  awards),  taking into
          account any stock ownership  requirements or holding  period/retention
          ratio already in place and the actual ownership level of executives.

     2.13 Age or Term Limits
          ------------------


      o   Vote AGAINST shareholder or management proposals to limit the tenure
          of directors either through term limits or mandatory retirement ages.
          OFI views as management decision.

3.0  PROXY CONTESTS

     3.1  Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections
          ---------------------------------------------------


      o   Votes in a contested election of directors must be evaluated on a
          CASE-BY-CASE basis considering the following factors:

     o    Long-term financial  performance of the target company relative to its
          industry

     o    Management's track record

     o    Background to the proxy contest

     o    Qualifications of director nominees (both slates)


     o    Evaluation of what each side is offering  shareholders  as well as the
          likelihood that the proposed objectives and goals can be met

     o    Stock ownership position

                                       10
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

     3.2  Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses
          ---------------------------------------


          Voting to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses should be analyzed on
      a CASE-BY-CASE basis. In cases, o which OFI recommends in favor of the
      dissidents, OFI also recommends voting for reimbursing proxy
          solicitation expenses.

     3.3  Confidential Voting
          -------------------


      o   Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requesting that corporations adopt
          confidential voting, use independent vote tabulators and use
          independent inspectors of election.


          If a proxy solicitor loses the right to inspect individual proxy cards
      in advance of a meeting, this o could result in many cards being voted
      improperly (wrong signatures, for example) or not at all, with
          the result that companies fail to reach a quorum count at their annual
          meetings, and therefore these companies to incur the expense of second
          meetings or votes.

4.0  ANTITAKEOVER DEFENSES AND VOTING RELATED ISSUES

     4.1  Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations.
          ------------------------------------------------------------------


          Votes on advance notice proposals are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE
      basis, generally giving support to o those proposals which allow
      shareholders to submit proposals as close to the meeting date as
      reasonably
          possible and within the broadest window possible.

     4.2  Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent
          ----------------------------------------

      o
          Vote AGAINST proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend
the bylaws.
      o
          Vote FOR proposals giving the board the ability to amend the bylaws in
addition to shareholders.
     4.3  Poison Pills
          ------------


          Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting to put
      extraordinary benefits contained in o Supplemental Executive Retirement
      Plan agreements to a shareholder vote unless the company's executive
          pension plans do not contain excessive benefits beyond what is offered
under employee-wide plans.

      o   Vote AGAINST proposals that increase authorized common stock fro the
          explicit purpose of implementing a shareholder rights plan (poison
          pill).


      o   Vote FOR share holder proposals requesting that the company submit its
          poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it.

      o
          Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that any future pill be put to a
shareholder vote.
     4.4  Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent
          ---------------------------------------------

      o
          Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to
take action by written consent.
                                       11
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      o
          Vote FOR proposals to allow or make easier shareholder action by
written consent.
     4.5  Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings
          --------------------------------------------

      o
          Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to
call special meetings.

      o   Vote FOR proposals that remove restrictions on the right of
          shareholders to act independently of management.

     4.6  Establish Shareholder Advisory Committee
          ----------------------------------------

      o
          Vote WITH Management

     4.7  Supermajority Vote Requirements
          -------------------------------

      o
          Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.
      o
          Vote FOR proposals to lower supermajority vote requirements.
5.0  MERGERS AND CORPORATE RESTRUCTURINGS

     5.1  Appraisal Rights
          ----------------

      o
          Vote FOR proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of
appraisal.
     5.2  Asset Purchases
          ---------------

      o
          Vote CASE-BY-CASE on asset purchase proposals, considering the
following factors:
           o
               Purchase price

           o
               Fairness opinion

           o
               Financial and strategic benefits

           o
               How the deal was negotiated

           o
               Conflicts of interest

           o
               Other alternatives for the business

           o
               Non-completion risk

     5.3  Asset Sales
          -----------

      o
          Vote CASE-BY-CASE on asset sale proposals, considering the following
factors:
           o
               Impact on the balance sheet/working capital

           o
               Potential elimination of diseconomies

           o
               Anticipated financial and operating benefits

           o
               Anticipated use of funds

           o
               Value received for the asset

           o
               Fairness opinion

           o
               How the deal was negotiated

           o
               Conflicts of interest

                                       12
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

     5.4  Bundled Proposals
          -----------------


          Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on bundled or "conditioned" proxy
      proposals. In the case of items that o are conditioned upon each other,
      examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when
          the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders' best
          interests, vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is
          positive, support such proposals.

     5.5  Conversion of Securities
          ------------------------


          Votes on proposals regarding conversion of securities are determined
      on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. When o evaluating these proposals, the investor
      should review the dilution to existing shareholders, the
          conversion price relative to the market value, financial issues,
          control issues, termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.

     5.6  Corporate  Reorganization/Debt   Restructuring/Prepackaged  Bankruptcy
          Plans/Reverse Leveraged Buyouts/Wrap
          Plans


      o   Votes on proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to
          issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan are determined on a
          CASE-BY-CASE basis, taking into consideration the following:

           o
               Dilution to existing shareholders' position

           o
               Terms of the offer

           o
               Financial issues

           o
               Management's efforts to pursue other alternatives

           o
               Control issues

           o
               Conflicts of interest


      o   Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the debt restructuring if it is expected that the
          company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

     5.7  Formation of Holding Company
          ----------------------------


      o   Votes on proposals regarding the formation of a holding company should
          be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, taking into consideration the
          following:

           o
               The reasons for the change

           o
               Any financial or tax benefits

           o
               Regulatory benefits

           o
               Increases in capital structure

           o
               Changes to the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the
company.

      o   Absent compelling financial reasons to recommend the transaction, vote
          AGAINST the formation of a holding company if the transaction would
          include either of the following:


           o   Increases in common or preferred stock in excess of the allowable
               maximum as calculated by the ISS Capital Structure Model.

           o
               Adverse changes in shareholder rights.
                                       13
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

     5.8  Going Private Transactions (LBOs and Minority Squeezeouts)
          ----------------------------------------------------------

      o
          Votes on going private transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, taking
into account the following:
           o
               Offer price/premium

           o
               Fairness opinion

           o
               How the deal was negotiated

           o
               Conflicts of interests

           o
               Other alternatives/offers considered

           o
               Non-completion risk

     5.9  Joint Venture
          -------------

      o
          Votes on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on proposals to form joint ventures,
taking into account the following:
           o
               Percentage of assets/business contributed

           o
               Percentage of ownership

           o
               Financial and strategic benefits

           o
               Governance structure

           o
               Conflicts of interest

           o
               Other alternatives

           o
               Non-completion risk

     5.10 Liquidations
          ------------


          Votes on liquidations should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis after
      reviewing management's efforts to o pursue other alternatives, appraisal
      value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing
          the liquidation.

      o
          Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, if the company will file for bankruptcy
if the proposal is not approved.

     5.11 Mergers and Acquisitions/Issuance of Shares to Facilitate Merger or
         Acquisition
         --------------------------------------------------------------------


      o   Votes on mergers and acquisitions should be considered on a
          CASE-BY-CASE basis, determining whether the transaction enhances
          shareholder value by giving consideration to the following:

     o    Prospects of the combined company, anticipated financial and operating
          benefits

     o    Offer price (premium or discount)

     o    Fairness opinion

     o    How the deal was negotiated

     o    Changes in corporate governance

     o    Change in the capital structure

     o    Conflicts of interest

                                       14
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

     5.12 Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debenture
          -------------------------------------------------


      o   Votes on proposals regarding private placements should be determined
          on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. When evaluating these proposals the invest
          should review:

           o
               Dilution to existing shareholders' position

           o
               Terms of the offer

           o
               Financial issues

           o
               Management's efforts to pursue other alternatives

           o
               Control issues

           o
               Conflicts of interest

     5.13 Spinoffs
          --------

     o    Votes  on  spinoffs  should  be  considered  on a  CASE-BY-CASE  basis
          depending on:

     o    Tax and regulatory advantages

     o    Planned use of the sale proceeds

     o    Valuation of spinoff

     o    Fairness opinion

     o    Benefits to the parent company

     o    Conflicts of interest

     o    Managerial incentives

     o    Corporate governance changes

     o    Changes in the capital structure

     5.14 Value Maximization Proposals
          ----------------------------


          Votes on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on shareholder proposals seeking to
          maximize shareholder value by hiring a financial advisor to explore
          strategic alternatives, selling the company or liquidating the company
          and distributing the proceeds to shareholders. These proposals should
          be evaluated based on the following

      o   factors: prolonged poor performance with no turnaround in sight, signs
          of entrenched board and management, strategic plan in place for
          improving value, likelihood of receiving reasonable value in a sale or
          dissolution and whether the company is actively exploring its
          strategic options, including retaining a financial advisor.

     5.15 Severance Agreements that are Operative in Event of Change in Control
          ---------------------------------------------------------------------

     o    Review    CASE-BY-CASE,     with    consideration    give    to    ISS
          "transfer-of-wealth" analysis. (See section 8.2)

6.0  STATE OF INCORPORATION

     6.1  Control Share Acquisition Provisions
          ------------------------------------


      o   Vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes
          unless doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that would
          be detrimental to shareholders.

                                       15
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      o
          Vote AGAINST proposals to amend the charter to include control share
acquisition provisions.
      o
          Vote FOR proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.
     6.2  Control Share Cashout Provisions
          --------------------------------

      o
          Vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share cashout statutes.
     6.3  Disgorgement Provisions
          -----------------------

      o
          Vote FOR proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.
     6.4  Fair Price Provisions
          ---------------------


          Vote proposals to adopt fair price provisions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis,
      evaluating factors such as the o vote required to approve the proposed
      acquisition, the vote required to repeal the fair price provision,
          and the mechanism for determining the fair price.


      o   Generally vote AGAINST fair price provisions with shareholder vote
          requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.

     6.5  Freezeout Provisions
          --------------------

      o
          Vote FOR proposals to opt out of state freezeout provisions.
     6.6  Greenmail
          ---------


      o   Vote FOR proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter of bylaw amendments
          or otherwise restrict a company's ability to make greenmail payments.


      o   Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on anti-greenmail proposals when they
          are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.

     6.7  Reincorporation Proposals
          -------------------------


          Proposals to change a company's state of incorporation should be
      evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, o giving consideration to both
      financial and corporate governance concerns, including the reasons for
          reincorporating, a comparison of the governance provisions, and a
comparison of the jurisdictional laws.
      o
          Vote FOR reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any
neutral or negative governance changes.
     6.8  Stakeholder Provisions
          ----------------------


      o   Vote AGAINST proposals that ask the board to consider non-shareholder
          constituencies or other non-financial effects when evaluating a merger
          or business combination.

     6.9  State Anti-takeover Statutes
          ----------------------------


          Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to opt in or out of state
      takeover statutes (including control o share acquisition statutes, control
      share cash-out statutes, freezeout provisions, fair price
          provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay
          and labor contract provisions, anti-greenmail provisions, and
          disgorgement provisions).

                                       16
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

7.0  CAPITAL STRUCTURE

     7.1  Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock
          ----------------------------------------

      o
          Vote FOR management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock.
     7.2  Common Stock Authorization
          --------------------------


      o   Votes on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock
          authorized for issuance are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis using a
          model developed by ISS.


      o   Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with dual-class capital structures
          to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of stock that
          has superior voting rights.


          Vote FOR proposals to approve increases beyond the allowable increase
      when a company's shares are in o danger of being delisted or if a
      company's ability to continue to operate as a going concern is
          uncertain.

     7.3  Dual-Class Stock
          ----------------

      o
          Vote AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock with
superior voting rights.

     o    Vote FOR  proposals to create a new class of  non-voting or sub-voting
          common stock if:

     o    It is intended for  financing  purposes with minimal or no dilution to
          current shareholders

     o    It is not  designed  to  preserve  the  voting  power of an insider or
          significant shareholder

     7.4  Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan
          ------------------------------------


      o   Vote AGAINST proposals that increase authorized common stock for the
          explicit purpose of implementing a shareholder rights plan (poison
          pill).

     7.5  Preemptive Rights
          -----------------


          Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on shareholder proposals that seek
      preemptive rights. In evaluating o proposals on preemptive right, consider
      the size of a company, the characteristics of its shareholder
          base, and the liquidity of the stock.

     7.6  Preferred Stock
          ---------------

      o
          Vote FOR shareholder proposals to submit preferred stock issuance to
shareholder vote.

      o   Vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of
          preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend
          distribution, and other rights ("blank check" preferred stock).

                                       17
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents


      o   Vote FOR proposals to create "declawed" blank check preferred stock
          (stock that cannot be used as a takeover defense)


          Vote FOR proposals to authorize preferred stock in cases where the
      company specifies the voting, o dividend, conversion, and other rights of
      such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear
          reasonable.


      o   Vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred
          stock authorized for issuance when no shares have been issued or
          reserved for a specific purpose.


          Vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred
      shares unless, (i) class of stock o has already been approved by
      shareholders and (ii) the company has a record of issuing preferred stock
          for legitimate financing purposes.

     7.7  Pledge of Assets for Debt (Generally Foreign Issuers)
          -----------------------------------------------------


          OFI will consider these proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Generally,
      OFI will support increasing the o debt-to-equity ratio to 100%. Any
      increase beyond 100% will require further assessment, with a
          comparison of the company to its industry peers or country of origin.
            In certain foreign markets, such as France, Latin America and India,
            companies often propose to pledge assets for debt, or seek to issue
            bonds which increase debt-to-equity ratios up to 300%.

     7.8  Recapitalization
          ----------------


      o   Votes CASE-BY-CASE on recapitalizations (reclassification of
          securities), taking into account the following:

           o
               More simplified capital structure

           o
               Enhanced liquidity

           o
               Fairness of conversion terms

           o
               Impact on voting power and dividends

           o
               Reasons for the reclassification

           o
               Conflicts of interest

           o
               Other alternatives considered

     7.9  Reverse Stock Splits
          --------------------


      o   Vote FOR management proposals to implement a reverse stock split when
          the number of authorized shares will be proportionately reduced.

      o
          Vote FOR management proposals to implement a reverse stock split to
avoid delisting.

      o   Votes on proposals to implement a reverse stock split that do not
          proportionately reduce the number of shares authorized for issue
          should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis using a model developed
          by ISS.

     7.10 Share Purchase Programs
          -----------------------


      o   Vote FOR management proposals to institute open-market share
          repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal
          terms.

                                       18
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

     7.11 Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends
          -----------------------------------------


          Vote  FOR   management   proposals   to  increase   the  common  share
          authorization for a stock split or share o dividend, provided that the
          increase in authorized  shares would not result in an excessive number
          of shares available for issuance as determined using a model developed
          by ISS.

     7.12 Tracking Stock
          --------------


     o    Votes  on  the  creation  of  tracking   stock  are  determined  on  a
          CASE-BY-CASE  basis,  weighing the strategic  value of the transaction
          against  such  factors  as:  adverse  governance  changes,   excessive
          increases in authorized capital stock,  unfair method of distribution,
          diminution of voting rights,  adverse  conversion  features,  negative
          impact on stock option plans, and other alternatives such as spinoff.

8.0  EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     8.1  Equity-based Compensation Plans
          -------------------------------

      o    Vote compensation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

     o    In general, OFI considers  compensation questions such as stock option
          plans and bonus plans to be ordinary business  activity.  OFI analyzes
          stock option  plans,  paying  particular  attention to their  dilutive
          effect. While OFI generally supports management proposals, OFI opposes
          compensation  proposals  that  OFI  believes  to  be  excessive,  with
          consideration  of factors  including  the company's  industry,  market
          capitalization, revenues and cash flow.


          Vote AGAINST plans that expressly permit the repricing of underwater
          stock options without shareholder approval. Generally vote AGAINST
          plans in which the CEO participates if there is a disconnect between
          the CEO's pay and company performance (an increase in pay and a
          decrease in performance) and the main

      o   source of the pay increase (over half) is equity-based. A decrease in
          performance is based on negative one- and three-year total shareholder
          returns. An increase in pay is based on the CEO's total direct
          compensation (salary, cash bonus, present value of stock options, face
          value of restricted stock, face value of long-term incentive plan
          payouts, and all other compensation) increasing over the previous
          year. Also WITHHOLD votes from the Compensation Committee members.

     8.2  Director Compensation
            Examine compensation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. In general,
            OFI considers compensation questions such as stock option plans and
            bonus plans to be ordinary business activity. We analyze stock
            option plans, paying particular attention to their dilutive effect.
            While we generally support management proposals, we oppose
            compensation proposals we believe are excessive, with consideration
            of factors including the company's industry, market capitalization,
            revenues and cash flow.

                                       19
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

     8.3  Bonus for Retiring Director
          ---------------------------


          Examine on a CASE-BY CASE basis. Factors we consider typically include
      length of service, company's o accomplishments during the Director's
      tenure, and whether we believe the bonus is commensurate with the
          Director's contribution to the company.

     8.4  Cash Bonus Plan
          ---------------


          Consider on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. In general, OFI considers
      compensation questions such as cash bonus o plans to be ordinary business
      activity. While we generally support management proposals, we oppose
          compensation proposals we believe are excessive.

     8.5  Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash
          ---------------------------

      o
          Generally vote FOR management proposals, unless OFI believe the
proposal is excessive.
            In casting its vote, OFI reviews the ISS recommendation per a
            "transfer of wealth" binomial formula that determines an appropriate
            cap for the wealth transfer based upon the company's industry peers.


      o   Vote FOR plans which provide participants with the option of taking
          all or a portion of their cash compensation in the form of stock are
          determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

      o
          Vote FOR plans which provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock
exchange.
      o
          Vote FOR plans which do not

     8.6  Director Retirement Plans
          -------------------------


      o   Vote FOR retirement plans for non-employee directors if the number of
          shares reserve is less than 3% of outstanding shares and the exercise
          price is 100% of fair market value.


      o   Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for
          non-employee directors, if the number of shares is less than 3% of
          outstanding shares and exercise price is 100% of fair market value.

     8.7  Management Proposals Seeking Approval to Reprice Options
          --------------------------------------------------------


      o   Votes on management proposals seeking approval to reprice options are
          evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis giving consideration to the
          following:

           o
               Historic trading patterns

           o
               Rationale for the repricing

           o
               Value-for-value exchange

           o
               Option vesting

                                       20
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

     o    Term of the option

     o    Exercise price

     o    Participation

     8.8  Employee Stock Purchase Plans
          -----------------------------

     o    Votes on employee  stock  purchase  plans  should be  determined  on a
          CASE-BY-CASE  basis.

     o    Votes FOR employee  stock  purchase  plans where all of the  following
          apply:

     o    Purchase price is at least 85% of fair market value

     o    Offering period is 27 months or less

     o    The  number  of  shares  allocated  to the  plan is 10% or less of the
          outstanding shares

     o    Votes AGAINST employee stock purchase plans where any of the following
          apply: o Purchase price is at least 85% of fair market value

     o    Offering period is greater than 27 months

     o    The  number  of shares  allocated  to the plan is more than 10% of the
          outstanding shares

     8.9  Incentive Bonus Plans and Tax  Deductibility  Proposals  (OBRA-Related
          Compensation                                                Proposals)
          -----------------------------------------------------------------


          Vote FOR proposals that simply amend shareholder-approved compensation
      plans to include administrative o features or place a cap on the annual
      grants any one participant may receive to comply with the
          provisions of Section 162(m).


      o   Vote FOR proposals to add performance goals to existing compensation
          plans to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) unless they are
          clearly inappropriate.


          Votes to amend existing plans to increase shares reserved and to
      qualify for favorable tax treatment o under the provisions of Section
      162(m) should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis using a proprietary,
          quantitative model developed by ISS.


          Generally vote FOR cash or cash and stock bonus plans that are
      submitted to shareholders for the purpose o of exempting compensation from
      taxes under the provisions of Section 162(m) if no increase in shares is
          requested.

     8.10 Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)
          --------------------------------------


      o   Vote FOR proposals to implement an ESOP or increase authorized shares
          for existing ESOPs, unless the number of shares allocated to the ESOP
          is excessive (more than 5% of outstanding shares.)

     8.11 Shareholder  Proposal to Submit Executive  Compensation to Shareholder
          Vote
          ---------------------------------------------------------------------

     o    Vote WITH MANAGEMENT

                                       21
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

     8.12 401(k) Employee Benefit Plans
          -----------------------------

      o
          Vote FOR proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.

     8.13 Shareholder Proposals Regarding Executive and Director Pay
          ----------------------------------------------------------


      o   Vote WITH MANAGEMENT on shareholder proposals seeking additional
          disclosure of executive and director pay information.

      o
          Vote WITH MANAGEMENT on shareholder proposals requiring director fees
be paid in stock only.
      o
          Vote WITH MANAGEMENT on shareholder proposals to put option repricings
to a shareholder vote.
      o
          Vote WITH MANAGEMENT for all other shareholder proposals regarding
executive and director pay.
     8.14 Performance-Based Stock Options
          -------------------------------


      o   Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals advocating the use of
          performance-based stock options (indexed, premium-priced, and
          performance-vested options), unless:


          The proposal is overly  restrictive  (e.g., it mandates that awards to
          all employees must be

     o    performance-based or all awards to top executives must be a particular
          type, such as indexed options), or


     o    The company  demonstrates  that it is using a  substantial  portion of
          performance-based awards for its top executives

     8.15 Golden Parachutes and Executive Severance Agreements
          ----------------------------------------------------


          Vote FOR shareholder proposals to require golden parachutes or
      executive severance agreements to be o submitted for shareholder
      ratification, unless the proposal requires shareholder approval prior to
          entering into employment contracts.


      o   Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on proposals to ratify or cancel golden
          parachutes. An acceptable parachute should include the following:

     o    The parachute  should be less  attractive  than an ongoing  employment
          opportunity with the firm

     o    The triggering mechanism should be beyond the control management

     o    The amount  should not exceed three times base salary plus  guaranteed
          benefits

     8.16 Pension Plan Income Accounting
          ------------------------------


      o   Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals to exclude pension plan
          income in the calculation of earnings used in determining executive
          bonuses/compensation.

     8.17 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)
          -----------------------------------------------


          Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting to put
      extraordinary benefits contained in SERP o agreement to a shareholder vote
      unless the company's executive pension plans do not contain excessive
          benefits beyond what it offered under employee-wide plans.

                                       22
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
      In the case of social, political and environmental responsibility issues,
OFI believes the issues do not primarily involve financial considerations and
OFI ABSTAINS from voting on those issues.

                                       23
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                          Pyramis Global Advisors, LLC
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

              Pyramis Global Advisors, LLC Proxy Voting Guidelines
                                   March 2007

I. General Principles
      .   Voting of shares will be conducted in a manner consistent with the
          best interests of mutual fund shareholders as follows: (i) securities
          of a portfolio company will generally be voted in a manner
     A    consistent with the guidelines; and (ii) voting will be done without
          regard to any other Fidelity companies' relationship, business or
          otherwise, with that portfolio company.

      .   The FMR Investment & Advisor Compliance Department votes proxies on
          behalf of Pyramis Global Advisors, LLC. In the event an Investment &
          Advisor Compliance employee has a personal conflict with a portfolio
          company or an employee or director of a portfolio company, that
          employee will withdraw from making any proxy voting decisions with
          respect to that portfolio company. A conflict of interest arises when
          there
     B    are factors that may prompt one to question whether a Fidelity
          employee is acting solely on the best interests of Fidelity and its
          customers. Employees are expected to avoid situations that could
          present even the appearance of a conflict between their interests and
          the interests of Fidelity and its customers.

     C.   Except  as set  forth  herein,  FMR  will  generally  vote in favor of
          routine management proposals.

     D.   Non-routine  proposals will generally be voted in accordance  with the
          guidelines.

     E.   Non-routine proposals not covered by the guidelines or involving other
          special circumstances will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis with
          input from the appropriate FMR analyst or portfolio manager, as
          applicable, subject to review by an attorney within FMR's General
          Counsel's office and a member of
         senior management within FMR's Investment and Advisor Compliance
          Department. A significant pattern of such proposals or other special
          circumstances will be referred to the Fund Board Proxy Voting
          Committee or its designee.

     F.   FMR will vote on shareholder proposals not specifically addressed by
          the guidelines based on an evaluation of a proposal's likelihood to
          enhance the economic returns or profitability of the portfolio
         company or to maximize shareholder value. Where information is not
          readily available to analyze the economic impact of the proposal, FMR
          will generally abstain.

     G.   Many Fidelity Funds invest in voting securities issued by companies
          that are domiciled outside the United States and are not listed on a
          U.S. securities exchange. Corporate governance standards, legal or
          regulatory requirements and disclosure practices in foreign countries
          can differ from those in the
         United States. When voting proxies relating to non-U.S. securities,
          FMR will generally evaluate proposals in the context of these
          guidelines, but FMR may, where applicable and feasible, take into
          consideration differing laws and regulations in the relevant foreign
          market in determining how to vote shares.

     H.   In certain non-U.S. jurisdictions, shareholders voting shares of a
          portfolio company may be restricted from trading the shares for a
          period of time around the shareholder meeting date. Because such
          trading restrictions can hinder portfolio management and could result
          in a loss of liquidity for a fund, FMR
         will generally not vote proxies in circumstances where such
          restrictions apply. In addition, certain non-U.S. jurisdictions
          require voting shareholders to disclose current share ownership on a
          fund-by-fund basis. When such disclosure requirements apply, FMR will
          generally not vote proxies in order to safeguard fund holdings
          information.
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

     I.   Where a management-sponsored proposal is inconsistent with the
          guidelines, FMR may receive a company's commitment to modify the
          proposal or its practice to conform to the guidelines, and FMR will
          generally
         support management based on this commitment. If a company subsequently
          does not abide by its commitment, FMR will generally withhold
          authority for the election of directors at the next election.

II. Definitions (as used in this document)
      . Anti-Takeover Provision - includes fair price amendments; classified
     boards; "blank check" preferred A stock; golden and tin parachutes;
     supermajority provisions; Poison Pills; and any other provision that
          eliminates or limits shareholder rights.

      . Golden parachute - accelerated options and/or employment contracts for
     officers and directors that will B result in a lump sum payment of more
     than three times annual compensation (salary and bonus) in the
          event of termination.

     C.   Tin Parachute - accelerated options and/or employment contracts for
          employees beyond officers and directors that will result in a lump sum
          payment in the event of termination.

     D.   Greenmail - payment of a premium to repurchase shares from a
          shareholder seeking to take over a company through a proxy contest or
          other means.

     E.   Sunset  Provision - a condition in a charter or plan that specifies an
          expiration date.

     F.   Permitted Bid Feature - a provision suspending the application of a
          Poison Pill, by shareholder referendum, in the event a potential
          acquirer announces a bona fide offer for all outstanding shares.

      . Poison Pill - a strategy employed by a potential take-over / target
     company to make its stock less G attractive to an acquirer. Poison Pills
     are generally designed to dilute the acquirer's ownership and
          value in the event of a take-over.

     H.   Large Capitalization  Company - a company included in the Russell 1000
          stock index.

     I.   Small  Capitalization  Company - a company not included in the Russell
          1000 stock index that is not a Micro-Capitalization Company.

     J.   Micro-Capitalization  Company - a company  with market  capitalization
          under US $300 million.

III. Directors
     A.   Incumbent Directors
            FMR will generally vote in favor of incumbent and nominee directors
            except where one or more such directors clearly appear to have
            failed to exercise reasonable judgment. FMR will also generally
            withhold authority for the election of all directors or directors on
            responsible committees if:
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      . An Anti-Takeover Provision was introduced, an Anti-Takeover Provision
     was extended, or a new 1 Anti-Takeover Provision was adopted upon the
     expiration of an existing Anti-Takeover Provision, without
          shareholder approval except as set forth below.
            With respect to Poison Pills, however, FMR will consider not
            withholding authority on the election of directors if all of the
            following conditions are met when a Poison Pill is introduced,
            extended, or adopted:

          a.   The Poison Pill includes a Sunset Provision of less than 5 years;

          b.   The Poison Pill includes a Permitted Bid Feature;

     c.   The Poison Pill is linked to a business  strategy  that will result in
          greater value for the shareholders, and

     d.   Shareholder  approval is required  to  reinstate  the Poison Pill upon
          expiration.  FMR will also consider not  withholding  authority on the
          election of directors when one or more of the conditions above are not
          met if a board is willing to  strongly  consider  seeking  shareholder
          ratification  of, or  adding  above  conditions  noted a. and b. to an
          existing  Poison  Pill.  In such a case,  if the company does not take
          appropriate action prior to the next annual shareholder  meeting,  FMR
          will withhold authority on the election of directors.

      . The company refuses, upon request by FMR, to amend the Poison Pill to
     allow Fidelity to hold an 2 aggregate position of up to 20% of a company's
     total voting securities and of any class of voting
          securities.

     3.   Within the last year and without shareholder approval, a company's
          board of directors or compensation committee has repriced outstanding
          options.

      .   The company failed to act in the best interests of shareholders when
          approving executive compensation, taking into accounts such factors
          as: (i) whether the company used an independent compensation
     4    committee; (ii) whether the compensation committee engaged independent
          compensation consultants; and (iii) whether the company has admitted
          to or settled a regulatory proceeding relating to options backdating.

     5.   To gain FMR's support on a proposal, the company made a commitment to
          modify a proposal or practice to conform to these guidelines and the
          company has failed to act on that commitment.

     6.   The director attended fewer than 75% of the aggregate number of
          meetings of the board or its committees on which the director served
          during the company's prior fiscal year, absent extenuating
          circumstances.

     B.   Indemnification
            FMR will generally vote in favor of charter and by-law amendments
            expanding the indemnification of directors and/or limiting their
            liability for breaches of care unless FMR is otherwise dissatisfied
            with the performance of management or the proposal is accompanied by
            Anti-Takeover Provisions.
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

     C.   Independent Chairperson
            FMR will generally vote against shareholder proposals calling for or
            recommending the appointment of a non-executive or independent
            chairperson. However, FMR will consider voting for such proposals in
            limited cases if, based upon particular facts and circumstances,
            appointment of a non-executive or independent chairperson appears
            likely to further the interests of shareholders and to promote
            effective oversight of management by the board of directors.

     D.   Majority Director Elections
            FMR will generally vote in favor of proposals calling for directors
            to be elected by an affirmative majority of votes cast in a board
            election, provided that the proposal allows for plurality voting
            standard in the case of contested elections (i.e., where there are
            more nominees than board seats). FMR may consider voting against
            such shareholder proposals where a company's board has adopted an
            alternative measure, such as a director resignation policy, that
            provides a meaningful alternative to the majority voting standard
            and appropriately addresses situations where an incumbent director
            fails to receive the support of a majority of the votes cast in an
            uncontested election.

IV. Compensation

     A.   Equity Award Plans (including stock options,  restricted stock awards,
          and other stock awards).  FMR will generally vote against Equity Award
          Plans or  amendments to authorize  additional  shares under such plans
          if:

     1.   (a) The dilution  effect of the shares  outstanding  and available for
          issuance pursuant to all plans, plus any new share requests is greater
          than  10%  for  a  Large  Capitalization  Company,  15%  for  a  Small
          Capitalization Company or 20% for a Micro-Capitalization  Company; and
          (b) there were no  circumstances  specific to the company or the plans
          that lead FMR to  conclude  that the level of  dilution in the plan or
          the amendments is acceptable.

     2.   In the case of stock option plans,  (a) the offering  price of options
          is less than 100% of fair  market  value on the date of grant,  except
          that the  offering  price may be as low as 85% of fair market value if
          the discount is expressly granted in lieu of salary or cash bonus; (b)
          the plan's terms allow  repricing of  underwater  options;  or (c) the
          board/committee has repriced options outstanding under the plan in the
          past two years.

     3.   The plan  may be  materially  altered  without  shareholder  approval,
          including  increasing the benefits  accrued to participants  under the
          plan;  increasing  the number of securities  which may be issued under
          the plan; modifying the requirements for participation in the plan; or
          including   a  provision   allowing   the  Board  to  lapse  or  waive
          restrictions at its discretion.

     4.   Awards to non-employee directors are subject to management discretion.

     5.   In the case of stock awards, the restriction period, or holding period
          after exercise, is less than 3 years for non-performance-based awards,
          and less than 1 year for performance-based awards.

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

            FMR will consider approving an Equity Award Plan or an amendment to
            authorize additional shares under such plan if, without complying
            with the guidelines immediately above, the following two conditions
            are met:

     1.   The shares are granted by a compensation  committee  composed entirely
          of independent directors; and

     2.   The shares are limited to 5% (large  capitalization  company)  and 10%
          (small  capitalization  company)  of the shares  authorized  for grant
          under the plan.

     B.   Equity Exchanges and Repricing
            FMR will generally vote in favor of a management proposal to
            exchange shares or reprice outstanding options if the proposed
            exchange or repricing is consistent with the interests of
            shareholders, taking into account such factors as:

     1.   Whether the proposal excludes senior management and directors;

     2.   Whether the equity proposed to be exchanged or repriced exceeded FMR's
          dilution thresholds when initially granted;

     3.   Whether  the  exchange  or  repricing  proposal  is value  neutral  to
          shareholders based upon an acceptable pricing model;

     4.   The company's relative  performance compared to other companies within
          the relevant industry or industries;

     5.   Economic  and other  conditions  affecting  the  relevant  industry or
          industries in which the company competes; and

     6.   Any other facts or  circumstances  relevant to determining  whether an
          exchange or repricing  proposal is  consistent  with the  interests of
          shareholders.

     C.   Employee Stock Purchase Plans
            FMR will generally vote against employee stock purchase plans if the
            plan violates any of the criteria in section IV(A) above, except
            that the minimum stock purchase price may be equal to or greater
            than 85% of the stock's fair market value if the plan constitutes a
            reasonable effort to encourage broad based participation in the
            company's equity. In the case of non-U.S. company stock purchase
            plans, FMR may permit a lower minimum stock purchase price equal to
            the prevailing "best practices" in the relevant non-U.S. market,
            provided that the minimum stock purchase price must be at least 75%
            of the stock's fair market value.

     D.   Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)
            FMR will generally vote in favor of non-leveraged ESOPs. For
            leveraged ESOPs, FMR may examine the company's state of
            incorporation, existence of supermajority vote rules in the charter,
            number of shares authorized for the ESOP, and number of shares held
            by insiders. FMR may also examine where the ESOP shares are
            purchased and the dilution effect of the purchase. FMR will
            generally vote against leveraged ESOPs if all outstanding loans are
            due immediately upon change in control.
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

     E.   Executive Compensation
            FMR will generally vote against management proposals on stock-based
            compensation plans or other compensation plans if such proposals are
            inconsistent with the interests of shareholders, taking into account
            such factors as: (i) whether the company has an independent
            compensation committee; and (ii) whether the compensation committee
            has authority to engage independent compensation consultants.

     F.   Bonus Plans and Tax Deductibility Proposals
            FMR will generally vote in favor of cash and stock incentive plans
            that are submitted for shareholder approval in order to qualify for
            favorable tax treatment under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue
            Code, provided that the plan includes well defined and appropriate
            performance criteria, and with respect to any cash component, that
            the maximum award per participant is clearly stated and is not
            unreasonable or excessive.

V.   Anti-Takeover Provisions
            FMR will generally vote against a proposal to adopt or approve the
adoption of an Anti-Takeover Provision unless:

     A.   The Poison Pill includes the following features:

     1.   A sunset provision of no greater than 5 years;

     2.   Linked to a business  strategy  that is  expected to result in greater
          value for the shareholders;

     3.   Requires  shareholder  approval to be reinstated upon expiration or if
          amended;

     4.   Contains a Permitted Bid Feature; and

     5.   Allows the Fidelity  funds to hold an aggregate  position of up to 20%
          of a  company's  total  voting  securities  and of any class of voting
          securities.

     B.   An Anti-Greenmail  proposal that does not include other  Anti-Takeover
          Provisions; or

     C.   It is a fair price  amendment  that considers a two-year price history
          or less.  FMR will  generally  vote in favor of proposals to eliminate
          Anti-Takeover  Provisions.  In the case of proposals  to  declassify a
          board of directors, FMR will generally vote against such a proposal if
          the issuer's Articles of Incorporation or applicable  statutes include
          a  provision  whereby a majority  of  directors  may be removed at any
          time, with or without cause, by written  consent,  or other reasonable
          procedures,  by a majority  of  shareholders  entitled to vote for the
          election of directors.

VI. Capital Structure / Incorporation
     A.   Increases in Common Stock
            FMR will generally vote against a provision to increase a Company's
            common stock if such increase will result in a total number of
            authorized shares greater than 3 times the current number of
            outstanding and scheduled to be issued shares, including stock
            options, except in the case of real estate investment trusts, where
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

            an increase that will result in a total number of authorized shares
            up to 5 times the current number of outstanding and scheduled to be
            issued shares is generally acceptable.

     B.   New Classes of Shares
            FMR will generally vote against the introduction of new classes of
stock with differential voting rights.
     C.   Cumulative Voting Rights
            FMR will generally vote against the introduction and in favor of the
elimination of cumulative voting rights.
     D.   Acquisition or Business Combination Statutes
            FMR will generally vote in favor of proposed amendments to a
            company's certificate of incorporation or by-laws that enable the
            company to opt out of the control shares acquisition or business
            combination statutes.

     E.   Incorporation or Reincorporation in Another State or Country
            FMR will generally vote against shareholder proposals calling for,
            or recommending that, a portfolio company reincorporate in the
            United States and vote in favor of management proposals to
            reincorporate in a jurisdiction outside the United States if (i) it
            is lawful under United States, state and other applicable law for
            the company to be incorporated under the laws of the relevant
            foreign jurisdiction and to conduct its business and (ii)
            reincorporating or maintaining a domicile in the United States would
            likely give rise to adverse tax or other economic consequences
            detrimental to the interests of the company and its shareholders.
            However, FMR will consider supporting such shareholder proposals and
            opposing such management proposals in limited cases if, based upon
            particular facts and circumstances, reincorporating in or
            maintaining a domicile in the relevant foreign jurisdiction gives
            rise to significant risks or other potential adverse consequences
            that appear reasonably likely to be detrimental to the interests of
            the company or its shareholders.

VII. Auditors
      .   FMR will generally vote against shareholder proposals calling for or
          recommending periodic rotation of a portfolio company's auditor. FMR
          will consider voting for such proposals in limited cases if, based
          upon
     A    particular facts and circumstances, a company's board of directors and
          audit committee clearly appear to have failed to exercise reasonable
          business judgment in the selection of the company's auditor.

      .   FMR will generally vote against shareholder proposals calling for or
          recommending the prohibition or limitation of the performance of
          non-audit services by a portfolio company's auditor. FMR will also
          generally vote against shareholder proposals calling for or
          recommending removal of a company's auditor
     B    due to, among other reasons, the performance of non-audit work by the
          auditor. FMR will consider voting for such proposals in limited cases
          if, based upon particular facts and circumstances, a company's board
          of directors and audit committee clearly appear to have failed to
          exercise reasonable business judgment in the oversight of the
          performance of the auditor for audit or non-audit services for the
          company.
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

VIII.Shares of Investment Companies

     A.   When a Fidelity Fund invests in an underlying Fidelity fund, FMR will
          vote in the same proportion as all other shareholders of such
          underlying fund or class ("echo voting").

      . Certain Fidelity Funds may invest in shares of Fidelity Central Funds.
     Central Fund shares, which are B held exclusively by Fidelity funds or
     accounts managed by an FMR affiliate, will be voted in favor of
          proposals recommended by the Central Funds' Board of Trustees.

IX. Other
     A.   Voting Process
            FMR will generally vote in favor of proposals to adopt confidential
voting and independent vote tabulation practices.

     B.   Regulated Industries

          Voting of shares in securities of any regulated  industry (e.g.,  U.S.
          banking)  organization  shall be conducted in a manner consistent with
          conditions  that may be specified by the industry's  regulator  (e.g.,
          the Federal  Reserve Board) for a determination  under  applicable law
          (e.g.,  federal  banking  law)  that no Fund or  group  of  Funds  has
          acquired control of such organization.

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                                                    T. Rowe Price Associates,
Inc.
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                          T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC
                        T. ROWE PRICE INTERNATIONAL, INC
                  T. ROWE PRICE GLOBAL INVESTMENT SERVICES, LTD
                   T. ROWE PRICE GLOBAL ASSET MANAGEMENT, LTD

                      PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

RESPONSIBILITY TO VOTE PROXIES
      T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., T. Rowe Price International, Inc., T. Rowe
Price Global Investment Services Limited, and T. Rowe Price Global Asset
Management Limited ("T. Rowe Price") recognize and adhere to the principle that
one of the privileges of owning stock in a company is the right to vote in the
election of the company's directors and on matters affecting certain important
aspects of the company's structure and operations that are submitted to
shareholder vote. As an investment adviser with a fiduciary responsibility to
its clients, T. Rowe Price analyzes the proxy statements of issuers whose stock
is owned by the U.S.-registered investment companies which it sponsors and
serves as investment adviser ("T. Rowe Price Funds") and by institutional and
private counsel clients who have requested that T. Rowe Price be involved in the
proxy process. T. Rowe Price has assumed the responsibility for voting proxies
on behalf of the T. Rowe Price Funds and certain counsel clients who have
delegated such responsibility to T. Rowe Price. In addition, T. Rowe Price makes
recommendations regarding proxy voting to counsel clients who have not delegated
the voting responsibility but who have requested voting advice.

      T. Rowe Price has adopted these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
("Policies and Procedures") for the purpose of establishing formal policies and
procedures for performing and documenting its fiduciary duty with regard to the
voting of client proxies.

      Fiduciary Considerations. It is the policy of T. Rowe Price that decisions
with respect to proxy issues will be made in light of the anticipated impact of
the issue on the desirability of investing in the portfolio company from the
viewpoint of the particular client or Price Fund. Proxies are voted solely in
the interests of the client, Price Fund shareholders or, where employee benefit
plan assets are involved, in the interests of plan participants and
beneficiaries. Our intent has always been to vote proxies, where possible to do
so, in a manner consistent with our fiduciary obligations and responsibilities.
Practicalities and costs involved with international investing may make it
impossible at times, and at other times disadvantageous, to vote proxies in
every instance.

Consideration  Given Management  Recommendations.  One of the primary factors T.
Rowe Price  considers  when  determining  the  desirability  of  investing  in a
particular company is the quality and depth of its management.  The Policies and
Procedures were

                                        1
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

developed with the recognition that a company's management is entrusted with the
day-to-day operations of the company, as well as its long-term direction and
strategic planning, subject to the oversight of the company's board of
directors. Accordingly, T. Rowe Price believes that the recommendation of
management on most issues should be given weight in determining how proxy issues
should be voted. However, the position of the company's management will not be
supported in any situation where it is found to be not in the best interests of
the client, and the portfolio manager may always elect to vote contrary to
management when he or she believes a particular proxy proposal may adversely
affect the investment merits of owning stock in a portfolio company.

ADMINISTRATION OF POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
      Proxy Committee. T. Rowe Price's Proxy Committee ("Proxy Committee") is
responsible for establishing positions with respect to corporate governance and
other proxy issues, including those involving corporate and social
responsibility issues. The Proxy Committee also reviews questions and responds
to inquiries from clients and mutual fund shareholders pertaining to proxy
issues. While the Proxy Committee sets voting guidelines and serves as a
resource for T. Rowe Price portfolio management, it does not have proxy voting
authority for any Price Fund or counsel client. Rather, this responsibility is
held by the Chairperson of the Fund's Investment Advisory Committee or counsel
client's portfolio manager.

      Investment Services Group. The Investment Services Group is responsible
for administering the proxy voting process as set forth in the Policies and
Procedures.

      Proxy Administrator. The Investment Services Group will assign a Proxy
Administrator who will be responsible for ensuring that all meeting notices are
reviewed and important proxy matters are communicated to the portfolio managers
for consideration.

HOW PROXIES ARE REVIEWED, PROCESSED AND VOTED
      In order to facilitate the proxy voting process, T. Rowe Price has
retained RiskMetrics Group ("RMG"), formerly known as Institutional Shareholder
Services ("ISS"), as an expert in the proxy voting and corporate governance
area. RMG specializes in providing a variety of fiduciary-level proxy advisory
and voting services. These services include in-depth research, analysis, and
voting recommendations as well as vote execution, reporting, auditing and
consulting assistance for the handling of proxy voting responsibility and
corporate governance-related efforts. While the Proxy Committee relies upon RMG
research in establishing T. Rowe Price's proxy voting guidelines, and many of
our guidelines are consistent with RMG positions, T. Rowe Price deviates from
RMG recommendations on some general policy issues and a number of specific proxy
proposals.

Meeting Notification
      T. Rowe Price utilizes RMG's voting agent services to notify us of
upcoming shareholder meetings for portfolio companies held in client accounts
and to transmit votes to the various custodian banks of our clients. RMG tracks
and reconciles T. Rowe Price holdings against incoming proxy ballots. If ballots
do not arrive on time, RMG procures them from the appropriate custodian or proxy
                                        2
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

distribution agent. Meeting and record date information is updated daily, and
transmitted to T. Rowe Price through Governance Analytics, RMG's web-based
application. RMG is also responsible for maintaining copies of all proxy
statements received by issuers and to promptly provide such materials to T. Rowe
Price upon request.

Vote Determination
      RMG provides comprehensive summaries of proxy proposals, publications
discussing key proxy voting issues, and specific vote recommendations regarding
portfolio company proxies to assist in the proxy research process. The final
authority and responsibility for proxy voting decisions remains with T. Rowe
Price. Decisions with respect to proxy matters are made primarily in light of
the anticipated impact of the issue on the desirability of investing in the
company from the viewpoint of our clients.

      Portfolio managers may decide to vote their proxies consistent with T.
Rowe Price's policies as set by the Proxy Committee and instruct our Proxy
Administrator to vote all proxies accordingly. Alternatively, portfolio managers
may request to review the vote recommendations and sign-off on all the proxies
before the votes are cast, or may choose only to sign-off on those votes cast
against management. The portfolio managers are also given the option of
reviewing and determining the votes on all proxies without utilizing the vote
guidelines of the Proxy Committee. In all cases, the portfolio managers may
elect to receive current reports summarizing all proxy votes in his or her
client accounts. Portfolio managers who vote their proxies inconsistent with T.
Rowe Price guidelines are required to document the rationale for their votes.
The Proxy Administrator is responsible for maintaining this documentation and
assuring that it adequately reflects the basis for any vote which is cast in
opposition to T. Rowe Price policy.

T. Rowe Price Voting Policies
      Specific voting guidelines have been adopted by the Proxy Committee for
routine anti-takeover, executive compensation and corporate governance
proposals, as well as other common shareholder proposals, and are available to
clients upon request. The following is a summary of the significant T. Rowe
Price policies:
      Election of Directors - T. Rowe Price generally supports slates with a
majority of independent directors. T. Rowe Price withholds votes for outside
directors that do not meet certain criteria relating to their independence and
who serve on key board committees. We withhold votes from directors who are
unable to dedicate sufficient time to their board duties due to their
commitments to other boards. We also withhold votes for inside directors serving
on key board committees and for directors who miss more than one-fourth of the
scheduled board meetings. We may also withhold votes from inside directors for
failing to establish a formal nominating committee. We support efforts to elect
all board members annually because boards with staggered terms act as deterrents
to takeover proposals. To strengthen boards' accountability to shareholders, T.
Rowe Price supports proposals calling for a majority vote threshold for the
election of directors.

                                        3
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      Anti-takeover, Capital Structure and Corporate Governance Issues - T. Rowe
Price generally opposes anti-takeover measures since they adversely impact
shareholder rights and limit the ability of shareholders to act on possible
transactions. Such anti-takeover mechanisms include classified boards,
supermajority voting requirements, dual share classes, and poison pills. We also
oppose proposals that give management a "blank check" to create new classes of
stock with disparate rights and privileges. When voting on capital structure
proposals, T. Rowe Price will consider the dilutive impact to shareholders and
the effect on shareholder rights. We generally support shareholder proposals
that call for the separation of the Chairman and CEO positions unless there are
sufficient governance safeguards already in place. With respect to proposals for
the approval of a company's auditor, we typically oppose auditors who have a
significant non-audit relationship with the company.

      Executive Compensation Issues - T. Rowe Price's goal is to assure that a
company's equity-based compensation plan is aligned with shareholders' long-term
interests. While we evaluate plans on a case-by-case basis, T. Rowe Price
generally opposes compensation packages that provide what we view as excessive
awards to a few senior executives or that contain excessively dilutive stock
option grants based on a number of criteria such as the costs associated with
the plan, plan features, burn rates which are excessive in relation to the
company's peers, dilution to shareholders and comparability to plans in the
company's peer group. We generally oppose efforts to reprice options in the
event of a decline in value of the underlying stock. For companies with
particularly egregious pay practices such as excessive severance packages,
perks, and bonuses (despite under- performance), or moving performance targets
(to avoid poor payouts), we may withhold votes from compensation committee
members.

      Mergers and Acquisitions - T. Rowe Price considers takeover offers,
mergers, and other extraordinary corporate transactions on a case-by-case basis
to determine if they are beneficial to shareholders' current and future earnings
stream and to ensure that our Price Funds and clients are receiving fair
compensation in exchange for their investment.

      Social and Corporate Responsibility Issues - Vote recommendations for
corporate responsibility issues are generated by the Global Corporate Governance
Analyst using RMG's proxy research. T. Rowe Price generally votes with a
company's management on social, environmental and corporate responsibility
issues unless the issue has substantial investment implications for the
company's business or operations which have not been adequately addressed by
management. T. Rowe Price may support well-targeted shareholder proposals that
call for enhanced disclosure by companies on environmental and other public
policy issues that are particularly relevant to their businesses.

      Global Portfolio Companies - RMG applies a two-tier approach to
determining and applying global proxy voting policies. The first tier
establishes baseline policy guidelines for the most fundamental issues, which
span the corporate governance spectrum without regard to a company's domicile.
The second tier takes into account various idiosyncrasies of different
countries, making allowances for standard market practices, as long as they do
not violate the fundamental goals of good corporate governance. The goal is to
enhance shareholder value through effective use of shareholder franchise,
recognizing that application of policies developed for U.S. corporate governance
issues are not necessarily appropriate for all markets. The Proxy Committee has
reviewed RMG's general global policies and has developed international proxy
voting guidelines which in most instances are consistent with RMG
recommendations.

                                        4
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

      Votes Against Company Management - Where RMG recommends a vote against
management on any particular proxy issue, the Proxy Administrator ensures that
the portfolio manager reviews such recommendations before a vote is cast.
Consequently, if a portfolio manager believes that management's view on a
particular proxy proposal may adversely affect the investment merits of owning
stock in a particular company, he/she votes contrary to management. Also, our
research analysts present their voting recommendations in such situations to our
portfolio managers.

      Index and Passively Managed Accounts - Proxy voting for index and other
passively-managed portfolios is administered by the Investment Services Group
using T. Rowe Price's policies as set by the Proxy Committee. If a portfolio
company is held in both an actively managed account and an index account, the
index account will default to the vote as determined by the actively managed
proxy voting process.

      Divided Votes - In the unusual situation where a decision is made which is
contrary to the policies established by the Proxy Committee, or differs from the
vote for any other client or T. Rowe Price Fund, the Investment Services Group
advises the portfolio managers involved of the divided vote. The persons
representing opposing views may wish to confer to discuss their positions. In
such instances, it is the normal practice for the portfolio manager to document
the reasons for the vote if it is against T. Rowe Price policy. The Proxy
Administrator is responsible for assuring that adequate documentation is
maintained to reflect the basis for any vote which is cast in opposition to T.
Rowe Price policy.

      Shareblocking - Shareblocking is the practice in certain foreign countries
of "freezing" shares for trading purposes in order to vote proxies relating to
those shares. In markets where shareblocking applies, the custodian or
sub-custodian automatically freezes shares prior to a shareholder meeting once a
proxy has been voted. Shareblocking typically takes place between one and
fifteen (15) days before the shareholder meeting, depending on the market. In
markets where shareblocking applies, there is a potential for a pending trade to
fail if trade settlement takes place during the blocking period. T. Rowe Price's
policy is generally to abstain from voting shares in shareblocking countries
unless the matter has compelling economic consequences that outweigh the loss of
liquidity in the blocked shares.

      Securities on Loan - The T. Rowe Price Funds and our institutional clients
may participate in securities lending programs to generate income. Generally,
the voting rights pass with the securities on loan; however, lending agreements
give the lender the right to terminate the loan and pull back the loaned shares
provided sufficient notice is given to the custodian bank in advance of the
voting deadline. T. Rowe Price's policy is generally not to vote securities on
loan unless the portfolio manager has knowledge of a material voting event that
could affect the value of the loaned securities. In this event, the portfolio
manager has the discretion to instruct the Proxy Administrator to pull back the
loaned securities in order to cast a vote at an upcoming shareholder meeting.

                                        5
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Vote Execution and Monitoring of Voting Process
      Once the vote has been determined, the Proxy Administrator enters votes
electronically into RMG's Governance Analytics system. RMG then transmits the
votes to the proxy agents or custodian banks and sends electronic confirmation
to T. Rowe Price indicating that the votes were successfully transmitted.

      On a daily basis, the Proxy Administrator queries the Governance Analytics
system to determine newly announced meetings and meetings not yet voted. When
the date of the stockholders' meeting is approaching, the Proxy Administrator
contacts the applicable portfolio manager if the vote for a particular client or
Price Fund has not yet been recorded in the computer system.

      Should a portfolio manager wish to change a vote already submitted, the
portfolio manager may do so up until the deadline for vote submission, which
varies depending on the company's domicile.

Monitoring and Resolving Conflicts of Interest
      The Proxy Committee is also responsible for monitoring and resolving
possible material conflicts between the interests of T. Rowe Price and those of
its clients with respect to proxy voting. We have adopted safeguards to ensure
that our proxy voting is not influenced by interests other than those of our
fund shareholders. While membership on the Proxy Committee is diverse, it does
not include individuals whose primary duties relate to client relationship
management, marketing, or sales. Since T. Rowe Price's voting guidelines are
pre-determined by the Proxy Committee using recommendations from RMG, an
independent third party, application of the T. Rowe Price guidelines by fund
portfolio managers to vote fund proxies should in most instances adequately
address any possible conflicts of interest. However, the Proxy Committee reviews
all proxy votes that are inconsistent with T. Rowe Price guidelines to determine
whether the portfolio manager's voting rationale appears reasonable. The Proxy
Committee also assesses whether any business or other relationships between T.
Rowe Price and a portfolio company could have influenced an inconsistent vote on
that company's proxy. Issues raising possible conflicts of interest are referred
to designated members of the Proxy Committee for immediate resolution prior to
the time T. Rowe Price casts its vote. With respect to personal conflicts of
interest, T. Rowe Price's Code of Ethics and Conduct requires all employees to
avoid placing themselves in a "compromising position" in which their interests
may conflict with those of our clients and restricts their ability to engage in
certain outside business activities. Portfolio managers or Proxy Committee
members with a personal conflict of interest regarding a particular proxy vote
must recuse themselves and not participate in the voting decisions with respect
to that proxy.

      Specific Conflict of Interest Situations - Voting of T. Rowe Price Group,
Inc. common stock (sym: TROW) by certain T. Rowe Price Index Funds will be done
in all instances in accordance with T. Rowe Price policy, and votes inconsistent
with policy will not be permitted. In addition, T. Rowe Price has voting
authority for proxies of the holdings of certain T. Rowe Price funds that invest
in

                                        6
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

other T. Rowe Price funds. In cases where the underlying fund of a T. Rowe Price
fund-of -funds holds a proxy vote, T. Rowe Price will mirror vote the fund
shares held by the fund-of-funds in the same proportion as the votes cast by the
shareholders of the underlying funds.

REPORTING AND RECORD RETENTION
      Vote Summary Reports will be generated for each client that requests T.
Rowe Price to furnish proxy voting records. The report specifies the portfolio
companies, meeting dates, proxy proposals, and votes which have been cast for
the client during the period and the position taken with respect to each issue.
Reports normally cover quarterly or annual periods. All client requests for
proxy information will be recorded and fulfilled by the Proxy Administrator.

      T. Rowe Price retains proxy solicitation materials, memoranda regarding
votes cast in opposition to the position of a company's management, and
documentation on shares voted differently. In addition, any document which is
material to a proxy voting decision such as the T. Rowe Price voting guidelines,
Proxy Committee meeting materials, and other internal research relating to
voting decisions will be kept. Proxy statements received from issuers (other
than those which are available on the SEC's EDGAR database) are kept by RMG in
its capacity as voting agent and are available upon request. All proxy voting
materials and supporting documentation are retained for six years.

Updated: March 2008

                                        7
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                        Western Asset Management Company
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents




Procedure:                                       Proxy Voting
Departments Impacted:                            Investment Management,
                                                 Compliance, Investment Support,
                                                 Client Services
References:                                      WA Compliance Manual
                                                 -Section R - Proxy
                                                 Voting WAML
                                                 Compliance Manual -
                                                 Section 4.11 - Proxy
                                                 Voting Investment
                                                 Advisers Act Rule
                                                 206(4)-6 and Rule
                                                204-2 ERISA DOL
                                                Bulletin 94-2 C.F.R.
                                                2509.94-2
Effective:                                                 August 1, 2003

                                   Background

Western Asset Management Company ("WA") and Western Asset Management Company
Limited ("WAML") (together "Western Asset") have adopted and implemented
policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that
proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our
fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940
("Advisers Act"). Our authority to vote the proxies of our clients is
established through investment management agreements or comparable documents,
and our proxy voting guidelines have been tailored to reflect these specific
contractual obligations. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our
proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and
responsibilities for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been
expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined
that the responsibility for these votes lies with the Investment Manager.

In exercising its voting authority, Western Asset will not consult or enter into
agreements with officers, directors or employees of Legg Mason Inc. or any of
its affiliates (except that WA and WAML may so consult and agree with each
other) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.

                                     Policy

Western Asset's proxy voting procedures are designed and implemented in a way
that is reasonably expected to ensure that proxy matters are handled in the best
interest of our clients. While the guidelines included in the procedures are
intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately
cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration Western Asset's
contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and
circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be
overridden to the extent Western Asset deems appropriate).

                        Western Asset Management Company
                        385 East Colorado Blvd. Pasadena, CA 91101
                           o Tel: (626) 844-9400
                           o Fax: (626) 844-9450
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

                                   Procedures

Responsibility and Oversight
The Western Asset Compliance Department ("Compliance Department") is responsible
for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of
proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Support
("Corporate Actions"). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible
for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any
applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.

Client Authority
Prior to August 1, 2003, all existing client investment management agreements
("IMAs") will be reviewed to determine whether Western Asset has authority to
vote client proxies. At account start-up, or upon amendment of an IMA, the
applicable client IMA are similarly reviewed. If an agreement is silent on proxy
voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the
account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume
responsibility for proxy voting. The Client Account Transition Team maintains a
matrix of proxy voting authority.

Proxy Gathering
Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees
("Proxy Recipients") that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should
forward them to Corporate Actions. Prior to August 1, 2003, Proxy Recipients of
existing clients will be reminded of the appropriate routing to Corporate
Actions for proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to
forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. Proxy Recipients for new clients
(or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an
existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are
notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy
materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy
materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate
Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to
Corporate Actions.

Proxy Voting
Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to
the Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:
     a.   Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted.

     b.   Impacted   accounts  are  checked  to  confirm  Western  Asset  voting
          authority.

     c.   Compliance  Department  staff  reviews  proxy issues to determine  any
          material conflicts of interest.  (See conflicts of interest section of
          these  procedures  for further  information  on  determining  material
          conflicts of interest.)

     d.   If  a  material  conflict  of  interest  exists,  (i)  to  the  extent
          reasonably  practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is
          promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains
          the client's proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it
          is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify
          the client and obtain such instructions  (e.g., the client is a mutual
          fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client),  Western
          Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party.

                                        2
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

     e.   Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate
          research  analyst or  portfolio  manager to obtain  their  recommended
          vote.  Research analysts and portfolio  managers  determine votes on a
          case-by-case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained
          in these  procedures.  For  avoidance of doubt,  depending on the best
          interest of each  individual  client,  Western Asset may vote the same
          proxy  differently for different  clients.  The analyst's or portfolio
          manager's basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the
          Compliance Department.

     f.   Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the
          instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as
          indicated in the proxy materials.

Timing
Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special
circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be
completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.

Recordkeeping
Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of
the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:

     a.   A copy of Western Asset's policies and procedures.

     b.   Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities.

     c.   A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material
          to making a decision how to vote proxies.

     d.   Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western
          Asset's written response to both verbal and written client requests.

     e.   A proxy log including:

          1.   Issuer name;

          2.   Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer's shares to be voted;

          3.   Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures
               ("CUSIP") number for the shares to be voted;

          4.   A brief identification of the matter voted on;

          5.   Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a
               shareholder of the issuer;

          6.   Whether a vote was cast on the matter;

          7.   A record of how the vote was cast; and

          8.   Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of
               the issuer's management team.

                                        3
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first
two in Western Asset's offices.

Disclosure
Part II of both the WA Form ADV and the WAML Form ADV contain a description of
Western Asset's proxy policies. Prior to August 1, 2003, Western Asset will
deliver Part II of its revised Form ADV to all existing clients, along with a
letter identifying the new disclosure. Clients will be provided a copy of these
policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may
receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.

Conflicts of Interest
All proxies are reviewed by the Compliance Department for material conflicts of
interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:

     1.   Whether  Western Asset (or, to the extent required to be considered by
          applicable law, its  affiliates)  manages assets for the company or an
          employee  group of the  company or  otherwise  has an  interest in the
          company;

     2.   Whether  Western  Asset or an officer or director of Western  Asset or
          the  applicable   portfolio   manager  or  analyst   responsible   for
          recommending  the proxy vote (together,  "Voting  Persons") is a close
          relative  of or  has a  personal  or  business  relationship  with  an
          executive,  director or person who is a candidate  for director of the
          company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and

     3.   Whether there is any other business or personal  relationship  where a
          Voting  Person has a personal  interest  in the  outcome of the matter
          before shareholders.

                                Voting Guidelines

Western Asset's substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and
circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research
analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as
guidelines to aid in the decision making process.

Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented
to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are
recommended by a company's board of directors; Part II deals with proposals
submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses
issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses
unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.

I.   Board Approved Proposals
The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve
proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by
its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices
currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes
in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More
specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:

          1.   Matters relating to the Board of Directors

                                        4
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

            Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the company's
            nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other
            matters relating to the board of directors with the following
            exceptions:

           . Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board
          does not have a majority of a independent directors or the board does
          not have nominating, audit and compensation committees
               composed solely of independent directors.

          b.   Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered
               an  independent  director  by the  company  and who has  received
               compensation  from  the  company  other  than  for  service  as a
               director.

          c.   Votes are  withheld for any nominee for director who attends less
               than 75% of board and  committee  meetings  without valid reasons
               for absences.

          d.   Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested  elections of
               directors.

          2.   Matters relating to Executive Compensation
            Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate
            executive compensation to a company's long-term performance. Votes
            are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals
            relating to executive compensation, except as follows:

          a.   Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the
               entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option
               plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution.

          b.   Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals  that
               permit replacing or repricing of underwater options.

          c.   Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit
               issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock's
               current market price.

           .   Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the
               entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock
               purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under
          d    the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an
               offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of
               10% or less.

          3.   Matters relating to Capitalization
            The management of a company's capital structure involves a number of
            important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market
            conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As
            a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on
            board-approved proposals involving changes to a company's
            capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding
            votes for the entire board of directors.

                                        5
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

     a.   Western Asset votes for  proposals  relating to the  authorization  of
          additional common stock.

     b.   Western  Asset votes for  proposals to effect stock splits  (excluding
          reverse stock splits).

     c.   Western  Asset  votes  for  proposals   authorizing  share  repurchase
          programs.

     4.   Matters relating to Acquisitions,  Mergers,  Reorganizations and Other
          Transactions  Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis
          on board-approved transactions.

     5.   Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures

            Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt
anti-takeover measures except as follows:

          a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case  basis on proposals to ratify
          or approve shareholder rights plans.

          b. Western Asset votes on a  case-by-case  basis on proposals to adopt
          fair price provisions.

          6.   Other Business Matters
            Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such
            routine business matters such as changing the company's name,
            ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters
            relating to the shareholder meeting.

          a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a
          company's charter or bylaws.

          b.  Western  Asset  votes  against  authorization  to  transact  other
          unidentified, substantive business at the meeting.

II.  Shareholder Proposals
SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a
company's proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect
of a company's corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its
business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation
of the company's board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as
follows:
            1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require
            shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans. 2. Western Asset
            votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western
            Asset's proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals.

                                        6
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Table of Contents

            3. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder
            proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the
            entire board of directors.

III. Voting Shares of Investment Companies
Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to
implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies
that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in
accordance with those guidelines.
            1. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating
            to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company
            taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the
            fund plays in the clients' portfolios.
            2. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that
            would result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt
            12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund
            mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds
            and the services to be provided.

IV.  Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers
In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in foreign
issuers - i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign
jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ
stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the
existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These
guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign
issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.
            1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a
            majority of the directors to be independent of management. 2.
            Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase
            the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation
            committees.
            3. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement
            corporate governance standards similar to those established under
            U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock
            exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the
            jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated. 4. Western
            Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the
            issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company's outstanding
            common stock where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or
            (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company's
            outstanding common stock where shareholders have preemptive rights.

                                        7





Metropolitan Series Fund, Inc.
Pro Forma Combining Financial Statements (Unaudited)
December 31, 2008

Introductory Paragraph

     The   unaudited   pro  forma   statements   give  effect  to  the  proposed
reorganization  of  the  Met/AIM  Capital   Appreciation   Portfolio  (the  "AIM
Portfolio"),  a portfolio of Met Investors  Series Trust, in exchange for shares
of the BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth Portfolio (the "BlackRock  Portfolio"),
a portfolio  of  Metropolitan  Series  Fund,  Inc.,  at net asset  value.  Under
generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  the historical  cost of investment
securities  will be  carried  forward to the  surviving  entity,  the  BlackRock
Portfolio,  and  the  results  of  operations  of the  BlackRock  Portfolio  for
pre-combination periods will not be restated.

     The pro forma unaudited combining  statements of assets and liabilities and
portfolio of investments reflect the financial position of the AIM Portfolio and
the BlackRock  Portfolio,  as though the reorganization  occurred as of December
31, 2008.

     The pro forma  unaudited  statement of  operations  reflects the results of
operations of each of the merged  Portfolios for the  twelve-month  period ended
December 31, 2008 as though the  reorganization  occurred as of the beginning of
the period.

     The pro forma combining  statements  should be read in conjunction with the
financial  statements  and  financial  highlights  for the AIM Portfolio and the
BlackRock  Portfolio,  which are  incorporated  by reference in the Statement of
Additional Information.




Pro Forma Statement of Investments as of 12/31/08 (Unaudited)



                                                                                                               MIST Met/AIM
                                                                                                           Capital Appreciation
                      Security Description                                           Coupon  Maturity    Par/Shares       Value
                      --------------------                                           ------  -------- ---------------  -------------
                                                                                                  
         COMMON STOCK                                                % of Net Assets                  92.6%
  Aerospace & Defense                                                % of Net Assets                  10.2%
                      General Dynamics Corp.                                                                   19,317     1,112,466
                      Honeywell International, Inc.                                                            41,352     1,357,586
                      Lockheed Martin Corp.                                                                    20,286     1,705,647
                      Northrop Grumman Corp.
                      Raytheon Co. (b)                                                                         66,274     3,382,625
                      Rockwell Collins, Inc. (b)                                                               12,501       488,664
                      Spirit Aerosystems Holdings, Inc. (a)                                                    36,538       371,592
                      United Technologies Corp.                                                                48,225     2,584,860
          Air Freight
          & Logistics                                                % of Net Assets                   0.0%
                      Expeditors International of Washington, Inc.
                      United Parcel Service, Inc. (Class B)
             Airlines                                                % of Net Assets                   0.0%
                      Delta Air Lines, Inc. (a)
            Beverages                                                % of Net Assets                   7.3%
                      Coca-Cola Co.                                                                            98,901     4,477,248
                      PepsiCo, Inc.                                                                            61,994     3,395,412
        Biotechnology                                                % of Net Assets                   3.7%
                      Celgene Corp. (a)
                      Genentech, Inc. (a)                                                                      10,516       871,882
                      Genzyme Corp. (a)
                      Gilead Sciences, Inc. (a)(b)                                                             61,938     3,167,509
      Capital Markets                                                % of Net Assets                   0.0%
                      Janus Capital Group, Inc. (b)
            Chemicals                                                % of Net Assets                   0.9%
                      Ecolab, Inc.
                      Monsanto Co. (b)                                                                          2,622       184,458
                      The Mosaic Co.                                                                           12,878       445,579
                      Potash Corp. of Saskatchewan, Inc.                                                        5,128       375,472
         Commercial &
Professional Services                                                % of Net Assets                   1.9%
                      Waste Management, Inc.                                                                   61,856     2,049,908
     Commercial Banks                                                % of Net Assets                   0.0%
                      Wells Fargo & Co.
       Communications
            Equipment                                                % of Net Assets                   3.0%
                      Cisco Systems, Inc. (a)                                                                  51,006       831,398
                      Nokia Oyj (ADR)                                                                          80,362     1,253,647
                      QUALCOMM, Inc.
                      Research In Motion, Ltd. (a)                                                             28,282     1,147,683
          Computers &
          Peripherals                                                % of Net Assets                   0.9%
                      Apple, Inc. (a)(b)                                                                        5,447       464,901
                      Hewlett-Packard Co.
                      International Business Machines Corp.                                                     6,536       550,070
       Construction &
          Engineering                                                % of Net Assets                   0.7%
                      Fluor Corp. (b)                                                                          12,363       554,728
                      Foster Wheeler, Ltd. (a)                                                                  9,870       230,760
          Diversified
    Consumer Services                                                % of Net Assets                   0.4%
                      Apollo Group, Inc. (Class A) (a)(b)                                                       5,642       432,290
          Diversified
   Financial Services                                                % of Net Assets                   0.0%
                      CME Group, Inc.
                      JPMorgan Chase & Co.
          Diversified
     Telecom Services                                                % of Net Assets                   0.0%
                      AT&T, Inc.
   Electric Utilities                                                % of Net Assets                   0.0%
                      Exelon Corp.
 Electrical Equipment                                                % of Net Assets                   0.2%
                      ABB, Ltd. (CHF)(a)                                                                       13,231       199,447
 Electronic Equipment
        & Instruments                                                % of Net Assets                   0.3%
                      Trimble Navigation, Ltd. (a)(b)                                                          17,382       375,625
               Energy
 Equipment & Services                                                % of Net Assets                   2.5%
                      Baker Hughes, Inc. (b)                                                                   12,973       416,044
                      Cameron International Corp. (a)                                                          21,163       433,842
                      National-Oilwell Varco, Inc. (a)                                                         24,117       589,419
                      Schlumberger, Ltd.                                                                        9,928       420,252
                      Transocean, Ltd.                                                                         17,575       830,419
               Food &
    Staples Retailing                                                % of Net Assets                   2.2%
                      CVS Caremark Corp.
                      Safeway, Inc.
                      The Kroger Co. (b)                                                                       90,023     2,377,507
                      Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.
        Food Products                                                % of Net Assets                   4.6%
                      General Mills, Inc.                                                                      25,871     1,571,663
                      Kellogg Co.                                                                              78,523     3,443,234
          Health Care
 Equipment & Supplies                                                % of Net Assets                  11.0%
                      Baxter International, Inc.                                                               82,785     4,436,448
                      Becton, Dickinson & Co.                                                                  44,009     3,009,775
                      C.R. Bard, Inc.
                      Medtronic, Inc. (b)                                                                      55,473     1,742,962
                      St. Jude Medical, Inc. (a)                                                               83,446     2,750,380
          Health Care
 Providers & Services                                                % of Net Assets                   1.2%
                      Express Scripts, Inc. (a)                                                                10,087       554,583
                      Henry Schein, Inc. (a)
                      Medco Health Solutions, Inc. (a)
                      Quest Diagnostics, Inc.                                                                  14,115       732,710
                      UnitedHealth Group, Inc.
              Hotels,
Restaurants & Leisure                                                % of Net Assets                   0.5%
                      Burger King Holdings, Inc.
                      McDonald's Corp.                                                                          8,854       550,630
   Household Durables                                                % of Net Assets                   0.0%
                      D.R. Horton, Inc. (b)
   Household Products                                                % of Net Assets                   9.0%
                      Colgate-Palmolive Co.                                                                    73,724     5,053,043
                      The Clorox Co.
                      The Procter & Gamble Co. (b)                                                             75,756     4,683,236
           Industrial
        Conglomerates                                                % of Net Assets                   0.3%
                      McDermott International, Inc. (a)(b)                                                     35,536       351,096
            Insurance                                                % of Net Assets                   5.4%
                      ACE, Ltd.                                                                                44,213     2,339,752
                      Aon Corp.                                                                                11,962       546,424
                      Assurant, Inc.                                                                           15,124       453,720
                      The Chubb Corp.                                                                          48,611     2,479,161
                      The Travelers Cos., Inc.
             Internet
     & Catalog Retail                                                % of Net Assets                   0.0%
                      Amazon.com, Inc. (a)(b)
             Internet
  Software & Services                                                % of Net Assets                   1.4%
                      Google, Inc. (Class A) (a)                                                                4,764     1,465,645
          IT Services                                                % of Net Assets                   3.5%
                      Accenture, Ltd. (Class A)                                                                97,400     3,193,746
                      Cognizant Technology Solutions Corp. (Class A) (a)(b)                                    30,495       550,740
        Life Sciences
     Tools & Services                                                % of Net Assets                   0.0%
                      Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc. (a)(b)
            Machinery                                                % of Net Assets                   0.2%
                      Cummins, Inc.
                      Danaher Corp. (b)
                      Joy Global, Inc. (b)                                                                     11,100       254,079
               Marine                                                % of Net Assets                   0.2%
                      Mitsui O.S.K. Lines, Ltd. (JPY)                                                           9,085        55,792
                      Nippon Yusen KK (JPY)                                                                    33,910       209,129
      Metals & Mining                                                % of Net Assets                   0.4%
                      Agnico-Eagle Mines, Ltd.
                      BHP Billiton, Ltd. (AUD)                                                                 15,426       324,892
                      Freeport-McMoRan Copper & Gold, Inc. (a)
                      Xstrata, Plc. (GBP)                                                                      14,698       137,024
     Multiline Retail                                                % of Net Assets                   0.0%
                      Kohl's Corp. (a)(b)
           Oil, Gas &
     Consumable Fuels                                                % of Net Assets                   3.7%
                      CONSOL Energy, Inc.                                                                      17,639       504,123
                      EOG Resources, Inc.
                      Exxon Mobil Corp.                                                                         5,794       462,535
                      Marathon Oil Corp.                                                                       15,364       420,359
                      Massey Energy Co.
                      Occidental Petroleum Corp.                                                               28,797     1,727,532
                      Peabody Energy Corp. (b)                                                                 16,823       382,723
                      Valero Energy Corp.                                                                      21,153       457,751
    Personal Products                                                % of Net Assets                   0.5%
                      Avon Products, Inc.                                                                      21,654       520,346
      Pharmaceuticals                                                % of Net Assets                   7.4%
                      Abbott Laboratories                                                                      40,733     2,173,920
                      Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.
                      Johnson & Johnson                                                                        82,149     4,914,975
                      Shire, Plc. (GBP)                                                                        61,172       894,566
                      Teva Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. (ADR) (b)
          Road & Rail                                                % of Net Assets                   0.5%
                      Norfolk Southern Corp.                                                                    7,546       355,039
                      Union Pacific Corp. (b)                                                                   3,665       175,187
       Semiconductors
    & Semi. Equipment                                                % of Net Assets                   0.0%
                      Broadcom Corp. (a)
                      Lam Research Corp. (a)(b)
                      PMC-Sierra, Inc. (a)(b)
             Software                                                % of Net Assets                   5.3%
                      Activision Blizzard, Inc. (a)
                      Adobe Systems, Inc. (a)                                                                  60,047     1,278,400
                      Amdocs, Ltd. (a)                                                                         22,951       419,774
                      Autodesk, Inc. (a)(b)                                                                    22,542       442,950
                      Check Point Software Technologies, Ltd. (a)
                      Microsoft Corp.                                                                         185,095     3,598,247
                      Oracle Corp. (a)(b)
                      Salesforce.com, Inc. (a)(b)
    Specialty Retail                                                 % of Net Assets                   0.0%
                      Home Depot, Inc.
                      Ross Stores, Inc. (b)
              Tobacco                                                % of Net Assets                   0.0%
                      Philip Morris International, Inc.
            Wireless
     Telecom Services                                                % of Net Assets                   3.3%
                      American Tower Corp. (Class A) (a)
                      China Mobile, Ltd. (HKD)                                                                 65,397       663,048
                      KDDI Corp. (JPY)                                                                            410     2,920,179
                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Total Common Stock                                                                                100,280,458
                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SHORT-TERM INVESTMENT                                                % of Net Assets                  12.7%
Repurchase Agreements                                                % of Net Assets                   7.1%
                      State Street Bank & Trust Co.                                   0.010% 01/02/09       7,693,000     7,693,000
         Mutual Funds                                                % of Net Assets                   5.6%
                      State Street Navigator Securities Lending                                             6,090,759     6,090,759
                           Trust Prime Portfolio (c)
                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Total Short Term Investments                                                                       13,783,759
                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      TOTAL INVESTMENTS                                               % of Net Assets           105.4%  114,064,217
                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              (Cost)                                    140,300,930
                      Other assets less Liabilities                                   % of Net Assets            -5.4%   (5,806,503)
                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      TOTAL NET ASSETS -- 100.0%                                                                        108,257,714
                      ==============================================================================================================




                                                                           MSF BlackRock Legacy            Aggregate Combined
                                                                             Large Cap Growth                  Portfolios
                      Security Description                               Par/Shares        Value        Par/Shares         Value
                      --------------------                            ----------------  -----------  ----------------   ------------
                                                                                                   
         COMMON STOCK                                                 99.4%                          97.6%
  Aerospace & Defense                                                  2.7%                           4.7%
                      General Dynamics Corp.                                                                   19,317     1,112,466
                      Honeywell International, Inc.                            149,723    4,915,406           191,075     6,272,992
                      Lockheed Martin Corp.                                                                    20,286     1,705,647
                      Northrop Grumman Corp.                                    73,400    3,305,936            73,400     3,305,936
                      Raytheon Co. (b)                                                                         66,274     3,382,625
                      Rockwell Collins, Inc. (b)                                                               12,501       488,664
                      Spirit Aerosystems Holdings, Inc. (a)                                                    36,538       371,592
                      United Technologies Corp.                                                                48,225     2,584,860
                  Air
  Freight & Logistics                                                  1.8%                           1.3%
                      Expeditors International of Washington, Inc.             113,785    3,785,627           113,785     3,785,627
                      United Parcel Service, Inc. (Class B)                     28,100    1,549,996            28,100     1,549,996
             Airlines                                                  1.1%                           0.8%
                      Delta Air Lines, Inc. (a)                                290,800    3,332,568           290,800     3,332,568
            Beverages                                                  3.8%                           4.7%
                      Coca-Cola Co.                                            180,797    8,184,680           279,698    12,661,928
                      PepsiCo, Inc.                                             61,100    3,346,447           123,094     6,741,859
        Biotechnology                                                  5.5%                           5.0%
                      Celgene Corp. (a)                                        107,100    5,920,488           107,100     5,920,488
                      Genentech, Inc. (a)                                                                      10,516       871,882
                      Genzyme Corp. (a)                                         74,800    4,964,476            74,800     4,964,476
                      Gilead Sciences, Inc. (a)(b)                             114,600    5,860,644           176,538     9,028,153
      Capital Markets                                                  0.4%                           0.3%
                      Janus Capital Group, Inc. (b)                            154,402    1,239,848           154,402     1,239,848
            Chemicals                                                  0.8%                           0.8%
                      Ecolab, Inc.                                              69,200    2,432,380            69,200     2,432,380
                      Monsanto Co. (b)                                                                          2,622       184,458
                      The Mosaic Co.                                                                           12,878       445,579
                      Potash Corp. of Saskatchewan, Inc.                                                        5,128       375,472
         Commercial &
Professional Services                                                  1.1%                           1.3%
                      Waste Management, Inc.                                    98,800    3,274,232           160,656     5,324,140
     Commercial Banks                                                  1.0%                           0.7%
                      Wells Fargo & Co.                                        103,200    3,042,336           103,200     3,042,336
       Communications
            Equipment                                                  7.3%                           6.2%
                      Cisco Systems, Inc. (a)                                  657,337   10,714,593           708,343    11,545,991
                      Nokia Oyj (ADR)                                                                          80,362     1,253,647
                      QUALCOMM, Inc.                                           318,148   11,399,243           318,148    11,399,243
                      Research In Motion, Ltd. (a)                                                             28,282     1,147,683
          Computers &
          Peripherals                                                  3.9%                           3.1%
                      Apple, Inc. (a)(b)                                        72,717    6,206,396            78,164     6,671,297
                      Hewlett-Packard Co.                                      153,100    5,555,999           153,100     5,555,999
                      International Business Machines Corp.                                                     6,536       550,070
       Construction &
          Engineering                                                  0.9%                           0.9%
                      Fluor Corp. (b)                                           60,800    2,728,096            73,163     3,282,824
                      Foster Wheeler, Ltd. (a)                                                                  9,870       230,760
          Diversified
    Consumer Services                                                  2.0%                           1.6%
                      Apollo Group, Inc. (Class A) (a)(b)                       80,700    6,183,234            86,342     6,615,524
          Diversified
   Financial Services                                                  1.3%                           1.0%
                      CME Group, Inc.                                            5,800    1,207,038             5,800     1,207,038
                      JPMorgan Chase & Co.                                      91,000    2,869,230            91,000     2,869,230
          Diversified
     Telecom Services                                                  0.6%                           0.4%
                      AT&T, Inc.                                                63,872    1,820,352            63,872     1,820,352
   Electric Utilities                                                  1.5%                           1.1%
                      Exelon Corp.                                              83,795    4,659,840            83,795     4,659,840
 Electrical Equipment                                                  0.0%                           0.0%
                      ABB, Ltd. (CHF)(a)                                                                       13,231       199,447
 Electronic Equipment
        & Instruments                                                  0.0%                           0.1%
                      Trimble Navigation, Ltd. (a)(b)                                                          17,382       375,625
               Energy
 Equipment & Services                                                  1.7%                           1.9%
                      Baker Hughes, Inc. (b)                                                                   12,973       416,044
                      Cameron International Corp. (a)                                                          21,163       433,842
                      National-Oilwell Varco, Inc. (a)                                                         24,117       589,419
                      Schlumberger, Ltd.                                        98,493    4,169,209           108,421     4,589,461
                      Transocean, Ltd.                                          22,263    1,051,927            39,838     1,882,346
               Food &
    Staples Retailing                                                  7.4%                           6.0%
                      CVS Caremark Corp.                                       119,000    3,420,060           119,000     3,420,060
                      Safeway, Inc.                                            100,500    2,388,885           100,500     2,388,885
                      The Kroger Co. (b)                                        78,700    2,078,467           168,723     4,455,974
                      Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.                                    259,256   14,533,891           259,256    14,533,891
        Food Products                                                  0.0%                           1.2%
                      General Mills, Inc.                                                                      25,871     1,571,663
                      Kellogg Co.                                                                              78,523     3,443,234
          Health Care
 Equipment & Supplies                                                  2.2%                           4.5%
                      Baxter International, Inc.                                                               82,785     4,436,448
                      Becton, Dickinson & Co.                                                                  44,009     3,009,775
                      C.R. Bard, Inc.                                           25,100    2,114,926            25,100     2,114,926
                      Medtronic, Inc. (b)                                      141,000    4,430,220           196,473     6,173,182
                      St. Jude Medical, Inc. (a)                                                               83,446     2,750,380
          Health Care
 Providers & Services                                                  3.9%                           3.2%
                      Express Scripts, Inc. (a)                                                                10,087       554,583
                      Henry Schein, Inc. (a)                                    64,100    2,351,829            64,100     2,351,829
                      Medco Health Solutions, Inc. (a)                         125,940    5,278,145           125,940     5,278,145
                      Quest Diagnostics, Inc.                                                                  14,115       732,710
                      UnitedHealth Group, Inc.                                 162,600    4,325,160           162,600     4,325,160
              Hotels,
Restaurants & Leisure                                                  2.8%                           2.2%
                      Burger King Holdings, Inc.                               147,200    3,515,136           147,200     3,515,136
                      McDonald's Corp.                                          78,100    4,857,039            86,954     5,407,669
   Household Durables                                                  0.5%                           0.3%
                      D.R. Horton, Inc. (b)                                    196,200    1,387,134           196,200     1,387,134
   Household Products                                                  1.2%                           3.3%
                      Colgate-Palmolive Co.                                                                    73,724     5,053,043
                      The Clorox Co.                                            39,800    2,211,288            39,800     2,211,288
                      The Procter & Gamble Co. (b)                              24,300    1,502,226           100,056     6,185,462
           Industrial
        Conglomerates                                                  0.0%                           0.1%
                      McDermott International, Inc. (a)(b)                                                     35,536       351,096
            Insurance                                                  1.2%                           2.3%
                      ACE, Ltd.                                                                                44,213     2,339,752
                      Aon Corp.                                                                                11,962       546,424
                      Assurant, Inc.                                                                           15,124       453,720
                      The Chubb Corp.                                                                          48,611     2,479,161
                      The Travelers Cos., Inc.                                  77,900    3,521,080            77,900     3,521,080
             Internet
     & Catalog Retail                                                  1.1%                           0.8%
                      Amazon.com, Inc. (a)(b)                                   67,600    3,466,528            67,600     3,466,528
             Internet
  Software & Services                                                  2.6%                           2.3%
                      Google, Inc. (Class A) (a)                                25,855    7,954,291            30,619     9,419,936
          IT Services                                                  0.0%                           0.9%
                      Accenture, Ltd. (Class A)                                                                97,400     3,193,746
                      Cognizant Technology Solutions Corp.
                        (Class A) (a)                                                                          30,495       550,740
        Life Sciences
     Tools & Services                                                  1.1%                           0.8%
                      Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc. (a)(b)                     96,700    3,294,569            96,700     3,294,569
            Machinery                                                  3.9%                           2.9%
                      Cummins, Inc.                                            115,000    3,073,950           115,000     3,073,950
                      Danaher Corp. (b)                                        153,300    8,678,313           153,300     8,678,313
                      Joy Global, Inc. (b)                                                                     11,100       254,079
               Marine                                                  0.0%                           0.1%
                      Mitsui O.S.K. Lines, Ltd. (JPY)                                                           9,085        55,792
                      Nippon Yusen KK (JPY)                                                                    33,910       209,129
      Metals & Mining                                                  2.3%                           1.8%
                      Agnico-Eagle Mines, Ltd.                                 100,200    5,143,266           100,200     5,143,266
                      BHP Billiton, Ltd. (AUD)                                                                 15,426       324,892
                      Freeport-McMoRan Copper & Gold, Inc. (a)                  75,625    1,848,275            75,625     1,848,275
                      Xstrata, Plc. (GBP)                                                                      14,698       137,024
     Multiline Retail                                                  1.9%                           1.4%
                      Kohl's Corp. (a)(b)                                      163,022    5,901,396           163,022     5,901,396
           Oil, Gas &
     Consumable Fuels                                                  5.0%                           4.6%
                      CONSOL Energy, Inc.                                                                      17,639       504,123
                      EOG Resources, Inc.                                       95,450    6,355,061            95,450     6,355,061
                      Exxon Mobil Corp.                                         68,700    5,484,321            74,494     5,946,856
                      Marathon Oil Corp.                                                                       15,364       420,359
                      Massey Energy Co.                                        124,842    1,721,571           124,842     1,721,571
                      Occidental Petroleum Corp.                                                               28,797     1,727,532
                      Peabody Energy Corp. (b)                                                                 16,823       382,723
                      Valero Energy Corp.                                       67,800    1,467,192            88,953     1,924,943
    Personal Products                                                  0.0%                           0.1%
                      Avon Products, Inc.                                                                      21,654       520,346
      Pharmaceuticals                                                  7.0%                           7.1%
                      Abbott Laboratories                                      166,400    8,880,768           207,133    11,054,688
                      Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.                                 207,000    4,812,750           207,000     4,812,750
                      Johnson & Johnson                                                   5,259,057            82,149    10,174,032
                      Shire, Plc. (GBP)                                                                        61,172       894,566
                      Teva Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. (ADR) (b)            52,000    2,213,640            52,000     2,213,640
          Road & Rail                                                  0.0%                           0.1%
                      Norfolk Southern Corp.                                                                    7,546       355,039
                      Union Pacific Corp. (b)                                                                   3,665       175,187
       Semiconductors
    & Semi. Equipment                                                  3.0%                           2.2%
                      Broadcom Corp. (a)                                       196,500    3,334,605           196,500     3,334,605
                      Lam Research Corp. (a)(b)                                 76,706    1,632,304            76,706     1,632,304
                      PMC-Sierra, Inc. (a)(b)                                  836,984    4,067,742           836,984     4,067,742
             Software                                                  8.3%                           7.5%
                      Activision Blizzard, Inc. (a)                            481,500    4,160,160           481,500     4,160,160
                      Adobe Systems, Inc. (a)                                  129,887    2,765,294           189,934     4,043,694
                      Amdocs, Ltd. (a)                                                                         22,951       419,774
                      Autodesk, Inc. (a)(b)                                                                    22,542       442,950
                      Check Point Software Technologies, Ltd. (a)              208,000    3,949,920           208,000     3,949,920
                      Microsoft Corp.                                          389,100    7,564,104           574,195    11,162,351
                      Oracle Corp. (a)(b)                                      212,600    3,769,398           212,600     3,769,398
                      Salesforce.com, Inc. (a)(b)                               89,938    2,878,916            89,938     2,878,916
    Specialty Retail                                                   1.7%                           1.2%
                      Home Depot, Inc.                                          59,900    1,378,898            59,900     1,378,898
                      Ross Stores, Inc. (b)                                    123,261    3,664,550           123,261     3,664,550
              Tobacco                                                  2.8%                           2.1%
                      Philip Morris International, Inc.                        198,769    8,648,439           198,769     8,648,439
             Wireless
     Telecom Services                                                  2.2%                           2.5%
                      American Tower Corp. (Class A) (a)                       224,798    6,591,077           224,798     6,591,077
                      China Mobile, Ltd. (HKD)                                                                 65,397       663,048
                      KDDI Corp. (JPY)                                                                            410     2,920,179
                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Total Common Stock                                                301,596,062                     401,876,520
                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SHORT-TERM INVESTMENT                                                  6.7%                           8.3%
Repurchase Agreements                                                  0.7%                           2.4%
                      State Street Bank & Trust Co.                          2,248,000    2,248,000         9,941,000     9,941,000
         Mutual Funds                                                  6.0%                           5.9%
                      State Street Navigator Securities Lending             18,095,026   18,095,026        24,185,785    24,185,785
                           Trust Prime Portfolio (c)
                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Total Short Term Investments                                       20,343,026                      34,126,785
                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      TOTAL INVESTMENTS                                          106.1% 321,939,088             105.9%  436,003,305
                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        401,339,728                     541,640,658
                      Other assets less Liabilities                               -6.1% (18,478,129)             -5.9%  (24,402,632)
                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      TOTAL NET ASSETS -- 100.0%                                        303,460,959                     411,600,673
                      ==============================================================================================================


                      (a) Non-Income Producing.

                      (b) A portion or all of the security was held on loan.

                      (c) Represents investment of cash collateral received from
                          securities lending transactions.

                      (ADR)-- An American Depositary Receipt is a certificate
                              issued by a custodian bank representing the right
                              to receive securities of the foreign issuer
                              described. Trading on exchanges not located in the
                              United States or Canada significantly influences
                              the value of ADRs.

                      (AUD) - Australian Dollar

                      (CHF) - Swiss Franc

                      (GBP) - British Pound

                      (HKD) - Hong Kong Dollar

                      (JPY) - Japanese Yen


As of December  31, 2008,  subtantially  all of the  securities  held by Met/AIM
Capital  Appreciation  Portfolio  complied with the investment  restrictions and
limitations of BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth Portfolio.



Metropolitan Series Fund, Inc.
COMBINED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
December 31, 2008 (UNAUDITED)



                                                                                                                    Metropolitan
                                                                                                                    Series Fund
                                                                                                                     BlackRock
                                                                               Metropolitan                         Legacy Large
                                                             Met Investors      Series Fund                          Cap Growth
                                                             Series Trust       BlackRock        Adjustments         Portfolio
                                                            MET/AIM Capital    Legacy Large    (References are     --------------
                                                             Appreciation       Cap Growth      to Pro Forma          Pro Forma
                                                               Portfolio        Portfolio         Footnotes)          Combined
                                                            ---------------   --------------   ---------------     --------------
                                                                                                       
Assets
Investments at value * (1)                                  $   106,371,217   $  321,939,088   $             0     $  428,310,305
Repurchase Agreement                                              7,693,000                0                            7,693,000
Cash **                                                                 819              896                --              1,715
Foreign cash at value                                               820,841               --                              820,841
Receivable for:
   Securities sold                                                   18,039               --                               18,039
   Fund shares sold                                                  31,098          563,574                --            594,672
   Dividends and interest                                           163,382          415,126                --            578,508
   Foreign taxes                                                         --           13,331                --             13,331
                                                            ---------------   --------------   ---------------     --------------
      Total assets                                              115,098,396      322,932,015                 0        438,030,411
                                                            ---------------   --------------   ---------------     --------------
Liabilities
 Payable for:
   Securities purchased                                                  --        1,005,167                --          1,005,167
   Fund shares redeemed                                             551,763          124,265                --            676,028
   Collateral on securities on loan                               6,090,759       18,095,026                --         24,185,785
Accrued expenses:
   Management fees                                                   71,442          181,095                --            252,537
   Service and distribution fees                                      1,299           16,426                --             17,725
   Deferred directors' fees                                              --           14,793                               14,793
   Other expenses                                                   125,419           34,284           118,000(a)         277,703
                                                            ---------------   --------------   ---------------     --------------
      Total liabilities                                           6,840,682       19,471,056           118,000         26,429,738
                                                            ---------------   --------------   ---------------     --------------
Net Assets                                                  $   108,257,714   $  303,460,959   $       118,000     $  411,600,673
                                                            ===============   ==============   ===============     ==============

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net assets consist of:
   Capital paid in                                          $   193,781,933   $  523,975,431   $             0        717,757,364

   Undistributed (distributions in excess of) net
      investment income                                          (1,355,996)       1,483,900          (118,000)(a)          9,904
   Accumulated net realized gains (losses)                      (57,934,604)    (142,597,732)               --       (200,532,336)
   Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments,
      and foreign currency                                      (26,233,619)     (79,400,640)               --       (105,634,259)
                                                            ---------------   --------------   ---------------     --------------
      Total                                                 $   108,257,714   $  303,460,959   $      (118,000)    $  411,600,673
                                                            ===============   ==============   ===============     ==============

                                                                                               ---------------
Net Assets - Class A                                             97,722,871      209,248,010   $       (87,979)(a) $  306,882,902
                                                            ===============   ==============   ===============     ==============
Net Assets - Class B                                                      0       63,611,194           (18,231)(a)     63,592,963
                                                            ===============   ==============   ===============     ==============
Net Assets - Class E                                             10,534,843       30,601,755           (11,790)(a)     41,124,808
                                                            ===============   ==============   ===============     ==============

Capital shares outstanding - Class A                             14,347,221       12,375,701        (8,567,529)(b)     18,155,393
                                                            ===============   ==============   ===============     ==============
Capital shares outstanding - Class B                                      0        3,829,265                 0          3,829,265
                                                            ===============   ==============   ===============     ==============
Capital shares outstanding - Class E                              1,572,132        1,826,571          (943,324)(b)      2,455,379
                                                            ===============   ==============   ===============     ==============

Net Asset Value and Offering Price Per Share - Class A      $          6.81   $        16.91                --     $        16.90
                                                            ===============   ==============   ===============     ==============
Net Asset Value and Offering Price Per Share - Class B                   --            16.61                                16.61
                                                            ===============   ==============   ===============     ==============
Net Asset Value and Offering Price Per Share - Class E                 6.70            16.75                                16.75
                                                            ===============   ==============                       ==============

  *   Identified cost of investments                        $   140,300,930   $  401,339,728   $            --     $  541,640,658
 **   Identified cost of foreign cash                               821,979               --                              821,979
(1)   Includes cash collateral for securities loaned of           6,090,759       18,095,026                           24,185,785


(a)   Reflects merger related expenses of $118,000.

(b)   Reflects change in shares outstanding due to the issuance of Class A and
      Class E shares of MSF BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth Portfolio in
      exchange for Class A and Class E shares of MIST Met/AIM Capital
      Appreciation Portfolio based upon the net asset value of the MSF BlackRock
      Legacy Large Cap Growth Portfolio's Class A shares at December 31, 2008.

                        See notes to financial statements



Metropolitan Series Fund, Inc.
COMBINED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the year ended Decemebr 31, 2008 (UNAUDITED)



                                                                                                                    Metropolitan
                                                                                                                    Series Fund
                                                                                                                     BlackRock
                                                                             Metropolitan                           Legacy Large
                                                         Met Investors        Series Fund                            Cap Growth
                                                          Series Trust         BlackRock         Adjustments         Portfolio
                                                        MET/AIM Capital      Legacy Large      (References are      -------------
                                                          Appreciation        Cap Growth         to Pro Forma        Pro Forma
                                                           Portfolio           Portfolio          Footnotes)          Combined
                                                        ---------------     --------------     ---------------      -------------
                                                                                                        
Investment Income
    Dividend                                            $     1,968,533(1)       4,865,087(1)                0          6,833,620(1)
    Interest                                                    193,391(2)         306,439(2)                0            499,830(2)
                                                        ---------------     --------------     ---------------      -------------
                                                              2,161,924          5,171,526                   0          7,333,450

Expenses

    Management fees                                           1,316,411          3,111,699             (83,220)(a)      4,344,890
    Service and distribution fees-Class B and Class E            23,526            247,960                   0            271,486
    Administration fees                                          14,300                 --             (14,300)(b)              0
    Deferred expense reimbursement                                   --                 --                                      0
    Trustees\Directors fees and expenses                         18,375             23,400              (9,870)(b)         31,905
    Custodian                                                    52,737             50,653             (42,601)(b)         60,789
    Audit and tax services                                       31,976             36,941             (31,976)(b)         36,941
    Legal                                                        19,163              7,266                   0             26,429
    Printing                                                     12,550             94,502              23,890(b)         130,942
    Insurance                                                        --              5,800                   0              5,800
    Miscellaneous expenses                                        5,986             12,497                   0             18,483
                                                        ---------------     --------------     ---------------      -------------
        Total Expenses                                        1,495,024          3,590,718            (158,077)         4,927,665
    Expense Reductions                                          (30,605)           (84,479)                 --           (115,084)
    Management fee waivers                                      (35,191)                --              35,191(b)               0
                                                        ---------------     --------------     ---------------      -------------
    Net Expenses                                              1,429,228          3,506,239            (122,886)         4,812,581
                                                        ---------------     --------------     ---------------      -------------
    Net Income                                                  732,696          1,665,287             122,886          2,520,869

Realized and Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Investments
    Net realized gain (loss) on investments                 (27,873,059)       (30,796,267)                  0        (58,669,326)
    Net realized gain (loss) on foreign currency
      transactions                                              (62,717)                --                   0            (62,717)
    Net realized gain (loss) on options                              --                 --                   0
    Net realized gain (loss) on futures transactions                 --                 --                   0                 --
    Net realized gain (loss) on futures transactions                 --                 --
                                                        ---------------     --------------     ---------------      -------------

      Net realized gain (loss) on investments, foreign
        currency, and futures transactions                  (27,935,776)       (30,796,267)                  0        (58,732,043)
                                                        ---------------     --------------     ---------------      -------------

    Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
      investments                                           (61,788,832)      (150,533,920)                  0       (212,322,752)
    Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
      foreign currency transactions                                 818                 --                   0                818
    Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
      options                                                        --                 --
    Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
      futures transactions                                           --                 --                   0                 --
                                                        ---------------     --------------     ---------------      -------------

      Net unrealized gain (loss) on investments,
        foreign currency, and futures transactions          (61,788,014)      (150,533,920)                  0       (212,321,934)
                                                        ---------------     --------------     ---------------      -------------

    Net gain (loss)                                         (89,723,790)      (181,330,187)                  0       (271,053,977)
                                                        ---------------     --------------     ---------------      -------------

Net increase (decrease) in Net Assets from Operations   $   (88,991,094)    $ (179,664,900)    $       122,886      $(268,533,108)
                                                        ===============     ==============     ===============      =============

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Net of foreign taxes of                             $        17,321                773                                  18,094
(2) Includes income on securities loaned of                     126,545            218,883                                 345,428

(a) Reflects the MSF BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth
    Portfolio investment advisory fee rate.

(b) Reflects reclassification of certain balances to
    conform to the MSF BlackRock Legacy Large Cap
    Growth Portfolio expense structure.

                                        See notes to financial statements





      Metropolitan Series Fund, Inc.

      Notes to Pro Forma Combining Financial Statements (Unaudited)
      December 31, 2008

1     Description of the Fund

      The Metropolitan Series Fund, Inc., BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth
      Portfolio ("MSF BlackRock Large") a series of Metropolitan Series Fund,
      Inc., is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
      as an open-end, diversified investment company.

      MSF BlackRock Large consists of three classes of shares, Class A, Class B,
      and Class E. The classes of shares are identical except that certain
      additional charges (Rule 12b-1 fees) are made against Class B and Class E
      shares.

2     Basis of Combination

      The unaudited pro forma statements give effect to the proposed
      reorganization of the Met Investors Series Trust, Met/Aim Capital
      Appreciation Portfolio ("MIST Capital Appreciation") in exchange for
      shares of MSF BlackRock Large at net asset value. Under generally accepted
      accounting principles, the historical cost of investment securities will
      be carried forward to the surviving entity, MSF BlackRock Large, and the
      results of operations of MSF BlackRock Large for pre-combination periods
      will not be restated.

      The pro forma unaudited combining statements of assets and liabilities and
      portfolio of investments reflect the financial position of the MIST
      Capital Appreciation and MSF BlackRock Large, as though the reorganization
      occurred as of December 31, 2008.

      The pro forma unaudited statement of operations reflects the results of
      operations of each of the merged Portfolios for the period ended December
      31, 2008 as though the reorganization occurred as of the beginning of the
      period.

      The pro forma combining statements should be read in conjunction with the
      financial statements and financial highlights for the MIST Capital
      Appreciation and MSF BlackRock Large, which are incorporated by reference
      in the Statement of Additional Information.

3     Portfolio Valuation

      Debt  securities  (other  than short  term  obligations  with a  remaining
      maturity  of sixty  days or less) are  valued  on the basis of  valuations
      furnished  by  independent  pricing  services  selected  by  the  relevant
      subadviser  pursuant to authorization of the Board. Short term obligations
      with a remaining  maturity  of sixty days or less are stated at  amortized
      cost value that approximates fair market value.

      Equity  securities traded on a national  securities  exchange or exchanges
      are  valued at their  last sale  price on the  principal  trading  market.
      Equity  securities  traded on the NASDAQ National Market System are valued
      at the NASDAQ  Official  Closing Price (the "NOCP").  The NOCP is the last
      sale price if it falls  between  the spread of the last  reported  bid and
      asked prices. If the last reported bid and asked prices are above the last
      reported sale price,  the NOCP will be the last reported bid price. If the
      last reported bid and asked prices are below the last reported sale price,
      the NOCP will be the last reported asked price.  Equity  securities traded
      on a national  securities  exchange or exchanges or on the NASDAQ National
      Market  System for which  there is no reported  sale  during the day,  are
      valued at the last reported bid price. A security that is listed or traded
      on more  than one  exchange  is valued at the  quotation  on the  exchange
      determined to be the primary  market for that security by the Board or its
      delegates.  If no closing price is  available,  then such  securities  are
      valued by using the last  reported  bid price.  Equity  securities  traded
      over-the-counter are valued at the last reported sales price.

4     Federal Income Taxes

      Each Portfolio has elected to be taxed as a regulated investment company.
      After the acquisition, MSF BlackRock Large intends to continue to comply
      with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code and regulations
      hereunder applicable to regulated investment companies and to distribute
      all of its taxable income to shareholders. Therefore, no federal income
      tax provision is required. The tax cost of investments will remain
      unchanged for the combined Portfolio.

5     Estimates and Assumptions:

      The  preparation  of financial  statements in conformity  with  accounting
      principles  generally  accepted in the United  States of America  ("GAAP")
      requires  management  to make  estimates and  assumptions  that affect the
      reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and disclosure of contingent
      assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial  statements and the
      reported  amounts of income and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.
      Actual results could differ from those estimates.



- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------






                           PART C - OTHER INFORMATION

Item 15. Indemnification.

     Section  2-418 of the Maryland  General  Corporation  Law ("MGCL")  permits
indemnification of a director against judgments,  penalties,  fines, settlements
and reasonable expenses actually incurred by the director in connection with any
proceeding to which he has been made a party by reason of service as a director,
unless it is established that (i) the director's act or omission was material to
the matter giving rise to the  proceeding  and was committed in bad faith or was
the result of active and deliberate  dishonesty;  or (ii) the director  actually
received an improper personal benefit in money,  property or services;  or (iii)
in the case of a criminal  proceeding,  the  director  had  reasonable  cause to
believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However,  indemnification may not
be made in any  proceeding  by or in the right of the  corporation  in which the
director  has been  adjudged to be liable to the  corporation.  In  addition,  a
director may not be indemnified in respect of any proceeding  charging  improper
personal  benefit  to the  director,  whether  or not  involving  action  in the
director's official capacity, in which the director was adjudged to be liable on
the basis that personal  benefit was improperly  received.  Section 2-418 of the
MGCL also requires a corporation,  unless limited by its charter, to indemnify a
director  who  has  been  successful  in the  defense  of a  proceeding  against
reasonable expenses incurred.  Reasonable expenses incurred by a director may be
paid or  reimbursed by a corporation  in advance of the final  disposition  of a
proceeding upon the receipt of certain  written  affirmations  and  undertakings
required by Section 2-418. Unless limited by its charter, a Maryland corporation
(i) may indemnify  and advance  expenses to an officer to the same extent it may
indemnify a director,  (ii) is  required to  indemnify  an officer to the extent
required  for a director,  and (iii) may  indemnify  and advance  expenses to an
officer who is not a director to such further  extent,  consistent  with law, as
provided by the charter, bylaws, action of its board of directors or contract.

     See Article V of the Registrant's  Amended and Restated Bylaws dated May 8,
2003,  which  Bylaws are  incorporated  herein by  reference  to  Post-Effective
Amendment No. 36 to the  Registrant's  Registration  Statement or Form N-1A (the
"Form N-1A Registration Statement) filed on February 4, 2004.

     See Section 12 of the Registrant's Distribution Agreement,  which Agreement
is incorporated  herein by reference to  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 46 to the
Form N-1A Registration Statement filed on February 4, 2008.

     See Section 14 of the  Registrant's  Transfer Agency  Agreement dated April
28, 2003, which Agreement is incorporated  herein by reference to Post-Effective
Amendment  No. 38 to the Form  N-1A  Registration  Statement  filed on April 29,
2004.

     The  Registrant,  at its  expense,  provides  liability  insurance  for the
benefit of its directors and officers.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of the
Registrant  pursuant to the  foregoing,  or otherwise,  the  Registrant has been
advised  that in the opinion of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  such
indemnification  is against  public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of
1933  and  is,  therefore,   unenforceable.  In  the  event  that  a  claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,  officer,  or controlling
person of the  Registrant  in the  successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or
proceeding)  is  asserted by such  director,  officer or  controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered,  the Registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is against  public policy as expressed in the  Securities
Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Item 16. Exhibits.

     (1)(a) Articles of  Incorporation  of Registrant,  as amended May 23, 1983,
are incorporated  herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 17 to the
Form N-1A Registration Statement filed on April 30, 1996.

     (1)(b) Articles  Supplementary  of Registrant,  dated October 22, 1984, are
incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 17 to the Form
N-1A Registration Statement filed on April 30, 1996.

     (1)(c)  Articles  Supplementary  of  Registrant,  dated May 16,  1986,  are
incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 17 to the Form
N-1A Registration Statement filed on April 30, 1996.

(1)(d)  Articles  Supplementary  of  Registrant,  dated  October  6,  1987,  are
incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 17 to the Form
N-1A Registration Statement filed on April 30, 1996.

     (1)(e) Articles  Supplementary  of Registrant,  dated January 27, 1988, are
incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 41 to the Form
N-1A Registration Statement filed on April 29, 2005.

     (1)(f) Articles  Supplementary of Registrant,  dated January  25,1990,  are
incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 17 to the Form
N-1A Registration Statement filed on April 30, 1996.

     (1)(g)  Articles  Supplementary  of  Registrant,  dated August 3, 1990, are
incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 17 to the Form
N-1A Registration Statement filed on April 30, 1996.

     (1)(h) Articles  Supplementary of Registrant,  dated December 17, 1996, are
incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 18 to the Form
N-1A Registration Statement filed on December 18, 1996.

     (1)(i) Articles  Supplementary of Registrant,  dated September 9, 1998, are
incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 23 to the Form
N-1A Registration Statement filed on January 11, 1999.

     (1)(j) Articles  Supplementary  of Registrant,  dated February 7, 2000, are
incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 26 to the Form
N-1A Registration Statement filed on April 6, 2000.

     (1)(k) Articles  Supplementary  of Registrant,  dated November 2, 2000, are
incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 28 to the Form
N-1A Registration Statement filed on November 30, 2000.

     (1)(l) Articles  Supplementary of Registrant,  dated February 26, 2001, are
incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 30 to the Form
N-1A Registration Statement filed on April 4, 2001.

     (1)(m)  Articles  Supplementary  of  Registrant,  dated April 26, 2002, are
incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 35 to the Form
N-1A Registration Statement filed on April 30, 2003.

     (1)(n)  Articles  Supplementary  of  Registrant,  dated April 18, 2003, are
incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 35 to the Form
N-1A Registration Statement filed on April 30, 2003.

     (1)(o) Articles  Supplementary  of Registrant,  dated January 30, 2004, are
incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 41 to the Form
N-1A Registration Statement filed on April 29, 2005.

     (1)(p)  Articles  Supplementary  of  Registrant,  dated April 22, 2004, are
incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 38 to the Form
N-1A Registration Statement filed on April 29, 2004.

     (1)(q)  Articles  Supplementary  of  Registrant,  dated June 16, 2004,  are
incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 41 to the Form
N-1A Registration Statement filed on April 29, 2005.

     (1)(r)  Articles  Supplementary  of  Registrant,  dated March 3, 2005,  are
incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 41 to the Form
N-1A Registration Statement filed on April 29, 2005.

     (1)(s)  Articles  Supplementary  of  Registrant,  dated May 12,  2005,  are
incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 42 to the Form
N-1A Registration Statement filed on February 10, 2006.

     (1)(t) Articles  Supplementary of Registrant,  dated December 13, 2005, are
incorporated herein by reference to Post- Effective Amendment No. 42 to the Form
N-1A  Registration  Statement  filed  on  February  10,  2006.  (

      (1)(u)  Articles Supplementary of Registrant,  dated February 3, 2006,
is incorporated  herein by reference  to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 44 to
the Form  N-1A  Registration Statement filed on April 28, 2006.

      (1)(v) Articles  Supplementary of Registrant,
dated February 8, 2007, is  incorporated  herein by reference to  Post-Effective
Amendment  No. 45 to the Form  N-1A  Registration  Statement  filed on April 27,
2007.

      (1)(w) Articles  Supplementary of Registrant,  dated February 7, 2008,
is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 48 to the
Form N-1A Registration Statement filed on April 25, 2008.

      (1)(x) Certificate of Correction of Articles of Amendment,  dated
December 1, 1983, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective
Amendment No. 41 to the Form N-1A Registration Statement filed on April 29,
2005.

     (1)(y) Articles of Amendment,  dated July 30, 1997, are incorporated herein
by reference to  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 41 to the Form N-1A  Registration
Statement filed on April 29, 2005.

     (1)(z)  Articles of  Amendment,  dated  October 6, 1998,  are  incorporated
herein  by  reference  to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  22 to the  Form  N-1A
Registration Statement filed on October 6, 1998.

     (1)(aa)  Articles of Amendment,  dated February 2, 1999,  are  incorporated
herein  by  reference  to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  41 to the  Form  N-1A
Registration Statement filed on April 29, 2005.

     (1)(bb)  Articles of Amendment,  dated January 11, 2000,  are  incorporated
herein  by  reference  to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  25 to the  Form  N-1A
Registration Statement filed on January 19, 2000.

     (1)(cc) Articles of Amendment, dated March 5, 2001, are incorporated herein
by reference to  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 30 to the Form N-1A  Registration
Statement filed on April 4, 2001.

     (1)(dd)  Articles of  Amendment,  dated April 26,  2002,  are  incorporated
herein  by  reference  to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  35 to the  Form  N-1A
Registration Statement filed on April 30, 2003.

     (1)(ee)  Articles of  Amendment,  dated April 18,  2003,  are  incorporated
herein  by  reference  to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  35 to the  Form  N-1A
Registration Statement filed on April 30, 2003.

     (1)(ff)  Articles of Amendment,  dated December 11, 2003, are  incorporated
herein  by  reference  to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  38 to the  Form  N-1A
Registration Statement filed on April 29, 2004.

     (1)(gg)  Articles of  Amendment,  dated April 22,  2004,  are  incorporated
herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 38 to the Form N-1A
Registration Statement filed on April 29, 2004.

     (1)(hh)  Articles of Amendment,  dated January 28, 2005,  are  incorporated
herein  by  reference  to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  41 to the  Form  N-1A
Registration Statement filed on April 29, 2005.

     (1)(ii)  Articles of  Amendment,  dated April 28,  2005,  are  incorporated
herein  by  reference  to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  42 to the  Form  N-1A
Registration Statement filed on February 10, 2006.

     (1)(jj) Articles of Amendment, dated April 25, 2006, is incorporated herein
by reference to  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 44 to the Form N-1A  Registration
Statement filed on April 28, 2006.

     (1)(kk)  Articles of Amendment,  dated  September 29, 2006, is incorporated
herein  by  reference  to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  45 to the  Form  N-1A
Registration Statement filed on April 27, 2007.

     (1)(ll)  Articles of Amendment,  dated  November 15, 2007, is  incorporated
herein  by  reference  to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  48 to the  Form  N-1A
Registration Statement filed on April 25, 2008.

     (2)(a) Bylaws of Registrant,  as amended January 27, 1988, are incorporated
herein  by  reference  to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  17 to the  Form  N-1A
Registration Statement filed on April 30, 1996.

     (2)(b) Amendment to Bylaws,  dated April 24, 1997, are incorporated  herein
by reference to  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 20 to the Form N-1A  Registration
Statement filed on April 2, 1998.

     (2)(c) Amended and Restated  Bylaws,  dated May 8, 2003,  are  incorporated
herein  by  reference  to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  36 to the  Form  N-1A
Registration Statement filed on February 4, 2004.

     (3) None.

     (4)  Agreement  and Plan of  Reorganization  (filed  as  Appendix  A to the
Prospectus/Proxy Statement included in Part A to this Registration Statement).

     (5) None.

     (6)(a)  Advisory  Agreement  relating to BlackRock  Legacy Large Cap Growth
Portfolio of Metropolitan  Series Fund, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference
to Post-Effective Amendment No. 36 to the Form N-1A Registration Statement filed
on February 4, 2005.

     (6)(b) Sub-Advisory Agreement relating to BlackRock Legacy Large Cap Growth
Portfolio of Metropolitan  Series Fund, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference
to Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to the Form N-1A Registration Statement filed
on April 27, 2007.

     (7)  Distribution   Agreement  is  incorporated   herein  by  reference  to
Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Form N-1A Registration Statement filed on
February 4, 2008.

     (8) None.

     (9)(a)  Custodian  Agreement  with State  Street Bank and Trust  Company is
incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 17 to the Form
N-1A Registration Statement filed on April 30, 1996.

     (9)(b) Revised schedule of remuneration is incorporated herein by reference
to Post-Effective Amendment No. 17 to the Form N-1A Registration Statement filed
on April 30, 1996.

     (9)(c)  Amendments  to  Custodian  Agreement  are  incorporated  herein  by
reference  to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 17 to the Form  N-1A  Registration
Statement filed on April 30, 1996.

     (9)(d) Amendment to Custodian Agreement is incorporated herein by reference
to Post-Effective Amendment No. 31 to the Form N-1A Registration Statement filed
on January 29, 2002.

     (9)(e) Revised Fee Schedule to Custodian  Agreement is incorporated  herein
by reference to  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 45 to the Form N-1A  Registration
Statement filed on April 27, 2007.

     (10)(a)  Class B, Class D, Class E and Class F  Distribution  and  Services
Plan is incorporated  herein by reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 46 to
the Form N-1A Registration Statement filed on February 4, 2008.

     (10)(b)   Rule  18f-3  Plan  is   incorporated   herein  by   reference  to
Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 to the Form N-1A Registration Statement filed on
February 10, 2006.

     (11) Opinion and Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP. Filed herewith.

     (12) Tax Opinion  and  Consent of Sullivan & Worcester  LLP. To be filed by
amendment.

     (13)(a)  Transfer Agency  Agreement is incorporated  herein by reference to
Post-Effective Amendment No. 38 to the Form N-1A Registration Statement filed on
April 29, 2004.

     (13)(b)  Agreement  relating  to the  use of the  "Metropolitan"  name  and
service marks is incorporated  herein by reference to  Post-Effective  Amendment
No. 17 to the Form N-1A Registration Statement filed on April 30, 1996.

     (13)(c) Form of Participation Agreement is incorporated herein by reference
to Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to the Form N-1A Registration Statement filed
on April 27, 2007.

     (13)(d)  Expense   Agreement  is   incorporated   herein  by  reference  to
Post-Effective Amendment No. 48 to the Form N-1A Registration Statement filed on
April 25, 2008.

     (14) Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP. To be filed by amendment.

     (15) Not applicable.

     (16) Powers of Attorney. Filed herewith.

     (17) Form of Proxy and Voting Instructions. Filed herewith.

Item 17. Undertakings.

     (1) The undersigned  Registrant  agrees that prior to any public reoffering
of the securities  registered  through the use of a prospectus that is a part of
this  Registration  Statement  by any  person  or party  who is  deemed to be an
underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c) of the Securities Act of 1933, the
reoffering  prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable
registration form for reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters,  in
addition  to the  information  called for by the other  items of the  applicable
form.

     (2) The undersigned  Registrant  agrees that every prospectus that is filed
under  paragraph  (1)  above  will be  filed  as a part of an  amendment  to the
Registration  Statement  and will not be used until the  amendment is effective,
and that, in determining  any liability  under the Securities Act of 1933,  each
post-effective  amendment shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement for
the securities offered therein,  and the offering of the securities at that time
shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering of them.

     (3) The undersigned Registrant agrees to file a post-effective amendment to
this Registration  Statement which will include the tax opinion required by Item
16.12.


                                   SIGNATURES

     As required by the Securities Act of 1933,  Registration Statement has been
signed on behalf of the Registrant in the City of Boston and the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts on the 2nd day of February, 2009.


                              Metropolitan Series Fund, Inc.


                              By:      ELIZABETH M. FORGET
                                       -----------------------
                                       /s/Elizabeth M. Forget
                                       President


     As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration  Statement has
been  signed  by the  following  persons  in  the  capacities  and on the  dates
indicated.

ELIZABETH M. FORGET             President and Chief Executive  February 2, 2009
- ----------------------          Officer (Principal Executive
/s/ Elizabeth M. Forget         Officer)



H. JESSE ARNELLE *              Director                       February 2, 2009
- ------------------
H. Jesse Arnelle


STEVE A. GARBAN *               Director                       February 2, 2009
- -----------------
Steve A. Garban


NANCY HAWTHORNE*                Director                       February 2, 2009
- ----------------
Nancy Hawthorne

JOHN T. LUDES*                  Director                       February 2, 2009
- --------------
John T. Ludes


MICHAEL S. SCOTT MORTON*        Director                       February 2, 2009
- ------------------------
Michael S. Scott Morton


LINDA B. STRUMPF*               Director                       February 2, 2009
- -----------------
Linda B. Strumpf


ARTHUR G. TYPERMASS*            Director                       February 2, 2009
- --------------------
Arthur G. Typermass



                               Treasurer (Principal Financial  February 2, 2009
PETER H. DUFFY                 and Accounting Officer)
- -------------------
/s/ Peter H. Duffy


*By:  PETER H. DUFFY           February 2, 2009
      ------------------
      /s/Peter H. Duffy
      Attorney-in-Fact



                                  EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
   No.
- ------

11.      Opinion and consent of Ropes & Gray LLP

16.      Powers of Attorney

17.      Form of Proxy and Voting Instructions